UMASS/AMHERST

31EDLbOD51513flE

This book may be kept out

TWO WEEKS

only, and is subject to a fine
of TWO CENTS a day thereafter.
It will be due on the day in-
dicated below.

OP *1

I,

IWbHO f»

x-

A**

Cyclopedia of American horticulture

Plate XLI. Prominent American Horticulturists

Cyclopedia of
American Horticulture

COMPRISING SUGGESTIONS FOR CULTIVATION OF HORTI-
CULTURAL PLANTS, DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES OF
FRUITS, VEGETABLES, FLOWERS AND ORNAMENTAL PLANTS
SOLD IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA, TOGETHER
WITH GEOGRAPHICAL AND BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES

A SYNOPSIS OF THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM

BY

L. H. BAILEY

Assisted by

WILHELM MILLER, Ph.D.

Associate Editor

AND MANY EXPERT CULTIVATORS AND BOTANISTS

3UuStrateD tout) nearlp ^ttjttt "Cftousanb <Cngtabin(j3
anb ©tie Cjunbret) anb Jfortr-fiUe .full-page l?alf-tontS

In Six Volumes— Volume VI
Sou.-Zyg.

FOURTH EDITION

j^cto gorfe

DOUBLEDAY, PAGE & COMPANY

190G

The rights of reproduction and of translation are strictly reserved

Copyright, 1900, 1901, 1902
Br THE MACMILLAN COMPANY

Copyright, 1906
By THE MACMILLAN COMPANY

.Jjaount Peasant Press

J. Horace McFarland Co.

ded, an

OW THAT THE CYCLOPEDIA OF AMERICAN HORTICULTURE
is completed, it is due the reader that some information be given him
of the methods by which it has been made and of the resources that
have been at command. It is due to the Editor that he be allowed to
state his own point of view in respect to the meaning of the work.
These remarks are made in no feeling of personal pride, for the writer
is keenly aware of the many shortcomings of the book; but they may
acquaint the reader with some of the difficulties with which such work

1 they may be suggestive to those who may desire to prosecute similar

RETROSPECT

/. THE PROJECT

The most difficult part of the makiug of a cyclopedia is to project it. Its scope
and point of view must be determined before a stroke of actual work is done. This
much done, the remainder is labor rather than difficulty. The lay-out of the enter-
prise cannot be made in a day. It is a matter of slow growth. One must have a
mental picture of the entire field and must calculate the resources. The plan once
perfected, it remains only to work out detail after detail, taking up the tasks as they
come, not caring nor even daring to look forward to the work that piles mountain high
farther down the alphabet.

So far as the Cyclopedia of American Horticulture is concerned, the Editor had
resolved and reviewed the enterprise for more than ten years. The first suggestion
was a vague idea that a comprehensive work was needed. There were several hundred
special works on American horticulture. Some subjects were well worked ; others
were untouched. There was no means of determining the extent of our wealth in
cultivated plants. There were no suggestions, even, as to what that wealth might be.
No survey had been made. Only a full inventory can tell us whether we are rich or
poor ; it gives us a scale by which to measure progress.

The first tangible result of this desire for some comprehensive view of American
horticulture was the publication of "Annals of Horticulture for 1889." Some years
before this time an endeavor had been made to interest a publisher in the project,
but without success. This annual volume was designed to be "a witness of passing
events' and a record of progress." Five years these annual volumes were issued, the
last one containing a summary sketch of horticulture at the World's Fair, at which
was made the greatest single effort to display our horticultural achievements and
possibilities. In these annual volumes all the new plants and tools and movements
of the year were intended to be recorded. Special investigations were made for
some of the volumes. The issue for 1889 contained a list of all the kitchen-garden
vegetables sold in North America in that year ; that for 1891 contained a census
of all the native plants which had been introduced into cultivation, showing that
2,416 species had become known to the horticulturist in Europe or America, although

(v)

vi RETROSPECT

many of these probably were not then in cultivation; that for 1892 made an annotated
inventory of the varieties of apples that had been and were in cultivation in North
America, showing that 878 varieties were actually offered for sale by American nur-
serymen in that year. But these volumes were isolated; they picked up the work
piece by piece. An inventory of the whole field, critically and laboriously made, was
needed before mere annals of yearly progress could signify much. We needed to know
our status; thereafter chronicles would have a meaning.

From 1893, attention was given to the larger and comprehensive effort. A gar-
den herbarium had to be made, for there was none in the country. The first plant
had been put into this herbarium in 1889 ; it was a mere sprig of the greenhouse
shrub Boronia megasiigma. There are difficulties in making a garden herbarium :
there are no professional collectors and one cannot buy specimens ; many cultivated
plants are too valuable to allow of specimens to be made. This herbarium now has
more than 12,000 mounted specimens. Although small, nevertheless it has been in-
valuable. If it does not show nearly all the species, it shows the range of variation
in some, and thereby suggests what may take place in all. It also shows what is
actually cultivated under a given name, whether that name be correct or not.

Trial excursions were made into the evolution of various perplexed garden plants.
Some of these essays have been published. Out of these efforts grew the volume,
"Sketch of the Evolution of Our Native Fruits." The study of garden plants is a
different subject from the study of wild plants. Mere descriptions are often of little
value. The plant may have been bred away from the description within a decade.
Specific descriptions of many of the common garden plants do not exist in books : the
plants are not species in the book sense.

American horticultural books must be collected, for the comprehensive work, if it
came, must contain American advice. One must know the range of New World ex-
perience and the occidental point of view. It has been the misfortune of many Ameri-
can writings that they have drawn too heavily from the experience of the Old World.
Once this was necessary, but now it is time to break away. Fifty authors have written
on viticulture in America, yet scarcely one has caught the spirit of the American grape-
growing. Nearly twenty years of collecting by the Editor has brought together the
completest library of American horticultural books.

The details entering into any comprehensive cyclopedia of horticulture are astonish-
ing in number and variety. Consider some of the items: More than 10,000 species of
plants in cultivation; almost every important species phenomenally variable, sometimes
running into thousands of forms; every species requiring its own soil and treatment,
and sometimes even minor varieties differing in these requirements; limitless differences
in soils and climates in our great domain, every difference modifying the plants or their
requirements; a different ideal in plant-growing and plant-breeding in the mind of
every good plant-grower; as many different kinds of experience as there are men; many
of these men not facile with the pen, although full of wholesome fact and experience;
the species described in books which deal with the four corners of the earth; very few
botanists who have given much attention to the domestic flora.

It was desired that the Cyclopedia be new — brand-new from start to finish. The
illustrations were to be newly made ; the cultural suggestions written directly for the
occasion from American experience, and often presented from more than one point oi
view ; few of the precedents of former cyclopedias to be followed ; all matters to be
worked up by experts and from sources as nearly a? possible original. Of course it

RETROSPECT vii

has been impossible to reach the ideals. There are limitations of expense and time as
well as of capability : for it is yet a question whether our new country is ready for such
a laborious work.

In America there has been but one cyclopedic work on horticulture, Henderson's
"Handbook of Plants," 1881; second edition, 1890. This is in one volume. The most
complete similar recent work in the English language is Nicholson's "Illustrated Dic-
tionary of Gardening," four volumes, 1884-87. It is the work of the talented ex-Curator
of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew, England. Mottet's French edition of Nicholson,
five volumes, 1892-99, is the largest modern cyclopedia of horticulture, and the only one
which excels in size the present American venture. Another popular English work in
one volume is Wright & Dewar's revision of "Johnson's Gardener's Dictionary," 1894.
Another recent French work, also in one volume, is Bois' "Dictionnaire d' Horticulture,"
1893-99, with colored pictures printed in the text. In German is Riimpler's "Illus-
triertes Gartenbau-Lexikon," in one volume, with a recent new edition; also Siebert &
Voss' "Vilmorin's Blumeugiirtuere," one volume of text and one of plates, 1896, the
most critical of all similar works. In judging the American work, the reader must
bear in mind that there is really no critical horticultural-botanical writing in this coun-
try back of the present decade. The present Cyclopedia reflects the imperfection of our
literature as well as the shortcomings of the Editor.

//. THE OFFICE DETAILS

Before the actual writing was begun, other cyclopedias were searched for sugges-
tions of subjects to be inserted. Also, a card index was made to portraits of plants in
the leading horticultural and botanical serials, to descriptions of plants in current publi-
cations, to monographs, and to the names of leading horticultural varieties in some of
the larger groups. This card index grew during the progress of the work, and it now
comprises about 35,000 cards.

The "trade lists" were also made. These lists were intended to afford a record of
the plants actually in cultivation in North America north of Mexico. Catalogues of
more than one hundred leading seedsmen, florists, and nurserymen were cut up, and all
the information respecting the various genera pasted on yellow sheets of standard letter-
paper size. Thus, on one sheet, or one set of sheets, would be all the entries on Abies,
Bocconia, Saxifraga, and the like. On these "trade lists" were made notes respecting
persons who are skilled in the culture of the particular plants, together with extracts
from letters, items of experience, and other incidental information. The name of the
catalogue from which the cuttings wei'e made was preserved, in order that doubtful
questions might be traced. In special groups, it has been impossible to determine
just what species are in cultivation because they are not all recorded in printed cata-
logues and they are known chiefly to a few fanciers or collectors. This limitation is
particularly apparent in orchids; also in such large special genera as Acacia and Eu-
calyptus. In such cases it is practically impossible to make complete lists, and it is
probably scarcely worth while to make the effort; but all the species that are generally
known are almost sure to have been recorded. Since the Cyclopedia is designed as a
permanent work of reference, mere horticultm^al varieties have been omitted, as a rule;
but an effort has been made to indicate the dominant types or races, the evolution
of garden favorites, the good and bad "points" of important variations, and to sug-
gest possible lines of progress.

viii RETROSPECT

These trade lists were "standardized " in order to determine the proper nomenclature
for the various entries; for Virgilia had to be brought forward to Cladrastis and Amian-
thium placed with Zygadenus. This preliminary work had to be done with care. It
necessitated, also, the adoption of some one work as a standard ; and the only work
which covered the field and answered other requirements is Index Kewensis. This work
has been followed in the main, although every contributor has been free to express his
own ideas of genera and species, and the recent monographs have been followed for
special groups.

The work for a whole letter — as the letter A — was laid out in advance. The gen-
eral theory was to assign every article to an authoritative writer. Articles that could not
be assigned, or for which no person would hold himself responsible, fell to the editors.
It therefore happened that many of the most critical puzzles fell to the office. On very
important subjects, two to six persons were asked to contribute. If these persons wrote
from experience, no effort was made to cause their statements to be uniform, although it
was desired that they should harmonize whenever possible. It was desired that the
work have personality, for this is vitality. In horticultural matters there is no final
■opinion.

The articles have been written by busy men. Serious delays have resulted in
securing the manuscripts; and yet the Editor must express his gratification with the
general promptness of the contributors. With scarcely an exception, the collaborators
have seemed to feel a personal responsibility in the success of the undertaking. The
manuscripts have been much edited, yet they have not been copied. Not a single par-
cel is known to have been lost in the express or mails. The Cyclopedia has had a
patient printer. On all kinds and sizes of paper, and in every style of script, with
cabalistic editorial marks in pencil and in inks of various colors, these manuscripts have
gone to the compositor. Returning from the printer, they have been sorted and filed,
and finally tied in bundles, in which condition they now constitute a part of the archives
of the Cyclopedia.

Usually the printer received copy for one letter at a time. In large letters, as C,
P, S, one section — as Ca, Po, St — comprised one sending, for it has been impossible to
keep far ahead of the compositors. When all the manuscript was received from the
various writers, cyclopedic works were consulted to see that no entries were omitted. The
titles of all entries were copied when the manuscripts went to the printer, and the entries
were checked off when they appeared in galleys and pages. Failure to check up entries
in the letter A resulted in the loss of the article "Aubrietia," and the plate had to be
recast in order to insert it.

The type-matter was first seen in "galleys" on green paper, with the cuts separate,
known in the office as "the long green." Six proofs were received by the Editor, who
sent four or five of them to specialists on the various subjects. Every line in the work
has been read in the proof by experts. It requires from a week to ten days to get back
the proofs from the various readers. The matter is then made up into pages, and read
again. It is then cast, and the final proofs are placed on file. The galley proofs are gone
over several times by the Editor, aside from the regular reading, each time for a specific
purpose: once for alphabetic order of the entries; once for spelling of names; once for
accent marks; once for signatures to the articles; once for references to the cuts; once
for legends to the cuts; once for general style. A full page of the Cyclopedia contains
14,000 pieces of metal. The reader will be lenient when he finds a misplaced letter.
A clerk was employed to verify all references by hunting up the references themselves

RETROSPECT ix

In the "make-up" it is an inviolable rule that wherever the book opens, an en-
graving will be seen. Adherence to this rule has made trouble in some cases. In one
instance it was necessary to have a new cut made after the forms were made up, and to
renumber the legends of more than one hundred pictures. The mechanical make-up
was in the hands of I. B. Kraybill, foreman of the composing-room of the Mt. Pleasant
Press, who gave the work loving and thoughtful care until, in the letter T, he was
called to lay down his labors. The Editor hopes that the reader will regard his memory
whenever the arrangement of the pictures is a source of satisfaction and pleasure.

The Cyclopedia has been edited in a room eighteen feet square, kindly allowed
for this use by Cornell University. In this room were two long tables, which
allowed of the disposition of manuscripts and pictures in delightful abandon;
the garden herbarium of Cornell University; and a large collection of books, mostly
loaned from the Library of Cornell University. Aside from monographs, botanical
manuals, local floras, horticultural handbooks, dictionaries, the following works were
on the shelves : Index Keweusis (intended to contain all species of flowering plants
down to 1885 — about 125,000 names) ; Bentham and Hooker's Genera Plantarum ;
Engler and Prantl's Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ; DeCandolle's Prodromus (17 vol-
umes), and his Monographic Phanerogamarum (9 volumes thus far); the Kew List
of new species introduced into cultivation between 1876 and 1896. Next in import-
ance were the periodicals, containing perhaps 50,000 pictures of plants, many of them
colored and mostly authentic. First rank must be accorded the peerless Curtis' Bo-
tanical Magazine, with its 125 volumes, containing over 7,600 colored plates. Edwards'
Botanical Register, Loddiges' Botanical Cabinet, L'Ulustration Horticole, Flore des
Serres, Paxton's Magazine, Revue Horticole and The Garden are extensive works
provided with colored plates, for details of which the reader may consult Vol. I, pp.
xvii and xviii. Less extended periodicals containing colored plates have been used,
as The Botanist by Maund, The Florist and Pomologist, Knowles & Westcott's Floral
Cabinet, Meehau's Monthly and an incomplete set of Gartenflora and Revue
d'Horticulture Beige. Of horticultural periodicals not containing colored plates, the
Gardeners' Chronicle is a great store of botanical knowledge, being published since
1841. It is full of botanical monographs of garden genera, and is a rich repository of
description of new species. A complete set of the Journal of Horticulture has been
available and all the pictures in its third series have been indexed. Of American
periodicals, Garden and Forest, American Gardening, American Florist, Florists'
Exchange, Florists' Review and Gardening have been very helpful.

The three most useful bibliographical works on botany have been Pritzel's Thesau-
rus, Jackson's Guide to the Literature of Botany, and the Catalogue of the Kew Library.
About two dozen cyclopedic works were thoroughly examined and kept at hand for
various periods, as those of Nicholson, Mottet, Siebert and Voss; the Bois' Diction-
naire d'Horticulture, Johnson's Gardener's Dictionary, Paxton's Botanical Dictionary,
Rumpler's Illustriertes Gartenbau - Lexikon, Loudon's Encyclopasdia of Gardening,
Lindley and Moore's Treasury of Botany and various editions of the prototype of
all such undertakings, — Philip Miller's Gardener's Dictionary. The floras of foreign
countries have been as indispensable as those of America. Flora Capensis (4 vols, thus
far), Flora Australiensis (7 vols.) and the Flora of British India (7 vols.), have been
used the most. On European plants, Koch's Synopsis Floras Gemianica? et Helveticas,
Grenier & Gordon's Flore de France, Ledebour's Flora Rossica, and Bentham's
Illustrated Handbook of the British Flora, and others, have been constantly at hand.

x RETROSPECT

On Asiatic plants the following have been studied: Boissier's Flora Orientalis,
Post's Flora of Syria, Palestine and Sinai, Siebold and Zuccarini's Flora Japoniea,
Franehet & Savatier's Enumeratio Plantarum Japonicarum, Maximowicz's Diagnoses
Plantarum Asiaticarum and Diagnoses Plantarum Japoniea?, Bentham's Flora Hong-
kongensis, Forbes & Hemsley's Flora of China in vol. 23 of the Journal of the Linnean
Soe., Blanco's sumptuous Flora de Filipinas, Baker's Flora of Mauritius and the Sey-
chelles, and Hooker's Flora of British India.

The office force consisted of the Editor and Associate Editor, the latter giving all his
time to the work for four years. For a time, Alfred Rehder was employed at the Ar-
nold Arboretum, near Boston, to work on the hardy trees and shrubs. For two mouths
F. W. Barclay, a former student at the Massachusetts Agricultural College and now
gardener for C. A. Griscom, Haverfoi-d, Pennsylvania, joined the office at Ithaca, giving
most of his attention to herbaceous plants. Heinrich Hasselbring, graduate of Cornell
University and trained as a florist, joined the office force for a time, devoting his
attention mostly to orchids. No other writers have been employed otherwise than as
contributors. The Associate Editor has had particular charge of indexes, trade lists,
bibliographical matters, and editing of manuscripts. Aside from constructive and ad-
ministrative matters, the Editor has had special charge of illustrations, proof-reading,
arrangements with contributors and the make-up of the galleys into pages. He has
read every line of the work, much of it several times over. The Editor desires to
express his appreciation of the aid which the Associate Editor, Wilhelm Miller, has
rendered to him and to the Cyclopedia. With unbounded zeal, persistent industry and
painstaking thoroughness, he has given his best effort to the work from start to
finish.

The pictures have been made by a score and more of artists. With the exception of
the fifty half-tone full-page plates, they are all line drawings. The greater part of
these di-awings have been made from the living plants or other objects. Many have
been drawn from photographs, of which a large collection was made. Some have
been composed from combined suggestions of authoritative prints, botanical specimens,
and other information. Some of the pictures are from the American Garden, having
been made for that journal in the years 1890 to 1893, under the supervision of the
present Editor. These engravings passed into the hands of the J. Horace McFarland
Company, and by this company have been used for the present publishers. A
number of the cuts have been borrowed from the Cornell University Experiment
Station. Some of the illustrations are those used in the books in which the Editor is
interested and which are published by The Macmillan Company. The pictures are
intended to represent the average excellence of the plants, and, therefore, they are not
idealized. The artists who have made the largest number of illustrations directly for
the Cyclopedia are: Charles W. Furlong and W. C. Baker, Instructors in Drawing in
Cornell University; E. N. Fischer and C. H. L. Gebfert, Jamaica Plain, Mass., who had
access to the Arnold Arboretum; Miss H. A. Wood, Kingston, Jamaica, West Indies,
who has drawn tropical economic plants; G. R. Chamberlain, who has drawn many
plants, particularly annuals, in the gardens of Cornell University; Miss R. M.
Huntington, who had access to the gardens at "Smith College, Northampton, Mass.;
Mrs. K. C. Davis and Miss Marie L. Robertson (now Mrs. B. M. Duggar) , then at Ithaca,
N. Y. The artistic work has been aided at almost every point by the personal interest
of J. Horace McFarland, proprietor of the Mt. Pleasant Press, Harrisburg, Pa., where
the type-setting and presswork have been done. Himself an expert photographer,

RETROSPECT xi

Mr McFarland has given freely of photographs and advice; and he has also overseen
the mechanical construction of the Cyclopedia with rare devotion and skill.

III. HOW A GENUS IS WRITTEN UP

The method of writing up a genus differs with the various writers. The Editor
can speak only for himself, but the frequency with which persons ask for a specific
method of procedure suggests that a brief narrative may be useful to students.

The first question that arises when a new genus is to be written up is the num-
ber of species to be accoiinted for. The "trade list" and the card iudex are con-
sulted, and a list is made of all the species that are to be included in the account.
The writer first standardizes the names with Index Kewensis as a working basis,
and then consults some analytic account of the genus itself, as Bentham and
Hooker's Genera Plantarum, and Engler and Prantl's Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien.
Herbarium specimens are examined. A characterization is made of the genus. All
available works are consulted for suggestions as to its horticultural and economic
importance.

Then follows the really important part of the undertaking — the accounting for
all the species. All monographs of the genus are consulted ; herbarium specimens
are studied in detail; horticultural cyclopedias and handbooks are searched for descrip-
tive notes of the species. Every effort is made to understand the species as a whole
before any one species is actually described, for in this cyclopedia the species are com-
pared and contrasted, not arranged alphabetically. A key to all the species must be
outlined before the work of description can be undertaken. This means that every
species must be studied and properly classified. This making of the key or classifi-
cation comprises more than half the average work of writing up the various genera.
Cultivated plants come from many parts of the world. Iu many cases no single account
of the genus contains all the species. One or two species from outlying regions may
not fit into any scheme of classification made in the books. The descriptions of them
may be inadequate. Often a whole day will be spent in the endeavor to find characters
that will allow these outlying species to be included in a common key. Moreover,
botanical keys are often too minute and technical to be used iu a horticultural work.
The key-scheme once made, the description of the species is drawn from every available
source; — from specimens and personal experience when possible; from authoritative
monographs; from horticultural journals and treatises; from notes sent by correspond-
ents; from the information contained iu trade catalogues. On doubtful points corre-
spondence is opened with persons who know the plants, particularly with those who
advertise the given kinds. The fulness of the descriptions will depend on how difficult
the plants are to distinguish ami how important the group is to the cultivator. It has
been the custom with the Editor to work mostly with bai'e outlines at first, afterwards
filling in the matters of secondary and incidental importance from subsequent reading
and investigation. It has been the custom of the Associate Editor to devour and
digest all the incidentals, as well as the fundamentals, before beginning the writing.

In the editing of manuscripts, the first effort is to determine whether the author
has accounted for all the names in the trade. Too often the troublesome names have
been omitted, although he worked from lists sent from the Cyclopedia office. These
omitted names must be inserted, often necessitating the entire reconstruction of the
classificatory scheme. The second attention is given to the scheme itself, to see that it

xii PROSPECT

is properly coordinated or balanced; for a scheme is of no value unless the coordinate
parts are contrasts of similar characters. Yet the failure to coordinate the keys was
common, particularly in the earlier part of the work. For example, there is no service
in the key that runs

a. Lvs. long-lanceolate, entire
aa. Fls. blue, in long racemes

and yet it has been constantly necessary to eliminate examples of this type. The third
effort in the editing of manuscripts is the revision of nomenclature, for uniformity in
this matter is of the utmost editorial importance. The fourth effort is to look up and
iusert all references to portraits of the plants. Beyond these efforts, the editing of the
manuscripts had to do chiefly with matters of literary form.

To the looker-on, the actual writing of the articles may appear to be the larger
part of the work. As a matter of fact, however, it has required more labor to secure
articles from correspondents than it would have required to have written them ourselves.
This is not because correspondents have been negligent, but because of the inherent
difficulties of doing work at long range. The value of the material, however, is vastly
improved and broadened because of the number of persons who have been engaged
in preparing it. It is probable that two-thirds of the labor in preparing the Cyclo-
pedia has been of a character that is not direct!} productive of written articles, — as
correspondence, keeping of accounts, filing of material, securing illustrations, proof-
reading.

PROSPECT

The Editor hopes that this Cyclopedia will never be revised. If new issues are
called for, mere errors should be corrected; but beyond this, the plates should be left
as they are, for it is the purpose of the book to make a record of North American horti-
culture as it exists at the opening of the twentieth century. It is hoped that subsequent
progress may be recorded in annual supplemental volumes. It is planned to issue each
year a supplement of say 75 to 100 pages, in the same size of page as the present book,
with cumulative index, in paper covers; every five years these supplements may be com-
pleted into a volume. They should record the introductions of new plants and methods,
contain revisions of important genera, encourage historical studies, and make reviews of
the tendencies of plant culture in North America. The manuscript for the first two
proposed supplements is already prepared. The first is a complete key to all the fami-
lies and genera in the Cyclopedia, designed to enable the student to run down any
species that he may have in hand. It was hoped that this key could be printed as a
supplement to Volume IV, but the size of the volume forbids it. The second manu-
script is a bibliography of the North American book writings on horticulture. These
supplements are not definitely promised, but they will be made if there is sufficient
demand for them.

It may not be out of place for the Editor to indicate what he conceives to be the
most important features of the general plan of the Cyclopedia.

(1) The book represents a living horticulture. It has attempted to account for the
species that are actually in cultivation in the country, rather than those that chance to
have been described or pictured in other cyclopedias or in periodical publications. The
best way of determining what plants are actually in cultivation is to make a list of

PROSPECT xiii

those that are offered for sale within a space of ten or fifteen years, supplemented with
lists submitted by actual cultivatoi'S. It is not the fact that these plants are bought and
sold that is important, but the fact that they are in cultivation at the present time in
this country. These lists give us a census of our horticultural resources. A species-
name which occurs in trade lists must be run down and inserted. Not knowingly
has any been omitted.

(2) The species are compared and contrasted, as well as described. In all genera
containing several species, keys or classificatory schemes have been devised. This
makes it incumbent upon the writer that he understand each species, not merely copy
a description of it. It enables the reader to name the species he has in hand. It
is an analytic rather than a compilatory method. The reader will be surprised to know
how much labor the mere introduction of keys has added to the making of the book. It
has certainly more than doubled the labor. The Editor believes that he could make the
entire Cyclopedia in two years7 time if all the species were to be arranged alphabetically
under the genus and without introductory keys.

(3) The leading articles are signed with the name of the writer. Thereby is
responsibility fixed and due credit given. The chief value of the signed article, how-
ever, is the fact that it gives personality to the writings and presents a wide range of
experience and achievement. It is singularly gratifying that horticulturists and botan-
ists have responded with the greatest good will to the repeated calls for help. Their
inspiration has saved the book. The botany of large and difficult groups has been
placed bodily in the hands of specialists. The number of contributors is large and has
grown with each volume. More than 450 persons have aided in the making of the
Cyclopedia. The. great number of signed articles gives the work a somewhat hetero-
geneous character, and this may be considered by some persons to be a disadvantage;
but the Editor has not accepted the current idea that a cyclopedia must necessarily be
uniform and consistent in its treatment of various and unlike subjects.

(■4) The book is primarily a cyclopedia of horticulture, rather than of gardening.
It has endeavored to catch the large -area and commercial spirit of North American
plant culture, while still holding to the many and varied amateur interests. Not all
the entries are names of plants.

(5) It has attempted to represent plants as living and growing things that are
still undergoing evolution. It has tried to indicate the range and extent of variation,
rather than to treat plant-names as representing entities in nature. Whenever possible
it has been the purpose to suggest the general lines of evolution in the important
groups. This has introduced the historical method of treatment. Of course only the
merest touch can be had with these subjects, because knowledge of them is yet to
come; but it is hoped that the sympathetic reader will feel the drift of an evolutionary
motive.

Other points of view that seem to the Editor to be important are: The effort to
present a new set of horticultural pictures; to give biographies of persbns who have
had an important influence on the trend of American horticulture; to present geo-
graphical and historical subjects; to give special attention to tropical and subtropical
economic plants ; to cite freely references to literature.

It must be admitted that the foregoing categories are ideals. At all points, it is
feared, the accomplishment has fallen far short of the purpose. The Editor would
like to do the work all over again, so many are the improvements that might be made.
One must make a book in order to learn how to make it. The work has grown as it

xiv PROSPECT

has progressed. At first it was intended to make a three-volume cyclopedia, but before
the first volume was half written it was found that a fourth volume must be added in
order to present the subject adequately. The observant reader will discover that the
letter A is treated on the three-volume basis. The article "Apple" is wholly inade-
quate, but partial penance is done under "Pomology." The article "Asparagus" is
the first that began to feel the fuller and larger treatment. Whatever usefulness the
Cyclopedia may have has been rendered possible by the liberal policy of the publishers
with whom it has been a joy and an inspiration to work.

The actual writing on the Cyclopedia was begun in January, 1899. A year had
then been spent in making indexes and collecting data. The proof of the letter Z
was received December 31, 1901. On the 8th of January, 1902, the Cyclopedia office
was vacated. It was a sad parting. The pleasantest associations of a pleasant life had
come to a finish. We knew that it was a turning-point. Hundreds of books had be-
come familiar friends. We would never see them all together again. Like a child, the
Cyclopedia had grown. Like the mature youth, it had left us. It was no longer ours.

L. H. BAILEY.

Ithaca, New York,
January 11, 1902.

STATISTICS

I. The Number of Articles.

Total number of entries or articles, including
cross-references :

Volume 1 1270

Volume II 1263

Volume III 659

Volume IV 1 1(15

4357

II. The Number op Plants.
The number of genera described:

Volume 1 820

Volume II 623

Volume III 351

Volume IV 401

2255

Total number of species fully described (in
black-faced type):

Volume 1 2924

Volume II 2675

Volume 111 1405

Volume IV 1789

8793

Total number of varieties (of species) of all
grades:

Volume 1 1187

Volume II 982

Volume III 628

Volume IV 838

3635

Total number of synonyms (in Italic type):

Volume 1 2446

Volume II 2104

Volume III 1243

Volume IV 1689

7482

Total number of species in supplementary lists
(in Italic type) :

Volume 1 2351

Volume II 864

Volume III 576

Volume IV 733

4524

Total number of Latin binomial and trinomial
plant names accounted for (approximate) 24434

III. The Number of Species (in black -faced

type) Native to North America north
of Mexico:

Volume 1 668

Volume II 631

Volume III 416

Volume IV 704

2419

IV. The Dates of Publication:

Volume I February 14, 1900

Volume II July 18, 1900

Volume III April 23, 1901

Volume IV February 26, 1902

(xvl

SOUTHERNWOOD

SOUTHERNWOOD (Artemisia Abrotanurn, which see
for botanical account) is a European herb, aromatic,
much branched, woody-stemmed, rather tender, per-
ennial. 3-5 ft. tall, with pale green or grayish often
variegated leaves, small yellowish flowers and minute
seeds. Pig. 2357. It is occasionally found in family
gardens, where it is grown from seed (or more often
from its easily rooted cuttings, which are most readily
obtained in early summer) for its pleasant taste and
tonic properties, which resemble those of wormwood.
It is seldom offered by seedsmen in this country be-
cause of its slight importance. M. G. Kains.

SOW BREAD. An old name for Cyclamen.

SOY BEAN ( Glycine Uspida, which see for botanical

SPARAXIS

1693

2357. Southernwood (X K).

description) is a legume, and while it has long been a
staple crop in Japan it has but somewhat recently been
cultivated in the United States. Figs. 191, 195. It grows
to perfection only in a tropical or semi-tropical climate.
In its native country. Japan, the seed is an important
human food product, but in the United States its prin-
cipal use at present is as a forage plant for farm live
stock and as a soil renovator. It is an upright, leafy,
branching plant, growing 3-4 ft. high. Two distinct
plants are often called Soy Bean ; the smaller one
(Phaseolns radiatus) is grown principally in Japan;
the larger species, the true Soy Bean, is Glycine
hispida. This latter species has become popular in
some sections of the United States because of its power
of resisting drought and for the further reason that it
large amount of forage rich in protein,
n state's it is probable that the Soy Bean
will be acclimated and that it will serve as an adjunct to
the maize crop as a food for stock, although it is coarse
in leaf and stalk.

It thrives best upon a warm, well-drained loamy soil,
and seed should not be planted until all danger from
frost is over. The land should be prepared by plowing
and harrowing in the early spring, and the harrow should
be used two or three times before the seeds are planted.
Best success is attained by planting in drills, rows to be
from 25-^-3 ft. apart and the hills in the row 18-20 in.
apart. During the early periods of growth cultivation
should be frequent, preferably with a fine-toothed im-
plement. After the plants have grown so that the
ground is well shaded the tillage may he discontinued.
It is doubtful whether the curing of the plants for hay will
ever come into general practice, but the crop may be
largely grown for green soiling ami for ensilage pur-
poses. It may be cut into the silo with corn and serves
to improve the quality of the food.

To the horticulturist the Soy Bean is valuable chiefly
as a soil renovator. The soil of the orchard can be given

the i

clean culture during the early summer and the Soy
Beans may be sown broadcast about July 1 and harrowed
in. One bushel of seed per acre will be required. One
bushel of rye per acre should be sown at the same time,
for when the beans are killed down by the frost in the
fall the rye will then serve as a cover-crop during the
winter. When the soil is so hard and forbidding that
clover will not thrive the Soy Bean may be made to
serve as a nitrogen-gatherer, and when plowed under it
serves to greatly improve the physical condition of the
land. See also Glycine. l. A. Clinton.

SPANISH BAYONET.

Yucca.

SPANISH BROOM. Spartium junceum.
SPANISH LIME. Melicocca bijuga.
SPANISH OYSTER PLANT. Scolymus.

SPARAXIS (Greek word referring to the torn or lac-
erated spathes, a character which distinguishes this
genus from Tritonia). Iridacece. Wand Flower.
Sparaxis is a group of spring-blooming " Cape bulbs " of
the Ixia tribe, with spikes of 6-petaled, more or less
funnel-shaped flowers one inch or two across and ex-
hibiting an extraordinary range of color and throat
markings. These plants are less popular than Ixias,
which they much resemble. The plants are dwarfer and
more compact than Ixias, usually 0-12 in. high, the
spikes are shorter and fewer-flowered, and the blossoms
are sometimes larger. Sparaxis is essentially distin-
guished from Ixia and other allied genera by the sub-
regular perianth, unilateral and arcuate stamens, and
scarious, lacerated spathe-valves. Other general fea
tures are: the rootstock acorm; lvs. linear or lanceo-
late and arranged in a basal rosette; inflorescence a
simple or panicled spike; perianth-tube short: ovary
3-celled; ovules many, superposed. Sparaxis is native
to the southwestern provinces of Cape Colony, S.
Africa.

Although a few plants of Sparaxis are occasionally
cultivated in America by bulb fanciers, one may search
through many American catalogues without finding
them listed. The Dutch bulb growers offer 25 distinct
kinds, which is perhaps a quarter of the number of
varieties of Ixias in cultivation. According to J. G.
Baker, there is "only one species in a broad sense, vary-
ing indefinitely in the size and coloring of the flowers."
For practical purposes Baker recognizes the 3 species
given below; of these the most important and variable
is S. tricolor.

Spardxis pulchirrima of the Dutch trade is properly
Dierama pulcherrima, Baker. This grows 0 ft. high or
more and has pendulous fls. bright blood-purple but ap-
parently with pale rose and perhaps other varieties (also
a white var.). It is distinguished by its pendulous fls.
with regular perianth, simple style-branches, equilat-
eral stamens, and largo bracts which art- not taciniate.
B.M. 5555. F.S. 17:1810. Gn. 20:315; 44, p. 281. This
plant is said by F. W. Burbidge to be "perhaps the
most graceful of all the Cape Irids."

A. Throat of flower same color as seg-

B. Fls. small: segments %-% in.

long 1 . bulbil era

bb. Fls. larger: segments 1 in. or more

long 2. grandiflora

aa. Throat of flower bright i/etloic. often
with a dark blotch on tin lower part
of each segment 3. tricolor

bulbifera, Ker. Corm globose, }4-?i in. thick: basal
lvs. about 4, linear or lanceolate, K-l ft. long : stems
K-l ft. long, simple or branched, bearing low down 2-3
small lvs., often with bulbils in the axils: fls. solitary
or few in a spike, yellow; perianth-tabe K in. long.
B.M. 545 ( Ixia bulbifera).- To this species Baker refers
8. albiflora, Eckl., with fls. whitish inside, and S. vio-
lacea, Eckl., with dark purple fls.

grandifldra, Ker. Habit, corm, lvs. and spathe just
as in S. bulbifera but the fls. larger, the limb 1 in. or

1694

SPARAXIS

SPARTIUM

'•*-~v=N-

more long, usually yellow or purple, and larger anthers.
B.M. 779 (rls. primrose inside, flamed purple outside).
B.R. 3:258 (fls. white inside, midvein on the back
purple). B.M. 541 (Ixia grandiflora. Fls. rich purple,
margined lighter). — According to Baker, the principal
named forms are : atropurpurea,
dark purple ; anemonsefldra,
pale yellow ; Liliago, white,
flushed with claret-purple out-
side; and stellaris, dark purple,
the segments narrower than the
type, oblanceolate and acute
rather than oblong.

tricolor, Ker. Pig. 2358. Dif-
fers from <S'. grandiflora only
in the color of the flowers,
which are very variable but al-
ways have a bright yellow throat
and often a dark blotch at the
base of each segment. B.M.
1482; 381 (/arm tricolor). F.S.
2:124. P. 1843:213 (S. picta,
purpurea, pulchella). — Accord-
ing to Baker, this is the favor-
ite species among cultivators.
It certainly has the greatest va-
riety of colors and markings.
In the works cited the floral
segments range from nearly
white through rose, brick-red,
carmine, crimson and light pur-
ple to dark purple, excluding
blue and yellow, which latter
color usually appears in the
throat. y? M.

SPARGANIUM (Greek, fillet;
referring to the ribbon-like lvs.)
Typhacea. Bur -reed. Bur-
reeds are marsh herbs closely
allied to cat-tails but with fls.
2358. Sparaxis tricolor, in globular heads instead of ob-
(X%). long spikes. Three hardy per-

ennial kinds are advertised by
collectors of native plants and one or two are procurable
from specialists in aquatics. Bur-reeds are desirable
only in bog gardens or in wild gardening operations.
The beauty of these plants often lies in each species
being massed alone, as well as in the mixing with other
plants.

Sparganiums have creeping rootstocks and fibrous
roots. Some are floating plants. Stems branched or
not: lvs. linear, alternate, sheathing at the base: fls.
monoecious, in globose heads, the staminate uppermost:
fr. sessile or peduncled, mostly 1-loculed and nut-like.

A. Inflorescence unbranched.
simplex, Huds. Stems weak and slender, 1K-2 ft.
high, unbranched : lvs. more or less triquetrous : stami-
nate heads 4-6: pistillate 2-6, 5-8 lines in diam.: fr.
stalked. June-Aug. N. Amer. B.B. 1:64.

AA. Inflorescence branched.
B. Height 3S ft.
eurycarpum, Bngelm. Stems stout, 3-8 ft. high,
branching: lvs. linear, flat, slightly keeled beneath:
staminate heads numerous, pistillate 2—1 on a stem or
branch, 10-16 lines in diam. : fr. sessile. Mav-Aug.
N. Amer. B.B. 1:63.

BB. Height 2-3 ft.
ramdsum, Curt. Lvs. flat: heads 5-9, disposed in ax-
illary and terminal, interrupted spikes, the lowest one
larger and pistillate, the others wholly staminate: pistil-
late heads S— 10 lines in diam. July. Southern U. S.,
particularly in mountain bogs. yy# jyj _

SPARMANNIA ( after Andreas Sparmann, who visited
the Cape with Thunberg). Tiliaceaz. About 5 species
of African shrubs or trees with cordate, dentate or
lobed leaves and white flowers in terminal, umbelliform
cymes: sepals 4; petals 4, naked at the base; stamens

several, free, the anther -bearing ones interior, the
staminodia exterior: capsule globose or ovoid, spiny.

S. Africana is of easy treatment under glass in a tem-
perature never lower than 35°, with plenty of air and
light. The plants are benefited by being plunged in the
garden during the summer and syringed during dry
weather. Plants should be potted early in spring. The
tips of young shoots root readily with 60° of heat.

A. Lvs. deeply 5-7-lobed.

palmata, E. Mey. A slender shrub much smaller in
all its parts than S. Africana: branches half herba-
ceous: lvs. on long petioles, the lobes long-acuminate,
incisely sinuate and unequally toothed, prominently 5-7-
nerved below: fls. white or purplish, densely arranged
on the subterminal peduncles : capsule 4-celled. Cult,
in S. Calif.

aa. Lvs. not lobed.

Africana, Linn. A large shrub or tree, 10-20 ft. high:
lvs. cordate-acuminate, 5-7-angled, unequally toothed,
5-6 in. long, 7-9-ribbed below: fls. white, on long, many-
fld. peduncles: capsule 5-celled. B.M. 516. G.M. 37:233.
R.H. 1858, p. 105. Gn. 45:967. -A useful greenhouse
plant. Var. flore pleno is also grown. G.C. II. 19:477.
F. W. Barclay.

Sparmannia Africana is not common in S. California,
but is highly esteemed. One in Singleton Court, 25
years old, is 12 ft. high and 10 ft. through, and consists
of about fifty trunks K-4 inches in diameter. It was in
full bloom in January and February and one of the fin-
est sights imaginable. It was literally covered with
snowballs of 4 inches diameter, and admired by num-
bers of people. The blooms were so heavy that the ends
of the branches touched the ground, necessitating se-
vere riruning as soon as blooms were past beauty. No
viburnum, hydrangea or other shrub can compare with
it at its blooming season. During the remainder of the
year it has the appearance of a clump of basswood suck-
ers, the leaves being nearly identical in appearance with
those of the basswood. It is therefore a dense mass of
broad leaves and looks well anywhere and at any time.
This is one of the finest white-flowered shrubs or trees
in cultivation. The double variety is not as desirable
as the single. Ernest Braunton.

SPARROW-GRASS. Provincialism for Asparagus.

SPARTINA (Greek, spartine, a cord; on account of
the tough leaves). Graminea>. Species 7. Perennial
marsh plants of various parts of the world, most or all
of which are found in the United States. Culms rigid
and reed-like: lvs. coarse and rough, usually becoming
rolled inwards: spikelets 1-fld., in rows on two sides of
the triangular rachis; spikes 2-several in a raceme.

cynosuroides, Willd. Fresh-water Cord-grass. In
the West known as "Slough-grass." A common coarse
fresh-water marsh grass, occurring across the continent
in the northern states. Recommended for cultivation
along the margins of ponds and artificial lakes. Pro-
curable from collectors. ^. g# Hitchcock.

SPARTIUM (Greek spartos, the ancient name of the
plant). Syn., Spartidnthus. Legumiyibsw. Ornamental
shrub, with long and slender green branches, small and
sparse foliage, and showy papilionaceous yellow fls. in
terminal racemes. It is a handsome shrub especially
adapted for warmer and drier regions; in the East it is
probably hardy as far north as Philadelphia. It becomes
naturalized easily, as happened in several localities in
S. America, whence it was afterwards described as ,S.
Americanum, Meyen. It grows in almost any kind of
well-drained soil and is well suited for planting on ex-
posed sandy and rocky situations. Prop, by seeds and
by greenwood cuttings under glass. One species in the
Mediterranean region and the Canary Islands. Allied
to Genista and Cytisus, but chiefly distinguished by the
1-lipped calyx : lvs. simple: fls. in terminal, loose ra-
cemes; calyx split above, hence 1-lipped, tip with 5 mi-
nute teeth; keel incurved, acuminate: pod linear, com-
pressed, many-seeded; seeds with callose appendage at
the base like in Genista. The slender branches yield

SPARTIUM

SPATHOGLOTTIS

1695

fiber, which is used in S. France and Spain for making
ropes, cords and cloths. Many species of Cytisus and
Genista were formerly referred to this genus. For
Spartium ^Etnense, Biv., *S. ferox, Poir., S. monosper-
mum, Linn., S. radiatum, Linn, and S. virgatum, Ait.,
see Genista; for iS. purgans, Linn., and S. scoparium,
Linn., see Cytisus; Spartium multiflorum, Ait.=Cyti-
sus albus.

junceum, Linn. [Genista juncea, Lam. Spartidnthns
junceus, Link.). Spanish Broom. Upright shrub, 10
ft. high, with slender, terete, green, rush-like branches
sparingly leafy or almost leafless: lvs. oblanceolate to
linear, entire, bluish green and sparingly appressed pu-
bescent, K-1K in. long: fls. fragrant, yellow, about 1
in. long, with ample standard : pod linear, pubescent,
2-3 in. long. June-Sept., in Calif, blooming almost the
whole year. B.M. 85. B.R. 23:1974 (as S. acntifolius).
Gn. 22, p. 404; 34, p. 284; 44, p. 57.-There is a double-
fld. form. Alfred Rbhder.

SPATHIPHtLLUM (Greek word, referring to the
leaf-like spathes). Araceo?. About 20 species of nearly
stemless plants, mostly from tropical America, with
large, oblong or lanceolate, acumiuate or cuspidate,
long-petioled leaves and flowers on a long-peduncled
spadix subtended by an oblong or lanceolate, leaf-like,
white, persistent, flat spathe: stigma 3-4-lobed: ovules
in each locule 2-8, fixed at the interior angles of the cells.
Gardeners recommend as soil for their culture a mixture
of leaf-mold, peat and fibrous loam, together with some
sand and charcoal.

A. Spathe less than 4 in. long.
b. Lvs. 2-3 in. wide.

Jloribundum, N. E. Br. Petioles 4-6 in. long; leaf-
blade oblong -elliptical or oblong - lanceolate, very
sharply acuminate, abruptly obtuse and contracted into
anode at the base, dark green above, lighter beneath:
spathe oblong - lanceolate, long - cuspidate - acuminate,
about 2H in. long by 1 in. wide, white; spadix white, a
little shorter than the spathe. Colombia. I. H. 21:159.
F. 1880, p. 76.

bb. Lvs. less than 2 in. wide.

c. Scape thickened and curved below the spathe.

candidum, N. E. Br. Petioles 5-6 in. long, minutely
speckled with white: leaf -blade narrowly oblong-lan-
ceolate, 4%-6 in. long by 1-1)4 in. wide, acuminate at
apex, base cuneately rounded, bright green above, paler
beneath : spathe erect or spreading, according to
amount of curve in scape, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
3K in. long, 1 in. broad, white on both sides; spadix
shorter than the spathe. Colombia. F. 1879, p. 19.
cc. Scape straight.

Patini, N. E. Br. Petioles slender, terete, often much
longer than the blade: leaf-blade long lanceolate, 6-8
in. long, acuminate at both ends : spathe oblong-lanceo-
late, very long-acuminate, white except for the green
costa, spreading or recurved; spadix long stipitate (5
lines), a little shorter than the spathe. Colombia. I.H.
27:397.

AA. Spathes over 4 in. long.
b. Petioles 20 in. or more long.

cochlearispathum, Engl. (S. heliconicefdlium, Schott).
A large plant : lvs. broadly oblong, 20-30 in. long,
shortly acute, the base rounded or cordate : spathe
ovate or oblong- ovate, narrowly cuspidate, somewhat
decurrent on the peduncle, 8-12 in. long; spadix 3-4 in.
long. Mexico. I.H. 21:189.

bb. Petioles 5-10 in. long.
c. Spadix 3-5 in. long.

candicans, Poepp. [S. canncefdlium, Schott). Leaf-
blades broad-lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, 10-16 in
long, acute or acuminate, base somewhat cuneate, acute
deep green above, paler beneath: spathe 4^-7 in. long
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, white on the face, green
possibly rarely white, on the back: fls. odorous. West
Indies, Colombia. B.M. 603 (as Pothos canncefolius).
CC. Spadix 2 in. long.

hybridum, N. E. Br. A hybrid between S. candicans,
Poepp., and S. Patini, N. E. Br. Petioles 6-8 in. long;

107

leaf-blades broadly lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, acu-
minate, 8-9 in. long: spathe white on both sides, lan-
ceolate, acuminate, 4-5 in. long; spadix 2 in. long. I.H.
29:450. G.C. II. 19:500. F. W. Barclay.

SPATHOGLOTTIS (Greek, spathe and tongue; said
to refer to the shape of the lip). Orchidaceo?. Plants
agreeing with Bletia in habit and form of inflorescence:
pseudobulbs broadly conic, 1-3-lvd. : lvs. elongate, long-
petioled, narrow, plicate, articulated : scape lateral,
bearing large fls. in a terminal raceme: sepals free,
subequal; petals similar or broader and longer; label-
lum not spurred, lateral lobes somewhat convolute, mid-
dle lobe clawed; column slender: pollinia 8. About 10
species in Asia, Australia and the Malay Islands.

Spathoglottises grow best at the warm end of the Cat-
tleya or Brazilian house in a moist, shady location. Pot
culture suits them best, and the compost should consist
principally of equal parts peat fiber and sphagnum
moss with a little chopped sod added ; about one-half of
the pot should be devoted to drainage. They all require
a liberal amount of water when growing, but only
enough to keep them in sound condition when at rest.
They are rather hard to increase by division and the
supply depends upon new importations.

plicata, Blume. Lvs. 2-4 ft. long, finely acuminate,
scape 2-3 ft. high, with a raceme 6-12 in. long: fls. 1 in.
across, lilac; sepals and petals broad, acute; middle
lobe of the labellum long and narrow, cuneately dilated
at the tip; ealli yellow, villous. Malay Peninsula.

aurea, Lindl. (S. plicata, Griff.). Lvs. 12-18 in. high,
narrowly lanceolate: scape tall and stout, 2 ft. high:
raceme 6-8 in. long: fls. 1% in. across, golden yellow;
sepals broad, obtuse ; middle lobe of the Jabellum
equaling the falcate lateral lobes, narrowly lanceolate.
Malay Peninsula. G.C. III. 4:93. -The lip varies, being
sometimes broad and retuse at the apex.

1C9G

SPATHOGLOTTIS

SPERGULA

Vieillardi, Reiehb. f. [S. Augustbrum, Reiehb. f.,.
Fig. 2359. Lvs. long-lanceolate, acuminate, 1-2 ft. long:
scape 12-18 in. high, robust: raceme 6 in. long, broad,
corymb-like at first: fls. 2 in. across, very pale lilac,
nearly white; sepals and petals ovate-oblong, subacute;
labellum as long as the sepals, lateral lobes orange-
brown, with orange calli speckled with red, middle lobe
narrow, with a broadened tip variable in form. New
Caledonia. B.M. 7013. A.G. 12:93. A. P. 6:631.-(ff.
aiiriK- Vie i I I 'anil , Hort , is a hybrid between this and S.
aurea. Fls. pale chrome-yellow, with the sepals slightly
and the petals profusely dotted with crimson, the tips
of the lobes of the lip rich crimson. G.C. III. 23:309.
G.M. 41:308.

S. Eimballiana. Hook., is often regarded as a variety of S.
aurea, from which it differs in having the backs of the sepals
mottled with red-brown, the crest glabrous, and narrower lvs.
B.M. 7443.— S. plicata, var. Micholitzii, is advertised by San-
der. Fls. amethyst color, with the segments broader than in
the type. Habit more dwarf.

Heinrich Hasselbring and R. M. Grey.

SPATHYEMA (Greek; referring to the spathe).
Ardcece. Skunk Cabbage. Skunk Cabbage is an ex-
ceptionally interesting plant. In the East, it is the first
wild dower of the year, though it is oftener considered
a weed than a flower by those who have nothing but
contempt for it. It is a hardy swamp-loving perennial
herb which pushes up its fascinating hooded spathes in
midwinter or even before the first of January in favored
situations. The spathes are 3-6 in. high, usually grow
in clumps, and the variation in their coloring is a never-
failing delight. They are mottled with purplish brown
and greenish yellow, the former color sometimes be-
coming bright red, the latter ranging from dark green
to bright yellow. These spathes are produced several
weeks before the leaves appear, and they inclose odd
flowers which are described below in detail. Just
when the Skunk Cabbage flowers is a matter of much
debate ; the stamens are generally out in February or
March. The hoods retain their beauty for months. In
April or May they decay and the strong-growing leaves
soon attain a height of 1-3 ft. and a breadth of 1 ft. or
more. All parts of the plant give a strong, skunk-like
odor, but only when bruised. A young plant uprooted
is a picturesque object. Its thick, horizontal rhizome
emits great numbers of strong, fleshy, rope-like roots.
The presence of the rank foliage of Skunk Cabbage is
generally considered a sign of wet, sour soil unfit for
gardening.

Skunk Cabbage is offered by a number of dealers in
hardy plants, as also by collectors. There is a consid-
erable demand for it outside of its native region, and
particularly in England, wdiere the "bog garden" idea
has been developed and has the most supporters.
Skunk Cabbage has made a strong impress upon Amer-
ican literature. Its hardiness and bravery have been

S-'mfU-*

2360. Skunk Cabbage, as the hoods come
Spathyema foetida(X 1-5).

up in spring.-

celebrated by outdoor writers from Thoreau to the
present day. The question of its pollination has been
much discussed. It was long supposed to be pollinated
by the action of the sarrion dies which are attracted by
its odor. However, Trelease has shown that the bees

are busy with the pollen while the plant is in flower and
that the carrion flies mostly come later. Skunk Cabbage
has long been known as Symplocarpus, but this name
must give way to the older one given by Rafinesque.

Generic characters : spadix globose or oblong, entirely
covered by fls., the ovaries of which are embedded in
the spadix; perianth of 4 hooded sepals; anthers 2-
celled; style pyramidal, 4-sided: ovary 1-loculed, with
a solitary, suspended, anatropous ovule; berries in
large heads, 1-seeded. Only one species.

foetida, Raf. (Symplocarpus fa'tidus, Nutt.). Skunk
Cabbage. Fig. 2360. Lvs. numerous, 1-3 ft. long, 1
ft. wide, ovate, strongly nerved: spathe preceding the
lvs., colored as described above: fr. ripe Aug., Sept.
Nova Scotia to Minn., south to Fla. and Iowa. B.M.
836 (Pothos foetida); 3224. V. 23:186. G.W.F. 27. D.
277. A.G. 14:367. B.B. 1:363. -The Siberian plant is
probably the same species. \y jyit

SPATTER-DOCK. Ifuphar advena.

SPEARMINT. See Mentha.

SPEAR-WOOD. Eucalyptus doratoxylon.

SPEARWORT. Certain species of Ranunculus.

SPECULARIA (from Speculum Veneris, meaning
Venus' Looking-glass). Campanulacece. Venus' Look-
ing-glass {Specularia Speculum) is a pretty little
hardy annual herb with 5-lobed blue flowers not quite
an inch across. The plants grow about 9 in. high, bloom
in spring and summer and are desirable for edging
flowerbeds. They are of easy culture. See A nnuals.

Specularia is a genus of about 7 species closely allied
to Campanula but differing by the very long calyx-tube,
ovary and capsule. The long calyx-tube is one of the
most conspicuous features of the plant and has perhaps
served to suggest the handle of the mirror. There is
one North American species, S. perfoliata, which dif-
fers from all the rest in having perfoliate lvs. and the
capsule dehiscing laterally near the middle instead of
near the calyx-lobes. It is a weed. The others are Old
World herbs, small and annual, with the lower lvs. obo-
vate and entire, the upper ones ovate-oblong or lanceo-
late and nearly entire. Calyx-tube linear, 1 in. or so
long: limb 5-parted, the segments linear and as long as
the corolla-lobes; corolla nearly wheel-shaped or broadly
bell-shaped; stamens free from corolla: ovary 3-loculed:
stigma shortly 3-lobed.

a. Peduncles about 3-fld.

Speculum, DC. (Campanula Spiculum, Linn. ). Ve-
nus'Looking-glass. Fig. 2361. Erect, 9 in. high : ca-
lyx glabrous or pubescent, the tube constricted at the
apex; lobes finally reflexed, according to DeCandolle.
Europe. B.M. 102. — Var. procumbens is offered abroad
in addition to white, lilac and double forms. R.H. 1897,
p. 254.

aa. Peduncles 1-fld.

pentagbnia, DC. Calyx pilose, lobes spreading. Asia
Minor. B.R. 1 :56. — This species is not now advertised
in America. Some specimens have narrow lvs. and
longer calyx-tube than S. Speculum. An interesting
feature of this species (and perhaps others) is the 5-
angled flower-buds. W. M.

SPEEDWELL, Veronica.

SPELT. See Triticum.

SPERGULA (Latin spargere, to scatter; the seeds
are said to be expelled). Canjophyllacea. A genus of
3-8 species of annual herbs including Spurrv, which
see, a forage plant adapted to poor, dry, sandy soils. It
is a common weed in cultivated lands. It grows about
6 in., has linear lvs. which appear to be whorled, and
bears numerous, small, white, 5-petaled fls. in summer.
The fls. are about J4 in. across and borne in terminal
panicles. Important generic characters of Spergula are
the small, scarious stipules, 5 styles, alternating with
the sepals, and capsule - valves opposite the sepals.

SPERGULA

SPHAGNUM

1697

Some of the species are dichotomously branched, but
the following has clusters of branches originating at or
near the base.

arvensis, Linn. Spdrrt, which see. Annual, 6-18 in.
high, branched at or near the base: lvs. linear, clus-
tered at the nodes in 2 opposite sets of 6-8 together,
appearing as if verticillate : stipules small, connate.
Eu. B.B. 2:36. W. M.

2361. Venus' Looking-glass — Specularia Speculum (X K).

SPH.KEALCEA ( Greek words, globe mallow; referring
to the fruit). Malv&ceat. Globe Mallow. About 25 spe-
cies of tender herbs, subshrubs and shrubs, mostly
native to the warmer parts of America: lvs. usually
angled or lobed: Hs. solitary or clustered, axillary, in
terminal racemes or spikes, violet, rose, flesh-color or
various shades of red: bractlets 3, free or united at the
base; calyx 5-cut: locules of the ovary numerous, 2-3-
ovuled, arranged in a single whorl. Closely allied to
Abutilon but with 3 bractlets instead of none.

A. Lvs. 5-?-lobed.

B. Fls. in spikes.

acerifdlia, Torr. & Gray. Perennial herb, 2-6 ft. hi
lvs. 3-4 in. long, cordate, palmately 5-lobed (sometimes
with 2 or more basal lobes), coarsely serrate: fls. rose
color, varying to white, 2 in. across, 15 or more in spi
cate clusters terminating the branches. Rocky Mts
B.M. 5404.

bb. Fls. in umbels.

umbellata, Don. Mexican shrub, 3 ft. or more high,
with scarlet, pendulous fls., about 1% in. across, and
usually 3 in an umbel: lvs. cordate, 7-lobed, crenate.
L.B.C. 3:222 and B.R. 19:1608 (as Malva umbellata).—
Var. tricolor, Hort., was said by John Saul to have red-
dish purple fls. striped with white and rose.

aa. Lvs. S-lobed.
B. Fls. scarlet or rose.
Munroana, Spach. Perennial herb, 1-2 ft. high: lvs
broad at base, obscurely 3-lobed, crenate, sometimes in
cised: fls. scarlet or rose, 1 in. across, rose-colored
panicles axillary and terminal, numerous. Dry plains
Brit. Col. to Idaho and south. B.M. 3537 and B.R 16:1306
(both as Malva Munroana). A.G. 11 :539.- Advertised
in 1890 as the Sunset Plant. E. S. Carman said the same
plant was offered in some catalogues as Malva miniata.

BB. Fls. brick-red.
cisplatina, A. St. Hil. (S. miniata, Spach. Malva
miniata, Cav. M. miniata, Jacq. [1]). Tender branch-
ing subshrub, 2-4 ft. high, formerly considered desirable
for conservatory decoration in October and November,
when it produces its brick-red flowers : lvs. 1-2 in. long,
3-lobed, coarsely and unequally crenate, midlobe longest:
fls. 1-1 J^ in. across, in axillary, few-fld. cymose racemes.
La Plata. The above description from B.M. 5938.—
Miniata means cinnabar - red, the color of red lead.
There seems to be no reason why Sphazralcea cisplatina
and Munroana. should be confused. The lvs. of Mun-
roana are obscurely 3-lobed, the lobes broad, blunt and
short; the lvs. of S. cisplatina are deeply and sharply
cut, acuminate and narrowed towards the base, the
lobes narrow and acute, the midlobe over twice as long
as the side lobes. The color of the fls. is very distinct
and the clusters are branched in 6'. Munroana but not in
<S\ cisplatina. ^r_ jyjt

SPH31R6GYNE (Greek words referring to the glo-
bose stigma). Melastomacew. This genus has been re-
ferred to Tococa, which see for S. latifolia. The band-
some foliage plant known to the trade as Sphairogyne
imperialis is mentioned under this head because its fls.
and fr. seem to be undescribed, and the place of the
plant in the vegetable kingdom is therefore unde-
termined. It is a broad-leaved hothouse plant with
strong parallel ribs, metallic green above and pur-
plish brown beneath. For cultural suggestions, see
Miconia.

imperialis, Linden. Stem simple or little branched,
erect, robust : lvs. opposite, decussate, oval, with 5
longitudinal ribs running from base to apex and many
parallel transverse veins connecting them. Peru. I.H.
24:284. — Native of Peru, and introduced to Europe by
Linden in 1871. It is said to be easily grown in a warm
house.

SPHAGNUM, Sphagnum moss, bog moss or peat
moss is found in swamps or bogs and is one of the
plants from which peat is formed ; it is much used
by gardeners. Its geographical distribution extends
to all countries in the north temperate zone. According
to Braithwaite's "Sphagnaceae of Europe and North
America," there are 19 distinct species to be found in
North America, besides numerous varieties. Sphagnum
mosses differ from the true mosses so much that they
are usually clas rifled in a distinct family, Sphagnaceffi.
Besides some slight differences in the reproductive or-
gans, the chief differences lie in the larger growth of
Sphagnum (which is often a foot or more in height), its
soft appearance, pale green color, and the absence of
root-hairs. The stems and leaves are inclosed or en-
circled by one, two and often four strata of transparent
cells connected with each other by small holes, which
have the capacity of sucking up and retaining a large
amount of water. These cells therefore perform the
function of root-hairs, and it is this abundant water-stor-
age tissue that makes Sphagnum moss of so much use to
gardeners in the cultivation of orchids, Anthurium, etc.,
and in fact most plants of an epiphytal or swamp-loving
character, such as Sarracenia, Darlingtonia, etc. Sphag-
num often forms at least one-third of the compost in
which pitcher plants and epiphytes are grown. The
fresh green tips of Sphagnum are also most useful for
surfacing pots of orchids and other plants. Besides
giving them a better appearance, the moss acts as an
index to the moisture condition of the plant. Sphagnum
is also useful in the propagation of many stove plants,
such as Cordyline, Nepenthes, etc. ; for starting tropical
tuberous - rooted plants, such as fancy caladiums ; for
sowing seeds of orchids, Anthuriums, Nepenthes and
Sarracenias when fresh and chopped fine; as a mulch;
as a non-conducting material for plants in pots in ex-
posed positions in summer; and in packing plants for
transportation, for which purpose it is an ideal material.
Owing to its sponge-like character it may be used wet
or dry, according to the character of the plants intended
for packing.

Unless one has an ideal position in which to keep
Sphagnum moss after gathering it from its native place,

1698

SPHAGNUM

SPINACH

or unless one has conditions very similar to its native
habitat, it. is difficult to keep it living for any length of
time. This does not greatly matter, except that Sphag-
num used for surfacing pots should always be living
for the sake of appearance. That which is used in pot-
ting and propagating need not necessarily be living as
long as it is fresh and not decayed, while partially de-
cayed moss may be used for muiching and packing.
Edward J. Canning.
8PHEN6GYNE. See Ursinia.

SPICE BUSH. Consult Benzoin.

SPIDER FLOWER. Cleome.

SPIDER LILIES. HymenocallU and Pancratium.

SPIDER PLANT. See Cleome.

SPIDERWORT. Tradescantia.

SPIGELIA (after Adrian von der Spigel, physician,
1558-1025). Logani&cece. About 35 species of American
annual or perennial herbs, rarely somewhat woody, with
opposite, membranous, feather - veined, rarely 3-5-
nerved leaves, and long or small red, yellow or purplish
flowers, usually borne in terminal, one-sided, somewhat
curved spikes: calyx 5-lobed; segments narrow; corolla
tubular ; lobes 5, valvate ; stamens 5, attached to the
corolla-tube: ovary 2-loculed : style articulated, simple,
obtuse or somewhat capitate and stigmatose at the sum-
mit: capsule flattened, circumscissile above the persis-
tent base.

Marilandica, Linn. Pink Root. A handsome hardy
perennial herb, with slender, tufted stems 1-2 ft. high,
opposite, ovate, sessile, thin lvs. 2^4 in. long, and red,
tubular Ms. with yellow throats in terminal, 1-sided
spikes. June, July. Woods, N. J. to Wis. and south.
B.B. 2:605. B.M. 80.-An elegant plant for the hardy
border. Shade is not necessary for its welfare if planted
in good, loose, deep loam. p*_ y^* Barclay.

^Stf-**^'

2362. Spinach (X%).
SPIKENARD. Aralia racemosa. FALSE S. Smila-

SPILANTHES (Greek, spotted flower). Compdsitce,
This genus includes the Pari! Cress (Spildntkes oler-
acea, Linn.)) the leaves of which impart a pungent flavor
to salads and stimulate the salivary glands. The plant
belongs rather to pharmacy than to the vegetable garden.
It is procurable from France. It is an annual herb of
almost creeping habit and yellow fls. in conical, rayless
heads about three-eighths of an inch in diameter. The
seed is sown in early spring. The Brazil Cress differs
in the brownish tint of stem and leaves. The preced-
ing points are condensed from Vilmorin's "Vegetable
Garden."

Spilanthes is a genus of about 20 species found in the
warmer regions of the globe. They are mostly annual,
rarely perennial, and have opposite, usually dentate lvs.
Some have yellow or white rays and the disk is yellow.
S. oleracea has broadly ovate, dentate lvs. and long-
peduncled heads. Gn. 22, p. 295. ^x. M.

SPINACH (Spinacia oleracea, which see) is an an-
nual crop grown as a pot-herb, or for "greens." Fig.
2362. It is a cool-season plant, and therefore it is grown
in fall and spring. It is a plant of easy culture, thriving
in any good garden or field soil, although for quick re-
sults and for tender, succulent foliage, land which has
an abundance of available plant-food, and particularly
of nitrogen, is most desirable. The plant is hardy, and
when the land is well drained, it will ordinarily stand
the winter climate as farnorth as the city of New York,
and still farther in somewhat protected places.

Spinach is grown both as a fall and spring crop. The
fall crop is raised from seed that is sown in August; in
eight weeks the leaves may be large enough for eating.
The spring crop is grown from seeds sown in the fall,
or from those sown during winter in hotbeds or cold-
frames, or from those sown directly in the ground as
soon as it is fit in the spring. If the plants for spring
use are to be started in the fall, the seeds should be
sown about six to eight weeks before hard freezing
weather is expected. Then the plants will have attained
sufficient size and roothold to enable them to pass the
winter. It is advisable to cover the plants, just before
winter sets in, with straw or loose litter or dry manure.
Even though the plants will withstand the winter, they
nevertheless thrive better if given this protection, par-
ticularly in soils that are likely to heave. It is custom-
ary to grow this fall-sown Spinach on wide ridges or
beds that are made by plowing several furrows together,
leaving a dead furrow between them. This allows of
surface drainage. These beds may be from five to ten
feet wide. On these beds, the seeds are sown in rows
running lengthwise, the distance between the rows being
from 10 to 20 inches, depending upon the methods that
are employed for tillage. If hand tillage alone is to be
given, the plants may be placed closer. In the spring
the cover is removed from the plants at the earliest op-
portunity, for Spinach is most desired very early in the
season. Unless the land is in extra good "heart," it is
well to make a surface application of a soluble fer-
tilizer early in the spring in order to start the plants
into growth. A fertilizer that is very rich in nitrogen
gives best results; in fact, it is customary in some
places to use a solution of nitrate of soda or sulfate of
ammonia, applying the material with a sprinkling cart.
From 50 to 75 pounds of the fertilizer may be used to
the acre with very good results, at each of two or more
applications.

For home use, Spinach is sometimes carried over the
winter in frames, the plants having been transplanted
to the frames or raised in them during the late fall.
These frames are protected from severe freezing weathe
by mats or shutters. Whenever it is desired to bring
the plants into growth, sash is placed over the frame,
and extra protection is given in very cold weather. The
plants will soon become green and begin to make new
leaves. Different frames may be covered at different
times as the season advances, thereby providing a
supply for home use. Sometimes the seed is sown in
hotbeds that are made late in winter or very early in
spring, and the plants are secured in advance of the
ordinary season. The growing of Spinach in frames is
less frequent than formerly, owing to the fact that the
market is now supplied with the product grown in the
Middle South.

Spring Spinach may be grown from seeds that are
sown as soon as the land can be worked in spring. If
the land has been plowed and manured in the fall,
quicker results may be secured. Two or three sowings
may be made in the home garden for spring use, but
after the middle of June Spinach is likely to become
tough and is in little demand. If Spinach is wanted
during the summer, it is better to use the New Zealand
Spinach, which is a warm weather plant. This plant has
no relationship with the ordinary Spinach (see Tetra-
gonia). It is usually best to sow Spinach seed where
the plants are to stand, although it is sometimes trans-
planted into frames for home use. Care must be taken
that the plants do not become checked or stunted, else
they will tend to run to seed. If the seed is sown too
late in spring, when hot weather is approaching, the
root-leaves will be very few and the plant will quickly
throw up flower-stalks. Spinacli is always grown as a

SPINACH

SPIRAEA

1699

succession or companion crop, as it occupies the land
for a small part of the year. There are very few in-
sects and diseases that are generally troublesome.

Spinach is usually transported to market in barrels
or crates. Plants are usually cut so that an inch or so
of the root is left with them. All dirt is removed, as
also all broken and dead leaves. The plants are packed
tight. It is essential that the plants be dry before they
are shipped.

There are several important varieties of Spinach.
The large, broad-leaved varieties are most popular in
the markets, such as the Viroflay and the Round-leaved.
The prickly Spinach is considered to be the most hardy
and is chiefly recommended for fall sowing, l jj u

SPINACH OKACH, or SEA PURSLANE (Atriplex
hortensia) is also sometimes called Mountain Spinach.

SPINACIA (from spina; alluding to the spiny fruit).
Chenopodiacew. Spinach. Spinage. According to
Volkens (in Engler & Prantl's Pflanzenfamilieni, there
are only two species of Spinacia, 6'. oleracea, Linn.,
the common Spinach, and S. tetrandra, Stev. The lat-
ter is an annual herb of the Asia Minor-Persian region,
and is not in cultivation. S. oleracea, the Spinach, is
probably native to southwestern Asia, but it is now
widely cultivated. It is an annual herb, developing
rather large, arrow-shaped root-leaves, and these leaves
are eaten for "greens." Later in the season it sends up
a branching flower-stem 2-3 ft. high, bearing axillary
clusters of seed-like fruits. In one type these fruits are
spiny: this is the form once described as S. spinosa,
Mcench, but which is not now considered to be specifi-
cally distinct. Whether the round-seeded or the prickly-
seeded type is the original form of the Spinach is not
known, but as a matter of nomenclature, Linna?os' S.
vi.era.cea, which is the oldest name, is held to include all.
Spinacia belongs to the atriplex tribe. The genus is
distinguished from Atriplex in the fact that the pistil-
late flowers are bractless, whereas those of Atriplex
are inclosed in a pair of enlarging calyx - like bracts.
Spinacia is dioecious, bearing the flowers in small axil-
' lary clusters: stamens 4 or 5. in a 4-5-lobed calyx:
ovary 1, with 4-5 styles or stigmas, in a 2-4-toothed
calyx, this calyx hardening and enclosing the akene and
often becoming horned on the sides and giving rise to
"prickly-seeded" Spinach. The cultivated forms have
developed much thicker and broader radical leaves,
which are used for greens, often showing little of the
halberd or sagittate shape. L H. B.

SPINDLE THEE. Euonymus.

SPIKffiA of florists. See Aslilbe.

SPIRiEA (ancient Greek name of a plant used for
garlands, derived from speira, band, wreath; probably
first used for the present genus by Clusius). liosacece.
Ornamental deciduous shrubs, with alternate, estipu-
late, simple and rather small lvs., and small white,
pink or almost crimson fls. in showy umbels, corymbs,
or panicles. Many are hardy north; some of the best
of them are Spirwa arguta, Thunbergii, Van Boutlei,
pabescens, trilobata, bracteata, media, ulmifolia, alia,
Douglasi, Menziesi, tomentosa. Spircea blanda, Ja-
ponica and albiflora require a sheltered position or
protection during the winter, though S. Japonica and
its allies, even if killed almost to the ground, will pro-
duce flowers on shoots of the same season. Spirwa
Cantoniensis, Bliimei, Chinensis canescens and bella
are more tender and not to be recommended for the
North, but are hardy or nearly hardy in the Middle
States. S. prunifolia is hardy north of Boston.

In regard to the flowering season, the Spireas can be
divided into two groups. The first one contains the
species of the section Chamaedryon, with white flowers
in umbels and blooming in spring, from April to June.
The second group is composed of the sections Calospira
and Spiraria, with white or pink flowers in corymbs or
panicles appearing from June to fall. Some of the most
important species, arranged according to their relative
flowering time, are the following: Eaily-flowering Spi-

reas—S. Thunbergi, arguta, hypericifolia, prunifolia,
media, Pikowiensis, pubescens, chamcedry folia, trilo-
bata, Van Bouttei, Cantonensis, bracteata. Late-flow-
ering Spireas — &. bella, corymbosa, densiflora, ca-
nescens, Japonica, albiflora, salicifolia, alba, Menziesi,
Douglasi, tomentosa. The species of the second group
do not produce their flowers all at once like those of
the first group, but continue blooming for a longer
time.

The Spireas are all medium-sized or low shrubs and
well adapted for borders of shrubberies, as single speci-
mens on the lawn or for rockeries. Especially the spe-
cies of the early-flowering group possess a graceful
habit and make effective single specimens, except per-
haps <S. chamwdry folia and media, which are somewhat
stifferand less handsome and produce suckers. Spircea
canescens has also the graceful habit of the first group.
Spirwa Japonica and its numerous hybrids form mostly
low, round bushes and are pretty as single specimens or
in the border. Spirwa alba, Douglasi, Menziesi and to-
mentosa should be planted in shrubberies only and es-
pecially in situations where their spreading by suckers
does no harm; they are sometimes used for low
ornamental hedges. For rockeries Spircea decumbens,
corymbosa, densiflora, bullata, and some dwarf hybrids
of S. Japonica are to be recommended.

The species of the section Chamsedryon, and also
S. canescens and bella, should be pruned as little as
possible, — only thinned out and the weak wood removed,
— while those of the sections Spiraria and Calospira can
be pruned more severely if necessary, since they pro-
duce their flowers at the ends of the young shoots.
Some of the early-flowering Spireas, especially S. ar-
guta, prunifolia. Van Bouttei and *S. Bumalda, are
sometimes forced.

The Spireas grow in almost any moderately moist
soil, the Spiraria species being generally more moisture-
loving; and S. tomentosa thrives well only in a peaty
or sandy soil, while those recommended above for rock-
eries require a well - drained soil and sunny situation.
Prop, by seeds sown in spring and covered only slightly
with soil, or by hardwood or greenwood cuttings. The
species of Chama?dryon grow very well from greenwood
cuttings under glass, while the Spirarias are usually
raised from hardwood cuttings. The Calospiras seem
to grow equally well in both ways. The Spirarias are
also often prop, by division and by suckers.

About 50 species in the temperate regions of the
northern hemisphere, in America south to Mexico. Lvs.
simple, short - petioled, entire or serrate, sometimes
lobed, without stipules: fls. in umbel-like racemes, co-
rymbs or panicles, perfect, rarely polygamous; calyx
cup-shaped or campanulate, 5-lobed; petals 5, rounded;
stamens 15-GO, inserted between calyx and disk; pistils
usually 5, distinct, developing into follicles dehiscent
along the inner suture, with several or rarely two mi-
nute, oblong seeds. Many species formerly included
under Spiraea are now referred to other genera ; see
Physocarpus, Schizonotus and Sorbaria for shrubby
species and Aruncus, Ulmaria and also Astilbe for the
herbaceous ones. There is a monograph of Spiraea and
the allied genera by Maximowicz in Acta Horti Petro-
politani, vol. 6, p. 105-261 (1879) and a monograph of
the cultivated species, with their numerous hybrids
fully described by H. Zabel, Die strauchigen Spiraen
der deutschen Garten (1893). There is much horticul-
tural literature on Spireas, for the plants are popular
and the species are many. Alfred Rehder.

The name Spirwa is often spelled Spirea. Whenever
the generic and specific name are both used the di-
graph should be employed, thus: Spirwa Japonica.
Whenever one speaks of "Spireas" in an untechnical
way, we spell the name without the digraph, in har-
mony with the Editor's writings. The name Spirea
should be considered as an English word in common
speech just as geranium and chrysanthemum are. In
fact, many people speak of plants as "Spireas" which do
not belong to the genus. For example, a delightful
white-flowered bushy herb which is grown indoors in
great quantities, especially at Easter, is properly an
Astilbe. Comparable instances are peony, bougainvillea,
etc. w. M.

1700

SPIR.EA

SPIRAEA

KEY TO THE SECTIONS.

A. Lvs. always entire: fls. in simple or panicled
racemes: follicles usually IB-seeded. (Bo-
tryospira, Zabel.)
B. Plants tufted, suffruticose: fls. perfect, in

usually simple racemes

Section 1. Petrophytum (Species not in cult. )
bb. Plant an upright shrub with stout branches:

fls. polygamous in panicled racemes

Section 2. Sibir^ea (Species No. 1)
AA. Lvs. usually serrate, rarity entire: fls. in
umbel-like racemes, corymbs or panicles:
seeds several.
b. Inflorescence a simple umbel-like raceme:

fls. white

Section 3. Cham-edryon (Species Nos. 2-20)
bb. Inflorescence compound: fls white or pink.

c. Pis. in corymbs

Section 4. Calospira (Species Nos. 21-36)

CC Fls. in panicles

Section 5. Spiraria (Species Nos. 37-49)
index.
acuta, 2. cuneata, 21. Nobleana, 42.

aeutifolia, 2. cuneifolii, 21. notha, 39.

adiantifolia, 13. deeuuibens. 22. nova, 16.

alba. 37, 44. densiflora, 36. oblongifolia, 19.

albiflora, 31. Douglas!, 48. obovata, 2.

alpina, 8. eximia, 47. - ovata, 24.

Altaica,!. expansa, 25. pachystachys, 42.

aquilegifolia, 13. flabellata. 2. paniculala, 38, 44.

arbuscula, 36. flagellata, 21. Pikowiensis, 10.

argentea, 21. flagelliformis, 21. proctunbens, 22.

arguta, 4. flexuosa, 20. pruinosa, 37.

atrifolia, 20. Fontenaysii, 37. prcinifolia, 6.

atrosanguinea, 27. Fontanaysicnsis,37. pubescens. 17, 18, 27.
auhifolia, 20. Fortunei, 27. pulehella. 25.

bella, 24. Fnxii, 29. pumila, 30.

liethlehemensis. 45, glabrata, 27. pyramidata, 40.

47. glabreseens, 10. Reevesiana, 15.

betulifolia, 35. granditlora, 43 and Regeliana, 41.

Billardii, 47. suppl. robusta, 16.

blanda, 16. hypericifolia, 2. rosea, 36.

Blumei, 12, 13. intermedia, 41. rotunditolia, 11. 21.

brachybotrys, 37. Japonica, 27 and mberrima. 27, 30.

braeteata, 11. suppl. rupestris, 12.

bullata, 26. Japonica alba, SI. salieit'olia, 43, 44,

Bumalda, 30. Japonica panicu- 45.

Californica, 47. lata, 38. Sanssoueiana. 41.

callosa, 27. Kumaonensis, 25. seraperflorens, 38.

cana. 7. laevigata, 1. serieea, 19.

Canadensis, 45. lanceolata, 15, 44. Sibirica, 43.

caneseens, 21. latifolia, 45. superba, 32.

Cantoniensis, 15. Lemoinei, 30. syringreflora, 38.

carnea, 43. Lenneana, 47. thalictroides, 2,

carpinifotia, 45. leucantha, 31. Thunbergii, 3.

chamsedryfolia, 20. longigemmis, 23. tomentosa, 49.

Chinensis, 17. lucida, 34. triloba, 13.

coccinea, 24. luxuriosa, 37. trilobata, 13.

confusa, 19. macrophylla, 27. triumpbans, 47.

conspieua, 38. Margaritre, 28. truncata, 2.

Constantly, 47. media. 11, 19. ulmifolia, 20.

corymbosa, 15, 33. Menziesi, 46. vaccinifolia, 21 and

cratcegifolia, 13, 33. multifiora, 5. suppl.

crenata, 2, 9. Nicoudierti. 10. Van HouJtei, 14.

crenifolia, 9. Nipponica, 11. Virginiana, 34.

crispifolia, 26.

Section 1. Petrophytum (Species not in cult. ).

This section contains a few rather rare American spe-
cies of which none is in cultivation. The best known
is S. caespitosa, Nutt. (Petrophytum ccespitdsum,'
Rydb.), a dwarf cespitose subshrub, only a few inches
high, with crowded, small, entire Its. and small, whitish
fls. in dense, usually simple racemes on slender stalks
arising from the tufts of the grayish green foliage. It
is very unlike any other Spirea and more resembles in
habit a Saxifraga. It is perhaps better regarded as a
distinct genus like the allied Kllseya unifldra, Rydb.
(Eriogynia unifldra, Wats.), and Eriogynia peetiniitu.
Hook.

Section 2. Sibirjea (Species No. 1).

1. laevigata, Linn. | S. Altaica, Pall. Sibircea Icevi-
gAta, Maxim.). Shrub, 5 ft. high, with stout upright
branches : lvs. cuneate-oblong, bluish green, glabrous,
l%-3% in. long: fls. polygamous, greenish white in
terminal panicles, .1-5 in. long, those of the staminate
plant somewhat showier. May. Siberia. — Hardy.

Section 3. Chajledryon (Species Nos. 2-20).

A. Pis. in sessile umbels, with none
or very small lvs. at the base or
only the lower umbels on leafy
stalks.
B. Foliage entire or crenately den-
tate only near the apex, often

S-nerved, grayish green 2. hypericifolia

bb. Foliage dentate or serrate, usu-
ally penninerved, bright
green.
O. Shape of lvs. linear-lanceo-
late: glabrous 3. Thunbergi

CC. Shape of lvs. ovate to oblong-
lanceolate : finely pubes-
cent when yon mj.
D. Umbels on the lower part
of the branches stalked.

E. Lvs. oblong 4. arguta

ee. Lvs. obovate 5. multitlora

dd. Umbels all sessile, SS-f/d. 6. prunifolia
AA. Fls. in umbel-like racemes on
leafy stalks.
b. Margin of lvs. entire or crenate
or dentate only toward the
apex.
C. Foliage grayish pubescent

on both sides 7. cana

CC. Foliage almost glabrous.
D. Shape <>f lvs. elliptic to
Oblong-lanceolate.
E. Lvs. p e n n i n er v e d :

shoots angular 8. alpina

EE. Lvs. all or partly
S-nerved.
F. Shoots striped: lvs.

all S-nerved 9. crenata

FF. Shoots terete: lvs.
partly penninerved,

partly S-nerved 10. Pikowiensis

DD. Shape of lvs. almost or-
bicular, 3.t-l in. broad. .11. braeteata
BB. Margin of Irs. ineiseh/ serrate
and often slightly lobed {only
in No. 19 sometimes entire).
C. Stamens shorter than or as
long as petals: sepals
erect or spreading in
d. Foliage glabrous.

E. Form of lvs. orbicular
to ovate.
F. Apex of lvs. obtuse.
o. Lv s. penninerved,

ovate 12. Blumei

go. Lvs. pa I mutely 3-5-

nerved, orbicular. l.'t. trilobata
ff. Apex of lvs. acute. ..14. Van Houttei
ee. Form of lvs. rhombic-
lanceolate 15. Cantoniensis

DD. Foliage pubescent, at least
beneath.
E. Umbels and follicles
pubescent.

F. Tomentnm grayish . .10. blanda
ff. Tomentnm yellowish. 17. Chinensis
EE. Umbels and follicles

glabrous 18. pubescens

CC. Stamens longer than petals:
sepals re flexed.
D. Shoots terete, often pubes-
cent in fruit 19. media

dd. Shoots angular, glabrous. 20. chamaedryfolia

2. hypericifolia, Linn. Vigorous shrub, 5 ft. high,
with slender arching or upright branches: lvs. almost
sessile, cuneate-obovate to obovate-lanceolate, 3-nerved
or with few lateral veins, almost glabrous, SA-VA in.
long: fls. small, white, in sessile umbels; pedicels usu-
ally pubescent; petals almost orbicular, usually longer
than stamens. April, May. S. E. Eu. to Siberia. — Va-
riable species. Var. acutifdlia, Vi'enzig (S. acutifdlia,
Willd. <S. hypericifolia, var. acuta, Ser.). Lvs. nar-

SPIR.EA

SPIR.EA

1701

rower, oblanceolate: fls. smaller, yellowish white; pedi-
cels glabrous; petals obovate, shorter than stamens:
flowers somewhat earlier, but less showy. Var. flabel-
lata, Zabel (5. flabellata, Bertol. *S'. hypericifdlia, var.
crenata, Boiss. & Buhse). Lvs. obovate to obovate-lan-
ceolate, acute, incisely serrate at the apex or entire on
the flowering branches. Var. obovata, Maxim. (S. obo-
vata, Waldst. & Kit.). Lvs. obovate, rounded at the
apex, crenate above the middle. S. E. Eu. Var. trun-
cata, Zabel {S. thalietroldes, Hort., not Pall.). Lvs.
broadly obovate to oblong - obovate, truncate and cre-
nately dentate at the apex. Siberia.

2363.

Spiraea Thunbereii

' (XK.)

3. Thunbergii, Sieb. Fig. 2363. Shrub, 5 ft. high, with
spreading or arching branches: lvs. sharply serrulate,
1-1% in. long: fls. pure white, about % in. across, in
3-5-fld. naked umbels ; petals obovate, much longer than
stamens: follicles with the spreading styles below the
apex. April, May. China, Japan. S.Z. 1:69. G. P. 8:84,
85. — A very graceful early-flowering shrub, the slender
arching branches clothed with feathery bright green
foliage, turning late in fall to orange or scarlet. Almost
hardy, but tips of branches sometimes killed by severe
frost; valuable for seaside planting.

4. arg"uta, Zabel(S. Thunbergii x multifldra). Similar
in habit to the former but higher and more vigorous:
lvs. oblong-obovate to oblong-oblanceolate, sharply and
sometimes doubly serrate, glabrous at length, 1-1% in.
long: fls. pure white, % in. across, in many-fld. umbels,
mostly with small lvs. at the base; pedicels glabrous;
petals broadly obovate, almost twice as long as stamens.
May. Of garden origin. G.C. III. 22:3. Gng. 7:291.
F.E. 11:160. G.F. 10:443. M.D.G. 1900:16. -The most
free-flowering and showy of the earlier Spireas; quite
hardy.

5. multifldra, Zabel (S. crenata x hypericifdlia).
Shrub, 5 ft. high, with slender, arching branches : lvs.
obovate, cuneate, serrate above the middle, usually 3-
nerved, glabrous at length, about 1 in. long: fls. pure
white, in many-fld. umbels, sessile on the upper, borne
on leafy stalks on the lower part of the branches. May.
Of garden origin.— Handsome shrub similar to the
former, but blooming a little later.

6. prunifdlia, Sieb. & Zuec. Graceful shrub, 6 ft.
high, with upright slender pubescent branches: lvs.
ovate to oblong, denticulate, pubescent beneath, 1-2 in.
long: fls. pure white, about % in. across, on slender
pedicels, in 3-6-fld. umbels; petals obovate, longer than
stamens. May. China, Japan. — Var. fibre pleno. Fig.
2364. Fls. double, rather large. S.Z. 1:70. F.S. 2:153.
Gn. 53, p. 185. A.G. 18:425. F.E. 9:593. Mn. 3, p. 42.
Very handsome, early-flowering shrub, with dark green,
shining foliage, turning orange in fall. The single-fld.
form is less showy and rare in cult. ; its foliage is lighter
and not shining.

7. cana, Waldst. & Kit. Dense, bushy shrub, 3 ft.
high: lvs. elliptic to oblong, acute at both ends, usually
entire, grayish pubescent on both sides, more densely

beneath, X-l in. long: fls. Vi in. across, in dense head-
like umbels; petals about as long as stamens; sepals
reflexed in fruit. May. S. E. Eu., W. Asia. — Hardy,
but not very showy.

8. alpina, Pall. Shrub, 4 ft. high, with upright or
arching, angular, reddish brown branches: lvs. oblong-
obovate to oblanceolate, acute, usually entire, glabrous,
penninerved, %-l in. long: tis. white, rather small, in
short-stalked, small glabrous umbels; petals roundish,
little shorter than stamens; sepals upright in fr. : folli-
cles curving outward. May, June. N. E. Asia. — Hardy
shrub, with graceful foliage.

9. crenata, Linn. (S. crenifdlia, C. A. Mey.). Shrub,

3 ft. high, with slender striped branches: lvs. oblong-
obovate to oblanceolate, acute at both ends, crenately
serrate toward the apex, grayish green, puberulous be-
neath when young, 3-nerved, %-l% in. long: fls. white,
rather small, in dense almost semi-globose umbels; pet-
als roundish obovate, shorter than stamens: sepals up-
right in fr. : follicles with erect styles. May. S. E. Eu.
to Caucasus and Altai. L.B.C. 13:1252. — Hardy.

10. Pikowiensis, Bess. (S. crenata x media. S.JVicou-
diirti, Hort.). Shrub, 4 ft. high, with terete upright
branches: lvs. oblong, cuneate at base, with few sharp
teeth at the apex or sometimes entire, penninerved to
3-nerved, almost glabrous, 1-2 in. long: fls. white or
greenish white, in many-fld. almost glabrous umbels;
petals orbicular, shorter than stamens; sepals upright
in fr. ; follicles with the upright style somewhat below
the apex. May. — Supposed natural hybrid, found wild in
Podolia, in Poland.

11. bracteata, Zabel (S. Nipp6nica, Maxim. S. media,
var. rotundifdlia, Nichols.). Shrub, 8 ft. high, with
upright or spreading branches, quite glabrous: lvs.
roundish obovate, usually crenate at the apex, dark
green above, bluish green beneath, of firm texture,
%-!% in. long: fls. over % in. across, in umbel-like ra-
cemes, sometimes compound at the base; petals orbicu-
lar, longer than stamens; sepals spreading in fr. June.
Japan. G.C. II. 23:283. -Desirable hardy shrub of vig-
orous growth with showy umbels of pure white fls. and
dark green handsome foliage remaining fresh until late
in fall.

12. Blumei, G. Don (S. rupe'stris, Sieb.). Shrub,

4 ft. high, with spreading and arching branches: lvs
ovate to rhombic-ovate, incisely crenate-serrate, pale
bluish green beneath and rather prominently veined,
%~1% in. long: fls. polygamous, white, in many-fld.
umbels; petals roundish obovate, about as long as sta-
mens: follicles with spreading or reflexed styles. June,
Japan. B.H. 8:36. — Not hardy north, rare in cultiva-
tion; often the following or other species are met with
under its names.

2364.
Spiraea prunifolia.
flore pleno (XK).

13. trilobata, Linn. (S. triloba, Linn.). Fig. 2365.
Shrub, 4 ft. high, with slender spreading branches: lvs.
almost orbicular, incised-dentate and often 3-lobed,
obtuse, pale bluish green beneath, K-l in. long: fls.
pure white, in many-fld. umbels ; sepals upright in fr. :
follicles with ascending styles. Mav, June. N. China
to Siberia and Turkestan, L.B.C. 13:1271. G.F. 1:452.-

1702 SPIRAEA

Handsome bushy shrub, quite hardy; cult, under many
different names as S. aquilegi folia, adiantifdlia, cra-
tagifdlia, Bliimei.

14. Van Houttei, Zabel (S. CantonUnsis x trilobata.
S. aguilegifblia, var. Van Houttei, Briot.). Fig. 2366.
Shrub, 6 ft. high, with arching branches : lvs. rhom-
bic-ovate or rhombic-obovate, rounded or somewhat
narrowed at the base, acute, incised serrate, dark green
above to pale bluish green beneath, %-l% in. long: fls.
white, Yz in. across, in many-fld. umbels; petals twice
as long as stamens; sepals upright or spreading in
fruit. May, June. Of garden origin. Gn. 53, p. 251.
G.F. 2:317. Gng. 5:210. A.G. 15:297. P.G. 3:173.
M.D.G. 1900:17.-This is one of the most beautiful, or
perhaps the most beautiful, of the early-blooming
Spireas and quite hardy. Sometimes confounded with
the foregoing, which is similar but smaller in every
part and less showy.

15. Cantoniensis, Lour. {S. Reevesidna, Lindl. S.
lanceolata, Poir. S. corymbdsa, Roxb.). Shrub, 4 ft.
high, with slender, arching branches: lvs. rhombic-
lanceolate, incisely doubly serrate, dark green above,
pale bluish green beneath, 1-2% in. long: fls. over % in.
across, in rather dense umbels; sepals upright in fruit:
follicles with spreading styles. May, June. China,
Japan. B.R. 30:10. A.G. 18:356.-Very handsome
shrub, with large pure white fls., but only half-hardy
north. Var. fibre pleno, with double fls. and narrower
lvs., is still more tender. This species and the three
foregoing are valuable also for their handsome foliage,
which remains fresh and green until late in fall.

16. blanda, Zabel (S. Chinfnsis x Cantoniensis. S.
Reevesidna robiista, or ndva, Hort.). Upright shrub, 6 ft.
high, with arching branches: lvs. oblong to ovate, acute
at both ends, incised serrate, dark green and almost
glabrous above, grayish tomentose beneath, 1-1% in.
long: fls. rather large, pure white, in pubescent umbels;
sepals ovate-lanceolate, upright in fruit: follicles pu-
bescent, with spreading styles. May, June. Of garden
Origin. — Only half-hardy north.

17. Chinensis, Maxim. (S.pubtscens, Lindl.). Upright
shrub, 5 ft. high, with arching branches, tomentose
when young: lvs. long-petioled, ovate, incisely serrate
and sometimes 3-lobed, finely pubescent above, yellowish
tomentose beneath, 1-2 in. long: fls. pure white, about
% in. across, in pubescent umbels; sepals upright in
fruit, ovate-lanceolate, tomentose like the follicles;
styles terminal, spreading. May. China. B.R. 33:38.—
Handsome, but not hardy north.

18. pubescens, Turcz. Upright shrub. 6 ft. high, with
slender, arching branches: lvs. similar to those of the
foregoing species, but more grayish tomentose beneath
and somewhat smaller, petioles shorter: fls. %-% in.
across, in glabrous umbels; sepals triangular-ovate,
upright in fruit: follicles glabrous, with the spreading
styles below the apex. May. N.China. G.F. 1:331.—
Hardy north, and the large-fld. form as handsome as
the foregoing species.

19. media, Schmidt {S. confiisa, Regel & Kcern.).
Upright shrub, 5 ft. high, with terete branches, gla-
brous or pubescent when young: lvs. ovate to oblong,
cuneate at the base, incisely serrate above the middle,
almost glabrous or pubescent, 1-2M in. long: fls. in
many-fld. rather long-stalked, umbel-like racemes; fol-
licles with the spreading or reflexed styles somewhat
below the apex. May. S. E. Eu. to Japan. — Var. gla-
brescens, Zabel. Almost glabrous. Var. oblongifdlia,
Rehd. [S. oblongifolia, Waldst. & Kit.). Lvs. elliptic-
oblong to oblong-lanceolate, narrowed at both ends, en-
tire or with 1-3 teeth at the apex. Var. serlcea, Regel
(S. sericea, Turcz.). Lvs. pubescent on both sides.

20. chamaedryfolia, Linn. Shrub, 6 ft. high, with
angular, glabrous branches: lvs. distinctly petioled,
ovate to lanceolate, sharply and often doubly serrate,
almost glabrous, bluish green beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls.
in many-fld. umbels, the lower ones long-stalked, the
upper ones often almost sessile : follicles with the styles
upright and terminal. S. E. Eu. to Japan. —Var. fiex-
Uosa, Maxim. (S. flexudsa, Fisch.). Less high, with
spreading more or less zigzag branches: lvs. narrower,
sharply serrate above the middle. Siberia to Dahuria.

SPIR.EA

Var. ulmifdlia, Maxim. (<S. ulmifdlia, Scop.). Upright:
lvs. ovate, incisely or doubly serrate from below the-
middle: fls. larger, about !3 in. across, appearing later.
L.B.C. 11:1042. B.R. 15:1222. Both vars. are often
cult.; they spread, like the preceding species, by
suckers. Sometimes as 5. atrifolia or aubifolia in
gardens.

Section 4. Calospira (Species Nos. 21-36).
A. Stamens as long as petals: lvs.
small, %-i in. long: fls. white.
B. Height 8-6, occasionally 12 ft... 21. canescens

bb. Height about K ft 22. decumbens

AA. Stamens longer than petals.

B. Corymbs on lateral branchlets
along the branches of the pre-
vious year.
0. Winter-buds slender, longer

than petioles 23. longigemmis

cc. Winter - buds shorter than
petioles.
D. Shoots angular: lvs. usu-
ally broadly ovate 24. bella

DD. Shoots terete : lvs. usually

ovate-lanceolate 25. expansa

BB. Corymbs terminal on upright
shoots of the year.
c. Inflorescence pubescent,
rarely glabrous, very com-
pound, besides the terminal
corymb lateral ones bloom-
ing somewhat later appear
beneath it, only weak
branches with a single
corymb.
D. Shrub 1 ft. or less high,
with bullate lvs. less than

1 in. long 26. bullata

DD. Shrubs 1-5 ft. high, with
larger lvs.
E. Branches terete.

F. Bipe follicles di-
verging 27. Japonica

FF. Ripe follicles upright,
straight.

a. Fls. pink 28. Margaritas

GO. Fls. whitish or

blushed 29. Foxii

EE. Branches more or less
angular, rather stiff,
almost glabrous.
F. Color of fls. pink,

rarely whitish 30. Bumalda

FF. Color of fls. white 31. albiilora

CC. Inflorescence usually gla-
brous, consisting of only one
terminal corymb: follicles
not diverging.
D. Sepals reflexed in fruit:

petals orbicular 32. oupeiba

DD. Sepals spreading or half
upright: petals oval to
oblong.
E. Fls. white.

F. Corymb usually pu-
bescent 33. corymbosa

FF. Corymb usually gla-
brous.
G. Lvs, usually in-

cised-serrate 34. luciila

GG. Lvs. usually ere-

nately serrate 35. betulifolia

ee. Fls. pink 36. densiflora

21. canescens, D. Don. Shrub, 6 or sometimes 12 ft.
high, with spreading and arching branches : lvs. broadly
oval to obovate, very short-petioled, crenately dentate
above the middle, grayish green, pubescent beneath or
sometimes almost glabrous at length, %-% in. long:
fls. white, rather small, in dense, semi-globose corymbs
to 2 in. across, appearing very profusely along the
branches; sepals upright or spreading in f r. : follicles
villous, with the ascending styles a little below the

SPIK.KA

SP1R.EA

1703

apex. July. Himal. Gn. 45, p. 49; 49, p. 421; 52, p. 28;
54, p. 48. — Very graceful and handsome shrub, but not
hardy north. It occurs under very many different
names in the gardens, as S. aryhitea, cunedta, cunei'
fdlia, flagelldta, flagellifdrmis, rotundifilia, vaccinifd-
lia, and others.

22. decumbens, W. Koch (S. procumbens, Hort.),
Dwarf, procumbent shrub, about % ft. high, with as-
cending branches, glabrous : lvs. elliptic to oblong,
acute at both ends, crenately serrate above the middle,
glabrous, K-l in. long: fls. white, in small corymbs,
about 2 in. across : follicles glabrous, with upright ter-
minal styles. June. Tyrol. G.C. II. 11:752. — Pretty
shrub for rockeries.

23. longigemmis, Maxim. Shrub, 4 ft. high, with
slender terete branches, glabrous: axillary buds acumi-
nate, longer than the petioles: lvs. ovate-lanceolate to
oblong - lanceolate, incisely and doubly serrate, with
glandular-tipped teeth, bright green, glabrous, 1K-2K in.
long: fls. white, in rather loose, 2-3-in. broad, pubescent
corymbs; sepals spreading in fr. : follicles almost gla-
brous, with terminal spreading styles. June. N. W.
China. G.P. 7:345. -Hardy.

24. bella, Sims [S. ovdta, and S. cdccinea, Hort.).
Shrub, 3 ft. high, with slender, spreading branches, an-
gular and sparingly pubescent : lvs. broadly ovate to
ovate, sharply and often doubly serrate, almost gla-
brous, whitish or bluish green beneath, 1-2 in. long:
fls. polygamous, pink, in small corymbs, %-2 in. across;
stamens little longer than petals ; sepals reflexed in fr. :
follicles pubescent only at the inner suture, with
spreading styles. June, July. Himal. B.M. 2426.
L.B.C. 13:1268.-Only half-hardy north.

25. expansa. Wall. (S. billa, var. expdnsa, Regel.
S. Kumaone'nsis , Hort. ). Closely allied to the forego-
ing, more vigorous and upright, 6 ft. high, with terete
branches tomentose when young: lvs. ovate-elliptic to
ovate - lanceolate, acute at both ends, sharply serrate
from the middle, usually pubescent on the veins be-
neath, l%-3 in. long : fls. white or pale pink, in 1-4
broad corymbs: follicles pubescent, diverging. July.
Himal. — S. pulchella, Kunze (S. Kumaone'nsis, Hort.),
is supposed to be a hybrid of this and the foregoing

.^ca.

2365.
Spircea trilobata ( X
No. 13.

species; it combines the broader corymbs of the latter
with the brighter color of the first species, therefore
handsomer than either parent; sometimes cult, as S.
expdnsa rubra, but there is also another hybrid of the
same name. See 6'. rubra in suppl. list.

26. bullata, Maxim. (S. crispif&lia, Hort.). Dwarf
shrub, with strictly upright brown, villous branches:
lvs. roundish ovate to ovate, very short-petioled, in-
cisely serrate, thickish and bullate, almost glabrous,

grayish green beneath, %-% in. long: fls. deep pink, in
small and dense corymbs, 1X-3 in. across. July, Aug.
Japan. Gt. 35:1216.

27. Jap6nica, Linn. (S. callosa, Thunb. S. Fdrtunei,
Planch.). Shrub, 4 ft. high, with upright branches
glabrous or puberulous when young: lvs. ovate to
oblong-lanceolate, acute at both ends or acuminate,
doubly and incisely serrate, pale bluish green and usu-
ally glabrous beneath, 1-4 in. long: fls. small, pale to
deep pink, in usually much compound and rather loose
corymbs; sepals reflexed in fruit: follicles glabrous,

2366. Spiraea Van Houttei. No. 14.

diverging, with ascending styles. June, July. Japan to
Himal. F.S. 9:871. B.H. 8:129. P.F.G. 2, p. 113.-
Handsome shrub, with the young unfolding lvs. of a
pretty purplish color; usually much cult, under the
name S. callosa.

Var. FGrtunei, Rehd. (S. Fdrtunei, Planch. S. cal-
losa, Lindl., not Thunb.). Higher, with quite terete
branches: lvs. 2-4 in. long, oblong-lanceolate, acumi-
nate, sharply and doubly serrate, with incurved, callous-
tipped teeth, rugose above, bluish white beneath:
corymbs very compound, rather loose; disk none or
very minute. This seems to be the Chinese form; the
Japanese form grows less high, has smaller and broader,
coarsely doubly dentate-serrate lvs., not rugose and
less whitish beneath ; the stems are slightly striped by
the decurrent petioles and the inflorescence is less
compound. Var. atrosanguinea, Hort. Fls. deep pink,
in tomentose corymbs. Var. ruberrima, Hort. Fls.
deep pink, in puberulous corymbs. Var. macrophjlla,
Simon-Louis. Lvs. becoming 6 in. long, bullate: corymbs
small. Var. glabrata, Nichols. (S. glabrata, Lange).
Of more rigid habit- lvs. ovate, glabrous: fls. bright
pink, in glabrous corymbs. Var. pubescens, Regel. Lvs.
pubescent on the veins beneath: corymb tomentose.
Most of the other forms often enumerated as varieties
are hybrids of this species.

28. Margaritae, Zabel (S.Japdnica x snp(rba). Shrub,
5 ft. high, puberulous: lvs. ovate-elliptic to elliptic,
coarsely and often doubly serrate, pubescent on the
midrib beneath and pale green, 2-3 in. long: fls. rather
large, bright pink, in broad corymbs; sepals spreading
in fruit: follicles upright, glabrous, with upright styles:
July, Aug. Of garden origin.— Handsome, very free-
flowering form.

29. Foxii, Zabel (S. corymbbsa x Japdnica). Similar
to the preceding: branches more or less striped, almost
glabrous: lvs. elliptic, doubly serrate, glabrous: fls.
whitish or pinkish, in large, puberulous corymbs; styles
spreading in fruit. June, July. Of garden origin.—
Less desirable than the preceding hybrid.

30. Bumalda, Burvenich (S. Japdnica x albi flora.
S. piimila, Zabel). Shrub, 2 ft. high, rarely higher:
lvs. ovate-lanceolate, sharply and doubly serrate, gla-
brous, 2-3 in. long: fls. whitish to deep pink: follicles
diverging. July, Aug. B.H. 17:12. Gn. 46, p. 416. Mn.
2, p. 24. — Cult, in many different forms, probably all of
garden origin. One of the best is var. Anthony Waterer,
a very free-flowering, compact shrub with bright crim-
son fls. in rather dense corymbs. Gn. 45:945. G.C. III.
14:365. A similar form is S. Lemoinei, Zabel (S. Bu-
mdlda, var. rublrrima, Hort.), hybrid of S. Bumalda
and S. bullata, a low, compact shrub, with somewhat
bullate lvs. and pink fls.

1704

SPIR.EA

SPIR.EA

31. albifl6ra, Miq. (S. Japdnica alba, Regel. S. leu-
cdntha, Lange). Pig. 2367. Low shrub, \lA ft. high,
with stiff, upright branches: lvs. lanceolate, coarsely
or sometimes doubly serrate, glabrous, 1-2 in. long: fls.
white, in dense corymbs, one large terminal and many
smaller ones below, forming a kind of raceme ; disk
prominent; sepals reflexed in fr. : follicles upright, not
or little diverging. July, Aug. Japan.

32. superba, Zabel [8. albifldra x corymbbsa). Low
shrub, with striped dark brown branches: lvs. elliptic-
oblong to oblong, acute at both ends, simply or doubly
serrate, almost glabrous, 1-3 in. long: fls. rather large,
pink or almost whitish; disk prominent; petals orbicu-
lar or broadly obovate. June, July. Of garden origin.

2367. Spiraea albiflora ( X %) .

33. corymbdsa, Raf. (S. cratcegifblia, Link.). Low
shrub, with usually little-branched stems, rarely to 3
ft. high: branches purplish brown: lvs. broadly oval to
ovate, acutish, coarsely and often doubly serrate, espe-
cially above the middle, pale bluish green beneath and
glabrous, l%-3 in. long: fls. white, rather small, in
somewhat convex usually pubescent corymbs, l%-3 in.
across; petals oval: follicles and styles upright. May,
June. N. J. toGa. L. B.C. 7:671.

34. lucida, Dougl. Closely allied to the former:
branches yellowish brown or brown: lvs. more incisely
serrate, oval or obovate: corymb glabrous, usually
looser and more flat, broader. June, July. Dakota to
Brit. Col. and Oregon. The allied S. Virginiana,
Britt., is more branched and higher: lvs. oblong to ob-
lanceolate, dentate above the middle or almost entire:
inflorescence glabrous. Va. to N. C. B.B. 2:197.

35. betulifdlia, Pall. Low, much-branched shrub: lvs.
oval to obovate or obovate-oblong, usually cuneate at
base and very short-petioled, serrate or crenately ser-
rate, obtuse, glabrous or slightly pubescent on the veins
beneath, %-l% in. long: corymb usually glabrous, 1-2

in. across. June, July. Siberia to Manchuria, Kams-
chatka and Japan. — The two preceding and the follow-
ing species are all closely allied and considered by
some botanists as varieties of 6". betulifolia.

36. densiflora, Nutt. (S. betulifdlia, var. rdsea, Gray.
S. rdsea, Koehne. S. arbiiscula, Greene). Low, much-
branched shrub: lvs. very short-petioled, oval to ovate,
obtuse, crenately serrate, %-\xA in. long: fls. bright
pink, in dense corymbs 1-2 in. across. June-Aug. Ore.
to Calif., southern Manchuria. G.P. 10:413.

Section 5. Spiraria (Species Nos. 37-49).

A. Inflorescence a broad panicle,
about as broad as high. {Hybrids
of species of this and the preced-
ing section.)
B. Panicles rather small, on lateral
bra nch lets at the end of last

year's branches 37. Fontenaysii

EB. Panicles large, terminal on long,
upright branches.
0. Lvs. glabrous ar nearly so.

D. Apex of ics. ami, 38. conspicua

DD. Apex of lvs. obtuse or
acutish.
E. Shape of lvs. broadly

ovate or obovate 39. not ha

ee. Shape of lvs. oblong or

oval-oblong 40. pyramidata

CO. Lvs. pubescent or tomentose
beneath.

D. Base of lvs. acute 41. Sanssouciana

dd. Base of lvs. rounded 42. Nobleana

AA. Panicles elongated, longer than
broad. (Spiraria proper.)
B. Foliage glabrous or nearly so.
C. Lvs. sharply serrate, except
at the very base.
D. Panicles tomentulose.

E. Fls. light pink 43. salicifolia

ee. Fls. white 44. alba

dd. Panicles glabrous 45. latiiolia

CO. Lvs. coarsely serrate above

the middle: fls. pink 46. Menziesii

BB. Foliage pubescent or tomentose
beneath.
c. Follicles glabrous: lvs. gray-
ish or whitish tomentose be-
neath.

D. Lvs. acute at both ends 47. Billardii

dd. Lvs. rounded or nearly so

at both ends 48. Douglasi

CC. Follicles pubescent: lvs. usu-
ally light tawny beneath. 49. tomentosa

37. Fontenaysii, Billard (S. Fontanaysiensis, Dipp.
S. caniscens x salicifolia). Shrub, 6 ft. high, with slen-
der, upright branches: lvs. oval or oblong-oval, rounded
at both ends, crenately serrate above the middle, pale
bluish green beneath, almost glabrous, 1-2 in. long: fls.
white or pink, in 1%-3-in. long panicles; petals orbicu-
lar, about as long as stamens; sepals spreading in fruit.
June, July. Of garden origin. — Not quite hardy north.
Var. alba, Zabel, is the white-fld., var. rdsea, Zabel, the
pink-fld. form. S. pniindsa, Hort. (-S. brachybdtrys,
Lange. S. luxuridsa, Hort. S. cane'scens x Douglasi),
is a similar form, but the lvs. are tomentose beneath and
the fls. pink.

38. conspicua, Zabel (S. albifldra x dlba). Upright
shrub, 3 ft. high, with dark brown puberulous branches:
lvs. elliptic-oblong, acute at both ends, simply or doubly
serrate, almost glabrous, l/i-2% in. long: fls. pinkish
white, in broad finely pubescent panicles; petals shorter
than stamens. July-Sept. — Handsome form. A similar
hybrid is S. syringaefldra, Lem. (L. albifldra x salici-
fdlia), with oblong-lanceolate or lanceolate lvs. serrate
above the middle and pink fls. Closely allied is also
S. semperildrens, Zabel (S. Japdniea x salicifolia, S.
Japdniea or Fdrtnnei, var. paniculata, Hort.). Higher
than the former: lvs. oblong-lanceolate, usually doubly
serrate: fls. pink. R.H. 1860, p. 496, 497. Gn. 45, p. 48.

SPIR.EA

SPIRAEA

1705

39. ndtha, Zabel (S. corymbbsa x latifdlia). Shrub.
3 ft. high, with brown glabrous branches: lvs. broadly
■ovate to obovate, short-petioled, coarsely and doubly
serrate, almost glabrous, 1-2 in. long: fls. white to
pinkish white, in broad, glabrous panicles; stamens
almost twice as long as the orbicular petals. July, Aug.

— Of garden origin.

40. pyramidata, Greene (S. lucida x Minziesi). Up-
right shrub, 3 ft. high: lvs. oval-oblong to oblong,
acutish or obtuse, usually doubly serrate above the
middle, glabrous or nearly so, 1K-3 in. long: panicles
V/i-'&Vi in. long, rather dense, puberulous: fls. pinkish
or almost white. July. Found wild in Ore. and Wash-
ington.—Worthy of cultivation, but not yet introduced.

41. Sanssouciana, C. Koch (S. Doiiglasi x Japdnica.
S. Segelidna, Hort.). Shrub, 4 ft. high, with striped,
finely tomentose branches : lvs. oblong - lanceolate,
sharply and usually doubly serrate, grayish tomentose
beneath, 2-3H in. long: fls. pink, in broad corymb-like
panicles : follicles glabrous, with spreading styles.
July, Aug. Of garden origin. — An allied form is S.
intermedia, Lemoine {S. albifldra x Douglasi) , similar
in habit to S. sy ring at flora but with the lvs. tomentose
beneath.

42. Nobleana, Hook. (S. Douglasi, var. Nobledna,
Wats. S. Douglasi x densi flora). Shrub, 4 ft. high,
similar to the former: lvs. oblong or narrowly oblong,
usually rounded at the base, acute, sharply serrate
above the middle, grayish tomentose beneath, 1-3 in.
long: fls. light pink, in dense broadly pyramidal to-
mentulose panicles, 3-6 in. high; petals half as long as
stamens; sepals reflexed in fr. ; styles erect. June, July.
Natural hybrid, found in Calif. B.M. 5109. I. H. 8:286.

— A similar form is S. pachystachys, Zabel (S. corym-
bdsa x Douglasi), with broader lvs. and fls. of paler
pink.

43. salicifdlia, Linn. (S. Siblrica, Raf. S. salicifdlia,
var. cdrnea, Ait.). Upright shrub, 5 ft. high, with te-
rete yellowish brown branches puberulous when young:
lvs. oblong-lanceolate to lanceolate, sharply and some-
times doubly serrate with often incurved teeth, l%-3 in.
long: fls. light pink or whitish, in oblong, dense, tonien-
tulose panicles leafy below, the lvs. exceeding the as-
cending ramifications; stamens twice as long as petals;
sepals upright in fr. : follicles ciliate at the inner suture.
June, July. S. E. Eu. to Japan and probably Alaska.—
Var. grandiflora, Dipp. (S.gra noli flora, Lodd.). Lower,
with larger, lighter pink fls. L.B.C. 20:1988.

44. alba, Dur. (S. salicifdlia, var. paniculdta, Ait. S.
lanceoldta, Borkh.). Queen of the Meadow. Meadow
Sweet. Attractive upright shrub, attaining 6 ft., with
reddish brown branches puberulous when young: lvs.
narrow, oblong to oblanceolate, acute, usually regularly
simply serrate, 1K-2H in. long : fls. white, in leafy
pyramidal tomentulose panicles, the lower spreading
ramifications much longer than their supporting lvs.;
stamens white, usually as long as petals: follicles quite
glabrous. June-Aug. From N. Y. west to the Rocky Mts.,
south to Ga. and Miss. Also known as S. salicifolia.

45. latifdlia, Borkh. (S. salicifdlia, var. latifblia, Ait.
S. carpinifdlia, Willd. S. Canadensis, Hort. S.Bethle-
lteminsis, Hort.). Queen of the Meadow. Meadow
Sweet. Fig. 2368. Branching shrub, 2-5 ft. high, with
bright or dark red-brown glabrous twigs: lvs. broadly
oval to obovate or oblong, usually coarsely and often
doubly serrate, l%-3 in. long: fls. white, larger than
those of S. alba, sometimes lightly blushed and with
the stamens and disk more or less pinkish ; panicles
quite glabrous, broadly pyramidal, with spreading and
elongated ramifications ; stamens longer than petals.
June-Aug. Newfoundland and Canada to N. C. Em.
2:485. B.B. 2:196. — This and the preceding species have
been referred by most American botanists to S. salicifo-
lia, S. alba is chiefly found west, 5. latifolia east of
and in the Alleghanies.

46. Menziesi, Hook. (S. Douglasi, var. ithiziesi,
Presl.). Upright shrub, 4 ft. high, with brown, at first
puberulous branches: lvs. oblong-obovate to oblong,
coarsely and unequally serrate above the middle, pale
green beneath, l%-3 in. long: fls. small, pink, in rather
narrow, 5-8-in. long panicles; stamens more than twice

as long as the roundish petals; sepals reflexed in fruit.
June-Aug. Alaska to Oregon.

47. Billardii, Hort. (S. Douglasi x salicifdlia).
Shrub, 6 ft. high, with brown pubescent branches: lvs.
oblong to oblong-lanceolate, acute, sharply and often
doubly serrate, except in the lower third, usually grayish
tomentose beneath, at least when young, sometimes al-
most glabrous at length, 2-3 in. long: fls. bright pink,
in 5-8-in. long, tomentose or tomentulose panicles, usu-
ally rather narrow and dense. July, Aug. Of garden
origin. — S. Lennedna, Bethhbemcnsis rubra, triiini-
vhans, eximia, Vonstantiw, Californica, Hort., are very
similar and probably of the same parentage.

1*4

2638. Spiraa latifolia (X %).

48. Douglasi, Hook. Fig. 2369. Shrub, 8 ft. high, with
reddish brown tomentose branches: lvs. oblong to nar-
row-oblong, rounded or acutish at both ends, unequally
serrate above the middle, densely white-tomentose be-
neath, l%-4 in. long: fls. deep pink, in dense, rather
narrow or sometimes broad panicles, 4-8 in. long; sta-
mens twice as long as the obovate petals; sepals re-
flexed in fruit: follicles glabrous. July, Aug. British
Columbia to Calif. F.S. 2:66. R.H. 1846:101. P.F.G. 2,
p. 85. P.M. 12:195. B.M. 5151. Gn. 23:380.

49. tomentosa, Linn. Hardhack. Steeplebush.
Shrub, 4 ft. high, with upright, brown, tomentose
branches: lvs. ovate to oblong-ovate, acute, unequally
and often doubly serrate, densely yellowish or grayish

1706

SPIR^A

SPIHANTHES

tomentose beneath, 1-2 K iu. long: fls. deep pink or pur-
ple, in narrow dense panicles, brownish tomentose and
3-8 in. long; stamens somewhat longer than the obo-
vate petals; sepals reflexed: follicles pubescent, usu-
ally diverging. July-Sept. Nova Scotia to Ga., west to
Manitoba and Kansas. B.B. 2:190. Em. 2:485. — Var.

2369. Spiraea Douelasi (X%).

alba, Hort. With white fls. F.E. 8:833. Gng. 5:149.
This species does not spread by suckers like most others
of the section Spiraria. All the last named species are
valuable as late-blooming shrubs and decorative with
their showy panicles of bright or deep pink fls. They
appear at their best when planted in masses in the
wilder parts of the park in low ground.

S. Amurensis, Maxim. = Physocarpus Amurensis.— S. arice-
fblia, Sm. = Schizonotus discolor.— S, Aruncus, Linn. = Aran
cus Sylvester. — 8. assimilis, Zabel (S. densiflora X Japonica)
Low shrub, with pink fls. in broad corymb-like panicles. Gar
den hybrid.— S. astilboides, Hort. = Aruncus astilboides.— 8,
BoursUri, Carr. = Schizonotus discolor, var. dumosus,
brumalis. Lange (probably S. expansa X alba). Medium-sized
shrub, with oblong, ineisely serrate, almost glabrous lvs. and
pinkish white fls. in broad and loose corymb-like panicles. Aug.-
Oct. Garden hybrid. — S. Canitschatica, Pall. = TJlmaria Canits-
chatica.— S. capitdta, Pursh = Physocarpus capitatus —S.
cin&rea, Zabel (S. canaX hypericifolia). Medium-sized shrub,
with small, oblong, usually entire, pubescent lvs. and white fls.
in short-stalked umbels. Garden hybrid.— <S\ concinna, Zabel
(S. albifloraX expansa). Medium-sized shrub, with lanceolate,
sharply serrate, almost glabrous lvs. and pinkish white fls. in
broad corymbs. Garden hybrid.— 8. compdcta ntultiflbra, Hort.
= Astilbe .1 aponica var.— S. confcrta, Zabel (S. cana X crenata).
Medium-sized shrub, with small, ovate to oblong-lanceolate,
3-nerved, entire or crenate lvs. and white fls. in dense, small,
peduncled umbels. Garden hybrid.— 8. Dakurica, Maxim., is

closely allied to S. alpina, but not yet introduced; S. canescens
and Sorbaria sorbifolia are sometimes cult, under this name.—
8. diffiintiis, Zabel (S. alba X corymbosa). Medium-sized
shrub, with oval to oblong-lanceolate, serrate, almost glabrous
lvs. and white fls. in large corymb-like panicles. Garden hy-
brid. — 8. discolor, Pursh = Schizonotus discolor. — S. dumbsa,
Nutt. = Schizonotus discolor, var. dumosus.— S. Filipendula,
Linn. = Ulniaria Filipendula. — A', fissa, Lindl. = Schizonotus
discolor, var. fissus. — 8. floribunda. A trade name of indis-
criminate meaning. S. sempertiorens and Sorbaria sorbifolia
are sometimes met with under this name. — S. gemmata,
Zabel (S. Mongolica, Hort., not Maxim.). Allied to S. alpina;
axillary buds much longer than petioles: lvs. small, penni-
nerved, oblong-lanceolate, usually entire: fls. white, in short-
stalked, rather few-fld. umbels. Mongolia.— S. Qieseleriana,
Zabel (S. cana X chamoedry folia). Medium-sized shrub, with
ovate, sharply serrate lvs. and rather large white fls. in long-
stalked umbels. Garden hybrid.— N. gigantea, Hort. = TJlmaria
Camtschatica.— 8, gracilis, Maxim. (S. vacciniifolia. Lodd., not
Don). Low shrub, allied to S. canescens, with slender, arching-
branches: lvs. small, ovate, obtuse, entire or crenate above the
middle, quite glabrous: fls. white, in hemispherical loose
corymbs. Himal. L.B.C. 15:1403.— 8. graJidiflbra, Sweet =
Sorbaria grandiflora.— 8. grandiflbra. Hook. = Exochorda
grandiflora.— .S". Hacguetu, Fenzl. & Koch. Closely allied to S.
decumbens, but grayish pubescent and with the sepals upright
or spreading in fr. N. Italy, Tyrol. — S. Hobkeri, garden name,
applied to S- nudiflora, bella, expansa, tristis and others, and
also to Exochorda grandiflora.— S. HuinboldtU, Hort. = Arun-
cus Sylvester.— A'. Japonica, Hort., not Linn. f. = Astilbe Ja-
ponica.— S. inflexa, C. Koch (S. crenata X mollis). Medium-
sized shrub, with slender arching 1 tranches: lvs. elliptic-oblong,
entire, sparingly pubescent beneath: fls. white, rather large, in
many-fld. stalked umbels. Garden hybrid.— S. Kamaonensis
spiedta, Hort., is a form of S. sempertiorens.— *S. Kamsckdtica,
Auth. = Ulniaria Camtschatica. — .S. lancifblia, Hott'msgg, sup-
posed to be S. Hacquetii. — ,S. laxifldra, Lindl. = S. vaccinii-
folia.—5. lAndleydna, Wall. = Sorbaria Lindleyana.— S. lobdta,
Gronov.= Ulniaria rubra.— 8. micropetala, Zabel (S. hyperici-
folia X media). Medium-sized shrub, with grayish green, ob-
long-ohovate lvs., entire or serrate at the apex, 3- or penni-
nerved: fls. white or greenish white, in umbels on leafy or
naked stalks. Garden hybrid.— 8. Millefolium, Torr.= Sor-
baria Millefolium.— 8, mdllis, C. Koch (S. cana X media).
Similar to S. media: lvs. smaller, usually entire, pubescent:
fls. smaller, umbels pubescent. Garden origin.— A'. Mongdltca,
Maxim., is closely allied to S. crenata, but not yet introduced;
the S. Mongolica of gardens is S. gemmata.— S. inonogyna,
Torr. & Gray = Physocarpus monogynus.— 8. Nepalmsis, a
garden name applied to several species, as S. micropetala,
canescens, salicifolia, etc.— S. nivea, Zabel (S. canescens X
expansa). Similar to S. canescens in habit, corymbs larger and
looser: lvs. coarsely doubly serrate, pubescent, 1-2 in. long:
fls. white or pinkish white. Garden hybrid.— 8. mtdiflbra,
Zabel (S. bella X ulmifolia). Medium-sized shrub, with ovate,
doubly serrate, almost glabrous lvs. and pinkish white fls. in
hemispherical corymbs. Handsome, almost hardy shrub. Gar-
den hybrid.— A', opulifblia, Linn. = Physocarpus opulifolia.— 8.
oxybdon, Zabel (S. chama?dryfolia X media). Similar to S.
media, but branches angular: lvs. narrower, follicles with the
styles terminal and spieading. Garden hybrid. — 8. Pdllasii,
G. Don=Sorbaria grandiflora. — S. palnidta. Pall. = TJlmaria
palmat.i. - S. palmata, Thunb. = Ulmaria purpurea.— 8. pal-
mata. Linn.=* Ulmaria rubra. — 8. parvifblia, Bertol. — S.
gracilis.— iS. revirescens, Zabel (S. expansa X Japonica). Me-
dium-sized shrub, with oblong, coarsely serrate lvs., pubes-
cent on the veins beneath: fls. light to deep pink, in large
corymbs; blooming in summer and usually again in fall. Garden
hybrid.— S. Hbifblia, Nutt. = Physocarpus capitatus.— 8. rubra,
Zabel (S. ruberrima, Dipp. S. Douglasi X expansa). Upright me-
dium-sized shrub, with oblong-lanceolate, coarsely serrate lvs.
tomentose beneath, and deep pink fls. in ovate panicles. Garden
hybrid.— 5. Scfiinabeckii, Zabel (S. chama'dryfolia X trilohata).
Medium-sized shrub, with arching branches: lvs. ovate to ob-
long-ovate, doubly serrate, glabrous: fls. white, rather large,
in peduncled umbels: petals longer than stamens. Handsome
shrub, similar to S. Van Houttei. Garden hybrid.— 8. sorbifolia,
Linn. = Sorbaria sorbifolia— S. Tobolskia, Lodd. — Sorbaria
sorbifolia.— A*, trifolidta, Linn. = Gillenia trifoliata.— A*, tristis,
Zabel. Hybrid of unknown origin, similar to S. expansa, but
corymbs and the whitish pink fls. smaller; sepals upright in
fr.— A*. Ulmaria, Linn. = Ulmaria pentapetala. — 8. vaccinii-
folia, D. Don (S. laxiflora, Lindl.). Shrub, to 2 ft., with arch-
ing branches: lvs. long-petioled, ovate, erenately dentate, al-
most glabrous, %-\% in. long: fls. whitish, in tomentose
corymbs, 1-3 in. across June. July. Himal. P.F.G. 2, p. 98.
F.S. 7, p. 190.— 8, vacciniifblia, Lodd. = S. gracilis.— S. vaccina-
fblia, Hort. = S. canescens, brumalis, etc. — S. veniista, Hort.
— Ulmaria rubra, var. venusta.— S. venustula, Kunth &
Bouch6 = S. vacciniifolia. Alfred Rehder.

SPIRAL FLAG. See Costus.

SPIRANTHES (name Greek; referring to the twisted
spikes). Orchiddcew. Ladies' Tresses. A genus in-
cluding about 40 species dispersed throughout the tern-

SPIRANTHES

SPRAYING

1707

perate zone and extending south to Chile, all terrestrial
herbs, few of which have any horticultural value. Some
of the hardy species are advertised by dealers in native
plants and by collectors. Erect herbs with fleshy or tu-
berous roots: lvs. mostly at the base or on the lower
part of the stem: raceme terminal, twisted: fls. spur-
less, small or medium-sized; sepals free or more or less
united at the top, or united with the petals into a hel-
met ; labellum sessile or clawed, concave, embracing
the column and spreading into a crisped, sometimes
lobed or toothed blade: pollinia 2, powdery.

A. Color of fls. scarlet.
colorata. N. E. Br. (S. coldrans, Hemsl.). Lvs. ellip-
tic to elliptic-oblong, undulate, acute, 5-6 in. long: stem
2 ft. high: spike 3 in. long: fls. and longer bracts scar-
let. April. Mexico. B.M. 1374 (as Neottia speciosa).

aa. Color of fls. white or whitish.
B. Fls. in 3 rows: lvs. persistent at the flowering time.

cernua, Rich. Nodding Ladies' Teesses. Lvs.
mostly basal, linear or linear -oblanceolate: stem 6-25
in. high, usually pubescent above, with 2-6 acuminate
bracts : fls. white or yellowish, fragrant, nodding or
spreading, in a spike 4-5 in. long; lateral sepals free,
the upper arching and connivent with the petals; label-
lum oblong, rounded at the apex, crisp. Aug. -Oct.
Nova Scotia to Minn, and south to Fla. B.M. 1568 (as
Neottia cernua) \ 5277. B.R. 10:823. B.B. 1:471. A.G.
13:467. V. 11:13.

Romanzoffiana, Cham. & Schlecht. Lvs. linear to
linear-ublauceolate, 3-8 in. long: stem 6-15 in. high,
leafy below: spike 2-4 in. long: fls. white or greenish,
ringent; sepals and petals broad at base, connivent into
a hood; labellum oblong, broad at the base, contracted
below and dilated at the apex, crisp. July, Aug. N.
Amer. B.B. 1:470. G.C. II. 16:465; 26:400.

latifdlia, Torr. Stem 4-10 in. high, glabrous or pu-
bescent, bearing 4-5 lanceolate or oblanceolate lvs. near
the base: fls. small; sepals and petals white, lateral
sepals free, narrowly lanceolate, the upper one some-
what united with the petals; labelhim quadrate-oblong,
yellowish above, not contracted in the middle, wavy-
crisp, obtuse or truncate. June-Aug. New Brunswick
to Minn, and Va. B.B. 1:470.

BB. Fls. alternate, appearing in a single spiral row.

c. Lvs. present at the flowering time.
pr&cox, Watson (S. gramhiea, var. Wdlteri, Gray).
Lvs. linear, 4-12 in. long, grass-like: stem 10-30 in.
high, glandular-pubescent above, leafy: spike 2-8 in.
long: fls. white or yellowish, spreading; lateral sepals
free, the upper one connivent with the petal, labellum
oblong, contracted above and dilated toward the apex.
July, Aug. N. Y. to Fla. and La. B.B. 1:471.

cc. Lvs. mostly withered at the flowering time.

simplex, Gray. Root a solitary oblong tuber: lvs.
basal, ovate to oblong, short, absent at the flowering
time: stem very slender, 5-9 in. high: spike about 1 in.
long: fls. white: labellum obovate-oblong, eroded and
crisp. Aug., Sept. Mass. to Md. B.B. 1:472. A.G. 13:466.

gracilis, Beck. Roots clustered: lvs. basal, obovate
to ovate-lanceolate, petioled, mostly dying before the
flowering time: stem 8-18 in. high, bearing a slender,
many-fld., 1-sided or twisted spike: fls. white, fragrant;
sepals longer than the labellum, the lateral ones free;
labellum oblong, dilated in front, crenulate or wavy-
crisp, thick and green in the middle. Aug. -Oct. East-
ern N. Amer. B.B. 1:472. A.G. 13:466.

Heinrich Hasselbring.

SPIRODfiLA. Consult Lemna.

SPLEENWORT. Asplenium.

SP0NDIA8. See page 1864.

nial herb 2-12 in. high, with mostly radical, spatulate,
fleshy leaves and ephemeral flowers in dense, scorpioid
spikes, umbellately clustered on scape-like peduncles:
sepals 2; petals 4; stamens 3: capsule 2-valved; seeds
8-10, black, shiny.

umbellata, Torr. May be treated as an annual. Fls.
white, tinged with rose, in late summer. Sierra Nevada,
at 3,000-10,000 ft. altitude, from the Yosemite valley to
the British boundary, usually in sandy dry soils. B.M.
5143. — Var. caudicifera, Gray, is a subalpine form in
which the candex-Hke branches extend for a year or
more (the leaves below dying away) and are at length
terminated by scapes an inch or so in length. De-
sirable for rockwork and edgings. p t^t J3ARCLAY.

SPRAYING (see Pomology), the art of protecting cul-
tivated plants from insect enemies and vegetable para-
sites by covering them with a spray which shall have a
toxic or physically injurious effect upon the animal or
vegetable organism.

Historical Sketch. — The history of spraying is inter-
esting. The story of its progress in America differs in
details from the history of its development in Europe.
The main features in each country are quite similar.
In both places insect enemies made the first draft on
the ingenuity of man in devising methods by which to
hold them in check. Vegetable parasites were studied
afterwards. It is a curious fact that, in the case of both
insects and fungi, in America, some of the most inju-
rious forms came from Europe and were the means of
directing attention to wholesale methods of destroying
them. Some of these enemies, comparatively harmless
in their native home, like the currant worm and codlin-
moth, have done more to forward spraying methods in
the United States than anything else.

The tirst insecticides used in America, as well as in
Europe, were not of a poisonous nature. They were
substances which had an injurious effect on the body
of the insect. These were of two kinds mainly: in-
fusions which were astringent, and caustic substances
which burned the tissues. Tobacco water and alka-
line washes have been used for many years. One
of the first poisons to be used was white hellebore.
The employment of arsenical poisons may be said to
belong to America, and even at the present time has small
place in the economy of fruit-growing in Europe.
The widespread use of arsenical poisons is largely due
to the influence of the incursion of the potato bug. We

S., Vegeta-

SPONGE TREE. Acacia Farnesian
ble. Luffa.

SPRAGUEA (after Isaac Sprague, of Cambridge,
Mass., botanical artist, collaborator of Asa Gray).
Portulacacea?. Probably only a single species, a bien-

2370. Apple cluster ready (or the spray.
The blossoms have not yet opened.

have no reliable records which give us the exact
date of the tirst use of Paris green. It probably oc-
curred about 1865 or 1866. However, towards 1870 Paris
green was used quite generally throughout the western
region where the potato bug first appeared. At this
time it was applied almost exclusively in the dry form
diluted with gypsum or flour. From potato to cotton,
tobacco and finally to fruit trees, is the development
of this poison for destroying leaf-eating insects. So
far as records are available, it appears that fruit trees
were first sprayed with Paris green between 1873 and
1875. Among pioneer sprayers, we should mention the
names of Dr. C. V. Riley, United States entomologist;

1708

SPRAYING

SPRAYING

w

2371.
Splinl broom
for applying
spray.
An early de-
vice.

LeBarron, state entomologist of Illinois; William Saun-
ders, London, Ontario, Can.; J. S. Woodward, Lock-
port, N. Y. ; T. G. Yeomans & Sons, Walworth, N. Y. ;
Professor A. J. Cook, Agricultural College, Mich.

Following Paris green came London purple, and then
white arsenic. Since that time many different forms of
arsenical poisons have been compounded,
offered to the public and frequently used.
London purple has now been largely
dropped by fruit-growers, owing to its
variable quality. White arsenic, used in
combination with soda and with lime,
forms at the present time reliable and
widely used insecticides.

While sucking insects were instrumental
in bringing about the invention of many
formula?, it has only been within the last
twenty-five years that an effective method
has been devised for their treatment. Al-
though kerosene has been recommended
and used to some extent for thirty-five or
more years, it was not until Cook recom-
mended kerosene in the form of a soap
and water emulsion that a desirable, eas-
ily prepared oily insecticide was found.
About the same time, Dr. Riley, with Mr.
Hubbard, of the Department of Agricul-
ture at Washington, recommended the use
of what is now known as the Riley-Hub-
bard formula.

The potato bug invasion and the dis-
covery of the efficacy of Paris green in de-
stroying leaf-eating insects did a great
deal to stimulate spraying, but due credit
should be given plant pathologists for
tracing the life-histories of many fungi
destructive to cultivated plants.

Fungicides. — Early in the eighties dis-
eases of grape-vines threatened the ex-
tinction of French vineyards. The situa-
tion engaged the attention of French investigators.
Notable among them were Professor A. Millardet and
his co-workers of the Academy of Science, Bordeaux,
France. He, with others, discovered partly by acci-
dent and partly by experiment that solutions of cop-
per prevented the development of downy mildew.
After much experimentation, "bouillie Bordellaise" was
found to be effective in preventing the growth of downy
mildew and other plant parasites infesting the grape in
that region. The announcement was definitely made in
1885. The following year the European formula for
Bordeaux mixture was published in several places in
the United States, and immediately there commenced an
unparalleled period of activity in economic vegetable
pathology. The establishment of the U. S. experiment
stations gave added impetus to the movement. The
rapidity of the spread of spraying knowledge among
fruit-growers is remarkable. Ten years ago it was an
unknown art by the rank and file. To-day agricultural
clubs and granges purchase their spraying materials
by the car-load direct from the manu-
facturer. The American farmer leads
his fellow-workers in all parts of the
world in the practice of spraying. Al-
though Bordeaux mixture was dis-
covered in Europe, its application has
been made practicable by American
inventions.

The Principles of Spraying. — A
spray may be effective («) by hitting
the enemy,(6) by placing poison before
the depredator, and (c) by protecting
the plant with a covering unfavorable
to the growth of the pest. The cau-
tious farmer insures his crop against
injury by insect or vegetable para-
site by spraying. The fruit-grower
asks, "Do I need to spray this year?
My trees are not blossoming." Cer-
tainly, we answer, spray to protect
the foliage from possible injury by in-
sect or fungous disease. Healthy foli-
age is essential to the production of

health and vigor and fruit-buds. Spray this year for
next year's crop.

Insecticides kill by contact or by means of a poisonous
principle; their efficiency depends largely on the time
and thoroughness of the application. If applied too soon
they may be dissipated before the insects appear; if
applied late the injury is only partly prevented, because
insects feed less voraciously and are harder to kill as
they approach maturity in the larval stage. With the
vegetable parasite the case is not essentially different.
The tree is covered with a thin coating which destroys.

2372. A bucket pump

Knapsack pu

spores of fungi resting there and prevents other spores
from germinating. Fig. 2370 shows the stage of develop-
ment of fruit-bud callingfor Bordeaux mixture and Paris
green. The keynote to success is thoroughness. Hasty
sprinklings are worse than useless; they discourage and
disappoint the beginner. Full protection is not afforded
unless each leaf, twig and branch has been covered. Time
is the next most important factor bearing on success. The
early spray is most effective. This applies particularly
to the treatment of fungous diseases. Spray before the
buds open. Get ahead of the enemy.

Spraying Machinery. — Bordeaux mixture was first
applied with a broom (Fig. 2371); now there are not a
few steam sprayers in use. Poison distributors were first
made in America for the protection of cotton, potato
and tobacco. There are five general types of pumps:
(1) The hand portable pump, often attached to a pail or
other small reservoir, suitable for limited garden areas.
(2} The knapsack pump is carried on a man's back and
operated by the carrier. The tank is made of copper,
holds five gallons and is fitted with a neat pump which
may be operated with one hand while the nozzle is di-
rected with the other. Excellent for spraying small vine-
yards and vegetable gardens. (3) A barrel pump: a
strong force pump fitted to a kerosene barrel or larger
tank, suitable for spraying orchard areas up to 15 acres in
extent; may be mounted on a cart, wagon, or stoneboat,
depending on the character of the ground and size of
trees. (4) A Gear-sprayer; being a tank
provided with a pump and mounted on
wheels. The pump is operated by power
borrowed from the wheels as they
revolve, and transferred by means
of chain and sprockets. Suitable for
vineyards and low - growing plants,
which may be satisfactorily covered
by the spray as the machine moves
along. Fortius reason it is not adapted
to orchard work. (5) The power
sprayer ; power being furnished by
steam, gasoline, or compressed air.
When the trees are large and the or-
chard over fifteen acres in extent, a
power sprayer will usually pay. Some
of these various types of machinery
are shown in Figs. 2372-2379.

The essentials of a good pump are
(1) durability: secured by having brass
working parts (copper compounds cor-
rode iron); (2) strength: obtained by
a good - sized cylinder, substantial

SPRAYING

SPRAYING

1709

valves, wall and piston; (3) easily operated: found in
a pump with Ions handle, large air-chamber and
smoothly finished working parts ; (4) compactness: se-
cured by placing the cylinder so that it is inclosed by
the tank, preventing top-heaviness and facilitating the
movement of the pump in the orchard. A barrel or
tank pump should be strong enough to feed two leads
of hose and throw a good spray from four nozzles.
Nearly all spray mixtures require occasional stirrings
to prevent settling and insure uniformity. An agitator
is a necessary part of the pump's equipment.

Special Devices. — One of these is for the making and
applying mechanically emulsified definite proportions
of water and kerosene. The liquids are placed in two
separate vessels, each of which is supplied with a
pump. The apparatus has a gauge attached which
enables the operator to set it for 5, 10, 15 or 20 per cent
of kerosene, as the case may be. As the kerosene and
water are forced through the pump and nozzles they
are thoroughly emulsified. This type of pump is not yet
perfected, but marks a distinct step in advance and fills
an important place in the treatment of scale and other
sucking iusects. For special devices, consult experi-
ment station bulletins.

Nozzles.— The nozzles of twelve or fifteen years ago
were crude affairs when compared with those now in
use. They usually discharged the liquid in a solid stream,
or a coarse spray formed by passing through a sieve-like
diaphragm. These are now obsolete. Several types of
nozzles are on the market. They all aim at economy
and efficiency. A nozzle producing a fine misty spray
(much to be desired) uses a minimum amount of liquid,
but the spray cannot be projected effectively more than
six or seven feet from the nozzle. A coarse spray can
be thrown much farther, but drenches rather than
sprays the tree and naturally uses a large quantity of
liquid. For small trees and bush fruits the Vermorel
(Fig. 2380), or fine spray type, is best, while for old
orchards and park work, nozzles of the McGowan and
Bordeaux style (Fig. 2381) are most satisfactory. It is
now a common practice to attach two (or even more)
nozzles to one discharge (Figs. 2380, 2381).

peach or plum trees unless considerable lime is added. For
insects that chew.

Arsenites of Lime and Soda. — These are cheap, the
amount of arsenic is under perfect control and it does not
burn the foliage. For chewing insects.

A rsenite of lime is made by boiling 1 pound white arsenic in
2 to 4 Quarts water until it is dissolved, then use this arsenic
solution to slake 2 pounds good lime, adding w:iter il nec*'> ;n\>
to slake it; when slaked, add water enough to make 2 gallons
of this stock mixture. Also prepared by boiling together, for
30 or -40 minutes, 1 pound white arsenic and 3 pounds lime
putty by weight in 2 gallons of water; when dissolved it must
be measured so that the arsenic may lie applied with accuracy.
Keep in a tight vessel and use us desired. Thoroughly stir be-
fore using. For most insects one quart to 40 gallons will be
sufficient. Arsenite of lime is insoluble in water and will not
injure the foliage of any orchard fruit at this strength. This
insecticide is growing iu popularity. Some green dye stuff may
be mixed with it to prevent the ever-present danger of mistak-
ing it for some other material.

Arsenite of soda: The arsenic (1 lb.) may also be boded with
4 pounds of sal-soda crystals in 2 gallons water until dissolved,
and this solution used in the same manner (with lime). The
arsenite of lime is cheaper, and either can be used with Bor-
deaux mixture the same as Paris green. When used with
water, however, it will be safer to put in some freshly slaked
lime. More expensive than arsenite of lime, but thought by
some orchardists to be more effective.

Other Arsenites.— Green arsenoid and Paragrene are more
bulky and finer than Paris green, and when of good quality
they are just as effectual and require less agitation. .1 rsrnutf
of lead can be applied in large quantities without injury to
the foliage, hence it is very useful against beetles and similar
insects that are hard to poison: it also adheres to the foliage
a long time.

Normal or 1.6 Per Cent Bordeaux Mixture.

Copper sulfate (blue vitriol) 6 pounds

Quicklime (good stone lime) 4 pounds

Water 50 gallons

For peaches and Japanese plums, an extra amount of lime
should be added, and more water (GO or 70 gallons) should be
used.

Six pounds of sulfate of copper dissolved in 50 gallons of
water, when applied at the proper time, will prevent the growth
of fungi. However, if applied in this form, the solution will
burn the foliage. Four pounds of quicklime in 6 pounds of cop-
per will neutralize the caustic action. When sulfate of copper

2374. A garden barrel pu

FORMULAS.

(The commoner mixtures, excluding resin washes.)

Paris Green.

Paris green 1 pound

Water 100-300 gallons

If this mixture is to be used upon fruit trees, 1 pound of
quicklime should be added. Repeated applications will injure
foliage of most trees unless the lime is used. Paris green and
Bordeaux mixture can be applied together with perfect safety.
Use at the rate of 4 to 8 ounces of the arsenite to 50 gallons of
the mixture. The action of neither is weakened, and the Paris
green loses its caustic properties. For insects that chew.

London Purple.— This is used in the same proportion as
Paris green, but as it is more caustic it should be applied with
two or three times its weight of lime, or with the Bordeaux
mixture. Tho composition of London purple is variable, and
unless good reasons exist for supposing that it contains as
much arsenic as Paris green, use the latter poison. Unsafe on

2376. Vineyard power sprayer.

and lime are added in this proportion, the compound is Bor-
deaux mixture. Potatoes demand full strength. Diluted Bor-
deaux mixture is effective against certain mildews and fruit
diseases.

Weighing of copper and lime at time of mixing is very inconve-
nient. Bordeaux mixture is best when used within a few hours
after being mixed. Therefore a stock mixture of Bordeaux is
impracticable. It is, however, practicable to have stock prepa-
rations of sulfate of copper and of lime ready for mixing when
required.

The lime should be " slaked" in a barrel or box with sufficient
water to prevent burning, but not enough to smother. Impor-
tant. When slaked must always b€
elude the air. In this manner lim
unimpaired.

One gallon of water will hold
3 pounds of copper sulfate. To ac
should be suspended at the surface of the water in a bag. The
water most loaded with copper will sink to the bottom, and the
water least loaded will rise to the surface. If 50 pounds of sul-
fate are suspended in 25 gallons of water on an evening, each

1710

SPRAYING

gallon of water will, when stirred the next morning, hold two
pounds of sulfate.

Three gallons of this solution put in the spray barrel equal
six pounds of copper. Now fill the spray barrel half full
of water before adding any lime. This is important, for if
the lime is added to so strong a solution of sulfate of copper,
a curdling process will follow. Stir the water in the lime

3377. Square tower, eiving more working space for the
nozzle-men than the conical form.

barrel so as to make a dilute milk of lime, but never allow
it to be dense enough to be of a creamy thickness. If in
the latter condition, lumps of lime will clog the spray noz-
zle. Continue to add to the mixture this milk of lime so long
as drops of ferrocyanide of potassium (yellow prussiate of
potash) continue to change from yellow to a brown color. When
no change of color is shown, add another pail of milk of lime
to make the necessary amount of lime a sure thing. A small
excess of lime does no harm. The barrel can now be filled
with water, and the Bordeaux mixture is ready for use.

The preparation of ferrocyanide of potassium for this test
may be explained. As bought at the drug store, it is a yellow
crystal and is easily soluble in water. Ten cents' worth will
do for a season's spraying of an average orchard. It should
be a full saturation; that is, use only enough water to dissolve
all the crystals. The cork should be notched or a quill inserted
so that the contents will come out in drops. A drop will give
as reliable a test as a spoonful. The bottle should be marked
"Poison." Dip out a little of the Bordeaux mixture in a cupor
saucer, and drop the ferrocyanide on it. So long as the drops
turn yellow or brown on striking the mixture, the mixture has
not received enough lime.

Ammoniacal Copper Carbonate.

Copper carbonate 5 ounces

Ammonia (26° Beau me) 3 pints

Water 45 gallons

Make a paste of the copper carbonate with a little water.
Dilute the ammonia with 7 or 8 volumes of water. Add the
paste to the diluted ammonia and stir until dissolved. Add
enough w:iter to make 4f> gallons. Allow it to settle and use
only the clear blue liquid. This mixture loses strength on
standing. For fungous diseases.

Copper Sulfate Solution.

Copper sulfate l pound

Water 15-25 gallons

Dissolve the copper sulfate in the water, when it is ready for
use. This should never be applied to foliage hut must be used
before the buds break. For peaches and nectarines, use 25 gal-

&&m%£0$mA

237Q- Power sprayer, usine steam.

2378 Orchard pump with conical tower rig.

Ions of water. For fungous diseases, but now largely sup-
planted by the Bordeaux mixture. A much weaker solution
has been recommended for trees in leaf.

Iron Sulfate and Sulfuric Acid Solution.

Water (hot) 100 parts

Iron sulfate, as much as the water will dissolve.

Sulfuric acid (commercial) 1 part

The solution should be prepared before using. Add the add
to the crystals, and then pour on the water. Sometimes recom-
mended for grape anthraenose, the dormant vines being treated
by means of sponges or brushes, but it should be applied with
caution.

Potassium Sulfide Solution.

Potassium sulfide (liver of sttlfur) %-l ounce

Water 1 gallon.

This preparation loses its strength upon standing, and should
therefore be made immediately before using. Particularly
valuable for surface mildews.

Hellebore.

Fresh white hellebore 1 ounce

Water 3 gallons

Apply when thoroughly mixed. This poison is not so ener-
getic as the arsenites, and may be used a short time before the
sprayed parts mature. For insects that chew.

Kerosene Emulsion.

Hard soap XA pound

Boiling soft water 1 gallon

Kerosene 2 gallons

Dissolve the soap in the water, add the kerosene, and churn
with a pump for 5 to 10 minutes. Dilute 4 to 25 times before
applying. Use strong emulsion for all scale insects. For such
insects as plant lice, mealy bugs, red spider, thrips, weaker
preparations will prove effective. Cabbage worms, currant
worms and all insects which have soft bodies, can also be suc-
cessfully treated. It is advisable to make the emulsion shortly
before it is used.

Kerosene and water (suggested for San Jos6 scale) may be
used in all cases where kerosene emulsion is mentioned. Di-
lute to the strength recommended in each particular case. It
must be applied with a pump having a kerosene attachment.

Tobacco Water.— This infusion maybe prepared by placing
tobacco stems in a water-tight vessel, and then covering them
with hot water. Allow to stand several hours, dilute the liquor
from 3 to 5 times, and apply. For soft-bodied insects.

A special mixture is recommended by Corbet t, in Bull. 70, Exp.
Sta., W. Va., who reports a trial of Bordeaux mixture, arsenic
and kerosene in combination as having proved "gratifying far
beyond our most sanguine expectations." "This combination
was rendered possible by using the kerosene in the oil tank
of a kerowater pump and placing the Bordeaux and arsenic in
the barrel in the ordinary manner." For apple aphis, eating
insects and fungous diseases.

SPRAYING

Literature.— To say that the literature of spraying
is voluminous would but faintly describe the situation.
Hardly an experiment station in the United States has
failed to publish two or three times on this subject.
Many of them issue annual "spray calenders." The
Divisions of Vegetable Pathology and Entomology.
Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C, have
added a great number of bulletins to the general col-
lection. One of the first American books, "Fungous
Diseases," 188G, was written by F. Lamson Scribuer,
then of the Division of Veg. Pathology, Washington.
Soon after appeared "Insects and Insecticides," and
"Fungi and Fungicides," both by Clarence M. Weed.
The most notable book which has appeared and the
only complete monograph of spraying in existence was
published in 1896, the author being E. G. Lodeman, then
instructor in horticulture at Cornell University. Of the
experiment stations aside from Washington, prominent
in reporting field work, New York (Geneva and Cornell),
Michigan, Delaware, California, Massachusetts and Ver-
mont should be named, although many others have done
well. Spraying, though not an American invention, is
now distinctly an American practice by adoption and
adaptation. " JoHN Craig.

SPREKELIA (J. H. von Sprekelsen, of Hamburg, who
sent the plants to Linnaeus). Amaryllidaceae. Jaco-
bean Lily. A single species from Mexico, a half-hardy
bulbous plant with linear, strap-shaped leaves and a
hollow cylindrical scape bearing one large showy flower.
Perianth strongly declined, tube none; segments nearly
equal, the posterior ascending, the inferior concave and
enclosing the stamens and ovary: bracts only one,
spathe-like: stamens attached at the base of the peri-
anth-segments, and somewhat shorter than the segment
by which they are enclosed, having a few small scales
at the base of the filaments: ovary 3-loculed: style long,
slender: seeds compressed ovate or orbicular, black.

formosissima, Herb. (Amaryllis formosissima , Linn.) .
Fls. red. B.M. 47. — Var. glauca has somewhat paler and
smaller fls. and glaucous lvs. B.E. 27:16. For culture,
see Amaryllis. F, w. Barclay.

SPRING BEAUTY. Claytonia.

Catalogue name for Br%

SPROUTING LEAF.
phyllum.

SPRUCE. See Picea. Norway S. is P. exeelsa. Sitka
8. is P. Sitchensis. Tideland S, is P. Sitchensis.

SQUASH 1711

SPURGE. Consult Euphorbia.

SPURGE, MOUNTAIN. Pachy Sandra procumbent.

SPURGE NETTLE. Jatropha.

SPURRY (Spergula arrensis, which see) has long
been grown in Germany, France, Holland and Belgium,
where its value as a soil renovator and as a forage crop

2380. A Y-fixture with Vermorel nozzles.

A leather shield
108

2381. A Y-fixture with Bordeaux brand of nozzle.

was early recognized. It is an annual, and when sown
in the spring matures seed in from ten to twelve weeks
from time of sowing. This plant possesses special value
as a renovator for sandy soils. It has long been used by
the farmers of Holland to hold in place the shifting
sands along the seashore. So well adapted is it to sand
that it has been termed "the clover of sandy lands." It
is not recommended for the American farmer except
where the soil is so poor that other plants fail. In such
circumstances it may be used as a cover-crop to plow
under. The seed may be sown any time from April to
August, but in orchards it had better be sown in July.
Sow at the rate of six quarts per acre. The seed being
small, it should be lightly harrowed in upon a well-
fitted soil. It is very persistent in the production of
seed, and upon fertile soils it will maintain itself for
several years unless thorough cultivation is given.
Where soils are in fair condition and other crops will
grow, it is doubtful if Spurry has any place. Some-
times written Spurrey.

L. A. Clinton.

SQUASH (Plate XXXVIII)isa name adapted from an
American Indian word, and is applied in an indefinite
way to various plants of the genus Cucurbita. The
application of the name does not conform to the specific,
lines of the plants. What are called summer Squashes
are mostly varieties of Cucurbita Pepo. The winter
Squashes are either C. maxima or C. moschata, chiefly
the former. If the name Squash belongs to one species
more than to another, this species is probably C.
maxima. See Cucurbita, particularly the note on p. 410.
The pictures show some of the forms of these species.
Plate XXXVIII is the Hubbard Squash, Cucurbita
maxima. Fig. 2382 is the Winter or Canada Crookneck,
one of the forms of C. moschata. Figs. 2383-88 are
forms of the multifarious Cucurbita Pepo. Fig. 2388
shows the Vegetable Marrow, much prized in England.

Squashes and pumpkins are very easy plants to grow,
provided they are given a warm and quick soil. They
are long-season plants, and therefore in the North they
are very likely to be caught by frosts. before the full
crop has matured, unless the plants are started early
and make a rapid and continuous growth early in the
season. In hard, rough clay lands the plants do not
get a foothold early enough to allow them to mature the
crop. On such lands it is impossible, also, to plant
the seeds early. As a consequence, nearly all Squashes
are grown on soils of a loose and relatively light
character. Sandy lands or sandy loams are preferred.

1712

SQUASH

On very rich bottom lands the plants often thrive
remarkably well, but there is danger that the plants
may run too much to vine, particularly true when the
soil has too much available nitrogen, in order that the

2382. Winter i

Canada Crookneck Squash— Cucurbita
moschata.

plants shall start quickly, it is necessary that the soil
be in excellent tilth. It is customary, with many large
growers, to apply a little commercial fertilizer to the
hills in order to give the plants a start. A fertilizer
somewhat strong in nitrogen may answer this purpose
very well; but care must be taken not to use nitrogen
too late in the season, else the plants will continue to
grow over-vigorously rather than to set fruit.

Cultural groups of Squashes are of two general kinds,
the bush varieties and the long-running varieties. The
bush varieties are usually early. The vines run very
little, or not at all. The various summer Squashes
belong to this category, and most of them are varieties
of Cucurbita Pepo. The hills of bush varieties are
usually planted as close together as 4x4 feet. On high-
priced land they are often planted 3x4 feet. The long-
running varieties comprise the fall and winter types;
and to this category may also be referred, for cultural
purposes, the common field pumpkins. There is much
difference between the varieties as to length of vine.
On strong soils, some varieties will run 15-20 feet, and
sometimes even more. These varieties are planted
from 8-12 feet apart each way. Sometimes they are
planted in corn fields, and they are allowed to occupy
the ground after tillage for the corn is completed.

For general field conditions, the seeds of Squashes

2383. Su

Crookneck Squash— Cucurbita Pepo form.

are usually planted in hills where the plants are to
stand. If the land is mellow and rich, these hills are
nothing more than a bit of ground 12-18 inches across,
which has been freshly hoed or spaded and leveled off.
On this hill, from six to ten seeds are dropped, and they
are covered an inch or less in depth. In order to pro-
vide the seeds with moisture, the earth is usually
firmed with the hoe. When the very best results are
desired, particularly for the home garden, hills may be
prepared by digging out a bushel of soil and filling the
place with rich earth and fine manure. It is expected
that not more than three to five of the plants will finally
be left to each hill ; but there are many contingencies to
be considered. The young plants may he taken off by
cutworms or by other insects, or they may be caught by
frost.

If it is necessary to start the plants in advance of the
season, the seeds may be planted in pots or boxes in a
forcing-house or hotbed about three weeks before it is
time to set them in the field. If the seeds are started
much earlier than this, the plants are likely to get too
large and to become stunted. When set in the field, the

SQUASH

roots should fill the pot or box so that the earth is held
in a compact ball, and the plant should be fresh, green
and stocky. Plants that become stunted and develop
one or two flowers when they are in the box are usually
of little use. Sometimes seeds are planted directly in
the field in forcing hills, and when the plants are es-
tablished and the season is settled the protecting box is
removed and the plants stand in their permanent posi-
tions.

A good Squash vine should produce two or three first-
class fruits; if, however, one flower sets very early in
the season, the vine may devote most of its energies
to the perfection of that single fruit and not set many
others, or may set them too late in the season to allow
them to mature. If it is desired, therefore, that the
plants shall produce more than one fruit, it is advisable
to pick off the first fruit, providing it sets long in ad-
vance of the appearance of other pistillate flowers. These
remarks apply particuVtriy to winter squashes in north-
ern regions. With small varieties and under best condi-
tions, as many as a half-dozen fruits may be got from
a single vine, and in some cases this number may be
exceeded. Squash vines tend to root at the joints; but
under general condit: >ns this should be prevented, be-

2384. Su

Bergen Squ

of Cucurbita Pepo.

cause it tends to prolong the growing season of the
vine. It is usually well, therefore, to lift the joints oc-
casionally when the hoeing is done, although the vine
should not be moved or disturbed. This precaution ap-
plies particularly in the short-season climates of the
North, where every effort must be made to enable the
plant to set its fruit early in the season and to complete
its growth before fall.

There are several enemies and diseases of the Squash.
Perhaps the most serious is the striped cucumber beetle,
which destroys the tender young plants. This insect
is destroyed with the arsenites; but since it works on
the under sides of the leaves as well as on the upper,
it is difficult to make the application in such way as to
afford a complete protection. The insects also are likely
to appear in great numbers and to ruin the plants even
whilst they are getting their fill of arsenic. If the
beetles are abundant in the neighborhood, it is best to
start a few plants very early and to plant them about

2385. The Pineapple Summer Squash, one of the Scallop or
Pattypan type — Cucurbita Pepo.

the field in order to attract the early crop of bugs,
thereby making it possible to destroy them. From these
early plants the bugs may be hand-picked, or they may

SQUASH

be killed with very heavy applications of arsenites,—
applications so strong that they may even injure the
plants. Sometimes the hills of Squashes are covered
with wire gauze or mosquito netting that is held above
the earth by means of hoops stuck into the ground.
This affords a good protection from insects that arrive
from the outside, providing the edges are thoroughly
covered with earth so that the insects cannot crawl
under; but if the insects should come from the ground
beneath the covers they will destroy the plants, not be-
ing able to escape. The Squash bug or stink bug may
be handled in the same way as the striped cucumber
beetle. This insect, however, remains throughout the
season and, in many cases, it is necessary to resort
to hand-picking. The insects delight to crawl under
chips or pieces of board at night, and this fact may be
utilized in catching them. The mildews of Squashes
may be kept in check with more or less certainty by
the use of Bordeaux mixture or ammoniacal carbonate
of copper.

The varieties of pumpkins and Squashes are numer-
ous, and it is difficult to keep them pure if various
kinds are grown together. However, the true Squashes
(Cucurbita maxima) do not hybridize with the true
pumpkin species [Cucurbita Pepo). There need be no
fear, therefore, of mixing between the Crookneck or
Scallop Squashes and the varieties of Hubbard or Mar-

STACHYS

1713

2386. Connecticut or Common Field Pumpkin—
Cucurbita Pepo.

row types. The summer or bush Squashes are of three
general classes: the Crooknecks, the Scallop or Patty-
pan varieties, and the Pineapple or oblong-conical va-
rieties. All these are forms of C. Pepo. The fall and
winter varieties may be thrown into several groups: the
true field pumpkin, of which the Connecticut Field is
the leading representative, being the one that is com-
monly used for stock and for pies ; the Canada Crook-
neck or Cushaw types, which are varieties of C. mos-
chata; the Marrow and Marblehead types, which are the
leading winter Squashes and are varieties of the C.
maxima; the Turban Squashes, which have a" Squash
within a Squash" and are also varieties of C. maxima.
The mammoth pumpkins or Squashes which are some-
times grown for exhibition and which may weigh two or
three hundred pounds, are forms of C. maxima.

Thoroughly sound anil mature Squashes can be kept
until the holidays, and even longer, if stored in a
room that is heated to 20° above freezing. If the
Squashes are not carefully handled the inside of the
fruit is likely to crack. Squashes that have been shipped
by rail seldom keep well. The philosophy of keeping a
winter Squash is to prevent the access of germs (avoid
all bruises and cracks and allow the end of the stem to
dry up), and then to keep the air dry and fairly warm.
The fruits are usually stored on shelves in a heated shed
or outhouse. The following advice is given for this occa-
sion by W. W. Rawson: "Cut the Squashes just before
they are thoroughly ripe. Be careful not to start the stem
in the Squash. Lay them on the ground one deep and let

2387. The Negro Squash.

One of the warty forms of

Cucurbita Pepo.

them dry in the sun two or three days before bringing
to the building. Handle very carefully when putting in,
and be sure that the wagon in which they are carried has
springs. Put them two deep on shelves in a building.
This should be done on a cool, dry day. If the weather
continues cool and dry,
keep them well aired by
day; but if damp weather
comes build a small fire in
the stove in order to dry
outthe green stems. Keep
the temperature about 50°,
and air well in dry
weather. The Squashes
may need picking over
about Christmas if put in
the building about October
1 ; handle very carefully
when picking over. Fifty
tons can be kept in a single
building with a small fire.
Do not let them freeze, but
if temperature goes down
to 40° at times it will do no
harm; nor should it be allowed to go as high as 70°.
The Hubbard Squash keeps best and longest and does
not shrink in weight as much as other kinds, but any
of them will shrink 20 per cent if kept until January 1."

L. H. B.

SQUASH, GUINEA, or EGGPLANT. See Solatium

Melongena and Eggplant.

SQUAW BEEEY. Mitchella repens.

SQUILL. For the garden Squill, see Scilla. For the
medicinal Squill, see Urginea.

SQUIEEEL COEN. Dicentra Canadensis.

SQUIETING CUCUMBEE. Ecballinm Elaterium.

STACHYS (from an old Greek name applied 'by Dios-
corides to another group of plants, coming from the
word for spike). Labiatte. Woundwort. A genus of
perhaps 150 species distributed mainly in temperate
countries: perennial or annual herbs, rarely shrubby,
with opposite simple, entire or dentate leaves and
mostly small flowers, ranging from purple, red, pale
yellow to white, sessile or short-pediceled, in axillary
whorls or terminal dense spikes: calyx 5-dentate, teeth
equal or the posterior larger; corolla-tube cylindrical,
2-lipped, the posterior usually villous, concave or forni-
cate, rarely somewhat flat; stamens 4, didynamous, the
anterior longer, ascending under the upper lip and very
little exserted, often deflexed after anthesis. Very few
of the species are cultivated, although there are several
with showy spikes. They are usually found in moist or
even wet places when growing wild. A tuber-bearing
species (S. Sieboldi) has lately come into notice as a
kitchen-garden plant.

2388. Vegetable Marrow— Cucurbita Pepo.

A. Plants grown for the showy spikes of fls. or for

foliage.

B. Corolla-tube twice or more exceeding the calyx.

Bet6nica, Benth. (Betdnica officinalis, Linn.). Bet-

ony. A hardy perennial herb 1-3 ft. high : lower

leaves long petioled, ovate-oblong, crenate, obtuse, cor-

1714

STACHYS

STADMANNIA

date at the base, 3-6 in. long; upper leaves distant, ses-
sile, oblong-lanceolate, acute: fls. purple, in a dense,
terminal spike. July. Eu., Asia Minor. — Rarely found
as an escape in this country, and once cult, for use in
domestic medicine. Useful for ornament, and now ad-
vertised for that purpose.

longifolia, Benth. (Betdnica orient&lis, Linn.). A
hardy perennial herb about 1 ft. high, densely villous,
lower lvs. petioled, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, crenate,
deeply cordate at the base, 4-6 in. long; the upper lvs.
similar in shape but sessile, those of the inflorescence
bract-like: fls. reddish purple to pink, in a cylindrical,
somewhat interrupted spike about % ft. long. July.
Caucasus.

*te?>

2389. Tuber of Stachys Sieboldi (X U).

grandifldra, Benth. {Brtnniea rosea, Hort.). A hardy
perennial about 1 ft. high: lower lvs. broadly ovate, ob-
tuse crenate, long-petioled, base broadly heart-shaped;
the upper gradually smaller, nearly similar and sessile,
the uppermost bract-like: fls. violet, large and showy,
the curving tube about 1 in. long and three or four
times surpassing the calyx, in 2-3 distinct whorls of 10-
20 fls. each. Asia Minor," etc. B.M. 700.

coccinea, Jacq. One to 2 ft., slender, soft-pubescent:
lvs. ovate-lauceolate, cordate at base or somewhat del-
toid, obtuse, crenate: fls. scarlet-red, the narrow tube
much exceeding the calyx, pediceled, in an interrupted
spike, blooming in succession. Western Texas to Ariz.
B.M. 666. -Showy.

bb. Corolla-tube little exceeding the calyx.
c. Herbage green.

aspera, Michx. Erect, usually strict, 3-4 ft. high, the
stem retrorsely hairy on the angles: lvs. oblong-ovate
to oblong-lanceolate, mostly acuminate, serrate, petio-
late: corolla small, glabrous, pale red or purple, in an
interrupted spike. Wet places, Ontario and Minnesota
to flit' iTiilf. — Has been offered by dealers in native
plants.

CC. Herbage white-woolly.

lanata, Jacq. Woolly Woundwort. A hardy per-
ennial \-l% ft. high, white-woolly throughout: lvs. ob-
long-elliptical, the upper smaller, the uppermost much
shorter and whorled: fls. small, purple, in dense 30- or
more fld. whorls in interrupted spikes. Caucasus to
Persia. — Often grown as a bedding plant. Valuable for
its very white herbage.

AA. Plants grown for edible subterranean tubers.
Sieboldi, Miq. (S. a/finis, Bunge, not Fresenius. &.
tnberifera, Naud.). Chorogi. Chinese or Japanese
Artichoke. Knotroot. Crosnes du Japan. Fig. 2389.
Erect, hairy mint-like plant, growing 10-18 in. tall: lvs.
ovate to deltoid-ovate to ovate-lanceolate, cordate at
base, obtuse-dentate, stalked : fls. small, whitish or
light red, in a small spike: tubers (Fig. 2389) 2-3 in.
long, slender, nodose, white, produced in great numbers
just under the surface of the ground. China, Japan.
G.C. III. 3:13. -Sent to France in 1882 from Pekin by
Dr. Bretschneider, and about ten years ago introduced
into this country. It is cultivated for the crisp tubers,
which may be eaten either raw or cooked. These tubers
soon shrivel and lose their value if exposed to the air.
The tubers withstand the winter in central New York

without protection, so that a well-established plant takes
care of itself and spreads. For history, chemical analy-
ses, etc., see Cornell Bull. 37.

Floridana, Shuttlew. Slender, erect, 1-2 ft., branch-
ing, glabrous : lvs. cordate-oblong-lanceolate, blunt-
toothed, stalked: fls. small, light red, in an open inter-
rupted spike: tubers cylindrical, uniformly nodose, 4-6
in. long. Fla. — Has been tested abroad as a food plant,
and also at the Cornell Exp. Sta. (see Bull. 61), but
practically unknown horticulturally. The tubers are
fully as good, for eating, as those of S. Sieboldi.

L. H. B.
STACHYTARPHETA (Greek, dense spike). Verbenh-
cea>. About 40 species of herbs or shrubs, mainly from
tropical America, with opposite or alternate,
dentate, often rough leaves and white, purple,
blue or red flowers solitary in the axils of
bracts, sessile or half sunk in the rachis of
the long and dense or short and lax spikes.

mutabilis, Vahl. A low shrub, scabrous-
pubescent: lvs. ovate, dentate, scabrous above,
whitish pubescent beneath: spike long, erect:
bracts lanceolate, subulate: calyx 4-dentate,
--"^tv hispid, 4-6 lines long; corolla crimson, fading

•>„ TraST to rose, %-% in. across. West Indies, Mex-
iu£^\H$''l *c0 t0 Guiana. Offered in S. Calif.
S8g*ff§ F. W. Barclay.

STACHYURUS (Greek, spike and tail; in
allusion to the form of the inflorescence).
Ternstroemidce(s. Two species of glabrous
shrubs or small trees, one from the Hima-
layas and the other from Japan, with mem-
branous, serrate leaves and small flowers in axillary
racemes or spikes: fls. 4-merous ; sepals strongly im-
bricated; stamens 8, free; style simple: berry 4-loculed.
prsecox, Sieb. & Zucc. Rambling shrub, 10 ft. high,
with flexible branches: lvs. deciduous, ovate to ovate-
lanceolate, 1-6 in. long, thin: petiole about 1 in. long:
spikes 2-3 in. long, many-fld., stout: fls. % in. across,
globular-bell-shaped, sessile or nearly so: fr. globose or
ovoid, yA-Vi in. thick: seeds pale brown. Japan. B.M.
6631. G.C. III. 21:285. -Procurable from importers of
Japanese plants.

STACKHOtSIA (after John Stackhouse, an English
botanist). iStackhousidcece . About 10 species from Aus-
tralia and sparingly from other islands of the S. Pacific
ocean. Mostly perennial herbs with slender, erect stems
and narrow, entire, often fleshy leaves and terminal
spikes of flowers. The genus is the only one of the
order: fls. regular, hermaphrodite; calyx small, 5-lobed;
petals 5, perigynous, clawed, usually free at base but
united above in a tube with spreading lobes; disk thin,
lining the calyx-tube; stamens 5, inserted on the mar-
gin of the disk: ovary free, 2-5-lobed, 2-5-loculed: fr.
of 2-5 indehiscent cocci. Consult Flora Australiensis
1:405.

mondgyna, Labill. (8. linariifblia, A. Cunn.). A half-
hardy perennial herb, usually simple, about 1% ft. high,
with linear or lanceolate lvs. about 1 in. long: spikes at
first dense, then lengthening to 4-6 in.: buds pinkish
when young: fls. white. B.R. 22:1917. — The plant in the
Californian trade is apparently not the above species,
for the catalogue says it is a tall, robust shrub with fl.-
heads 1-2 in. across, surrounded by imbricated bracts
and bright yellow fls. with a purple-streaked keel.

F. W. Barclay.

STADMANNIA (named by Lamarck in 1793 after a
German botanist and traveler). Sapinddcece. The only
species of this genus that is well known is a tropical
tree from the Bourbon Islands, there known as Bois de
ler or Ironwood. This is a large tree with hard, heavy-
reddish wood, once frequent in the primeval forests of
Mauritius but now scarce. It is not known to be in cul-
tivation in America. The proper name of this tree is
Stadmannia oppositifblia, Lam., a synonym of which
is S. Sider6xylon.DC. Nine other names appear in Index
Kewensis, apparently all Brazilian species, but one of
them is a bare name and the others were first described
in the early sixties in Linden's catalogue. They are

STADMANNIA

STANHOPEA

1715

therefore very uncertain names, and the following
diagnosis of the genus (taken from Baker's "Flora of
Mauritius and the Seychelles," 1877) is probably suffi-
ciently inclusive. Fls. regular, polygamous; calyx a
deep cup, with 5 obscure, deltoid teeth; petals none;
disk thick, elevated, lobed; stamens 8, regular, ex-
serted: style short; stigma capitate: ovary deeply
3-lobed, 3-loculed; ovules solitary in each cell; fr. usually
1-celled by abortion, large, dry, round, indehiscent.

The generic name is sometimes written Stadtmannia,
a spelling which is said to be an error dating back to
Walpers' Annales (1851-52). S. amabilis is an Ameri-
can trade name which seems to be practically unknown
to science. H. A. Siebrecht says it is "an imposing
decorative plant for stove culture." He adds that it
requires the treatment given Fatsia Japonica and
Gardenias. Give heavy loam. Propagated by cuttings
under glass, or out of doors in summer.

S. oppositifblia. Lam. (8. Sideroxylon, DC). BOIS DE Fer.
Lvs. alternate, petioled, abruptly pinnate: lfts. 8-12, opposite,
oblong, short-stalked, obtuse, coriaceous, entire, oblique at
base: panicles dense, cylindrical, 3-4 in. long: fr. hard, globu-
lar, nearly 1 in. thick. yy jj_

STAGHOEN FERN. Platycerium.
STAGHORN SUMACH. See Rhus.
STANDING CYPRESS. Gilia coronopifolia.

STANGERIA (Wni. Stanger, surveyor -general of
Natal; died 1854). Vycatlacea . Stangeria paradoxa, T.
Moore, is unique among the cycads by reason of the
venation of its leaflets. In all the other members of
the family the veins of the leaf-segments are parallel
and horizoutal; in this one plant they are all free and
run directly from the midrib to the margin. This
pinnate venation is so extraordinary that the plant
looks more like a fern than a cycad, and in fact it was
so described before the fruits were known. Stangeria
is a South African plaut with an odd turnip-shaped
stem (properly caudex or rhizome), at the top of which
are 3-4 handsome leaves each 2 ft. long and 1 ft. broad,
with about 12 pairs of leaflets which are fern-like and
unusually broad for the family. This plant was intro-
duced to the American trade by Reasoner Bros., of
Oneco, Fla., in 1890, but it is little known in cultivation
in this country.

All the cycads have a high reputation among con-
noisseurs as decorative foliage plants for warm conser-
vatories. The most popular is Cycae re valuta, which
see for cultural suggestions. The flowers and fruits in
this family are very singular and interesting. The
male cones of Stangeria are G inches long and an inch
or so in width. The female cones are much smaller,
2-3 in. long. The structure of the cones and fruits
shows that Stangeria is closely related to Enceph-
alartos. The species above mentioned is probably the only
one, but it seems to have several well-marked varieties.
For a fuller account see B.M. 5121. \y jj

STANHOPEA (named for the Earl of Stanhope, presi-
dent of the Medico-Botanical Society, London). Orchi-
dacece. A genus of about 20 species inhabiting tropical
America from Mexico to Brazil. These plants are easily
grown and very interesting, but the fugacious character
of their dowers has been unfavorable to their extensive
cultivation. The flowers are produced on thick scapes,
which bore their way through the material in which
they are planted and emerge from the bottom of the
basket. The flowers expand with a perceptible sound
early in the morning. They are large, fragrant, and
curiously formed. The sepals and petals are usu-
ally refiexed ; they are subequal or the petals are nar-
rower. The labellum is remarkably transformed. The
basal part or hypochil is boat-shaped or saccate, often
with two horns on the upper margin. This passes
gradually into the mesochil, which consists of a fleshy
central part and two lateral horns. The terminal lobe
or epichil is firmly or movably joined to the mesochil.
It is usually fleshy and keeled but not saccate. The
base of the labellum is continuous with the long-winged
column. Pseudobulbs clustered on the short rhizome,

sheathed with scales and each bearing a single large
plaited leaf contracted to a petiole at the base.

Heinkich Hasselbring.
Stanhopeas enjoy a shady, moist location. A tempera-
ture of 60-65° F. at night and 70-75° during the day
should be maintained in winter, with a gradual advance
of 10° toward midsummer. They should be grown sus-
pended from the roof in orchid cabins or terra cotta
baskets with large openings at the bottom, and if drain-
age is used it should be placed in such a manner that
it will not interfere with the exit of the pendulous
flower scapes. Equal parts chopped sphagnum and
peat fiber forms a good compost. By severing the
rhizome here and there between the old pseudobulbs,
new growths will be sent up and thus the stock may be
increased. R. M_ Grey

INDEX.

atrata, 9.

bicolor, 10.
Bucephalus, 4.
Devonieusis, 7.
eburnea, 1.
ecornuta, 12.

grandiflora, 1, 4.

insignis, 6.
luteseens, 9.

radiosa, 11.
saocata, 11.
Shnttleworthii,
superba, 9.
tigrina, 9.
Wardii, 2.

a. Labellum with an excavated or
saccate base and a plane ter-
minal lobe.
b. Mesochil and pleuridia want-
ing ] . eburnea

bb. Mesochil and pleuridia present.
0. Hypochil boat-shaped, short

and sessile 2. Wardii

CC. Hypochil boat-shaped, long

and stalked 3. oculata

4. Bucephalus

5. platyceras
CCC. Hypochil saccate or globose.

D. JSpichil entire >>r obso-
letely 3 -toothed at the
apex 6. insignis

7. Devoniensis

8. Shuttleworthii
DD. Epichil evidently S-toothed

at tin- apex 9. tigrina

10. Martiana

11. saccata
aa. Labellum reduced to a saccate

pouch 12. ecornuta

1. eburnea, Lindl. (S. grandiflora, LimU.). Pseudo-
bulbs conical, 1% in. long: lvs. leathery, 8-12 in. long:
scapes pendulous, with small bracts, 2-3-fld. : fls. 5 in.
across, ivory white; sepals broad; petals narrow; la-
bellum 3 in. long, solid, fleshy, excavated at the base
and bearing 2 hooked horns over the mouth, spotted
above with reddish purple; column pale green, with
broad wings toward the apex. Guiana. B.M. 3359.
B.R. 18:1529. I.H. 14:531 (var. spectabilis). L.B.C.
15:1414 (as Ceratochilus grandi floras). B. 4:176.

2. Wardii, Lodd. Pseudobulbs 2 in. long: lvs. large,
broad and leathery: flower-stem 9 in. long, bearing 3-9
lis., which are bright yellow to golden orange, spotted
with crimson; lateral sepal round - oblong, concave,
acute; petals lanceolate, revolute, the cavity in the base
of the labellum deep velvety purple. Aug. Mex. and S.
B.M. 5289.-Var. aurea, Hort. (S. aurea, Lodd.). Fls.
golden yellow, with 2 dark spots on the hypochil.
Fragrant.

3. oculata, Lindl. Lvs. ovate, with a blade 1 ft. long:
scape 1 ft. long, clothed with scarious pale brown
sheaths, 3-6-fld.: fls. 5 in. across, very fragrant, pale
yellow, thickly spotted with purple; sepals 3 in. long,
refiexed ; petals one - half as large ; hypochil narrow,
white, spotted with crimson and having 2 large dark
brown spots near the base. Mexico. B.M. 5300. B.R.
21:1800. L.B.C. 18:1764 (as Ceratochilus ocalatus).
S.H. 2, p.435. G.C. III. 19:264. Gn. 56: 1450. -Distin-
guished from S. Bucephalus and S. Wardii by the
paler color and long, narrow hypochil. There are sev-
eral varieties, differing in color and markings.

1716

STANHOPEA

STAPELIA

4. Bucephalus, Liiull. IS. grandifldra, Reichb. f. ).
Paeudobulba crowded, rugose: Ivs. petioled, 9 in. long,
pointed : the pendulous raceme bearing 4-b' large, tawny
orange fls. marked with large crimson spots: sepals and
petals reflexed, the former broad ; lower part of the la-
bellum curved, boat-shaped, bearing 2 curved horns and
a broad fleshy middle lobe; column green and white,
spotted with purple. Aug. Mexico, Peru. B.M. 5278.
B.R. 31:24.— Pis. very fragrant. Distinguished by its
very short ovaries.

5. platyceras, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs and lvs. as in
S. Bucephalus but stouter : scape 2-fld., with ovate
acute bracts one-half as long as the ovary: fls. 7 in.
across, pale yellow, with numerous ring-shaped spots
aud blotches of purple; sepals triangular oblong; pet-
als broadly linear, acute; hypochil boat-shaped, 2 V? in.
long; horns 1 in. long, broad, pointing forward, paral-
lel with the tongue-shaped middle lobe; the hypochil is
deep purplish crimson inside, paler and spotted outside,
the upper part of the labellum colored like the sepals.
Colombia. Gn. 33:652.

6. insignia, Frost. Figs. 2390, 2391. Pseudobulbs
clustered : lvs. broadly lanceolate: scape 6 in. long,
covered with dark brown scales, 2-4-fld. : fls. 5 in.
across, dull yellow, spotted with purple; sepals broad,
concave; petals narrow, wavy; hypochil globose, almost
wholly purple inside, heavily spotted outside, horns 1
in. long, falcate, middle lobe cordate, keeled. July-
Oct. Brazil. B.M. 2948, 2949. B.R. 22:1837. L.B.C.
20:1985. (ing. 2:117 (from which Fig. 2290 is adapted). -
Distinguished by the broad wings of the column.

7. Devoniensia, Lindl. (8. maculdsa, Knowles & W.).
Lvs. about 9 in. long: scape pendulous, 2-3 fid. : fls. 5
in. across, pale brownish, with broad reddish brown
blotches; sepals oblong to ovate-oblong, obtuse; petals
narrow; hypochil rounded, saccate, purple, horns in-
curved, middle lobe ovate, channeled, obscurely 3-
toothed. Peru. F.S. 10:974. F.C. 3:121.

8. Shuttleworthii, Reichb. f . Pseudobulbs large, coni-
cal, sulcate: lvs. broadly oblong, acute: raceme pendu-
lous, loose: sepals, petals and base of the labellum
apricot color with dark purplish blotches, front part of
the labellum yellowish white; hypochil semi-globose;
horns flattened, suberect, terminal lobe triangular :
column whitish, green along the middle and spotted
with purple on the inside. Colombia.

9. tigrlna, Batem. Lvs. and pseudobulbs as in the
genus: scape short, pendulous, clothed with large, thin
brown scales: fls. 6 in. across, waxy and very fragrant;
sepals broadly ovate, concave; petals oblong-lanceolate,
both dingy yellow mottled towards the base with large
blotches of dull purple; hypochil broad, cup-shaped;
horns 1 in. long, fleshy, berit forward at right angles;
middle lobe rhomboid, with 3 fleshy teeth at the apex;
column large, spatulate. Mexico. B.M. 4197. B.R. 25:1.
G.M. 32:398; 38:149. F. 1845:59. G.C. III. 4:481. -Oneof

10. Martiana, Batem. Lvs. lanceolate: sepals broadly
ovate, creamy white with few purple spots on the lower
half; petals narrower, blotched with purplish crimson,
hypochil saccate, white ; lateral horns broad, pointed,
middle lobe oblong, obscurely 3-toothed; column sub-
clavate, winged. Mexico. F.S. 20:2112. Gn. 45, p. 470.
— Var. bicolor, Lindl. Ground color of the fls. white.
B.R. 29:44.

2390. Stanhopea insign

the most striking forms among orchids. Var. lutescena,
Hort. Brilliant yellow to orange marked with chocolate.
Guatemala. Var. superba, Hort. Van Houtte. Fls. yel-
low, with the sepals and petals heavily blotched with
reddish brown. F.S. 7:713. Var. atrata, Hort., is adv.

2391. Stanhopea insignis (X %).

11. saccata, Batem. Fls. smaller than those of the
other species, greenish yellow, changing to deeper yel-
low at the bases of the segments, regularly speckled
with brown; lateral sepals ovate-oblong, the upper one
oblong-lanceolate; petals narrower, oblong, all reflexed;
hypochil deeply saccate; horns flat, a little twisted, epi-
chil quadrate. Guatemala. I.H. 8:270 (as S. radiosa).

12. ecornuta, Lem. Pseudobulbs and lvs. large: scape
short, clothed with green bracts, 2-fld. : sepals erect,
2 in. long, ovate, concave, white, petals smaller; la-
bellum reduced to a fleshy sac-like hypochil, \Vi in. long,
yellow deepening to orange at the base; column as long
as the labellum and of the same color. Cent. Amer.
B.M. 4885. F.S. 2:181. G.C. 1850:295.

.S. Amesiana, Hort. Hugh Low, belongs to the hornless class
of which S. ecornuta is a type and is perhaps a variety of S.
Lowii. It has large, waxy, clear white, fragrant fls. over 4 in.
across, and a very thick, fleshy, saccate labellum. G.M. 36:332.
Habitat!

Heinrich Hasselbeing.

STANLEYA (Edward Stanley, Earl of Derby, 1779-
1849, ornithologist, once president Linuean Society).
Crucifera. Stanleya phnwtifida is a hardy perennial
herb about 3 ft. high with the general appearance of a
Cleome and bright yellow flowers an inch across borne
in terminal spikes a foot or more long. The genus
contains 5 species of stout herbs native to the western
V. S. It belongs to the Sisymbium tribe of the mustard
family, which tribe is characterized by long, narrow
pods, seeds in a single series and incumbent cotyledons.
Stanleya is distinguished from neighboring genera by
the long, club-shaped buds, cream-colored or yellow fls.,
and long-stalked ovaries and pods. Other generic
characters: sepals linear; petals narrow, long-clawed;
stamens 6, nearly equal: seeds numerous, pendulous.

pinnatifida, Nutt. (S. pinndta, Britton). Stems flexu-
ous: lvs. very variable, commonly pinnatifid; segments
lance - oblong or oblanceolate - elliptic, rarely linear,
almost entire; terminal segment larger: fls. deep golden
yellow, according to D. M. Andrews. May-July. W.
Kan. and Neb. to Tex. and S. Calif., in dry clay or alka-
line soils. B.B. 2:109. — Procurable from collectors of
Colorado wild flowers. w. M.

STAPfiLIA (J. B. Van Stapel, Dutch physician, died
in the early part of the seventeenth century, who wrote
on the plants of Theophrastus). Asclepiadacew. Car-
riok Flower. Odd fleshy cactus-like plants from
South Africa. Schumann, in Engler aud Prantl's
"Naturpflanzenfamilien," considers that the genus con-
tains 70-80 species. Decaisne, in DeCandolle's Pro-

STAPELIA

STAPHYLEA

1717

droraus, 8 (1844), describes 89 species, and makes
references to several more. The Stapelias are usually
grown with greenhouse succulents, both for the great
oddity of their forms and for the singular and often
large, showy flowers. The plants are leafless. The
strongly angled usually 4-sided green branches or
stems are generally more or less covered with tubercles
and excrescences. The flowers commonly arise from the
angles and notches of the stems, apparently in no regu-
larity, and they are usually grotesquely barred and
mottled with dark or dull colors. They generally emit
a strong and carrion-like odor. The calyx and corolla
are 5-parted; corolla-segments spreading and usually
narrow, usually fleshy, mostly purple or marbled, in
some species pale; crown comprising 2 series of scales
or bracts, of which the inner are narrower, each series
in 5's but the scales sometimes lobed or bifid: fr. of 2
follicles, containing comose seeds. Some of the species
have flowers several inches across, although the plants
themselves are relatively small; in fact, the flowers of
S. gigantea are a foot across.

The Stapelias are easy of cultivation. Most of the
species demand the treatment given to Cape Euphorbias
and to cacti, — a light, airy, rather dry position during
the growing and blooming seasons and a soil made por-
ous with rubble. They are mostly summer and fall
bloomers. They should remain dormant in winter.
Propagated easily by cuttings. They do best, however,
when not grown so dry as cacti are grown.

The Stapelias are known in cultivation mostly in bo-
tanic gardens and in the collections of amateurs. Only
5 names now occur in the American trade, and one
of these belongs properly in the genus Eehidnopsis.
Several other species are likely to be found in fan-
ciers' collections.

A. Corona formed only of the cohering anthers, Eehid-
nopsis.
cylindrica, Hort. This is properly Eehidn6psis cerei-
fdrmis. Hook, f., omitted from Vol. II, but known in the
trade as a Stapelia: stems cylindrical, tufted, 1-2 ft.
long, becoming recurved or pendulous at the ends, % in.
or less thick, nearly or quite simple, 8-grooved and
marked by shallow transverse depressions : fls. aris-
ing from furrows in the stem, small (about H in.
across), yellow, sessile. Probably South African, but
habitat unknown. B.M. 5930.

aa. Corona with scales.
b. Els. pale yellow, about 1 ft. across.
gigantea, N.E. Br. The largest and finest species yet
known, and one of the largest and oddest of flowers:
branches many, usually less than 1 ft. long, obtusely 4-
angled: as described by W. Watson, "the flowers are a
foot in diameter, leathery-like in texture, the surface
wrinkled and the color pale yellow, with red-brown
transverse lines and covered with very fine silky pur-
plish hairs; each flower lasts two or three days, and on
first opening emits a disagreeable odor." Zululand. B.
M. 7068. G.C. II. 7:693; III. 4:729. G.F. 8:515.-«The
requirements of 8. gigantea," Watson writes, "are some-
what exceptional. It thrives only when grown in a hot,
moist stove from April till September, when the growth
matures and the flower-buds show. It should then be
hung up or placed upon a shelf near the roof-glass in a
sunny dry position in the stove."

bb. Fls. yellow, 3 in. or less across.
variegata, Linn. (S. Curtisii, Schult.). About 1 ft.
tall, with 4-angled sharply toothed stems: fls. solitary,
sulfur-yellow, the lobes ovate-acute and transversely
spotted with blood-red. B.M. 26. R.H. 1857, p. 43.— An
old garden plant, still seen in collections, often under
the name S. Curtisii.

bb. Els. purple, 6 in. or less across.

grandifldra, Mass. Fig. 2392. About 1 ft. tall, gray-
pubescent, the branches 4-wing-angled and toothed: fls.
4 or 5 in. across, dark purple with a lighter shade on the
segments, striped or marked with white, hairy. R.H.
1858, p. 154. — An old garden plant.

glabrifdlia, N. E. Br. (S. grandifldra. var. minor,
Hort.). Pis. somewhat small and not hairy, the seg-

ments becoming strongly retiexed, dull purple-red with
yellowish white lines. G.C. II. 6:809.

S. Asterias, Mass. Starfish Flower. Dwarf: branches 4-
angled, mostly curved, sharp-toothed: fl. 4 or 5 in. across, with
spreading star-like ciliate segments, violet - purple with trans-
verse yellowish bars. B.M. 536. L.B.C.5:453. Offered by Blanc,
1893. — S. Bufdnis, Sims = S. normalis.— <S. normalis, Jacq.
About 6-8 in.: branches 4-angled, with large, spreading teeth,
glabrous: fl. 2-3 in. across, with ovale acute segments, yellow
with transverse marking of red-purple. B.M. 1676. Gn. 52, p.
186. One of the commonest of the old kinds, but the name does
not appear in the American trade.— A'. Pldntii, Hort. Stems
stout and erect, strongly 4-angled, sinuate -toothed and with
indexed points: fl. about 5 in. across, hairy, brown barred with
yellow, the margins of the segments brown-purple. B.M. 5692.
F.S. 19:2012.

In 1893, Blanc catalogued the following names, in addition to
some of those above : S. anguinea, Jacq. (properly S. picta,
Donn): "Fls. glabrous; corolla yellow, marked with numer-
ous rufous spots; the orb or circle is marked with largespots
of two forms, dark brown, yellow."— 8. deftecta (S. deflexa,
Jacq.?): "Only about 2 in. across, the color greenish or pale
red, deeply wrinkled." — S. planiflbra, Jacq.: "Flower flat; co-
rolla spreading, sulfur -yellow, lined and spotted with dark
purple."— S. revoluta, Mass.: "Distinct (lowers, red, with whit-
ish blotches, smooth, very fleshy, and with fringed margins."
— 8. riifa, Mass. : "The flowers are of an obscure violet color,
variegated with deep purple and pale red transverse stripes,
the margins edged with dark violet hairs."— 8. Tsomoensis. N.
E. Br.: "A very rare species from the Tsomo river. Corolla
3 in. in diameter, the face entirely dull, smoky purple, darker
at the tips of the lobes." L H B

2392. Stapelia erandiflora (X 1-5).

STAPHYLEA (Greek, stuphyle, cluster; referring to
the inflorescence). Celastr&ceoz. Bladder Nut. Orna-
mental deciduous shrubs, with opposite, stipulate odd-
pinnate or 3-foliolate leaves and white flowers in ter-
minal, usually nodding panicles followed by capsular
bladder-like fruits. The species are all inhabitants of
temperate regions, and S. trifolia, S. Bumalda and
S. pinnata are hardy north, while S. Colchica is hardy
at least as far north as Mass.; S. Bolanderi and S.
Emodi are more tender and seem not to be in cultiva-
tion in this country. They are all desirable shrubs with
handsome bright or light green foliage and pretty white
flowers in spring. They are well adapted for shrub-
beries, but all except S. Bumalda are liable to become
bare and unsightly at the base and are therefore not to
be recommended for single specimens. S. Colchica and
its hybrid S. etegans are perhaps the most beautiful
species while in bloom. The former blooms at an early
age and is sometimes forced. Staphyleas grow well in
almost any kind of soil and position, but do best in a
somewhat moist rich soil and partly shaded situation.
Prop, by seeds, layers and suckers. Greenwood cut-
tings from forced plants root readily.

Eight species in the temperate regions of the north-
ern hemisphere: shrubs, with smooth striped bark:
lvs. and lfts. stipulate; fls. perfect, 5-meroui in termi-
nal panicles; sepals and petals 5, of about the same
length, upright; stamens 5; pistils 2-3, usually connate
below: fr. a 2-3-lobed, inflated, membranous capsule,

1718

STAPHYLEA

with 1 or few subglobose rather large, bony seeds in
each cell.

A. Lcs. 3-foliolate.
B. Middle leaflet short-stalked: panicle sessile.
Bumalda, DC. Shrub, 6 ft. high, with upright and
spreading slender branches: lfts. broadly oval to ovate,
shortly acuminate, crenately serrate, with awned teeth,
light green, almost glabrous, lH-2% in. long: fls. about
% in. long, in loose, erect panicles 2-3 in. long; sepals
yellowish white, little shorter than the white petals;
capsule usually 2-lobed, somewhat compressed, %-l in.
long. June. Japan. S.Z. 1:95.

2393. Staphylea trifolia ( X

BB. Middle leaflet slender-stalked : panicles stalked.

trifdlia, Linn. American Bladder Nut. Fig. 2393.
Upright shrub, with rather stout branches, 6-15 ft. high:
lfts. oval to ovate, acuminate, finely and sharply serrate,
slightly pubescent beneath or almost glabrous, l%-3 in.
long: fls. about % in. long, in nodding panicles or um-
bel-like racemes; sepals greenish white, petals white:
capsule much inflated, usually 3-lobed, l%-2 in. long.
April, May. Quebec to Ontario and Minn., south to S.
C. and Mo. Gt. 37, p. 529. — Var. pauciflora, Zabel. Low
and suckering : lfts. smaller, broader, glabrous at
length: fls. in short, 3— 8 fid. racemes: fr. often 2-lobed,
1%-VA in. long.

aa. Lfts. 5—7-foliolate, only occasionally 3-foliolate:

panicles stalked.
B. Panicle raceme-like, oblong, pendulous : ft. -buds
subglobose.
pinnata, Linn. Upright shrub, attaining 15 ft., some-
times tree-like: lfts. 5-7, ovate-oblong, long-acuminate,
sharply and finely serrate, glabrous and glaucescent be-
neath, 2-3 in. long: panicles 2-5 in. long, on peduncles
about 2 in. long: sepals oval, whitish, greenish at the
base, reddish at the apex, about as long as the oblong
petals : capsule 2-3-lobed, much inflated, subglobose,
about 1 in. long. May, June. Europe to W. Asia. Gn.
31, p. 280.

bb. Panicle broad, ovate, upright or nodding: fl.-
buds obovate-oblong.

C61chica, Steven. Upright shrub, attaining 12 ft.:
lfts. usually 5, sometimes 3, oblong-ovate, acuminate,
sharply serrate, glabrous and pale green beneath, 2-3 in.
long: panicle 2-3 in. long and almost as broad, <>n a pe-
duncle 2-3 in. long : sepals narrow oblong, spreading,
yellowish white; petals linear-spatulate, white: capsule
obovate, much inflated, 1)^-2 in. long. Mav, June. Cau-
casus. B.M. 7383. R.H. 1870, p. 257. J.H. III. 34:183.
F. 1879, p. 123. G.C. II. 11:117; III. 2:713; 10:161.
A.G. 18:423. Gt. 24:837; 37, p. 501. Gn. 34, p. 281. -Var.
Coulombieri, Zabel (S. Coulombieri, Andre). Of more
vigorous growth, with denser foliage: Ivs. larger and
longer-stalked; lfts. long-acuminate: stamens glabrous:
capsule 2—1 in. long, spreading at the apex.

S. Bolanderi, A. Gray. Allied to S. trifolia: lfts. broadly
oval or almost orbicular, glabrous : stamens and styles ex-
serted: fr. 2% in. long. Calif. G.F. 2:545.— S. elegans, Zabel.
Intermediate between and supposed to be a hybrid of S. pin-
nata and Colehica: lfts. usually 5: panicles very large and nod-
ding. A very free-dowering variety with pinkish tinged fls. is

STATICE

var. Hessei. Zabel.— .S. Em&di, Wall. Shrub or small tree: lfts.
3, oval to oblong, 2-8 in. long: fls. in peduncled, pendulous, ra-
ceme-like panicles: fr. 2-3 in. loug. Himalayas.

Alfred Rehder.
STAR APPLE. See Chrysophyllum.

STARFISH FLOWER. Stapelia Asterias.

STAR FLOWER. Aster, Trientalis, Triteleia and

other plants.

STAR GRASS is Chloris truncata.

STAR OF BETHLEHEM. Ornithogalum iimbella-
turn.

STAR THISTLE. Centaurea.

BTAR TULIP. Calochortus.

STARWORT. Aster.

STATICE (from a Greek name meaning astringent,
given by Pliny to some herb). Plumbagindcea. Sea
Lavender. About 120 species well scattered about the
world, but mainly seacoast plants of the northern hem-
isphere and especially numerous in Asia. Mostly per-
ennial herbs, rarely annual or shrubby, with usually
tufted rather long leaves (radical in the herbaceous spe-
cies), and small blue, white, red, or yellow flowers.
Panicles little branched or much branched, spreading
and leafless: bracts subtending the fl. -clusters, scale-
like, somewhat clasping, usually coriaceous on the
back, and with membranous margins : fls. in dense,
few- to several-fid. spikelets, or 1 or 2 in the axiis of a
bract: spikelets usually erect and unilaterally arranged
on the hranchlets or more rarely nearly sessile in dense,
cylindrical spikes: calyx funnel-shaped, often colored
and scarions and persistent. Statice is most readily
distinguished from Armeria by the inflorescence, Arme-
ria bearing its flowers in a single globular head.

Statices are of easy cultivation but prefer a rather
deep, loose soil. From the delicate nature of the fl. -pani-
cles the species are better suited to rockwork and iso-
lated positions than for mixing in a crowded border.
Many of the species are useful for cut bloom, especially
for mixing with other flowers.

INDEX.

australis. 8. Fortuni, 8. mariHma, 9.

Besseriana, 6, 11. Gmelini, 10. nana, 6.

Bonduelli, 7. Solfordi, 4. sinuata, 3.

eollina, 11. incana, 6. speciosa, 5.

elata, 13. latifolia, 14. superba, 2.

eximia, 12. Limonium. 9. Suworowi, 1.

flore-albo, 2. macrophylla, 4. Tatarica, 6.

a. Pis. in long, cylindrical spikes.

b. Spikes in an open panicle 1. Suworowi

bb. Spikes in dense panicles 2. superba

aa. Fls. in more or less unilateral
spikes or clusters.
B. Brunches wingi il.

c. Cuius hint: corolla white.

D. Plant herbaceous 3. sinuata

dd. Plant shrubby 4. macrophylla

CO. Calyx whitish: corolla blue... 5. speciosa
ccc. Caly.il/nin orwhitish: corolla

!■■ ddish 6. Tatarica

CCCC. Calyx, and corolla yellow 7. Bonduelli

BB. Branches terete or simply angled.

c. Pis. yellow 8. australis

CC. Pis. not yellow.
D. Calyx blue.

E. Petioles rather long 9. Limonium

ee. Petioles short or none. . . . 10. Gmelini

dd. Calyx whitish or green

E. Bracts green 11. eollina

ee. Bracts white-margined.

F. Spikelets 4-fld 12. eximia

pp. Spikelets S-fld 13. elata

fff. Spikelets 1-tld 14. latifolia

1. Suwbrowi, Regel. A tall annual: lvs. radical, ob-
lanceolate, obtuse, mucronate, 6-8 in. long; margins en-
tire or sinuate: scapes several, stout, obtusely angled,

STATICE

STATISTICS

1719

bearing 1 Ions terminal spike and several distant, ses-
sile lateral ones 4-6 in. long, nearly Y* in. through: fls.
rose, small, nearly sessile, crowded. June, July.
Western Turkestan. B.M. 6959. — A handsome annual,
suitable for growing in masses and useful for cut
blooms.

2. superba, Regel. A hardy annual resembling -S.
Suworowi, but with the spikes densely crowded into a
pyramidal panicle. Asia. —According to Wm. Falconer
in G.F. 1:283, this species is not as handsome nor as
vigorous as S. Suworowi. Var. flore-albo, Benary, is
also offered.

3. sinuata, Linn. A biennial plant which may be
treated as an annual, about 1 ft. high, of a spreading
growth: lvs. lyrate-pinnatifid, the lobes round, the ter-
minal bearing a bristle: scapes several, 3-5-winged, the
wings produced into linear leaf -like appendages:
branches several, 3-winged: floral branchlets or pe-
duncles broadly 3-winged, the wings dilated below the
spikelet and prolonged into 3 unequal triangular, acute
appendages: spikelets 3-4-fld. : corolla white; calyx
large, blue. Late summer. Mediterranean region of
Europe. B.M. 71.

4. macrophylla, Brouss. (S. Hdlfordi, Hort., is a gar-
den form of this species). A tender, somewhat shrubby
species 3—4 ft. high: stem branched and bearing clus-
ters of large, sessile, ovate-spatulate lvs. : scape leaf-
less, much branched into a large, paniculate corymb:
branches winged: spikelets 2-fld. : calyx blue; corolla
white. B.M. 4125. B.R. 31:7.-Cult. in S. Calif.
Makes a good pot-plant for winter flowering in a cool
greenhouse. T. D. Hatfield, in G.F. 9:496, s:ays: "Old
plants are somewhat subject to stem-rot. Plants should
be grown in rather undersized pots, in a light soil with
which some charcoal has been incorporated, and given
perfect drainage, as excessive moisture at the roots is
fatal. Propagation is effected by cuttings of the side
shoots placed in a cool propagating bed, or better by
layering, which is well accomplished in summer by
making a notch in each of the side branches and then
burying the plant in ordinary garden soil below the in-
cisions." From the Canaries.

5. speciosa, Linn. A hardy perennial, about 1 ft.
high: lvs. obovate, attenuate on the petiole, stiffly and
shortly mucronate tipped, often purplish underneath:
scape somewhat angled: branches angled and winged,
recurved, not crowded, bearing unilateral, scorpioidly
capitate, densely imbricate short spikes : calyx per-
sistent, crowned with a silvery white funnel-shaped
border; corolla purple, very deciduous. Midsummer.
Siberia. B.M. 656.

6. Tatarica, Linn. (S. inc&na, var. hybrida, Hort.
8. BesaericLna, Schult.). A hardy perennial, 1-2 ft.
high: lvs. tufted, obovate to oblong-spatulate, 4-6 in.
long, narrowed into the petiole : scape widely branched :
branches triangular, slender, narrowly 3-winged, some-
what recurved: spikelets 1-2-fld., in usually lax, simple
or branched spikes: fls. 2 lines long, typically red, with
several garden varieties. Caucasus. B,M. 6537. — Var.
nana, Hort. (S. incana, var. nana), is a dwarf form.

7. Bonduelli, Lestib. Fig. 2394. A tender annual or
biennial plant, about 18 in. high: lvs. radical, spatulate,
sinuately lyrate, hairy, subulate-pointed at the apex;
lobes rounded, the terminal larger: scapes several from
the same root, terete: branches angled, dichotomously
cymose; ultimate branchlets obpyramidal, 3-winged,
forked at the apex: fls. yellow, individually large for the
genus, clustered in the fork of the branchlets or pe-
duncles: bracts scarious, the inner furnished with
sharp spines. Summer. Algeria. R.H. 1885:276. B.M.
5158. F.S. 20:2129.

8. australis, Spreng. (S. Fortuni, Lindl.). A hardy
perennial, about 1 ft. high: lvs. oblong or somewhat
spatulate, in a rosette: scape rigid, paniculate: branches
angular, brachiate, glabrous: spikelets 4-5-fld., in dense,
short, one-sided spikes: fls. yellow, small. Late sum-
mer. China. B.R. 31:63.

9. Limdnium, Linn. (S. maritima. Lam., in part). A
hardy perennial, about 1 ft. high: lvs. ovate to oblong,
entire, 2-6 in. long, attenuate on the long petiole: scape

nearly terete, repeatedly forked, forming a corymbose
panicle: spikelets 1-3-fld., in short, dense, 1 -sided
spikes: fls. bluish purple. Seaeoast of Europe, N.
Africa, etc. — 5. maritima, Mill., is Armeria maritima.

10. Gmelini, Willd. A hardy perennial 1-2 ft. high :
lvs. glabrous, broadly ovate or obovate, very shortly
petioled or sessile: scape terete below, angled above,
densely corymbose-paniculate: spikelets usually 2-fld.,
in dense, imbricated scorpioid spikes: fls. blue. Late
summer. E. Eu. and Asiatic Russia.

11. colllna, Griseb. (S. Be&seriana, Frivald). A
glaucous perennial with oblong-lanceolate to lanceolate
lvs. sharply awned, attenuate on the petiole: scape co-
rymbosely paniculate from near the base, the branches
triangular, wide - spreading : spikelets 1-fld., in dense,
short, numerous fascicle-like spikes: fls. rose. South-
eastern Europe and Asia Minor.

12. eximia, Schrenk. A hardy perennial 1-2 ft. high:
lvs. obovate or oblong, attenuate on the petiole, mucro-
nate tipped, margins whitish: scape erect: branches
not further divided, terete, pubescent: spikes ovate,
crowded, somewhat unilateral: spikelets 4-fld.: calyx
green; corolla lilac -rose. August. Songoria. B.R.
33:2.

13. elata, Fisch. A hardy perennial about 2 ft. high:
lvs. large, obovate, very obtuse, usually recurved at
apex and mucronate, long - attenuate on the petiole:
scapes much branched above: branches spreading, re-
curved, hairy triangular : spikelets 2-Hd., in ovate,
loosely imbricated spikes: fls. blue. July, Aug. South-
ern Russia.

*&8f333&&

2394. Statice Bonduelli.
The flowers are about one-third inch across.

14. latifolia, Sm. A hardy deep-rooting perennial
about 2 ft. high: lvs. large, oblong-elliptical, obtuse, at-
tenuate on the petiole : scape very much branched :
branches terete or angled : panicle large, spreading:
spikelets 1-fld., rarely 2-fld., in lax, narrow spikes: fls.
blue. Midsummer. Russia. — A handsome plant.
Should be given a very deep soil in a sunny position
and left undisturbed.

5. Armaria, Linn., is Armeria maritima.— S. grandiflora,
Hort.=Armeria latifolia. — S. purpurea. Koch — Armeria elon-
gata. — tS\ Pseudo-armeria, Pax.=Armeria latifolia. — 5. undu-
lata, Bory & Chaub.=Armeria argyrocephala.

F. W. Barclay.

STATISTICS concerning horticulture are very imper-
fect, widely scattered and not always available. The
United States Department of Agriculture has published
statistics of horticulture in various publications. The
Synoptical Index of the Reports of the Statistician.
1863 to 1894, is a document of 258 pages published in
1897. The Section of Foreign Markets has issued many
statistical pamphlets of great interest to importers and
exporters of horticultural products. Market-gardening,

1720

STATISTICS

floriculture, seed raising, the nursery business, and
viticulture were subjects of special reports in the Elev-
enth Census, 1890. In this Cyclopedia statistics ap-
pear under such large topics as Horticulture, Cut-flow-
ers, Floriculture, and the various articles on states.

2395. Stauntonia hexaphylla (X %).

STAUNTONIA (G. L. Staunton, physician, 1740-
1801). Berberidaceo?. A genus of 2 species of tender
evergreen woody vines, one from China and one from
Japan. The lvs. have 3-7 digitate leaflets. Fls. monoe-
cious, in axillary, few-fld. racemes; sepals 6, petaloid;
petals wanting: sterile fl. with 6 monodelphous stamens,
anthers birimose, ovary rudimentary: fertile fl. with 6
sterile stamens and 3 carpels.

hexaphylla, Decne. Fig. 239.1. A handsome vine be-
coming 40 ft. high: lfts. oval, about 2 in. long, stalked:
fls. in axillary clusters, white, fragrant in spring: berry
about 4 in. long, splashed with scarlet. Japan. A.G.
12:139. F. W. Barclay.

The Stauntonias are beautiful evergreen climbers and
well adapted to the soil and climate of the South At-
lantic and Gulf region. Both 8. hexaphylla and the re-
lated Holb&llia lati folia (known also as Stauntonia
fati folia) grow well in the writer's Florida garden,
although they are not such very luxuriant climbers as
are the Allamandas, Thunbergias and Bignonias. It
requires a few years betore they are fully established.
They are excellent subjects to be planted on old stumps
and on small trees, such as catalpa and mulberry trees,
which they perfectly cover in the course of time with
their pretty evergreen leaves and their rather insig-
nificant but powerfully fragrant flowers. They will
not flourish in dry, hot, sandy soil, demanding for their
welfare rather moist, shady spots containing a profu-
sion of humus. A little commercial fertilizer contain-
ing a fair amount of nitrogen and potash will also prove
very beneficial. The need of some kind of a stimulant
is shown by the plant itself, which assumes a rather
yellowish cast in the green color of the foliage. A few
days after it has received some plant-food the foliage
shows a very beautiful dark green color. These two
species and the beautiful Kadsura Japonica are valuable
additions to the garden flora of our southern states.
H. Nehrling

ST. BERNARD'S LILY. Anthericum Liliago.

ST. BRUNO'S LILY. Paradisea Liliastrum.

STELLARIA

STEIKONEMA (Greek, sterile threads; referring to
staminodia). Primulacew. Loosestrife. Herbs, all
erect, with opposite entire leaves and rather large yel-
low axillary and leafy-corymbed flowers: corolla rotate,
5-parted; stamens 5, opposite the lobes, with 5 alternat-
ing subulate staminodia: capsule 1-loculed: seeds pj any
on a central placenta. Differs from Lysimachia in the
presence of the sterile stamens, and in the estivation of
the corolla. Useful showy plants for borders in damp
soil. All perennials.

ciliatum, Raf. {Lysimachia ciUata, Linn.). Stem 1-4
ft. high, sparingly branched, nearly glabrous: lvs. 2-6
in. long, ovate-oblong to ovate-lanceolate, ciliate, acute
or acuminate, base rounded; petioles V% in. long, ciliate:
fls. on slender peduncles, showy, 6-12 lines broad; co-
rolla-lobes rounded erose, often mucronate: capsule
longer than the calyx. Moist thickets. U. S.

longifolium, Gray {Lysimachia quadrifldra, Sims.
L. lo)Kjifdlia, Pursh). Erect, strict and glabrous: stem
4-angled, 1-2 ft. high: lvs. linear, thick and firm, 1-
nerved, acute at both ends, 1-4 in. long, smaller ones
clustered in the axils, margins slightly revolute, basal
broader and petioled : peduncles slender, %-l % in.
long: fls. numerous, often appearing clustered; corolla
8-12 lines broad, the lobes oval, cuspidate, often
erose. Eastern U. S. June, July. B.M. 660 (as L,
qaadriflora) . — Very showy when in flower. Offered by
collectors of native plants. j^ jj# Wiegand.

STELLARIA (Latin, star; referring to the form of
the flower}. Caryophyllaceoe. A genus of about 70 spe-
cies of annual or perennial herbs, mostly diffuse, tufted
or weakly ascending. They are scattered about the
whole world, but are mainly found in the temperate
regions. Lvs. opposite, simple: fls. usually white and
disposed in terminal or rarely axillary leafy or naked
paniculate cymes: sepals usually 5; petals usually 5,
rarely none, bifid, often deeply; stamens 3-10; styles
3-4, rarely 5: capsule ovoid to oblong, relatively short,
dehiscent by as many or twice as many teeth as there
are carpels. See Gray, Syn. Flora of N. Amer.
a. Fls. 7-10 lines across.

Holostea, Linn. Easter Bell. A hardy perennial,
erect, 6-18 in. high, simple or somewhat branched, from
a creeping rootstock : lvs. sessile, lanceolate, 1-3 in.
long: fls. white, abundant,
in a terminal leafy panicle ;
sepals one -half or two-
thirds as long as the petals.
May, June. En., Asia. B.
B. 2:22. — This and the next
are desirable for dry banks
where grass will not grow
well and for other carpet-
ing purposes.
aa. Fls. 2-5 lines across.
B. Lvs. narrow.

graminea, Linn. A slen-
der-stemmed, hardy per-
ennial plant not usually
over 6 in. high, from a
creeping rootstock : lvs.
sessile, linear lanceolate,
usually about 1 in. long :
fls. white, in terminal or
lateral scarious bract ed
open panicles; sepals and
petals nearly equal in
length. May, June. Eu-
rope; naturalized in Amer-
ica. B. B. 2:23. - Var.
aurea, Hort., Golden
Stitohwort, has pale yel-
low leaves and is lower
and more matted in
growth. Well adapted for sandy banks where grass
does not grow well.

bb. Lvs. ovate.

media, Linn. Chickweed. Fig. 2396. A low, decum-
bent annual weed common in all rich, moist, cultivated
soils, especially troublesome during the cooler months

2396. Stellaria media (fl. X 3)

One of th
chickweeds,
every month

commonest of
mming nearly
the year.

STELLARIA

STEPHANANDBA

1721

■of the growing season and in frames, etc., during
winter. Lvs. 2 lines to 1% in. long, the lower petioled,
the upper sessile: fls. axillary or in terminal leafy
cymes; sepals longer than the petals. Eu., Asia. B.B.
2:21.— It is considered to be a good fall and winter cover-
plant in orchards and vineyards, but is never cultivated.
It is an indication of good soil. p -^7. Barclay.

STENACTIS. See Erigeron.

STENANDRIUM (Greek, narrow anthers). Aean-
thacece. About 25 species of tropical or subtropical
American herbs, with or without short stems, and usu-
ally variegated leaves which are radical or crowded at
the base of the plant. Fls. usually small, solitary in the
axils of bracts on a scape-like peduncled spike, which is
either dense and has broad imbricated bracts or is in-
terrupted and has smaller bracts; calyx 5-parted;
corolla-tube slender, enlarged at the top, 5-lobed; sta-
mens 4; anthers 1-celled; style shortly 2-lobed: capsule
4-seeded, or by abortion fewer-seeded.

Lindeni, N. E. Br. A low-growing, compact plant,
with broadly elliptical lvs. rounded at the apex and
long-attenuate on the petiole, velvety in appearance, of
a dark green with a feathering of white or yellow along
the veins, somewhat purplish underneath: fls. not
showy, about % in. long, yellow: bracts ovate, acute,
serrate, green: spikes 2-3 in. long, narrowly cylindrical.
I.H. 38:136; 40:173 (4). -Tender foliage plant offered
1893-1895 by John Saul and Pitcher & Manda.

F. W. Barclay.

STENANTHITJM ( Greek, narrow flower; referring to
perianth-segments). Lilideew. StenantJiium occidentale
is a rare, hardy, summer -blooming bulb from the
Pacific coast, with nodding, greenish purple, 6-lobed,
bell-shaped fls. about XA across, borne in a slender pani-
cle. Generic characters: fls. polygamous; perianth nar-
rowly or broadly bell-shaped, persistent; segments con-
nate at the base into a very short tube, narrow or lanceo-
late, 3-7-nerved : seeds 4 in each loeule. About 5 species;
one native to the island of Sachaline, another Mexican,
the rest west American.

occidentale, Gray. Stem slender, 1-2 ft. high: lvs.
linear to oblanceolate: raceme simple or branched at
base: bracts shorter than pedicels. Oregon to British
Columbia. W. M.

STENOCAEPUS (Greek, narrow fruit; referring to
the follicles, which are long and narrow). Protedeeos.
About 14 species, of which 11 are New Caledonian and
3 are endemic to Australia. Trees with alternate or
scattered lvs. entire or with a few deep lobes and red
or yellow flowers in pedunculate, terminal or axillary,
sometimes clustered umbels : perianth somewhat irregu-
lar, the tube open along the lower side, the limb nearly
globular; anthers broad, sessile: ovary stipitate, with a
long, tapering style dilated at the top; seed winged at
the base.

salignus, R. Br. A medium-sized tree, with willow-
like, ovate-lanceolate lvs. 2—1 in. long, with short peti-
oles: fls. usually less than % in. long, greenish white,
in umbels of 10-20 fls.: peduncles shorter than the lvs.
B.R. 6:441. — Cult, in Calif. p vy, Barclay.

STENOL0MA (Greek, narrow - fringed) . Polypodi-
acece. A genus of ferns formerly included with Davallia ;
characterized by the decompound lvs. with cuneate ulti-
mate segments, and the compressed suborbicular or
cup-shaped indusium which is attached at its sides and
open only at the top. For culture, see Fern.

tenuifdlia. Fee. Lvs. 12-18 in. long, 6-9 in. wide,
quadripinnatifid, on polished dark brown stalks which
rise from stout creeping fibrillose rootstocks; ultimate
divisions with toothed cuneate lobes; sori terminal,
usually solitary. Tropical Asia and Aus-Polynesia.—
Var. stncta, Hort., has a more upright habit and nar-
rower leaves. L. M. Underwood.

STENOMESSON (Greek, small and middle; alluding
to the corolla-tube, which is usually contracted near the
middle). Amarylliddcece . About 19 species of tropical

American bulbous herbs, with linear to broadly strap-
shaped leaves and red, reddish yellow or yellow flowers,
in a usually many-flowered umbel: perianth-tube long,
erect or recurved, the lobes short, erect or spreading;
filaments straight, connected by a membrane: capsule
somewhat globose, 3-furrowed, 3-loculed: seeds black.

Stenomessons require a good soil and a sunny house
with a temperature never below 45°. During the grow-
ing season they should have plenty of water, but when
at rest comparative dryness is necessary. The offsets
should be removed from the old bulbs before growth
commences. The plants continue in bloom a number of
weeks.

A. Style shorter than the perianth.

incarnatum, Baker (Coburgia incarndta, Sw.). A
tender plant: bulb ovate, 2-3 in. through: lvs. thick,
glaucous, obtuse, about 1% ft- long, strap-shaped: scape
2 ft. high: fls. 4-5 in. long, few to many in an umbel,
variable in color but typically crimson, with a green
spot on each segment. August. Peru. I.H. 38:123
(perianth-limb light yellow). Gn. 50:1076.

AA. Style longer than the perianth.

flavum, Herb. A tender plant: bulb somewhat glo-
bose, 1 in. through: lvs. about 1 ft. long, obscurely
petioled, at first compressed on the margin: scape 1 ft.
high: Hs. yellow, about 2 in. long, usually few in an
umbel. B.M. 2641. B.R. 10:778 (as Chrysiphiala flava).
F. W. Barclay.

STENOTAFHRUM (Greek, stenos, narrow, and taph-
ros, a trench; the spikelets being partially embedded
in the rachis). Graminew. About 3 species of tropical
regions, one of which is found along the Gulf coast,
especially in Florida, where it is utilized as a lawn
grass. In this respect it is similar to Bermuda grass,
being naturally adapted to a sandy soil, which it binds
by its rhizomes and creeping habit as does that grass.
Spikelets 2-fld., the lower staminate or neutral 2-4 in
a short spike, which is embedded in the alternate
notches of the broad rachis, thus forming a spike-like
panicle. Creeping grasses with compressed culms and
flat, divergent leaves.

Americanum, Schrank. ( S. seennddtutn, Kuntze. S.
glabrum, Trin.). St. Augustine Grass. Flowering
branches erect, 6-12 in. high. Var. variegatum has
leaves striped with white, and is used as a basket
Plant- A. S. Hitchcock.

The introduced form of St. Augustine Grass is one of
the most valuable lawn grasses for the extreme South.
It will grow on almost any soil and thrives even in
shade. The leaves are rather broad, never over 6 in.
high and require little mowing. This grass does not
become coarse, does not hold dew or rain, and is par-
ticularly good for house lots and lawns. It does not
need as much water as Bermuda or St. Lucie grass.
It is mostly propagated by cuttings.

E. N. Reasoner.

STEPHANANDRA (Greek, Stephanos, crown, and
aner, andros, male stamen; alluding to the persistent
crown of stamens). Rosacea?. Ornamental small decid-
uous shrubs with alternate, stipulate, lobed lvs. and
with small white fls. in terminal panicles. Graceful
plants, with handsome foliage, hardy north or almost
so. Well adapted for borders of shrubberies or rocky
banks on account of their graceful habit and handsome
foliage. Prop, easily by greenwood cuttings under glass
and by seeds; probably also by hardwood cuttings.

Four species in China and Japan, all undershrubs
with slender more or less zigzag branches: fls. slender-
pediceled, small, with cup-shaped calyx-tube; sepals
and petals 5; stamens 10-20: carpel 1; pod with 1 or 2
shining seeds, dehiscent only at the base. Closely allied
to Neillia and distinguished chiefly by the cup-shaped
calyx-tube and the incompletely dehiscent 1-2-seeded
pod.

flexudaa, Sieb. & Zucc. (S. inclsa, Zabel). Shrub, 5
ft. high, almost glabrous, with angular spreading dis-
tinctly zigzag branches: lvs. triangular-ovate, cordate
or truncate at the base, long-acuminate, incisely lobed
and serrate, the lower incisions often almost to the mid-
rib, pubescent only on the veins beneath and grayish

1722

STEPHANANDRA

green, V^-VA in. Ions: fls. white, about ',. in. across, in
terminal short, 8-12-ld., usually panicled racemes; sta-
linns in. June. Japan, Korea, Gn. 55, p. 141.

Tanakae. Franch. & Sar. Fig. 2397. Shrub, 5 ft. high,
almost glabrous: lvs. triangular-ovate, slightly cordate
al the base, abruptly ami long-acuminate, usually 3-
lobed an. I .1.. ul.lv serrate or lobulate,
pubescent onlv on the veins beneath,
I1..-:; in. long: Us. in terminal loose
panicles, sleuder-pedieeled, '.. in.
across; stamens 15-20. June, Julv. ~fe;' *%»

Japan. B. M. 7593. Gt. 15: 1431.-
Haudsome shrub much resembling
Neillia in foliage hiring in fall bril-
liant orange and scarlet or yellow.

Alfred Rehdek

Strphanandra flerunsn is closeh allied
Spiraa and has the Spiriea style of beaut\
li grows 2-3 it. high and has long, slender
branches which are densely and regularly in-
terwoven in a fan-iik. ■ manner. Its habit of
growth is fountain-like, the branches being gracefulh
pendent. Its (lowers are snowy white and, although
minute, are so numerous that the plant becomes very
showv. It is especially fitted foi the back of herba-
ceous borders or for the front of larger shrubs. Its
foliage, which is deeply toothed, is tinted red in early

\ ~ In the autumn 'it puis on unusual tints of red-
dish purple. This species ran be increased by cuttings,

but it is usually propagated bv layers, which r

readily an. I are easily transplanted. The foliage be-

s so dense that the growth ..I' weeds beneath its

thickly set branches is effectually prevented.

J. W. Adams.
STEPHANOPHYSUM. See ttutWa.

STEPHANdTIS (from Greek words for crown and
eric- alluding to the 5 i ar-hke appendages on the starui-
nal crown I. A.iclepindtlceie. Twining glabrous shrubs

of the ' H. I World tropics, of about fourteen species, i

of which, N. ftmibumla, is I the best of green-
house climbers. I, vs. opposite and -n, is: Hs.

large and showy, white, in umbel-like cymes from the
axils calvs 5-parted; corolla funnelform or salver-
form, the tube cylindrical and usually enlarged at the

base and some s at the tin. .at. tin- lobes .">: crown

mostly of ."■ scales that are usually free at the apex 1

adnate to the anthers on the l k, the anthers with an

inflexed tip or membrane: fr. a more or less fleshy fol-
licle.

iL4

STERCULIA

floribiinda, Brongn. Fig. 2398. Glabrous, 8-15 ft.:
lvs. elliptic, with a short point, thick and shining green,
entire: fls. 1-U in. long, of waxy consistency, white or
cream color, very fragrant, in many umbels, he ca-
lyx one-fourth or less the length of the corolla-tube:
fr. .'t— t in. long, ellipsoid, glabrous, fleshy, containing

Iffl S
Y

2397. Stephanandra Tanakse (X ,';,).

23J8 Stephanot.s Moribunda ( v V

melon-like seeds which are providi
with a tuft of hair. Madagascar.
B.iM. 1058. Gn. 21, p. 411 (showing
a pygmy plant blooming in a small pot ami
not climbing); 4b. p. 208; 55, p. 150. (i.
('. II. 14:169 in dwarf variety, the Elves-
ton); 24:817; 25:137 : III. 17:50. R.H.
1S74, p. 368; 1885, p. 438, 439. — This is a
m. .si useful old greenhouse twiner, bloom
in:: in spring ami summer. In winter il
should be kept partially dormant at a tem-
perature suited t.i carnations (say 50-60°).
Enrich the soil every year. Propagated
by cuttings of last year's growth in spring.
Good s.-e.ls arc rarely produced under
glass. When planted in the open in warm countries, it
thrives best in partial shade. Very liable to mealy bug.

S. Thoudrsii, Brongn., from Jladagasear, appears to

lie the only ether s| ies iii cult., but it is n.. i iii the

American trade. It has obovate lvs., Ms. in ::'s. and
sepals about one-third the length of the corolla-tube.

L. H. B.

Steplianotis floribiinda is - of the handsomest of

our warmhouse climbers, 1.1. ...nun- in spring and sum-
mer. In the .lavs when short blooms were used in
bouquets it was one of the most valuable flowers that
the ll.-rist had, its large waxy umbels having a delicious
odor. It should be kept about 60° during the winter,
with less water. In the summer it delights in the tem-
perature of .air wannest houses with plenty of syring-
ing. When given t<>.. much root renin il grows very
rampant and is less inclined to flower. Therefore a

tub or a border where its i ts are restricted is better,

with an annual top-dressing of good manure. Its great-
est enemy is the mealy bug, which, if allowed to get a
lodgment on the plain, is a great pest. Seed pods are
occasionally seen on the plant, but it is easily propagated
by cuttings from pieces of the last year's growth and
they strike freely in sand. This is also one of the most
valuable plants for private establishments. When grow n
in a 12- or 15-inch pot or tub and trained on a balloon
trellis it makes splendid specimens and is often seen at
our horticultural exhibitions; and when in bloom there
is nothing finer for the conservatory. Wm. Scott.

STEKCtlLIA (Sterculius of Roman mythology, from
stercus, manure; applied to these plants because of the
odor of the leaves and fruits of some species). Ster-
culi&cece. Some 50 or 60 species of tropical trees or
shrubs, most abundant in Asia, a few of which are
planted in the southern states and California. Fls.
mostly polygamous, apetalous, the calyx tubular, 4—5-
cleft, often colored; stamens united in a column which
bears a lead of 10-15 sessile anthers; pistil of as many
carpels as calyx-lobes and opposite them, each carpel
2- to many-ovuled, the stigmas free and radiating: fr.

STERCULIA

STEREOSPERMUM

1723

follicular, each carpel distinct ami either woody or
membranaceous and sometimes opening and spreading
into a leaf-like body long before maturity (Fig. 2399);
seeds 1-many, sometimes arillate or winged, sometimes
hairy. Sterculias have very various foliage, the leaves
of different species being simple, palmately lobed or
digitate. The flowers are mostly in panicles or large
clusters, sometimes large and showy, varying from
greenish to dull red and scarlet. The species are grown
mostly for street and lawn trees. The only kiuds that
are generally known in this country are S. platanifolia,
8. diversifolia and N. aeerifolia, the last two known in
California as Braebychitons. All are easily grown from
seeds. Sterculiaeeous plants are allied to the Malvaeea?.

"2399. Mature follicles or fruits of Sterculia platanifolia. bear-
ing seeds on the margins. Natural size.

A. Carpels expanding before maturity into leaf-like
bodies, exposing the seeds.

platanifolia, Linn. f. (Firmiana platanifolia, Schott
& Endl.). Japanese Varnish Tree. Chinese Parasol
Tree. Fig. 2:599. Strong-growing, smooth-barked,
round-headed tree of medium size, with deciduous foli-
age: lvs. very large, glabrous, cordate-orbicular, pal-
mately 3-5-lobed like maple lvs., the lobes sharp-
pointed: fls. small, greenish, with reflexed calyx-lobes,
in terminal panicles: carpels 4 or 5, bearing globular
pea-like seeds. — Said to be native of China and Japan.
Hemsley admits it to the "Flora of China," and Sargent
says in "Forest Flora of Japan "that it is one of the
several Chinese or Corean trees grown in Japan.
Bentham, in "Flora Hongkongensis," says that it is
native to China. Frauchet and Savatier, in"Enurueratio
Plantarum Japonicarum," admit it as an indigenous
Japanese species. Now a frequent tree from Georgia
south. Excellent for lawns and shade.

aa. Carpels not becoming leaf-like.
b. Lvs. all digitately compound.

fcetida, Linn. Tall, handsome tree, with all parts gla-
brous except the young foliage : lvs. crowded at the ends

of the branchlets, of 5-11 elliptic, oblong or lanceolate,
entire, pointed, thick leaflets: fls. large, dull red, in
simple or branched racemes, appearing with the lvs.:
fr. large and woody follicles, glabrous outside, often
3 in. or more in diam. and containing black seeds the
size of a hazelnut. Tropical Africa and Asia to Aus-
tralia.—Grown in southern Florida. In its native coun-
tries, the seeds are said to be roasted and eaten.

bb. Lvs. entire or only lobed (compound forms some-

times borne on S. diversifolia).

C. Follicles pubescent outside and corky inside.

alata, Roxbr. Large tree, the young parts yellow-
pubescent, the bark ash-colored: lvs. large, e<>r<l;itr-
ovate, acute, 7-nerved: fls. about 1 in. across, in few-
fld. panicles shorter than the lvs., and which arise from
the leafless axils, the calyx toinentose and the segments
linear-lanceolate: follicles 5 in. in diam., globose, with
wide-winged seeds. India. — Introd. into S. Florida.
CC. Follicles glabrous on the outside, usually villous
within.

acerifdlia, A. Cunn. (Brachychiton aceri folium, F.
Muell.). Brachychiton. Flame Tree. Evergreen
tree, reaching a height of GO ft., glabrous: lvs. long-
petioled, large, deeply 5-7-lobed, the lobes oblong-
lanceolate to rhomboid, glabrous and shining: fls. bril-
liant scarlet, the calyx about ;.!4 in. long, in large, showy
trusses: follicles large, glabrous, long-stalked. Aus-
tralia.—A most showy tree when in bloom, and planted
on streets and lawns in California. Thrives in either
dry or fairly moist places.

diversifdlia, G. Don ( Brachychiton popiilneum, R.Br.).
Brachychiton. Tall tree, glabrous except the fls.:
lvs. very various, mostly ovate to mute-lanceolate in
outline, often entire, sometimes variously 3-5-lobed on
the same tree, all parts acuminate: fls. tomentose when
young, bell-shaped, greenish red and white or yellowish
white, in axillary panicles: follicles lK-3in. long, ovoid,
glabrous, stalked. Australia. — Planted in California,
and commoner than the last.

Var. occidentalis, Benth. (Brachych)ton Gre'gorii,
F. Muell. S. Gregorii, Hort.). Lvs. deeply 3-lobed, the
lobes narrow, sometimes with short lateral ones : rls.
salmon-color; calyx smaller and more tomentose. West
Australia. — Offered in S- California. l jj_ g

STEREOSPERMUM (Greek; hard seed). Bigno-
niacece. About 10 species of tropical trees native to
Asia and Africa, of which 2 are cult, n S. Fla. and
S. Calif. They have handsome foliage, which is once
or twice pinnate, and large bignonia-like flowers of
pale yellow or pale rose, borne in large, lax, terminal
panicles; calyx ovoid, open or closed in the bud; corolla-
lobes 5, nearly equal, round, crisped, toothed or lacin-
iate: capsule long, terete, loculicidally 2-valved; seeds
in 1 or 2 series.

Xtereospermum Sinicum seems to revel in the light
sandy soil of the Florida gardens. Its abundant, large,
fern-like, crimped bipinnate foliage and its luxuriant
symmetrical growth combine to make it an object of
great beauty. It grows to a height of 10 to 12 ft. in one
season, and if not cut down by a severe freeze it attains
a height of 20 ft. in two years, provided the soil is
made rich by a good fertilizer. Planted out in a con-
servatory in the North it soon reaches stately dimen-
sions. It is easily raised from cuttings placed in sand.
S. sttaveolens lacks the elegance of its congener, and it
does not sprout as readily after it has been frozen down.

a. Foliage twice-pinnate: fls. pale yellow.

Sinicum, Hance. Tree, said to attain GO ft.: lvs. oppo-
site, bipinnate; pinna? about 4 pairs, each pinna with
about 7 lfts.; lfts. ovate-lanceolate, 2x% in.: corolla
pale sulfur, 3 in. long; lobes 1 in. long, somewhat
crisped. Hong Kong.

aa. Foliage once-pinnate: fls. pale or dark purple.

suaveolens, DC. Tree, 30-60 ft. high: lvs. 12-18 in.
long: lfts. 7-9, broadly elliptic, acuminate or acute, 5%
x3 in.: panicle many-fld., viscous, hairy: fls*. \% in.
long; lobes crisped-crenate. India.

H. Nehrling and W. JV1.

1724

STERNBERGIA

STERNB&RGIA (after Count Caspar Sternberg, a
botanist and writer, 1761-1838). AmarylUd&cece. A
genus of 4 species of low-growing hardy bulbous herbs
from eastern Europe to Asia Minor, with strap-shaped
or linear leaves and bright yellow crocus-like flowers.
Perianth regular, erect, funnelfonn; stamens inserted
on the perianth-tube; filaments long, filiform; anthers
dorsifixed, versatile : fr. fleshy, scarcely dehiscent;
seeds subglobose. The bulbs should be planted rather
deeply, about 6 inches. J. N. Gerard says of their cul-
ture in G.F. 10:158 that they require a rather heavy soil,
in a somewhat dry, sunny position where they will be well
ripened in summer.

79mm

2400. Sternbergia lutea (X %).

A. Fls. and lvs. appearing together.
B. Blooming in fall.
lutea, Ker-Gawl [Amaryllis lutea, Linn.). Fig. 2400.
Bulb about 1% in. through: Ivs. 6-8 to a bulb, strap-
shaped, becoming 1 ft. long: fis. yellow, 1-4 to a bulb;
tube less than % in. long; perianth-segments about 1H
in. long. Mediterranean region of Eu. and Asia. B.M.
290. Gn. 44, p. 365; 47, p. 114. G.C. II. 13:21.

bb. Blooming in spring.
Fischeriana, Roem. Has the habit of S. lutea, but
differs in season of bloom and stipitate ovary and cap-
sule. Wm. Watson says (G.F. 8:144) that the fls. are
a brighter yellow and as large as the largest forms of
S. lutea. Caucasus. B.M. 7441.

AA. Fls. and Ivs. appearing at different seasons.

B. Iass. linear: fls. small.
colchiciflora, Waldst. and Kit. Bulb about K in.'
through: Ivs. appearing in spring, 3-4 in. long: fls. yel-
low, in fall; segments about 1 in. long by 2 lines broad.
East Europe, Asia Minor. B.R. 23:2008.

bb. Lvs. strap-shaped: fls. large.
macrantha, J. Gay. Bulb globose, 1% in. through,
with a long neck: lvs. becoming 1 ft. long, nearly 1 in.
wide, fully developed in June: fls. bright yellow, 3-5 in.
across; segments about 1 in. broad. October. Asia
Minor. G.C. III. 23:97. Gn. 47:1001. B.M. 7459.-A
handsome species. pt ^yt Barclay

STEVENSONIA (named after one of the governors
of Mauritius). Palmaceas. A monotypic genus of tropi-
cal palms from the Seychelles. Tall trees, spiny through-
out or at length nearly smooth, with ringed caudex: lvs.
terminal, spreading-recurved, the cuneate-obovate blade
convex, bifid, oblique at the base, plicate-nerved, the
margins split, segments deeply cut, the mid-nerves and
nerves prominent, scaly beneath; petiole plano-convex;
sheath deeply split, scaly, spined; spadix erect; pe-
duncle long, compressed at the base: branches thick-
ish : spathes 2, the lower one persistent, prickly, the
upper one smooth, woody, club-shaped, deciduous: fr.
ellipsoidal, small, orange - colored. For culture, see
Palm.

grandifdlia, Duncan (Plicenicopliorum Sechell&rnm,
H. Wendl.). Caudex 40-50 ft. high, very spiny when
young, less so when old; petiole 9-18 in. long, pale
green; blade cuneate-obovate. Seychelles. I.H. 12:433.
B.M. 7277. Gn. 23, pp. 173, 320. Jared G. Smith.

STILES

STEVIA. For the Stevia of florists, see Piqaeria.
True Stevias are described in horticultural literature,
but it is not known that any of them are now in the
American trade.

STEWARTIA. See Stuartia.

STICK-TIGHT. Vernacular for burs of Cynoglossum.

STIGMAPHYLLON (Greek, stigma and leaf; refer-
ring to the leaf-like appendages of the stigmas). Some-
times written Stigmaphyllum. Malpighiaceaz. About
50 species of tropical American woody vines with usu-
ally opposite, entire to lobed, petioled leaves and yellow
flowers in axillary, peduncled umbel-like cymes: calyx
5-parted, 8-glandular; stamens 10, of which 6 are per-
fect and 4 antherless or deformed; styles 3; stigmas
produced into leaf-like or hooked appendages : ovary
3-loculed, 3-lobed.

ciliatum, A. Juss. A tender woody twining vine : lvs.
evergreen, smooth, opposite, cordate, ciliate: fls. bright
yellow, large, in peduncled axillary clusters of 3-6.
P.M. 15:77. Gn. 33:637. — Apparently the only species in
the trade and possibly the most handsome of the genus.
G. W. Oliver says that <S. ciliatum is one of the best
medium-sized vines for outdoor trellis work. For pot
culture it is of little service and thrives in the green-
house only when planted out. September is the best
month for propagation. On outdoor plants much of the
wood is useless for this purpose, being thin and soft.
Choose the wood made early in the season; a heel or
joint is not necessary; root in bottom heat and carry
through the winter in the greenhouse as small plants.
Ernest Braunton says of its culture in S. Calif, that
it must have shade, protection from dry or hot winds,
and an open soil. Under the right conditions it flowers
admirably. F. w. Barclay.

STILES, WILLIAM AUGUSTUS, journalist, editor
and park commissioner, was born March 9, 1837, at
Deckertown, Sussex county, in northern New Jersey,
and died October 6, 1897, in Jersey City, N. J. His
grandfather settled on a farm near Deckertown in
1819, where his father, Edward A. Stiles, in 1833
founded Mount Retirement Seminary, a successful
school of the highest rank during the following, thirty
years. Here William A. Stiles received his early educa-
tion; as a boy he showed great love for classical litera-
ture and unusual proficiency in music and mathematics.
He was distinguished as a student at Yale, graduating
in 1859 in a class which included many men who have
since attained high rank in public affairs. Prevented
from taking up the profession of law by constitutional
weakness and defective eyesight, his many-sided na-
ture found expression in diversified activities. He
was in turn a teacher, assistant superintendent of
public schools, surveyor on the Pacific coast, writer of
political articles, secretary of the Senate of New Jersey,
actuary of a life insurance company, and ganger in the
New York custom house. During a long period of ill-
ness and almost total blindness he acquired systematic
knowledge of plant-life from readings by his sisters,
and this gave impulse toward subsequent study on
broader lines. He brought together many rare and
choice species of plants, and made interesting experi-
ments on the farm. Love of nature was henceforth a
dominant force with him. His articles in the daily
press of New York on the various interests of country
life attracted wide attention, and led to his appointment
as an editorial writer of the New York Tribune, a rela-
tion which continued throughout his lifetime. In 1883
he became agricultural editor of the Philadelphia Press.
Keenly interested in introducing scientific discoveries
and improved methods into general practice, he estab-
lished relations with the foremost agriculturists abroad
and at home, and made his department a useful and
valuable exponent of the best knowledge of the time.
His masterly conduct of the page during the next five
years set a high standard for journalism in this field,
and established his reputation as a specialist in agri-
culture and cognate subjects. On the founding of
"Garden and Forest" in 1888, William A. Stiles was
invited to be the managing editor. For nearly ten

STILES

years, to the close of his life, he devoted himself to
this journal through vigorous editorial writing and
management, and steadily maintained the high char-
acter of the most able and influential periodical in
American horticultural journalism. His ripe scholar-
ship, sound judgment, masterly use of English, and
persistent energy, all contributed to the success of this
part of his lifework, and his profound, sympathetic
understanding of contact with nature as a human and
spiritual need, characterized all his activities. For
many years he rendered conspicuous service in working
for the establishment of small parks easily accessible to
the poor, and for the wise conduct of the larger parks
and their preservation from invasion and despoilment.
His special ability and influence received public recog-
nition in 1895, when he was appointed a park commis-
sioner of New York city, a position in which he
rendered signal and valuable service until the time of
his death. William A. Stiles was unmarried. He had
a fund of inimitable wit and humor, and was the warm
and honored friend of the best men and women in the
communities in which he lived. ]yf# g_ Coulston.

STILLtNGIA (after Dr. Benj. Stillingfleet, an Eng-
lish botanist). Euphorbi&cea?. About 15 species of
herbs or shrubs from North and South America with
alternate, stipulate leaves and small, monoecious, apeta-
lous flowers in terminal spikes. The genus is closely
allied to Sapium, but differs mainly in the fruit, which
in Stillingia is of 2-3 dry 1-seeded carpels with no cen-
tral axis remaining after dehiscence but with a large,
persistent, 3-horned receptacle, while in Sapium the
fruit dehisces by splitting down the back of each
carpel, leaving a 3-winged central axis to which the seed
is for a long time persistent: the large receptacle is
also wanting in Sapium.

sylvatica, Linn. Queen's Delight. A half-hardy
perennial herb with a woody root: stems clustered,
2-3 ft. high : lvs. numerous, very short-petioled or sessile,
linear-lanceolate to obovate, obtusely serrate : fls. yel-
lowish, in terminal spikes. Spring to fall. Southern
states. According to Mueller's "Select Extra Tropical
Plants," the root is extensively used for its emetic and
purgative properties. C. D. Beadle reports that the
plant has stood a temperature of —9° at Biltmore,
N. C. The plant grows readily from seed, but does not
bear transplanting well.

For S. sebiferum, see Sapium sebiferum.

F. W. Barclay.

STlPA (Greek, stipe, tow; in allusion to the plumose
awns of one of the original species). Graminecc. A
large genus of about 100 species, throughout the world
except the colder parts. They are particularly charac-
teristic of the plains, savannas and steppes. The long,
sharp-pointed awns of some species are troublesome or
even dangerous to stock, especially sheep, on account
of their tendency to work through the skin and into
the vital organs. Perennial grasses with narrow invo-
lute leaves and loose panicles: spikelets 1-fld.; empty
glumes membranaceous, longer than the indurated fl.-
glume; fl. -glume with a sharp hairy callus below and a
stout persistent twisted awn above. At maturity the fl.-
glume falls away from the empty glumes. The species
here mentioned are cultivated for ornament, including
the making of dry bouquets.

pennata, Linn. Feather Grass. Culms 2-3 ft., in
bunches: empty glumes narrowed into awns an inch or
more long: fl. -glume % in. or more long; awn a foot or
more long, lower portion smooth and twisted, the upper
very plumose, giving the panicle a very feathery orna-
mental appearance. Steppes of Europe and Siberia.
Gn. 9, p. 199. V. 3:247. B.H. 1890, p. 489.

elegantissima, Labill. Stems 2-3 feet, erect from a
horizontal rhizome : lvs. narrow and erect: panicle
very loose, 6-8 in. long, very plumose: spikelets 4-6
lines long; awn 1% in. long. Thrives in sandy soil.
Australia.

tenacissima, Linn. Esparto Grass. Culms 2-3 ft.,
in bunches: lvs. narrow, smooth, cylindrical, elongated:
panicles contracted, 2-cleft: fl. -glume awned between
teeth; awn 1-2 in. Spain and North Africa. The lvs.

stocks 1725

furnish fiber from which are made ropes, mats, paper,
etc. In Africa it is called Haifa or Alfa.

spartea, Trin. Porcupine Grass. Culms 2-3 ft., in
bunches: panicles contracted; empty glumes broad,
nerved, about IK in., tapering to a slender point: fl.-
glume nearly 1 in. ; awn usually about 6 in. long, the
lower half erect, pubescent and strongly twisted, the
upper half bent to one side, rough. Illinois to Cali-
fornia.

capillata, Linn. Similar to S. spartea: flowers more

numerous but smaller in every way: fl. -glume about %

in. long; lower part of awn only minutely pubescent,

and the upper or bent portion sinuous. Plains, Europe.

A. S. Hitchcock.

ST. JOHN'S WORT. Hypericum.

STOBjEA (after D. Stobaeus, a Swedish patron of
Linnaeus). Compositw. This genus is included by
Bentham and Hooker under Berkheya. About 70 spe-
cies of South African herbs or somewhat shrubby
plants, commonly with aspect of thistles as to the foli-
age. Lvs. usually decurrent, dentate, pinnatifid or pin-
natisect, the lobes dentate and spiny: heads small to
large, solitary or somewhat corymbose; rays usually
yellow.

purpurea, DC. (Berklieya purpurea, Benth. & Hook.).
A half-hardy, probably biennial plant 2-3 ft. high:
lower lvs. about 1 ft. long, irregularly lobed, spiny on
the margins, cottony beneath, dark green above: stem-
lvs. smaller, long-decurrent: fl. -heads 3 in. across, pur-
ple to white, resemblinga single dahlia. G.C. 1872:1261.
— To be recommended for growing with half-hardy al-
pines. It can be wintered in a coldframe. Prop, by
seed and division. F- w. Barclay.

STOCKS (for botany, see Matthiola. Fig. 2401; also
compare Figs. 424, 1377 and 2402) are divided into
two groups, Summer and Winter Stocks. The former
are annuals and therefore bloom in the first summer;
the latter are biennials and bloom in the second year,
or, if sown very early, late in the fall or the winter of
the first year. Fall or intermediate Stocks are between
these two groups; they bloom profusely in the autumn.

The seed of the Summer Stocks, or, as they are com-
monly called, "Ten Weeks' Stocks," is sown from the
end of February until April, mostly in a lukewarm hot-
bed, which must be sunny and well aired. Good clean
garden soil, well mixed with sand and free of manure,
is the proper soil for sowing the seed in. The seed will
germinate in 6-10 days, the light-seeded sorts germinat-
ing quicker than the dark-seeded kinds. Air must be
admitted as soon as the seeds have sprouted, a great
deal in warm weather and less when the weather is raw,
until finally the sash can bo entirely removed during the
day. If the seedlings need water it should be given in
the morning, so that they are dry at night. If the sun
is hot the seedlings must be shaded. If the seed is to
be raised from pot-grown plants a good, well-matured,
sandy garden soil should be used which contains an
admixture of well-rotted sod or the soil taken from
river bottoms. The pots are about 6 inches high, with
a diameter of 7 inches. When they show their fourth
leaf the seedlings are planted firmly into these pots
with a dibber, pots being well filled with the above
soil; care should be taken that the roots are inserted
vertically. From 6 to 8 plants are put into such a pot.
These pots are then placed on sunny stages, usually
protected by tilt-roofs. The development of the plants
depends now principally on careful watering, which is
done mostly with watering pots and at the beginuing
with a fine spray attached to the spout of the watering
pot. After a crust has formed on the top of the soil,
the spray is discontinued and the pots are watered with
the pipe of the can. This watering is done at night dur-
ing warm weather and in the morning when the weather
is cold. Very little watering is done in continuously
cloudy or rainy weather. The watering of the Stocks is
the most particular and important part in the cultiva-
tion in pots, for if due care is not exercised a white
maggot will make its appearance while the plants are
in bud and destroy the roots. The common flea-beetle

1726

2101. Double Stock. Matthiot

is another of the enemies of Stocks; this often appears
in large numbers and eats the leaves of the young
plants. Frequent syringing with water is the only
remedy found so far against these pests when they
infest Stocks.

After the plants have been in bloom for some time the
double-flowering specimens are cut out ami the water-
ing is continued carefully until the seed-pods which
form on the single plants show indications of ripening,
which is in October. The plants are then pulled and
tied in bundles, which are hung up in dry sheds until
the middle or the latter part of November and Decem-
ber, in which time the seed fully matures in the pods.
Now comes the most important part of seed-saving of
Stocks. The bundles of plants are taken down, the
roots and part of the stems cut off, and the stalks are
taken in hand by expert gardeners, who sort them, for
common seed and also for the seed stock. The pods in-
dicate by their shape, size and form whether the seeds
contained therein will produce a high percentage of
double flowers the following year, and the selection is
done with care. The seed that will go on the market
can be vastly improved by the removal of "wild" pods,
which contain seeds that produce nothing but single
flowers. The seeds are removed by baud from the
pods, mostly by women and children. Carl Cropp

The double-flowered varieties of Matthiola incana,
var. annua, commonly known as "Ten Weeks'" or
"Summer Flowering Stocks," are among the most fra-
grant and pleasing of common garden annuals. They
are readily raised from seed sown in a gentle hotbed
about the first week in April, keeping them close for a
few days until germinated, gradually inuring them to an
abundance of air as they increase in size, and finally,
towards the end of May, transferring them to the flower
garden or border where they are intended to flower,
choosing a dull or showery day for the purpose.

The varieties of M. incana, though perennial in their
native habitat, are best treated here as annuals, and are
well worth growing as pot-plants, either for cutting or
the decoration of the conservatory during the winter

for contrast with Stock,
nfounded (X %).

and early spring months. They are known in the trade
in this country as "Boston Florists' Stock," "Princess
Alice," "Cut-and-come-again," "East Lothian" and
"Brompton Stocks." Though they are as readily propa-
gated from seed as the "Ten Weeks' Stocks," they
require a much longer period of time to grow; there-
fore, those intended for early winter flowering should
be sown in June, while those intended for spring flower-
ing should be sown about the middle of August. Fill a
number of 3-inch pots with sifted loam and plant about
three seeds in each pot; place them in a close shaded
frame till germinated; as soon as they commence to
grow reduce the seedlings to one in each pot. They
must not be allowed to suffer for water at any time or
they will lose their leaves. As soon as the pots are
fairly well filled with roots (though they must not be-
come potbound), they should be shifted on into larger
sizes until they reach a G- or 7-inch pot. The soil best
suited to them is a rich, heavy loam. As soon as the
plants show signs of flowering they are greatly benefited
by an occasional watering of weak liquid cow or sheep
manure water. Those sown in June should be grown
outside until the approach of cold weather, when they
should be transferred to the house where they are
intended to flower, while those sown in August should
be grown on in coldframes until very cold weather sets
in, when they should be placed in a cool-house, keeping
them at a temperature of about 45°. Stocks while grow-
ing in the greenhouse are very subject to the attacks of
green- and black-fly; they should, therefore, be fumi-
gated at least once in two weeks, or should have tobacco
stems placed among the pots.

Seed of both M. annua and M. incana is imported
from Germany, principally Erfurt and Quedlinburg,
where plants are specially grown for seed which will
produce double flowers (see Gardener's Chronicle, 1866,
p. 74; also Dr. M. T. Masters' Vegetable Teratology-
Appendix). Edward J. Canning.

STORAGE

1727

STOCK, TEN WEEKS'.
incana, var. annua.

See Stocks and Matthiola

STOCK, VIRGINIAN. Malcomia maritima.
STOKES' ASTER. See Stokesia.

STOKE: A (Jonathan Stokes, M.D., 1755-1831, Eng-
lish botar'-st). Gompdsitm. Stokes' Aster is one of
the rarest, choicest and most distinct of American
hardy perennial herbs. It is a blue-tid. plant about a
foot high which at first glance has points in common
with China asters, centaureas and chicory. The heads
are 3 or 4 in. across in cultivation. The marginal row
of flowers is composed of about 15 ray-like corollas,
which have a very short tube at the base and are much
broadened at the apex and cut into 5 long, narrow strips.

Stokes' Aster is hardy as far north as Rochester,
N. Y., and Boston, Mass. Probably many persons have
been deterred from trying it because it is native only to
South Carolina and Georgia, and because it is con-
Bidered a greenhouse subject in some standard works
on gardening. The fact that it is found wild in wet pine
barrens is also deceptive, for the roots, as Woolson and
Keller testify, will decay if water stands on the soil in
Winter. Moreover, the plant has been praised by
Meehan for its drought-resisting qualities. Stokes'
Aster should be planted in a well-drained, sandy loam,
not in cold and heavy clay. It blooms from August
until hard frost. According to Chapman, the heads of
wild specimens are only an inch across, but the size of
heads in cultivated plants is stated by many horti-
cultural experts to be 3-4 in. across. J. B. Keller writes
that Stokes' Aster is frequently used for cut-flowers.
In the wild the heads are few in a cluster or solitary; in
cultivation a good branch sometimes bears as many as
9 heads. No double form seems to have appeared.

Generic characters : heads many-fld. : marginal fls.
much larger, deeply 5-cut: involucre subglobose; outer
bracts prolonged into a large, leafy, bristly-fringed ap-
pendage : akene 3^1-angted, smooth : pappus of 4-5
thread-like, deciduous scales.

cyanea, L'Herit. Stokes' Aster. Fig. 2403. Much-
branched, hardy perennial herb, 1-2 ft. high: branches
often purplish: lvs lanceolate; radical ones entire,
tapering at the base into long, flattened stalks ; cauline
lvs. gradually becoming sessile, the uppermost with a
few teeth near the base and half-clasping: fls. blue or
purplish blue, 3-4 in. across. Aug. -Oct. Ga., S. C.
B.M. 4966. Mn. 5, p. 214. R.H. 1863:211. w. M.

STONECROP. See Sednm.

STORAGE. Various ideals are confused under the
denomination of storage. There are two kinds of
storage: (1) Common or non-refrigerator storage, em-
ployed mostly for holding perishable commodities tem-
porarily; (2) cold storage, in which low and even
temperatures are maintained by some refrigerating pro-
cess. The common storage, without refrigeration, may
be again divided into two species: («) the storage may
be only a temporary halt, or a half-way station, on the
way to the shipping point, and where products are kept
for a day or are sorted and packed ; ( !> I it
may be a storing of products that are wait-
ing for improved market conditions, and in
which an effort is made to maintain a rela-
tively low and uniform temperature. In
this latter kind of storage, the low temper-
ature is usually secured (1) by means of a
cellar or basement building ; or (2) by
means of controlling air-currents and venti-
lation. This second type of storage, under
favorable conditions, reaches approximately
the same efficiency as temporary cold storage.

A few specific examples will illustrate
some of the ideals and the means of at-
taining them. Fig. 2404 shows a cellar storehouse,
such as is used by nurserymen. Sometimes these build-
ings are employed for the storing of apples and other
products. Usually the floor is two or three feet below
the level of the ground.

109

The house shown in Fig. 2405 is built on a side hill,
and the basement or cellar is used for the storage of
grapes, the first floor is used for packing, and the
second floor or attic for the storage of baskets, crates,
and the like. This building measures 25x60 feet over

J&:t :0p:V:

/'

2403. Stokesia cyanea (X >3)-

all. The foundation walls are 24 inches thick, and the
cellar is provided with ample ventilation by several
outside windows, and also by means of a chimney
that runs from near the middle of the cellar up
through the roof. The floor is of earth. By means of
careful attention to ventilation, this cellar can be kept
at 50° or below during September and October, and is
frost-proof through the winter. The windows are pro-
vided with close-fitting screens to keep out rats and
squirrels. This cellar will easily hold fifty tons of
grapes in the picking trays. The first floor is divided
into two rooms, the front one being a packing-room 25
feet square, and the back room a storage and shipping
department 25x35 feet. This front packing-room is
provided with heat and is lighted by seven large
windows. The floor above the cellar is double and
made of lK-inch matched pine, with an abundant air
space between the two layers. This, therefore, pro-
tects the cellar from sudden fluctuations of tempera-
ture. The building is also shaded, especially from the
afternoon sun, by large trees. This building can be
erected in New York for about $1,200. It has 18-foot

2404. A half-cellar storage.

posts, a tin roof, the two rooms in the first floor ceiled
with pine, but the top floor not ceiled.

An apple storehouse in Grand Isle, Vt., is shown in
Figs. 2406 and 2407, and is described by Waugh (Bull.
55, Vt. Exp. Sta.):

1728

STORAGE

STORAGE

"The fruit house is built on high and dry ground.
The cellar was three feet, and dirt taken from this was
used to bank up around the wall. The wall is solid
stone and mortar, is 5 feet high, VA feet wide at the
bottom, and 2 feet at the top; 2-inch plank for sills on
this, bedded in mortar, doubled so as to break joints;
2 by 4 studding above this; outside of studding matched
pine, then paper, and then clapboards, painted; in
middle of studding, lath and plaster; inside of studding,
matched pine, then paper, and then '..-inch sheathing,
painted. This gives two hollow walls, or dead-air
spaces. For ventilating, there is one ventilator from cel-
lar to the observatory on top of building, which has
four large window frames, with blinds, but no tight
windows. The ventilator opens into both storage rooms.
We have three 18-inch windows on east and west sides
of building in the cellar, and three large windows in
west side, next to storeroom. Both floors are double,
with paper between, and the second room is ceiled over-
head with matched spruce, and painted. The two win-
dows on east side show in cut, with the outside doors."

The following sketch of a home storage plant is re-
printed from Bull. 74, W. Va. Experiment Station, by

^^^k^;^^^^^' WM>mjt;;;&.

2405. Grape storehouse, with packing-rooms on first floo

L. C. Corbett : " In localities where field stone are
plentiful, a satisfactory, durable and moderate - cost
house can be built in the form of a bank cellar by using
these stone in cement, making a grout wall. Such a
wall can be constructed by unskilled workmen if prop-
erly laid out in the beginuing. The plan to follow is to
use broad 2-inch planks, held in place by substantial
staging to form a box having a width of the thickness
of the desired wall — say 18 or 22 inches. Into this box
lay the dry stones, arranging them somewhat if large,
but if small they may be thrown in with a shovel. Put
in a layer ti to 10 inches thick, then pour in thin mortar
composed of good lime and cement until the box is tilled
sufficiently to imbed the stone. Repeat the operation,
moving the planks upwards as the mortar sets until a
wall of desired height has been built. Silo walls have
been built in this fashion which were 22 feet tall, and
were as solid as one continuous stone when completed.
The mortar must be thin and rich in lime or cement.
Lime will answer, but it is slower to set than cement,
and for that reason less desirable. Such a wall can be
built for about one-half the cost of the ordinary rubble
wall, and will answer in every way as well.

"Ample means of ventilation must be provided in
order that nature may be turned to assistance in reduc-
ing the temperature of the house as much as possible.
Sewer pipes leading for some distance imder ground
and provided with proper stops or dampers can be very
effectively used to assist in reducing tbe temperature
during frosty nights. In addition to this the second
story of the house should be provided with one or two
ice rooms, according to the width of the house. The
writer is inclined to favor two narrow ice rooms, oue

at either side of the building, with the storage room
between and below the ire rooms. .See plan of such an
arrangement in Figs. 2408 and side elevation in Fig. 2409.
"The stone wall must have a lining in order to pro-
vide a dead-air space between it and the storage room.
This can be secured by placing 2x4 studding against
the stone wall, covering this with a durable waterproof
paper, placing 1-inch strips outside of this and covering
all with flooring. This will give two small air spaces
between the stone or brick wall and the storage
chamber. See Fig. 2409, cross section of such a wall.
The ice chambers should extend the whole length of the
building or storeroom. They may be as narrow us six
feet, but eight feet will increase their capacity and cool-
ing power. The floors in these rooms should be made
of metal overlaid with 2x4's set on edge, the metal
floor so arranged as to allow a free passage of air from
the ice chamber into the storage room. As cold air
naturally falls the slat floor in the second-story ware-
room will give direct circulation into the lower ware-
room, and both be cooled in consequence. The floor
structure must be strong and well braced so as to carry
the heavy load placed upon it. Heavy staging carrying
2x12 joists 18 inches apart, and floored
with 2x4's one inch apart, will give am-
ple support for the ice chambers and
second-story warerooin. The roof to
the second-story room should be built
so as to make it as near a non-conduc-
tor of heat as possible. Dead-air spaces
are the cheapest and most easily con-
structed non-conductors. This is essen-
tial in the ceiling, as it has the double
duty to perform of holding the cold in
and keeping the heat out. A large,
well-ventilated attic space should be
provided and, if possible, a shingle or
slate roof used in place of metal. The
ceiling in the second story must be pro-
vided with ventilator shafts carrying
good dampers so that perfect ventilation
can be secured during cold weather.
Provision should be made the winter
before for sufficient ice to cool the ware-
rooms each fall before the fruit is
brought in from the orchard. This will
necessitate the construction of a reser-
voir and ice house with capacity suffi-
cient to fill the ice chambers. It is not
advisable, in the writer's judgment, to
use the ice chambers as ice houses for storing ice; they
are merely ice chests to be used to cool the warerooms
and fruit as it comes from the orchard. Consequently
they can be made much smaller than would be neces-
sary were they to serve the double purpose of cold
chamber and ice house."

Many small storage houses, located near railway sta-
tions, are now to be seen in the fruit sections of the
country. One of these is shown in Fig. 2410. In store-
houses, apples are usually stored in barrels that are
piled on their sides. Fig. 2411. It is a common practice
to re-sort apples in storage. Fig. 2412. L H B

Refrigeration or cold storage is the name given to the
preservation of perishable products, such as fruits and
other organic foodstuffs, at a temperature so low as to
arrest the action of ferments and mould, and yet not low
enough to destroy the flavor or cellular structure of the
material so stored.

This process of preserving organic substances has
been known since the earliest civilization, and while it
was used to a limited extent in those localities where
an abundant supply of natural ice was available, the
process did not come into general use until the machin-
ery for producing artificial cold and artificial ice was
perfected. Various principles have been employed in
the development of this machinery, but all have in-
volved the fundamental idea of the condensing of a gas
and the heating of it on again expanding, when it ta' es
up the latent heat of compartments in which such
expansion takes place. For this purpose carbon anhy-
drate and ammonia anhydrate have chiefly been em-
ployed. After the cooling has been effected by artificial

^Mii^

York.

STORAGE

1729

meaus or by ice, cold storage can only
be accomplished by maintaining a de-
sired temperature over a long period.
In order to secure this, the compart-
ments in which the products for storage
are to be held must be as perfectly in-
sulated from outside heat as possible.

Successful experimental refrigeration
by mechanical means was accomplished
as early as the middle of the eighteenth
century, but no successful commercial
application of cold storage was made un-
til after the invention of Lowe's "car-
bonic arid" machine in 1867, although
the present growth of the industry is
due to the invention of the ammonia
compression machine by Professor Carl
Linde in 1875.

The process was first extensively ap-
plied to the preservation of meats, fish,
etc.. but as early as 1881 the Mechanical
Refrigerating Company of Boston opened
a cold storage warehouse, which marks
the beginning of mechanical refrigera-
tion as applied to horticultural products.
Other companies were then organized,
until now there are about 1,200 refriger-
ating plants in the United States, of
which about 000 are used mostly for
horticultural products. Foreign coun-
tries are now following the example of the United
States, and London, Liverpool, Glasgow, Paris and
other European cities offer facilities for storing such
products. In the United States, Chicago is the great
center for fruit storage, single firms holding as many as
100,000 barrels a year. Apples are the principal storage
fruit, good winter sorts holding their form, color and
flavor better than any other commercial fruit when held
for long periods in cold storage. Another reason why
the apple is a favorite in cold storage is that people use
it continuously over a long period. A good apple is
always a relish. The apple, too, is the fruit which best
pays the producer to hold in cold storage.

From the nature of the case, mechanical refrigeration
will usually be confined to transoceanic trade, and to
cities and towns where the principal business of the

z.r?,

2407. Structural details of the bu

E shown in Fie. 2406.

2406. Apple storehouse in Vermont.

refrigerating machinery will be the production of ice
for commercial and domestic use, the cold storage
warehouse being a side issue to ice-making. The
fruit-grower who wishes to avail himself of the ad-
vantages of cold storage must either ship his product
to the city or depend upon natural ice to reduce the
temperature of his warehouse. If he is in a climate
where a supply of natural ice is available, his most
economical plan is to make provision to use it. If in
the far South he must own an ice plant or purchase
artificial ice.

To successfully handle peaches and plums in car-
lots, one must nowadays have a supply of ice in order
to avail oneself of the best service of the Fruit-Growers'
Express or other lines The cars come iced, it is true,
but before starting them on their journey it is safest for
the grower to have a sufficient supply of ice to fill the
pockets of the car

To hold apples from harvest time until the over-
supply of the season shall have been removed, requires
storage rooms artificially cooled to a temperature suffi-
ciently low to check the process of ripening, which is
in reality the conversion of the starch of the imma-
ture fruit into sugar. As long as the starch remains
as such, fermentation and decay cannot
act, but as soon as sufficient water and
heat are added to convert the starch
into sugar, ripening proceeds until fer-
mentation and decay complete the work.
The object of cold storage, then, is to
eheck the ripening process, or, if the
fruit is ripe, to maintain a temperature
sufficiently low to check fermentation.
Theoretically, then, green or immature
fruits will keep better than ripe ones.
Green fruits should keep as well at 36°
as a ripe fruit at 32°, and this is in ac-
cord with experience.

To successfully hold fruit in cold stor-
age, three conditions are essential: {1)
a low temperature; (2) an even tempera-
ture, and (3) sufficient moisture to pre-
vent shrinkage, thus keeping the fruits
plump and crisp. Even in storage
rooms in which the humidity of the air
remains saturated, as indicated by the
ordinary wet- and dry-bulb thermome-
ter, considerable loss of moisture will
take place from fruits stored in crates or
open bins, while much less is lost by
those stored in tight receptacles. Indi-
vidual Baldwin apples under observation
in a room at 32° F., from January 4 to

1730

STORAGE

April 20, showed losses as follows: Open shelves, 5.364
grains; in sealed cans, .002 grams; or a difference of
4.762 grams in favor of the sealed cans. This at
least suggests the possibility of cheeking loss in weight
by the use of non-porous storage receptacles. Barrels
do not have any marked effect in cheeking this loss,
as fruits stored in headed and open barrels differed
only one-half pound in amount of loss during a period
of 147 days, the total loss being iK pounds on a barrel
of 139*2 pounds weight when placed in storage.

The efficiency of a cold storage house depends more
upon the construction of the walls than any other single
feature. Perfect insulation is the ideal mark at which
to aim. The more perfect the house in this respect, the
less wear upon the machinery when refrigerating appa-
ratus is used, and the greater the economy in ice when
ice is used. To accomplish this, non-conductors of heat

December 1, 1S98 400,000 800,000

December 1, 1809 634,500 1,518,750

December 1, 1900 792,000 1,225,000

The following table, which gives the range of prices
paid for apples from the end of the picking season to
the end of the storage season for the years 1896 to 1900,
inclusive, is compiled from the weekly market reports
on the Baldwin apple for New York city as published in
the American Agriculturist:

2408. Plan of a home-built iced storehouse.
First rioor in upper cut; basement iu lower cut.

should be used as far as possible in the details of con-
struction. For this purpose brick is superior to stone,
and wood is a better non-conductor than either. For
permanence, however, efficiency in this respect must be
sacrificed. But as confined air may be better than an arti-
ficial substance, by multiplying the layers or partitions
in a wall "dead-air spaces" can be increased and nearly
perfect insulation secured. For the practical orchardist,
however, cost must be considered, and if wood and pa-
per can be made to take the place of brick at a suffi-
ciently less cost, permanence may be overlooked. This
can be done, and with these cheap materials very satis-
factory results obtained. After proper insulation comes
ventilation. With ice-cooled houses advantage should
be taken of all assistance which nature can lend. With
proper ventilating shafts for carrying off heat and mois-
ture and ample subterranean pipes arranged to admit
chilled air from naturally cool places such as ravines,
the temperature of the house can be greatly lowered
during frosty nights, and the store of ice husbanded to
that extent. During the winter months outside cold can
be admitted and housed up to maintain a low tempera-
ture far into the summer. The cold storage of apples
has now grown to be such an important factor in the
markets that reports are made from time to time to give
an idea of the quantity of fruit available, and to be used
as rational basis for fixing tne selling price of apples at
any given season.

The following figures, as reported by the National
Apple Shippers' Association, will serve to show, not
only the method, but the magnitude of the storage busi-
ness as well:

-Season of-

ilonth. 1896-7. 1897-s. 1S9S-9.

Nov. 1 $1.00 $1.50 to $2.00 $2.50 to $2.75

Dec. 1 85to$1.00 2.50 to 3.00 3.00 to 4.00

Jan. 1 1.00 to 1.12 2.00 to 3.50 3.00 to 3.50

Feb. 1 1.00 to 1.50 2.50 to 3.75 4.00 to 4.50

March 1 125 to 1.50 2.50 to 3.50 2.50 to 4.50

April 1 1 25 to 1.50 2.50 to 3.50 4.00 to 4.50

May 1 1.50 to 2.50 2.75 to 3.75 3.75 to 4.50

, Season of ,

Mouth. 1899-00. 1900-01.

Nov. 1 $1.25 to $2.00 $1.25 to $1.50

Dec. 1 1.25 to 2.25 2 00 to 2.50

Jan. 1 2.00 to 2.75 2.75 to 3.00

Feb. 1 3.00 to 3.50 1.75 to 3.25

March 1 2.50 to 3.50 2.25 to 3.50

April 1 3.50 to 4.25

May 1 4.00 to 4.75

Ben Davis ranged higher at the close of the storage
season, but as it was difficult to secure consecutive re-
ports of that apple the Baldwin was chosen instead.

This indicates the margin of profit there is for the
producer in holding his fruit in cold storage. The aver-
age is $2.37% per barrel, which gives the aggregate of
$2,899,375 on the apples in cold storage during the year
1900.

The apple, grape and pear are important cold storage
fruits in eastern United States. The great profit of
cold storage to the grower has come through enabling
him to withhold high-grade fruits, and even varieties
which keep poorly in common storage, from the market
at harvest time. Desirable sorts which are normally
out of market by Thanksgiving time can lie held much
longer in cold storage and the profit from them greatly
increased. The idea that summer sorts can be made to
d(» duty as winter sorts through the agency of cold
storage cannot be realized. For the best results only
the choicest specimens of the winter sorts should be
allowed to go into storage outside the farm warehouse.

Besides the great revolution and
development in apple growing
which has resulted from the addi-
tion of cold storage to the trade,
a corresponding growth and spread
of the peach, strawberry,
and plum industry have resulted
from the development of the re- (
frigerator car service. As early as o~
1865 attempts were made to carry
perishable products such as
peaches, raspberries and strawber-
ries long distances in refrigerating
boxes and artificially cooled ears.
While these early experiments must
be counted as failures, they led up
to the present extensive fruit- trans-
portation business, which is con-
ducted on the same idea as the
Pullman sleeping car— that is, of
providing refrigerating cars, which
run over certain roads, gathering
the fruit from areas having a large
output, re-icing the cars at given
points, and carrying the product
for many days in good order. The Floori

development of this industry was rjn', stl-i,,
due to the skill of Mr. F.A.Thomas, d. 2x4; '
of Chicago, in cooperation with stone wall.
Parker Earle, then of Cobden, 111.

With the application of refrigeration to the storage
room of ocean liners, Australia, Tasmania and New
South Wales become our competitors in the apple and
orange markets of the world. This business has long

ng: 6, fur-
c, paper :
', 18 -inch

STORAGE

STORAGE

1731

since passed the stage of au experiment, and the annual
tonnage of such products is rapidly increasing. It is no
longer ago than 1888 that the Oceana carried the first
cargo of apples in cold storage from Melbourne to Eng-
land, and the first cargo of West India fruits was car-
ried in 1880 by the ship Nonpareil. Now California is
able to ship peaches and plums in refrigerator cars to
New York, and thence to Liverpool by cold storage on
shipboard, and put the products in good order on the
English markets. With refrigeration, time is of less
importance than rehandling, shaking aud a constant
temperature.

Storage machinery has been greatly modified during
the past two years. Small condensers, propelled by gas
engines, water-motors and even windmills, are now
available for use in hotels, meat shops and places where
constant cold is needed. While these small plants have
not been used in private storage houses with limited
capacity, there is no good reason why they should not
be. In large cities central refrigerating plants dis-
tribute chilled brine through properly insulated pipes
to dealers and commission men, much after the manner
of water and gas. The dealer is then independent of
the market, and if a consignment of fruit is received
too late for the week's trade it can be held in the cold
room with security for the Monday morning market.
With this plan, a large number of dealers in the busi-
ness quarter of auy city can be supplied with cold at a
moderate cost from a single central station.

In modern cold storage two systems are
in common use: one is known as the "direct
expansion system," and operates by allowing
the compressed gas to expand in coils of
pipes placed in the room to be cooled ; the
other is known as the " brine circulation sys-
tem," and operates by pumping chilled brine
of one of the salts, sodium, calcium or potas-
sium chloride, through coils of pipe in the
room to be cooled. Both these systems pre-
sent objections, which are of greater moment
to the horticulturist than to any other class
using cold storage. The temperature in the
immediate neighborhood of the cooled coils
is so low as to freeze the fruit stored there,
to overcome this, a system in which no pipes are
placed in the chilled or storage room has been de-
vised. A coil of pipe is arranged for direct expansion
and the air of the room to be cooled is drawn out by a
fan, passed over the chilled pipes, the temperature
lowered, and again carried back to the cold room into
which it is distributed from the ceiling by large wooden
conduits with numerous dampers and openings, so that
the cold can be distributed evenly through the room by
the constantly moving air. With this arrangement the
temperature can be kept constant and uniform through-
out all parts of the room, and there is no loss from
freezing.

The following table of temperatures, compiled from
experience of practical storage men, will serve as a
guide for storing horticultural products:

"Asparagus, cabbage, carrots, and celery are carried
with 'little humidity; parsnips and salsify same as
onions aud potatoes, except that they may be frozen
without detriment.

"Apples when stored in barrels should not be stored
on ends, but preferably on their sides. Fig. 2411. A
temperature of 32° is considered most favorable.

"In general, green fruits and vegetables should not
be allowed to wither. Citrous fruits and vegetables
should be kept dry until the skin loses its moisture;
then the drying process should be immediately checked.
For bananas no rule can be made. The exigencies of
the market must govern the ripening process, which
can be manipulated almost at will.

"Fruits, especially tender fruits, should be placed in
cold storage just when they are ripe. They will keep
better than if put in when not fully ripe. Pears will
stand as low a temperature as 33°. Sour fruit will not
bear as much cold as sweet fruit. Catawba grapes will
suffer no harm at 20°, while 32° will be as cold as is
safe for a lemon.

"The spoiling of fruit at a temperature below 40° F.

2410. A storage house in western New York, built with particular
reference to storing apples.

In orde

Articles.

Remarks.

Degrees P.

Bananas

.Carry only about three w<'<-k^

32

is due to moisture. In storing apples, eight to teu cubic
feet storage room space is allowed per barrel, and twenty
to twenty-rive tons daily refrigerating capacity per 10,-
000 barrels." L. C. Corbett.

Treatment of Fruits Intended for Cold Storage. — Cold
storage has come to be a factor of prime importance in
the marketing of many fruits, especially in apples,
pears and grapes. With the more perishable fruits, like
berries, peaches and plums, it is hut little used, largely
for the following reason: The action of cold in preserv-
ing fruits depends on two things; first, it retards those
normal bio-chemical changes in the tissues of the fruit
that are concerned in the process of ripening. It is a
matter of common observation that apples, for instance,
stored in a warm room ripen and become mellow much
quicker than those in a cold cellar. Second, if the de-
gree of cold is sufficient, it prevents partially or entirely
the growth of those bacteria and fungi that cause decay.
In peaches and other perishable fruits the changes con-
cerned in the normal process of ripening take place
much more rapidly than in winter apples or other fruits
that are naturally good keepers. By the time the more
perishable fruits reach market, in the ordinary course
of events, these changes have already progressed so far
that it is necessary to dispose of the fruit at once in
order to avoid loss. If, now, market conditions are un-
favorable and it is decided to place the fruit in cold
storage to hold it for a better market, the chances are
against success, for the ripening changes have already
progressed almost to the limit of safety and, while the
cold checks, it does not entirely prevent them. The
usual result is that, even though they may look fairly
well while still in the cold chamber, the goods go down
quickly on reaching the warm outside air. When for
any reason it is desirable to hold perishable fruits in
cold storage, it is essential that great care be used in
selecting only perfectly sound, full-grown but unripe
specimens, and that these be placed as soon as possible
after picking in a refrigerator car or an ice-box for

1732

STORAGE

STORAGE

transportation to the storage rooms. No perishable fruit
that has been exposed to ordinary temperatures for
twenty-four hours after picking is in fit condition for
storage. Too many people have made the mistake of
supposing that by placing fruits on ice they could, as it
were, rejuvenate them and that they would come out
sound and firm even if at the point of decay when they
•went in. It should be borne in mind that the life or
keeping quality of any fruit is self-limited, that the
processes of ripening and subsequent deterioration are
constantly going forward, and that the best that we can
do by cold storage is to retard them; we cannot prevent
them entirely.

These considerations apply with equal force to the
storage of those fruits that are naturally good keepers.
Grapes and pears, if the weather is warm, should always
be shipped to the point of storage in refrigerator cars,
and in many cases this would doubtless be profitable
even with apples. A week of warm weather after apples
are gathered and while they are in transit will inevi-
tably so stimulate the ripening processes as to greatly
impair their subsequent keeping quality, especially their
ability to stand up and make a good showing after com-
ing out of storage. Then, too, the exposure for even a
few days to warm conditions after picking is sure to
stimulate the growth of fungi and bacteria, thus start-
ing many spots of incipient decay that cannot be en-
tirely checked by subsequent refrigeration. It is prob-
ably safe to say that the keeping quality of any given
lot of apples depends as much on its history during the
period from the time of picking till it goes into storage
as upon any other factor. p g Earle.

Management, Temperatures and Prices. — The rapid
advancement of the cold storage industry should be of
great interest to the horticulturist. It is now possible
to secure all the benefits, with a comparatively small
investment. Mechanical refrigeration is best accom-
plished by employing what is known as the compression
ammonia process. Anhydrous ammonia, i. e., ammonia
free from water and held in liquid form only under great
pressure, is allowed to expand and vaporize in pipes
submerged in brine. The ammonia, in changing from
a liquid to a gaseous condition, absorbs the heat from
the liquid in which the pipes are submerged. In this
manner it can be brought to a temperature of zero, or
lower. This cold liquid (brine) is circulated through
pipes placed in the room or rooms that are to be re-
frigerated. The ammonia, after absorbing its quota of
heat, is again compressed to a liquid condition by me-
chanical means and used over and over without limit.
Any liquid that boils at a very low temperature can be
substituted for ammonia, but at the present, viewed
from an economical and practical standpoint, ammonia
is given the preference. The temperature of a storage
room is controlled by the volume and temperature of
the brine circulated.

2411. The piling of barrels of apple

i cold storage house.

Apples are best preserved at a temperature of 30° F.,
two below the freezing point. It is generally conceded
that they should be taken from the tree as soon as ma-
tured and colored, immediately put in a cold room and
the above temperature maintained until they are taken

out to be placed on the market. They will come out
with a minimum amount of decay, crisp, full-flavored,
and in condition to "stand up" much longer than if car-
ried at a higher temperature. Bartlett pears put in
while green and as soon as the stem will cleave from
the twig, at a temperature of 32°-33°, carry for two
months to ten weeks. Ventilated barrels are sometimes

2412. Re-sorting apple

, storehou

used, but slatted bushel crates are preferable. Winter
or late varieties of pears will carry much longer.
Peaches and other stone fruits will take a temperature
of 30° and are not, as a rule, carried successfully to ex-
ceed two weeks. They are very deceptive; thd outside
will appear satisfactory, but the fruit will be tasteless,
and around the pit it will be black and in a semi-de-
cayed condition. Berries, one week to ten days at a
temperature of 38°, will, if they are not bruised or
broken, carry nicely and many times tide over an over-
stocked market.

Tomatoes, if sound, not broken or bruised, picked be-
fore they are thoroughly ripe, will, at a temperature of
40°, carry three to five weeks. Celery, if dry and sound,
should, at a temperature of 34°, carry from three to four
months. Vegetables, such as carrots, parsnips and tur-
nips, at a temperature of 34°, carry successfully until
June or July; if decay has set in before the products are
placed in cold storage it will not be entirely stopped
but only arrested in a moderate degree, and to obtain
any measure of success nothing but sound, perfect
goods should be placed in the refrigerating rooms.

The following are the charges usually applied by those
conducting public cold storages: Apples, 15 cents per
bbl. first month, 10 cents each additional month; celery,
10 cents per case first month, 6 cents each additional
month; cherries, K cent per lb.; grapes, % cent per lb.
first month, 1-5 cent each additional month ; maple sugar,
H cent per lb. first month, % cent each additional month;
pears, per bbl., same as apples; per XA bbl., 10 cents first
month, 7 cents each additional month; pears in bushel
crates, same as in K bbls.; quinces, same as apples;
vegetables, 25 cents per bbl. first month, 15 cents each
additional month; vegetables, per case, 15 cents first
month, 10 cents each additional month. If in very large
quantities, season rates are sometimes made at com-
paratively lower rates.

Mechanical refrigeration is surely of paramount im-
portance to the producers of vegetables, fruits, eggs,
butter, etc. It provides a means by which they are not
compelled to accept ruinous prices of an overstocked
market, nor obliged to sell when products are harvested,
regardless of price, nor to force their products on the
market in such quantities as to cause a glut. Instead of
having supplies that must be sold within a few days,
the horticulturist can, by taking advantage of mechani-
cal refrigeration, extend the market season fully 50 per
cent, or until such time as the demand equals the supply.
Samuel R. Mott, Jr.

Practical Experience with Cold Storage. -The expe-
rience of those who have had occasion to use cold
storage is remarkably varied, scarcely two of them
having formed the same impression in regard to its
effect. But the very fact that perishable articles have
been preserved for long periods shows that there is at
least one right way, and the managers of cold storage
plants are learning what that right way is.

One great trouble has been that hardly two articles
require the same temperature to keep in proper condi-

STORAGE

STORAGE

1733

tion; in fact, the different varieties of apples require
different degrees of temperature, and it took a long
time to learn this. Again, it is almost impossible to
maintain the same temperature in all parts of a large
building or even in one large room. As a rule, each
variety of fruit or vegetable should have a separate
room, and the keeper should know what degree of tem-
perature is best for each. Some varieties of apples
have the reputation of keeping better in cold storage
than others, but it is only because one had a tempera-
ture suited to it and the other did not. A car-load of
apples may have come from the orchard where the fruit
had been exposed to the hot sun and attaiued a tem-
perature of perhaps 80° and was then placed in a room
with other car-lots which were at the proper tempera-
ture. In twelve hours the temperature in the room
would rise to 50°, and with the best of management it
would require forty-eight hours to reduce the tempera-
ture to the proper mark; this could not be otherwise
than injurious to the entire lot.

It has not yet been fully settled what is the proper
degree of temperature to be used in keeping the various
fruits and vegetables. Keepers of cold storage plants
differ somewhat on this point, and it is probable they
all try to maintain a degree too low for most of our prod-
ucts. The writer believes the temperature most suit-
able for all (if we must use one for all products)
would be 34°.

It is not important what kind of a building is used,
whether wood, stone or brick, but it is very desirable
that it should be divided into many rooms, so that each
product may be stored in a separate room; and where
large quantities of apples are stored, each variety
should occupy a separate room and the keeper should
have perfect control of each room and know the required
degree of temperature for each article and maintain it.
When this is done, cold storage will be a great suc-
cess, j. c. Evans.

Refrigerator Cars. — The invention and development
of the refrigerator car have proved to be very impor-
tant factors in fruit production and marketing, making it
possible to marketin good condition themosttenderfruits
two to three thousand miles from where they are grown.
Prior to the days of the refrigerator car, strawberries
if shipped by freight more than one or two hundred

2413. Icing cars 'at the top) at one of the stations of the Fruit
Growers' Express, Georgia.

miles usually arrived in had order and were very unsat-
isfactory to both dealer and consumer, and, except for
the first few early shipments, prices were very low. It
was only at the ripening of "home-grown strawberries "
that for two or three weeks any market was satisfac-
torily supplied, and the public readily paid two and
three times the price they would for "shipped-in ber-
ries " a few weeks earlier.

Now, with refrigerator cars of strawberries coming in
from Florida in February and along up the coast till
well into July, when the last strawberries come in from
Maine and northern New York, berries just about as
fresh and bright as "home-grown " are to he seen in all
our eastern markets for a season of five months.
Chicago and other western markets are in like man-
ner supplied from Texas to northern Wisconsin and
Michigan.

Without the refrigerator car, the great peach orchards of
Georgia and Texas would not be practicable, as the most
of their fruit must be sold at the North. The "peach
season " now extends from May till November. The
"seasons " of other fruits are likewise extended in a less
degree, and the failure of the local crop in any one sec-
tion now has little effect on the local market. Michigan
or Missouri may be sending peaches to New York,
Boston and Philadelphia one season on account of a
failure of the crop in Delaware, New Jersey and Con-
necticut; while the next year a failure of the crop at
the West enables Connecticut, New Jersey and Delaware
to return the compliment and supply Chicago, St. Louis
and Minneapolis. Yet without the refrigerator car such
reciprocity would be almost impossible, except in the
most favorable seasons. The refrigerator car is really
a great ice-chest on wheels. Most of these cars are
constructed with ice-bunkers at each end of the car,
with a capacity of 4 to G tons of ice for each car. Fig.
2413.

One style has some two feet of the whole top of car
as an ice-bunker, and is one of the best of cars if kept
fully iced all the while in transit. Railroad people
object to it slightly on account of being top-heavy, and
when not full the ice slides from one side to another
going around curves, etc. Most of the leading railroads of
the country own a number of refrigerator cars, and these
are furnished free to shippers who do their own icing.
There are several refrigerator car companies which own
and operate cars, and for a specified sura they attend
to loading the car and all the icing at initial points and
look after re-icing en route,— in fact, guarantee refrig-
eration until car is unloaded. This is the most expen-
sive service, but is safest and best for long distances.
But for one and two days' shipments, where the cars do
not require re-icing, the shipper can save money by
using the railroad refrigerators and do his own icing,
and there is no good reason why the leading railroads
cannot establish icing stations and re-ice their own
cars, charging the expense along on the freight bill.

In loading a refrigerator car, care is taken that an
opportunity is provided for air circulation around each
package; this is accomplished by properly spacing the
first row of packages, then by "stripping" across the
tops of these two strips about Vyi in. square, tacking a
small nail down through them, one into each package.
The packages are held in place, and the
strips serve for the next tier of packages
to rest on and leave an air space of an
inch between the two layers. In this way
cars are loaded full up to eighteen inches or
two feet of the top, care being taken usually
to have the ripest or poorest carrying fruit
in the bottom of the car, and the firmest,
long -keeping at the top; for if the ice-
bunkers are not kept "chock-a-block" full
all the time, the top tiers do not get as
,good refrigeration. It is also the custom
of many marketmen on unloading these
cars to sell out the top tiers first, for the
bottom-tier fruit keeps best; while often in
case of fruit picked a little too green, top
tiers show up best and bottom tiers are
stored out of the car a day before being
offered for sale. The best results in re-
frigerator car service are attained when the
car has been iced at least twelve hours before loading,
and the loading is quickly done by opening the car
doors only a few times.

The writer's own plan, when fruit is abundant, is not
to start loading a car till he has fruit enough packed
to fill it; then with a gang in each end of the car to
properly space the packages and do the "stripping" and
nailing, open the doors and rush in all the middle o£

1734

STORAGE

the car will hold, then close the doors, and, by lantern-
light, work goes on inside till all these packages are
placed, when more are handed in and the car quickly
filled. In this way a car an hour is often loaded all day
long in the Georgia peach orchard. Where small lots
are put in by many different growers and the car is
one or two days loading and opened many times,
the fruit is not so quickly cooled down and, even with
the same attention en route, never arrives in market in
as sound condition as when the car is quickly loaded.
Another very important point is the first re-icing.
When 400 to 700 warm packages of fruit are put into a
refrigerator car, ice begins to melt very rapidly and in
a few hours one-half or more of the ice has melted
away, the upper part of the car inside is a steaming
sweat-box, and it is of vital importance that ice-boxes
be promptly refilled solid to the top, so that the whole
inside of the car be brought to a low temperature as
quickly as possible. Once get all the heat out of the
fruit packages and the ice-boxes then full, and a car
may go a long time without re-icing and yet carry fruit
in good order. But neglect the first re-icing twelve to
fifteen hours, and there is always danger, while for
best service from start to finish the ice-boxes should be
kept full all the time. The most ice will be consumed
in fruit-loading and in the first twelve hours there-
after.

When well re-iced en route refrigerator cars arrive at
destination'with bunkers nearly full of ice, aud in many
of the smaller markets, where a car-load of high-priced
fruit cannot be sold in a day, dealers often use the cars
for storage purposes, re-ieing when necessary. Peaches
from Georgia handled in this way have been sold in the
smaller cities of New York and New England in per-
fectly sound condition ten days to two weeks after
being picked ripe from the trees. j# h. Hale.

STORAX. See Styrax.

STORK'S BILL. Erodium and other members of the
Geranium family.

STOVE PLANTS. The term "stove » applied to plants
undoubtedly originated from the method of heating the
structures in which plants were grown before the advent
of hot water and steam. Glasshouses such as then ex-
isted were heated by stoves and Hues, usually made of
bricks. Such structures came to be called stovehouses
or stoves, and the plants grown in them "stove plants."
(A "greenhouse" was in those days an unheated glass-
house in which plants were merely kept alive over
winter.) These terms still exist in England, but are
applied to strictly tropical plants or those requiring a
warm temperature for their successful culture in glass-
houses. In this country such plants are spoken of
as warmhouse or tropical plants.

In England, at the present time, more distinction is
made in the names applied to plant houses than in this
country. For instance, "greenhouse" in England now
means the coolest glasshouse only, while in this country
the name is usually indiscriminately applied to all glass-
houses. The names applied to plant houses in England
are therefore: Stove, for tropical plants; intermediate
house, for plants hailing from warm-temperate climates;
greenhouse, for those plants requiring the least degree
of heat. A conservatory or show house is one in which
plants are placed while in flower and usually kept at a
cool temperature.

In practice such terms may be greatly modified to
suit local conditions; for example, at the Botanic Gar-
dens of Smith College, Northampton, Mass., the glass-
houses are named cool-temperate house, warm-temperate
house, tropical house, palm house, acacia and succulent
house, experiment house and propagating house, the
temperatures and moisture conditions being regulated to
suit the requirements of each class of plants.

The cultivation of stove plants is too heterogeneous
a subject to be treated exhaustively in a single book,
because the stove contains thousands of dissimilar
plant treasures from the tropics, especially those found
at low altitudes. In general, the stove is the house
which requires the most expense and care, the greatest

STRAWBERRY

heat and the highest atmospheric moisture. For tha
general principles of its management, consult Green-
house Management. Edward J. Canning.

ST. PETER'S-WORT. Ascyrum stuns.

ST. PETER'S WREATH. Spira>a hypericifolia.

STRATIOTES (Greek, soldier; referring to the
sword-shaped leaves). Hydrocharid&cece. The Water
Soldier, or Water Aloe, is a hardy aquatic plant of
small ornamental value but considerable botanical in-
terest. It is native to lakes and watery ditches through-
out Europe, and has a rootstock creeping in the mud
which produces at the bottom of the watertufts of long,
narrow, sword-shaped Ivs. bordered by small spiny
teeth somewhat after the fashion of Pandanus. The
fls. are small, white, 3-petaled, and borne on peduncles
which rise to a few inches above the water. The pe-
duncle is much thickened at the top and bears a spathe
of 2 bracts about an inch long. The male fls. are several
in a spathe, stalked, and have usually 12 or more sta-
mens. The female fls. are solitary and sessile in the
spathe. The plant has a distinct calyx, which is not
the rule among monocotyledons. Stratiotes aloides,
Linn., is the only species in the genus. It is some-
times called Crab's Claw or Freshwater Soldier. In
England the planting of this species is discouraged
from the fact that it spreads too rapidly. Technical
characters: peduncles rising from among the lvs. to a,
few inches above the water, much thickened at the top,
bearing a spathe of 2 bracts: ovary and stigmas nearly
as in Hydrocnaris, but the fruit is ovoid and somewhat
succulent. It is offered by one American specialist in
aquatics. -jy jj

One of the peculiarities of Stratiotes is that in sum-
mer the whole plant rises to a point near the surface
when it is only partly submerged, and later in the sea-
son it drops below the surface. Young plants do not
act thus. It is propagated by side shoots from the base
of the leaves. Toward fall and early winter these
shoots are merely bulblets and are readily detached
from the plant and are in a good condition for travel-
og Wm. Thicker.

STRAWBERRY. Plate XXXVIII. The Strawberry is
an herbaceous perennial. It naturally propagates itself
by means of runners that form chiefly after the blooming
season. These runner plants, either transplanted or
allowed to remain where they form, will bear the follow-
ing year. Usually the plants will continue to bear for five
or six years, but the first and second crops are gener-
ally the best. It is therefore the custom to plow up
Strawberry beds after they have borne from one to three
crops. The better the land and the more intensive the
cultivation, the shorter the rotation. In market-garden-
ing areas and in some of the very best Strawberry re-
gions, the plants are allowed to fruit but once. The
plants therefore occupy the land only one year and the
crop works into schemes of short rotation cropping.
The Strawberry delights in a rich, rather moist soil and
a cool season. It can be grown in the cool part of the
year in the South and thereby becomes one of the most
cosmopolitan of fruits. The young plants may be sepa-
rated from the parent and put into new plantations in
August; but under average conditions in the North it
is usually better to wait until the following spring,
since the weather is likely to be too hot and dry in
the late summer or fall. Plants that hav© not borne
are best for setting. They are plants of the season:
that is, plants which start in the spring of 1901 are
fit for plantiug in the late summer or fall of 1901 or
in the spring of 1902. These plants have many long,
fresh, light-colored roots. Fig. 2414 shows such a plant,
with the roots trimmed for planting. Fig. 2415 shows a
plant that has borne. This plant bore fruit in 1900,
and has thrown up a new crown in 1901. The old dead
crown is seen on the right. The young growth is lateral
to this old crown. The roots are relatively few and
are hard and black. These plants sometimes make
good plantations under extra good care, but generally

Plate XXXIX. Strawberry test ground, with a truss of the Greenville variety

STRAWBERRY

STRAWBERRY

1735

they should be avoided. Pots are sometimes plunged
under the new runners in June and July, and they be-
come filled with roots by August or September. These
pot-grown plants are excellent for fall setting in the
home garden, but they are seldom employed in exten-
sive commercial practice. Fig. 2416.

In Florida, according to Rolfs, beds need to be reset
annually, in September or October; plauts set at this

2414. Strawberry plant ready for setting.

time produce a good crop in the following February,
March and April. The plants may be produced at
home, or they may be secured from the North. Excel-
lent plants for Florida conditions are procured from
North Carolina.

For the very finest berries, each plant is allowed a
space or hill by itself, and cultivation is given both
ways. For general commercial results, however, plants
are generally set in narrow rows. The old method was
to plant in rows 3-3% feet apart and the plants from
12-15 inches apart in rows, keeping off the runners un-
til late in July and then allowing the runners to grow
and root at will, making a matted row. In this system
some plants are almost on top of others, the roots
barely in the ground, and they suffer in a season of
drought. The rows are so wide that to pick fruit in the
center it is almost necessary to crush fruits on the out-
side of the row. This system gives few large first-class
fruits, and is now passing away. The up-to-date grower
starts with the assumption that the largest and highest
colored fruits are found on plants along the outside of
the rows, and therefore he plans to have as many out-
side rows as possible. This he accomplishes by having
his rows closer together and much narrower. The rows
are made from 30-36 inches apart and the plants from
18-24 or even 30 inches apart in the rows, much depend-
ing on the prolificacy of the variety as a plant-maker.
If the plants used for a new bed are strong and start
into growth vigorously, the first runners are used, as it
has been found that under most conditions the plants
about twelve months old yield the greatest number of
fine fruits. These first runners are usually "bedded in,"
i. e., planted by hand, training them along the wide way
of the rows, using from four to eight of the first run-
ners and cutting off those growing later. This method
of planting allows cultivation both ways until the run-
ners start, retaining moisture and saving labor in hoe-
ing. This system is shown, in a full-bearing bed, in
Fig. 1486, Vol. III.

Strawberries are usually mulched in the fall in order to
protect them in the winter and early spring and to pre-
vent the soil from heaving. In some cases the mulch is
allowed to remain on the plants rather late in the spring,

in order to retard the season of broom. Sometimes
the crop may be retarded a week or ten days by this
means, and cases are reported in which it has been de-
layed with commercial results somewhat longer than
this. The mulch is usually more necessary in regions of
light and precarious snowfall than in those in which the
snow blanket is deep and lies all winter. In regions of
deep and continuous snowfall, a heavy mulch is likely
to prove injurious. Experience has shown that the best
mulch is usually some strawy material. Along the, sea-
coast, salt hay from the tide marshes is much used. In
interior places clean straw, in which there is no grain
to sprout and to make weeds, is very largely employed.
Fig. 2417. In the South, pine needles are used. Some-
times loose strawy manure is used, and the mulch adds
fertilizer to the soil as well as affords protection. Under
ordinary conditions the mulch is three or four inches
deep over the plants after it is fairly well packed down.
It is not always possible, however, to mulch as heavily
as this, since the material is likely to be expensive when
one has a large area. The mulch is usually applied late
in the fall after the ground has frozen, and if the
material is abundant both the plants and the interven-
ing spaces are covered. In the spring the mulch is
raked from the plants as soon as they begin to start.
Some persons allow it to lie between the rows as a
cover to retain moisture and to keep the berries clean.
The most expert growers, however, prefer to take the
mulch from the field and to till the plantation once or
twice before the plants are in bloom. The material is
sometimes returned and spread on the loose soil be-
tween the rows. In the northern prairie states, heavy
mulching is essential. Professor S. B. Green advises
for western Minnesota and Dakota a covering of at
least six inches of straw. This mulch is easily pro-
vided, siuce straw is so abundant in that country that
it is often burned as the readiest means of getting
rid of it. When not mulched in that region, the
plants are likely to be killed outright or to start with
a very weak growth.

Strawberry flowers may be either perfect or imperfect,
and the nature of the flower is characteristic of the va-
riety. In some kinds, the flower is perfect or hermaphro-
dite (having both stamens and pistils) and is conse-
quently self-fertile. In others it is pistillate, producing
no pollen, and requiring a pollen-bearing variety to pol-

2415. Old Strawberry plant, usually not desirable
for setting.

linate it. Fig. 2418. There are no varieties bearing only
staminate or sterile flowers. The perfect-flowered varie-
ties differ greatly in the amount of pollen they produce.
Some, as the Crescent and Glen Mary, bear so few sta-

1736

STRAWBERRY

STRAWBERRY

mens that they are practically pistillate or sterile. Any New varieties of Strawberries are raised from seed

variety will fertilize any other variety if it hears suili- with the greatest ease. The generations of Strawberries
cient pollen and if the two kinds bloom at the same time. are short and new varieties soon find favor. The varie-
When planting pistillate varieties, every third row ties change so frequently in popular estimation that it is

impracticable to recommend a list of them in a work like
this. The first great American berry was the Hovey
J** (pig, 1088, Vol. Il|. Perhaps the most popular single

$§£&[*■ /-/^v-'^jrj-t5. variety has been the Wilson ( Pig. 2420 ) , now practically

<^\\)'^/J£i^m extinct. I'll-' accompanying pictures (Pigs. 2421-2425)

-*^\ tf 4W 'f1" show types of American Strawberries,

.^js^v r'*';//^^/ / ^^e common garden Strawberries are the progeny of

^•/f/ 1 1 Fragaria Chiloensis, native to the Pacific coast of

""Tj/ ^Jl^~,J, J America, and first introduced to cultivation from Chile

flt I 3p^->,i*>"/ nearly 200 years ago. See Fragaria. In Europe the

«i^^==c^Ts*=a~_ Alpine and Hautbois types of Strawberries (/'. vesca

\v/^ il'|'^*Ss* and ^. moschata) are highly prized as dessert fruits,

t 'i*Jwa&&e*JI$l These are sometimes grown in this country by amateurs,

7Y ' ksBsH ">ut they are unknown to commercial Strawberry cul-

ture. The native Fragaria I'irginiava, everywhere
common in fields in eastern North America, gives little
promise under cultivation. It usually runs strongly to
vine, at the expense of fruit-bearing.

There are several serious fungous diseases and insect

pests of the Strawberry. The fundamental treatment

for all these is to fruit the bed but once, or at most but

twice, and to grow succeeding crops on other land,

2416. Pot-grown Strawberry plant. cleaning up the old plantation thoroughly after the last

fruiting. Short, quick and sharp rotations and clean
should be a pollen-bearing kind. The horticultural culture do much to keep all enemies in check. Most of
bearing of the sexual characters of the Strawberry the fungous enemies are kept in check with relative
flower seems to have been first clearly explained in this ease by spraying with Bordeaux mixture. Pig. 2426.
country by Nicholas Longworth, of Cincinnati (see The American book writings on the Strawberry are:

Long worth; also his essay on the subject in his "Culti- R. G. Pardee, "A Complete Manual of the Cultivation of
vation of the Grape," 1840, and the "Straw-
berry Report" of the Cincinnati Horticultural ^^

Society, 1848). When many of the akenes or ^vA. /i*!~^\. -4*~~ '/ 4^*~')-

"seeds" of the Strawberry are not fertilized / *w/ M s/^V, '*"\ ( /

or are killed by frost or other means, the berry Li ,.,W f~\. / ~"*4 \J'Ai' I C~'

fails to develop at that point and a "nubbin," ^ ^AAo"A.^^/, ^fc» V "M^siV ^L «i--

or imperfecl berry, is the result Pig. 2419. ( "^c^-^fe^j ( vv -*■$*%> f

Nubbins are u nail; most abundant lati in the ^- ■So':',''J?fe>* "*"" % W* '

fruiting season, when the pollen supply is 7 - J»'i'>§r*' ' \ ' ~ °0m^ _■ ^i- 'J 7 '■'

small and when the plants are relatively ex- \ ' >» .wPhT* "^n /

hausted. J\ ,rV% >., I

The cost of growing an acre of Strawber- I /<■ | fc. -^

ries under commercial conditions in Oswego "

county, New York (which is one of the lead-
ing Strawberry centers of the North) is ap-
proximately as follows:

Rent of land, two years $11 00

Plowing and fitting 0 00

Plants 15 00

Setting plants 4 00

Cultivation 16 00 2418. Sexes of Strawberry flowers.

Straw for winter and fruiting mulch 15 00 ... ., , e. „ . a . ., . .. . .... . a „, . ,, . , -

Labor-hoeing, pulling weeds, etc Ill 00 At the left' a Perfect fl°w(;r: ,f the right a pistillate flower (lacking

& " stamens) ; m the middle, stamens tew.

Total cost $77 00

Many growers raise berries at a much less cost, and a the Strawberry," New York, 1854, and subsequent edi-

few exceed this sum especially when located near a tions; A. S. Puller, "The Illustrated Strawberry Cul-

large town where rents are high; but it would be safe turist," New York, 1862, and subsequent editions; J. M.

for one about to engage in Strawberry-growing tofigure Merrick, Jr., "The Strawberry and its Culture," Boston,

close to this total, aside from the cost of fertilizer. 1870; Charles Barnard, "The Strawberry Garden, "Bos-
ton, 1871; T. B. Terry and A. I. Root, "How to Grow

__^^ v MtAlgt 8te IK Strawberries," Medina, Ohio, 1890; L. J. Farmer,

\\5$K^l\Kvl "Farmer on the Strawberry," Pulaski, N. Y., 1891.

f^?^'\>-!< ■"•■'■ ^ - N\ N }%■ 'V' 1v'„ Aside from these writings, the Strawberry is well

,'■' .' ' " ^•^XJ^Mil"" treated in various books devoted to small fruits and to

\ , ■''■ . ^^T7/M|| fruit in general. L. H. B.

■£'4rV?/r:r*~-'' '' ''^tlAililllW' Culture of Strawberries. - [The following article

*<:* * -' "- _ '- "; Jr- -1--- was written for the Editor some ten years ago by the

- ;,-" - .- "-*- . ~''-*S late J. M. Smith, Green Bay, Wis., long known as one

-:">*?5K55J&MHBifeI5rt-. ''' the most expert Strawberry-growers. It has never

^r- - ... r£~-" ^ - - V X <\- been published. Mr. Smith was born at Morristown,

• -5^£iaJ6»Brg»iSfeffitSr"^^7r^ffi N- J-. Jan- 13> 1820> and died at Green Bay, Feb. 20,

~n~G^_ 5EB^1M?S '''" 1894. -L. H. B.]

-~' -- \--- - ' ■ .^~. -_- _ ^ - The Strawberry will grow and thrive in all parts of

"^ i, : . -- ' ' * the United States where any fruit will grow, and yet,

^."— ^s^f - ;r-..! C'vv* ' "': ,-v. strange as it may seem to young readers, fifty years

~~ / ' :'^'T----- -i^.'_ . ago it was scarcely known except as a wild fruit. The

"*ww6S* writer has no recollection of ever seeing more than one

2417. Heavy mulching of Strawberry plants, as practiced in small bed of Strawberries cultivated before he was 25

parts of the North. years old. In boyhood he often accompanied his father

STRAWBERRY

STRAWBERRY

1737

2419. Strawberry nubbii

to the New York market, yet he never saw cultivated
Strawberries in that market before 1840, though there
were probably a few before that time. It is probable
that there are now more Strawberries carried to New
York every fair day during their season of ripening than
had ever been seen in that city during its entire history
previous to 1840.

The introduction of Hovey Seedling about 1834 or
1835. and of the Jersey, or, as it was sometimes called,
the Early Scarlet, a few
years later, marked a new
era in Strawberry culture.
These were great improve-
ments over the common
wild fruit previously seen
in the market; but it was
not until the introduction of
the Wilson, about 1854, that
it became possible for al-
most every one who owned
a small plot of land to have
a supply of berries for him-
self and friends during the
berry season. This modest
little plant completely revo-
lutionized Strawberry- grow-
ing. Its fruit was much larger than any other then
in cultivation, being also very firm and able to bear
transportation much better than any other, and it
seemed to be perfectly at home in nearly every soil
and climate from the Atlantic to the Pacific ocean, and
from Lake Superior to the Gulf of Mexico. In addi-
tion to all these qualities, it was roarvelously produc-
tive. Soon after this, new varieties began to appear in
numbers greatly exceeding anything ever before known.
This progress has been kept up until the present time,
and each succeeding year many new varieties are
brought to notice. The increase in the cultivation of this
fruit was not rapid until 1855, when more attention be-
gan to be paid to it than ever before. Since the close
of the Civil War the increase has been almost beyond
belief, except to those who are familiar with its history.
Strawberry Soil. — If he could always choose, the
writer would select a dark sandy loam, rather damp
than dry, but this is by no means an absolute necessity,
as Strawberries will grow in almost any soil, unless
it be dry sand or an undrained bed of muck. Any soil
that will grow a good crop of corn or potatoes will grow
a fair crop of Strawberries. This remark will apply
throughout the United States; and not only that, but
Strawberries will grow in some places where the nights
are too cool and the seasons are too short for corn to
ripen. Hence but few need have any fears about their

,/7%4H

2420. Wilson Strawberry (XX).

success on account of climate, latitude or longitude.
The richer the soil the larger the crop, hence the
necessity of making it rich by extra manuring.

The first thing is to be sure that the land is thoroughly
drained, as it is impossible to make Strawberries do
even fairly well with the roots in land that is filled with

water. Underdraming is not always a necessity, but
good surface-draining is, and no land should be set with
plants until it is so prepared that it can be thoroughly
surface-drained and kept so. If the land is at all in-
clined to be wet, it will pay well to have it thoroughly
uuderdrained, in addition to the surface-draining.

Next comes the preparation of the soil. The writer
prefers spring setting. He has sometimes done well
with setting in August or early in September, but has
never failed in spring setting. As early as the land is
fit to be worked, put on about twenty fair-sized two-
horse loads of manure per acre and plow it in; then top-
dress with as much more tine, well-rotted manure, and
harrow it in thoroughly. If fine manure cannot be ob-

2421. Qandy Strawberry (XK).

tained, it would be better to plow all the manure under,
as coarse manure on top of the beds would be an an-
noyance, and cause more or less trouble the entire sea-
son. Whether the manure is wholly or partially plowed
under, the land must be made fine and mellow before
putting in the plants.

Setting the Plants. — The plants should be taken from
beds that were set the previous season, if possible. Use
a common six-tined manure fork and take up a lot of the
young plants, being sure to get only the runners of the
previous fall. Pick them out of the loose earth, taking
off all the old dry leaves, and if they have long, nice,
light-colored roots (throw away all others), clip off about
one-third of their length. Fig. 2414. Be careful not to
let the sun shine on the roots for any length of time.
During some of the hot sunny days of our spring
weather, even ten minutes' exposure to the sun would
damage them so much that one should hardly dare risk
setting them out. Mark off the beds in rows two feet
apart each way. For this we use a marker made just
like the common hand hayrake with the headpiece of
pine or some other light wood, and about 12 feet long,
the teeth set two feet apart and sloping a little back-
wards instead of forwards as in the common hayrake.
With this a man should mark an acre in a half day,
and do it easily. If the ground is still a little heavy, as
it is likely to be if it is a clay soil, let a man go ahead
with a hoe and strike it into the earth where the plant is
to be set and loosen it so that it will be perfectly mel-
low. A boy follows with the prepared plants, and drops
one at each crossing of the marks. He is followed by the
setters, of whom there should be two to work to best
advantage. They go on their knees between two rows,
pick up the plants with the left hand and at the same
time, with the fingers of the same hand, spread the roots
into a fan shape, while with the fingers of the right
hand the ground is opened sufficiently to allow the fan-
shaped roots of the plant to go down in a perpendicular
manner into the earth ; then bring back the earth around
the plant and, doubling up both hands, press down the
earth firmly around the newly set plant. The crown of
the plant when set should be a very little lower than the
surrounding earth. Be careful not to have the crown
covered with earth, as that would damage it. All this

173S

STRAWBERRY

STRAWBERRY

can be done by men with a little experience in a small
part of the time taken to write it out, but one must re-
member that the doing of this work well or ill will make
the difference between success and partial failure. The
writer has several men who will set half an acre a day,
and do it easily and well. If the weather is dry and
warm, it will greatly aid the young plants if half a pint
of water is put around each one.

When the beds are filled with plants, run through
them with a hand-cultivator before they come into
bloom. This may not be
necessary, but in most cases
it will be. If the plants
start nicely, they will soon
be in full bloom, but they
must not be allowed to bear
fruit this summer. Go
through the beds and pinch
off all the blossoms, and see
that there are no stray
plants among them of a (lif-
erent variety. The beds
must be kept clean, free

Haverland Strawberry

from weeds, and well cultivated as often as they re-
quire it. In July the runners will start. Before the
runners take root they should be trained around the
parent plant like the spokes of a wheel, having the
parent plant for its center. Simply lay them out in
equal distances around the parent plant and throw suffi-
cient earth upon them to hold them. Otherwise the
runners are likely to come out on one side and make al-
most a solid mass of roots on that side and few or none
on the other, the result being that the crop the following
season will not be as large or of as good quality as when
they have been properly tended. This is about all there
is to be done until the ground freezes for winter, when
the plants should be covered with marsh hay. Straw is
as good, provided it is free from weeds and grass seed,
but it is sometimes impossible to obtain such straw. In
covering the plants, merely hide them from sight.
There are two objects in view: first, to protect the
plants from the many sudden changes in our winter
weather, and, second, for spring protection. During the
thawing days and freezing nights in the early spring,
the ground is likely to become "honeycombed." The top

of the ground is a little raised from its natural position,
and the plants are lifted up and their roots broken off
in the frozen earth beneath. To avoid this danger,
leave the cover upon the plants until all freezing nights
are over. Some growers recommend leaving the cover
on and allowing the plants to work their way through
it. The writer has tried this plan, but the crop was
only half of that obtained when the cover bad been
taken off and the ground kept cultivated. Better take
the cover off, haul it away and stack it for another win-
ter's use.

Some growers recommend that the mulch be re-
tained in order to keep the berries from being soiled.
If the plants grew last season as they should have done,
they have by this time nearly or quite covered the
ground, and the leaves and fruit-stems will so support
each other that there will be very few berries in the
dirt unless it rains almost constantly. When there are
open spaces of any size, and the fruit is likely to get
into the dirt, it is well to put back a little of the mulch
after the thorough cultivation of the spring is done.
For the spring dressing, wood ashes are to be preferred.
If unleached, they should be applied at the rate of not
less than 50 bushels to the acre. Twice that
amount should be used if the ashes have been
leached. If ashes are not to be had, put on
V'.'-'\ well-rotted stable manure at the rate of about

, /^VW 20 wagon-loads per acre. The spring cultiva-

{'"VM^ ^on consists of pulling out by hand all the

weeds that can be found among
the plants and then hoeing over
all the open spaces large enough
to accommodate a common broad
hoe. Do not work the ground
more than half an inch deep, for
jf'J^' „ the roots have much work to do

_ fifc within the next few weeks.

,, ^Kv^CjJiSu^ Now it is time to begin to count

**• , .'-Ai'^A " '■ Ul ! ''"' "'' ' "'"'

IStsSaBE hind worth $200 per acre :

»' ',4^Htf[i!H|SW, Expense of an acre of Strawberries
OmHi up to picking time.

fi&* ~*'*xWf\ ~>^BIB^ Interest and taxes $15 00

' V^Ri JMTciijw&Y l'l"u

.£ ^Ama^SBKSwfiiV* surtace-drainint: 5 00

ThSWSSSlr Value of 11,0110 plants at $3

srmS Per 1,000 53 00

*$&&*. Manure, 00 loads, at $1 per

load 60 00

Marking ground and set-
ting plants 4 00

Summer cultivation 8 00

Training runners around

the plants 3 00

Winter covering and cost

of putting it on 6 00

mlllllllli Taking off winter ever,

and spring cultivation.. . . 5 00

Total $161 00

In a very dry and unpropitious
year, the yield on the writer's
place was 7,136 quarts, or 223
bushels per acre; the gross receipts in cash were a few
cents over $500 per acre. In the year 1886 the yield was
over 8,000 quarts, or something over 250 bushels per
acre; and the gross receipts $633 per acre. These were
both hard years for Strawberries. In 1875 exactly one-
quarter of an acre yielded 3,571 quarts, or 111% bushels,
of marketable fruit. The average price was 12 cents per
quart. In 1876 one-fourth of an acre yielded a fraction
less than 100 bushels. These were both favorable sea-
sons for berries. But we will take the first mentioned
crop for our estimate, as it was the poorest of the four.
The boxes and crates cost a fraction less than $7 per
1,000 quarts; picking, packing and carrying to the depot
not to exceed $15 per 1,000:
The story of an acre of Strawberries in an unfavorable season.

Gross receipts $500 00

Post of growing the crop $161 00

Picking, crating and marketing (7,136

qts.) 157 00

318 00

Net profits above expenses $182 00

STRAWBERRY

STRAWBERRY

1739

These receipts are by no means the only ones from the
land for the two years. For many years past the writer
has been in the habit of planting other early crops be-
tween the rows of Strawberries after they are set. For
instance, in the spring a plot of five acres is set with
Strawberries. As soon as the Strawberries are set plant
between the rows (which are two feet apart) a large
lot of onion sets and lettuce. One may sow part of the
land with radish seed and another part with cabbage
seed for late cabbage, and thus till the ground with
quick-growing plants that will be off before the runners
need the ground.

Marketing. — A home market is the best if one can
have it, although it is a well-known fact that but few
Strawberries are eaten in the neighborhood where they
are grown. Along the Gulf coast, Strawberries begin to
ripen in February and are at once shipped north, and the
consumption continues until 46°north latitude i s reached ;
hence the necessity of a variety that will bear shipping.
If we all had cooling-houses for berries, and refrigera-
tor cars to ship the fruit in, almost any variety would
bear more or less transportation; but as most growers
have neither, the berries must be picked as soon as
colored, and some varieties before they are
fully colored. Before the writer had a cool-
ing-house, he placed the cases in rows on
the floor of a general packing house, and
then placed ice along upon the floor between
the cases. This did fairly well, but not as
well as the present cooling-house, which
is a very plain cheap building 12 x 14 ft.
and about 12 ft. high. The sides are covered
with common sheathing paper and boards,
with an air chamber of four inches. The
floor overhead is covered with zinc to pre-
vent its leaking, and is a little sloping to
one corner, where a pipe catches the water
as the ice melts, and carries it from the
building. It has an open space of nearly
12 inches all around the building, which
lets the cold air pass below, where
the fruit is. There are six tiers
of shelves, one above the other all
around the room below. Upon the
floor above the ice is placed, and
on the shelves below are the cases
of fruit. About 50° is the best
temperature to keep the fruit; if
much lower than this, it is found
that the fruit will not keep so long
after being removed

tending planting and cultivation; the enormous yields
possible from well-selected soils properly treated; and
the fact that, aside from being the first fruit to ripen,
it seldom, if ever, fails to
reward the painstaking
grower with an ample har-
vest to cover all cost for
attention bestowed.

While good results are
had from settings made at
almost any time of the
year, November and Feb-
ruary are the months dur-
ing which plantings may
ally be made with the
least risk. In some sec-
tions, especially near
the Gulf, plantings
are frequently made
during rainy spells
in late summer and

from the cooler. It is
best not to throw fruit
on the market, but to
try to have it so good
that it recommends it-
self. Endeavor to have
it engaged to the retail
grocers in advance.
Then there is but one
profit between the con-
sumer and the grower.
J. 31. Smith.
S trawberry Cul -
ture in the South. -
If any fruit is at home
in the South it is surely
the Strawberry. It
heads the list of small
fruits, and, admitting
as competitors tree and
vine fruits, it easily
holds the place of first
importance. Among
the many things that
commend the Straw-
berry favorably to
southern land -owners
who would grow fruit
for home use or for market are the following: its com-
parative freedom from disease and insect enemies;
the ease with which it adapts itself to different soils
and varied conditions of climate; the small cost at-

2423. Bomba Strawberry. Nearly natural

2424. Belmont Strawberry.

Natural size.

early fall At such times it
is neither a difficult nor a
very expensive process to
shift plants with earth adher-
ing to the roots to nicely pre-
pared soil near the old beds.
From good stands on newly
prepared beds secured as
early in the season as August
or September, and with a long fall
and mild spells during winter favor-
ing vigorous plant growth and de-
velopment of fruit-buds, the grower
may reasonably expect the following
spring one-half to two-thirds of a
crop.

Being a water-loving plant and a
liberal feeder, especially during fruit-
ing season, the Strawberry accom-
plishes its best work in a soil capa-
ble of taking in the largest quantity
of water and of holding during pro-
tracted drought the greatest amount
of moisture within easy reach of the
plant. This ideal Strawberry soil is
found in the rather compact deep
clay loams over the well-drained clay
subsoils so abundant in most of the South Atlantic and
the Gulf states.

As to fertilizers, much depends on the kind of soil
and treatment. Where the cereals are benefited by the

1740

STRAWBERRY

STRAWBERRY

use of certain fertilizers, such plant-food may be safely
and profitably used for Strawberries. It is better to
fertilize heavily the crop that precedes Strawberries
than to apply in large quantities to land occupied by
this plant. In no case should heavy applications of
strongly nitrogenous fertilizers be made just before the
blooming period nor during the hot summer months. In
the first instance, an over-vigorous vine growth at the
expense of fruit will be the result; in the second, tin-
plant is rendered too tender and too sappy to resist the

2425. Shuster Gem Strawberry ( X

long and sometimes hot and dry summers. The south-
ern cow-pea is possibly the best crop to precede the
Strawberry. This leaves the ground clean, mellow and
in the very best condition for any crop that follows.

The soil is usually prepared in slightly elevated rows
or beds 'A%-i feet broad. In making summer and early
fall plantings with the view of securing a large yield
the following spring, plants are set only 8 or 10 inches
apart along the line of the row. The distance in the
row for spring plantings ranges from 12-30 inches,
depending on the tendency of varieties set to multiply
runners. For heavy yields the properly matted row is
best. In the ideal matted row each plant should be
5-7 inches distant from its nearest neighbor, and a space
of 18-2-1 inches along the top of the rows should be so
occupied with plants. Season, soil and treatment at the
hand of the cultivator greatly modifies the degree of suc-
cess in securing this ideal stand. Where irrigating
facilities are to be had, the desired results may be ob-
tained with certainty. In spite of the best efforts on the
part of the grower, however, varieties like Michel,
Downing and Cloud may set too many plants during wet
seasons. In such cases any runners that encroach on the
spaces between rows are treated as weeds, and such
places along the line of the rows as become too thickly
matted should be properly thinned on the advent of
cool fall weather.

With spring setting, cultivation begins shortly after
plantings are made. The plow, cultivator and hoe are
the implements most used, and these are employed in
cultivation often enough to keep the ground in good
tilth and free from weeds. Cultivation usually ceases
early in the fall. Any weeds that interfere with the
proper development of plants or fruits from this time
until the end of fruit harvest are pulled out or clipped
off with sharp hoes without breaking the surface soil.
Very little winter protection is necessary. It is well to
delay mulching until after midwinter, or until there
has been sufficient cold to drive insects into winter
quarters. On clay soils inclined to heave during frosty
weather a thin covering of barnyard litter or of short
straw (pine straw is excellent) placed around and be-
tween rather than over plants is of advantage For
keeping fruit clean and, at the same time, adding al-
most, if not quite, its purchase value in plant-food.

nothing is better than cottonseed hulls. It is a fact
worthy of note that as one goes south the picking sea-
son lengthens. Florida, southern Louisiana and other
sections near the Gulf frequently begin shipping late in
January or early in February and continue to market
berries for four or five months. In latitude 32° the
writer has during several seasons in the past twenty-
live years shipped Strawberries from about April 1 to
July 1. In latitude 3t° the picking season rarely lasts
more than five or six weeks.

In recent years the rapid strides made in methods of
picking and packing, in the construction, loading and
icing of fruit cars, in shortening the time between
grower and consumer, and in vastly better means of
distributing fruits among different markets and of
reaching all classes of consumers in the several markets,
— all these things have made southern-grown Strawber-
ries common in almost every city, town and village in
more northern latitudes. ^_ g McKay.

To the foregoing advice may be added a sketch of
some of the rotation practices in Georgia. Four systems
of rotation exist : the annual, biennial, triennial, and
what may be termed the perennial or permanent system.
These terms are frequently, though quite unnecessarily,
confused, and some growers, while practicing, techni-
cally, a biennial rotation, call it annual, because they
establish a new plat annually, although each plat, when
plowed under or destroyed, is two years old.

To illustrate : A plat planted in July, August or Sep-
tember makes a good, strong growth by winter along
the isotherm of the Carolina and Georgia coast, where
summer planting and the system of annual rotation
are almost exclusively practiced. In fact, the plant
continues to grow, especially under ground, through
the entire winter, setting in the spring a heavy and
profitable crop, which is marketed. The plat is seldom
worked out, but used to reset another plat in tin- late
summer, and then turned under. Such a rotation is
strictly an annual one. Logically, it could be nothing
less, nothing more. 'If, however, this plat were culti-
vated through the season following its crop, suffered to
bear a second crop the next spring, then used as before
to reset a succession plat and turned under, such a pro-
cess would be a biennial rotation, and, logically, could
be nothing less, nothing more. Equally as logical
would it be to call the rotation biennial had the plat
been planted in November— instead of July, August or
September — cultivated through the following summer
and carried into the next year, bearing its main crop-
its "money" crop — the second spring. The fact that its
first crop was light and scattering would not make the
rotation an annual one; for the essence of the differ-
ence between an annual and a biennial rotation con-
sists in the plat, in the first instance, flowering but
once, while in the second instance it passes two flower-
ing seasons. In the first case, no cultivation is given
after fruiting; in the second the plat is cultivated after
fruiting, or after the fruiting season, whether it fruits
or not. These two distinctions cause a rotation to fall

2426. Leaf-blieht of Strawberry (X %).

under the head of biennial even when the plat is set
out as late as February or March, cultivated through
the summer following and fruited the next spring.

The biennial rotation (though often under the errone-
ous title of annual) is much the most common, and is
almost universally employed, except on the coast, where
the light, sandy soil, the humid climate and more

STRAWBERRY

STRAWBERRY

1741

regular rainfall render summer planting on a large
scale an economic possibility. This, the stiff clay soil
of the interior, the drier atmosphere and uncertain rain-
fall of early autumn, render impracticable. It is hence
more economical to reset than to cultivate on the coast,
especially as its comparatively subtropical climatic con-
ditions tend to produce a vigorous development of the
summer- or fall -planted plat by the following spring.
But, while the biennial rotation is recommended for
the interior of the state, it must not be understood that
a new plat is to be established only every two years.
The plat runs through two seasons, it is true, but a new
one must be set out each year.

If strawberry growing was commenced in 1899 under
a biennial rotation, and the planting effected in Novem-
ber of each year, the following diagram would illustrate
the necessary succession of plats:

No. 1, planted November, 18!)!).

No. 1, fruited lightlv spring. 1900; cultivated throi
Of l!)0t).
No. 2, planted November, 1900, from new purchased plants.

No. 1, fruited main crop, spring, 1901; plowed under Nov
ber. 1901. after resetting No. 3.

No. 'J. fruited lightly spring. 1901; cultivated through
of 1901.

No. 3, planted November, 1901, from runners of No. 1,

No. 2, fruited main crop, spring. 1902; plowed under Novem-
ber, 1902, after resetting No. 4.

No. 3, fruited lightly, spring, 1902, and cultivated through
season.

No. 4, planted November, 1902, from runners of No. 2.

And so on, indefinitely. In this way, while each plat
runs two years, that is, biennially, a new plat is reset
every year, that is, annually; yet the rotation must of
necessity be termed biennial, though only one market-
able crop results. And this would be equally true for a
similar rotation where the planting was done in Feb-
ruary or March instead of November, although no crop
— not even a light one — could be obtained the same
spring. Of course, if a plat is reserved for resetting,
after it has borne its main crop, it must be cultivated,
more or less — at least by hand weeding— to prevent it
from becoming too foul during the second summer; but
the process of thinning out and the careful cultivation
necessary for a crop expected to make a paying return
in fruit, are eliminated.

The triennial rotation is followed when two "main"
or "money" crops are secured from a plat before its
abandonment, and the perennial system when the plat
is suffered to bear as long as it proves profitable.

The "matted row" system stands successfully the
test of practical experience in the South. "Stool cul-
ture," however perfect or ideal in theory, can be made
profitable only under exceptional conditions. Under
ordinary circumstances it cannot resist the crucial test
of a prolonged drought. H N Starnes.

Strawberry Culture on the Plains. - The fact that
the Strawberry has been growing wild from time out of
mind in the prairie regions of North America suggests
that it may be cultivated there with success, and the
thousands of car-loads of delicious berries annually pro-
duced in those regions are positive proof of it. The Straw-
berry did not grow naturally in all sections or soils, but
chiefly in the moist creek and river bottoms and along
the margins of the woodlands. The cooler climatic eon
ditions of the northern sections are more conducive to
the growth of wild Strawberries than those in the South ;
for instance, the prairies of Minnesota grow more thrifty
and larger berries than those of Texas. Under cultiva-
tion the Strawberry is somewhat subject to the same
conditions as when growing naturally, but the principle
of conservation of moisture by tillage has enabled man
to do much that nature could not, in growing Straw
berries. Water is most essential in the culture of this
fruit. The soil should not be wet, but it must be moist
or the plants will not thrive; nor will they bear fruit
abundantly or of good size and quality with a meager
supply of water. During the fruiting season there is a
heavy draft upon the plants for water with which to till
the berries to their proper size. Over most of the Plains
region there is a sufficient amount of rainfall to produce
good crops of Strawberries in ordinary seasons, pro-
vided proper care be given to tillage. Nearly all the

2427. Fancy packing of Strawberries, each quart wrapped
in paper; a picking stand on the left.

failures to grow reasonably good crops are due to ne-
glect of this all-important matter. The drier the cli-
mate or the season the more heed should be given to
tillage.

The mere setting of plants and giving them ordinary
care is not sufficient for the production of a really profit-
able Strawberry crop in the open prairie country. It may
suffice where the rainfall is not only abundant but regu-
lar; but where the rains are fitful and often very scant,
especially in the latter part of the summer, this will not
do. The tillage should not be deep, but very frequent.
Once each week during the growing season will be suffi-
cient. The finer the surface soil is pulverized, the less
water will escape from the subsoil, and this is the prin-
cipal point to be attained so far as the purposes of til-
lage are concerned. Rich soil is beyond doubt one of
the prime requisites of Strawberry culture. This is not
difficult to find in most parts of the prairie regions.
Some of it. lies too flat for the best results and some is
too steep, but very little is either too stiff or too sandy.

The Strawberry is especially adapted to field culture.
As the Plains country slopes up to the Rocky Mountains
the climate becomes drier until there is so very little
rain that nothing but a scant native vegetation will grow
without irrigation. The soil is for the most part rich
enough for Strawberries, and where water is applied in
proper quantity as fine berries can be grown as in any
part of the humid regions. As a matter of fact, there-

1742

STRAWBERRY

STRAWBERRY

seems to be more certainty in growing Strawberries un-
der such conditions than in regions where the crop must
depend upon rainfall. Some varieties that are usually
a failure because of their deficient root-system, such as
Jucunda, are thus enabled to flourish to such a degree
as to be among the most profitable. Whatever may be
said of other parts of the continent of North America,
it is an indisputable fact that the Plains region is very
good for Strawberries. Good judgment in the selection
of proper locations and the right, varieties, thorough
preparation of the soil and good culture will be abun-
dantly rewarded. H. E. yAN Deman.

The Strawberry on the Pacific Coast. — California
conditions include both those most favorable and
most trying for the growth of Strawberries. There
are situations where, through local topography and
proximity to the ocean, winter temperatures are very
seldom too low for the growth and fruiting of the
plants and where, by summer irrigation to maintain
this continuous activity of the plants, it is possible to
gather fruit every month in the year. This fact is not, '■
however, made of much commercial account, nor is it
widely true that one can have Strawberries all the year
round in the open air. It is true, however, that even on
the lowlands, where the commercial crops are chiefly
grown, the winter is so mild that Strawberries begin to
ripen in shipping quantities as early as March and by
proper cultivation and irrigation the fruiting is con-
tinued until late in the autumn, and the grower has
therefore a very short closed season. The trying condi-
tion for the Strawberry is found in the long, dry sum-
mer, which enforces dormancy as early as June on light
loams in the more arid localities of the interior. Such soils
become dry and hot to a depth of several inches in spite
of surface cultivation and cause the dwindling and death
of a shallow-rooting plant like the Strawberry, unless
frequent irrigation is begun in time. This trouble is
less acute on more retentive soils in regions of lower
summer temperature and greater rainfall, and plants in
such situations may survive the summer dormancy, but
it is true that everywhere in California and even in the
more humid states on the north that Strawberry-grow-
ing without irrigation results either in failure or only
partial satisfaction and the venture is seldom to be
commended. It is, however, so easy, usually, to secure
the small amount of water necessary for home produc-
tion, and the plant when fairly treated is so highly pro-
ductive, that a general exhortation to Strawberry-grow-
ing on an irrigation basis is fully warranted.

tinued popularity of Longwortu Prolific, Sharpless,
Monarch of the West, Wilson Albany, etc. Long-
worth has survived more than thirty years' continued
growing. Other popular varieties are Melinda, Jessie,
Triomphede Gand, Brandy wine. Marshall, Lady Thomp-
son, etc. An English variety, Laxton Noble, has been
largely planted in southern California but not always

i5-A-«a--W&'

2428. A prolific

There are several species of Strawberries indigenous
to California, and they are of both littoral and alpine
types. Some interest has been shown in development
of cultural varieties from these sources, hut no com-
mercial significance has as yet attached to them. The
varieties chiefly grown are different from those popular
at the East. New varieties from the eastern states and
from Europe are freely tried, but few are successful and
they retain local popularity after abandonment in their
birthplaces. A striking instance of this fact is the con-

2429. Strawberry field in Wisconsin.

successfully, though it does well near the coast. The
Arizona Everbearing is par excellence drought- and
heat-resistant and is constantly increasing its area in
interior situations. It has endured neglect which has
actually compassed the death of other varieties. The
Australian Crimson is a popular market variety in
southern California, of which the first plants came from
the southern hemisphere, but it has some appearances
of being a re-named American variety.

The growth of Strawberries is almost wholly in
matted rows, the rows tisually occupying low ridges only
sufficiently elevated to allow the slightly depressed in-
tervals to serve as irrigation ditches and as walks dur-
ing picking. The slight elevation of the plants also
assists in surface drainage, when heavy rains fall during
the early part of the fruiting season, and this promotes
early growth and fruiting of the plants. Where the soil
is too coarse to permit free rise of water from the de-
pressed ditches the conditions are reversed and low
levees are made to inclose blocks of plants which are
irrigated by flooding the inclosures. In the chief com-
mercial regions a fine loam is used and irrigation from
the small ditches on both sides of the ridges, which are
about 2 feet wide, is the ruling method.
Nearly level land is selected and grading
is done before planting to reduce dry
knolls and fill low places so that the
water will flow slowly and will evenly
moisten the whole field. Subirrigation by
tile has been often advocated but never
has been employed to any extent.

One of the chief Strawberry-shipping
districts in central California is charac-
terized by a shallow loam underlaid by an
impervious indurated clay or hard pan,
which prevents the percolation of the ir-
rigation water and enables growers to
maintain a large acreage by means of the
small water supply secured by windmills.
In this case water is applied very fre-
quently, even oftener than once a week
in some cases, but the total amount for
the season is small. Quite in contrast
to this is the growth on light, deep loams
where water sinks so rapidly that the
mulch. plants suffer, although water is almost con-

stantly running in the ditches. In such
cases mulching and sprinkling are the price of success,
and these are too costly except on a small scale for home
supply. The largest producing districts have soils mid-
way between the extremes above noted; viz., deep, re-
tentive loams, situated rather low in the valleys and
with irrigation available either by ditch system or by
wells both flowing and pumped. The pump wells re-
quire usually only a short lift, and abundant water is
secured cheaply by the use of modern pumps and
motors.

STRAWBERRY

STRAWBERRY

1743

In addition to supplying the home markets, which are
very good, California Strawberry-growers find a good
outlet for the fruit all through the region west of the
Missouri river. Southern California supplies the south-
ern portion of this district, while the growers in central
California, chiefly near Florin in Sacramento county,
make large shipments eastward as far as Colorado and

>#

2430. The forcing of Strawberries under gl;

northward to all the great interior states and to Oregon,
Washington and British Columbia before the locally
grown fruit in those regions is available.

The states of Oregon and Washington in their areas
lying west of the Cascade mountains have conditions
excellently suited to the growth of the Strawberry.
Their conditions more nearly resemble those in the east-
ern states than any other part of the coast. The cooler
weather and more abundant moisture give a better
spring season than that of California, but the season is
on the whole much shorter because of the longer winter.
Irrigation is also necessary in most places for continued
fruiting during the summer. The most famous district
is Hood River, Oregon, where arid conditions east of
the Cascade mountains are modified by western influ-
ences which reach through the gap in these mountains
where the Columbia river flows through. Irrigation is
regularly employed and a large commercial product
grown. The varieties chiefly grown in this region and
in adjacent parts of Washington and Idaho are of local
origin, the Hood River (Clark Seedling) and Magoon
Seedling being widely approved. Jessie, Sharpjess,
Wilson, Haverland, Crescent, Cumberland, Jucundaand
Parker Earle are also commended by growers in the
northwestern states. E.J.Wickson.

The Forcing of Strawberries for a Winter Crop has
not as yet become of any great commercial impor-
tance in North America. Some gardeners grow a few
potted plants for either Christmas or Easter decoration.
Very few, if any, commercial growers are forcing
Strawberries exclusively to any profitable extent. The
few Strawberries that are forced are grown either in
pots or planted out on benches. The former method is
the one generally employed. There are several good
reasons for this, some of which are: first, the confine-
ment of the roots ; second, the ability to ripen the
crowns in the fall; third, the control of fertilizers and
liquid manure; fourth, the privilege of having the crop
grown in several houses at one time or brought from a
coolhouse into heat; and fifth, the opportunity to sup-
ply particular demand of the potted plants or their
fruits. The first expense of the pot method is consid-
erably more than when the plants are grown in the
benches, but after the pots are once purchased the cost
of each method should be about the same.

The pot method as practiced at Cornell University is
about as follows: As early in the spring as possible
large plants are set in well - enriched soil. The first
strong runners made by these plants are secured and

110

potted. Numerous 2- or 3-inch pots filled with good
soil are plunged to the rim along the Strawberry row.
The runners are trained to these pots, and a small stone
is placed on each runner to keep it from growing be-
yond the pot. When the pot is filled with roots the
young plant is cut from the parent stock, the pots lifted
and taken to the potting shed or other convenient place,
where they are at once shifted into the fruit-
ing pots (usually a 6-inch pot). The soil used
at this time should be three parts fibrous loam
and one of good sharp sand. This potting
soil should have mixed with it bone-flour or
dissolved rock at the rate of about one pint
to two bushels of soil. Ample drainage
should be given, as through the season of
ripening the crowns and the following forcing
period a large quantity of water must be given
and none should be allowed to stand around
the roots.

The pots should then be plunged to near
the rim in some coarse material, preferably
coal ashes, which, if deep enough to extend
from four to six inches below the plunged
pots, will prevent the earthworms from en-
tering the pots. The use of a frame in
which to plunge the pots is recommended
for protection against heavy rains or early
frosts. Attention to watering is all that will
be necessary through the growing season.
Late in September or early in October the
pots will be filled with roots and the plants
will have attained their full growth. At this
time larger and firmer crowns will be had by
careful attention to watering and subsequent
drying off to almost the wilting stage than by watering
the plants up to the time of freezing weather. The dry-
ing process seems to represent the late fall season and
causes the plant to store up material in the crowns at
an earlier period. At the coming of cold weather the
soil in the pots may be allowed to freeze. It is very de-
sirable that the soil be on the dry side before freezing,
for if the ball of earth is wet there is danger of break-
ing the pots when the cold becomes intense. The period
of forcing from the time the frozen plants are brought
in until the ripening of the fruits will be about eight
weeks. The time will vary slightly under different con-
ditions of heat and sunlight. When first brought in, the
plants should be cleaned of all dead or diseased leaves.
The pots should be plunged to near the rim in some
material that will retain moisture, e. g., tan bark or
coal ashes. The benches or shelves should be as near
the glass as convenient. A thorough spraying with

2431. A good winter Strawberry plant in bloom.

Bordeaux mixture or some other fungicide should be
made at once. For the first few days the house should
be held at about 35°, with little if any rise through the
day. After a week a rise of 10° may be given. At the
end of the second week 50° at night, with a rise of 10-
15° through the day, will be about right.

1744

STRAWBERRY

STREPTOCARPUS

Strict attention must be given to syringing the foliage
every pleasant day. Keep the walks wet until the time
of blossoming. This moisture keeps down the red
spider. At blossoming time the house should be al-
lowed to dry out, and a free circulation of air should be
maintained through the middle of the day, in order to
ripen the pollen. It is necessary to pollinate each flower
by baud. The pollination may be done in the middle of
the day while the houses are dry. A small camel-hair
brush is useful for distributing the pollen. A ladle or
spoon should also be provided in order to carry the sur-
plus pollen. The surplus pollen may be used on varieties
that are pistillate or do not have pollen enough to set
their own fruits. Six to eight fruits are enough for a
6-inch pot. When these are set the remaining flowers
should be cut off, in order that the entire strength of
the plant may go to swelling the chosen fruits. After
swelling begins, liquid manure should be given. Dur-

2432. Strelit

(X

ing the first week give one dilute application. After
this give two applications a week, increasing the
strength of the manure liquid each time. Well-rotted
cow manure or sheep droppings furnish good material for
this purpose. When the fruits are coloring the liquid
manure should be withheld and only clear water given.
As they swell, the fruits will need support, and the
best method of furnishing this is probably by using
small-meshed window-screen wire cut into suitable
squares. These squares may be laid on the pot, under
the clusters of fruits. They hold the fruits away from
the sides of the pots, protect them from any water or
liquid manure that is given the plants, and enhance the
beauty of the potted plant. After one fruiting, the
plants are worthless. Qt e. Hunn-

STRAWBERRY BUSH. See Euonymus.

STRAWBERRY GERANIUM. Saxifraga sarmen-
tosa.

STRAWBERRY-RASPBERRY. Pubus rostefolhis.

STRAWBERRY TOMATO. Physalis Alkekengi and
other species of Physalis.

STRAWBERRY TREE, Arbutus Unedo.

STRELlTZIA (after the wife of King George III,
Charlotte Sophia, of the family Mecklinburgh-Strelitz,
a patron of botany). Scitamin&ceo?. Bird of Paradise
Flower. A South African genus of 4 or 5 species of
perennial herbs, with generally large, long-petioled
leaves and showy flowers of peculiar form: rhizome
subterranean or produced into a large woody stem:
pedicels short: spathe long or short, peduncled.

Strelitzia Regime requires a good strong soil, a co-
pious supply of water and considerable sunlight. It ia
a serviceable plant for house decoration or for the porch
or lawn in summer. It will endure much neglect, but
unless well cared for it may fail to bloom regularly and
well. A night temperature of 50° is sufficient. This
plant may be induced to set seed if the flowers are
hand-fertilized.

A. Plant nearly stemless.
Reginae, Banks. Bird op Paradise Flower. Fig.
2432. About 3 ft. high: roots large, strong-growing:
lvs. oblong, about 1 ft. long, stiff, concave; leaf-stalks
all radical, twice to three times as long as the lvs. :
scape higher than the lvs.: spathe about 6 in. long,
nearly horizontal, purplish at the base, about 6-fld., the
fls. orange and blue-purple. Winter. B.M. 119, 120.

aa. Plant with woody stems.
b. Pis. pure white,
Augusta, Thunb. (S. angusta, D. Dietr. ). Becoming
18 ft. high: lvs. at the summit of the stem. 2-3 ft. long,
oblong, acute: petiole 4-6 ft. long: peduncle short,
from a leaf -axil: spathe deep purple: fls. on short pur-
ple pedicels, all parts of the flower pure white; petals
round at the base. B.M. 4167, 4168.

be. Pis. pale blue and white,

Nicolai, Regel & C. Koch. Resembling S. Augusta

in habit and foliage, but the fls. and spathe are much

larger and the petals are hastately combined and blue

in color. B.M. 7038. p. w. Barclay.

STREPTOCALYX (twisted cahjx). Bromeliaceo?.
There are 7 species of Streptocalyx according to Mez
(DC. Monogr. Phaner. Vol. 9) of Brazil. The genus
differs from Bromelia in having strongly imbricated
broad sepals and long corolla-tube. No species are in
the American trade, but S. Piirstenbergii, Morr., is de-
scribed in horticultural literature (sometimes as j$£ch-
mea PUrstenbergii, Morr. & Wittm.). It is a stemless.
pineapple-like plant, with 30-40 rigid lanceolate leaves
in a dense rosette: cluster a central dense panicle
1-1% ft. long, with many 2-sided spikes of rather dull
flowers.

STREPTOCARPUS ( Greek compound, meaning twisted
fruit). Gesner&ceo?. Cape Primrose. In October, 1826,
there bloomed at Kew a most interesting gloxinia-
like little plant, seeds and specimens of which had been
collected in South Africa by Bowie, on the estate of
George Rex, at Knysna. The plant was described as
Didymocarpus PexH. It is a stemless plant, with one,
or rarely two, long-tubular nodding pale blue flowers on
each of several short scapes, and with several clustered
root-leaves. It proved to be a profuse bloomer and easy
to grow. "So abundantly does it produce seed," wrote
W. J. Hooker, in 1830, "that new individuals come up
as weeds in the neighboring pots, and a succession of
flowers may be obtained at almost every period of the
year." In 1828, John Lindley made the genus Strepto-
carpus for this plant, calling it S. Peril, the name it
now bears. It appears to have been nearly thirty years
after the introduction of >$. Pexil that another Strepto-
carpus bloomed in England. This second species was
S. polyantha, which may be taken as the type oi a group
that has one leaf lying on the ground and from the mid-

STREPTOCARPUS

rib of which arise successive several-flowered scapes.
The introduction of this curious plant seems to have re-
vived the interest in Streptocarpuses, an interest that
has been kept alive by the frequent introduction of other
species. The chief stimulus to the systematic breeding

STREPTOCARPUS

1745

2433. Streptocarpus Wendlandii (X %).

of these plants seems to have been the introduction of
/S. Dunnii, said by J. D. Hooker to be "quite the mon-
arch of its beautiful genus" (but now excelled by <S.
Wendlandii). Seeds of this species were sent to Kew
in 1884 by E. G. Dunn, of Cape Town. It is one of the
moncphyllous section to which S. polyantha belongs.
In the meantime. S. parviflora, a species allied to <S.
Mexii, had been introduced from the Cape region. With
the three species, 5. Rexii, S. parviflora and S. Dunnii,
W. Watson, of the Royal Gardens, Kew, set to work
systematically to breed a new race of Streptocarpus,
and his efforts met with unqualified success. When the
hybrids came to notice in 1887, the Gardener's Chroni-
cle made the following comment on the value of the
work: "The results are very striking, and we can hardly
doubt that Mr. Watson has set the foundation of a new
race of plants, parallel in importance to the Achimenes
and Tydfeas." Several hybrid races have now been pro-
duced and several interesting species have been intro-
duced from the wild, so that Streptocarpus seems to be
destined to become a very important and popular garden
genus.

Bentham and Hooker's treatment divides the Gesnera-
cese into two great tribes: Gesnerea?, with ovary more
or less inferior and fruit a capsule; Cyrtandrese, with
ovary superior and fruit sometimes a berry. The latter
tribe, the species of which have been monographed by
C. B. Clarke in vol. 5 of DeCandolle's "Monographiae
Phanerogamarum," contains the genera Streptocar-
pus, Episcea, Cyrtandra, J?schynanthus, Ramonda, and
others. The Streptocarpuses are stemless or nearly
stemless herbs, bearing 1 or more tubular nodding fls.
on short scapes that arise either from the crown of the
plant or from the midrib of a flat prostrate leaf: co-
rolla-tube cylindric, the limb 5-lobed and somewhat 2-
lipped; perfect stamens 2, included; pistils with ovary
linear, usually hairy, with style as long as or shorter
than the ovary, and stigma capitate or indistinctly 2-
lobed : fr. a linear 2-valved capsule, the valves twisting.
The flowers are usually showy, blue or lilac, rarely yel-
low. The species are of three groups: the stemless
monophyllous species, with one prostrate leaf from the
midrib of which the scapes arise (this leaf is really an
enlarged cotyledon, the other cotyledon not enlarging);
the stemless species, with several or many radical more
or less primula-like leaves (whence the English name
"Cape Primrose"); the stem-bearing species, with op-
posite cauline leaves. The cultivated species chiefly
represent the first two sections. In the American trade,
only four specific names occur, S. Eeiii, S. Galpini, S.

Dunnii, and ,S". Wendlandii; but since the hybrids repre-
sent several other species, these additional species are
inserted in the following account. Streptocarpus is an
African genus. The stem-bearing section is confined to
central Africa and Madagascar, and the others to South
Africa. Clarke's Monograph, 1883, describes 19 species,
but S. Dunnii. S. Wendlandii, S. Galpini and others
have since been discovered. There are 25-30 known
species.

Streptocarpuses are not difficult plants to grow. They
are usually raised from seeds, the seedlings blooming in
8 to 15 months from starting. The seeds are very small,
and care must be taken not to cover them too deep.
Give an open sunny place in an intermediate tempera-
ture. They are not stove or warmhouse plants. Of the
new hybrid forms, seeds sown in February or March
should produce plants that will bloom the following fall
and winter; after blooming, the plants may be discarded,
for better results are usually secured from new plants
than from those more than one season old. The sea-
son of most profuse bloom is summer, but the bloom
continues until winter. The monophyllous species can
be propagated also by cuttings of the leaf. Some fan-
ciers of Cape "Primroses advise propagating select
types by leaf cuttings or by division.

A. Streptocarpus species, or those forms introduced

from the wild.

B. Leaf one, prostrate on the ground, usually very

large.
c. Fls. red.
Dunnii, Hook. f. Soft-hairy: leaf becoming 3 ft. or
even more in length and 16 in. wide, thick-nerved, red-
dish tomentose beneath, rounded at base, obtuse at
apex, coarsely toothed : scapes several to many, in a
row beginning at the base of the leaf, erect, 1-3 ft. tall,
many-fld.: corolla long-tubular, curved, l\i in. long, the
limb narrow, bright rose-red. Transvaal. B.M. 6903.
G.F. 3:609.— A very floriferous species, one plant some-
times bearing more than 100 flowers.

CO. Fls. blue, mauve or lilac.

Saundersii, Hook. Hairy: leaf 1 ft. by 9 in., cordate,
obtuse, coarsely serrate, yellowish green above and pur-
ple-rose beneath: scapes 10-16 in. tall, bearing a com-

Streptocarpus Rexii (X ;

pound cyme of large drooping blossoms: corolla 1-1H
in. long, funnelform, the limb broad but not equaling
the nearly straight tube, light blue, with 2 purple spots
in the throat. Natal. B.M. 5251. F.S. 17:1802.-Named
for W. Wilson Saunders, through whom it was intro-
duced.

1746

STREPTOCARPUS

polyantha, Hook. Hairy: as compared with S. Saun-
dersii, the leaf is smaller and the lis. bluer and borne
in a compound racemose panicle: corolla-tube curved,
shorter than the large, wide-spreading toothed pale blue
limb. Natal, Orange Colony. B.M. 4850.

Galpini, Hook. f. Hairy: leaf ovate-oblong, obtuse,
entire : scapes several to many, glandular-pubescent:
fls. short and broad, being nearly or quite bell-shaped,
the limb broad and subequal, rich mauve, with a white
eye. Transvaal. B.M. 7230. G.C. III. 11:139. -Named
for Ernest E. Galpin, who discovered the plant.

Wendlandii, Damman. Pig. 2433. Hairy, usually
bearing a rosette of very small lvs. at the base of the
radical one: leaf broad, often becoming 24x30 in., some-
times narrower, rounded at both ends, crenate-undu-
late, red-purple beneath: scapes several, forking, bear-
ing paniculate racemes : corolla-tube about 1 iu. long,
curved, pubescent, the limb large and oblique, with
broad entire lobes, the whole effect violet-blue and
whitish. Transvaal, Natal. B.M. 7447 (part of which
is copied in Fig. 2433). (4.0.111.22:275. On. 45, p. 511;
50, p. 394. J.H. III. 28:223. -Probably the finest species
yet introduced.

bb. Leaves several, rising from the crown.

Rexii, Lindl. Fig. 2434. Hairy: lvs. ovate-oblong,
6-9 in. long, short-stalked, obtuse, crenate: scapes sev-
eral, 3-8 in. tall, 1-fld. or rarely 2-nd.: fls. 2 in. long,
2-3 in. wide, the tube downy and nearly white, the large
spreading limb pale blue to purple. S. Afr. B.R.
14:1173. B.M. 3005. L.B.C. 14:1305.

parvifldra, E. Mey. Soft-hairy all over except the co-
rolla: lvs. ovate, obtuse, sessile or nearly so, crenate,
appressed to the ground: scapes several, G— 10 in. tall,
reddish, bearing corymbose racemes: fls. small, the co-
rolla-tube about % in. long and purplish and curved,
the spreading broad limb nearly white and with orbicu-
lar lobes. Cape. B.M. 703G.

€&£p\

*.-;e>*&t

2435. Streptocarpus K

lutea, Clarke. Lvs. erect, and elongate-oblong: fls
smaller and usually fewer, yellowish, the corolla-lobes
narrower and the tube relatively broader. Transvaal.
B.M. 6636 (as 8. parviflora). -Perhaps only a form of
5. parviflora. The two species were confused until
separated by Clarke in 1883. It appears that this plant,
rather than the true *S". parviflora, was one of the par-
ents of the hybrid S. Watsoni (see W. Watson, G.P. 3,
p. 609).

AA. Streptocarpus hybrids, of garden origin. (For col-
ored pictures of modern hybrid types, see Gn.
29:545; 41:843; 50:1092.)
Kewensis (S. Itexiix pollen of S. Dunnii). Fig. 2435.

"It has two or three large oblong or elongate-ovate

STREPTOSOLEN

bright green leaves, which, however, do not attain such
large dimensions as in S. Dunnii; flower-stems numer-
ous, and 6-8-fld., forming a tolerably compact mass of
fls.; corolla about 2 in. long and 1'4-1% in. in diam., of
a bright mauve-purple, striped with dark brownish pur-
ple in the throat." N. E. Brown. G. C. 111.2:247. I.H.
38:133.

Watsoni (S. lutea x pollen of S. Dunnii). "The sin-
gle leaf is similar to but rather smaller than that of S.
Kewensis. It is exceedingly floriferous, having numer-
ous flower-stems, bearing 10-16 fls. about 1J4 in. long
and 1 in. in diam., of a bright rose-purple, with a white
throat striped with brownish purple." N. E. Brown.
G.C. III. 2:215. I.H. 38: 134. -One of the finest of gar-
den forms. Said to be sterile with its own pollen.

Dyeri(S. Wendlandii x S. Dunnii). Leaf single, 2ft.
long and 15 in. wide, olive-green above and vinous pur-
ple beneath, soft-hairy : scapes 1-2 ft. or more tall,
bearing many long -tubular red-purple flowers. G.F.
8:5. — One of W. Watson's hybrids.

Bruanti (S. RexiixS. polyantha). Fls. larger than
those of S. Rexii, 4-6 on each scape, mauve-blue, with
whitish yellow throat.

5. biflbra, Duch., mentioned only iu horticultural literature,
and perhaps a garden form. It is of the S. polyantha type,
with several blue tls. — ,S'. MHoro-polydnthus, Duch., is a hy-
brid of S. biflora and S. polyantha, with several large light
blue fls. F.S. 23:2429.— S. caulescent. Vatke. One of the cau-
lescent species, with opposite elliptic-oblong entire hairy lvs.,
the stem swollen, the tls. small ('■-. in. across) and pale lilac.
Trop. eastern Afr. B.SI. 6814— X. Q&rdeni, Hook. Allied to S.
Rexii: scapes several, bearing 2 nodding pale lilac fls., with
corolla 2J4 in. long. S. Afr. B.M. 4802. F.S. 12: 1214. -S. Greenii,
Hort., is a hybrid of S. Saundersii X pollen of S. Rexii:
dwarfer and more compact than S. Saundersii, the scapes
many-fld.: fls. pale lilac-blue. G.C. II. 17:303. Said to have
been the first hybrid Streptocarpus. Raised by Mr. Green,
Pendall Court, Surrey, England, iu the garden of Sir George
Macleay. — S. Kirhii. Hook. t\, is one of the caulescent section,
with opposite petiolate cordate -ovate subcrenate lvs., and
many-fld. clusters of pale lilac fls., the corolla being about %
in. long. Trop. eastern Afr. B.M. 07.82.— S. Lichtensteinensis,
Hort. Hybrid of S. WendlandiiXS. Watsoni. Lvs. 2, one pros-
trate and the other smaller and erect: fls. numerous, lilac-blue.
—S. mxdtiflbra, Hort. One of Laing's (England) types, a seed-
ling of S. Rexii. with several large bluish purple fls. with
darker lines in the throat. G.C. III. 18:211. I.H. 43, p. 87.

L. H. B.

STRfiPTOPUS (Greek, twisted stall;; referringto the
peduncles). Lili&cece. Twisted Stalk. A genus of
3 or 4 species of perennial herbs, from the temperate
regions of Eu., Asia and N. Amer. with aspect of Poly-
gouatum, from which it differs in having a 3-cleft style
and perianth in separate segments. Woodland plants
with slender branching stems: lvs. alternate, thin,
clasping or sessile, prominently nerved: fls. rather
small, rose or white, nodding, slender-pediceled; soli-
tary or in pairs in the axils of the leaves : fr. a many-
seeded berry. The closely related genus Disporum has
terminal flowers, while those of Streptopus are axillary.

A. Fls. purple or rose.
roseus, Michx. Rootstock short, stout: stem 1-2 ft.
high: lvs. sessile, 2-4 in. long: peduncles less than 1 in.
long, mostly 1-fld.: fls. about 14 in. long: berry red,
% in. thick. May-July. Moist, rich wToods in the north-
ern states. B.B. 1:433.

aa. Els. greenish white.
amplexifolius, DC. Rootstock short, stout: stem usu-
ally taller than 5. roseus: lvs. clasping, 3-6 in. long:
peduncles 1-2 in. long, usually 2-fld. : fls. about % in.
long: berry red. May-July. Moist rich woods, north-
ern U. S. and Canada south to N. C. and New Mex.
B.B. 1:432. F.W.Barclay.

STREPTOSOLEN (Greek, streptos, twisted, solen,
tube, with reference to the form of the corolla-tube).
Solan&cea. Lvs. on long petioles, ovate, acute at both
ends, entire, bullate-rugose: fls. rich orange-colored,
pedicellate, in terminal corymbose panicles; calyx
tubular-campanulate, shortly 5-cleft; corolla-tube elon-
gated, widening above, spirally twisted below; petals 5,
broad; perfect stamens 4. A monotypic genus from
the United States of Colombia.

STREPTOSOLEN

STRYPHNODENDRON

1747

Jamesonii, Miers (Browdllia Jamesonii, Hort., &
Benth.?). Fig. 2436. Handsome evergreen scabrous-
pubescent shrub, 4-6 ft. high, hardy and much culti-
vated in California as far north as San Francisco.
June. G.C. II. 21:797. Gn. 26:447. R.H. 1883:36.
B.M. 4605. F.S. 5:436. P.M. 16:6. G.M. 39:200. V.
7:298; 9:147. — An old favorite in northern greenhouses.
J. Burtt Davy.

0m^&,s*&f'i< r*l iff:
mL'i

2436. Streptosolen Jamesonii (X V„).

STROBILANTHES (Greek, cone and flower, refer-
ring to the inflorescence). Acanthacea*. A large genus
containing about 130 species inhabiting the warm re-
gions of Asia and the Malay Islands to Madagascar.
They are mostly erect, half-shrubby plants cultivated
for their flowers and foliage. Only young, well-grown
plants are attractive, the older ones becoming weedy
and unattractive. Some species are grown as ornamen-
tal foliage bedding plants, but they are not as desirable
for general use as the coleus, the slightest cool weather
changing the color of their leaves to a very undesirable
shade. In the greenhouse they make fine decorative
foliage plants but require at all times a high temperature
and an abundance of moisture and much syringing.
Under unfavorable conditions they lose their leaves and
become unsightly.

Lvs, opposite or rarely scattered, entire or toothed:
fls. blue, violet, white or yellow, in terminal or axillary
spikes or heads, or in loose cymes, mostly large; calyx
deeply 5-parted, with linear lobes; corolla-tube narrow
at base, straight or curved, enlarged above, limb of 5
spreading ovate or rotund equal lobes, or the dorsal
pair united; stamens 4, perfect, or only the 2 lower per-
fect and the upper pair sterile and aborted, included;
anthers with 2 parallel cells: capsule oblong or linear,
slightly contracted at the base, 2-loculed; ovules 2
(rarely 3 or 4) in each locule.

Dyerianus, Masters. An erect, branching, soft-wooded
stove shrub: stem hirsute: lvs. opposite, 6-8 in. long,

elliptic-lanceolate, serrulate, cordate at base, sessile,
variegated with iridescent tints of blue and lilac, rose-
purple beneath: fls. in erect spikes, 1% in. long, pale
violet; calyx unequally 5-lobed, lobes linear, obtuse;
corolla-tube curved, ventricose, limb of 5 short, broad,
revolute lobes. Burma. B.M. 7574. R.B. 20:133. J.H.
111.26:359. A.G. 17:297. V. 19:67. -Used for bedding.

calldaus, Nees. Shrub, 6-8 ft. high: lvs. elliptic-lanceo-
late, acuminate, puberulous, narrowed into a long, slen-
der petiole which is winged to the middle: fls. in short,
oblong spikes, large, pale violet-blue; corolla-tube very
short, dilated into a subcampanulate throat and expand-
ing into a limb 2 in. across; lobes orbicular, undulate.
B.M. 7538. — A native of western India, where it forms
a shrub 6-8 ft. high; said to flower in its third year.

isophyllus, T. Anders. (Goldftissia isophylla, Nees).
A low, much-branched, bushy shrub, 2-3 ft. high,
swollen at the joints: lvs. short-petioled, opposite, nar-
rowly lanceolate, distantly serrulate or entire: peduncles
axillary, shorter than the lvs., bearing several fls.:
corolla 1 in. long, funnel-shaped, blue and white; limb
5-lobed; lobes emarginate. India. B.M 4363. B. 5:244.

— Used either for bedding or for pots. Blooms pro-
fusely either in winter or summer, according to treat-
ment.

anisophyllus, T. Anders. (GoldMssia anisopln'/lla,
Nees). Branches somewhat zigzag: lvs. broadly lanceo-
late, acuminate, serrulate, opposite but one of each pair
much smaller than the other* fls. purplish and white;
corolla funnel-shaped, very broad at the mouth, with a
somewhat irregular 5-lobed limb. India. B.M. 3404.
B.R. 11:955 (as RueUia per sici folia). Similar to the
preceding in habit and use. Heinrich Hasselbring.

STROMANTHE (couch and flower; said to allude to
form of inflorescence). Scitaminaceos. Five tropical
American plants (according to Petersen in Engler &
Prantl's Naturpflanzenfamiiien), closely allied to Cal-
athea, Maranta, Phrynium and Thalia. It agrees with
Maranta and Thalia in having a 1-loculed capsule, and
thereby differs from Calathea and Phrynium, which
have 3 locules. From Maranta it differs in having a
very short perianth-tube and the segments not stand-
ing opposite each other. From Thalia it differs, as does
Maranta, in having 2 side staminodia rather than one.
For culture, see remarks under Calathea.

Porteana, Griseb. (Maranta Porteana, Horan.).
Two to 4 ft. high, with maranta-like lvs., the blades
long-elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, varying from acumi-
nate to almost obtuse, purple beneath, bright green
above with transverse stripes or bars of silvery white :
fls. solitary or twin on the rachis, blood-red, the in-
florescence simple or compound. Brazil. Lowe 26.

sanguinea, Sonder (Maranta sanguined, Hort.).
Leaf-blades about 1 ft. long, oblong-acuminate, purple
beneath and green above: scape 12-20 in. tall, red to-
wards the top, bearing a panicle of bright red and red-
bracted fls. Probably Brazilian. B.M. 4646. F.S. 8:785.

— An old garden plant. Thrives in an intermediate
house and frequently attains a height of 5 ft. when
planted in a border. l_ jj# gt

STROPHOLlRION (Greek for twisted rope and lily,
referring to the twining stem). Liliacea?. Very like
Brodia'a, and sometimes referred to that genus, but
differing in always having 3 stamens and a perianth
which is contracted at the throat and saccate at the
base. The only species is S. CaliJ6rnicum, Torr.
(Brodiiea volubilis. Baker). In many ways it resem-
bles Brodiwa coccinea, except that the scape is climb-
ing to a height of 3 or 4 feet, and bearing an umbel
of delicate rosy pink flowers. The scape twines readily
about any stick or bush that stands near it. Lvs. 1 ft.
or more long, keeled, % in. or less broad: corm about
1 in. in diam. Central Calif. B.M. 6123. G.C. III.
20:687. —Culture as for Brodioea coccinea.

Carl Purdy.

STRYPHNODENDRON is a genus of tropical Ameri-
can unarmed trees belonging to the legume family.
Ten species are known, one of which is a native of
Guiana, the others of Brazil. They are usually small

1748

STRYPHNODENDRON

STURTEVANT

trees with bipinnute foliage, numerous leaflets, and small
fls. borne in axillary, cylindrical spikes. Pis. sessile,
5-merous; petals often connate to the middle, valvate;
stamens none, free: pod linear, compressed, thick.
Here belong S. Guianense and 8. floribundum, both of
which are known as Acacias, the latter as A. pulcher-
rima. Neither species'is known to be cult, in America.

STUARTIA (in honor of John Stuart, Earl of Bute, a
patron of botany; 1713-1792). Sometimes spelled Stew-
artia. Ternstrcemiacea . Ornamental deciduous shrubs
or trees, with alternate, short-petioled serrate leaves
and large showy white flowers solitary on short stalks
in the axils of the leaves, followed by capsular fruits.
S. pentagyna and S. Pseudo-Camellia are hardy as far
north as Mass., while S. Malachodendron is tender
north of Washington, D. C. They are very desirable
ornamental plants, with handsome bright green foliage
which turns deep vinous red or orange and scarlet in
fall, and they are very attractive in midsummer with
their white cup-shaped flowers, which are in size hardly
surpassed by any others of our hardier shrubs. The
Stuartias thrive in deep, rich, moderately moist and po-
rous soil, preferring a mixture of peat and loam, and, at
least in more northern regions, a warm, sunny position.
Prop, by seeds and layers; also by cuttings of half-
ripened or almost ripened wood under glass.

Five species occur in N. Amer. and E. Asia. Shrubs or
trees, with smooth flaky bark: fls. axillary or subtenni-
nal, with 1 or 2 bracts below the calyx; sepals and pet-
als 5 or sometimes 6, the latter obovate to almost orbic-
ular, usually concave, with crenulate margin, connate
at the base with each other and with the numerous sta-
mens; styles 5, distinct or connate: fr. a woody, usually
hirsute capsule, loculicidally dehiscent into 5 valves;
seeds 1-4 in each' locule, compressed, usually narrowly
winged.

A. Styles united: petals always 5.
B. Stamens purple, spreading : capsule subglobose.

Malachodendron, Linn. ( S. Virglnica, Cav.). Shrub,
6-12 ft. high : lvs. oval to oval-oblong, acute at both

August in the North). Va. and Ark. to Fla. and La.
Gn. 14:136; 18, p. 628; 34, p. 280. G.C. II. 8:433.-
This species has the largest and showiest flowers.

2438. Styloph

(XM).

2437. Stuartia pentagyna (X K).

ends, serrulate, light green, pubescent beneath, 2K-4
in. long: fls. 2K-3 in. across, with obovate spreading
petals: seeds wingless, shining. May, June (July and

BB. Stamens with whitish filaments, incurved : cap-
sule ovate, pointed.
c. Bracts beneath the calyx large and leaf-like.
monadelpha, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub or small tree: lvs.
oval to oval-oblong, acute at both ends, remotely serru-
late, slightly pubescent beneath, light green, l%-2% in.
long: fls. white, 1% in. across, with flat, spreading obo-
vate petals; anthers violet. Japan. S.Z. 1 :96. — This is
the least desirable species and probably as tender as the
preceding; it is doubtful whether it is in cultivation.
Specimens recently introduced seen by the writer
proved to be the following species.

CC. Bracts small, shorter than calyx.
Pseudo- Camellia, Maxim. (S. grandifldra, Briot. S.
Japdnica, var. grandifldra, Hort.). Shrub, with up-
right branches, or tree attaining 50 ft. or more in Japan ;
trunk with smooth red bark, peeling off in great thin
flakes: lvs. elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, acute at both
ends, or often acuminate at the apex, thickish, bright
green, glabrous or nearly so beneath, l%-3 in. long:
fls. hemispherical, 2-2% in. across; petals almost orbic-
ular, concave, silky-pubescent outside; anthers orange-
colored: seeds 2-4 in each cell, narrowly winged, dull.
July, Aug. Japan. B.M. 7045. R.H. 1879:430. G.C.
111.4:187. Gn. 43:899. G.P. 9:35. M.D.G. 1900:480.

AA. Styles 5, distinct : petals often 6.
pentagyna, L'Herit. (Malachodendron ovatum, Cav.).
Fig. 2437. Shrub, 6-15 ft. high: lvs. ovate to oblong-
ovate, acuminate, usually rounded at base, remotely
serrate, sparingly pubescent and grayish green beneath,
2^-5 in. long: fls. cup-shaped, 2-3 in. across; petals
obovate, with wavy crenulate margin; stamens white,
with orange- yellow anthers: capsule ovate, pointed,
sharply 5-angled; seeds narrowlv winged. July, Aug.
N. C. and Ga. to Tenn. and Fla. B.M. 3918. B.R.
13:1104. M.D.G. 1900:479. Alfred Rehder.

STURTEVANT, EDWARD LEWIS, agricultural ex-
perimenter and writer, was born in Boston, Mass., Janu-
ary 23, 1842, and died at South Frainingham, Mass., July

STURTEVANT

STYRAX

1749

30, 1898. Though holding the degree of M.D. from
the Harvard Medical School, Dr. Sturtevant never prac-
ticed the profession of medicine, but devoted his life to
agricultural work, first specializing on Ayrshire cattle,
then on pedigree corn (Waushakum) and muskmelons
(New Christiana), and afterward devoting particular
attention to the modifications which cultivated plants
have undergone as shown by such records as occur iu
the older books. In connection with these studies, Dr.
Sturtevant brought together a rare collection of books
dealing with plants published before the time of Lin-
nreus (say 1753), which, with his index cards and her-
barium, is now preserved at the Missouri Botanical
Garden in St. Louis, Mo.

As first director of the New York Experiment Station,
at Geneva, Dr. Sturtevant drew the broad plans on
which the successful work of that establishment has
been conducted and which have served largely as mod-
els for subsequently organized agricultural stations
over the country. He was a man of active mind, and
his career is suggestive of worthy work to an unusual
•degree. A biographic sketch and a list of his principal
writings are printed in the Tenth Report of the Missouri
Botanical Garden. ^5,. Teelease.

STYLO PHORUM (Greek, style and
bearing, in reference to the persistent
style). Papaveracew. A genus of prob-
ably 3 species of perennial herbs, one
American and the others from southeast-
ern Asia and Japan. Herbs with stout
rootstocks and yellow sap: lvs. lobed or
cut: fls. yellow or red, rather long-
stemmed, solitary or clustered ; sepals
2; petals 4; stamens numerous; placenta?
2-4 ; style distinct ; stigma 2-4-lobed,
radiate: capsule linear or ovoid, dehis-
cent to the base.

diplryllum, Nutt. (Papaver StylS-
phorum, Hort. ). Celandine Poppy.
Fig. 2438. A hardy perennial about 1 ft.
high, forming large clumps: stem with
2 lvs. at the summit: lvs. light green,
pinnately parted : fls. yellow, 2 in.
across, in clusters of 3-5. May, June.
Moist shade, W. Pa. to Wis. and Tenn.
B.B. 2:102. J.H. 111. 34:475.-An attrac-
tive plant of easy culture in any rich,
rather loose, moist soil in either shade or open, but pref-
erably in partial shade. pm -^ Barclay.

STYRAX (ancient Greek name of Styrax officinalis).
Styracilcete. Storax. Ornamental deciduous or ever-
green trees or shrubs, with alternate, simple, serrate or
entire leaves and white often pendulous flowers in ax-
illary clusters or terminal racemes, followed by dru-
paceous dry or fleshy fruits. *S. Obassia, Americana
and Japonica are the hardiest and stand the winter in
sheltered positions as far north as Massachusetts; S.
grandifolia is hardy about Philadelphia and S. Cali-
fornica only south. The Storaxes are handsome shrubs
of graceful habit, usually loose and spreading. Their
flowers are numerous, white and mostly fragrant. They
are well adapted for borders of shrubberies or as single
specimens on the lawn, and thrive best in a light,
porous soil. Prop, by seeds sown soon after ripening
and by layers; sometimes grafted onHalesia tetraptera.

About 60 species in the tropical, subtropical and
warmer temperate regions of America, Asia and Europe.
Trees or shrubs: lvs. short-stalked, exstipulate, more or
less covered, like the inflorescence, with stellate hairs:
fls. white; calyx campanulate, obscurely 5-toothed or
truncate; petals 5, connate only at the base; stamens
10, inserted at the base of the corolla and usually some-
what connate below: ovary superior, often united at the
base with the calyx, 3-loculed at the base, 1-loculed at the
apex; style slender: fr. a drupe, mostly subglobose,
fleshy oroftener dry with dehiscent pericarp, 1-2-seeded,
witn large, subglobose seeds. Styrax Benzoin yields
the benzoin, a balsamic exudation of the wounded tree;
storax, a similar gum-resin, was formerly obtained from
S, officinalis, but the storax of to-day is a product of
Liquidambar.

A. Fls. in many-fid. racemes: lvs. 2-10 in. long.

B. Young branchlets, petioles and racemes grayish
tomeutose.

grandifdlia, Ait. Shrub, 4-12 ft. high: lvs. oval to
obovate, shortly acuminate, usually narrowed toward
the base, denticulate or almost entire, glabrous above,
grayish tomentose or pubescent beneath, 2%-6 In. long:
fls. fragrant, in loose racemes 3-6 in. long or sometimes
in clusters; corolla fully Yt in. long, with spreading,
oblong petals : fr. subglobose, about 3it in. across. May.
S. Va. toPla. L. B.C. 11:1016 (poor). B.B. 2:599.

BB. Young branchlets, petioles and racemes soon

glabrous.
Obassia, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub or small tree, 30 ft.
high: young branchlets and petioles covered with a

2439. Styrax Japonica.

(XM.)

quickly disappearing floccose rusty tomentum: lvs. or-
bicular to broadly obovate or oval, abruptly acuminate,
usually rounded at the base, remotely dentate above the
middle and sometimes tricuspidate at the apex, glabrous
above, pubescent beneath, 6-10 in. long: fls. fragrant,
in racemes 5-7 iu. long; rachis glabrous; pedicels and
calyx finely tomentose; corolla % in. long, with slightly
spreading obovate-oblong petals: fr. % in. long, ovoid,
pointed. May. Japan. S.Z. 1:46. B.M. 7039. G.C. III.
4:131 (not correct in regard to habit). A. P. 12:30.
M.D.G. 1898:16.

aa. Fls. in few-fid. clusters or short racemes: lvs.

IS in. long.

b. Petals 5S: branchlets and lvs. beneath pubescent.

Californica, Torr. Shrub, 5-8 ft. high: lvs. broadly
oval or ovate, obtuse, entire, stellate pubescent, at
least when young, 1-2% in. long: fls. in few-fld. to-
mentose clusters; pedicels about as long as calyx;
corolla % in. long, with 5-8 oblanceolate petals; sta-
mens 10-16, with the filaments pubescent and connate
about one-third. April. California.

bb. Petals 5: lvs. almost glabrous, acute,
c. Pedicels about as long as calyx, puberulous.

Americana, Lam. {S. glabrum, Cav. S. Imvigatum,
Ait.). Shrub, 4-8 ft. high: lvs. oval to oblong, acute at
both ends or acuminate, entire or serrulate, bright
green and almost glabrous, 1-3 in. long: fls. nodding, in
few-fld. clusters; pedicels about as long as calyx or
little longer, puberulous ; corolla about % in. long, al-
most glabrous, with spreading or reflexed, lanceolate-
oblong petals; calyx-teeth minute, acute. April-June.
Va. to Fla., west to Ark. and La. B.M. 921. L.B.C.
10:960. B.R. 11:952 (as Halesia parviflora).

1750

STYRAX

SWAIN SON A

cc. Pedicels %-l in. long, glabrous.

Jap6nica, Sieb. & Zucc. Fig. 2439. Shrub or small
tree, becoming 30 ft. high, with slender spreading
branches: young branch lets and lvs. with stellate pu-
bescence, which soon disappears: lvs. broadly elliptic to
elliptic-lanceolate, acute at both ends, often acuminate,
crenately serrulate, glabrous, 1-3 in. long: fls. pendu-
lous, in 3-G-fld. glabrous racemes; corolla about )4 m*
long, with slightly spreading, elliptic, tomentulose petals ;
calyx usually with short and broad, obtuse teeth.
June, July. Jap., China. S.Z. 1:23. Gt. 17:583. B.M.
5950 (as 8. serrulatum). M.D.G. 1899:229, 230.

S. B&nzoin, Dryand. Small tree, allied to S. Japonica: lvs.
Stellate-tomentose beneath, also pedicels and calyx. Malay
Archip. — S. officinalis, Linn. Closely allied to S. California:
petals 5-7; stamens connate only at the base. Mediterr. region.
— 8. platanifolia. Engelm. Allied to S. Californica: almost
glabrous: lvs. undulate or irregularly siimately lobed. Texas.
—S. pulveruUnta, Miehx. Low shrub, allied to S. Americana,
but lvs. stellate-pubescent when young: fls. fragrant, on short,
tomentose pedicels. S. Va. to Fla- and Tex. B.B. 2:599.— i".
semdata, Roxb. Shrub or tree, 40 ft. high, allied to S. Ameri-
cana: lvs. usually elliptic-oblong, acuminate, distinctly serru-
late: fls. short-pediceled, in 5-10-rld. short racemes; calyx and
pedicels tomentose. E. India. ALFRED REHDER.

SUCCORY. Another name for Chicory.

SUCCULENTS are desert plants that live on a mini-
mum of moisture. Kitchen vegetables are said to be
"succulent " when they are tender, sappy, full of juice,
— as lettuce or cucumbers, hi ornamental gardening
"Succulents" are such tough and dry plants as cacti
and century plants. The cacti are typical Succulents,
as they represent a botanical family created by ages
of desert life. Even in flower and fruit the cacti are
much removed from other botanical families, and in
the structure of their vegetable parts they are highly
specialized to accord with desert conditions. Near to
cacti, botanically, are supposed to be the ficoidese, of
which the large genus Mesembryanthemum is most im-
portant. The family Crassulacea1 contains many fleshy
or succulent plants, the most important genera of which
are mentioned under Crassula. Other families that have
left survivors in the desert, though greatly altered in
appearance and habits of life, are the lily family, e. g. ,
Agave and Aloe; the spurge family, e. g., Euphorbia ;
the milkweed family, e. g., Stapelia ; the purslane
family, e. g., Portulaca, and among composites certain
species of Senecio, Kleinia and Hertia. Rumpler's Die
Sukkulenten, Berlin, 1892, is an illustrated book of 203
pages covering the above ground, mostly from the bo-
tanical side. Nearly all the good cultural hooks on cacti
notice the succulent plants of other families. In this
work consult Cacti and the various genera indicated
above. See also special books published in Europe.
There is no special American book literature, iff jj^

SUGAR APPLE. Annua squamosa.

SUGAR BERRY. Celtis occidentalis,

SUGAR BUSH. In some English books this name
refers to Protea mellifera, a plant not cult, in America.
In the U. S., Sugar Bush, or Sugar Orchard, refers to
a grove of sugar maples.

SUGAR CANE. See Saccharum.

SUKSD6RFIA violacea, Gray, and Sullivantia Ore-
gana, S. Watson, are two small perennial herbs of the
saxifrage family native to the Columbia river region.
They were once offered by western collectors but are
not known to be in cultivation. They are fully described
in Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. Sci., the former in 15:41, the
latter 14:292.

SUMACH. See Rhus.

SUNDEW. Dmsera.

SUNDROP. Ydlow - flowered diurnal primroses (see
Primula); also Oenothera fruticosa.

SUNFLOWER. Species of Helianihus. The common
Sunflower of gardens is Helianihus annuus. This js

grown for ornament, and the seeds (fruits) are also
used as poultry food. Sunflower oil, produced in Rus-
sia, is used in salads. See Bull. (JO, Piv. of Chemistry,
U. S. Dept. of Agric. , by Harvey W.Wiley, on f< The Sun-
flower Plant, its Cultivation, Composition and Uses," 1901.

SUN ROSE. Belianthemum.

SURINAM CHERRY. Eugenia Michclii.

SUTHERLANDIA (James Sutherland, one of the
earliest superintendents of the Edinburgh Botanic Gar-
dens, author of "Hortus Medicus Edinburgeusis," 1683).
Legumindscs. Sutherlandia frutescenSj the Bladder
Senna of the Cape, might be roughly described as a red-
flowered Swainsona. It is a tender shrub said to grow
3 ft. high or more in South Africa. Each leaf is com-
posed of about 9-11 pairs of leaflets and an odd one.
The fls. are bright scarlet, drooping and in the best va-
riety an inch or more long. The blossoms are not pea-
shaped; the standard is oblong, with reflexed sides;
the keel is longer than the standard, and the wings are
very short. The fls. are numerous and borne in axillary
racemes, 5-11 in a raceme. An interesting feature of
the plant is its large bladder-like pod, which sometimes
measures 2KxlM inches.

Botanically Sutherlandia is very imperfectly under-
stood. There are at most 5 species, or 6'. frutescens may
prove to be the only one. Generic characters: fls. as
described above; calyx campanulate, 5-toothed; stamens
9 and 1: ovary stalked, many-ovuled; style bearded:
pod many-seeded, indehiscent: seeds reniform.

At the Cape S. frutescens runs into two forms. The
common or typical one has the leaflets glabrous above,
while in the seaside form, var. tomentosa, they are sil-
very white on both sides. In cultivation there seem to
be three forms: (1) the typical species, which is gener-
ally treated as an annual in France. (If Sutherlandias
are kept for several years in a greenhouse the plants
become woody and unsightly and lose some of their
foliage. Young, compact and bushy specimens are pre-
ferred.) (2) A form with larger red fls. (var. grandi-
flora ), which in France at least does not flower until the
second vear. (•*) A white-fld. form, which is probably one
of two different things cultivated under the name of S.
floribunda, hut which is here called S. frutescens, var.
alba.

Sutherlandias are highly esteemed by French connois-
seurs. They are propagated by seeds and are said to be
readily raised by cuttings. Seeds of the typical form are
sown in March or April under glass and the plants bloom
the same summer for several months. They seem to be
usually kept in pots for the decoration of verandas,
terraces, etc., but could probably be grown in the open
border during summer. The seeds of var. grandiflora
are generally sown in June or July, and the plants
wintered in a greenhouse. They bloom toward the end
of May, which is earlier than the typical forms. For
winter treatment the French advise very moderate water-
ing and as much air and light as possible. In America
the Sutherlandias seem to be known only in California,
though au eastern dealer has recently offered one under
the name of "Scarlet Bush." The var. grandiflora is
worthy of trial by northern florists. Flora Capensis
2:212. The species is hardy at San Francisco.

frutescens, R. Br. Bladder Senna of the Cape.
Tender South African red-fld. shrub described above.
Harvey calls the typical form var. communis; it has
lfts. glabrous above, elliptical or oblong: ovaries and
pods glabrous. B.M. 181 (as Colutea frutescens). R.H.
1896, p. 206. Var. tomentosa, Harv. Lfts. shorter and
broader, obovate or obcordate, silvery white on both
sides: ovaries and pods hispid. Var. grandiflora, Hort.
(S. floribunda , C;irr., not Vilm.), has large red fls. and
does not bloom until the second year. R.H. 1871:610.
Var. alba ( S. floribunda, Vilm., not Carr.) has white fls.
Ernest Braunton, of Los Angeles, received in 1900 a plant
called S. spectabilis, of which little is known, y^, _j\ j _

SUWARRO. Cereus giganteus.

SWAINSONA (Isaac Swainson, an English horti-
culturist of the latter part of the eighteenth century).
Often spelled S wain son ia . Legion indsce. About 25

SWAINSONA

Australian undershrubs and herbs, differing from
Colutea chiefly in smaller stature and the large lateral
stigma. Flowers pea-liue, in axillary racemes, purple,
blue, red, yellow or white, often showy; standard or
vexillum large and showy, orbicular; wings oblong,
twisted or falcate ; stamens 9 and 1 : f r. a turgid or
inflated pod, which is sometimes divided by a partition
and sometimes with the upper suture depressed ; seeds
small and kidney-shaped: lvs. unequally pinnate, usu-
ally with several or many small leaflets. Now and then
various species are seen in the collections of amateurs
or botanic gardens, and 8 species are offered by one
German dealer, but by far the most popular kind is S.
galegifolia, var. albiflora.

galegifdlia, R. Br. ( Yicia galegifdlia, Andr. Colutea
galegifdlia, Sims. S. Osbornii, Moore). Small, gla-
brous, attractive shrub, with long, flexuose or half -climb-
ing branches: lfts. 5-10 pairs and an odd terminal one,
small, oblong and obtuse or somewhat emarginate: ra-
cemes axillary and mostly exceeding the foliage, bear-
ing rather large deep red fls.: pod 1-2 in. long, much
inflated, stipitate. Australia. B.M. 792.— Swainsona
galegifolia is an old-time garden plant, blooming freely
in a cool or intermediate house along with carnations
and roses. It thrives well either as a pot-plant or in
beds. It is hardy at San Francisco. It is a nearly con-
tinuous bloomer. Cuttings taken in late winter bloom in
summer; these plants may then be transferred to the
house for winter bloom, although maiden plants are to
be preferred. By eutting back old plants, new bloom
may be secured. Cuttings grow readily. The plant is
easy to manage. The original form of Swainsona is
little known in cultivation, but the advent of the white
form has brought the species to the fore.

Var. albifldra, Lindl. (var. alba, Hort, 8. albiflbra,
G.Don). Fig. 2440. Flowers pure white. B.R. 12:994.
L.B.C. 17:1642. A.F. 8:1173; 10:611; 11:1180. Gng.
5:185. — In North America this is now one of the most
popular of white florists' flowers for use in winter dec-
orations. It has been called the "Winter Sweet Pea"
because of the shape of the flowers, but it has no fra-
grance. The delicate bright green foliage affords an
excellent contrast with the pure white flowers. This
variety is often grown at the end of a rose or carnation
house, or trained on a trellis. It likes abundant sun-
light, rich soil and liquid manure. When allowed too
much root room the plants become very large and are
slow to bloom, wherefore a large pot or tub is prefer-
able to the border.

Var. violacea, Hort., has rose-violet fls., and is some-
what dwarf. S. coronillce folia, Salish., probably repre-
sents this form or something verv like it. B.M. 1725.
S. eoronillcefolia is an older name than *'. galegifolia,
and if the two names are considered to represent the
same species the former should be used.

Var. rosea, Hort., has pink flowers.

S. Ferrandi, Hort., is called a " garden variety " by Kew au-
thorities. Var. alba is described in R.H. 1886, p. 502, and var.
a the American trade. L. H. B.

SWEET HERBS

1751

SWALLOW THORN. HippophaS rhamnoides.

SWAN RIVER DAISY is Brachycome iberidifolia.

SWEET ALYSSUM. See Alyssum maritimum.

SWEET BASIL. See Basil.

SWEET BAY of general literature is Laurus nobilis
In America, Magnolia glauea.

SWEET BRIER. Bosa

igi not"

SWEET CICELY, or SWEET-SCENTED CHERVIL

[Myrrh is odor&ta, Scop., which see), indigenous to
Europe upon the banks of streams, is a graceful, hardy
perennial 3 ft. tall, with very large, downy, grayish
green, much-divided leaves, hairy stems and leaf-stalks,
small, fragrant white flowers, and large brown seeds of
transient vitality. The leaves, which have an aromatic,
anise-like, sweetish flavor and odor, characteristic of

the whole plant, are still occasionally employed in fla-
voring soups and salads, though their use as a culi-
nary adjunct, even in Europe, is steadily declining. In
American cookery, the plant is almost confined to our
unassimilated, distinctly foreign population. Though
easily propagated by division, best results are obtained
from seed sown in the autumn either spontaneously or
artificially; the seedlings, which appear in the follow-

2440. Swainsona galegifolia var. albiflora (X %)

ing spring, are set 2 ft. apart each way in almost any
ordinary garden soil. Spring-sown seed frequently
fails to germinate. When once established common
care will be sufficient. jj^ q_ Kains.

SWEET CLOVER. Melilotus alba.

SWEET FERN. Myrica Gale.

SWEET FLAG. Acorus Calamus.

SWEET GALE. Myrica Gale.

SWEET GUM. Liguidambar.

SWEET HERBS. The term " Sweet Herbs " has long
been applied to the fragrant and aromatic plants used
in cookery to add zest to various culinary preparations,
principal among which are dressings, soups, stews and
salads. At the commencement of the nineteenth cen-
tury many were to be found in gardens and kitchens
that now have been dropped entirely or have but very
limited use. Perhaps no group of garden plants dur-
ing this time has been marked by so little improve-
ment. Except in parsley, very few distinctly new or
valuable varieties have been produced or disseminated.
This is mainly due to the prevailing ignorance of their
good qualities, to which ignorance may be charged the
improper handling, not only by the grower, but by the
seller and often by the filial purchaser. With the public

1752

SWEET HERBS

SWEET PEA

duly awakened to the uses of herbs, improvements in
growing, handling, and in the plants themselves will
naturally follow, to the pleasure and profit of all.

In this country the herbs best known and appreciated
are parsley, sage, thyme, savory, marjoram, spearmint,
dill, fennel, tarragon, balm and basil, arranged approxi-
mately in their order of importance. Since parsley is
more extensively used as a garnish than any other
garden plant, it is grown upon a larger scale than all
other herbs combined. Hence some seedsmen do not rank
parsley with Sweet Herbs. Sage is the universal flavoring
for sausage and the seasoning par excellence for rich
meats such as pork, goose and duck. It is more widely
cultivated than thyme, savory and marjoram, which have
more delicate flavors and are more popular for seasoning
mild meats, such as turkey, chicken and veal. With the
exception of spearmint, without which spring lamb is
deemed insipid, and the famous mint julep, a thing of
little worth, the remaining herbs mentioned above are
scarcely seen outside our large city markets, and even
there they have only a very limited sale, being re-
stricted mainly to the foreign population and to such
restaurants and hotels as have an epicurean patronage.

In many market-gardens both near to, and remote
from, the large cities, sweet herbs form no small
source of profit, since most of them, when properly
packed, can be shipped in the green state even a con-
siderable distance, and when the market is over-sup-
plied they can be dried by the grower and sold during
the winter. Probably more than one-half the quantities
used throughout the country are disposed of in the
latter manner.

As a rule, the herbs are grown as annuals and are
propagated from seed sown in early spring, though
cuttage, layerage and division of the perennials are in
favor for home practice and to a certain extent also in
the market-garden. Commercially they are most com-
monly grown as secondary crops to follow early cab-
bage, peas, beets, etc. In the home garden they are
frequently confined to a corner easily accessible to the
kitchen, where they remain from year to year. In gen-
eral, herbs should be planted on good light garden soil
of fine texture, kept clean by frequent cultivation,
gathered on a dry day after the dew is off, dried in a
current of warm, not hot air, rubbed fine and stored in
air-tight vessels.

For specific information see articles on the following:

Anise, Angelica, Balm, Basil, Caraway, Catnip,
Coriander, Bill, Fennel, Borehound, Byssop, Mari-
gold, Marjoram, Mint, Parsley, Peppermint, Sage,
Samphire, Savory, Tarragon, Thyme.

M. G. Kains.

SWEET LIME. See Lime.

SWEET MARJORAM. See Origanum.

SWEET PEA {Lathyrus odoratus. See Lathyrus for
botanical account. For structure of the flower, see
Legume). Figs. 2441^44. For its beauty and fragrance,
the Sweet Pea is the queen of the large genus to which
it belongs. Long a common garden annual, within re-
cent years it has been brought to a high degree of
development, until it ranks with the most popular gar-
den favorites. It is also grown for high-class exhibitions
and floricultural competition.

Its early botanical history has been traced back to
1650. The whole history of the Sweet Pea is elaborately
treated by S. P. Dicks, of London, in American Gar-
dening, for July 24, 1897. The origin of the Sweet Pea
is divided principally between Sicily and Ceylon, the
original purple variety being indigenous to the former
island and Sardinia. Sicily was also the native habitat
of the white variety, but all obtainable testimony credits
Ceylon with the original pink and white variety known
as the Painted Lady. Thence also came the original
red out of which the crimson-scarlet sorts have come
Father Franciscus Cupani, a devout Italian monk am
enthusiastic botanist, is credited with being the first cul
tivator of this flower, at Panormus, in Sicily, in 1699
and tiie seed of the purple variety was sent by him to
England and elsewhere. The seed of this flower became
an article of commerce as early as 1730. In 1793 a Lon
don seed catalogue listed 5 varieties, the black, purple

scarlet, white and Painted Lady. About 40 years later
the striped and yellow are found named on the list.
Not until 1860 do we find any further advance, when a
blue-edged variety was offered, since known as Butterfly.
In 1865 Invincible Scarlet won a certificate. In 1868
Crown Princess of Prussia appeared in Germany, and
gave us the first light flesh-pink. Adonis in 1882 gave
a new color in rose-pink, which was soon followed by a
better shade in what was afterwards named Princess
Beatrice. Several others of less value helped to prepare

2441. Flowers of Sweet Pea. to show structure.

the way for the modern Sweet Pea as it has come from
the skilled hands of Henry Eckford, the prince of spe-
cialists in this flower.

About 1876 Henry Eckford, of Shropshire, England,
after long experience and signal success as a specialist
in other florists' flowers, took up the Sweet Pea. He
began with the 6 or 7 common sorts, working patiently
by means of cross-fertilization and selection for seven
years before he had anything of merit to offer. By that
time he began to get new colors and a somewhat im-
proved size and form. Orange Prince, the dark maroon
Boreatton, and the deep bronze-blue of Indigo King,
were among the cheering signs of his success in origi-
nating colors. But his novelties did not meet with pop-
ular appreciation till about 1890, when their merit of
size and grandiflora form and originality of color began
to excite a new interest in this flower, especially in
America. Up to 1898 Eckford put out about 75 varieties,
the product of 22 years of patient labor. A large per-
centage of his introductions has received certificates and
awards of merit from the Royal Horticultural Society
and at other English shows. Laxton, of England, and
J. C. Schmidt, of Germany, are among those who have
done special work in originating varieties.

At the time when this new interest in Sweet Peas
awoke in America the increased demand for the seed
led to the successful experiment of growing it in Cali-
fornia. The demand soon increased till 125 tons of this
seed were produced by the California seed-growers,
and now practically the world's supply comes from
that source. This also led to the production of Ameri-
can novelties in this flower, the extensive seed-growers
having unequaled opportunity for finding new sorts and
also of making them by cross-fertilization. The Ameri-
can novelties have the advantage of being introduced
with stronger seed than the Eckfords. The complete
list of varieties in 1898 numbered about 150 named sorts.
The colors now represented are white, light primrose,

Plate XL. Sweet Pea, Lathyrus odoratus

SWEET PEA

primrose-cream, buff-cream, buff-pink, various shades
of light pink, flesh-pink, rose-pink, several shades of
bright rose, scarlet, crimson-scarlet, rich blood-red,
light blue, mauve-blue, dark blue, lavender, salmon-
pink and also light rose, with more or less rich infusion
of orange, purple, magenta, maroon with bronzy cast or
rich velvety effect, and shades of violet. All of these
are found in passably good selfs and also in contrasted
and blended colors, and all these colors are now found
in stripes and flakes. In 1893 the first dwarf Sweet Pea
called Cupid was found in California, the white first ap-
pearing, and now practically all colors have been found
in this diminutive form. In this form of sporting the
plant totally abandons its vine habit, making a mat of
dwarf foliage, the blossoms being of the usual size, but
with very short stems.

The best canon of judgment gives no encouragement
to the so-called "double" Sweet Pea, the grandiflora
single form being the approved type, as it certainly is
the most graceful and best adapted to the flower. The
highest form of development which the Sweet Pea takes
is first in bringing the single flower to the best grandi-
flora size and form, and then in adding to the number
of Howers on the stem. The improved Sweet Pea now
takes on 4 blossoms to a stem to some extent, and even
5 blossoms to a true single stem are not unknown. The
length and diameter of the stem are also important
in determining merit. Stems 14 in. long are occasion-
ally exhibited, and the flower cannot be said to have
high culture unless the stems are well on towards 10
inches in length. The finest grandirfora type of blossom
has a standard which when pressed out will be nearly
circular and will cover a silver dollar. The finest
exhibition stock will now show some blossoms that
measure 1% in. across.

Now that this flower is grown for the highest com-
petitive test of skill, the rules for judging an exhibit
are of importance. Although no scale of points has
received general recognition, yet, allowing that each
variety must be judged according to the correct indi-
vidual type under which it was introduced, size of
blossom, color, form, substance, number of blossoms on
the stem and size of
stem, are the essential
points. The retrograde
of stock is easily shown
by the loss of full
rounded outline, reflexed
standard and deterior-
ated substance. De-
scriptive terms have
been adopted by the
growers to some extent,
e. g., blossoms take the
old common form, or are
semi -expanded, boldly
expanded, hooded,
notched, shell-shaped, or
grandiflora. Position of
blossoms on the stem is
also a point aimed at by
the specialist.

A good degree of suc-
cess is now reported from
ordinary gardens every-
where in the growing of
this flower. Yet since it
has been brought to its
present highly hybrid-
ized and developed
stage some of its hardy
habits that formerly
made it easy to grow
have been reduced.
Closer attention must
now be paid to such rules
of culture as have been
found necessary. Tolerably rich soil inclining to a clay
loam is best. Over-enriching will be likely to cause an
excess of vine growth at the expense of bloom. In all
light soil, finning the ground by treading or rolling it
will be found a preventive of the early blight. The time
for planting is as early as possible, the ground having

SWEET PEA

17513

2442. Gaiety Sweet Pea.

been prepared in the fall, and the seed going in as soon
as the frost is out. This first planting should be covered
one inch, the place where the row comes being hollowed
out about three inches to hold moisture. A later plant-
ing needs to be covered with three inches of soil. Slow

2443. Red Riding Hood Sweet Pea.

germination and almost a standstill condition through
the month of May is better than any forcing process.
Only the thinnest top-soil should be disturbed in hoeing
and no soil filled in earlier than June, if at all. Cut-
worms must be shown no quarter. A light mulch is
excellent for shading the ground. Whatever support is
given the vines must be strong and six feet high. A
wire trellis answers well, but good birches give the
vines a chance to ramble and they are cooler and more
airy. Rows should run north and south. All the
strength of the vines should be conserved by keeping
the pods removed. ^\r# t. Hutchins.

California's Contributions to the Sweet Pea.—
The pink and white Sweet Pea, or, as it was popularly
known, the "Painted Lady," is an old-time garden
favorite which was greatly esteemed by flower lovers
for its beautiful coloring and delightful fragrance.
This type, with the old style white-flowered kind and a
few small-flowered sorts of dull and unattractive color-
ing, constituted for many years the entire assortment
of varieties known to gardeners. When any one spoke
of the Sweet Pea the Painted Lady was understood, in
the same way that in speaking of a tea rose the favorite
Safrano was the variety alwaj's referred to. In the past
twelve years all this has been changed by the wonderful
improvements made by specialists in the development
of this flower and its consequent popularity. Our list
of varieties of the tall-growing or running type now
numbers over 180 varieties.

This great improvement is due primarily to the work
of Henry Eckford, of England, who has improved
the Sweet Pea mainly by selection. The Laxtons also
sent out a number of crosses, which were very distinct
in coloring but of small size, and though the colors
were rich they were not attractive. Owing to the
climatic conditions under which he worked and his
greater interest in the improvement of the flower, Mr.
Eckford has not produced seed in sufficient quantities
to greatly cheapen the price, and this element of popu-
larity has been supplied by our own wonderland of
flowers — California. In California, finely ripened seed
can be produced in such large quantities that in two

1754

SWEET PEA

SWEET POTATO

years after Mr. Eckford's introduction of a new variety
our seedsmen are able to offer the seed at a price within
the reach of every gardener. For a small outlay these
novelties can be planted in masses unthought of by
European gardeners.

California has done much more than this for the
Sweet Pea, however. The Sweet Pea likes a cool soil
and climate, the vines shriveling up during midsummer
and succumbing to the red spider during the hot, dry
weather which prevails over a very large portion of our
country. To a certain extent, therefore, the popularity
of this flower has been confined to the cooler northern
states. In the effort of nature to adapt the plant to
changed conditions, an entirely distinct type of growth
soon appeared in the California fields, having a low,
compact, spreading habit. The dense, deep green foli-
age lying closely to the soil, serves to mulch, shade and
protect the strong network of roots lying beneath the
surface. This type is known as the Cupid Sweel Pea.
That it is apparently due to climatic influence is readily
shown by the large number of distinct varieties we
now have with this type of growth, many of which
originated directly from the tall varieties, and not from
sports of the original Cupid. This Cupid Sweet Pea
succeeds excellently in hot, dry weather, and exposed
dry locations where success with the tall varieties is
exceptional. Conversely, the Cupid type does not suc-

2444. Three varieties of Sweet Pea, about half nitural
size, indicating the progress in size of flower.

The figure on the left shows a variety of the last
generation; that on the right an average Hower of to-
day. The middle flower is the grandirlora type, re-
duced from a flower lxi iu. across. Larger flowers
can be secured, but it is a question whether they are
desirable.

ceed in cool, moist locations where the tall sorts do
best, as the dense foliage does not dry out readily and
is inclined to mildew.

Two other distinct types have been originated in this
country, the Bush Sweet Pea, which stands half-way
between the Cupid and tall Sweet Peas in growth,
needing no trellis or support but with the foliage held
well above the soil and the flower-stems of greater
length than in the compact Cupids. This type is also
especially adapted to hot weather and dry soils, having
a splendidly developed system of fine fibrous roots.
The second type is the result of breeding and selection,
as exemplified in Burpee Earliest of All, which has
the true vine-like or running growth, but grows only 18
inches high and comes into full flower greatly in
advance of the taller varieties of Sweet Peas without
any sacrifice of size in the flower or of length in the
stems. With this variety and early planting a great
show of flowers may be had even in the southern
states. Its early flowering habit makes it the most
desirable of all varieties to grow under glass for winter
flowering. Heretofore, the enthusiasm for Sweet Peas
has been mainly in the cooler northern states, but with
fall planting of the tall sorts and the adoption of the
Cupid and Bush varieties for summer flowering in the
hotter locations, there is no reason why they cannot be
grown under more widely varying conditions than any
other popular flower. E. D. Darlington.

SWEET POTATO. Ipomaea Batatas, which see for
botanical account. An edible tuberous root, much
prized in North America, a staple article of food in all
the southern states, and also much consumed in the
North. The Sweet Potato plant is a trailing vine of the
morning-glory family. The branches root at the joints.
The edible tubers, Fig. 2445, are borne close together
under the crown and unlike the common potato they

do not bear definite "eyes." The varieties differ greatly
in length of vine and the "vineless" Sweet Potato has
a bushy habit. Good commercial varieties that are
well cared for rarely bloom, and even then the flow-
ers may not produce seed. The plant is tender to
frost. The species is widely distributed in tropical
regions but is supposed to be of American origin.
It has been cultivated from prehistoric times by the
aborigines. The plant is exceedingly variable in its
leaves (Fig. 2446), and the varieties are sometimes
classified on the foliar characters. In the southeast-
ern states the word " potato " usually means sweet
potato, the potato of the North being known as
"Irish," "round " and "white" potato.

The Sweet Potato crop amounts to fifty million
bushels annually. Large quantities are grown in the
Carolinas, Georgia, Texas, Alabama, Mississippi, Vir-
ginia and New Jersey, the last state being the farthest
point north where the crop is raised on a large scale.
In California the yield is also large, particularly in the
interior valleys and in places removed from the influ-
ence of the coast climates. The Sweet Potato is propa-
gated by means of its tubers, usually from the slips or
cuttings which arise when the tubers are planted in
beds or frames. It is also propagated by means of cut-
tings or slips taken from the tips of fresh runners. A
bushel of ordinary Sweet Potatoes will give from 3,000
to 5,000 plants, if the sprouts are taken off twice. An
average good yield of Sweet Potatoes is 200-400 bushels
per acre. Yields twice as high as these are sometimes-
secured.

In the northern states amateurs occasionally grow
Sweet Potatoes of the southern types in a small way on
ridges in the garden, but it is usually for the pleasure
of the experience rather than for profit. A warm,
sunny climate, long season, loose warm soil, liberal
supply of moisture in the growing season and a less
supply when the tubers are maturing — these are some
of the requirements of a good Sweet Potato crop. The
crop should be gathered immediately after the first frost.
In the South a soft and sugary Sweet Potato is desired.
In the North a firm, dry. mealy tuber is the prevalent
type. Certain varieties of Sweet Potatoes are called
"yams "in the South, but this name belongs historically
to a very different kind of plant, for an account of
which see Dioscorea.

There are two special American books on Sweet Pota-
toes, by Fitz and Price. For history, see Sturtevant in
Amer. Nat., Aug., 1891, pp. 698, 099'. Some of the most
important bulletins are Farmers' Bull. 26. U. S. Dept.
Agrie. and Ga. 25 by Hugh N. Starnes. Md. 59 and 60
deal with the insects and diseases. l H. B.

Commercial Cultivation of the Sweet Potato. —
The cultivation of the Sweet Potato as a staple crop is
confined almost exclusively to the southern states.
While it is true that the Sweet Potato occupies large
areas in New Jersey and is also planted more or less
extensively throughout portions of Illinois, Indiana and
Ohio, by far the greater bulk of the crop is to be found
below the 38th parallel of latitude. Hence the cultural
details here given, as well as the memoranda on dis-
eases, are compiled from a strictly southern standpoint.

Methods vary but little. Local environment enters
less as a factor into Sweet Potato culture than into any
other horticultural industry of the country. For this
very reason it is remarkable tLat there should occur
such extraordinary variations in type as are everywhere
noted, and for which local environment, if anything,
should be held responsible. So marked are these varia-
tions that without apparent cause any given "variety"
so-called — more correctly, perhaps, "selection "—will
develop, when transferred a few hundred miles from its
place of origin, after a few years of cultivation in the
hands of half a dozen different growers, just that
many distinct types, each differing materially from the
original in its more important characteristics — produc-
tiveness, maturity, quality and habit of growth. This
difference extends, sometimes, even to a change in the
form of the leaf itself from possibly an ovate shape
with margin entire and with no more trace of a lobe
than an apple leaf has, to a sagittate or halberd form or
even to one deeply cleft or indented. See Fig. 2446.

SWEET POTATO

SWEET POTATO

1755

Propagation is effected altogether by means of shoots,
mostly those from the root. While blooms are often
found on the vines — particularly in the extreme South—
they are nearly always imperfect and invariably drop
from the pedicel. No ovaries ever develop. Therefore
the remarkable series of rapid transformations observ-
able in the Sweet Potato must be credited entirely to an
active and persistent tendency in the plant to bud varia-
tion—in effecting which it must be admitted to be a
veritable kaleidoscope.

Propagation. — "Draws," or developed sprouts from
root-buds, supply the readiest and. indeed, the only
practicable means of propagation. Tubers of the last
season's crop are ''bedded " for this purpose; that is, an
■outdoor hotbed is constructed in which the tubers are
placed in a single layer, close together, and covered
with several inches of soil early in spring. In a few
weeks the latent buds of the tubers, under the stimulus
of the heat from the fermenting manure, will have
sprouted, and by the time all danger from frost has
passed a dense growth of "draws," or "slips " will cover
the bed. These are removed from the tubers, set by
hand in the field in rows four feet apart — the plants
eighteen inches, generally, in the row. The size of
the bedded tubers does not affect the crop. As good
results are obtained from small as from large potatoes.
Even the smallest tubers or "strings" consistently
planted from year to year, produce as heavily as the
■choicest selections. This is but logical if we remember
that the Sweet Potato is merely an enlarged, in axial,
fleshy root, and heavy tubers, when sprouted, should
have little direct tendency to produce a crop of corre-
sponding size, particularly when the subsequent culti-
vation is indifferent.

For later plantings the "bed" may be supplemented
by cutting "slips" 12 or 14 inches long from the young
vines after growth commences in the row, and using
them as "draws." While the "slips" do not live quite
so readily as the rooted "draws," they are said to make
smoother and more sightly tubers — due, doubtless, to
the fact that by this method the mycelium of the black
rot is not conveyed from the bed to the field.

Soil and Fertilization.— Although a gross con-
sumer of nitrogen, the Sweet Potato cannot advanta-
geously occupy "bottomland," With this reservation it
may be said that almost any land will produce potatoes.
Yet a light, sandy loam is best. Stiff, red soil is to be
avoided, as in it the potato splits, cracks and "rough-
ens," by reason of the suspension and sudden resump-
tion of growth during variable weather.

The most approved fertilizer formula has been found
to be, per acre, about as follows:

Lbs.

Nitrogen (ammonia equiv. 50 lbs.) 40

Phosphoric acid 90

Potash 50

This requirement would be met by a compound of:

Lbs.

High-grade ar-id phosphate 640

Nitrate of soda 260

Sulfate of potash 100

Total 1 ,000

Cottonseed meal has been found in many localities
preferable to sodium nitrate, as it is not so readily soluble
and therefore more gradual and continuous in action
through the season. It may be substituted in the for-
mula for sodium nitrate in the ratio of two pounds for
one. Potassium muriate produces as heavy a crop as
potassium sulfate, but the latter considerably increases
the starch content, which in southern -grown potatoes
is unusually large. For potash, kainit may be substi-
tuted in the proportion of four pounds of kainit to one
of either potassium sulfate or muriate. Stable manure
of normal composition produces excellent Sweet Pota-
toes, but is. of course, too variable in character and
too uncertain in quantity to be generally available.

A complete summary of methods employed in Sweet
Potato culture would occupy too much space. They are,
moreover, too familiar to reqiiire repetition. Yet it is
desirable to call especial attention to certain points
which have been insufficiently discussed in previous
publications. First among these is the practice of

premature planting. Against this tendency earnest
protest should be entered. It is the cause of much
loss. When an early market crop is not the object
there is no need for haste in putting out the draws,
since the season is abundantly long for leisurely plant-
ing, even in June, after oats and wheat are harvested.
If planted in May, or earlier, with the long southern
season, the crop is likely to mature before the approach

2445. Sweet Potatoes.

of cold weather permits the proper housing. The con-
sequent and usual result is a "second growth," which
predisposes the tubers to the inroads of the "soft rot,"
which causes great loss.

A deep, mellow soil-bed, with an extended season, un-
questionably will produce more and larger, but later,
tubers. Shallow preparation will yield an earlier crop.
It follows that the deeper the soil the earlier the plant-
ing may be effected.

Preservation. — Were it possible to successfully and
inexpensively preserve through the winter the Sweet
Potato crop, southern agriculture would be prac-
tically revolutionized. Laud capable of producing a
bale of cotton, worth, say $40, will readily yield 300
bushels of potatoes, at half the cost for cultivation,
worth, at 20 cts. per bus., $00. This the planter would
gladly take, at harvest time, but there is then no market
at any price. Yet six months later he cannot supply the
demand at 00 cts., or $180 per acre. These figures are
conservative. Even on poor soil, producing 500 pounds
seed cotton (one-third of a bale) per acre, the yield in
Sweet Potatoes — 100 bushels, a very small output — could
be sold in the spring for $00 were it possible to success-
fully keep the tubers through the winter. Many succeed
in so doing, and reap the reward, but it is still an un-
solved general problem. Methods, too, are variable in
the extreme — and this is the one notable exception to
the rule of uniformity prevailing in Sweet Potato cul-
ture. Climate and local environment seem here to play
an important part, and means of preservation found
successful in one place prove entirely unserviceable in
another— personality, even, entering as a factor in the
problem, one man failing where another, by the same
methods, succeeds. Many waj*s have been devised and
practiced, some simple, some elaborate ; but each
said by its enthusiastic originator or advocate to be
absolutely infallible.

Nothing has yet been found that will effectually
supersede the well-known popular method of "bank-
ing" or "hilling" in quantities of from 30 to 50 bushels,
according to the different local customs which prevail
in each community. The ordinary practice is to heap
the tubers in a conical pile around a perforated wooden
flue, covering them with a few inches of dry pine-
straw, then a layer of corn stalks, and finishing with
three inches of dry sand and afterward two or three
inches of clay or other stiff soil. The hill may be con-
structed either under shelter or out-of-doors. If the
latter it is well to protect with a covering of boards to
keep off the rain, though not absolutely necessary.

Diseases and Maladies. — A few of the most im-
portant maladies of the Sweet Potato — the cause, indeed,
of nine-tenths of the loss experienced in attempts to
winter the crop — will be noted in the probable order of
their importance:

(a) Soft Pot (Rhizopus nigricans) : This is the most
common form of rot, and the one that produces the most
damage. It is due to a fungus or mold on abraded
places, chiefly of the tuber, especially when the potatoes

1756

SWEET rOTATO

SWEET POTATO

are stored in large bulk, without sufficient
opportunity to dry out. It is perhaps the
main cause of loss with stored potatoes,
developing rapidly and immediately, under
favoring conditions, and reducing, some-
times in a few weeks, the entire contents
of a bin or bill to a pulpy mass of cor-
ruption, emitting a most disgusting odor.
A few simple remedial measures will
greatly reduce loss from this cause: (1)
Dig only when soil is dry. (2) Dig be-
fore tubers become sappy from a "second
growth." (3) Remove all affected tubers
before storing. (4) Use padded baskets
in handling to avoid abrasion. (5) Store
in small bulk and keep dry and well ven-
tilated.

( b ) Black Rot ( Oeratoeystis fimbriata ) :
The fungus producing this affection does
not depend so much on the conditions of
moisture and abrasion, and is slower in
making its appearance than is the soft
rot, continuing to develop, however, all
through the winter and often completing
the destruction the other has begun. It
is all the more to be dreaded because it is
not so immediately noticeable, and tubers
containing its germs are more likely to
be housed. The black rot does not pro-
duce a pulpy mass, though effectually de-
stroying the entire tuber. It frequently
makes its appearance on the young draws
at "setting-out time." Remedy: careful
selection — 1st, of sound tubers for bed-
ding; 2d, of perfectly healthy draws for
setting; 3d, where these conditions can-
not be fully complied with, by planting the
bulk of the crop with cuttings from the
vines, thus minimizing the damage. The
use of copper sulfate, or any of the stand-
ard fungicides, either as a spray or for
soaking the tubers, is not advisable; for,
since the mycelium of most of the fungi
causing decay in the Sweet Potato is
lodged in and protected by the interior
cells of the tuber, surface treatment would
prove more or less futile.

(c) Soil Mot (Acrocystis Batatas): This
fungus, as its name implies, is a resident
of the soil rather than of the tuber, and
hence cannot be readily guarded against.
It is responsible for most of the decay
observed in the crevices or cracks of split
tubers. Sudden expansion of vegetable
tissue due to a resumption of rapid growth
when wet weather follows a period of
drought, particularly when the soil is a
stiff clay, produces the primary "crack-
ing" and the spores of the fungus, finding
a ready lodgment, start the process of de-
cay. As for remedies, heavy applications
of sulfur to the soil have been found to
check its ravages in a measure, but this
method of operation is not practical. That
is to say, while checking the fungus the
result is not commensurate with the cost.
The surest preventive — and this is true
for any and all rots — is rotation. The
same areas should never be planted in
potatoes two years in succession, nor
should the same spot be used twice for a
hotbed to furnish draws, even at the cost
of great inconvenience in establishing the
bed in another place.

(d) Other Fungi: Several other fungi are
serious enemies of the Sweet Potato, as the
stem rot, white rot, dry rot, potato scurf,
leaf blight, etc.; but their ravages will
not compare with the damage produced
by the first three— soft rot, black rot and
soil rot.

As for the first three, it matters little
to the practical grower whether or not he

2446. Leaves of Sweet Potato.

is aoie to distinguish one from another.
After the conditions favoring the spread
of one of them have been permitted to
develop anil the resulting decay once ap-
pears, it is usually too late to put reme-
dial measures into effect. Remedy, in this
case, must piecede manifestation of dis-
ease. Every possible precaution should
be observed at one and the same time
against them all. Proper preventive effort
during harvesting will be found a surer
guarantee against loss from decay than
the most elaborate structure or the most
carefully detailed method of housing yet
devised, and when thoroughly enforced
little apprehension need be felt as to re-
sults, no matter what plan of preserva-
tion is adopted.

To this end the following summary of
procedure will be found serviceable:

a. Rotate the crop. Never plant twice
in succession on the same land.

b. Rotate the bed. Never use old soil
or old manure a second season.

c. Dig only when the soil is dry.

d. Dig before tubers are rendered moist
and sappy by a "second growth," and to
this end never plant too early in spring.

e. Use padded baskets in handling to
prevent bruising and abrasion.

f. Handle with scrupulous care.

ij. Reject all affected tubers before stor-
ing.

h. Store dry, in small bulk; if in bins
erect bulkheads and use flues for ventila-
tion.

i. Use only perfect tubers for bedding,
rejecting any showing symptoms of decay.

./. Use only healthy and i unaffected
draws for setting out.

k. When draws in bed are affected with
diseased roots {black rot) and cannot be
thrown away, plant in a separate plat and
take cuttings from their vines later for
the main crop.

Varieties. — Since new varieties of
the Sweet Potato can originate only by
bud variation, it is a marvel where and
how all of the different types arise. The
writer has personally cultivated and
tested some fifty odd kinds, and there
doubtless exist, in all, 75 or 80 — the num-
ber still increasing. But one uniform
method of classification exists — that by
the "leaf" into tribes, falling under the
three heads, "Leaves entire," "Leaves
shouldered or lobed " and "Leaves cleft"
— commonly termed "round- leafed,"
"shouldered" and "split-leafed," respec-
tively. Of these the second type is the
most numerous, containing probably two-
thirds of the entire list.

As for the best variety, 'the "all-round"
potato has not yet been found, nor is it
likely to be, since such a type should be
a tremendous yielder, of first quality, a
safe keeper and free from disease. No
potato embodies, superlatively, all of
these characteristics. All of the heaviest
yielders belong, unfortunately, to the
"milky" or "turpentine" group — as Nor-
ton, Hayman, Southern Queen, White St.
Domingo, Early Golden, etc., — and their
sappy consistency prevents them from
keeping well, while their quality is uni-
formly poor. Regarding quality, however,
tastes differ. The northern market prefers
a dry, mealy potato, represented by the
Jersey orNansemond strain. The southern
market, on the other hand, demands a
rich, sugary potato, like the Georgia or
Yellow Yam, which is generally considered

SWEET POTATO

SYMPHOKICARPOS

1757

to be the standard of excellence, and is a good keeper
though yielding very lightly.

The market it is intended to supply should, therefore,
be specially planted for. If for northern shipment, the
Jersey Sweet is preferable. For early local sale Orleans
Red ("Nigger-killer"), Early Golden or Bermuda Red,
head the list. For winter storage and local market in
spring it is best to rely on the good old popular standard
— the Georgia Yam — despite its light yield, or rein-
force it with Vineless, which closely approaches it in
quality and is a much heavier cropper.

Hugh N. Starnes.

SWEET SCABIOUS. See Scabiosa.
SWEET-SCENTED SHRUB. See Calycanthus.
SWEET-SOP. Anona squamosa.
SWEET SULTAN. See Centaurea moscliata.
SWEET VERNAL GRASS. See Anthoxanthum.
SWEET WILLIAM is Dianthus barbatus.

SWERTIA (after Emanuel Swert, a bulb cultivator of
Holland and author of Florilegium. 1012). Gentiana-
cece. About 40 species, widely scattered about the world
but mainly from S. Asia, of annual or perennial herbs
with simple leaves, mainly radical in the perennial spe-
cies and yellow, blue or white flowers in loose or rather
dense corymbs.

Calyx 4-5-parted: corolla rotate, with a very short
tube and glandular pits at the base of each lobe; lobes
4-5, overlapping to the right: ovary 1-loculed: capsule
dehiscing by 2 valves at the sutures.

diluta, Benth. & Hook. (Ophelia cliliita. Ledeb.). A
tender perennial about 1 ft. high: stem winged and an-
gled, branching from near the base : lvs. glabrous,
ovate-lanceolate, 3-nerved, rather obtuse, rounded at
the base, short-petioled: fls. 4-merous, blue, in a dense,
fastigiate umbel; corolla-lobes ovate, rounded at the
apex and bearing at the base a single ovate, nectarifer-
ous pit destitute of a fringe. E. Asia, Japan.

perennis, Linn. A hardy perennial %-l ft. high:
lower lvs. oblong- elliptical, long-petioled ; stem-lvs.
ovate -oblong, obtuse: fls. mostly 5-merous, blue to
white, in a thyrse; corolla-lobes elliptical-oblong, acute,
bearing at the base 2 orbicular nectariferous pits crested
with a fringe. Colo., Utah and northward; also in the
alpine regions of Europe and in Asia. — S. perennis is
an alpine bog plant and should be given a cool, deep,
moist soil. P- w, Barclay.

SWIETENIA (Gerard van Swieten, 1700-1772, physi-
cian to Empress Marie Theresa in Vienna). Meliacew.
This genus contains the mahogany tree, a tree of high
importance in the furniture trade. The young trees are
offered by nurserymen in S. Fla. and S. Calif. A tropi-
cal genus of 2 or 3 species of tall trees, with abruptly
pinnate leaves with opposite petioled obliquely ovate
long-acuminate leaflets and small flowers in axillary or
somewhat terminal panicles : calyx small, 5-parted;
petals 5, spreading; staminal tube urn -shaped, 10-
toothed; disk annular: ovary ovoid, sessile, 5-loculed:
capsule about 3 in. through.

Mahagoni, Jacq. Mahogany. A large tree with hard
dark red wood of well-known value for furniture, etc.
Lfts. 6-10: fls. greenish yellow. Tropical regions" of
North and South America, West Indies and S. Florida.
—According to Mueller's "Select Extra-tropical Plants,"
the degree of endurance of the tree is not sufficiently
ascertained. In Jamaica it hardly reaches an elevation
of 2,000 ft. It requires rich soil. According to Reasoner
Bros., the tree will bloom at small size when grown in
P°ts- F. W. Barclay.

SWISS CHARD. See Beta, Greens, Salad Plants.
8W0RD LILY. Gladiolus.

SYCAMORE in Europe is Acer Pseudo-platanus; in
America Platanus occidentalis . The Sycamore of the
ancients was a kind of fig known as Pharaoh's Fig, Sy-
comorus antiquorum, or better Picus Sycomorus.

SYMBIOSIS is the intimate association of two or
more distinct organisms, with benefit to one only, or to
both; commensalism; consortism; copartnership. In
this association each organism is called a symbiont.

According to the character of the union, several kinds
of symbiosis have been recognized: (1) Mutual antago-
nistic symbiosis (mutual parasitism), when two organ-
isms are foes of each other, as certain bacteria and ani-
mals, the latter showing a "natural resistance; "also the
syntropism of certain lichens with lichens. (2) Antago-
nistic symbiosis (true parasitism), when the host is
partly or completely killed by the parasite, as the po-
tato and the rot fungus (Phytophthora infestans): or
galls (hypertrophies) produced on the host as in the
black knot of plums; and in higher plants, which live
at the expense of others, as the mistletoe (green) and
the dodder (chlorophylless). (3 (Mutual symbiosis. when
there is often reciprocal advantage; (a) nutricism,
when one symbiont nourishes the other without ap-
parently receiving any return, as the mycorrhiza and
the roots of forest trees; (b) mutualism, when a mu-
tual benefit results from the union of two organisms
capable of living separately, as the bacteroid and the
roots of the Leguminosa?; (c) individualism, when the
symbionts are so intimately connected in their growth
as to suggest a single individual, as the union of alga and
fungus to form a lichen. (4) Prototrophy, the wet nurse
relationship, as in the lichen Leeidea intuniescens,
which eventually gets its nourishment by means of a
lodger, a different lichen. (5) Contingent symbiosis,
when one symbiont lives in the interior of another for
shelter, as Nostoc in the tissues of Hepatica?, Lemna,
Cycas, Gunnera; and Anaboena in Azolla.

John W. Harshberger.

2447. Symphoricarpos

( ■ M

SYMPHORICARPOS (Greek, fruit borne in clusters).
Capri foliiiceo?. Shrubs with simple, opposite, oval, en-
tire and exstipulate lvs.: Hs. small; calyx 4— 5-toothed;
corolla campanulate or bell-shaped, 4-5-lobed on short
pedicels; stamens 5, exserted; stigma capitate; fr. a
4-loouled, but 2-seeded berry. About 10 species.

These little American shrubs are all excellent plants
for covering the ground under trees, for massing in the
lower parts of beds or borders, or for detached groups
where something low is desired. They will thrive in
almost any soil from heavy clay to dry gravelly banks.
Their habit of suckering enables them to cover the
ground rapidly and effectively. All have a tendency t«>
retain their fruit until it is forced off. and one species
retains its foliage. For these reasons they are pleasing
additions to the winter landscape. Of easy propagation
by suckers, seed or cuttings.

A. Fruit u-Jiite.
B. Stamens and style included.
racem6sus, Michx. Snowberry. Waxberry. Fig.
2447. A shrub, 2-6 ft. high: lvs. smooth, entire or
sometimes repand or even lobed: fls. rose color, in a
loose and often leafy raceme; stamens and style in-
cluded : fr. globose, white, persistent. July, Aug.

1758

SYMPHORICARPOS

SYMPLOCOS

Eastern N. A. B.B. 3:235. -A smooth shrub with slen-
der brandies usually bending under its load of berries.
Var. paucifldrus, Robbins, is of smaller growth and
has fewer fruits. Mn. 2, p. 10. B.B. 3:236.

bb. Stamens and style exserted.
occidentalis, R. Br. Wolfbeery. This may be con-
sidered as the western form of our eastern species, but
it is less attractive than the preceding, as it is less
fruitful and the individual berries are not as clear and
waxy. Lvs. ovate: fls.
in spikes, both terminal
and axillary ; stamens
and style exserted: fr.
the same dimensions as
white. July. Mich., north
and west. G.F. 3:297. B.
B. 3:236. A shrub of about
the last and closely re-
sembling it, the exserted
stamens and style being
the most obvious dis-
tinction.

aa. Fruit red.
vulgaris, Michx. In-
dian Currant. Coral
Berry. Fig. 2448. Lvs.
ovate: fls. in dense
axillary and terminal
spikes; style and sta-
mens included: fr. dark
red. July. Along rivers
Fruits of Indian Currant— Sym- and rocky places N. J. to
phoricarpos vulgaris ( X V?) . Dakotas, south to Ga.

„, , , „ , ., , ., and Tex. Mn. 1, p. 84.

Showing howfewoi tne fruits ., .,, no.-. . r ,,

develop. Gn. 34, p. 280. -A rather

more compact bush than
the two previously described species. Valuable because
of its abundant persistent fruit and foliage. Var. var-
iegatus, Hort., has the leaves marked white and yellow
and is the same as var. fbliis variegatis. Var. glomer-
atus, Hort., is a form with longer terminal spikes.
John F. Cowell.

SYMPHYANDRA (Greek; anthers grown together).
Campanulaceoz, Symphyandra Bofmanni is a hardy
perennial herb, 1-2 ft. high, with pendulous bell-shaped
flowers \% in. long and an inch or more across. The
fls. are borne in a large leafy panicle. Under favorable
conditions in England this plant has maintained a suc-
cession of bloom from July to December. T. D. Hat-
field finds that in this country "the plant is liable to
exhaust itself in blooming, thus behaving like a bien-
nial. It has large, fleshy roots, needs a dry position and
sows itself."

Symphyandra is a genus of about 7 species of peren-
nial herbs found in the region of Asia Minor. Its
special botanical interest lies in the fact that the
anthers are grown together into a tube, which character
teuds to annul the distinction between the Campanula
and Lobelia families. Otherwise the genus is much
like Campanula.

Generic characters: caudex thick: lvs. broad, usually
cordate, dentate; radical lvs. long-stalked; stem-lvs.
few or small: fls. white or yellowish, usually nodding,
racemose or loosely panicled: inflorescence centrifugal:
calyx-tube adnata, hemispherical or top-shaped, with or
without rerlexcd appendages between the lobes; corolla
bell-shaped, 5-lobed: ovary 3-loculed.

H6fmanni, Pant. Much branched, pilose: branches
decumbent: lvs. oblanceolate, acute, doubly dentate:
calyx with large, leafy, cordate segments, hemispheri-
cal tube and no appendages; corolla hairy inside.
Bosnia. B.M. 7298. Gn. 57, p. 303. G.C. III. 4:761.-
This desirable bellflower has been cult, by amateurs in
the East. It sometimes spreads rapidly in half-shaded
rockeries and sows itself. ^_ j|_

SYMPHYTUM (Greek, to grow together, in reference
to the supposed healing virtues). Borraginacea.
Comfrey. About 16 species of perennial herbs from

Europe, Asia and N. Africa, with usually tuberous
roots: lvs. simple, often decurrent, and with rather
small yellow, blue or purplish flowers pediceled in ter-
minal, simple or branched cymes: calyx 5-cut or parted,
lobes linear; corolla tubular, lobes very short and
nearly erect; stamens 5, attached to the middle of the
corolla-tube, included: nutlets 4; seeds nearly globular.
Of easy culture in any good soil. The shade of over-
hanging trees is not objectionable. When grown for
the beauty of the variegated foliage the flowering stems
may be removed with advantage.

A. Lvs. decurrent on the stem.

officinale, Linn. A hardy branching perennial, about
3 ft. high: root thick: lower lvs. large, broadly lanceo-
late: upper lvs. narrower: fls. small, pale yellow or
purplish, in drooping cymes. June, July. Eu., Asia.

Var. variegatum, Hort., has leaves widely margined
with creamy white. A beautiful variegated plant es-
pecially attractive in spring, when the coloring of the
leaves is brightest and the large rosettes have not yet
sent up any flower-stems. F.S. 18:1901-1902.
aa. Lvs. not decurrent on the stem.

asperrlmum, Donn. Prickly Comfrey. Fig. 2449. A
hardy perennial, more vigorous than .S. officinale, often
5 ft. high: lvs. ovate-lanceolate, prickly on both sides:
fls. reddish in the bud, becoming blue, smaller than in
S. officinale. June, July. Caucasus. B.M. 929. -Var.
variegatum, Hort., has leaves distinctly margined with
yellow. j, g Keller and F. W. Barclay.

SYMPLOCARPOS. See Spathyema.

SYMPLOCOS (Greek, symplocos, entwined or con-
nected, the stamens being connate at the base). In-
cluding Hopea and Lodhra. Styracdcece. Ornamental
deciduous or evergreen trees or shrubs, with alternate,
entire or serrate lvs. and usually white fls. in racemes
or panicles, rarely solitary, followed by berry-like,
black, red or blue fruits. Only the deciduous S. crake-
goides is hardy north; it is a shrub witli abundant white
fls. in spring and bright blue fruits in autumn. It
thrives in well-drained
soil and sunny position.
The half - evergreen iS'.
tinctoria, which seems
not hardy north of its
natural habitat, prefers
moist soil and shady
situation. The evergreen
species are all tender
and little known in cul-
tivation. Prop, by seeds,
which usually do not
germinate until the sec-
ond year, and by green-
wood cuttings under
glass; also by layers.

About 160 specie
widely distributed
through the tropical re-
gions except Africa; only
a few outside the trop-
ics. Mostly trees : fls.
in terminal or axillary
racemes or panicles,
rarely solitary; calyx 5-
lobed; corolla 5-parted,
often almost to the base;
stamens numerous, usu-
ally connate at the base;
style filiform: ovary 2-
5-loculed, inferior: fr. a
drupe, with 1-5 1-seeded
stones. Several species
have medical properties;
S. tinctoria yields a yel-
low dye.

crataegoides, Bucb.-Ham. (S. panicul&ta, Wall.
Lddhra cratoegoides , Decne. ). Deciduous shrub or some-
times tree, attaining 40 ft., with slender, spreading
branches, forming an irregular open head; young

2449.
Symphytum asperrii

%&*■&*

ki^Sfe

TAW

SYMPLOCOS

SYBINGA

1759

branches pubescent: lvs. short-petioled, oval orohovate
to oblong-obovate, acute or acuminate, sharply serrate,
distinctly veined beneath and more or less pubescent at
the veins, rarely glabrous, VA-'i in. long: fls. white,
fragrant, %-% in. across, with spreading oblong-oval
petals in panicles Hi-3 in. long: fr. usually 1-seeded,
oval, blue, about % in. high. May, June. Himalayas
to China and Japan. G.F. 5:89. M.D.G. 1901:100, 101.

S. coccinea, Humb. & Bonpl. Evergreen tree: lvs. oblong,
acuminate, crenulate, 3-5 in. long: fls. solitary. ;t\ill:u-y, pink.
1 in. across, with 10 petals. Spring. Mexico. K. 11. 1X46:281,
F.S. 2:133.— S. Japdnica, DC. (S. lucida, Sieb. & Zuec). Ever-
green shrub or small tree, 20 ft. high: lvs. elliptic to oblong,
acute, remotely serrate, glabrous, 2-3 in. long: fls. yellowish,
in short, few-fld. racemes: fr. oblong, red. Spring. Japan.
S.Z. 1:24. A shrub which has been distributed from several
botanic gardens under the name of S. Japonlca has proved to
be Pyracantha erenulata.— S. Sinica, Ker. Deciduous shrub,
closely allied to S. cratsegoides: lvs. elliptic, acute, serrate,
pubescent on both sides, lM-2 in. long: fls. white, in short
panicles; calyx-teeth acute. May, June. China. B.R. 9:710. —
S. Sunuintia, Buch.-Ham. Small evergreen tree: lvs. oblong-
elliptic, acuminate, cuneate at the base, serrulate, glabrous,
3-5 in. long: fls. white, in short racemes: fr. oblong. Himal.
Gt. 31:1073.— 8. tinctdria, L'HSrit. Sweet Leaf. Horse
Sugar. Half-evergreen shrub or small tree, attaining 18 ft.:
lvs. oblong, acute, obscurely serrate, pubescent beneath, 3-5 in.
long: fls. yellowish, fragrant, in axillary, dense clusters: fr.
oblong, % in. long, orange-brown. Spring. Del. to Fla. and
La. S.S. 6:255, 256. ALFRED REHDER.

SYNADENIUM (Greek name, indicating the united
glands). Euphorbiacew. A genus of 3 species of some-
what succulent shrubs of Madagascar and tropical Af-
rica, differing from Euphorbia in having the glands of
the involucre united into a ring.

Grantii, Hook. Smooth, thick-branched, 6-10 ft. : lvs.
ovate-spatulate, 3^1 in. long: dichotomous cymes with
red involucres. Tropical Africa. B.M. 5633. — Some-
times cultivated with succulents in botanic gardens.

5. arborescens, Boiss., has yellow involucres. B.M. 7184.
J. B. S. Norton.

SYNCAKPIA (Greek, together and fruit, referring to
the head-like clusters of capsules). Myrtacew. Two
species of Australian trees with opposite, ovate, penni-
nerved, evergreen leaves and rather small white flow-
ers in dense, globular heads either solitary in the axils
or in terminal panicles: calyx-tube adnate to base of
ovary, the free part erect or dilated with usually 4 per-
sistent lobes; petals generally 4, spreading; stamens
many, free: ovary inferior, 2-3-loculed; ovules 1-several
to each cell; seeds linear-cuneate.

lauriidlia, Tenore. Turpentine Tree. Lvs. broadly
ovate to elliptic-oblong, obtuse or obtusely acuminate,
2-3 in. long, often appearing as if in whorls of 4: fls.
6-10 in a head, with 2—4 bracts of variable size under
the head; calices connate at the base; petals broadly
ovate or orbicular, less than 2 lines long: ovary 3-
loculed; ovules several to each locule. — According to
Von Mueller's "Select Extra-tropical Plants," this tree
attains a height of 200 ft., with a trunk often 30 ft. in
circumference; it is of quick growth and well adapted
for a shade tree. The wood is very durable and almost
fireproof and is valuable for piles, railway sleepers and
shipbuilding. It takes a high polish and is used for
flooring and cabinet work. Offered in S. Calif.

P. W. Barclay.

SYNDESMON (Greek, bound together, because the
plant unites characters of Thalictrum and Anemone).
Banunculacem. Rue Anemone. A monotypic genus of
eastern North America. Glabrous perennial herb from
a cluster of tuberous roots: basal lvs. 2-3-ternately
compound : involucre similar but sessile, the lfts. be-
ing stalked: fls. white or pink, in an umbel; pedicels
slender; sepals thin; petals none; stigma sessile, trun-
cate: akenes terete, deeply grooved. The more com-
mon generic name is Anemonella, which dates from
1839, but Syndesmon was used in 1832. The plants
should be grown in partial shade and in light moist soil,
where they should be left undisturbed for years. They
will then form a carpet of great beauty. Prop, by divi-
sion of roots in spring or fall.

thalictroldes, Hoffmg. (Anemdne thalictroldes, Tlia-
liitrum anemonoldes, Michx.). Plant 3-6 in. high: lvs.

much like those of Thalictrum: fls. resembling those of
Anemone quinquefolia , appearing before the basal
leaves. March-June. Common in woods and open
fields. L.B.C. 10:964. Gn. 35:699. B.M. 866. I.H.
6:211. — Var. flore-pleno, Hort. Flowers double. Very
pretty. L.B.C. 8:770. F.S. 11:1155. R.B. 11:205.

K. C. Davis.

SYNG0NIUM (Greek name, said to refer to the co-
hesion of the ovaries). Aracew. About 10 species of
tropical American woody climbing or creeping plants,
with milky juice and stems rooting and leaf -bearing at
the nodes: lvs. sagittate, becoming with age pedately
5-9-parted, on long petioles, with a persistent accres-
cent sheath : peduncles short : spathe yellowish or
whitish green; tube small, ovoid, persistent: spadix
shorter than the spathe: staminate fls. with 3—4 stamens,
pistillate fl. with oblong-ovoid 2 or abortively 1-loculed
ovary; seeds solitary in thelocules, obovoid or globose,
black. All the aroids are monographed in Latin in DC.
Mon. Phan. vol. 2, 1879.

podophyllum, Schott. A tender creeping plant: lvs.
becoming 5-7-pinnatisect, 4-6 in. long; petioles becom-
ing 15-20 in. long: tube of the spathe 1-1 54 in. long:
blade of the spathe 2% in. long, greenish outside, white
within. The typical form is probably not in cult.

Var. albolineatum, Engl. (S. albolineatnm, Bull.),
has whitish costse and lateral nerves. Offered by John
Saul, 1893, presumably as a tender foliage plant.

F. W. Barclay.

SYNTHYHIS (Greek, together and little door or valve,
the valves of the capsule long adhering below to the
short placentiferous axis). ScrophulariAcea'. Six spe-
cies of hardy herbaceous perennials, native to western
North America. S. reniformis is a tufted plant bearing
a few scapes about a foot high. The inflorescence is a
raceme about 5 in. long with about 40 purple-blue fls.
each % of an inch across. In England this plant is
considered a winter bloomer; it flowers there in Feb-
ruary or March, occasionally November.

Synthyris is nearly related to Wulfenia of southeast-
ern Europe and the Himalayas, but the anther-cells are
not confluent and the seeds are discoidal. In their na-
tive region they are summer-blooming plants with small
purplish or flesh-colored spikes or racemes. Generic
characters: Plants glabrous or pilose: rhizome thick:
radical lvs. petioled, ovate or oblong and crenate or
incised-pinnatisect: calyx 4-parted; corolla-tube very
short; lobes 4 or none; stamens 2; style entire at apex:
capsule compressed.

renif6rmis, Benth. Larger and stouter plant than the
next, with more acutely cut, leathery lvs., longer
and stouter scape and raceme, shorter pedicels, narrow
sepals and corolla-lobes, a globose corolla-tube and more
seeds in the cells. Ore. to Wash. Introduced by Wool-
son, Passaic, N. J.

rotundiidlia, Gray. Smaller, with weak, slender scape
3—1 in. high, shorter than the membranous, broadly
crenate lvs., a small few-fld. raceme, broader sepals and
corolla-lobes, fewer seeds in the cells and capsule di-
varicately 2-lobed instead of merely emarginate. Shady
coniferous woods of Oregon. Offered in 1881 by Edward
Gillett. sk. jj.

SYRfNGA (of doubtful meaning; probably from
syrinx, pipe, because pipes are easily made from the
straight stems of Philadelphus by removing the pith,
and the name Syringa had been originally applied to
Philadelphus, but was transferred afterwards to the
Lilac). Ole&cece. Lilac. Ornamental deciduous shrubs
or rarely trees, with opposite, slender-petioled, entire
lvs. and lilac, purple or white fls. in large and showy
upright panicles. The Lilacs are among our most
popular and ornamental flowering shrubs, and hardly
any garden or park is found without them. The fra-
grance of the common Lilac is very sweet, as also of
Syringa oblata and S. pubescent. The strong odor of
Sf. CMnensis is not agreeable to every one. S. villosa
and Josikaa are almost scentless. *S. Amurensis and
its allies have only a slight odor similar to that of the
Privet. Almost all species are hardy north. S. villosa,
var. Emodi, is somewhat tender north.

1760

SYRINGA

2450. Syrinsa villosa.
(X 1-5.)

The Lilacs are very showy in bloom, especially when
massed in groups, and these as a rule are the more
effective the fewer different varieties they contain. The
mixing of species and varieties differing in habit and
blooming season only spoils the effect, and so does too
great a variety of colors. Some species, as the tree-like
S. Japonica, S. Pekinensis and S.
vtllosa, are very handsome as single
specimens on the lawn. 8. Japonica
is the only tree of the genus; it at-
tains a height of 30 ft. 8. vulgaris,
Amurensis and PeJcinensis some-
times grow into small trees or at
least large shrubs 10-20 ft. high. S.
Persica is the smallest species and
seldom exceeds a few feet. The first
in bloom is 5. oblata, followed closely
by S. vulgaris, Chinensis, pubes-
cens, Persica. villosa. and Josikaya;
after the middle of June jS.
Amurensis and Pekinensis
cpme into bloom, followed at
the last by 8. Japonica,
which blooms in the North
in the beginning of July. S.
Amurensis and Pekinensis
sometimes bloom sparingly
a second time in fall. The
foliage is bright green and
handsome, but drops com-
paratively early in fall,
especially in the case of <S.
Japonica, without assuming
any fall coloring as a rule.
In S. oblata the foliage turns
to a deep vinous red and remains until November. In
S. Pekinensis it is retained until late in fall and finally
assumes a purplish hue or turns pale yellow.

The foliage is not much attacked by insects, but a
fungus, Microsphosra alni, late in summer often covers
the whole foliage of S. vult/itris and also of S. Chinensis
and Persica with a white mealy coat, while S. oblata is
but rarely troubled with this fungus and the other
species never. Much damage is sometimes done by a
borer, Trochilium denuolatum, which lives in the stems
and branches of S. vulgaris, but is rarely found in any
other species.

After blooming, the inflorescence should be removed
if possible and the pruning be done as far as necessary.
Pruning in winter or spring would destroy a large part
of the flower-buds for the coming season. Lilacs grow
in almost any kind of soil, but a rich and moderately
moist one is the most suitable. They are easily trans-
planted at any time from fall to spring. S. vulgaris
and its numerous varieties are the most popular of the
Lilacs on account of their early and profuse blooming,
their sweet fragrance and the variety of colors ranging
from dark purple to lilac, pink and white. The double-
flowered varieties keep the blooms longer, but the
panicles are less graceful and they usually do not bloom
as profusely as the single ones; they also remain mostly
dwarfer and have a more compact habit. The faded
fls. do not fall off, but remain on the inflorescence; this
gives the plant a very unsightly appearance if the faded
panicles are not removed. W. J. Stewart suggests a
word of warning against Lilacs not on their own roots,
because of the attacks of borers and the bad habit of
suckering in some cases.

Some of the best single-flowered vars. are the follow-
ing:

Single-flowered Lilacs.
White: Alba grandiflora; Alba pyramidalis; l-'rau
Bertha Dammann, A. F. 12:1078; Madame Moser; Marie
Legraye, one of the very best, B.H. 29:135; Princess
Marie.

Blue, lilac or pink: Ambroise Verschaffelt, pale pink;
Dr. Lindley, pinkish lilac, P.S. 14:1481; Geant des ba-
tailles, bluish lilac; Geheimrath Heyder, light lilac;
Gigantea, bluish red; Gloire des Moulins, pale pink;
Goliath, purplish lilac; Lovaniana, light pink; Macro-
stachya, light pink (Princess Alexandria is a favorite
variety of this class in America) ; Sibirica, purplish
lilac; Trianoniana, bluish lilac.

SYRINGA

Bed: Aline Mocqueris, dark red; Charles X (Caroli),
dark lilac-red, A.F. 12:1070. F. 1873, p. 76; Marlyen-
sis, sometimes called Rubra de Marley, lilac-red ; Rubra
insignis, purplish red.

Dark purple: Philemon; Ludwig Spath (Andenken
an Ludwig .Spath, Louis Spath), very large panicles,
the best of the dark vars

Double-flowered Lilacs.

White: Madame Abel Chatenay, compact panicles;
Madame Casimir-Perier, large, graceful panicles, one
of the best; Madame Lemoine, large fls. in dense pani-
cles; Obelisque; Virginite, white and pink.

Blue, lilac or pink: Alphonse Lavalle, bluish lilac,
A.F. 12:1077; Belle de Nancy, fls. pink with white cen-
ter; Charles Baltet, lilac-pink; Condorcet, blue, A.F.
12:1074; Doyen Keteleer, lilac-blue; Jean Bart, pinkish
violet; Lamarck, pale lilac, large, rather loose panicles;
Lemoinei, lilac-pink, B.H. 28:174; Leon Simon, chang-
ing from pinkish to bluish lilac. Gt. 43:1407; Maxima
Cornu, pinkish lilac; Michel Buchner, pale lilac, large
and very double fls.; President Carnot, pale blue.

Purple: Charles Joly, dark purplish red, one of the
darkest; Comte Horace de Choiseul, lilac-purple; La
Tour d'Auvergne, violet-purple.

The Lilacs have been favorite forcing plants in
France for more than a century and are nowadays among
the most important cut-flowers during the winter season
in France as well as in Germany and England. They
are on the market from the end of September until they
bloom outdoors. Charles X is considered one of the very
best for forcing. Marlyensis. Marie Legraye, Alba
virginalis, Ludwig Spath and other varieties are
also good for forcing. Of the double -fld. varieties
the following have proved adapted for forcing: Mad-
ame Casimir-Perier, Madame Lemoine, Charles Baltet,
Jean Bart, Leon Simon, Chinensis duplex and others.
Either grafted plants or plants on their own roots are
used. Both force equally well, but grafted Lilacs can
be grown into plants well set with flower-buds and
suited for forcing in two or three years, while plants
grown from cuttings require four to six years. Marly-
ensis is always used on its own roots and prep, either
by seeds, cuttings or division. Special attention must be
given to pruning in order to have well-branched plants
of good, compact habit (see Fig. 851, Vol. II, p. 600).
The Lilac has nothing like the commercial importance
for forcing in America that it has in Europe, but the
appreciation of it for winter bloom is on the increase in
this country.

Lilacs are generally forced in pots, being potted usu-
ally in July or in the forepart of August, that they may
fill the pots with new roots before winter. Some grow-

fc)"* '• ■••J! vrt <S.ty?&i,':1vs'--£'"

2151. Syringa villosa.

ers pot the plants in spring or in the preceding fall.
This practice is of especial advantage if the plants are
intended for very early forcing. These early potted plants
are then plunged into the ground outdoors, mulched, well
watered and regularly manured; after June, when the
young growth is almost finished, only enough water is
given to prevent wilting. When the flower-buds have
been formed, more water is given until they have
reached their full size. It is essential to keep the plants

SYRINGA

1761

rather dry in fall, so that the wood may ripen thor-
oughly and early. When the leaves have fallen off, the
plants are stored away in convenient places, where they
are sheltered from severe frost. Sometimes the Lilac,
especially Marlyensis, is forced from balls of earth
which are not potted, but this does not always give
satisfactory results.

About three to four weeks is required to force the
plants into bloom with the temperature recommended
below. The first days after bringing the plants into the
forcing room, a temperature of 55-00° may be given,
gradually raising to 78-88° and maintained as equally as
possible until the panicles are fully developed and the
first flowers begin to expand; then the temperature is
lowered to 00-00°, and when the panicles are about half
open the plants are transferred to a cool greenhouse.
Hardeningoff is essential to ensure good keeping quali-
ties of the flowers. The red-flowered varieties are often
forced in darkened rooms in order to have the flowers
blanched or only slightly colored. The shade of color
depends entirely on the time when full light is given
and also on the temperature. Show plants in pots
should be grown in full light to have the foliage well
developed. While the temperature is higher than 70°,
frequent syringing is necessary. It is, of course, pos-
sible to force Lilacs in a lower temperature, and this
will be even advisable if the longer time required does
not count. Full advice for commercial Lilac forcing
is given by Fr. Harms in "Flieder und Asparagus," a
book devoted almost exclusively to Lilac forcing.

Interesting experiments recently conducted have
shown that the Lilac is more readily forced when the
plants are subjected to the influence of ether during
forty-eight hours shortly before forcing. An account
of these experiments "by W. Johannsen is entitled
" Das ^Etherverfahren beim Fruhtreiben mit besonderer
Beriickrichtigung des Flieders." That the ether has a
particular effect on the metamorphosis and regeneration

of the albuminoids in the plant has been stated recently
by other botanists also.

Lilacs may be prop, by seed, which is sown in spring.
This method is usually practiced only with the more
common typical species. The many varieties and rarer
kinds are usually prop, by greenwood cuttings under
glass in June (or in early spring from forced plants),
by hardwood cuttings, by grafting and also by suckers
and division, especially in the case of S. Chinensis,
Persica and vulgaris.

As a stock S. vulgaris is mostly used and sometimes
Ligustrum. /S. Japouica will probably prove to be a
good stock. S. villosa, though readily growing from
seed and of vigorous habit, is not to be recommended.
Budding in July and August is the most extensively
practiced method. Grafting is done either in April or
May in the open or in February or March in the green-
house on potted stock. Almost any kind of grafting
may be employed, as the Lilac unites readily. Crown-
grafting is to be preferred in order to avoid the trouble-
some suckers. Plants intended for forcing but deficient
in flower-buds are sometimes grafted in October or
early in November with branches
well set with flower -buds and
forced in January or later.

About II species from southeast-
Europe to Himalayas and
Japan. Lvs. exstipulate, deciduous,
evergreen only in S. sempervirens:
fls. in panicles; calyx small, cam-
panulate, 4-toothed ; corolla salver-
form, with cylindrical tube and 4-lobed limb; sta-
mens 2: ovary 2-loculed: fr. a leathery, oblong or
1 capsule, loculicidally dehiscent, with 2 winged
seeds in each locule. Fig. 2449. In S. sempervirens
(not yet introduced),
the capsule is fleshy,
one-seeded and drupe-like.
Alfred Rehder.
Forcing Lilacs. — Most
of the Lilacs used by
American commercial flor-
ists for forcing are im-
ported. Care should al-
ways be taken to procure
pot-grown plants, that is,
plants that have been
grown in pots the previous
summer. The florist who
wishes to grow his own
plants should lift them in
the field in April or before
the growth starts and pot
them without losing much
root. Plunge them out-of-
doors during summer ami
give thera plenty of water.
This treatment will insure
a good growth and the

2453. Capsule
of Syringa vul-
garis (X 3).

2454. Winter twig of Syringa

vulgaris (XK).

Showing the absence of

a terminal bud. and the

persistent dehisced pods.

1762

SYRINGA

check the plants receive from lifting will induce them
to form new flower-buils. These plants will force with
the greatest certainty. It is well to allow five weeks for
the earliest forcing. A strong heat is necessary, he-
ginning at 60° for the first few days and increasing to
75° or 80°, with a daily watering and syringing several
times. After the flowers begin to open the syringing
can be discontinued and when fully expedient the plants
are better removed to a cool house, where they will
harden off and be much more serviceable when cut. As
the season advances, say March and April, less heat is
needed. They will then force in any ordinary house
where the night temperature is about 60° F. The Per-
sian Lilac on account of its abundance of bloom and
delicate truss is very desirable, but this must be
forced almost in the dark to produce white flowers.
Marie Le Graye is for all purposes the most useful
Lilac which the undersigned has used for forcing.

Wm. Scott.

alba, 4. 6, 7, 8.
Amurensis, 10.
argentea, 11.

aureo-variegata. 2.
RretschneieUH, 2.
Chinensis, 7.
caerulea, 6.
dubia, 7.
duplex, 7.
Emodi, 2.
filicifolia, 8.
hyacinthiflora. 5.
Japonica, 11.

INDEX.

Josikasa, 1.

laeiniata, 8.
ligustrina, 10.
Mandshurica, 10.

Marlyensis, 6.
Mt'tensis, 7.
oblata. 4.
ovolifolia, 3.
pallida, 1.
Pekinensis, 9.
pendula, 9.
Persica, 8.
pinnata, 8.
plena, 5, 6.

pterldifolia, 8.
pubescens, 3.
purpurea, 6.

Snugeana, 7.
Steencruysii, 8.
Varina, 7.

A. Tube of corolla much longer than
calyx: anthers sessile, not ex-
serted.
B. Panicles on leafy branches,
usually terminal: Ivs. whit-
ish beneath.
c. Stamens inserted near the

middle of the tube 1. Josiksea

CO. Stamens inserted near the

mouth af the tube 2. villosa

BB. Panicles from lateral buds,
without Ivs.: terminal bud
of branches suppressed.
c. Under side of Ivs. grayish
green, pubescent at the mid-
rib when young 3. pubescens

CC. Under side of Ivs. green, quite
glabrous.
D. Lvs. truncate or cordate at
base.
E. Shape of lvs. roundish
or broadly ovate 4

5.

EE. Shape of lvs. ovate C.

DD. Lvs. narrowed toward the
base.
E. Shape of lvs. ovate-
lanceolate 7.

ee. Shape of lvs. lanceolate. 8.
AA. Tube short, little longer than
calyx: stamens exserted : fls.
white. Ligustrina.
B. Base of lvs. usually narrowed. 9.
bb. Base of lvs. usually rounded.

c. Plant a shrub 10.

cc. Plant a tree 11.

oblata

hyacinthiflora
vulgaris

Chinensis
Persica

Amurensis
Japonica

1. Josikaea, Jacq. Shrub, attaining 12 ft., with upright,
stout, terete branches: lvs. broadly elliptic to elliptic-
oblong, acute at both ends, finely ciliate, dark green and
shining above, glabrous or pubescent on the midrib be-
neath, 2>2-5 in. long: fls. violet, short-pediceled or almost
sessile, clustered, in rather narrow panicles 3-7 in. long;
stamens inserted somewhat above the middle of the tube;
sepals half-upright. June. Hungary. B.M. 3278. B.R.
20:1730. — Less handsome than most other species, but
valuable for its late blooming season. Var. pallida, Hort. ,
has pale violet fls.; var. rubra, Hort., reddish violet.

SYRINGA

2. villosa. Vahl, not Decne., nor Hooker, nor Koehne.
Figs. 2450, 2451. Bushy shrub, 8 ft. high, with rather
stout, upright, terete and warty branches: lvs. broadly
elliptic to oblong, acute at both ends, finely ciliate,
bright green and dull above, pubescent on the midrib
or glabrous beneath, 3-7 in. long: fls. pinkish lilac or
whitish, short-pediceled, in broad or somewhat narrow
panicles, 3-7 in. long; stamens inserted near the mouth;
sepals half-upright. May, June. China to Himalayas.
The common form, var. rdsea, t'ornu ( S. BrHschneideri,

2455. Syringa Persica. one of the common Lilacs (X %).

Lemoine), has broadly elliptic or elliptic lvs. and pink
fls. in rather large panicles with leafy bracts at the
base. R.H. 1888:492. G.F. 1:521. Gn. 39, p. 91. Gt. 44,
p. 500. Var. Emddi, Rehd. (8. Umbdi, Wall.), has nar-
row elliptic to oblong lvs., more whitish beneath; fls.
whitish or pale lilac, in rather narrow panicles, usually
with large lvs. at the base. Himalayas. B.R. 31:6. R.
H. 187C, p. 368. Gn. 39, p. 106. Not quite hardy north.
There are also vars. with yellow lvs. (var. aurea, Siru.-
Louis) and with yellow variegated lvs. (var. aureo-
variegata, Hort.). Hybrids with S. vulgaris and S.
Josikwa have been raised at the Botanic Garden at
Paris.

.'!. pubescens, Turcz. (S. villdsa, Decne., not Vahl. S.
villdsa, var. ovalifblia, DC). Shrub, C ft. high, with
slender, somewhat quadrangular branches: lvs. round-
ish ovate to rhombic-ovate or ovate, shortly acuminate,
ciliate, dark green above, 1-3 in. long: fls. pale lilac,
fragrant, short-pediceled, in ovate, not very large, but
numerous panicles; tube very slender; apex of anthers
not reaching the mouth. May. N. China. G.F. 1:415;
6:266. B.M. 7064 (as S. villosa).— Free-flowering shrub
of graceful habit, with handsome dark foliage.

4. oblata, Lindl. Shrub or small tree, 12 ft. high:
lvs. roundish ovate or reniform, often broader than
long, cordate, short-acuminate, bright green, 2%-4K in.
across: fls. purple-lilac or purple-violet, in rather loose,
pyramidal panicles, 3-6 in. long; pedicels about as long

SYRINGA

SYRINGA

1763

as calyx. May. N.China. G.F. 1:221. A. G. 22:183.-
The earliest of all to bloom and handsome, with its
vinous red foliage in fall. Var. alba, Hort., has white
flowers.

5. hyacinthiilora, Hort. (S. oblata x vulgaris). Inter-
mediate between the parents, with broadly ovate lvs.,
turning purplish in fall. Only known in the double
form, var. plena, Lemoine. Many or perhaps most of
the newer double-flowered vars. have originated by
recrossing this form with vars. of S. vulgaris.

6. vulgaris, Linn. Figs. 2453, 2454. Upright shrub
or small tree, 20 ft. high : lvs. ovate, truncate or slightly
cordate, acuminate, bright green, 2-4 in. long: fls. lilac,
blue, purplish or white, in large panicles. May. South-
eastern Europe to Caucasus and Afghanistan; some-
times escaped from gardens in the eastern states. B.M.
183. Gn. 53, p. 156. M.D.G. 1899:205. -The most im-
portant of the older original vars. are the following:
Var. alba, Dietr. , branches yellowish gray: fls. white:
buds yellowish green; blooms a week earlier than the
other vars. A.F. 12:1081. Var. caerulea, Dietr. Fls.
blue, in rather loose panicles. Var. purpurea, DC. (var.
rubra, Loud.). Fls. purplish red, in large and rather
dense panicles. Here belong also var. Marlyensis,
Hort., and Charles X. Var. violacea, Dietr. Fls. violet-
lilac, in rather loose panicles. Var. plena, Hort. With
double fls. There are several vars. with variegated lvs.,
but these are hardly worth cultivating.

7. Chinensis, Willd. {S. Persica x vulgaris. S. ditbia,
Pers. S. Rothomaginsis, Loud. S. Varlna, Dum.-
Cours.). Shrub, attaining 12 ft., with slender, often arch-
ing branches: lvs. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, 2-4 in.
long: fls. purple-lilac, red or white, in large and broad
panicles. May. Originated in 1777 in Rouen, France.
R.H. 1883, p. 80. F. 1873, p. 76 (as S. Persica (.-Very
free-flowering. Var. alba, Loud., with white fls. Var.
Hetensis, Sim. -Louis, with pale purplish fls. Var.
Sougeana, Loud. (var. rubra, Lodd. ), with deep pur-
plish red fls. Var. duplex, Lemoine, with double purplish
lilac flowers.

8. Persica, Linn. Fig. 2455. Shrub, attaining5-10 ft.,
with slender, arching branches: lvs. lanceolate, acumi-
nate, 1J-2-3 in. long: fls. pale lilac or whitish, in rather
loose, broad panicles, about 3-4 in. long; pedicels as
long as or longer than calyx. May, June. Caucasus to

Afghanistan. B.M. 486. -Var. alba, Loud. (S. Stein
cruysii, Hort.). Fls. white. Var. laciniata, Vahl (S
pteridifAlia, filicifblia and pinnatn, Hort.). With pin
nately lobed or pinnatifld lvs., of dwarfer habit and with
smaller panicles. R.H. 1878, p. 452, 453; 1883, p. 80
1901, pp. 40, 41.

9. Pekinensis, Rupr. (LigustrXna Amure'nsis, var
Pekine'usts, Maxim. Ligustrhia Pekininsis, Regel)
Large shrub, attaining 15 ft., with slender, spreading
branches, brownish red when young: lvs. ovate to
ovate-lanceolate, usually narrowed at the base, acumi-
nate, rather dark green above, pale or grayish green and
glabrous beneath, 2-4 in. long, 1-1 14. in. broad: fls. yel-
lowish white in large panicles, usually in pairs at the
ends of branches; stamens about as long as limb. June,
N.China. G.F. 3:165; 7:385. M.D.G. 1899:425. -Large
shrub, of excellent habit, with handsome foliage re-
tained until late in fall; flowers profusely only when
older. Var. pendula, Hort. With very slender, pendu-
lous branches.

10. Amurensis, Rupr. {S. ligustrhia, Hort. Ligustrina
Amure'nsis, var. Mandshitrica, Maxim. Ligustrlna
Amnrhisis, Regel). Shrub, attaining 12 ft., with
spreading or upright branches: lvs. broadly ovate to
ovate, usually rounded at the base, bright green above,
pale or grayish green and glabrous beneath, 2-6 in.
long, \}4~~Vi in. broad: fls. yellowish white, in large,
rather loose panicles; stamens almost twice as long as
limb. June. Manchuria. Gt. 12:396; 45, p. 64. G.F.
2:271. Gn. 12, p. 623, 624. R.H. 1877, p. 453-455.-
Sometimes cult, under the name S. Sibiriea. or 5. Si-
biriea alba.

11. Jap6nica, Decne. [LigustrXna Amure'nsis, var.
Japdnica, Maxim.). Fig. 2456. Pyramidal tree, attain-
ing 30 ft., with upright branches: lvs. broadly ovate to
broadly elliptic, rounded or slightly cordate at the base,
shortly acuminate, pale green beneath, and usually pu-
bescent when young, 3-7 in. long: fls. yellowish white,
in very large panicles often 1 ft. or more long; stamens
little longer than limb. June, July. Japan. B.M. 7534
(as S. Amurensis). G.C. II. 25:561. G.F. 2:293, 295.
D.G.M. 1899:424. Gt. 37:217. Mn. 4, p. 5; 7, p. 167.
R.H. 1894, p. 325. -Very desirable free-flowering tree
and quite hardy north. Var. argentea, Temple, has the
lvs. variegated with silvery white. Alfred Rehder.

2456. Syrinea Japonica (X J4>

TABEBUiA (Brazilian name). Bignoniacem. Orna-
mental evergreen trees with opposite, long-petioled,
simple leaves and showy flowers in terminal, few-fld.
racemes. Only T. leucoxyla seems to be introduced. It
requires the same cultivation as the tropical species of
Tecoma, which see. The genus contains 5 or G species,
inhabitants of tropical America, closely allied to Te-
coma, but, according to recent monographs, chiefly dis-
tinguished by the simple leaves and the irregularly split-
ting tubular calyx; formerly also species with digitate
foliage were included, for which see Tecoma.

Ieuc6xyla, DC. (Bigndnia leucfayla, Veil. B. pal-
lida, Lindl.). Evergreen tree or shrub: Ivs. elliptic-
oblong to obovate-oblong, obtuse or sometimes emargi-
nate at the apex, glabrous, dark green with distinct
pale midrib, 4-7 in. long: fls. in few-fld. terminal ra-
cemes; corolla funnel-shaped, about 2 in. long, with
yellow tube and pale lilac limb. Brazil. B.R. 12:9G5.
Alfred Kehder.

TABERNiEMONTANA (J. T. Taberntemontanus of
Heidelberg, physician and botanist, author of Krauter-
bucb mit Kunstliehen Figuren; died 1590). Apocynacece.
A genus of more than 100 species of trees or shrubs
widely scattered in tropical regions. Lvs. opposite,
penni-nerved: fls. white or yellow, in terminal or some-
times apparently but not truly axillary cymes; calyx usu-
ally short 5-lobed or parted ; corolla salverform; stamens
inserted on the corolla-tube, included : berries large and
globose or small, oblique and recurved. See Gonioma
for distinctions from that genus.

A. Fls. white.

coronaria, Willd. Crape Jasmine. Nero's Crown.
A tender shrub, 6-8 ft. high: lvs. glossy green, oblong
to oblanceolate: fls. white, fragrant, 1-2 in. across, in
1-8-fld. clusters in the forks of the branches; petals
crimped on the margin, whence the common name.
Cult, in India but native country unknown. Var. flore-
pleno, with double, somewhat larger, very sweet-
scented flowers, seems to be far more common in culti-
vation. P.M. 10:354. B.M. 1805 (as Nerium coronariuw ).
— Cult, in the more southern states and also in green-
houses. Also known as Adam's Apple and East Indian
Rosebay.

aa. Fls. yellow.

grandifldra, Jacq. A small, tender shrub: lvs. ob-
long-ovate, sharply acuminate, 2-3 in. long, thick: fls.
single, yellow, 1-2 in. long, in few-fld. clusters; corolla-
lobes oval, obtuse, entire. Early fall. Carthagena,
Guiana. B.M. 5220. — Rarely cult, in the more southern
portions of the United States.

T. Camassi. Regel. See Gonioma Kamassi.

F. W. Barclay.

The East Indian Rosebay, Tabernecmontana coro-
naria, is one of the best ornamental shrubs for sub-
tropical gardens. This species and T. Camassi, re-
ferred in this work to Gonioma, flourish everywhere in
Florida from Jacksonville southward. If they receive
proper attention, tiny cuttings soon develop into dense,
bushy plants 3-5 ft. high, covered with deliciously
scented flowers throughout the summer. Indeed the
plants are so densely covered with buds and flowers
that it is often difficult to find a sufficient supply of
cuttings for propagation. T. coronaria has larger
leaves than T. Camassi and the flowers are much like
those of the double white oleander, while T. Camassi
has solider and smaller blossoms. Both do well under
the same treatment. In order to enjoy the beauty of the
East Indian Rosebay to its fullest extent, it must be
planted in rich, sandy soil, not too wet and not too dry,
and in places fully exposed to the sun. Only very
strong pot-grown plants should be set out in the gar-
den. This should be done during the rainy season.
Avoid breaking the ball in transplanting. It is use-

less to transplant in November, the time when most
evergreens and other plants are most successfully set
out. The plants at this season have no time to become
established before the first sharp frost comes, and a
weakened Tabernaemontana is usually killed outright by
even a slight frost. Just before Christmas all the plants
of this nature (bauhinias, cestrums, Poinciana regia,
Trigtania eonferta, grevilleas, eucalypti, etc.) are
banked about 18 inches to 2 feet high with dry sand, and
they always come through without much damage. In
April or even earlier, the banking is taken away and the
plants cut back to sound wood. The Taberna?raontanas
look best in groups by themselves or in front of other
glossy-leaved evergreens. H NEHELrNG.

TACAMAHAC. Populus balsamifera.

TACCA (Malayan name). Taccaceo?. A genus of 9
species from tropical regions. Perennial herbs from a
tuberous or creeping rhizome with large, radical, peti-
oled leaves and umbels of lurid brown or greenish flow-
ers in a dense umbel borne on a leafless, rigid scape.
The flower-cluster is subtended by a few, usually 4,
leaf-like or colored bracts, and intermixed with the
flowers are more or less numerous, long and conspicu-
ous, sterile, filiform pedicels, which usually droop be-
low the flower-cluster.

A. Lvs. much lobed.

pinnatifida, Jack. Tender perennial herb, about 2 ft.
high: rootstock globose, becoming 1 ft. through: lvs.
large, usually 3-branched, the divisions pinnately out or
divided, the ultimate lobes sometimes irregular and un-
equal but usually ovate to lanceolate: fls. greenish, 8
lines across, many with the sterile pedicels purplish:
berry nearly globular, 1 in. through. Afr., India and
Australia. I,. B.C. 7:092. B.M. 7299; 7300. -According
to Von Mueller's Select Extra-tropical Plants, the Fiji
Arrowroot is prepared from the tubers of this species.
The plant thrives even on the sand-shores of tropical
countries, and it is not unlikely that it will endure a
temperate climate.

aa. Lcs. not lobed.

cristata, Jack. {Atdecia cristata, Kunth). Rootstock
a short conic caudex, marked with leaf-scars : lvs. 1-2 ft.
long, oblong, acuminate, dark purplish green: scape
longer than the lvs.: fls. dark purple, 1}.2 in. across, in
a somewhat one-sided umbel, with numerous pale sterile
pedicels 8-10 in. long: involucral bracts 4, conspicuous,
the 2 inner elliptical, narrowed to a petiole, the 2 outer
revolute. Malaya. B.M. 4589. F.S. 9:800, 801. Gn. 45,
p. 415; 49, p. 423. — It requires, according to Gn. 45, p.
415, a good, rich, open soil, with ample drainage, plenty
of water, and a stove temperature. During the winter
season the plant should be kept in a state of partial rest.
F. W. Barclay.

TACSdNIA (from the Peruvian name of one of the
species). Passiflore'tcece. From Passiflora, Tacsonia
differs in having a long-tubular calyx, styles 3, stamens
and petals 3 or 5, the latter never wanting, corona of
tubercles or very short threads, and in a short reflexed
crown near the base of the flower-tube. However, the
line of demarcation between the two genera is often not
well marked and Harms (Engler & Prantl's "Pflanzen-
familien") unites Tacsonia with Passiflora. Masters
accepts (Trans. Linn. Soc. 27) 25 species of true Tac-
sonia, relegating the intermediate forms largely to Pas-
siflora. Other species have been discovered subse-
quently, making the total number in the genus above
30. The species are all South American, inhabiting the
Andes. They are tendril-climbing shrubs or herbs, re-
quiring the treatment given Passifloras. Tacsonias are
cultivated freely in the open in middle and northern
California.

(1764)

1765

2457.
Tacsonia Van Volxemii.

Central leaflet broader tha

A. Fls. orange or rosy orange.
Parritse, Mast. Lvs. deeply 3-loberl, glabrous above
and pilose beneath, the lobes narrow and entire; stipules
entire, subulate-acuminate: fl. "with a long and slender
tube, glabrous, swollen at the base ; sepals winged and
with points, rosy-orange; petals oblong and flat, shorter
than the sepals, orange; corona double, the outer row
of tooth-like projections. Colombia. G.C. II. 17:225.
I.H. 35:41. — Named for Senor Parra, through whom it
was introduced.

aa. Fls. scarlet or rose-colored.
B. Bracts beneath the flower not united.
c. Lvs. simple or not lobed.
insignis, Mast. Pilose: lvs. ovate-lanceolate, sub-
cordate, dentate, rugose or blistered above and red-
downy beneath, the stipules dissected: fl.
about 6 in. across, violet, rose or crimson;
tube cylindrical, swollen at the base, downy j
sepals about twice longer than the tube,
lance-oblong, spurred at the end; petals simi-
lar in shape, obtuse; corona of one series
of short threads, blue and white. Probably
Peruvian. G. C. 1873:1113. F. S. 20:20S3-4.
B.M. 60C9.

CO. Lvs. S-lobed or divided.
D. Foliage glabrous at maturity.
Van Volxemii, Hook. Fig. 2457. Stems
slender and slightly pubescent: lvs. cordate-
ovate in outline, deeply 3-lobed, the lobes
long-lanceolate-acuminate, serrate: fls. 5-7
in. across, bright red with short green
calyx-tube that has a swollen base, the acute
calyx-lobes green externally; corona an in-
conspicuous toothed rim. Colombia. B.M.
5571. G.C. 1806:171. -Probably the best known
species and handsome, but less showy than
some others.

Jamesoni, Mast. Lvs. sub-orbicular, 3-lobed, gla-
brous: fl. large, bright rose or cherry red, with a cylin-
drical tube 4 in. long. Peru.

DD. Foliage downy beneath at maturity.
Exoniensis, Hort. (hybrid of T. Van Volxemii and T.
mollis sima). Fig. 2458. Lvs. downy, cordate, ovate-
oblong, divided nearly to base into 3 lanceolate, serrate
segments: fls. 4J^-5 in. across; sepals brick red out-
side, brilliant rose pink within; throat violet; tube
white inside, 2% in. long. Resembles T. Van Volxemii
in having peduncles as long as lvs.: linear stipules:
free downy bracts, filamentous corona near base of tube
and violet color of throat. — Resembles T. mollissima in
having downy lvs., long flower tube, color of fl. and
aristate sepals.

bb. Bracts beneath the flower more or less united.
C. Leaf-lobes short and obtuse.

manicata, Juss. Pubescent, lvs. broad-ovate to or-
bicular-ovate in outline, about 4 in. long, the oblong
obtuse serrate lobes reaching to the middle of the blade:
fl. 4 in. across, bright scarlet; tube Vi in. long, inflated
and ribbed at the base; corona double, the outer series
composed of blue hairs. Colombia and Peru. B.M.
G129. — P. ignea, Hort., is a form of this species.

cc. Leaf-lobes long-acute.

mixta, Juss. Glabrous or somewhat pubescent: lvs.
orbicular-ovate, thick, 3-lobed to the middle, the lobes
long-acute and serrate: fl. 3-4 in. across, rose-pink, the
oblong sepals not equaling the green scarcely saccate
tube; corona a short multiple rim or disk. Andes.

mollissima, HBK. Pubescent: lvs. cordate-ovate in
outline, very pubescent beneath, the lobes extending
nearly to the base of the blade and ovate-lanceolate in
shape aud serrate, the stipules laeiniate: fl. about 3 in.
across, rose-color, the green tube exceeding the sepals
and swollen at the base; corona a short rim. Andes.
B.M. 4187. B.R. 32:11. F.S. 2:78.-5'. tubiflora, offered
in California, is said to be similar to this, but of deeper
shade.

Smythiana, Hort. Seedling of T. mollissima or hy-
brid with it, with very brilliant orange-scarlet or rosy-
crimson fls. G.C. III. 12:704.

T. Buchanani, Lem. See Passiflora vitifolia, p. 1222. I.H.
14:519. — T. floribuuda was once advertised in the American
trade, hut it was probably not the T. floribuuda, Masters, of
Colombia.— T. pinnatistipula, Juss. Resembles T. mollissima,
but the bracts are free: stipules pinnatisect: fls. rose-colored.
Chile. B.M. 4062. B.R. 18:1536. L. H. B.

Tacsonia Exonie

French Marigold —
! patula (X %)■

17(J6 TAGETES

TAGETES (Tagus, an Etruscan god). Compdsitce.
Marigold. A genus of some 20 species of tropical
American herbs. Lvs. opposite, pinnately cut or rarely
simply serrate: fls. of various sizes, yellow or orange,
marked in some spe-
cies with red. The pop-
ular annual species
known as "African"
and " French " Mari-
golds have been de-
rived respectively from
T. erecta and T. pa-
tula, both of which are
native to Mexico. Ac-
cording to Sweet s
Hortus Britannicus,
these two species were
introduced into cultiva-
tion in 1596 and 1573.

For garden purposes
Tagetes may be divided
into two groups, based
upon habit of growth.
T. erecta and lucida are
of upright and some-
what open growth;
while T. patula and
signata are spreading
and bushy, the lower
branches lying close
to the ground and often
rooting.

The French Mari-
golds, T. patula, are
valuable bedding
plants. Good garden forms are of even height and
bushy, compact growth, with a mass of good foliage
and well-colored flowers appearing continuously from
June until frost. In raising plants, it is preferable to
grow them in pots, as this practice seems to check the
plants sufficiently to cause them to bloom at a small
size and more plentifully during the early summer
months than if they were raised with unlimited root
room. They should be planted about 1 ft. apart. This
species also makes attractive specimens in small pots
in a few weeks from seed. Mixed seed of the double
sorts will give a large percentage of good double flow-
ers, while the seed of special named double sorts is re-
markably fine. Some of the single forms are very finely
colored.

The African Marigolds, T. erecta, are not well suited
to bedding purposes, the growth being too open, but for
the mixed border or shrubbery they are excellent late-
blooming subjects. This species should be grown with
plenty of root room, air and rich soil from start to
finish if the largest and most double flowers are de-
sired. The African Marigolds are very useful as cut-
flowers except under circumstances where their odor is
objectionable.

For Pot Marigolds, see Calendula.

A. Fls. generally marked with red.
patula, Linn. French Marigold. Fig. 2459. A hardy
annual, usually about 1 ft. high and much branched
from near the base, forming a compact, bushy plant:
lvs. darker green than in T. erecta, pinnately divided ;
lobes linear-lanceolate, serrate: fls. smaller than in T.
erecta and borne on proportionately longer peduncles.
B.M. 150; 3830 (as T. corymbosa).- Both the single and
double forms are grown. The species is very variable
as to the color markings of the flowers, which range
from almost pure yellow to nearly pure red.

aa. Fls. not marked with red.
B. Lvs. pinnately divided.
c. Mays numerous.
erecta, Linn. African Marigold. Fig. 2460. A
hardy annual growing about 2 ft. high, erect, branched:
lvs. pinnately divided, segments lanceolate-serrate: fls.
2-4 times as large as in T. patula and of one solid
color, the typical color, according to DeCandolle, being
a lemon-yellow. — The rays are sometimes rather two-
lipped and in one of the garden forms they are quilled.

TALATJMA

The color ranges from a light sulfur-yellow to a deep
orange, many of the light yellow shades being rare
amongst flower colors. This is the common marigold of
old gardens in America. Foliage very strong-scented.

cc. Mays few, usually 5.
signata, Bartl. An annual branching species: lvs.
pinnately divided into usually 12 oblong, linear, sharply
serrate segments, the lower teeth awned: rays 5, yel-
low, roundish-obovate. Var. pumila, Hort., a dwarf,
bushy form, usually less than 1 ft. high, seems to be the
only form in the trade. The flowers are bright yellow
and small but numerous. — The species is suited for
massing or for borders. R.H. 1895, p. 505.

bb. Lvs. lanceolate, simply serrate.

lucida, Cav. Sweet-scented Marigold. A tender
perennial plant, entirely distinct from the foregoing
annuals in the sessile, lanceolate lvs. and small, usually
2-3-rayed fls. in dense, terminal corymbs. The flowers
have a much more agreeable odor than the other species
cultivated. Chile. B.M. 740. R.H. 1895, p. 505. -Some-
times used as a substitute for Tarragon, which see.

T. Idcera is a species discovered about 1896 byT. S. Brande-
gee in Lower California, it makes a compact bush 4-5 ft.
high, bearing a profusion of yellow flowers borne in winter.
Small plants flower well in pots. See G.F. 9:67.

F. W. Barclay.

2460. African Marigold —

Tagetes erecta (XM.

TALAUMA (South American name). Magnolidcea'.
Talauma Hodgsoni is an excellent, magnolia-like, tender
evergreen tree with cup-shaped flowers fully 6 inches
across and 4 inches deep. It blooms in April. The
flowers have a spicy odor, hard, thick, fleshy texture,
and the glaucous purplish blue of the sepals contrasts

TALAUMA

TAMABINDUS

1767

finely with the ivory white of the petals. This species
is a native of the Himalayas, a region which is perhaps
richer in handsome magnolia-like trees than any other
area of equal size in the world. Hooker ranks this
species second in beauty only to Magnolia Campbelli.
T. Hodgsoni grows at an elevation of 5,000 to C, 000 feet.

This fine tree has been flowered at Kew and perhaps
elsewhere in Europe, but never in America, so far as is
known. Time and time again seeds were received at
Kew from India, but they never germinated, the reason
being the rapid decay of the albumen, involving that of
the embryo. The trees now cultivated in Europe have
been derived from young plants sent from India in
Wardian eases at considerable expense and risk.

Talauma is closely allied to Magnolia, but the carpels
are indehiscent and deciduous, while those of Magnolia
dehisce dorsally and are persistent. Talauma is a genus
of about 15 species of trees and shrubs, mostly natives
of the tropics of eastern Asia and South America; also
Japan. Leaves, inflorescence and seeds as in Magnolia:
sepals 3; petals 6 or more in 2 or more whorls; stamens
very numerous, in many series: ovaries indefinite, 2-
ovuled, spiked or capitate; carpels woody, separating
from the woody axis at the ventral suture and leaving
the seeds suspended from the latter by an elastic cord.

Hodgsoni, Hook. & Thorn. Tender, evergreen tree,
50-60 ft. high, producing lvs. and fls. at the same time:
lvs. 8-20x4-9 in., obovate-oblong, cuspidate or obtuse,
leathery, glabrous: fls. solitary, terminal ; sepals 3-5,
purple outside; petals about 6: fr. 4-6 in. long. Hima-
layas. B.M. 7392. vy M.

TALlNUM (possibly a native name in Senegal). Por-
tulaeacea*. A dozen or more species of fleshy herbs
widely scattered in the warmer regions. With age
they sometimes become woody at the base. Lvs. alter-
nate or subopposite, flat: fls. small, in terminal cymes,
racemes or panicles, rarely solitary, axillary or lateral;
sepals 2; petals 5, hypogynous, ephemeral; stamens 5-
many: ovary many-ovuled; style 3-cut or 3-grooved at
apex; capsule globose or ovoid, chartaceous, 3-valved;
seeds subglobose or laterally compressed, somewhat
kidney-shaped, shining.

patens, Willd. Erect subshrub: stem almost sim-
ple, 1-2 ft. high, leafy to the middle, where the panicle
begins: lvs. mostly opposite, oval, abruptly tapering at
the base: panicle terminal, long, leafless, bearing di-
chotomous cymes: fls. carmine; petals 3 lines long;
stamens about 15-20. West Indies and east coast of
S. Amer. to Buenos Ayres. Var. variegatum, Hort.
("Tolinium variegatum," Hort. Basflla rariegata,
Hort.), is the plant described as Sweet Malabar Vine
in Vol. 1, page 133, of this work. yy jj

triangnlare, Willd. Lvs. alternate, obovate-lanceo-
late: cymes corymbif erous : pedicels 3-cornered (in T.
patens they are filiform): fls. red or white. West
Indies. Brazil. Peru. Var. crassiiolium, Hort. ( T.
crassifdlium, Hort.), is said to be taller and more
branched : lvs. larger, often emarginate and mucronate.

Talinum patens, var. variegatum, is a handsome
greenhouse shrub, with foliage marked white and some-
times also pink. The young stems are pink and succu-
lent, but they become woody with age. The plant is
allied to Portulaca and will endure much heat and
drought, but is very impatient of overwatering and
lack of drainage. The plants bloom freely, the fls. be-
ing small, light pink and followed hv small, yellow cap-
sules filled with an indefinite number of little brown
seeds. Some prefer to retain the sprays of blossom,
but to make the best show of foliage the flower-shoots
should he cut off as soon as they appear. Talinum is
a satisfactory house plant. It should be placed in a
window with a northern exposure or in some other
shady position. Talinum may also be planted out dur-
ing the summer. TY. q Steele.

TALIPOT PALM. See Corypha umbraculifera.

TALLOW SHRUB. Myrica eerifera. TALLOW
TREE, Chinese. Sapium sebiferum.

TALLOW WOOD Eucalyptus microcorys.

TAMARACK. See Lar
TAMARIND. See Tar,

Indus

TAMARlNDOS (From Arabic, meaning "Indian date").
Legumindsce. The Tamarind, Fig. 2461, is an exception-
ally beautiful and useful tropical tree. It attains a great
height, has acacia-like foliage and yellow flowers about
an inch across in clusters of 8 or 10. The Tamarind is
cultivated everywhere in the tropics but its native
country is uncertain, probably either Africa or India.
As an ornamental shade tree it is considered by trav-
elers as one of the noblest in the tropics. Hooker

2461. Tamarind — Tamarind
Indica (XX).

has well described its "vast, dense and bushy head of
branches, thickly clothed with light and feathery foli-
age." The Tamarind is grown out of doors in southern
Fla. and Calif, and young plants are said to be desir-
able for the decoration of windows and conservatories
in northern countries.

The pods of the Tamarind, which are thick, linear
and 3-6 in. long, contain a pleasant acid pulp much
used throughout the tropics as the basis of a cooling
drink. The pulp is also used in medicine, being rich in
formic and butyric acids. It is laxative and refrigerant,
and is also used to prepare a gargle for sore throat.
The pulp of the Tamarind is generally called the
"fruit" or "Tamarind" and the pod is spoken of as the
"shell." In the East Indies the shell is removed and
the pulp simply pressed together into a mass. The
Tamarinds of the Malayan Archipelago are considered
better than those of India. They are preserved without
sugar, being merely dried in the sun. They are ex-
ported from one island to another and when sent to
Europe are cured in salt. In the West Indies the fruit
is prepared by removing the shell and placing alternate
layers of fruit and sugar in a jar and then pouring
boiling syrup over the mass. McPadyen says that in

17(

TAMARINDUS

TAMARIX

order to prevent fermentation, the first syrup, which is
very acid, is poured off and a second is added. Also
that an excellent preserve is imported from Curacoa,
which is made from the unripe pods preserved in su-
gar with the addition of spice. The East Indian Tama-
rind has long pods; the West Indian short ones.

The Tamarind tree yields a handsome furniture
wood. It is yellowish wiiite, sometimes with red
streaks, hard and close-grained; heart-wood dark pur-
plish brown.

Botanical ly, the flower of the Tamarind is rather dif-
ficult to understand. It is far removed from the sweet
pea type, which is the one a northerner commonly
thinks of as typical of the legume family. At first
glance it is a pale yellow flower about an inch across
with 6 or 7 petals, of which 3 are veined with red. On
closer study it seems that 4 of the showy parts are
sepals, which are all pale yellow. The three red-veined
parts are petals, while the other two petals that the
student expects to find, are reduced to mere bris-
tles hidden in the flower at the base of the staminal
tube. Only 3 |of the stamens are fertile, the other 6
being small and rudimentary. These floral characters
distinguish Tamarindus from allied genera, of which
only Schotia seems to be cult, in America.

Tamarinds can be raised from cuttings but more
easily by seeds, although they are of slow growth.

fndica, Linn. (T. officindlis. Hook.). Tamarind.
Fig. 2461. Tender evergreen tree, attaining a height of
80 ft., with a circumference of
25 ft.: Ivs. abruptly pinnate;
lfts. 20-40, opposite, oblong,
obtuse : fls. pale yellow, the
petals veined with red. B.M.
4563. — The fls. are said to vary
to white or pinkish.
W. Harris, E. N. Reasoner
and W. M.

TAMARISK. See Tamarix.

TAMARIX {ancient Latin
name). Tamariscd.cea>. Tama-
risk. Ornamental shrubs or
trees, with minute, alternate,
scale -like leaves and small,
usually light pink flowers in
racemes or terminal panicles,
followed by small capsular
*h ^4'r '**§&' fruits. None of the species are

quite hardy north, but T. Odes-
8 ana, Gal lira and parviflora
are fairly hardy as far north as
Mass. The Tamarisks are all
of graceful and distinct appear-
ance, with light and feathery
foliage and large, loose pani-
cles of pinkish flowers. Several
of the species bloom late in
summer and are a welcome ad-
dition to our autumn-flowering
shrubs. As they are inhabit-
ants of warmer arid regions,
they are well adapted for coun-
tries of similar climatic condi-
tions. They are also excellent
for seaside planting. They
grow well in saline and alka-
line soil and thrive in the very
spray of the salt water. Prop.
by seeds, which are very fine
and should be only slightly
covered, or usually by cuttings
of ripened wood or greenwood
cuttings under glass.

About 60 species from the
Mediterranean region to E.
India and Japan. Shrubs or
trees: lvs. alternate, scale-like,
aplexicaul or sheathing: fls. small, short-pedi-
celed or sessile, in rather dense racemes; sepals and
petals 4-5; stamens usually 4-5, rarely 8-12, some-
times slightly connate at the base: ovary one - celled,

2462. Tamarix parviflora.

(xy2.)

often

surrounded at the base by a disk; styles 2-5: fr. a
capsule, dehiscent into 3-5 valves; seeds many, minute,
with a tuft of hairs at the apex. Several species have
medicinal properties and yield dye-stuffs. The punc-
tures of an insect, Coccus manniparus , cause T. man-
nifera to produce "manna."

T. Germanica, Linn., is now referred to the genus
Myricaria, which is chiefly distinguished by the 10 sta-
mens connate one-third to one-half, and by the 3 sessile
stigmas. Ten species are known, all shrubby or suffru-
ticose, with the Ms. in terminal, often panicled racemes.
M. Germanica, Desv., is a glabrous undershrub, 4-6 ft.
high, with upright, wand- like branches: lvs. minute,
bluish green, lanceolate, glandular -dotted: fls. light
pink or whitish, in 4-6 in. long terminal racemes, usu-
ally with lateral ones at the base; stamens connate
about one-half. M. and S. Eu., W. Asia. M. Dahiirica,
Ehrenb. (Tamarix Dahurica, Willd.), is very similar,
but racemes usually solitary and stamens connate only
one-third. Dahuria, Transbaikalia. The culture is the
same as of Tamarix; they prefer sandy, moist soil.

INDEX.

(s. l. refers to supplementary list.)

Africana, 1. Dahurica, see para- Kashgarica, 7.

Amurensis, s. l . graph above. Narbonnensis, 3.

Anglica, 3. Gallica, 3. Odessana, 6.

arborea. 3. Germanica, see Pallasii, s. l.

articulata, s. L. paragraph above. parviflora, 1.

Canariensis, 3. hispida, 7. pentandra, 3.

Caspica, s. L. Indica, 3. plumosa, 4.

Ohineusis, 5. Japonica, 4. purpurea, 1.

juniperiua, 4. tetrandra, 2.

A. Pis. 4-merous: racemes lateral on last-
year's branches.

B. Petals spreading, persistent 1. parviflora

bb. Petals erect, deciduous 2. tetrandra

AA. Fls. 5-merous, usually in terminal
panicles.
B. Lvs. glabrous.

c. Petals deciduous 3. Gallica

cc. Petals persistent.

D. Pacemes lateral 4. juniperina

DD. Racemes panicled, terminal.

e. A tree 5. Chinensis

ee. A shrub 6. Odessana

BB. Lvs. pubescent 7. hispida

1. parvifldra, DC. (T. tetrdnda,\Ta.r. parviflora, Boiss.
and Kotschy). Fig. 2462. Shrub or small tree, 15 ft.
high, with reddish brown bark and slender spreading
branches : lvs. ovate, acuminate, semi-amplexicaul,
scarious at the apex when older: fls. pink, very short-
pediceled, slender in racemes about 1 in. long, along
last year's branches; petals spreading, persistent;
calyx very small, sometimes only 3-parted; styles usu-
ally 3, much shorter than ovary. April, May. S. Eu.
F.S. 9:898. R.H. 1855:401. -Often confounded with the
following species, also with T. Africana and Gallica
and cult, under these names. T. tetrandra, var. pur-
purea, probably belongs here.

2. tetrandra, Pall. Shrub or small tree, attaining 12
ft., with almost black bark: lvs. ovate-lanceolate, some-
what narrowed at the base, wTith diaphanous margin:
fls. light pink or almost white, in racemes 1-2 in. long
along last year's branches; disk purple, deeply 4-lobed;
styles usually 4, about as long as ovary. April, May.
S.E. Eu., W. Asia. — Doubtful whether in cultivation in
this country; all plants seen under this name by the
writer belong to the preceding species.

3. Gallica, Linn. ( T. pentandra. Pall. T. arbdrea,
Sieb. T. Canariinsis, Willd. T. Anglica, Webb).
Shrub or small tree, with slender spreading branches:
lvs. dull to bluish green, closely imbricated, rhombic-
ovate, acute or acuminate, keeled, semi-amplexicaul,
with scarious margin: fls. white or pinkish, almost
sessile, in slender, panicled racemes; petals deciduous;
filaments dilated at the base; disk usually deeply 5-
lobed ; styles 3. May-July. W. Eu. Mediterranean
region to Himalayas; naturalized in S. Texas. Gn. 34,
p. 329.— Var. Indica, Ehrenb. < T. Iudica,\X\m.). With
slender, upright branches: lvs. dull green: racemes
longer and slenderer: fls. pink; disk obscurely and

&mK.<JY'>,

TAMARIX

TARAXACUM

1769

minutely 10-lobed. Himalayas. Var. Narbonnensis,
Ehrenb. Racemes short, almost sessile, lateral on the
current year's branches. S.W. Europe.

4. juniperina, Bunge ( T. Jap&niea and T. plumbsa,
Hort.). Shrub or small tree, attaining 15 ft., with
slender spreading branches: lvs. green, oblong-lanceo-
late, acuminate, scarious at the apex: fls. pinkish, in
lateral racemes Wi-IYi in. long on last year's branches;

2463. Tansy— Tanacetum vulgare (X 1-5).

pedicels shorter than calyx; sepals ovate-lanceolate,
little shorter than the persistent petals; disk 5-lobed,
■with emarginate lobes. Japan, N. China. S.Z. 1:71 (as
'£. Chinensis.)

5. Chinensis, Lour. Shrub or small tree, attaining
15 ft., with slender spreading, otten drooping branches:
lvs. bluish green, lanceolate, acuminate, keeled: lis.
pink, in large and loose usually nodding panicles, pedi-
cels as long as calyx; sepals ovate, much shorter than
the persistent petals; disk deeply 10-lobed. China.

C. Odessana, Stev. Shrub, 4-6 ft. high, with upright,
slender branches: lvs. lanceolate, subulate, decurrent:
fls. pink; racemes slender, about 1 in. long on short,
naked peduncles, spreading and disposed in ample loose
panicles; pedicels about as long as calyx; petals slightly
spreading; disk 5-lobed, with rounded lobes. July-Sept.
Caspian region.

7. hispida, Willd. (T. Kashgdrica, Hort.). Shrub
with slender upright branches: lvs. bluish green, cor
date and subauriculate at the base, acuminate, some
what spreading, finely pubescent: fls. pink, almost ses
sile, in dense racemes 2-3 in. long, disposed in terminal
panicles; petals deciduous, much longer than sepals
disk 5-lobed. Aug., Sept. R.H. 1894:352.

T. articulata, Vahl. Tree, attaining 30 ft., with slender,
jointed branches: lvs. glaucous, minute, sheathing: n\
merous. pink, sessile, in terminal panicles. W. Asia. Not
hardy north. — T. Pdltasii, Desv. Shrubby and very similar to
T. Odessana, but panicles less spreading, with more upright
racemes: petals upright: disk 5-lol>ed, witli emarginate lobes.
Aug., Sept. S.Russia and W. to C.Asia. T. Amurensis. Hort.,
is a form of this very variable species. T. Caspica, not seen in
bloom by writer, may also belong here. Alfred Rehder.

TANACETUM (name of doubtful derivation). Com-
pdsitte. A genus of 30 species of annual or perennial
herbs scattered about the northern hemisphere, of which

7 are native to North America. They are odorous plants
with alternate, variously cut leaves and small to me-
dium-sized heads of yellow flowers disposed in corymbs,
or rarely solitary. Fl. -heads heterogamous, disk-shaped :
female fls. with 3-5-toothed, tubular corollas; akenes
5-ribbed or 3-5-angular, with a broad truncate summit,
bearing a coroniform pappus or none. For culture, see
Tansy.

vulgare, Linn. Tansy. Fig. 2463. Stem robust,
erect, 2-3 ft., leafy to the summit: lvs. pinnately di-
vided into linear-lanceolate segments which are serrate
or pinnately cut: fl. -heads V^-Vi in. across, numerous,
in a dense, flat-topped cyme. July-Sept. Europe. Ad-
ventive in the eastern U. S. — Var. crispum, DC, has
the leaves more cut and crisped. According to B.B.
3:400, this variety is in some places more common than
the type. p. W. Barclay.

TANGIERINE. See Oranije and Citrus

TANGIER PEA, Scarlet. Lathyrus Tingitanus.

TANSY {Tanacetum vulgare, Linn.). Fig. 2464. A
coarse-growing, herbaceous perennial naturalized from
middle Europe, and a familiar occupant of our old gar-
dens, waste places and roadsides. Its common name is
said to be derived from athanasia, immortality, an idea
suggested to the ancient Greeks by the characteristic
permanent possession it takes of the soil. Its annual,
upright, usually unbranched stems, which rise about
3 feet from the perennial root, bear greatly divided,
deeply cut, compound, bitter, aromatic leaves and
rather dense corymbs of numerous small yellow
flower-heads which appear in midsummer. The seed,
which is small, is marked by 5 rather prominent gray-
ish ribs and retains its vitality for about two years.
Formerly its leaves were in great favor as a seasoning
for various culinary preparations, especially puddings
and omelettes, uses now almost obsolete. By the medi-
cal profession, its tonic and
stimulant properties and
its efficacy in hysterical
and dropsical disorders are
still recognized, though
other medicines are more
popular. In domestic prac-
tice it played an early role
as an an t li e 1 mi n t i c and "

stomachic and is still some- Sw^t *'*■ 1 ■"" '.
wiiat popular as a local '„ ;*j-;>', :-*-; * .<■*
agent to relievo I In- pain of {-■';' '' ■'■'•" t'__ .
muscular rheumatism, «A^yTW'"-"f WOk "''<'. P»vivfliSSr
bruises ami clironio ulcers, ^ ,,;. •_ ";. _ ,

The wild plants usually -'.:> _ -
satisfy all demands, but V '

when no wild supply is at "^^^^fi^Svl^ ''"'' '
hand seed may be used to ' ' ' \

start the half-dozen speci-
mens that a family should
need. Easily started, read-
ily transplanted or divided,
Tansy requires no special
care in cultivation except
to keep it clear of weeds
and to prevent its spread-
ing and thus becoming
troublesome as a weed. It
will thrive in almost all The ie:
soils and situations that

are not too wet. For botanical account, see Tanacetum.
M. G. Kains.

TAPE GRASS. Vallisneria.

TAPIOCA. See Manihot.

TARAXACUM (ancient name of doubtful origin,
probably associated with supposed medicinal proper-
ties). Comp6sita>. Dandelion. Low nearly or quite
stemless herbs of cold and temperate regions, mostly of
the northern hemisphere. The plants are exceedingly
variable and there are consequently great differences
of opinion as to the numoer of species. Bentham &

' ■-'?.

2464.
-like spray of Tansy.

1770

TARAXACUM

Hooker would reduce them to
about 6, and others would retain
25 or more. Taraxacums are dis-
tinguished by having large many-
flowered ligulate yellow heads soli-
tary on naked and hollow scapes;
involucre with one inner series of
erect narrow bracts and outer
calyx - like spreading sometimes
reflexed bracts ; pappus simple
and capillary, borne on a slender
beak terminating a fusiform elon-
gated angled akene; flowers open-
ing in sunshine.

The common Dandelion is Ta-
raxacum officinale, known also as
T. Dens-leonis. See Dandelion.
It varies immensely in stature and
form of leaves, as shown in Figs.
2465-68. For history, see Sturte-
vant, Proc. 6th Meeting Soc. Prom.
Agr. Sci., and Amer. Nat., Jan.,
1886. For an account of the red
seeded Dandelion, T. erythro-
spermum, see Fernald, Bot.Gaz.
July, 1895:323. From the com-
mon Dandelion it differs in hav-
ing smaller sulfur-yellow heads,
smaller and very deeply cut
leaves, outer involucral scales
not reflexed and somewhat glau-
cous; akenes red or red -brown
and shorter beaked ; pappus
dirty white. It is known to oc-
cur in New England. New York
and Pa.; perhaps naturalized
from Europe. l jj jj

TARE, TARES. To the mod-
ern English farmer the word
"Tare" means the common
vetch, Yicia sativa, although
Tare is also applied loosely to
other species of V i c i a and
Lathyrus, particularly Vicia
hirsuta. The celebrated pas-
sage in Matthew xiii, 25, "His
enemy came and sowed tares
among the wheat,' refers prob-
ably to the darnel, Lolium te-
muUntum. The original Greek
word in Matthew is Zizania, a
name which in botany refers to
the wild rice. Darnel belongs
to the grass family and its
seeds were long thought to
stupefy those who ate them un-
wittingly. Recent investiga-
tions have proved that darnel
seeds have no narcotic proper-
ties.

TARRAGON (Artemisia
Dracunculus, which see) is
a close relative of worm-
wood [A. Absinthium). It
is a perennial composite
herb native of the Caspian
Sea region and Si-
beria, and is culti-
vated as a culinary
herb in western Eu-
rope. Its lanceolate,
entire leaves and
small, inconspicuous
and generally sterile J_
blossoms are borne
upon numerous
branching stems, 2-3
feet tall. Its green
parts, which possess
a delicate, aromatic
flavor r e s e m b 1 i n g
anise, are widely

2466. Large-leaved form of Dandelion.

fc£^

2467. Cut-leaved form of Dandelion.

TASMANNIA

used for seasoning salads and for
flavoring vinegar, pickles and
mustard. The essential oil of
Tarragon and Tarragon vinegar
are articles of commerce, the crop
being grown extensively in south-
ern France for this purpose. The
former is obtained by distillation
of the green parts, the latter by
simple infusion in vinegar. The
best time to gather the crop for
distillation or infusion is when
the first flowers begin to open,
since the plants have then a larger
percentage of oil than before or
after. From 300 to 500 pounds of
green parts, according to seasonal
and other conditions, are needed
to produce one pound of oil.

As cultivated Tarragon rarely
produces viable seed, the plant is
propagated by cuttings of both
old and green wood and by di-
vision of the roots. Cuttings
may be taken at any convenient
time, but the best time for di-
vision is when the plants have
just commenced to grow in the
spring. Tenacious and wet soils
should be avoided and only
loams of medium texture and of
poor quality in sunny situations
chosen. The plants may be set,
either in the spring or in the
autumn, one foot apart and cul-
tivated like sage or mint. The
flower-stems should be removed
as soon as seen, as this will
force greater growth of leaves,
etc. The green parts may be
gathered at any time, after the
plants have become established,
and used fresh. Dried Tarra-
gon is nearly as useful as green,
but there is little market for it,
lesseven than for the leaves. At
the approach of winter, espe-
cially in cold and snowless cli-
mates, the stems should be cut
down and the plants covered
with litter or leaves. The po-
sition of the beds should be
changed every three or four
years. Tarragon is less culti-
vated in America than it de-
serves. Most of our Tarragon
vinegar comes from France.

Tagetes lucida is much like
Tarragon in flavor and has been
used as a substitute for it.

M. G Kains.
TASMANNIA( after Abel
Jansen Tasman, Dutch cap-
tain who discovered Van
Diemau's Land or Tas-
mania). Magnoli&cece. This
genus is included under
Drimys by Bentham
and Hooker. A small
genus of tender ever-
green aromatic, gla-
brous trees or shrubs
with simple, short-
petioled leaves with
transparent dots and
terminal clusters of
greenish yellow, rose
or white flowers.
Drimys aroma tira,
F. Muell. (T. aro-
mdtica, R.Br.), is a
shrub or small tree
cult, in a few north-

TASMANNIA

TAXODIUM

1771

ern greenhouses : Ivs. rather small, oblong to oblong-
lanceolate, usually obtuse, narrowed to a short petiole:
fls. K-l in. across, in small, terminal clusters. Spring.
Tasmania. B.K. 31:43 (white, tinged pink).

F. W. Barclay.
TASSEL FLOWER. See Emilia flammea and Brick-
ellia.

TAU-KOK BEAN. See Dolichos.

TAXODIUM (alluding to the similarity of the foliage
to that of Taxus). Glyptostrdbus , SehubMia. Conif-
erce. Tall ornamental deciduous or evergreen trees,
with distinctly 2-ranked, small, linear leaves and glo-
bose or ovoid cones not exceeding 1 in. across. The
Bald Cypress, T. distichum, is well known in cultiva-
tion and is hardy as far north as New England. It is a
very desirable tree for park planting. Its light green

nating in long, horizontal roots. From these roots
spring the peculiar cypress knees, pyramidal protuber-
ances composed of a very light, soft, spongy wood and
spongy bark. These sometimes attain a height of 10 ft.
and with age usually become hollow. From the under
side of the horizontal roots large anchor-roots are sent
perpendicularly into the earth and help to anchor the
tree firmly in the swampy yielding soil. The knees are
believed by some to be formed for the purpose of
strengthening this root-system, since they are chiefly
found opposite to the anchor-roots, but their main pur-
pose is probably to bring air to the roots during the
several weeks or months when the swamps are covered
with water. The knees always grow high enough to rise
above the surface of the water (see, also, G.F. 3, p. 2,

57).

2468. Variation in foliage of the i
All leaves drawn to the

feathery foliage and the narrow pyramidal habit which
it usually retains in cultivation give it a very distinct
appearance. In its native habitat it forms in old age a
broad, round-topped head sometimes 100 ft. across and
has the trunk much enlarged at the base by huge, often
hollow buttresses projecting in all directions and termi-

The Bald Cypress thrives best in moist, sandy soil,
but usually also does well in drier situations. The habit
seems to depend somewhat on the degree of moisture;
in drier soil the head is more narrow-pyramidal,
in moist soil broader and more spreading. Prop-
agated by seeds sown in spring and the varieties
by grafting on seedling stock early in spring in
the greenhouse; also by cuttings in sand con-
stantly saturated with water or grown in water
alone, under glass.

Three species in North America and China.
Lvs. alternate, linear, usually 2-ranked, falling
off in autumn or the second year together with
the short lateral branchlets : lis. monoecious,
small; staminate fls. catkin-like, consisting of
spirally arranged anthers, with 4-9 anther-cells
and forming terminal panicles; pistillate fls. soli-
tary or in pairs at the ends of branchlets of the
ious year, composed of imbricated scales
bearing two ovules inside at the base: cone glo-
bose or nearly so, maturing the first year, con-
sisting of spirally arranged woody scales en-
larged at the apex into an irregularly 4-sided disk
with a mucro in the middle and toward the base
narrowed into a slender stalk ; 2 triangular,
ged seeds under each scale; cotyledons 4-9.
The Bald Cypress is one of the most valuable
timber trees of North America. The wood is
brown, light and soft, close and straight-grained,
but not strong; it is easily worked, durable in
the soil and much used for construction.

distichum, Rich. (Ciipressus dis-
tieha, Linn. SehubMia dislicha,
Mirbel). Bald Cypress. Deciduous
Cypress. Fig. 2469. Tall, deciduous
tree, becoming 150 feet high, with a
buttressed trunk usually 4-5, but
sometimes attaining 12 ft. or more in
diameter, usually hollow in old age;
bark light cinnamon - brown, flaky;
branches erect or spreading, distieh-
ously ramified, forming a narrow pyr-
amidal head, becoming at maturity
broad and rounded, with slightly pend-
ulous branches: lvs. narrowly linear,
acute, thin, light green, %-% in. long:
panicles of the purplish staminate fls.
4-5 in. long: cone almost globose,
rugose, about 1 in. across and desti-
tute of mucros at maturity: seed %
in. long. March-May. Del. to Fla.,
west to Mo. and Tex. S.S. 10:537.
G.F. 3:7; 10:125. G.C II. 11 :372; 18:
301; III. 7:325, 328; 14:059; 24:320.
Gng. 2:225; 5:1. G.M. 39:875. M
D.G. 1896:303. S.H. 2:541. -An inter-
esting natural variety is:

Var. imhricarium,Nutt.( T. distichum
Sinhise pindula, Lodd. 27. distichum.
var. ptnduluvi, Carr. Glyptostrdbus
pindulus, Endl. G. Sinensis, Hort. ),
Smaller tree, with slender upright or often pendulous
branches clothed with spirally arranged, needle-shaped,
more or less upright and appressed lvs. Occasionally
found wild with the tvpe and often cultivated. B.M.
5603. F. 1871, p. 60.

A great number of garden forms have been described,

1772

TAXODIUM

TAXUS

of which the following are the most important: Var.
fastigiatum, Knight. With slender, upright, virgate
bran, lies sparingly ramified. Var. microphyllum, Carr.
Shrub, with short spreading branches; the lateral
branchlets with typical foliage, those of the longer
branches gradually passing
toward the end into small,
scale - like, imbricate lvs.
Var. nanum, Carr. Dwarf,
shrubby form, with numer-
ous short branches. Var.
nutans, Ait. Branches
spreading, long and slender,
nodding at the tips. Var.
pendulum novum, P. Smith.
A graceful form with slen-
der, pendulous branchlets.
Var. pyramidatum, Carr.
Narrow pyramidal form with
short ascending branches.

T. mucronatum, A. Ten. (T.
M.-\i,..-miiin. Carr.). Tall tree,

annually 170 ft. high, with a

diame-

lvs.

Me

G.

2469. Bald Cypress

dium distichui

(Natural size of lvs.

inch long.)

tl'i^i

rgreen.
F. 3:155. G.C. III. 12:647
}i,t,ri>y>h!iUuM, Brongn. (Glyp-
tostrobus heterophyllus, Endl.).
Shrub, 10 ft. high: lower
branches pendulous: lvs. linear
and scale - like on the same
plant; cones ovoid, ,!-i in. long.
China. Tender and rarely cult.
Often confounded witli vars. of
T. distichum.

Alfred Rehder.

TAXUS (ancient Latin name of the Yew). Conifercc.
Yew. Ornamental evergreen trees or shrubs, with 2-
ranked linear leaves, insignificant flowers and showy
berry-like red fruits. The best known species is T.
baccata, which is hardy as far north as Rhode Island
and northwestern New York, while T. euspidata and
T. Canadensis are considerably hardier and thrive as
far north as Canada; the other species are little known
in cultivation. The Yews are very desirable evergreens
for park planting; they are densely clothed with dark
green foliage and the pistillate plants are particularly
beautiful in autumn when loaded with scarlet fruits.
They are well suited for hedges and easily trimmed
into any desired shape. They were formerly much used
for fantastic topiary work (see e. g., G.C. II. 2:204,
263).

That the typical tree-like form of the Yew is nowadays
not much planted is chiefly due to its slow growth, but
the numerous mostly shrubby garden tonus are popular
plants for small gardens. The Yews thrive best in a
moderately moist sandy loam and endure shade well.

Large plants may be su issfully transplanted if it is

possible to secure a sufficient ball of earth with the
roots. Prop, by seeds, which do not germinate until
the second year, and by cuttings taken early in autumn
and kept during the winter in a cool greenhouse or
frame; the varieties also often by grafting on the type
in early spring in the greenhouse, or sometimes by lay-
ers. Plants raised from cuttings grow much slower
than grafted ones and cuttings of the type rarely grow
into trees but usually into low-spreading shrubs (see
M.D.G. 1898:565).

Six species are known. They are distributed through
the northern hemisphere and in America south to
Mexico. They are all very closely allied and could be
considered geographical varieties of a single species.
Trees or shrubs: lvs. linear, without resin-ducts, pale or
yellowish green beneath, usually 2-ranked : fls. usually
dioecious, solitary and axillary, rarely terminal, small,
appearing in early spring; staminate globose, composed
of 4—8 stamens each, with 3-8 anther-cells attached to
the peltate connective; pistillate consisting of a single
terminal ovule with several bracts at the base: seed a
bony nut surrounded or almost inclosed by a fleshy cup-
shaped scarlet, disk ; cotyledons two. The wood is heavy,
hard, close-grained, strong, elastic and of reddish color.
It is highly valued for cabinet-making and turning, and
before the invention of gunpowder was in great request

in England for the manufacture of bows. The foliage
is poisonous to horses and cattle but the berries are not.
baccata, Linn. Fig. 2470. Tree, attaining GO ft., with
a usually short trunk, occasionally 8 ft. or more in
diameter: bark reddish, flaky, deeply fissured in old
trees: branches spreading, forming a broad, low head;
branchlets somewhat pendulous: lvs. 2-ranked, linear
and usually falcate, shortly acuminate, with prominent
midrib, dark green above, pale beneath, %-\% in. long
or shorter in some vars.: fr. K-% in. across, with al-
most globose disk, about one -third longer than the
ovoid brown seed. Eu. and N. Afr. to Himalayas. G.C.
11.23:309. Gn. 27, p. 578; 35, p. 36, 37. G.F. 9:265.
Gng. 1:309. — Many garden forms have originated in
cultivation; the following are the most important: Var.
adpressa, Carr. ( T. parvif&lia, YVender. T. brevifdlia,
Hort., not Nutt. T.tardiva, Laws. T. Sinhmis tardlva,
Knight). Shrub or low tree of irregular habit, with
long spreading branches: lvs. oblong, obtusish, mucron-
ulate, %-K in. long: disk of fr. shorter than the seed.
R.H. 1886, p. 104. Gn. 35, p. 37. Very distinct form.
Var. adpressa erecta, Nichols, (var. ad/iressa xtricta,
Beissn.), has the foliage of the preceding, but erect
branches forming a columnar bush. Var. aurea, Carr.
(var, JElvastoninsis aurea, Beissn.). Lvs. golden yel-
low, more brightly colored at the tips and margin.
This form has proved hardier than the type in New
England. Var. argentea, Loud. (var. elegantissima,
Hort.). Lvs. striped straw-yellow or sometimes whit-
ish. Var. erecta, Loud. (var. strlcta, Hort.). Bushy
form, with slender, upright branches and branchlets:
lvs. narrower and smaller than in the type. Var. eri-
coldes, Carr. (var. microphjjlla, Hort. I. Dwarf form,
with slender branches and small and very narrow,
pointed lvs. Var. fastigiata, Loud. ( T. Hibirnica,
Hort.). Strictly fastigiate form, with stout crowded
upright branches and branchlets: lvs. spirally arranged
around the branches, dark glossy green. Gn. 35, p. 36;
40, p. 62. R.H. 1886:105. One of the most desirable
evergreens of columnar habit for formal gardens. Var.
fastigiata variegata, Carr. Less vigorous anil more
tender: lvs. marked yellowish white. Var. fastigiata
aurea, Standish. Young growth golden yellow. Var.
Fisheri. Hort. Some of the lvs. deep yellow, others
green. Var. fructu luteo. With yellow fr. Gn. 35, p. 37.
R.H. 1886. p. 104. Var. glauca, Carr. Vigorous form,
with longer and narrower lvs. dark green above and
with a glaucous bluish tint beneath. Var. Jacksoni,
Gord. (var. pindula, Hort.). Branches spreading, pen-
dulous at the tips, with more or less incurved lvs. Var.
procumhens, Loud. Prostrate shrub, with elongated and

2470. Old English Yews that have

— Taxus baccata.

"Addison's Walk," at Glasnev

ched maturity
Ireland.

much ramified branches. Var. Washingtoni, Beissn.
Vigorous form, with longer lvs., partly colored golden
yellow.

cuspidata, Sieb. & Zucc. (T. baccata, var. cuspid&ta,
Carr.). Tree, attaining 50 ft., with a trunk usually 2 ft.

TAXUS

TEA

1773

in diameter: bark bright red: branches ascending:
lvs. usually falcate, thickish, distinctly and abruptly
mucronate, dark green above, pale fulvous green or
pale green beneath, %-l in. long: fr. like that of T.
baccata, Japan. Very similar to T. liucnila, but
branches more upright, stouter and lvs. somewhat
broader, more abruptly mucronate and thicker in tex-
ture. Var. nana, Hort. ( T. brevifdliu, Hort.. not Nutt.),
is a dwarf compact form with shorter leaves.

Canadensis, Marsh. (T. baccata, var. minor, Michx.
T. baccata, var. Canadensis, Gray. T. minor, Britt. ) .
Fig. 2471. Prostrate shrub, with wide-spreading slen-
der branches, rarely more than ;i ft. high: lvs. shorter
and narrower, less crowded and of a lighter, more yel-
lowish green than those of T. baccata, assuming in win-
ter usually a reddish tint: fr. ripens about 2 months
earlier than that of T. baccata: lis. monoecious (at least
usually). Newfoundland to Manitoba, south to Va. and

Iowa. B.B. 1:61. V. 14:252. — In cultivation it 1 >mes

usually a more upright and less straggling shrub.

T. breeifblia, Nutt. Tree, 40-50 or occasionally 80 ft. high,
with slender horizontal or somewhat pendulous branches
forming a broad, open, pyramidal head: lvs. sharply pointed,
dark yellowish green. '.-', in. long. Brit. Col. to Calif. S.S.
10:514. Probably as hardy as T. baccata.— T. Flaridana,
Chaptn. Bushy tree, 25 ft. high or sometimes shrubby: lvs.
slender, %-l in. long, dark green. Fla. S.S. Hi: 515.

Alfred Rehder.

United States, are facts sufficiently well known as to
require no elaboration in the present article. The
present condition of China and the fear that a devas-
tating war may at any moment invade the tea-pro-
ducing provinces, seriously threaten the Tea supply
from that country. Again, friction among the world-
powers may at some future time entangle the United
States in war with a strong naval power, in which case
it is easy to foresee that commerce with the antipodes
might be arrested and our supply of oriental Tea cut off.
Or the outbreak of some such vegetable disease as that
which not many years ago destroyed the coffee industry
in Ceylon might readily sweep over the tea-gardens of
Eastern Asia; and if wholly dependent, upon them, the
world might be deprived of its cup of Tea. It becomes,
therefore, a question of national importance to provide
against these contingencies.

To these advantages should he added the diversifica-
tion of our industries, supplying easy and healthful
occupation to thousands of needy people, especially
women and children, who are well adapted for the gen-
erally light labor involved in the growth and manufac-
ture of Tea; and converting countless acres of now
idle land into blooming and remunerative tea-gardens.
Where in Assam was once a dismal jungle, the borne of
the tiger and cobra, and full of deadlier fevers, almost
uninhabited by man and practically worthless, is now—
thanks to the tea-industry — a fertile, comparatively

2471. Spray of Taxus Canadensis (X \i)

TEA. The Tea plant is described in this work under
Camellia Thea, together with its varieties Bohea and
viridis, of which the former was supposed to yield
black Tea and the latter green Tea. Both kinds can be
produced from either variety, the difference lying in
the process of manufacture. Tea is an agricultural
rather than a horticultural crop. It is fully treated in
general cyclopedias and elsewhere. For these reasons
no general article on Tea is here included. The fol-
lowing article gives an idea of the present condition
of the tea-growing industry in America. The Tea
plant is shown in Fig. 2472. L H. B.

American Tea. — Previous to the inauguration of the
Pinehurst experimentation in South Carolina, it had
been abundantly demonstrated that parts of the south-
ern states were well adapted for the growth of those
varieties of the Tea plant which do not require a tropi-
cal climate; and before the Civil War many families
supplied themselves with Tea grown and made at
home, the result of the distribution of oriental Tea
seed throughout the southern states by the national
government. But it remained to be solved whether
Tea might be produced on a large scale at a profit. The
Pinehurst experiments have shown that American tea-
gardens are capable of yielding as much as the aver-
age Asiatic, and that the quality of the leaf is not less
satisfactory.

The advantages in favor of raising Tea in this country
are the avoidance of long transportation, which generally
induces deterioration in quality; security from the in-
terference of war with the importation of foreign Teas ;
and the protection of the industry by a duty which shall
offset the difference in the price of labor. That some
sorts of Tea do not keep well, that the high "firing" of
Tea to prevent mildew, necessarily deprives it of much
of its flavor, and that for these reasons the best of the
oriental Teas are rarely exported, least of all to the

healthy, civilized region, affording lucrative employ-
ment to thousands of Europeans and natives. As much
can be brought about in many neglected parts of the
southern states; but probably, as was the case in Assam,
only through the long category of persistent labor, se-
vere trials, frequent mistakes, temporary depressions
and final success.

The disadvantages which operate against the estab-
lishment of an American Tea industry are, chiefly, au
insufficient rainfall, the higher price of labor, and the
conversion of tea-drinkers to the taste of a new sort of
Tea. Of secondary importance is the disinclination of
capital to embark in the undertaking which, although
apparently new, has, undeservedly as we think, the
stigma of previous failures. Further experiments to
relieve the burden of the above objections will, it is
believed, pave the way for a hearty endorsement of the
practicability of the industry, and then there will be no
withholding of the requisite means.

The Pinehurst experiments have shown, other things
being equal, the dependence of the productiveness
of the tea-plant upon an abundant supply of mois-
ture, whether of precipitation or percolation, or by arti-
ficial irrigation. The yearly rainfall in the oriental
Tea countries varies from CO to 150 inches, and even
more. Almost all of it occurs in the leaf-producing
months; whereas here the aqueous precipitation, dur-
ing the same season amounts to about thirty inches. It
becomes necessary, therefore, that the American tea-
planter should conserve and supplement this supply to
the utmost, by a system of tillage which shall absorb
and yield to the plant as much as possible; by the dis-
tribution of the trenches and the terracing of the land
with a view to preventing the denudation of the surface
and the loss of water during the heavier rains. These
objects are largely attained by placing the tea-gardens
on well-drained, flat lowlands or former pond-beds.
Very recently special attention has been paid to the

1774

TEA

TEA

artificial irrigation of tea fields, whereby it is designed
to better approximate to the oriental supply of water
during the cropping season, although, of course, it will
be needless to attempt to imitate the tropical deluges
which not only run off from, but with the soil.

The selection of the most suitable location for the
establishment of a tea estate, becomes, then, of the
greatest importance. The choice of fertile, flat lands,
underlaid by a porous subsoil, susceptible of irrigation
by gravity, as a safe-guard against droughts, will obvi-
ate the necessity of applying artificial enrichment, of
underdrainage, and of elevating by applied power the
water needed for irrigation. By a careful observance of
these details and the selection of the right sort of seed,
the American tea-garden may be made to yield as much
or more than the parent bushes from which it sprung.
And as the successful commercial tea estate must be on
a large scale, like similar undertakings in sugar, whether
beet or cane, it will be necessary to consider the means
of transportation and accessibility to markets, abundant
supply of labor and healthfulness of situation.

The part played by purely manual labor in the culti-
vation and manufacture of black Tea upon the best
equipped British tea estates in India, is being steadily
encroached upon by mechanical appliances until now it
has been almost relegated to its last functions of plant-
pruning and leaf-plucking, where it is probably secure.
It is true that the cultivation of the soil on the above-
mentioned gardens largely depends on manual labor
with the hoe, spade and fork. This is the natural se-
quence of the heavy rains which otherwise denude them
of a uniformly well-pulverized surface soil. By avoid-
ing hillsides and by planting sufficiently far apart it is
possible to use plows and cultivators, and thus reduce
the cost of cultivation. As yet no mechanical contri-
vance has been found for dispensing with human labor
in the pruning of the tea bushes and the gathering of
the leaf. But a ten cent duty on foreign Tea should in
many sections of the southern states somewhat com-
pensate for the difference in the cost of these opera-
tions here and in the Orient. The testimony before the
U. S. Labor Commission has shown that where the
negro population is congested, their wages, beyond a
scanty supply of food and clothing, are strictly nominal.

■■^My^

2472. Tea plant (X %).

On well-arranged tea estates producing black Tea, the
human hand hardly touches the plucked leaf from the
moment when it is caught up by a trolley line for trans-
portation to the factory, until the dry Tea is subjected
to the final elimination of whatever foreign matter
(stems, chips, etc.) may have got mixed with it. Until

very recently the manufacture of green Tea has required
a large amount of handwork for the roasting and roll-
iug of the leaf. But most recently it has been demon-
strated at Pinehurst that green tea of a high quality
may be made solely by machinery, by means of the
"Rotary Witherer," invented by the writer, in conjunc-
tion with the previously employed rolling and drying
machines. And thus, by the substitution of mechani-
cal operations, not only should the production of Tea on
a scale commensurate with the cost of such an establish-
ment, lie made cheaper, but the product should be more
uniform and free from the possible contamination of
frequently unclean hands (and feet!).

It was to be expected that the different climatic con-
ditions should exert their effect on the foreign tea
plants and somewhat alter the taste of their product.
This experience has been the rule with Tea, and it has
cost a considerable, oftentimes disheartening, effort to
successfully launch upon the market the output of each
new locality. The very limited production at Pinehurst
has probably prevented any obstacle to the sale of its
crops; the novelty of its product may have largely
assisted in readily disposing of it. But were the produc-
tion of American Tea to suddenly rise into the millions
of pounds, it would most certainly have to fight against
the prejudice of taste and the established trade in Asi-
atic Teas. The natural remedy lies in the greatest pos-
sible adaptation to already formed habits of taste and
a lowering of price. Time, study, perseverance and
money are necessarily demanded, but success seems
to be reasonably assured.

It should not surprise any one familiar with the Teas
consumed in the United States and Great Britain that
the sorts most highly valued in the Orient, the product
of one thousand or more years of discrimination and so
highly prized as often to be commercially unattainable,
rarely commend themselves to the tea-drinkers in the
former countries.

For nearly ten years the experimentation at Pinehurst
was mainly carried on without outside assistance. The
National Department of Agriculture, however, con-
tributed very welcome assistance by the gift of tea-
seed, publication of reports and other important ways;
and for the past two seasons has rendered most effec-
tual pecuniary aid, under the direction of the Secretary
of Agriculture, the Hon. James Wilson, who has en-
listed the interest and support of Congress in the work.
The proprietor of Pinehurst appreciates most deeply
this assistance, both in money and sympathy, which he
recognizes as being indispensable for the ultimate in-
auguration of the hoped-for industry. Under the
instructions of the United States Department of Agri-
culture he will diligently continue the experiments
which seem most calculated to produce at low cost the
medium grades of both black and green Teas, not losing
sight, however, of the possible growth and manufac-
ture of the finer varieties.

The first tea plant in this country was set out by the
French botanist, Michaux, about 1800, at Middleton
Barony, on the Ashley river, distant some 15 miles
from Charleston and 10 from Pinehurst plantation. As
seen a few years since, it had grown into a small tree
about 15 feet high. The reports of the U. S. Patent
Office and the Department of Agriculture record the
results of many subsequent attempts to introduce and
cultivate the tea plant in the southern states. In 1848.
Mr. Junius Smith, of Greenville, S. C, being convinced
from the letters of his daughter, then in British India,
of the feasibility of raising Tea in this region, began his
well-known experiments in this direction. In spite of
many trying difficulties, they were diligently prosecuted
to the time of his death, which occurred a few years
later. It required only slight encouragement from the
Government, by the distribution of plants and seeds, to
call into active participation the ardor of many experi-
menters living in a climate particularly favorable for
the outdoor cultivation of the Camellia Japonica, Aza-
lea Indira, and many other subtropical plants. The
Scotch botanist, Mr. Robert Fortune, was employed by
the Government to gather Chinese tea seed, which was
distributed in 1858 and 1859 throughout the southern
states. The outbreak of the Civil War, shortly there-
after, seriously interfered with the prosecution of these

TEA

TECOMA

1775

experiments. Nevertheless, the resultant patches and
larger gardens unquestionably produced Tea of fine
flavor, although very generally devoid of that strength
of liquor which latterly, and especially since the intro-
duction of the Indo-Ceylon Teas, appears to constitute
a most desirable quality for many consumers. It may
be presumed, however, that this failure in pungency
was largely due to defective curing and particularly
to inadequate rolling of the leaf, in consequence of
which the cup qualities of the Tea were
not fully developed.

So far as is known, it remained for the
National Department of Agriculture to be-
gin, twenty years ago, the first serious at-
tempt to produce American commercial Tea.
Unhappily, the retirement from office of
Commissioner Win. G. Le Due, to whose
great interest in this subject the inception
of the experiment was due ; the serious
prostration by illness of Mr. John Jackson,
who had cultivated Tea in India, and under
whose management the seed was obtained
and the gardens established; the great dis-
tance of the station from its source of con-
trol ( Washington), as also the unfavorable
opinion of a subsequent commissioner as
to the ultimate success of the undertak-
ing, combined to cause the total abandon-
ment by the Government of the tea-gar-
dens which it had established on the same
"Newington" plantation that embraced the
adjoining site of the later formed Piuehurst
estate.

The Pinehurst investigation owed its ori-
gin to the belief that the previous attempts
to demonstrate the feasibility of American
Tea culture had been arrested before reach-
ing definite conclusions. More careful cul-
tivation and manipulation, the result of pro- 2473.
tracted observation, with the consequent
production of a higher class of Teas, might reverse the
generally entertained opinion that the cultivation of
Tea, as an industry, in this country must always prove
a failure. It was hoped that success in this field of
agricultural enterprise would furnish employment for
thousands who are now idle and give a value to vast
acres at present worthless.

The local experiments, begun about ten years ago,
were wisely on a small scale; but they have been gradu-
ally increased until they now embrace about sixty
acres planted in Tea, a commodious factory equipped
with the requisite mechanical appliances, facilities for
tbe application of irrigation to some of the tea-gardens,
and a well-trained corps of youthful tea pickers. When
the gardens shall have arrived at full bearing, the an-
nual crop should exceed 12,000 pounds of dry, high
grade Tea, and this quantity should suffice for the ob-
ject in view; viz., to determine whether commercial tea
may be profitably grown under the local conditions of
soil, climate and labor. It was obviously desirable to
conduct experiments with as many varieties of seed
and on as different sorts of soil and location as pos-
sible. To this end, partly by the kind assistance of
the U. S. Department of Agriculture and partly by pur-
chase from domestic and foreign producers, a consider-
able variety of seed, representing many of the choicest
sorts of Tea, was obtained. Gardens were established
on flat and on rolling land, in drained swamps and
ponds, and on sandy, clayey, loamy and rich bottom
soil.

It was from the outset expected that many of those
attempts would prove either partially or wholly unsuc-
cessful, but with very few exceptions the gardens are
fully answering the expectations. The annual crop has
gradually, but steadily, grown from less than one hun-
dred pounds to 5,000 pounds of dry Tea. Several years
of experimentation have developed a system of pruning
in keeping with the local climate. The hopefully crucial
trial occurred on February 14, 1899, when the thermom-
eter fell to zero, Fahrenheit — the lowest recorded tem-
perature in 150 years of observation, but with compara-
tively few exceptions the tea-gardens escaped serious
injury, although followed by a diminished yield for two

112

years in some instances. A Rose (Assam Hybrid) tea
garden at Pinehurst is shown in Fig. 247X

Charles IT. Shepard.
TEA, OSWEGO. Monarda didytna.

TEA, PARAGUAY. Ilex Pannjuariensis.

TEASEL. The species of Dipsacus. See p. 491 and
Fig. 719.

Assam-Hybrid Tea garden at Pinehurst, South Carolina.

TfXOM A ( abridged from the Mexican name Tecomaxo-
chitl. ). Including Cdmpsis, Campsidium, Cour&lea,
Pandbrea, Stenoldbium and Tecomdria. Bignoniacew.
Trumpet Vine. Ornamental evergreen or deciduous,
climbing or upright shrubs, or sometimes trees, with
opposite, odd-pinnate or digitate leaves and showy
white, yellow, scarlet or violet flowers in panicles or
racemes, followed by mostly elongated cylindrical pods.
Most of the species are suited only for greenhouse cul-
tivation in the North, or for outdoor cultivation only in
subtropical or tropical regions. The hardiest species is
T. radicatis, which may be grown as farnorth as Massa-
chusetts, at least in sheltered positions. The closely
allied T. grandiflora is somewhat more tender. The
latter, as well as T. radicans, var. speciosa, can be
grown as bushy specimens and will bloom freely on the
young shoots, even if cut back almost to the ground by
frost. Such plants can be easily protected during the
winter by laying them down and covering them with
earth.

The following are well suited for cultivation in the
southern states and California or in the North in the
cool greenhouse and will stand a little frost: T. aus-
trails, Oapensis, jasminoides, mollis, BivasoUana,
Smiihti and stans. T. Amboinensis, filicifolia and
leucoxylon can be grown only in tropical regions or in
the warm greenhouse. The Tecomas, with the excep-
tion of the first 5 species described below, are very or-
namental climbing plants. T. radicans is particularly
adapted for covering walls and rocks, as it climbs with
rootlets and clings firmly to its support. The Tecomas
require rich, rather moist soil and sunny position.
Propagated by seeds, by greenwood cuttings uuder
glass, or by hardwood and also by root-cuttings and
layers. See, also, Bignonia for culture.

The genus contains more than 100 species, chiefly na-
tives of tropical and subtropical America, also found in
Polynesia, S. Asia and Africa. Climbing or upright
shrubs, sometimes trees: lvs. odd-pinnate or digitate,
opposite, estipulate: fls. in racemes or panicles; calyx
campanulate, 5-toothed or irregularly 2-5-lobed; corolla
funnelform, with 5- or rarely 4-lobed limb; stamens 4,
2 longer and 2 shorter; style slender: ovary 2-loculedf

1776

TECOMA

TKCO.MA

surrounded at the base by a disk: fr. an elongated cap-
sule, loculicidally dehiscent, with 2 valves separating
from the septum, to which the seeds are attached:
seeds numerous, compressed, with 2 large, thin wings.
The genus is divided into several natural subgenera,
which are considered by some botanists as distinct
genera. Alfred Rehder.

A/% \U> ■

V' ■'■

■.,,

2474. Tecoma Smithii (XK).

Trumpet Vines in the South.— All the Tecomas, the
climbing species as well as those growing in bush form,
are very successfully cultivated in Florida, being well
adapted to the soil and climate, hut most of them, to do
their best, need to be planted from the start in rich
soil, and in addition they should be well fertilized at
least once a year. They prefer a fertilizer rich in nitro-
gen, and a heavy mulch will also prove very beneficial.
The bushy kinds can be grown in groups or as single
specimens on the lawn, while the rampant climbing
species, such as T.radicans and T. grandiflora^ should
be grown on posts and tall stumps, or they may be
trained over small oaks, persimmon trees or catalpas.
T. Oapensis, a half -climbing species, is effectively used
for decoration of the veranda, its glowing scarlet flow-
ers contrasting well with the exquisite blossoms and
the tropical foliage of the allamandas, thunbergias and
Olerodevdron Thompsoiup, which all flower at the same
time. Tecoma starts and T. grandiflora are the two
showiest species of the genus, the latter being a climber,
flowering abundantly in May and June, while the first
one is a large-growing bushy species opening its im-
mense corymbs of vivid yellow flowers the latter part of
November and early in December.

The Yellow Elder, T. stans, grows exceedingly well
on high pine-land and is perfectly at home in Florida,
attaining an immense size if well fertilized and mulched,
dense masses 18-25 ft, high and as much through being
not at all rare. This Tecoma is the glory of the south
Florida gardens in autumn, as is the beautiful Bau-
hinia purpurea, in April, never failing to call forth en-
thusiastic admiration from all beholders. No shrub is
better adapted for the new settlers in the sandy pine-

land gardens. When covered with its large, fragrant
flowers it is visited by numberless hummingbirds and
insects. Owing to its rapid growth and dense foliage
from the ground, the Yellow Elder is highly valued as
screen for unsightly fences and buildings. This Tecoma
ripens its seed so abundantly that hundreds of seedlings
come up around the old plant. The value of this shrub,
blooming so late in autumn, cannot be overestimated.

T. mollis, incorrectly known to the trade as T. stans,
var. velutina, also does well, but being a native of
Guatemala it is much less hardy than the former. The
growth is more upright and stiff, the Ifts. are much
larger, less serrate and much darker green and the
flowers, which are borne in terminal panicles, are
smaller and without fragrance and the color is a much
lighter yellow. It also flowers several weeks earlier
than T. stans. The foliage looks crimped and often
blackish, being attacked by a kind of aphis and by
several fungi.

T. Smithii is said to be a hybrid between T. mollis
and T. Oapensis, raised near Melbourne, Australia, by
Mr. Edwin Smith. The plant comes true from seed, and
seedlings flower when about a year old, beginning to
open their large clusters of yellow and reddish trumpets
in April and continuing with short intervals until cut
down by frost in December.

The Cape Honeysuckle, T. Oapensis, is another spe-
cies which grows most luxuriantly in Florida gardens
and in those all along the Gulf coast. It is usually
grown on trellises on verandas and piazzas with a south-
ern exposure. Of all the species this is the best and
most suitable for verandas, being a dense and compact
grower, evergreen, almost constantly in flower, easily
kept in health and readily trained into shapely speci-
mens. If the long shoots are cut back severely, the
plant can be easily trained into shrub form. These long
shoots, usually lying flat on the ground, readily strike
root and form an excellent material for propagation.
T. Oapensis and T. Smithii are the only Tecomas
which grow and flower fairly well as pot-plants in
northern greenhouses. They need good soil and rather
large pots to do well. If not well cared for they lose
most of their foliage and look poor and unshapely.

The Chinese Trumpet Creeper, T. grandiflora, is the
most floriferous and gorgeous of all the climbing spe-
cies. In the writer's garden a large pine stump, about
sixteen feet high, in May and June is completely covered
with masses of brilliant fiery orange-scarlet flowers
which can be seen at a distance of half a mile. The
flowers are much larger, more brilliant and much more
abundantly produced than those of our native T. radi-
cans. While all the other Tecomas are almost free from
the attacks of insects, this one is infested by a vora-
cious caterpillar, which devours the leaves greedily.
The lubber grasshoppers also attack the lower foliage.
T. grandiflora grows well in the poor sandy soil, per-
fecting luxuriant shoots 25-30 ft. long in one season if
well fertilized. Like our native species, this one is de-
ciduous.

Our native Trumpet Creeper, T. radicans, is very
common in the southern woodlands and fields. There is
a great variety in the brilliancy of the blossoms. This
is an excellent plant for covering the bare trunks of
palmettos.

The Wonga-Wonga Vine, T. australis, is rather diffi-
cult to grow on high pine-land, as it needs a soil rich
in humus. In rich soil, however, and liberally fertilized
it is a rampant grower with beautiful dark green glossy
foliage. The flowers are interesting but comparatively
small, and not showy. However, the species is worth
cultivating for foliage alone. It must be well taken
care of and well watered during the dry spring months
or it will dwindle away in a very short time.

The Bower Plant of Australia, T. jasminoides, is
a tall, rampant climber, reveling in the Florida sun-
shine, but it needs a very rich soil and during dry
weather an abundance of water. A heavy mulching
also proves very beneficial. Plants only two feet high
have flowered profusely. In good soil it grows in one
season 20-30 ft. high, clambering from tree to tree.

T. Mackenii, from Natal and Caffraria, demands a
very rich soil and a heavy mulch of stable manure. Its
leaves easily drop from the woody branches after a

TECOMA

TECOMA

1777

(Including some

names from o

mentury list.)

adrepens, 8.

fulva, s. l.

a- m- id i folia, s. L.

grandiflora.

alba, 12.

jasminoides

Amboinensis, S.

leucoxylon.

atropurpurea, 7.

Miirkenii, It

australis, 11.

mollis, 4.

Capensis, 6.

Pandor*. 11

Chinensis, 8.

praacox, 7, 8.

ehrysantha, s. l.

radieans, 7.

nli.'ifolia, 13.

Ricasoliana,

cold night, and 0 or 7 degrees of frost kill the plant
down to the ground. For this reason the vine should
be banked with dry sand every fall and if killed down
to the banking it must be cut off immediately or the
entire plant will be lost. Plants raised from seed re-
ceived under the name of T. Ricasoliana, from Italy,
are much hardier and more floriferous than those
obtained from seed imported from South Africa, but
the flowers of both are exactly alike. In order to
flower profusely this species must be planted in the
full sun. It usually requires a few years before it starts
into a vigorous growth, and it rarely flowers before its
fifth year or before it has attained considerable size.
In Florida, T. Mackenii should be planted on tall
stumps, or on arbors and sheds by itself, never mingled
with other species. This species is properly T. Ricaso-
liana.

T. filici folia , from the Fiji Islands, has never flowered
in the writer's garden and is cut down by frost almost
every winter, but it is a strong grower and worth plant-
ing for the foliage alone.

T. Valdiviana has proved to be a very poor grower
and is very difficult to keep in health for any length of
time. Apparently not in the trade. jj Nehrlino.

rosea. 2.
3, sambucifolia

12. serratifolia,

Smithii. 5.

speciosa, 7.

spectabilis. s

stans, 3.

Thunbergii,

Valdiviana,
10. velutina, i.

a. Habit upright.

b. Foliage digitate: fix. pink,

c. Panicles few-fid 1. leucoxylon

cc. Panicles many-fid 2. rosea

be. Foliage pinnate : fls. yellow.
(Stenolobium.)
C. Lfts. a ruminate.

d. Lvs. glabrous 3. stans

DD. I/os. villous- pubescent be-
neath 4. mollis

cc. Lfts. oblong, obtusish 5. Smithii

aa. Habit climbing or prostrate, rarely
suberect.
b. Stamens exserted. (Tecomaria.) 0. Capensis
BB. Stamens included.
c. Pairs of lfts. te-5.

D. Fls. in racemes, orange,
red or scarlet. (Campsis.)
E. Lfts. serrate: racemes ter-
minal.
F. Corolla - tube m u c h

longer than calyx 7. radieans

ff. Corolla-tube little ex-
ceeding the calyx 8. grandiflora

EE. Lfts. entire or sinuate:

racemes axillary 9. Amboinensis

DD. Fls. in terminal panicles,
whitish or light pink
[ Tand area.)
e. Margin of lfts. serrate.. . 10. Ricasoliana
ee. Margin of lfts. entire.

F. Corolla % in. lone/ 11. australis

FF. Corolla l'i-J in. long. .12. jasminoides
CC. Pairs of lfts. 9-12. ( Campsid-

in m.) 13. filicifolium

1. leucdxylon, Mart. (Bigndnia leiicdxylon, Linn.).
Evergreen tree: lvs. long-petioled, digitate; lfts. usu-
ally 5, stalked, oblong - lanceolate, entire, glabrous,
\-lxi in. long: fls. terminal, in few-fld. racemes or
solitary; corolla funnelform, with large, spreading limb,
rosy pink, S-'J1., in. long; calyx 2-lipped : capsule linear,
6-8 in. long. \V. Indies, Guiane

2. rdsea, Bertol (Tahebu'ia rosea, DC). Evergreen
tree: lvs. digitate; lfts. 5, rarely 3, long-stalked, ovate
to oblong, acuminate, entire: fls. in many-fid. terminal
panicles; corolla funnelform-campanulate, with short
tube and large, spreading lobes, rosy pink; calyx cam-
panulate, obscurely 2-lobed, almost truncate. Guate-
mala.

3. stans, Juss. (T. snmbiicifdlia, Hurnb. & Bonpl.
Stenolobium stans. Seem.). Yellow Elder. Upright
shrub: lvs. odd-pinnate; lfts. 5-11, almost sessile,
ovate-lanceolate to narrow-lanceolate, acuminate, in-
cisely serrate, glabrous, 1%-i in. long: fls. in large,
terminal racemes or panicles; corolla funnelform-cam-
panulate, yellow, VA in. long; calyx with 5 short teeth;
capsule linear, 5-7 in. long. Spring to Sept. S. Fla. to
Mex., W. Indies. B.M. 3191.— Sometimes called yellow
begonia. Fls. fragrant.

4. m611is, Humb. & Bonpl. (T. velutina, Lindl. T.
stans, var. velutina, Hort.). Similar to the preceding,
but pubescent: lfts. 5-9, ob-
long-ovate, acuminate, less
deeply serrate or almost en-
tire, villous pubescent on
both sides or only beneath,
2-4 in. long: fls. like those
of the preceding, but little
or not at all fragrant. Mex-
ico to Chile and Peru.

5. Smithii, W. Wats. Fig.
2474 {adapted from The Gar-
den). Upright shrub: lvs.
odd-pinnate; lfts. 11-17, ob-
long, obtuse or acutish, ser-
rate, 1-2 in. long: fls. in
large, compound panicles,
sometimes 8 in. long and as
broad; corolla tubular - fun-
nelform, with 5 reflexed
rounded lobes, bright yel-
low tinged with orange, \XA-
2 in. long. Sept. -Jan. In-
troduced from Australia and
supposed to be a hybrid of
T. mollis and Capensis. G.
C. III. 14:049. Gn. 48:11)22.
I.H. 43:55, 107. Gt. 44, p.
52. G.M. 36:027. - Bloom-
ing in the greenhouse in
winter and well suited for "
cultivation in pots.

0. Capensis, Lindl. ( Te-
comaria Capensis. Seem.).
Cape Honeysuckle. Climb-
ing shrub: lvs. odd-pinnate;
lfts. 7-9, ovate, acute, coarsely
serrate, glabrous, about 2 in.
long: fls. in peduncled ter-
minal racemes; corolla tubu-
lar, curved, with 4-parted
spreading limb, the upper
lip emarginate, orange-red,
about 2 in. long ; calyx 5-
toothed: capsule linear, 3-5
in. long. Aug. -Nov. S.
Africa. B. R. 13: 1117. L.
B.C. 17:1072. R.H. 1895, p.
108.

7. radieans, Juss. {Big-
nonia r a d lean s , Linn.
Odmpsis radieans, Bur.).
Trumpet Creeper. Trum-
pet Vine. Trumpet Honey-
suckle. Figs. 2475, 2476.
High-climbing shrub, cling-
ing with rootlets: lvs. odd-
pinnate; lfts. 9-11, oval to ovate-oblong, acuminate, ser-
rate, dark green above, pale and pubescent beneath, at.
least along the midrib, lK-2% in. long: fls. in terminal
racemes; corolla tubular- funnelform, with 5 broad
spreading lobes, usually orange with scarlet limb, 2-3 in.
long, tube almost thrice as long as the 5-toothed calyx •
fr. cylindric-oblong, keeled along the sutures, stalked

2475. The Trumpet Creeper
climbs by means of aerial
roots. — Tecoma radieans.

1778

TECOMA

TECOPHIL.EA

and with a beak at the apex, 3-5 in. long. July-Sept. Pa.
and III. to Fla. and Texas. B.M. 485. Gn. 22, p. 339.
F. 1873, p. 220. A.F.12:34. Mn. 2:9.-Var. atropurpurea,
Hort. (var. grandiflora atropurpurea, Hort.). With
large, deep scarlet fls. Var. speciosa, Hort. Scarcely
climbing, usually forming a bush with long and slender
branches: lfts. small, oval, abruptly narrowed into a
slender point often % in. long: fls. orange-red, with
rather straight tube; limb about 1% in. across. Var.
prtecox, Hort. With large scarlet fls.

8. gTandiildra, Del. (T. Chininsis, C. Koch. Bitj-
nbnia Chindnsis, Lam. Cdmpsis adr&pens, Lour.).
Chinese Trumpet Creeper. Fig. 2477 (adapted from
Gardening). Climbing shrub, with few or no aerial
rootlets: lvs. odd -pinnate; lfts. usually 7-9, ovate to
ovate-lanceolate, serrate, glabrous beneath, l}4-2% in.
long: fls. in terminal racemes; corolla funnelform-cam-
panulate, shorter and broader than that of the preced
ing species, scarlet, about 2 in. across; calyx 5-lobed
to the middle, about as long as the tube of the corolla:
fr. obtuse at the apex. Aug., Sept. China, Japan. B.M.
1398; 3011. F.S. 11:1124, 1125. Gn. 27, p. 94; 33, p. 348;
47, p. 373. G.F. 3:393. F.R. 2:27. Gng. 4:195. -Less
high-growing and sometimes shrubby; flowers when
quite small and can be grown as a pot-plant, also suited
for forcing. Var. atrosanguinea, Hort. With deeper
scarlet fls. Var. Thunbergi, Hort.( T. Thunbergi, Sieb.).
Fls. bright scarlet, with very short tube and reflexed
lobes. Often a var. of T. radicans is cult, under the
name T. Thunbergi. There are probably also hybrids
of this and the preceding species. Var. prSecox is ad-
vertised.

9. Amboinensis, Blume. Evergreen climbing shrub:
lvs. odd-pinnate; lfts. 3-7, stalked, elliptic-ovate, acumi-
nate, sinuate or almost entire, puberulous beneath,
3-3% in. long: fls. in lateral racemes, corolla tubular-
funnelform, with erect or slightly spreading 5-lobed
limb, red, 3-4 in. long. Amboina.

10. Ricasoliana, Tanfani ( T. Mackinii, W.Watson.
Panddrea Ricasoliana, Baill.). Evergreen climbing
shrub: Its. odd-pinnate; lfts. 7-11, short-stalked, ellip-
tic-ovate, acute or acuminate, serrate, dark green above,
pale beneath, glabrous, about 1 in. long: fls. in loose,
terminal panicles ; corolla funnelform, campanulate,
with spreading 5-lobed limb, light pink, striped red,
2 in. long; calyx 5-toothed: fr. linear, terete, 10-12 in.
long. S. Africa.

11. australis, R. Br. (Bignbnia Pandora-, Sims).
Wonga-wonqa Vine. Evergreen high-climbing shrub:

lvs. odd-pinnate; lfts. 3-9,
-. ^ ■ -., """-.', elliptic-ovate to ovate-lan-

- '-':U'-'Z%'^:' ? -.. ceolate, acuminate but

bluntly pointed, entire or
sometimes coarsely cre-
nate, shining above, gla-
brous, 1-2M in. long: pan-
icles many-fld.; corolla
funnelform - campanulate,
with 5-lobed spreading
limb, yellowish white,
spotted violet in the
throat, % in. long: fr. ob-
long, pointed, 2-3 in. long.
Spring. Australia. B.M.
865. Gn. 27, p. 94.

12. jasminoides, Lindl,
{Big n bnia jasminoi d e s .
Hort.). Bower Plant op
Australia. Evergreen
climbing shrub: lvs. odd-
pinnate; lfts. 5-9, almost
sessile, ovate to lanceolate,
acuminate but bluntly
pointed, entire, glabrous,
1-2 in. long: panicles
rather few -fid.; corolla
funnelform - campanulate,
witli large spreading 5-

lobed limb with crenate lobes, white, rosy pink in the

throat, 1K-2 in. long; calyx small, 5-lobed. Aug. -Oct.

B.R. 23:2002. B.M. 4004. R.H. 1895, p. 109. Var. alba

is a trade name.

2477.

r^-v-t'-vj*--

grandiflo
a clothes post.

13. filicifdlia, Nichols. (Campsidium filicitilium,

Van Geert). Climbing evergreen shrub: lvs. odd -pin-
nate, 5 in. long; lfts. 19-25, ovate, with 2 or 3 lobes on
each side, the larger lobes sometimes dentate. Fiji
Islands. F. 1874:280.
T. oesculifblia, DC. (Tabebuia tesculifolia, Hemsl.

Biguonia leseulifolia, Humli & Bolipl. I Evergreen
tree, about 20 ft. high: lvs. digitate, with 7 oblong-
obovate lfts., pubescent above, tomentose beneath:
fls. in terminal panicles, subcampanulate, orange-
red, with yellow spots on the 3 lower lobes. Mex-
ico .— T. chrysdntha, DC. (Tabebuia chrysantha,
Nichols.). Evergreen tree: lvs. digi-
tate, with 5 ovate entire, tomentose .
lfts.: fls. in terminal racemes, yel- iilrv
low, funnelform, 2 in. long. Caracas. £\ \
—T. fiilva, Don (Teeomaria t'ulva, ^'wto?
Baill.). Evergreen upright shrub to \'^-
15 ft. high: lvs. odd-pinnate, with 9- V-
13 small, ovate, toothed lfts.: Ms. in
terminal panicles, tubular - funnel-
form, slender, yellow, tinged red, 1%
in. long; stamens
slightly exserted.
Peru. B.M. 4896. F.
S. 11:1116.— 2". ser-

ratifiilia. Don
(Tabebuia serra-
tifolia, Nichols.).

Evergre

lvs. digitate. with
4-5, oblong-ovate
nate lfts. serrate at the
apex, 3-5 in. long: fls. in ter-
minal panicles, tubular-fun-
nelform, yellow. W. Indies.
—T. spectilbilis. Planch. &
Lind. (Tabebuia spectabilis,
Nichols.). Evergreen tree:
lvs. digitate, with 5-stalked,
ovate to oblong-ovate, cren-
ately serrate lfts.: lis. in
al panicles, orange-
yellow, funnelform -campa-
nulate. Columbia. F.S. 9:
948.— T. Taldiviana, Phil.
( Campsidium Chilense.Reiss.
&Seem.). Evergreen climb-
ing shrub: lvs. odd-pinnate, with 9-15 elliptic to ovate-oblong,
small lfts., serrate near the apex or almost entire: fls. in ter-
minal racemes, tubular, with short 5-lobed limb, orange, about
1 in. long. Chile. G.C. 1870:1182. B.M. 6111.

Alfred Rehder.

TECOPHILffiA (named for Tecophila Billotti, daugh-
ter of a botanist). Hmmodoracew. Chilean Crocus.
Two Chilean bulbous early-flowering plants, useful for
pots or for forcing, one of which is offered by Dutch
bulb dealers. They look like blue crocuses. They are
stemless plants, with 1- few-fid. scapes and linear or
lanceolate leaves arising from tunicated corms. The
flowers are blue, campanulate. with 6 segments, 3 per-
fect stamens and 3 staminodia, a single style and a 3-
loculed ovary. The botanical position of Teeophilaea is
open to discussion, but the inferior ovary seems to take
it out of the Liliacese, with which it has been placed by
some writers. The plants are useful for blooming in
pots indoors early in spring. T. violteflora, Bertero,
does not appear to be introduced. The one in cultiva-
tion is—

cyanocrocus, Leyb. (sometimes written T. cyano-
crocea). Scapes 1-3, erect, 3-6 in. high, 1-fld.: lvs.
2-3, linear-canaliculate and undulate : fl. azure-blue
with white throat, about 1% in. long, with a narrow
tube and obovate segments. Var. Leichtlini, Hort.,
has fls. deep blue with no trace of yellow; said by
some to have a white center. Var. Regelii, Baker (not
known to be in the trade), lias longer peduncles, longer
and narrower scarcely undulate lvs., and narrow oblong
segments. Species hardy at New York city in protected
places, but usually the plants do not thrive more than
a year or two; they ought to do better farther south.
Blooms very early in spring. Fls. violet-scented.

L. H. B.

2476. Trumpet Vine -
Tecoma radicans (X %).

TEEDIA

TEEDIA (J. G. Teede, German botanist, who lived
some time in Portugal and died at Surinam). Scroph-
uldriacew. Two species of South African plants,
with pink 5-lobed tls. K-% in. across. They are tender
to frost. T. lucida was introduced to southern Cali-
fornia in 1900, and Franceschi records that it blooms
all the year. The larger-fid. species, T. puoescens,
seems not to be known to the American trade. Both
plants emit the rank herbaceous smell peculiar to hen-
banes when their foliage is bruised, and T. pubescens
has the same sort of greasy pubescence. The plants
hardly seem worth cultivating in northern greenhouses.
When they were new to cultivation they were supposed
to be biennial herbs, but Bentham and Hooker call them
shrubs. Franceschi writes: " T. lucida acts like an an-
nual in southern California. It is rather pretty but
weedy. It seeds freely. Seems to prefer half shade.
The smell of the foliage is very objectionable."

Generic characters: calyx deeply 5-cut; corolla-tube
cylindrical; lobes 5, rounded, snbequal; stamens 4,
didynamous, included; anther-cells parallel, distinct:
ovules numerous in each locule : berries subglobose,
indehiscent.

lucida, Rud. Glabrous: stem 4-cornered; lvs. ob-
long-ovate, acuminate, 2 in. long, decussate; petioles
winged: panicles leafy, decussate: fis. rosy pink : seeds
many, small. S. Afr. B.R. 3:209. W. M.

TELANTHERA ( name refers to the fact that all ten
parts of the stamina] cup are equally developed). Ama-
rantacece. Alternanthera. Apparently all the Alter-
nantheras used by gardeners as bedding plants belong
to the genus Telanthera, which is distinguished from
the true genus Alternanthera by having 5 anther-
bearing stamens and 5 elongated antherless stam-
inodia united into a cup or tube. In Alternan-
thera the tube is short or almost none, the anther-
bearing stamens sometimes less than 5, and the
staminodia short or none. Of Telantheras there
are 40 to 50 species, mostly herbs, in tropical
America and one in western Africa. The leaves
are entire, ovate to elongated, opposite : fls.
small, usually in dense heads in the axils, whit-
ish or sometimes colored, perfect, each sub-
tended by 2 bractlets.

The Alternantheras of gardeners are much
used in carpet-bedding and for ribbon-borders,
because of their low, compact growth, the bright
colors of the foliage, which holds its character
throughout the season, and the ease with which
they withstand shearing. They are usually kept
within six inches of the ground. They are tender
to frost, and grow best in warm sunny places.
The flowers are inconspicuous and of no account
to the gardener. They comprise the stock plants
for the foundation work in carpet-bedding.

The plants are propagated by cuttings or di-
vision. In either case, they must be carried over
winter in the greenhouse or in hotbeds, prefer-
ably in the houses at the North. The plants
should be kept at C0° or 65° during winter, and
rather dry to hold them more or less dormant.
Place them where they will receive only enough
light to keep them healthy. (1) Cuttings are
usually made in August from strong plants grow-
ing in the open. The cuttings can be struck in
shallow Hats and then wintered in these flats
without transplanting. The cuttings should be
well established before winter sets in, else they
will remain weak. In March or April they may
be potted off, preparatory to using them in the
open. (2) Division is usually preferred by gar-
deners who have much beading to do. The
plants are lifted after the first frost, cut back to
three or four inches long, and planted in flats.
In March or April, the plants are divided and the
parts (with the old roots shortened in) are potted
or transplanted to other flats. However grown,
the plants should have four to six weeks in a hotbed if
possible, before they are placed in the open ground.
Even in the warm greenhouse they usually make slow
growth in March and April.

TELEKIA

1779

The botanical status of the garden Alternantheras is
imperfectly understood, and the group needs careful
study from living plants. Various garden names can-
not be accounted for at present. The common garden
Alternantheras appear to have issued from the three
following Brazilian species.

a. Lvs. essentially lanceolate or elliptic.

amcena, Regel. Fig. 2478. Very dwarf : lvs. long-
lanceolate or oblong - lanceolate, sometimes elliptic,
acuminate, very short-petioled, the under color mostly
green but veined and blotched with red and orange:
fl. -heads sessile, single, in pairs or 3's, and terminal.
I.H. 12:447; 15:558. — To this apparently belong the
garden names amabilis, spectabilis, sessilis, rosea,
Reinhardi.

aa. Lvs. essentially spatulate.

Bettzichiana, Regel (Alternanthera paronychioides,
Hort. ). Fig. 24786. Lvs. narrow, spatulate, gradually
narrowed into a long petiole, orange-red shaded with
green: fl. -heads sessile, single, in pairs or 3's, terminal
and axillary. I.H. 12:445. — To this species appear to
belong the garden names picta, tricolor, aurea, aurea
nana compacta, paronychioides, versicolor aurea and
p. major Kuntzii, magnified.

versicolor, Regel. Fig. 2478c. Usually becoming
taller, much branched, and apparently less used for
carpet-bedding than the others: lvs. round-spatulate,
narrowed into a short petiole, the colors mostly in
shades of copper-red or blood-red, with patches of
green between the veins: fl. -heads sessile, single or in
pairs. I.H. 12:440. — T. ficoidea is probably to be re-
ferred here. l jj g

2478. Spray of Telanthera amcena ; also leaf outlines c
(a) T. amoena, (b) T. Bettzichiana. (c) T. versicolor.

TELEGRAPH PLANT. Desmodium yynu,*.

ferred to Buphthalmum. T. speciosa

TELEKIA

is B. specios

1780 TELFAIREA

TELFAIREA (Charles Telfair, 1778-1833, Irish bota-
nist; died in Mauritius.). Cucurbit&cea. Telfairea
pedata is a tall-growing climber from tropical Africa
with digitate leaves, large, purple-fringed flowers of
■curious appearance, and huge gourds which sometimes
weigh as much as 60 pounds and contain 100 to 300 edi-
ble seeds. It has been cultivated in English stoves, a
single shoot attaining a length of 56 ft. in a year or so.
The male and female lis. are borne '>n separate plants.
The species is too rampant for the ordinary conserva-
tory. It was introduced into southern California in
1900, presumably for its economic interest. The seeds
are roundish, about an inch across, and the kernels are
sweet to the taste, and are said to be as good as al-
monds. The negroes of tropical Africa boil and eat
them. These seeds also yield an abundance of oil which
has been said to be equal to olive oil.

The fruit becomes VA-'i ft. long and 8 in. wide. It is
oblong in shape, has 10-12 deep furrows and is always
green. Both male and female fls. are 5-lobed, copiously
■fringed and purple in color, the females somewhat
■brownish, with a circular green throat, while the males
■have a 5-pointed star of green in the middle. The male
Ms. are about 2 in. across, females 4 in. across, with an
•ovary 2 in. long. The foliage has an unpleasant smell
when bruised.

Telfairea is a genus of only 2 species, both tropical
African, and very much alike. The two species are dis-
tinguished by the venation of the lvs.: T. pedata has
pinnate venation, while T. occidentalis has 3 nerves
■originating near the base of the leaf. Generic charac-
ters: male fls. in racemes; corolla rotate; stamens 3,
■one of the anthers with 2 compartments, the others 4-
■celled: female fls. solitary: ovary 3-5-loculed ; ovules
in one series on the imperfect septa: seeds tibrous-
•coated. See Cogniaux, DC. Mon. Phaner. Vol. 3, p. 349.

pedata, Hook. Root stout, fleshy: stem perennial,
50-100 ft, long: lvs. long-stalked: lfts. :!-.", in. long, re-
pand-toothed : fls. and fr. described above, Zanzibar.
B.M. 2681 {Fenilloea pedata); 2751, 2752. rp M.

TELLiMA (anagram of Mitella). Saxifragaaece.
Tellima is a genus of 8 species of perennial herbs which
are the western representatives of the Bishop's Cap or
Mitella familiar to lovers of wild flowers in the East.
They have tuberous rootstocks. Most of their lvs. are
from the roots. Strong plants send up numerous stems
one or two feet high, bearing racemes of small white,
pink or red flowers. They are choice subjects for wild
gardening, being valued for their tufted habit, pretty
lvs., and for the airy grace of their inflorescence. On
close inspection the fls. are seen to be beautifully fringed
or cut, suggesting a bishop's miter. Tellima grandi-
flora is probably the most desirable species. It is prac-
tically the only kind known to European gardens. It
■has one-sided racemes about 6 in. long, containing as
many as 30 fls., each a quarter of an inch across or
more. It blooms in early spring ami the fls. change
from greenish to pink or red. It is not as showy a
plant as Heuchera sanguined. Tellimas are supposed
'to be hardy in the eastern states. They require dense
shade. A few kinds have been offered by specialists in
native plants and are obtainable from western collectors.
The plants are called "Star Flowers" in California.

Tellima differs from Mitella mainly in the capsule,
which is 2-beaked in Tellima, not beaked in Mitella.
Calyx bell-shaped or top-shaped; petals inserted in the
sinuses of the calyx, cleft or toothed, sometimes entire;
stamens 10: ovary 1-loculed: seeds numerous.

a. Petals pinnaMy cut into long, thread-like segments.

B. Fls. not fragrant.
grandiSldra, R. Br. False Alusi Root. Height
l%-2% ft.: lvs. rounded, cordate or angle -lobed and
toothed: fls. greenish, becoming pink or red; calyx in-
flated-bell-shaped, nearly % in. long; petals laciniate-
pinnatifld, sessile. Calif, to Alaska. B.R. 14:1178.

BB. Fls. fragrant.
odorata, Howell. Height 1-2 ft. : lvs. broadly cordate,
■obscurely lobed and crenately toothed: fls. red. Wet
places near Columbia river.

TEMPLETONIA

aa. Petals palmately S-7-parted.

parvifldra, Hook. Height %-\ ft. : radical lvs. mostly
3-5-parted or divided, the divisions narrowly cuneat'
and once or twice 3-cleft into narrow lobes: fls. pink or
sometimes white; petals with a slender claw, the limb
palmately 3-7-parted. Brit. Col. to Utah and Colo.

W. M.

TEL0PEA (Greek; seen at a distance). Protedcew.
Telopea speciosissima is one of the showiest shrubs of
New South Wales. It grows 6-8 ft. high and has dense
terminal globular heads of rich crimson. These heads
are 3 in. across and 3 or 4 in. deep and bear a rough re-
semblance to a florist's chrysanthemum. The showiest
parts, however, are involucral bracts. This plant is
known as the Waratah. It is one of the most distinct
members of its family, for a horticultural account of
which see Protea. In the early part of the nineteenth
century, when proteads and other shrubs from Aus-
tralia ami the Cape were in great favor, the Waratah
made a vivid impression. The "Waratah " chrysanthe-
mum and other florists' flowers of the period took their
name from the distinct and fashionable color of the
Waratah. Ever since that era the Waratah has been
considered a rare and difficult subject and its occasional
flowering has been signalized at the exhibitions. The
old "stoves" in which proteads throve so wonderfully
were crude affairs compared with the modern hothouse
with its perfected devices for maintaining a hot and
moist atmosphere. Such plants require too much
room and are too long and uncertain in blooming ever
to become popular subjects for northern conservatories,
but they are splendid plants for exhibitions. Ernest
Braunton writes that the Waratah is imported every
year from Australia into California but is very hard to
grow. All accounts agree that proteads should have
good drainage and plenty of water while growing.
When once established, Telopea can probably be propa-
gated by layering.

Telopea is a genus of 3 species, 2 Australian, 1 Tas-
manian. Perianth irregular, the tube open early on the
under side, the laminae broad and oblique; anthers
sessile at the base of the lamina?; hypogynous glands
united into a short, oblique, nearly complete ring: fr. a
recurved, leathery follicle; seeds flat, winged. Closely
related to Embothrium, being distinguished chiefly by
disk and style. Flora Australiensis 5:534 (1870).

speciosissima, R, Br. [JSmbbthrlum speciosissimum,
Sm. ). Waratah. Warratau. Stout, glabrous shrub
6-8 ft. high: lvs. cuneate-oblong, 5-10 in. long, mostly
toothed in the upper part, coriaceous : fls. crimson, in a
dense ovoid or globular head 3 in. across: involucral
bracts colored, the inner ones 2-3 in. long. N. S. Wales.
B.M. 1128. G.C. II. 17-677. Gn. 22:361. I.H. 34:29.
— Hylogyne speciosa, Salisb., is an older name for this
plant. w M

TEMPERATURE. See Conservatory and Green-

TEMPLETdNIA (J. Templeton, botanist of Belfast,
early part of nineteenth century). Legumindsai. The
Coral Bush of Australia, Templetonia retusa, is a tall
shrub with showy scarlet fls. l-l>a in. long. The
flower presents a very different appearance from the
papilionaceous or sweet pea type, the floral parts being
all rather narrow and about the same length, with tho
standard strongly reflexed. This plant was formerly
cult, in European greenhouses, where it generally flow-
ered in April or May. It was usually planted in the
greenhouse border rather than in pots and was thought
to prefer a compost of peat and loam. It was slowly
propagated by cuttings and went out of fashion along
with Australian shrubs in general. It has lately been
offered for outdoor cultivation in southern California,
where many choice plants of its class are being culti-
vated. T. retusa is probably the must desirable species
of the genus.

Generic characters : shrubs or subshrubs: lvs. when
present alternate, simple, entire: fls. axillary, solitary
or 2 or 3 together, red or yellow; standard orbicular or
obovate, usually reflexed; wings narrow; keel as long
as the standard or shorter; stamens all united in a

TEMPLETONIA

sheath open on the under side; anthers alternately long
and erect and short and versatile: pod sessile or stipi-
tate, flattened, ovate-oblong or linear, completely de-
hiscent. Flora Australiensis 2:168 (1864).

retusa, R. Br. (T. glauca, Sims). Coral Bush.
Tall, glabrous or glaucous shrub: lvs. broadly obovate
to narrow-cuneate-oblong, sometimes all under % in.,
sometimes all over 1 in. long, emarginate or nmeronate,
coriaceous: fls. red (or rarely white) ; calyx with 4 very
short, broad teeth, the lowest longest: pod 1K-2 in.
long. B.M. 2334; 2088. B.R. 5:383; 10:859. L.B.C.

TENNESSEE

1781

(J: 520;

:G44.

W. M.

MISSISSIPPI

TENNESSEE, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 2479. The
horticultural products of Tennessee are greatly diversi-
fied on account of the varied soil and climatic condi-
tions. A knowledge of the natural divisions of the
state is essential to a thorough
understanding of its adaptabil-
ity to the various branches of
horticulture.

The Unaka region, on the
eastern border, contains about
2,000 square miles. Some of
the peaks are over 6,000 feet
above sea-level, and the aver-
age elevation is 5,000 feet. The
soil is gravelly and thin, but
contains areas that are fairly
productive. Apples are grown
to a limited extent.

The valley of East Tennessee
is the next division. It con-
tains 9,200 square miles and an
average elevation of 1,000 feet.
The soils are generally well
adapted to fruits. Records
taken at Knoxville during a
period of twenty-six years show
an average annual rainfall of
50.92 inches.

A thousand feet above the
valley of East Tennessee lies

the Cumberland Tableland, containing 5,100 square
miles. This section for the most part is sterile, the
soils being sandy and thin. There are, however, areas
of land which produce fruits and vegetables of the
highest quality. The climate is particularly healthful.

West of the Cumberland Tableland are the Rim-
lands, or Highlands, which have an area of 9,300
square miles and an average elevation of nearly 1,000
feet. This territory possesses a great variety of soils,
some of which are highly fertile and well suited to or-
charding. Numerous streams cut the land into val-
leys, which are generally deep and narrow.

The Central Basin, in which Nashville is situated,
contains 5,450 square miles, with numerous elevations
of 200-300 feet above the general level. The soil is
fertile and well adapted to small fruits and vegetables.
The average annual rainfall at Nashville is 49.53 inches.

The next natural division is the valley of the Ten-
nessee river. It has an elevation of about 300 feet and
an area of 1,200 square miles.

The Plateau, or Slope, of West Tennessee is the most
important horticultural region commercially in the
state. It contains 8,850 square miles and has an aver-
age elevation of 500 feet. The soils are generally light,
fertile and easily cultivated, but demand careful treat-
ment to prevent serious damage by washing.

The last natural division, the Mississippi bottoms, has
an area of 950 sqiiare miles and an average elevation of
295 feet. It is little used for horticultural purposes.

The possibilities of Tennessee for the cultivation of
fruits and nuts are evidenced by the profusion of these
products in a wild state. Wild strawberries are found
thoroughly distributed. Blackberries thrive every-
where. In favorable localities they attain a very large
size, surpassing in this respect some of the cultivated
varieties. Wild blackberries are marketed in large
quantities in many sections. Red and black raspberries
grow in most parts of the state ; and in some sec-
tions the best of the wild blackcaps when trans-
planted to the garden, give better results than any of

the cultivated varieties. Wild grapes abound through-
out the state. Plums are also found in profusion; and
the Wild Goose variety is said to have originated in
Tennessee. Other wild fruits are dewberries, cher-
ries, crab apples, Juneberries, pawpaws, persimmons,
and huckleberries. Of the nuts, chestnuts are most
plentiful, especially in the hilly and mountainous sec-
tions. The chinkapin flourishes in East Tennessee.
Black walnuts are exceedingly numerous. Pecans thrive
in the low sections. Hazelnuts, and butternuts or
white walnuts, are also plentiful.

Some of the native seedling fruits are highly valued.
This is especially true of apples, peaches and straw-
berries. Many well-known varieties introduced from
other states are not satisfactory. As a rule, the intro-
duced kinds are not so well adapted to the climate and
soils as those of local origin. This fact is becoming

horticultural features.

Fruit trees succeed throughout the state, but eastern Tennessee (between the mountain
uiges) is best adapted to large fruits and grapes. The shaded areas indicate localities
l which small fruits and vegetables are grown as field crops for market.

well established among practical horticulturists. It is
only a few years since orchardists were planting
varieties of winter apples originated in the North.
After repeated failures to get first-class fruit of good
keeping qualities, they have begun to use native seed-
ling varieties. Some of them will doubtless be largely
cultivated in the future. A few native varieties of
winter apples have gained considerable popularity
among commercial orchardists. The fruits of these
sorts have commanded remunerative prices in competi-
tion with apples shipped from the North. Owing to the
great diversity of soils and exposures in this state, it
is very important to select varieties that are adapted to
the conditions where the trees are to be planted. The
fact that a desirable apple has been originated in East
Tennessee is no proof that it will succeed well in all
parts of this political division. On the contrary, it is
likely to give good results only in certain soils and on
certain exposures that are requisite for its proper
growth and fruitfulness.

All of the classes of fruits commonly grown in the
northern half of the United States are produced in Ten-
nessee for home and commercial purposes. Straw-
berries are shipped more largely to distant markets
than any other fruit. The area in peaches is increasing
rapidly. Summer apples are shipped from several
sections. Of the vegetables, tomatoes and Irish pota-
toes are the most important commercially. The fol-
lowing counties have been active in producing and
shipping fruits and vegetables: Gibson, Carroll,
Crockett, Madison, Haywood, Hardeman, Shelby, Hamil-
ton and Rhea. Peanuts are grown largely in Perry,
Humphreys, Benton, Decatur, Hickman and "Wayne.

Many locations in East Tennessee are peculiarly well
adapted to the culture of grapes. This is shown by the
large exhibits of fine grapes made at the fall horticul-
tural meetings. The local markets are well supplied
with home-grown grapes during their season.

The following special crops are produced to some
extent, and are promising for more extensive cultiva-

1782

TENNF.KSKK

TERATOLOGY

tion: English walnuts, paper-shell pecans, Paragon
chestnuts, and Japanese persimmons grafted on the
common persimmon. r# l. Watts.

TEN-O'CLOCK. Ornithctjalum umbellatum.

TEN-WEEKS STOCK. Matthiola incana, var. annua.

TEOSINTE is an annual grass of immense value for
forage in the South. It is very much like maize in gen-
eral appearance and in the structure of the fls., but
differs in not forming an ear, the slender jointed spikes
being free from one another. By many botanists it is
considered the original form of maize. It is known to
h'tatnt luxurians, Dur., but is properly

catalogue

Euchlama Mexican
seeB.M. 6414, whei
urians. The plan
Agrost., IT. S. Dept
No. 102, from whicl
Teosinte prol

hich
-d Euchlama lux-
Bull. 14. Div. of
Farmers' Bulletin
ints are here abstracted,
a greater bulk of fodder

, and

per acre than any other grass. At the Louisiana Experi-
ment Station it has yielded the enormous amount of 50
tons of green forage per acre; this crop was sold in the
field to dairymen for $2.50 a ton. The plant grows 8-12
ft. high and tillers freely, sending up 20-50 stalks from
the same root. One hundred stalks from one seed have
been recorded. It may be cut several times during the
season, but nearly as good results will be obtained from
a single cutting made before there is any
frost. The stalks are tender and there is
no waste in the fodder when dry or green.
One pound of seed to the acre, planted in
drills 3 ft. apart and thinned to a foot
apart in the drill, is recommended. Teo-
sinte is a native of the warmer portions
of Mexico and Central America. The
seed rarely matures north of southern
Florida. p Lamson Sckibner.

TEPHROSIA (Greek, tepliros, ash-col-
ored, hoary; referring to the foliage).
Jjegumindsae. Tephrosia Virginiana is a
hardy perennial herb which grows 1-2 ft.
high, has many narrow, ashy gray leaflets
and fls. about as large as sweet peas, yel-
lowish white, marked with purple. The
plant grows in dry sandy soil over a wide
range in the U. S. and blossoms in June. The racemes
are terminal and may contain a dozen fls. each K-% in.
across. This species is offered by collectors of native
plants. In spite of the large size of the fls., the species
is not likely to become a garden favorite, as the colors
are not pronounced and the flowers are more or less
hidden amid the foliage. In some English works this
plant is sometimes rated as half-hardy.

A much showier species is T. macrantfta , a Mexican
shrub 0-10 ft. high, which bears its large purple and
white fls. to the number of 75 in a diffuse panicle about
a foot long. It was collected by C. G. Pringle, but it is
doubtful whether the plant is in cultivation. It would
be a handsome addition to southern shrubberies.

Tephrosia is a genus of uncertain limits and of small
horticultural value. For fuller accounts, see Gray's
Manual. B.B. 2:292. B. L. Robinson's revision of the
North American species in Bot. Gaz., Sept., 1899, pp.
193-202, and Miss Vail's revision of the North American
species of Cracca in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 22:25, 26.

Virginiana, Pers. Goat's Rue. Catgut. Wild
Sweet Pea. Hoary Pea. Silky-villous, erect, 1-2 ft.
high: lfts. 17-29, linear-oblong. June, July. Dry sandy
soil, New Eng. to Minn., south to Fla. and Mex. B.B.
2:292. — Roots long, slender and very tough. yj jj_

TERATOLOGY: that part of the biological sciences
which is concerned with unusual forms of the whole
body or any of its organs. These, by comparison with
the normal forms, are called malformations or mon-
strosities. Malformations among plants are due to a
disturbance of the ordinary course of the growth and
development of the organs. Such a derangement of

function may be looked upon as disease. The mal-
formation may be occasioned by merely local disease, or
it may be a symptom of general disease. Malformations
may be brought about (a) by the direct influence of
external physical conditions; (6) by the action or
presence of some other organism — plant or animal; (c)
by the operation of unknown internal causes. The ex-
perimental study of the causes of malformations is
yet in its infancy, and in only a few cases can specific
explanations of their origin be given. Having once
occurred, malformations may be inherited and the form,
at first unusual, may be fixed by selection and become
characteristic of a race. Thus the cockscomb {Celosia
cristata) shows a hereditary and fixed fasciation; and
double flowers are so common as hardly to be esteemed
malformations.

The distinction between malformation and variation
is very indefinite. On the one hand, the various forms
of root, stem, leaf and flower in cultivated plants are
extraordinary as compared with the wild types from
which they were derived, but having diverged from the
type by relatively small increments, they are not looked
upon as monstrosities.
Suddenness of appear-
ance, therefore, is
of the criteria of mal-
formation. Even with
this criterion it is quite
impossible to distin-

fruit.

guish between malformation and variation, except arbi-
trarily. When the difference between the ordinary and
unusual forms is very marked, and particularly when
the alteration gives rise to grotesque forms, having al-
tered functions, one speaks of malformation rather than
variation. Malformations have been found in all
groups of plants, though they are most noticeable in
the ferns and flowering plants. A very large number
have been recorded; Penzig {see below) has collected
data of monstrosities in more than 4,000 species, and
the list has been augmented since the publication of
his work. Classification of such numerous and diverse
phenomena is a most difficult task and involves an
extensive technical terminology. Here only a few of
the more important categories can be mentioned.

1. Alteration in the Number and Size of Organs.
1. Pleiomery is the term applied to the increase in the
number of ieaf-like organs. The number of members
of a whorl may be increased ; or the number of whorls ;
or the number of distributed organs may become
greater than usual. Double flowers often show plei-
omery. Fig. 2003. Extra free pistils of the orange,
persisting even in the fruit, are shown in Fig. 2480.
More regular polycarpy appears occasionally in the
tomato, and constantly in the "two-story'' apples (St.
Valery). It is a fixed race character in the Washington
or Navel orange, in which it is associated with seed-
lessness. A similar example of polycarpy is shown at
Fig. 2481, in which the abnormal growth is an exten-
sion of the axis of growth with additional carpels.

2. Abnormally profuse branching of the stem is often
produced by a fungous parasite. The branches are
usually irregular and more or less fasciate, producing
what is called "witch brooms." These are not uncom-

HS

■v

TERATOLOGY

mon on conifers (especially Abies) and some deciduous
trees. Similar deformations are sometimes due to in-
sect agency, or to unknown causes. For example, a
simple inflorescence may develop flower-clusters instead
of single flowers, e.g., in the
sf^Sj'&jb. common plantain.

' '"-wjgrX '■ Proliferation is continued

| .» .;ffi'\ growth of the axis or the de-

\:.\,0jji' £j velopment of a branch from

'^VrfSlSf1^- growing points which usually

^^^wSggfc^ , ■ i 1 1 1 c - 1- chi ii"! form or remain

tt.\i :;1 ' 'i"i man: . I \ :i : : 1 1 ' !■ ■ . l!"

,./ ,i^X' growing point of the axis of the

'■*j$m flower is usually obliterated in

"-.::.' the t'ornialion of the pistil, but

. _ :'.:J_v' -' lit the pear, apple ami straw

Br berry it frequently continues
its growth through the flower
and may even become a leafy
shoot beyond the fruit. Pro-
liferation may also occur by
the contiuued growth of the
axis through a compact rlower-
cluster, like the head of Com-
... extension of the axis positee; or by the development
of growth with an added of branches m the axils ot the
whorl of carpels. petals and sepals, e. g., in cauli-

flower, or the rose shown in
Pig. 2482. Some double flowers are made "extra dou-
ble" by this sort of proliferation. Proliferation is said
to occur in almond embryos, one or more smaller
embryos arising from the normal one ; but the state-
ment lacks continuation and such an origin is highly im-
probable. When proliferous branches show a tendency
to separate easily and to develop roots, or when they
become bulb-like, so that they reproduce the plant read-
ily when separated, the plant is said to be viviparous.

4. By various causes complete non-development of
organs (suppression) may occur; or an organ maybe
arrested at any stage of its growth or be dwarfed.
Correspondingly, extraordinary growth of any part
(hypertrophy) is common. Arrest or suppression is
often ascribed to the influence of other organs, but
these alleged causes are in few cases supported by ex-
perimental evidence. Thus, it is commonly believed
that the absence of seeds in the banana and pineapple
is due to the excessive development of the flesh in
these fruits, but this is a mere conjecture as yet. Some-
times spurs and nectarines do not develop. Figs. 2486-7.

TERATOLOGY

1783

2482. One rose growing out of another (on the left).
Example of proliferation.

II. Alteration of Form, involving no considerable
change in nature or function of the organs.

1. fasciation in stems (Fig. 248.'!) produces a broad-
ened and fluted form, often curved in crozier-like fash-
ion. The apex is furnished with several buds (rarely

only one), and the arrangement of the leaves is quite
anomalous. Fasciation is especially common in rapidly
growing steins when an abundant supply of both water
and food is available. Asparagus, dandelion and
sucker shoots arising from trees after topping or se-
vere pruning, frequently furnish examples. Although
the fasciated stem seems to have been formed by the
early union of several stems, this is rarely the case;
rather the growing apex develops extraordinarily in
one (transverse) dimension or organizes several buds
which grow in unison.

2. Longitudinal growth in stem parts which normally
remain short leads to the unusual separation of the
leaves. This is especially noticeable when the floral
leaves become thereby more or
less widely separated. This is
likely to be accompanied by
transformation of the floral into
green leaves, and sometimes by
proliferation.

3. Unequal growth lengthwise
produces apparently twisted
steins, with irregular displace-
ment of the leaves. Such dis-
placement is especially notice-
able when it affects whorled
leaves, the whorls being
stretched out into irregular spi-
rals. Unequal growth in two di-
mensions by the tissues of a
leaf produces the "curly" or
erispate leaves, characteristic
of many cultivated plants. Fig.
1267, Vol. 2.

4. Local deformities, such as
swellings, tubercles and galls
of various forms, are usually
due directly to the presence of
a plant or animal parasite.
Fungi, either inhabiting the
particular region deformed, or
more widely spread through the
plant but forming eproductive
bodies at the seat of the swell-
ing, occasion excessive growth
of some or all of the tissues.
The "black-knot " on cherry and
plum trees, the "plum pockets,"
the tubercles on the roots of
clovers, peas and their kin, are
a few out of the hosts of de-
formities of this kind, due to
plant parasites, and known by
various names.

Many insects, either in the
course of feeding on plant
juices, or by laying eggs on or
in plants, or by reason of the
temporary occupation of the
part by the larval insect, bring
about the formation of galls of
various kinds on leaves, stem, or roots. The malforma-
tions produced are of the most varied shapes. Sometimes
they are merely the production of an unusual number
of hairs of special form; sometimes a leaf bulges out
at one spot to form a deep pocket or pouch ; sometimes
the blade of a leaf is rolled or folded, with or without
thickening; all degrees of thickening or outgrowths
are produced, from a slight tumor to a perfectly globu-
lar apple-gall or even a cylindrical tube-gall ; sometimes
a bud has the number of its scales greatly increased to
form a cone-like gall; or a flower is distorted until its
nature is almost unrecognizable. The variety of form
is almost as various as the insects and plants concerned.
Indeed, the same insect at different stages of its de-
velopment may produce galls of different sorts on the
same plant. All orders of true insects except the
Orthoptera and Neuroptera may produce galls, but by
far the larger number are due to the gall-flies and saw-
flies of the order Hymenoptera. The gall-apples of the
oaks, the prickly galls of the rose, the irregular brown
swellings on canes of the blackberry, and the smooth
gall-apples of the willow leaves and twigs are well-

2483.

Example of fasciation.

A branch of Ailanthus

glandulosus.

1798

THORBURN

THUNBERGIA

seed store in New York, it was arranged that Inglis
should grow seeds also. This was in 1805; and in that
year Inglis, as an experiment, had grown a lot of seeds.
Thorburn bought these seeds tor $15; and thus arose
the first regular seed store iu New York, and one of the
first in the United States.

The seeds and plants continued to sell, and Thorburn
was obliged to import seeds. In 1805 or 1800 he ob-
tained a catalogue of William Malcolm & Co., London,
the first plant catalogue be had ever seen, and he then
published one of his own. This led to more pretentious
writing, and "The Gentleman and Gardener's Kalendar"
was the first outcome. The third edition of this, in 1821,
by "Grant Thorburn, .Seedsman ami Florist," contains
the advertisement of "G. Thorburn tt Son," dealers in
seeds, implements and rural books.

Grant Thorburn was a prolific writer for the current
press on a variety of topics, under the nam <!<■ plume of
Laurie Todd. He was a unique character, aud his his-
tory,—"mixed with much fiction," as be himself says,—
was the basis of John Gait's tale in three volumes
(London, 1830) of "Lawrie Todd, or Settlers in the
Woods." Thorburn left a most interesting autobio-
graphy, which was published in New York in 1852. He
died in New Haven, Conn., January 21, 1863, at the age
of 90. The portrait in Plate XL1 is reproduced from
his autobiography. L_ jj g

THORN. See Crataegus. Christ's T. is Paliurus
Spina-Christi. Jerusalem T. is Paliurus Spina-
Christi; also Parkinsonia aculeata. Swallow T. is
Hippophae rhamnoides.

THORN APPLE. Datura Stramonium; also Crataegus.

THORN BROOM. Olex K'uropmis.

THOROUGHWORT. Eupatorium perfoliatum.

THRIFT. Armeria.

THRINAX (Greek, fan)- Palmacece. About 10 spe-
cies of fan palms native to the West Indies and Florida.
Spineless palms: trunks low or medium, solitary or
cespitose, ringed below, clothed above by the fringed
leaf-sheaths: lvs. terminal, orbicular or truncate at the

2499. A good specimen of Thrinax.

base, flabellately plicate, multifid; segments indupli-
cate, bifid; rachis short or none; ligule free, erect, con-
cave; petiole slender, biconvex, smooth on the mar-
gins; sheath usually beautifully fringed: spadices

long; axis clothed with tubular sheaths; papery-coria-
ceous, split: fls. on rather long, slender pedicels, the
pedicel with a caducous bract at the base: fr. the size
of a pea. For the new Porto Rican species, see Cook,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, Oct., 1901.

One of the best groups of palms for pot-culture. The
species are of slow growth, but succeed with indifferent
care. They are mostly of elegant form and habit. A
good specimen is shown in Fig. 2499.

For T. Vhuco. see Acanthoriza Uhuco.

A. Under surface of leaves green.

B. Ligule with a blunt appendage at

the middle 1. radiata

bb. Ligule bluntly deltoid 2, parviflora

bbb. -Ligule obsolete, truncate 3. Barbadensis

AA. Under surface of leaves silvern or
glaucous.
b. Leaf-segments ronuiccnt at base .A. argentea
bb. Leaf-segments connivent for one-
third their length 5. excelsa

BBB. Leaf-segments connivent for one-
half their length G. multiflora

1. radiata, Lodd. (T. ilegans, Hort.). Caudex short:
lvs. green, glabrous or slightly puberulent beneath;
segments united to or heyond one-third; ligule broadly
rounded, with a short, blunt appendage at the middle.
Cuba to Trinidad.

2. parvifldra, Swz. Caudex 10-20 ft. tall : lvs. 10-25 in.
long, minutely pubescent, becoming glabrous, green be-
neath: segments united one-fourth or one-sixth their
length; ligule bluntly deltoid, 1% lines long. Bahamas,
Jamaica. Florida. S.S. 10:510.

3. Barbadensis, Lodd. Trunk middle-sized: lvs.
green, glabrous; segments united at the base: ligule
obsolete, truncate: spadix paniculate: berry polished,
% in. thick. Barbadoes.

4. argentea, Lodd. Caudex 12-15 ft. high, 2-3 in.
thick: lvs. shorter than the petiole, silvery gray be-
neath; segments united at the base; ligule concave,
semilunar, erose. West Indies.

5. excelsa, Lodd. Lvs. pale green above, hoary-glau-
cous beneath; segments united one-third; ligule
bluntly deltoid; sheath densely buff-lanate. Jamaica,
British Guiana.

6. multiflora, Mart. (T. graminifdlia, Hort.). Stem
medium, (i-8 ft. high; sheaths ragged, fibrous, irregu-
larly reticulate, tomentose: young lvs. white woolly-
tomentose; blade equaling the petiole, laciniate; seg-
ments united one -half their length, ensiform-aeumi-
nate, rather strict, glaucous beneath; ligule trans-
versely oblong, sinuate, 3-lobed. Haiti. I.H. 31:542.

T. crijilta, Griseb. & Wendl. Cuban. No description .available.
Only one plant known. Cult, by W.C.Wilson, of Astoria, N.Y.
T. eleganUssima. Hort., seems to be unknown to botanists.
— T. Morrisui, Wendl. A native of Anguilla, grows 1-2% ft.
high, and has lvs. which are glaucescent beneath. Segments
free for about two-thirds or three-fourths their length. Lately
offered in Fla. G.C. III. 11:113. Jared G. Smith.

THRYPTOMENE (Greek word said to refer to the
low heath-like appearance of the plant). Myrtacece.
About 18 species of heath-like shrubs from Australia,
with small, opposite leaves and small or minute flowers,
which are solitary in the axils or fascicled.

Mitchelliana, F. Muell. A compact, bushy shrub with
slender branches: lvs. oblong, flat, M~K in- long: fls.
in the upper axils solitary or in clusters of 2 or 3, white.
Offered in southern Calif. Introduced by Mrs. T. B.
Shepherd, who says the plant rarely exceeds 4 ft. in
height, blooms in midwinter and is good for cut-flowers.
F. W. Barclay.

THtTJA. See Thuya.

THUJOPSIS. See TJvuyopsis.

THUNBfiRGIA (after Karl Peter Thunberg, professor
of botany at Upsala and successor to Rudbeck and Lin-
naeus; died 1828). Acanthdcea'. Mostly tall perennial
greenhouse climbers producing flowers in great profu-

THUNBERGIA

THUNBERGIA

1799

sion: lvs. opposite: fls. blue, yellow, purple or white,
solitary and axillary or in racemes; calyx annular and
scarcely lobed or toothed or 10-15-toothed, surrounded
by 2 large bracts which often inclose also the corolla-
tube; corolla trumpet - shaped, with a spreading limb,
tube curved or oblique, often compressed, enlarged
toward the mouth; stamens 4, didynamous, fixed near
the base of the tube, filaments thickened at the base,

2500. Thunbergia alata (X

separate; anther-cells parallel, equal, mostly nmerouate
at the base: ovary seated on a fleshy disk, 2-loeuled,
each cell with 2 ovules (rarely only one). The Thun-
bergiese are distinguished by the contorted corolla, the
4-seeded capsule, and the globose seeds.

The Thunbergias are nearly all vigorous greenhouse
climbers resembling allamandas in habit. In large con-
servatories where they are not cramped for room they
flower freely and display their flowers to the best ad-
vantage. Severe pruning, which is necessary in small
greenhouses, prevents the production of flowers. The
larger species, T. laurifolia, T. affinis, T. grandiflora,
T. Mysorensis, and T. coccinea are rapid growers, re-
quiring plenty of feeding and root-room. All do better
in open beds than in pots. They may be propagated
either from seeds or by cuttings which are taken from
the young wood which starts into growth after the
plants have been cut back during winter. These pro-
duce few flowers the following autumn, but bloom
freely the second season. As a rule, the plants flower
in late summer or autumn, but this may be made to
vary according to treatment in some species. T. alata
and its varieties and T. fragrans are often treated as
annual garden plants, flowering in late summer. T.
erecta and T. affinis when grown in pots form rather
compact shrubby plants. See Gn. 24, p. 314; 30, p. 292;
47, p. 150. T. elegans of the trade cannot be accounted
for by the writer. TIeinrich Hasselbring.

Thunbergias and allamandas are great favorites in
central and southern Florida, being used on verandas.
arbors, small trees, old stumps, trellises and buildings.
Of the blue-fld. kinds T. grandiflora is hardiest and
commonest. It has large, heart - shaped leaves which
overlap one another in a charming manner. It blooms
from September till Christmas, the fls. being light blue
and rather dull as compared with the next. The form of
T. laurifolia, known to the trade as T. Harrisii, has
nearly sky-blue fls., of a deeper but brighter hue than
the preceding. It is a taller-growing and choicer plant,
and has 10 or more fls. in a raceme, while those of T.
grandiflora are solitary in the axils. T. fragrans is the
common white-fid. kind. The form cult, in Florida is
probably var. vestita, as the blossoms are not fragrant.

T. alata is a general favorite. The fls. range from
buff and white to orange with a deep purplish brown
throat, the last form being the most popular. This spe-
cies is killed to the ground by sharp frost every winter
but sprouts vigorously the following spring. It also
comes up from self-sown seed. This species grows
only 7 or 8 ft. high. All the Thunbergias mentioned

above are easily raised from cuttings or layers in sum-
mer. T. erecta is not a climber but has a somewhat
straggling habit. It has small, dark green lvs. and
large, deep purplish blue gloxinia-like fls. which are
white at the base. There is a pure white variety of it.
It blooms all summer and autumn. It is readily raised
from cuttings during the rainy season.

II. Nehrling.

INDEX.

affinis, 1. coccinea, 9. Harrisii, 7.

alata, 2. ca^rulea, 4. inlus-alba, 2.

alba, 2, 4. Doddsii, 2. laurifolia, 7.

alhiflora, 2. erecta, 4. lutea, 2.

aurantiaca. 7. fragrans, 3. Mysorensis, 8.

Backerii, 2. Fryeri, 2. sulphurea, 2.

Bakeri, 2. grandiflora, 6, 7. unicolor, 2.
clirysops, 5.

A. Fls. axillary, solitary.

b. Lis. entire 1. affinis

bb. Lvs. angularly toothed.

C. Petioles teiaged 2. alata

OC. Petioles not winged.

D. Color of fls. white: corolla-
lobes trioleate and sinuate!//

toothed at the apex 3. fragrans

dd. Color of fls. blue (white only

E. Plant suberect 4. erecta

ee. Plant climbing.

p. Throat of the corolla yellow. 5. chrysops
ff. Throat of the corolla white. 6. grandiflora
AA. Pis. in terminal or axillary racemes
(see, also, T. grandiflora).

b. Color of fls. blue 7. laurifolia

bb. Color of fls. yellow 8. Mysorensis

bbb. Color of fls. scarlet 0. coccinea

1. affinis, S. Moore. A rambling shrub, 10-12 ft.
high, smooth: branches 4-angled : lvs. short-petioled,
elliptic, acute, entire: fls. 2 in. across, deep purple-blue,
with a yellow throat. Summer. Tropical Africa. B.M.
6975. G.C. III. 2:461. G.M. 32:291. -This plant is
closely allied to T. erecta, from which it differs by its
entire lvs. and larger fls., which are about twice the
size of those of T. erecta. When grown in a pot the
plant forms a compact shrub, but when given more
room it is a rambling climber.

2. alata, Bo.j. Fig. 2500. Stem square, climbing-
hairy: lvs. opposite, triangular-ovate, hastate, repand-
toothed, rough-pubescent, tomentose beneath; petioles
winged, about as long as the lvs.: fls. solitary, on
axillary peduncles; calyx very small, surrounded by 2
large inflated bracts; corolla-tube somewhat longerthan
the involucre, dark purple within; limb rotate, oblique,
of 5 rounded segments, buff or cream-colored. S.E.
Africa. B.M. 2591. P.M. 2:2. B. 5:238 (not good).
L.B.C. 11:1045. —A perennial climber which may also
be treated as an annual greenhouse plant. Usually
propagated by seeds. It is used either as greenhouse
climber or to grow on trellises outdoors. Outside
it flowers mostly in August, but by propagating at
various times they may be had in blossom nearly the
whole year in the greenhouse. There are many varie-
ties, some of which have been described as species.

Var. alba, Paxt. {T. alata, var. albiflbra, Hook.).
Fls. white, with a blackish center. P.M. 3:28. B.M.
3512. Var. aurantiaca, Ktze. (T. aurantiaca, Paxt.).
Fls. bright orange, with a dark center. The best of the
group. P.M. 6:269. Subvar. Ddddsii has variegated
lvs. P.M. 15:221. F.S. 4:415. Var. Bakeri, Hort. (Z\
Bakeri or Backerii, Hort.). Fls. pure white. Var.
Fr?eri, Hort. ( T. Frijeri, Hort. T. alata, var. intus-
alba, Hort.). Pale orange, with a white center. Var.
sulphurea, Hort. Fls. sulfur-yellow. Var. lntea, Hort.
(T. alata, var. unicolor, Hort.). Fls. entirely yellow.

3. fragrrans, Roxb. Stem slender, climbing: lvs.
lanceolate to triangular-ovate, cordate or aubcordate,
mostly angularly toothed on each side of the base,
rough on both sides, petiolate: fls. white, axillary;
corolla-tube narrow; limb spreading, 1% in. across,
lobes truncate and repandly toothed at the end. Sum-
mer. India.

178C

TESTUDINARIA

sive appearance of the same thing. From the top of
the rootstoek grows a twining vine which attains a
height of 8-10 ft., flowers from July to Nov., and dies
down each season. The plant twines by means of the
tips of the slender branchlets. It is a weak-looking
growth to issue from such a
mighty tuber.

The inner part of this "bulb"
has been compared to a turnip for
texture and color. The Hotten-
tots used to cut it in pieces, bake
it in the embers and eat it. Old
and grotesque bulbs have from
time to time been brought from
the Cape as curiosities. A large
specimen recently sold for $100.
There are probably no large bulbs
in the U. S., but seeds and seed-
lings are procurable in this
country. The plant is of easy
cultivation in a cool greenhouse.
2490. Nut of Tropical No method of propagating by the
Almond— Terminalia bulb is known.
Catappa (X %). Testudinaria is a genus of 3

(Seepage 1785.) species, all South African. It is

closely related to the important
genus Dioscorea, differing essentially in the seeds, which
are samara-like, having a broad wing at the apex, while
in Dioscorea the seed is winged all around or only at the
base. Also the tubers of Dioscorea are all below ground
and fleshy, while those of Testudinaria are half above
ground and woody outside. Other generic characters of
Testudinaria: fls. dioecious; male perianth bell-shaped,
with a short tube and G subequal, oblanceolate seg-
ments; stamens 0; female perianth smaller: ovary 3-
loculed; ovules 2 in a locule, superposed; stigmas 3, re-
curved, 2-lobed : capsule rigid, acutely triquetrous.
Flora Capensis 6:252 (1890-97).

Elephantipes, Salisb. Rootstoek studded with angu-
lar woody protuberances: stems slender, glabrous, much
branched: Ivs. alternate, suborbicular, 1-2 in. broad,
entire, bright green or glaucous, mucronate: fls. small,
inconspicuous, in racemes, greenish yellow or whitish.
S.Africa. B.M. 1347. B.R. 11:921. W. M.

TETRADfMIA is a genus of low, rigid shrubs of the
composite family native to the arid regions of western
North America. The original species, T. canescens, is
the best known. Its heads have only 4 flowers. They
are yellow and about %-% in. long. This plant was of-
ered in the East in 1881 for western collectors but has
no horticultural standing. For a full botanical account,
see Gray's Synoptical Flora of N. A.

TETRAGONIA (Greek, four-angled; referring to the
usually 4-angled fruit). Ficoldete or Mexembrt/t'tcetr.
Herbs or sub-shrubs from the southern hemisphere and
Japan. Usually decumbent: Ivs. alternate, short-peti-
oled, somewhat fleshy : fls. yellow, green or reddish,
axillary, apetalous; calyx 3-5-lobed. Only one species
known in cultivation.

expansa, Thunb. New Zealand Spinach. New Zea-
land Ice Plant. Fig. 2491. A hardy or half-hardy an-
nual 3-0 in. high, often spreading 4-6 ft.: Ivs. triangu-
lar, larger ones 4-5 in. long by 2-3 in. broad : fls. small,
yellowish green. New Zealand. B.M. 2362.

New Zealand Spinach is chiefly useful for furnishing
greens during the summer when the common spinach
cannot be grown. It tastes a good deal like Spinach but
is somewhat tougher as a rule. It is grown to some ex-
tent in California both for man and sheep. It readily
self-sows.

For an early outdoor crop fresh seed should be sown
in rich soil in a warm room early in January. The seed
usually requires about 4 weeks to germinate. After
growing about 2 weeks the seedlings should be trans-
planted to thumb-pots and about a month later to 4-inch
pots. Growing vigorously in this condition they will be
large enough to move into the garden toward the end of
April, where they should be set 3-4 ft. apart each way,
and as the plants grow will entirely cover the ground.
They should be handled with great care in transplant-
ing, otherwise growth will be so checked that it will

TETRAGONIA

require several weeks for recuperation. Again, plants
should never be allowed to become potbound, as this
will immediately bring them into flower and fruit and
thus stunt their further growth, as well as greatly
shorten their period of productiveness. Well-grown
plants should be ready for use by June 1 and, if they
continue vigorous, nearly a peck of greens can be gath-
ered from each plant once a week until heavy autumn
frosts. In gathering only 4 or 5 inches of the tip ends
of the larger plants should be taken. In the South, it is
usually dwarf, not generally exceeding 6-8 inches.

There is another and somewhat easier method <>f
growing the crop, though a given area will be less pro-
ductive. Inasmuch as the plant is a hardy annual,
many seeds which ripen late in autumn will fall to the
ground and germinate early in spring, though not early
enough for the plants to be injured by spring frosts.
These will be large enough for use toward the end of
June. Annual crops are thus grown on the same
ground several successive seasons with no care except
removing old plants and keeping the new ones free
from weeds.

For the forcing-house crop, seed should be sown dur-
ing July in seed-beds where the plants remain until the
latter part of September, when they should be taken
directly to the benches and will be ready for use early

2491. Tetragonia expansa (X J-2)

in November. It is best to set the plants about 18 in.
apart in benches at least 6 in. deep. No further atten-
tion is necessary except to give plenty of water, and
under good conditions a peck of greens will be produced
once a week on 4 square feet from November to May
inclusive. A crop may also be grown beneath the
benches near the walks, as well as in the grapery bor-
ders. Space that cannot be used for other purposes
may thus be utilized to very good advantage, though
they will not produce as abundantly.

This crop may also be grown in houses with portable
roofs by starting the plants during summer in houses
with the roofs removed, the roofs being replaced on
the approach of cold weather. The plants will continue
producing the entire winter and following spring, when
they should be uncovered and will reproduce them-
selves in the same manner as the summer crop.

H. C. Irish.

TETRAMICRA

TEXAS

1787

TETRAMICRA (Greek words, referring to the four
small divisions of the anther). Orchidacete. A genus
of small terrestrial or epiphytic herbs of slender habit
bearing racemes with few pretty fls. produced in spring.
The erect stems, which are not pseudobulbous, grow
from a creeping rhizome and bear 1-3 fleshy linear Ivs.
and a slender but rigid, terminal raceme: sepals and
petals nearly equal, spreading; labellum joined to the
base of the column; lateral lobes large, spreading or
small, auricle-like, middle lobe large, entire, contracted
at base, column with 2 wide wings; pollinia 4 perfect
and 2 imperfect. Six species in Brazil and West Indies.
Culture as for Lralia (p. 872).

bicolor, Rolfe (Leptdtes bicolor, Lindl.). Lvs. solitary
on the short stem, semi-cylindric, with a furrow in
front, 3—4 in. long: raceme few-fld., shorter than the
lvs.: sepals and petals white, linear-incurved, over 1
in. long; lateral lobes of the lip small, folding over the
column : terminal lobe oblong - lanceolate, bright rose,
with white tip and margins. A pretty plant. B.R.
19:1625. A. P. 6:033. Var. glaucophylla, Hook. Lvs.
glaucous. B.M. 3734. Heinrich Hasselbring.

TETRANEMA (name refers to the four stamens).
Serophularidcew. A single little Mexican perennial
herb, with many nodding purplish flowers crowded on
the tops of radical scapes, and grown under glass or in-
doors for its profuse bloom. True stem very short or
almost none: lvs. crowTded at the crown or opposite on
the very short stem, obovate or oblong-obovate, shal-
lowly crenate -dentate: fls. purplish or violet spotted
with lighter color in the throat; calyx 5-parted, the seg-
ments narrow and acute; corolla long-tubular, 2-lipped,
the upper lip emarginate, the lower longer and 3-lobed;
stamens 4; stigma capitate: fr. a 2-valved capsule. T.
Mexicanum, Benth., is the only species, known as the
" Mexican Foxglove" and formerly as Pentstemotl Mexi-
canus. The pretty flowers are borne in profusion on
the summits of slender purple scapes 6-8 in. high. Al-
though essentially a summer bloomer, with good care
it may be made to flower most of the year. It is usu-
ally regarded as a warmhouse subject, but it makes a
good window plant and is easy to grow. Plants con-
tinue to bloom year after year. Prop, by seeds.

L. H. B.

TETRATHECA (Greek, 4-celled ; referring to an-
thers). Treniandrdcete. T, eriei folia is a heath -like
Australian shrub which grows about a foot high and
bears in July numerous 4- or 5-petaled pink fls., which
open only in sunlight. The fls. are borne on slender
pedicels and are solitary in the axils. This plant is
cult, in S. Calif., having been introduced about 1900 by
Mrs. T. B. Shepherd, who recommends it both for out-
door culture and for pot culture in the greenhouse, and
adds that the fls. are pink or white, %-% in. across.

Tetratheca is the largest genus of the family Tre-
mandracese, of which a short account is given under
Platytheca. It is an Australian genus of subshrubs
with red or purple flowers. Eighteen species are dis-
criminated in Flora Australiensis 1:129 (1863). They
vary greatly in foliage, the lvs. being alternate, whorled
or scattered, heath-like and entire, or flat and toothed,
or reduced to minute scales. Generic characters : sta-
mens apparently in a single series, the anthers continu-
ous with the filament, 2-celIed, or 4-celled with 2 of the
cells in front of the 2 others, more or less contracted
into a tube at the top: capsule opening only at the
edges: seeds appendaged.

In European greenhouses all the plants of this family
are considered difficult of cultivation. They are treated
like :nany other Australian heath-like plants, being
potted in fibrous peat and silver sand and watered care-
fully at all times. It is said that only soft rain water
should be used. They are usually propagated by green-
wood cuttings, but in California the seeds are offered.

ericifolia, Sm. This species is distinguished from its
congeners by its lvs., which are mostly verticillate and
linear with revolute margins. Heath-like, tender sub-
shrub, much branched and diffuse; sepals not reflexed:
ovary with 2 superposed ovules in each locule or rarely a
single ovule attached below the top of the locules. Very
abundant about Port Jackson, N. S. "Wales. yy# j[_

TEUCRIUM (Teucer was the first king of Troy).
Ijiihidtif. Germander. One hundred or more perennial
herbs or undershrubs, mostly of the Old World, four of
which are offered in the American trade. Lvs. oppo-
site, entire or dentate: fls. mostly purple or pinkish, in
whorls forming a terminal interrupted spike; calyx
campanulate or tubular, more or less equally 5-toothed,
10-nerved; corolla with large lower lip, and the upper
lip very small or split so as to 'appear to be wanting;
stamens 4, in 2 pairs, exserted through the split or
notch in the short upper lip. The Germanders are
hardy herbs, with aromatic foliage, suitable for the
wild garden or rockwork. They are little known horti-
culturally.

A. Fls. in distinct 2-6-fld. whorls, forming a lax ter-
minal inflorescence.

Chamaedrys, Linn. One to 2 ft. tall, from a decum-
bent base, branching, with age becoming woody below,
pubescent or villous: lvs. ovate or oblong, petioled,
incise-crenate, cuueate at the base, somewhat canescent
beneath, the floral ones smaller and scarcely dentate:
fls. bright rose, with red and white spots, % in. long,
rather showy, in many 2-6-fld. whorls. Europe. — A
good border plant for late summer bloom.

AA. Fls. solitary or not more titan Sat a whorl, form-
ing a long terminal spike.

Canadense, Linn. Erect, 1-3 ft. tall, soft-pubescent
or canescent: lvs. oblong -ovate to lanceolate, sharp-
serrate: fls. purple to cream-color, the corolla about %
in. long, the calyx canescent and the 3 upper lobes ob-
tuse. Low ground, eastern states, from north to south.
Mn. 8:97. — Offered by dealers in native plants. Use-
ful for low grounds and moist borders. In general habit
resembles a Stachys.

AAA. Fls. on opposite axillary 1-fld. peduncles.

rruticans, Linn. Shrubby, 2-3 ft., wTide-branching:
lvs. ovate, obtuse, entire, white- or brown-pubescent
beneath: fls. on 1-fld. peduncles which are shorter than
the calyx, blue, forming terminal or lateral clusters.
Europe. — Recommended for dry places South. Has a
long blooming season.

bicolor. Smith. Dwarf, herbaceous, glabrous: lvs.
ovate, oblong or lanceolate, obtuse, entire or incised,
green: fls. blue and white, on axillary 1-fld. peduncles.
Chile. -Offered in S. Calif. L. H. B.

TEXAS, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 2492. The climatic

belts of the state are distinctly marked and extremely
different in character, one from another. They may be
designated as follows :

1. The Gulf Coastal Plain.

2. The East Texas Forest Region.

3. The Red River Valley.

4. The Black Waxy Prairies.

5. The Brown or Chocolate Plains.

6. The Pecos Valley.

7. The Rio Grande Valley.

1. The Gulf Coastal Plain, extending out 50-75 miles
from the Gulf of Mexico, varies in altitude from a few
feet along the low sandy beach, to 50 and rarely 100
feet inland. Its surface in places is timbered with
live-oak and pine, but mostly it is a level, black-sandy
prairie. The streams are bordered in southeastern
Texas with timber and undergrowth of many species,
including the grand magnolia, holly, palms and many
other beautiful flowering trees, shrubs and perennial
herbs. The rainfall in the southwestern extension of
this belt is much less than in the eastern, where it
averages above 50 inches annually, and the growth and
cultural conditions vary accordingly. In trucking,
celery, cabbage, strawberries, tomatoes and melons are
the leading items. On the southern end of Padre
Island, near Brownsville, bananas, oranges and pine-
apples are grown to some extent. Figs nourish every-
where in the coast country. The canned-fig industry is
developing and promises to become very profitable.
Dewberries grow to perfection, and wild varieties are
marketed in considerable quantities. The Le Conte,
Keiffer and Garber pears do better in this region than
elsewhere. Some of the Chinese Cling group of peaches,

1788

TEXAS

also the Honey and Peen-to types, succeed well. Japan-
ese plums, persimmons, and various American and for-
eign grapes also succeed, the latter requiring to be
grafted on phylloxera-resistant roots, which are found
in the numerous wild vines of the state.

Ornamental horticulture, in all its branches, is here
characterized by a profusion and luxury of growth in
foliage and flower of a semi-tropical nature. Ever-
blooming roses continue to flower most of the winter.
Broad-leaved evergreen trees and shrubs, known in
the North only in conservatories, are here seen in all
well-appointed private grounds and in parks and ceme-
teries. Cape jasmine hedges, with their dark glossy
green foliage and pearly white, camellia-like, sweet
perpetual flowers, are very popular. Commercial plant-
and cut-flower growers do a good business in the cities
of Galveston and Houston. During the winter holidays
they collect from the woods great quantities of long
(''Spanish") moss, holly, magnolia, mistletoe, palmetto,
sinilax, etc., and ship to northern cities for decoration
purposes. In May and June they send to northern
florists great n«mbers of cape jasmine and magnolia
flowers.

2. The Great East Texas Forest Region lies just north
of the eastern end of the Coastal Plain, the city of
Beaumont being situated in its southern extremity.
Extending westward from the Sabine river on the east
to the Navasota river on the west, over 150 miles, and
northward to Red river about 300 miles, narrowing
somewhat in its northern parts, is one of the grandest
and richest forests in America. Three species of fine
lumber pines are most abundant. Numerous oaks, hick-
ories, elms, maples, beeches, white and black walnuts,
gums, poplars, pecans, lindens, magnolias, holly, persim-
mons, sassafras, and numerous handsome shrubs and
perennial flowers are found almost everywhere, but
especially along the streams. The soil is generally very
sandy, underlaid with red and yellow clay, and well
adapted to fruits of almost all kinds. The altitude
varies from 100 to 600 feet. The rainfall is ample — from
40 to 00 inches annually — the climate is very mild, and
altogether it is an almost ideal land in which to live
easily and have a very paradise of a home, with a
moderate activity of mind and body. Owing to the
great lumber-mill interests, and lack of market facili-
ties, nearly all horticultural pursuits have been over-
shadowed until recently. But at Palestine, Tyler,
Troupe, Longview, Nacogdoches and some other points,
large commercial peach orchards, berry plantations
and canneries have been in very successful operation
for a number of years and these interests are rapidly
increasing. Railway facilities are growing, and alto-
gether East Texas has a very bright horticultural
future. Trucking of nearly all kinds, and fruit-growing,
with berries, peaches, plums, apples (especially in
northern parts), and pears, could hardly ask for better
natural conditions. Until recently the settlers of this
region were almost entirely from the older southern
states and not very enterprising, yet very sociable, and
their houses, yards and gardens are of the southern
type. They earnestly desire enterprising, intelligent
people from the North and East to take up their excel-
lent, though cheap lands, and improve them.

3. The Red River Valley is a long extension to the
westward — some 250 miles — of the soil, climatic and
forest conditions of East Texas, excepting the pines,
gums, and some other trees in its western parts.

But, as the Red river runs eastward in a broad, deep,
heavily timbered valley, its southern bluffs, some 5 to
10 miles wide, enjoy peculiar immunity from late frosts.
Here apples flourish about as well as in northern
Arkansas, and peaches have not failed entirely in fruit
during the twenty-five years of residence of the writer
at Denison, Texas.

With the exception of a few of the tenderer shrubs,
everything is grown here as well as in East Texas, and
apples, grapes and some other fruits grow better and
acquire higher color and flavor, owing to a less humid
atmosphere. In this belt belong the cosmopolitan little
cities of Texarkana, Paris, Sherman, Denison and
Gainesville, in which are found many beautiful resi-
dences and grounds, many orchards, vineyards, and
berry plantations. Railway facilities are excellent, and

TEXAS

good markets lie in every direction. Trucking is also
extensive. Cut-flower and general nursery business
flourish in the places named. The people, coming from
everywhere, are not at all clannish, but sociable and
enterprising, with the northern types prevailing and
northern ideas generally appear in the architecture
and gardening, yet line samples of the southern style
are not infrequent.

Similar conditions prevail in some parts of the Trinity-
River valley as along Red river, especially about Dallas
and Ft. Worth; also on the Brazos at Waco, but more
of the southern type. These three cities nestle in the
heart of the next great division.

4. The Black Waxy Prairie Region of Texas lies next
to East Texas on the west and to the Red River Valley
on the south, extending west to about 98° and south
to within 150 to 100 miles of the Gulf, a broken
irregular arm of the East Texas region extending
southwestwardly between it and the Coastal Plain.
This region has an altitude in its southern parts of 400
to 500 feet and rises in the northwest to 1,000 feet or
more. The rainfall varies from 50 inches or more in
its eastern parts to 30 inches in the western parts. The
foundation is white, chalky lime-rock, the soil very
black, sticky and exceedingly rich, highly adapted to
grains, grasses and cotton, but not suitable for most
fruits. The stone fruits and blackberries do best.
Onions are largely grown in Collin county, of which
McKinney is county seat. Most shrubbery does well.
The Bermuda grass flourishes in Texas wherever
grass can grow and is the almost exclusive lawn-grass.
Very handsome yards are made by some of the farmers
and many who live in the towns and cities; but most
farmers in Texas have done little or nothing to beautify
their homes horticulturally. Nowhere is this more ap-
parent than in the Black Waxy Lands, the home being
generally surrounded by corn-cribs, stock-pens, cotton-
bins, and exposed farm machinery. There are splendid
exceptions to these, demonstrating that very beautiful
homes can be made even in the black lands of the state,
where the richest general farming region exists.

5. The Brown, or Chocolate Plains Region of Texas,
devoted principally to grazing and small grains, lies to
the westward of the Black Land Region, is about 200
miles wide by GOO long, extending from Oklahoma on
the north to the Rio Grande on the south, running from
1,000 feet altitude on the south and east to 3,000 feet on
the west, where it ends suddenly against the cliffs of
the still higher Staked Plains Region.

Horticulture is in its infancy in all this vast semi-arid,
high, rolling prairie country, and can do little without
irrigation. Yet many wealthy stockmen there have
beautiful grounds surrounding their homes, and grow
their home supplies of very fine fruits. Of commercial
horticulture there yet is none. The same may be said
of the Staked Plains Region, but its soil is dark rich
loam, the country almost a dead level, except where
canons have cut into it, its altitude from 3,500 to 4,500
feet, its climate dry and very salubrious. Irrigation-
horticulture in a small way is sustained from driven
wells, which strike plenty of water at 10 to 30 feet.
Stock-grazing is the only commercial occupation. Five
or six counties northwest from Austin, in the central
parts of the Chocolate Belt, are very broken, hilly and
picturesque, well adapted to fruits. Nearly every home
there is supplied with fruits, but stock-grazing is the
chief occupation.

6. The Pecos Valley lies just west of the Staked
Plains, and east of a spur of the Rocky Mountains. In
places it is irrigated, as at Roswell and Carlsbad,
N. M., and Pecos City, Texas. Commercial fruit-grow-
ing is considerable in this valley, especially at Roswell
and Pecos City. At the latter place is a vineyard of 40
acres of the vinifera varieties, planted 8 or 10 years,
doing finely on their own roots and very profitable, as
the fruit goes to market in northern cities before any
grapes are ripe in California.

A vast mountainous and dry plains region extends
from the Pecos to the Rio Grande, devoted to goats,
sheep and cattle, yet at Ft. Davis, on a beautiful mesa,
some 5,000 feet altitude, among mountains 2,000 to
4,000 feet higher, are a good many very beautiful
homes, and fruits do finely, as there is sufficient rain-

TEXAS

fall and the air is very pure, so that diseases are almost
unknown.

7. The Rio Grande Valley is much warmer in the
same latitude than the Pecos valley, otherwise the horti-
cultural conditions are pretty much the same.

At El Paso and Ysleta, a little way south on the
Texas side, considerable quantities of vinifera grapes
of table varieties are grown under irrigation and shipped
to other Texas and
to northern cities
in August and
September. Pears
and plum s are
also grown to
some extent.
Farther down on
the Rio Grande,
at Del Rio, Eagle
Pass and Laredo,
grapes, figs and
onions are con-
siderably grown
and shipped to
the larger Texas
cities and the
North. The
grapes are of the
Old World varie-
ties, and ripen in
June; con s e -
quently have no
competition and
bring tine prices.
The conditions
are such that im-
mense quantities
of as fine grapes
of this class can
be grown in this
part of Texas as
in the best re-
gions of Cali-
fornia, and the
cost of getting to
market is not
more than half as
much. Undoubt-
edly the triangu-
lar region be-
tween San An-
tonio, Laredo and
Del Rio will in
the near future
have extensive
commercial vine-
yards of vinifera
grapes.

The Spanish
taste in home
grounds among
the wealthy of

southwestern Texas, who are chiefly stock-growers and
merchants, prevails largely. It consists of a plaza,
or open square in the center of the residence, having
fountains {where water is to be bad abundantly), and
borders, beds and vases of rare tropical and subtropical
flowers, shrubs and fruits. Around this highly artistic
garden the house is built, often of adobe, sometimes of
stone, cut and carved, in large rooms adjoining and
opening into each other, all on the ground-floor and one
large door opening out to the street or small front yard
from a big hall, sometimes having grand arches and
marble columns. No windows are in the outside walls,
except perhaps in the front, the rooms all being lighted
from within the plaza. Thus great seclusion is secured
and a perpetual conservatory scene is had from every
room. Paved walks, usually covered, run around the
plaza next the rooms and similar walks cross through
the plaza.

The plaza-park prevails also in the finer hotels, as
seen in some at San Antonio; and these, on an enlarged
scale at, various places in the denser parts of the city,
give a very refreshing appearance. In the central and

TEXAS

1789

western parts of the state the northern and eastern
style of park, cemetery and private grounds decoration
is mostly copied, as is also the architecture. Some
very creditable examples are seen in Dallas, Waco,
Austin, Paris, Sherman, Gainesville, Fort Worth and
other places.

There are numerous small, and a few fair-sized
nurseries scattered over the state, chiefly in the Red

2492. Texas Horticulture.

Circles indicate localities devoted to grape cidture; black dots to strawberries; broken

horizontal lines indicate areas suitable for apples; vertical lines for peaches.

River Valley and eastern Texas, as at Houston, or near
there, Brenham, Austin, Dallas, McKinney, Ft. Worth,
Denison, Bonham, Paris, Tyler, Gainesville.

Plant and cut-flower business is developing rapidly
in the larger cities.

Seed business is almost entirely commercial or job-
bing, few being engaged in growing seeds of any kind
as a business and the supply comes from northern and
eastern growers.

The Texas State Horticultural Society, organized in
1883 or 1884, is in a flourishing condition and meets
annually with the Texas State Farmers' Congress, at
College Station. There are several local horticultural
societies in the state, and some 40 or 50 Fruit- and
Truck-Growers1 Associations for commercial purposes,
with one general head to look after freight rates, dis-
tribution of products and placing in market. No state
aid is given to any of the horticultural societies, yet
during the last twenty-five years great developments in
the various lines of horticulture have been made. Along
with these developments have come varieties specially
suited to the climates and soils, as few of the eastern

1790

TEXAS

THALICTRUM

and northern varieties were found adapted, or profitable.
Some of these varieties that have originated in the
state are given in the following lists.

T. V. Munson.

SOME FRUITS THAT ORIGINATED IN TEXAS.

Aaron Holt,

Apples.
Hamilton,

Shirley,

Bledsoe,

Heine,

Steward,

Bruce (Bruce' s

Jones (Jones' Fa

Stevens,

Summer),

vorite).

Talbot,

Doyle,

Lincoln,

Texas Red,

Gray,

Rutledge,

Yellow Sweet.

Peaches.

Alice Haupt,

Evening Star,

Pearson,

Barnes,

Family Favorite,

People (People'

Bell (Bell's Octo-

Galveston,

Cling),

ber),

Governor Hogg,

Philip Horton,

Bessie Kerr,

Great Llano,

Ramsey (Ramsey'

Bonanza,

Guadalupe,

Early)

Burnet,

Holler,

Raisin (Raisi

Cabler (Cabler's

Joe Johnson,

Cling),

Indian),

Lone Star,

Red River,

Caruth (Caruth's

Lulu,

Rogers,

Late),

Maggie Burt,

Rupley,

Carman,

Mamie Ross,

Scruggs,

Chilow,

Miss Lolo,

Shipler,

Clara Bruce,

Morning Star,

Success,

Coleman,

November,

Superb,

Crimson Beauty,

Old Alcalde,

Texas King,

Dulce,

Onderdonk,

Texas,

Early China.

Orman,

Topaz,

Early Beauty,

Orleana,

Victor,

Eldred (Eldrea

Pansy,

Ward.

Cling),

Grapes.

America,

Elvicand,

Mrs. Munson,

Atoka,

Fern,

Muench,

Bailey,

Gold Coin,

Perry,

Beacon,

Headlight,

Presly,

Bell,

H. Jaeger,

Rommel,

Big Hope,

Hopkins,

R. W. Munson,

Brilliant,

Husmann,

San Jacinto,

Carman,

Kiowa,

Wapanuka,

Champanel,

Laussel,

W. B. Munson,

1 >rl;iL'",

Lukfata,

Wetumka,

Delicious,

Marguerite,

Xyluta,

Dr. Collier,

Manito,

Yamago.

African,
Beauty,
Bestofall,
Caddo Chief.
Captain (Colum-
bia),
Clara,
Clark,
Clifford.
Coletta,

Crimson Beauty,
Drouth King,
Eagle,
Early Red,
Early Sweet,
El Paso,

Parker Earle,

Prions.
Golden Beauty,
Gonzales,
Heep,
Holland,
Kanawha,
Lone Star,
Marianna,
Mason,
McCartney,
Minca,
Minland
Munson,
Nimon,
Nona,

October Red,
Ohio Prolific,

Mulberries.
Travis,

Strawberries .
Hobson.

Blackberries.
Robison,
Jumbo,

Dewberries.
Pink,

Piram,

Pontotoc.

Preserver

Ragland,

Roulette,

Sanders,

Saffold.

Transparent,

Texas Belle,

Waddell,

Watson,

Wayland,

Whitaker,

Wooten,

Yates.

White.
E. H. Price.

THALIA (J. Thalius, a German naturalist, and author
of Sylva Hereynia. a catalogue of the plants of the
Harz mountains; died 1588). Scitaminacea>. About 7
species of tender American perennial, stemless, marsh

herbs with large, long-petioled, often canna-like leaves
and long scapes bearing large panicles of spikes of usu-
ally purple flowers. Fls. commonly 2 together in a 2-
valved spathe; calyx minute; corolla tubular, with G
divisions, of which the 3 interior are unequal; style
thick, spiral; stigma 2-lipped, the lower lip long and
pendulous: capsule inflated, 1-loculed, 1-seeded.
a. Plant covered with a white powder.

dealbata, Fras. Stemless: petioles 1-2 ft. long: lvs.
canna-like, cordate, ovate, 6-9 in. long: scape terete,
3-5 ft. high: panicles erect: spikes erect. June-Sept.
Ponds and marshes, S. G. and west. B.M. 1690. B.B.
1:455. — A fine and stately aquatic when well grown. It
should be placed in shallow water or iu wet soil.
aa. Plant not 2>owdery.

divaricata, Chapm. Stemless: petioles longer than
in T. dealbata: lvs. banana-like. 1-3 ft. long, oblong-
ovate: scape 5-10 ft high: panicles 2-4 ft. wide: spikes
zigzag, pendulous. Sept., Oct. Ponds, Apalachicola,
Fla. — According to Reasoner Bros., this magnificent
native ornamental-leaved marsh plant thrives in garden
soil with cannas and like plants. Does well under culti-
vation in southern California. p vy. Barclay.

THALICTRUM (ultimately probably derived from
Greek thallo, to grow, but application doubtful). Sa-
nunculacea. Meadow Rue. Erect perennial herbs:
lvs. ternately compound and decompound ; stem-lvs.
alternate : fls. dioecious, polygamous, or perfect in
some species, rather small, generally greenish white
or sometimes purple or yellow, borne in a panicle or
loose raceme; sepals 4 or 5, deciduous; petals want-
ing; stamens many, showy: carpels usually few, 1-
seeded. This group includes several forms which are
well suited for the mixed border and rock garden. The
robust forms are desirable for the wild garden. Many
are very hardy, and only the more southern forms of
those given below are at all tender. Thalictrums are
valued for their feathery heads of flowers, contrasting
with their handsome stems and leaves, which are often
of a purple cast. They may be propagated by seed or
by division of roots in early spring, just as growth be-
gins. Any good loamy soil will suit them if well
drained.

The latest monograph of the entire genus was pub-
lished in 1885, by Lecoyer, in Bull. Soc. Roy. de Bot.
de Beige, where he describes 69 species. In 1886 Win.
Trelease published a fine treatment of "North American
Species of Thalictrum " in Proc. Soc. Bost. Nat. Hist.
23:293-304, in which he recognized 11 species and 4
varieties north of Mexico. His treatment is rather
closely followed by Robinson in Gray's Syn. Flora, 1895.
Since that time at least 10 new species have been de
scribed — chiefly from Mexico— several of which are by
J. N. Rose, in Cont. U. S. Natl. Herb. 5:185, Oct. 31,
1899. All North American forms were treated by the
present writer in Minn. Bot. Studies, Aug., 1900. Be-
sides several native species, about 5 have been intro-
duced to our gardens from other countries.

INDEX.

adiantifolium, 3. Fendleri. 12. purpurascens. 5.

adiantoides. 3. glancum, 4. purpureum, 3, 5.

.iquiU'tnt'olium. 7. minus. 3. saxatile, 3.

Chelidonii, 10. occidental, 11. sparsiflorum, 2.

Cornuti, 7. petaloideum, 1. speciosum, 4.

Delavayi, 10. polycarpum, 13. venulosum, 9.

dioicum, 8. polygamum, 6.

A. Fls. perfect.

B. Filaments widened near the
anthers : anthers ovate, ob-
tuse.
C. Akenes sessile, in a head,

ovate-oblong 1. petaloideum

cc. Akenes stalked, widely
spreading, straight along

dorsal margin 2. sparsiflorum

BB. Filaments filiform : anthers
linear, acute or mueronate.
c. Fruits silicate: stigma di-
lated on one side of the
short style 3. minus

THALICTRUM

CC. Frttits long it u d i u ally
veined: stigma terminal,
minute, not dilated, style

short 4. glaucum

AA. Fls. polygamo-diac ions .

B. Anthers linear, mucronate:

filaments thread-like 5. purpurascens

bb. Anthers ovate: obtuse, fila-
ments broadened above 0. polygamum

aaa. Fls. dioecious, with, rare excep-
tions.
B. Filaments widened above:

anthers ovate, rather obtuse 7. aquilegifolium
bb. Filaments thread-like: an-
thers linear, acute or mu-
cronate.
C. Mature fruits rather firm
or thick - u' a I led , not
greatly flattened, filled by
the seed.
D. Sepals green or greenish.
E. Blades of leaflets very

thin 8. dioicum

EE. Blades of leaflets firm,

veiny below 9. venulosum

dd. Sepals purple 10. Delavayi

CC. Mature fruits less firm,
thin - walled, S-edged,
either flattened or turgid.

D. Leaflets rent thin 11. oocidentale

dd. Leaflets firm.

E. Pistils 5-ll(rarely 13):

akenes flattened 12. Fendleri

ee. Pistils 7-20: akenes

turgid 13. polycarpum

1. petaloideum, Linn. Stem round, nearly 1 ft. high
almost naked: lvs. 3-5-parted; lfts. smooth, ovate, en
tire or 3-lobed: fls. corymbose, perfect; sepals white
rotund; filaments pink; anthers yellow: fr. ovate-ob
long, striated, sessile. June, July. N. Asia. L.B.C
9:891. — Not yet in American trade lists but well worth
cultivating.

2. sparsifldrum, Turcz. Stem erect, sulcate, 2-4 ft.
high, branching, usually glabrous: lvs. triternate, up-
per ones sessile; lfts. short-stalked, round or ovate,
variable in size and shape of base, round-lobed or
toothed: fls. in leafy panicles on slender pedicels, per-
fect; sepals obovate, whitish, soon reflexed; filaments
somewhat widened; anthers very short: akenes short-
stalked, obliquely obovate, flattened, dorsal margin
straight, 8-10-nerved; styles persistent. N. Asia,
through Alaska to Hudson Bay, in mountains to Colo-
rado and southern California.

3. minus, Linn. (T.purpureum, Schang. T. saxdtile,
Vill.). Stems round, sulcate, 1-2 ft. high: lfts. variable,
acute or obtusely lobed, often glaucous: fls. drooping,
in loose panicles, perfect; sepals yellow or greenish:
fr. ovate-oblong, sessile, striated. Summer. Eu., Asia,
N. Afr. — A polymorphous species in the variation of
the leaflets.

Var. adiantifdlium, Hort. (T. adiantoides, Hort. T.
adianthifdlium, Bess.). Lfts. resembling those of Adi-
antum fern. — A form much used and admired.

4. glaucum, Desf. (T. specibsum, Hort.). Stems
erect, round, glaucous, 2-5 ft. high: lfts. ovate-orbicu-
lar, 3-lobed; lobes deeply toothed: fls. in an erect
panicle, perfect; sepals and stamens yellow: fruits 4-6,
ovate, striated, sessile. June, July. S. Eu.

5. purpurascens, Linn. {T. pnrpureum, Hort.). A
polymorphous species, allied to T. polygamum: stem
3-6 ft. high, branching above, leafy, pubescent or
glabrous, sometimes glandular: lfts. larger than in that
type: fls. in a long, loose, leafy panicle, polygamo-dioe-
cious; filaments narrow; anthers rather long, taper-
pointed: akenes slightly stalked, ovoid, glabrous or
pubescent, with 6-8 longitudinal wings; style slender,
persistent; stigma long and narrow. Canada to Fla.,
west to the Rockies. June-Aug.

6. polygamum, Muhl. Tall Meadow Rue. Erect,
3-8 or more ft. high, branching and leafy, smooth or

113

THALICTRUM

1791

pubescent, not glandular: lvs. three to four times ter-
nate or terminally pinnate; lfts. oblong to orbicular,
bases variable, 3-5 apical lobes: fls. in a long, leafy
panicle, polygamo-dioecious ; sepals white; filaments
broadened when young; anthers short: akenes ovoid,
stipitate, 6-8-winged or ribbed, with stigmas as long,
which become curled. July, Aug. Low or wet grounds,
Canada to Fla., westward to Ohio.

7. aquilegifdlium, Linn. Feathered Columbine.
Fig. 2493. Stems large, hollow, 1-3 ft. high, glaucous:
lvs. once or twice 3-5-parted ; lfts. stalked or the lateral
ones nearly sessile, slightly lobed or obtusely toothed,
smooth, suborbicular: fls. in a corymbose panicle,
dioecious; sepals white; stamens purple or white: fr.
3-angled, winged at the angles. May-July. Eu., N.
Asia. B.M. 1818; 2025 (as var. formosum). Gn. 47, p.
357; 50, p. 117. — The old name T. Cornuti, Linn., may be a
synonym of this, and if so it is the older name, being pub-
lished on a preceding page, but T. Cornuti was described
as an American plant, while T. aquilegifolium is not. As
the description and old figure of T. Cornuti do not
agree with any American plant, the name may well be
dropped. Those plants advertised as T. Cornuti are
probably T. aquilegifolium or T. polygamum.

8. didicum, Linn. Rather slender, 1-2 ft. high, gla-
brous: lvs. three to four times 3-parted; lfts. thin,
orbicular, several-lobed or revolute, bases variable :
fls. in a loose, leafy panicle with slender pedicels, di-
oecious; stamens much longer than the greenish sepals;
anthers linear, obtuse, exceeding their filaments in
length: akenes ovoid, nearly or quite sessile, longer
than their styles, with about 10 longitudinal grooves.
Early spring. Woods, Labrador to Ala., west to the
foot of the Rockies.

9. venulosum, Trelease. Allied to T. dioicum: stem
simple, erect, 10-20 in. high, glabrous, glaucous, bear-
ing 2-3 long-petioled lvs. above the base : lvs. three to
four times 3-parted; lfts. short-stalked, rather firm,
rounded and lobed at the apex, veiny beneath: fls. in a
simple panicle, dioecious, small; sepals ovate; stamens
10-20, on slender filaments; anthers oblong, slender-
pointed : akenes nearly sessile, 2 lines long, ovoid
tapering to a straight beak, thick-walled and 2-edged.
S. Dak. westward and southward in the mountains.

F

2493. Thalictrum aquilegifolium (X K).

10. Delavayi, Franchet. Slender, 2-3 ft. high, gla-
brous: lower lvs. on long, slender petioles, two to three
times 3-5-parted ; lfts. long-stalked, 3-5-lobed, base
cuneate, rounded or cordate: fls. pendulous, dioecious;
sepals purple or lilac, % in. long, equaling the slender
stamens, anthers linear: carpels 10-12: fr. winged at

1792

THALItTRUM

2494. Thalictrum Fe

the three angles, stipitate. Summer. Mts. of E. China.
B.M. 7152. G.C. III. 8:125. -A close ally of T. Cheli-
donii of the Himalayas so much admired in Europe.
Well worth introduc-
tion.

11. occidentale, Gray.
Allied to T. dioicum,
which it closely resem-
bles, but it is more ro-
bust and taller: lvs.
glandular -puberulent:
akenes long, slender,
thin- walled, 2-edged,
ribbed, not furrowed.

12. Fendleri.Engelm.
Fig. 2494. A variable
species. Plants 1-3 ft.
high, rather stout and
leafy: lvs. four to five
times pinnatind, upper
stem-lvs. sessile; lfts.
rather firm, ovate to
orbicular, usually with
many shallow rounded
or acuminate lobes;
bases variable: fls. di-
oecious, in rather com-
pact panicles; stamens
many, anthers long :
akenes nearly sessile,
obliquely ovate, flat-
tened, 3-4 ribs on each
face. July, Aug. W.
Texas to Montana.

13. polycarpnm, Wat-
son. Allied to T.Fend-
leri: glabrous through-
out: lfts. long-petioled.
fls. dioecious, in rather

i(X%). close panicles: akenes
larger, in a dense glo-
bose head, short-stalked, obovoid, turgid, tapering into
reflexed styles. Summer. Sandy streams, Calif, to
Columbia river. K. C. Davis.

THAMNOCALAMUS. See Bamboo, p. 127.

THAMN6PTERIS (Greek, bushy fern). Polypodi-
acece. A genus of simple - leaved ferns growing in
crowns, sometimes united with Aspleuiuin. The elon-
gate indusia are in parallel rows on the veins of the
banana-like lvs., often extending nearly to the margins.
The veins are free below but are united at the apex by
a transverse intramarginal vein.

Nidus, Presl. (AspUnium and Thamnipteris Nidus-
Avis, Hort.). Bird's Nest Pern. Lvs. bright green,
growing in a crown, 2-4 ft. long, 3-9 in. wide, the mid-
rib rounded and usually green. Japan, East Indies. T,
strictum, Hort. [Asplenlndrium strictum, Hort.), is a
more slender, upright form said to be a garden hybrid
between T. Nidus and Sclopendrium crispum.

T. Australasicum, Hook. Differs from the above in
its midrib, which is keeled on the back and often black.
Sometimes regarded as a variety. Australia.

L. M. Underwood.

THASPIUM (name a play upon Thapsia, another
genus of the same family). Umbellifertp. Meadow
Parsnip. A genus of 3 species of hardy perennial
herbs of eastern North America with ternately divided
leaves (or the lower undivided), and terminal umbels
of yellow or purplish flowers.

aureum, Nutt. Stem branched, IK ft. high: root-lvs.
mostly cordate; stem-lvs. ternate; lfts. ovate to lan-
ceolate, serrate: fls. yellow. June, July. Var. trifoli-
atum, Coult. ct Rose, with crenate lvs. or lfts., is a com-
mon western form. Var. atropurpureum, Coult. & Rose,
fls. dark purple. The species is of easy culture in any
ordinary soil. In the wild state the plant grows in at
least partial shade. Well-grown plants, especially of
var. atropurpureum, make attractive specimens.

F. W. Barclay.

THEOBROMA
THEA. See Tea and Camellia.

THELESPERMA (Greek, wart, seed; the seeds are
often papillose). Comp6sita. A genus of about 8 spe-
cies of annual or perennial herbs, rarely shrubby at the
base, native to the extra-tropical regions of North and
South America. They are smooth herbs with aspect of
Coreopsis, with much cut leaves and long pedunculate
flower-heads, typically yellow rays and yellow, some-
times purplish or brownish, disk-flowers. The genus
may be separated from Coreopsis by the form of the
involucre, which is in 2 series of bracts with the inner
series united to about the middle into a cup, while in
Coreopsis the 2 series are distinct and united only at
the very base. The seeds, especially the outer ones of
the head, in Thelesperma are often tuberculate.

hybridum, Voss (Oosmldium Burridqeanum, Hort.).
Pig. 2495. A hardy annual, IK ft. high, a hybrid of T.
filifolium and Coreopsis tinctoria, from the latter of
which it acquires the brown-purple color of its rays.
Lvs. bipinnately divided into filiform lobes not wider
than the stem. p, w Barclay.

2495. Thelesperma hybrid

X%).

THEOBROMA. Commercial Cacao or " Cocoa " is pro-
duced by trees belonging to the Linna?an genus Theo-
broma. The estates devoted to its culture are usually
known as "Cacao plantations" and are largely on the
increase in all suitable climates, owing to the increased
demand for the manufactured article in the different
forms in which it is now prepared for consumption.
The larger proportion of commercial Cacao is produced
by Theobroma Cacao. Other species native to central
America and the West Indies are T. pentagona, T. spe-

THEOBROMA

THEOBROMA

1793

oiosa, T. angustifolia and T. bicolor. Theobroma syl-
vestris, Aubl. ( T. Martiana, Dietr.) is sometimes re-
ferred to as a native, but does not appear to have been
recorded by modern writers for Central America and
the West Indies.

Theobroma pfHtmjnna is a species which in vigor of
growth and productive capacity resembles to a very
large degree the generally cultivated varieties of T.
Cacao, but it differs in the flowers, in the size of the
beans, and especially in the shape of the pods. The
beans are larger in size than those of T. Cacao, fully
equal if not superior in flavor, and are capable of being
worked up in the same way as the commoner species.
This kind is known on the mainland as "Alli-
gator '■ Cacao, from the fancied resemblance
of its skin to the hide of an alligator. The
outside of the pod is soft and easily broken,
and does not afford such good protection to
the interior as the harder shell possessed
by T. Cacao. In Nicaragua T. Cacao and T.
pentagona are grown together, and the pro-
duce is mostly a mixture of the two species.
From the presence of T. pentagona, it is pos-
sible that hybridization has taken place be-
tween two species. It has been noted that the
pods of T. Cacao produce much larger seeds
or beans in Nicaragua than in countries
where this species is not grown in company
with T. pentagona: and the beans of the two
species are almost impossible to distinguish
when cured together. The product of Nicara-
guan plantations also requires much less time
for fermentation than the produce of Grenada,
Trinidad or Venezuela, some forty-eight hours being
the usual period, while more than four times that num-
ber of hours will be required for the proper fermenta-
tion of the produce of the last mentioned countries.

Theobroma speciosa is a plant that produces the
"Monkey Cacao" of the mainland. This is never made
into market Cacao, as it is very inferior in quality and
has a disagreeable flavor. The pods are hard, much cor-
rugated, warted, and of a dirty brown color wheu ripe.

Theobroma bicolor is a very distinct species in every
way. The leaves are large, and in the juvenile stages
of growth are broadly cordate in form, and only assume
the mature or oblong form on reaching the third or
fourth year's growth. The pods are oval, ribbed and
netted, hard and woody, with an outer shell half an inch
in thickness which can only be cut with a saw. The
seeds are oval, much flattened, with a dark, hard and
smooth exterior. The interior is white, and has a some-
what nutty flavor. They are used in sweetmeats in the
same way as almonds, but cannot be made into com-
mercial Cacao, suitable for the manufacture of choco-
lates. This species, though without doubt a true Theo-
broma, is very widely distinct from any of the varieties
of T. Cacao which produce commercial Cacao. The
produce of T. bicolor is known in some parts of Central
America by the names of "Wariba," "Tiger," and "Pas-
taste" Cacao.

Many names have arisen for the varieties of Theo-
broma Cacao which are in cultivation, as many as forty
having beeu listed by a Trinidad cultivator of large
experience. Looking at the matter from a practical
point of view, all these are merely strains of the one
species, produced by natural cross-fertilization of the
older types. According to Hart's "Cacao," Trinidad,
1900, there are but three major strains or classes of T.
Cacao, respectively, "Criollo," "Forastero," and "Calaba-
cillo." The type of the first is found indigenous in
Trinidad and various places on the mainland, its dis-
tinctive character being its bottle-necked pod, with a
thin skin and finely ribbed exterior, together with its
white or whitish seeds or beans, which are mild in
flavor and somewhat rounded in form.

The characters of "Forastero" are its roughly corru-
gated or verrucose pod, containing large flatfish seeds,
of a purplish color. It is a tree having greater vitality
than "Criollo," and gives a much larger crop. "Foras-
tero" means foreign, and this type is said to have been
found on the mainland of South America, whence it was
imported to Trinidad by Arragonese Capuchin Fathers
about 1757. (De Verteu'il, History of Trinidad, 1884.)

"Calabacillo" is the third form, its chief characteris-
tics being the vigor of its growth and its small flat and
strongly flavored beau. By some it is considered as a
degraded form of Forastero.

While the above gives a brief sketch of the chief
characters of the principal types, it must be understood
that there are varieties intermediate between the forms;

The fruit is 8-12 in. long.
The tree grows from 10- 3(
ft. tall.

in fact, on the majority of estates it is impossible to
find any two trees exactly alike in all their botanioal
characters, occurring, without doubt, from the unin-
terrupted cross-fertilization which has taken place.
Still, each country appears to maintain certain charac-
ters more permanent than others, and thus secures for
itself a name upon the markets of the world. It is
probable that this is due, in a measure, to the uncon-
cious preference taken by some to distinctive features
of the produce by the continuous cultivation of a fairly
fixed strain which has arisen. It may also be due in
some measure to the influence of climate and environ-
ment. Certain it is, however, that there are to-day
strains of Cacao which are possessed of distinctive
characters, not readily produced by any process of pre-
paration in places other than that in which they are
grown. A fine set of illustrations of varieties common
to different countries has lately been published in a work
by Dr. Paul Preuss, who recently traveled in Cacao-pro-
ducing countries on behalf of the German government.

These different brands are bought by manufacturers
and blended to suit their particular market, but there
are certain kinds possessing special flavor which are
readily sold at high value. The value of the commercial
product fluctuates and the price rules considerably
lower than some years ago. Whether this results from
increased production or from a deterioration in the
quality cannot be ascertained. It is clear that if culti-
vators grow Cacao for seed without regard to the best
rules of selection, the quality must deteriorate. What
mitigates this fact is that all the Cacao world has, up
to a recent date, followed the same practice. The pro-
cess of grafting, to ^vhich the Cacao tree readily sub-
mits, as was recently proved in Trinidad, will enable
operators to make large fields of the choicer varieties,
and it may be confidently expected that in a few years
a great improvement will be shown in the various
grades placed upon the market. But little Cacao is
manufactured in the countries where it is grown, except
for home use, and then generally in a crude manner.

Chocolate is the term used for sweetened and hardened
preparations of the roasted and ground Cacao bean, with

1794

THEOBROMA

THERMOPSIS

thy larger proportion of the original fat retained, while
the so-called "Cocoa" preparations are the same ma-
terial in fine powder, sweetened or unsweetened, but
with the greater proportion of „he Cacao fat extracted.
This fat, when clarified, is a pure white substance,
almost as hard as beeswax, and is used in many phar-
maceutical preparations. Chocolate and Cocoa are both
made from the beans or seeds of Theobroma Cacao and
'I', pentagona, and only differ in the method of prepara-
tion.

The word "Cocoa" is a market corruption of the
original Spanish "Cacao," which was adopted by Tourne-
fort as a generic name but has since been displaced
by the Linnsean Theobroma. j. jj. Hart.

THEOPHRASTA (Theophrastus was a Greek natural-
ist and philosopher, 370-285 B.C.). Myrsinacew. Ac-
cording to Bentham & Hooker, this genus has but a
single species, T. Jussieui, of San Domingo. J. De-
caisne, in Annales des Sciences Naturelles for 1876
(ser. 6, Bot. 3) contrasts three species. Pax, in Engler
<fc Prantl's " Pflanzenf amilien," written later than either
of the above, recognizes four species. Five names
occur in the American trade, only one of which is a
true Theophrasta according to either of the above
authorities. This is T. Jussieui. Three of them are
to be referred to the related genus Clavija, and one ( T.
imperialis) is now regarded as a species of Chryso-
phyllum (of the family Sapotacese). The chief technical
differences between Theophrasta and Clavija are in the
flowers and fruits. In Theophrasta the corolla is cyl-
indrical and shallowly 5-lobed; staminodia attached on
the base of the corolla: fr. large and many-seeded. In
Clavija the corolla is subrotate and deeply 5-cleft;
stamiuodia attached on the tube of the corolla; fr. 1-
many-seeded. Theophrasta itself includes a glabrous
shrub with erect, nearly simple stem, the simple lvs.
crowded at the ends of the branches, the fls. large,
white, in racemes. The fls. are perfect and gamopeta-
lous ; calyx and corolla with 5 divisions that are imbri-
cated in estivation, the corolla bearing a corona in the
throat; stamens 5, fixed at the bottom of the corolla-
tube; pistil one, with short style and capitate stigma.
Fr. fleshy and apple-like, many-seeded. The species
referred to Theophrasta in the American trade are
handsome large foliage plants for warmhouse culture.
An allied genus is Jacquinia, which see.

The following cultural note is probably applicable to
the various species cultivated under the name of Theo-
phrasta: According to T. Baines in Gn. 1:395, T. im-
perialis is of easy culture, enduring a winter tempera-
ture of 45° without injury but making the best growth
with 70° night temperature and 10° rise during the day.
It has the objection of being almost impossible to root
from cuttings. A plant that has become too large may
have part of the top cut off and all the buds removed from
the stem down to within a few inches of the ground,
which operation causes the plant to sprout from the
base. One only of the sprouts should be left; when it
is well started the old stem may be cut down and after
waiting until a little more growth has been made the
plant should be taken from the pot, and be cleaned of
soil and dead roots and repotted.

A. Juice milky.
imperialis, Linden (properly Chrysophyllum impe-
riiile, Benth. ). Lvs. obovate-obloug to obloug-oblanceo-
late, 3 ft. long on large plants: fls. yellowish green,
small, in pediculate clusters on the lower branches: fr.
5-angled, nearly globular, 1-2 in. thick. Brazil. B.M.
C823. I.H. 21:184. -This species has been cultivated
since the middle of the nineteenth century as Theo-
phrasta, but upon flowering in European gardens was
found to belong to Chrysophyllum, a genus of the fam-
ily Sapotaceffi,

aa. Juice not milky.

B. Corolla mostly deep but the limb shallow - lobed :

fr. many seeded (Theophrasta).

c. Trunk or stem not spiny.

Jussieui, Lindl. Lvs. linear-spatulate, about Wi ft.

long and about one-sixth as wide, obtuse, strongly

spinose-dentate, with black-tipped teeth, the midnerve

very strong and the secondary ones confluent at the
margins: inflorescence racemose, the racemes axillary
and loose-fld.: fls. rather long-pediceled, bracteate, the
calyx-lobes ovate and erose-dentate, the corolla tubular-
campanulate, white, the corona annular and entire.
San Domingo. G.C. III. 2:429. — It is not known to the
writer whether the plant in cult, in this country under
this name belongs to this species or one of the two fol-
lowing.

fusca, Decne. (T. Jussitei, Hort.). Stem simple, with
ash-gray bark: lvs. linear or linear-spatulate, 18 to 20
in. long and about 2 in. wide, obtuse, varying from
nearly entire to repand-denticulate to strongly spinose,
midnerve strong and tawny red at the base, the secon-
dary nerves confluent at the leaf -margin : inflorescence
paniculate or racemose, the racemes short and densely
fld.: fls. on slender pedicels, bracteolate, the calyx-
lobes orbicular and ciliolate, the corolla urceolate-cam-
panulate, dull brown, the corona 5-lobed. Probably
West Indian, but the species founded on cult, speci-
mens.—The name T. fusca is not known to occur in the
American trade.

co. Trunk spiny.

densifI6ra, Decne. Stem with black spines, the bark
brownish: lvs. liuear-oblong, 14-16 in. long and 2-2%
in. wide, coarsely spinose-dentate, the secondary veins
numerous and crowded and somewhat pellucid : in-
florescence terminal and corymb -like, compact, the
branches 5-6-fld. : fls. short-pediceled, campauulate and
white, the calyx-lobes ovate and somewhat ciliate and
equaling the corolla-tube, the corona 5-lobed. San Do-
mingo. B.M. 4239 (as T. Jussiwi).— The name T. den-
siflora is not known to occur in the trade.

bb. Corolla mostly shallow and deep-lobed : fr. often
1-few-seeded ( Clavija ) .
c. Leaves obtuse.
macrophylla, Hurt. (properly Clavija grdndis, Decne.).
Lvs. large, arcuate, obovate - spatulate and obtuse, en-
tire or sinuate-repand; petiole thick and dark violet,
the secondary nerves slender and simple or forked:
lis. orange-yellow, in short, erect racemes; calyx -lobes
orbicular and nearly glabrous, the corona 5-lobed. Bra-
zil. B.M. (as Clavija macrophylla) 5829.

cc. Lvs. acute.

longifdlia, Jacq. (properly Clavija ornata, D. Don).
A tender tree, often 20 ft. high: lvs. crowded, subver-
ticillate, oblong- spatulate to lanceolate, narrowed at
the base, mucronate, spinosely dentate, 1-1 % ft. long,
about 9 in. wide: racemes 4-10 in. long, usually pendu-
lous: fls. fragrant, saffron-colored. Peru. B.M. 4922.
B.R. 21:1764.

latifdlia, Willd. (properly Clavija latifblia, C. Koch).
A tender tree: lvs. oblong, petioled, narrowed at both
ends, mucronate-serrate: racemes erect. W. Indies.—
The species seems to he imperfectly known to botanists.

L. H. B.

THERMOPSIS (Greek, lupine-like). Legumindsai. A
genus of about 15 species of perennial herbs native to
North America and northern and eastern Asia. They
are erect plants with large, 3-foliolate, stipulate leaves
and showy yellow or purple flowers in terminal or axil-
lary racemes. The following species are all handsome
hardy perennials bearing yellow flowers in early to late
summer. They are not particular as to soil or position,
but do best in a deep, light, well-drained soil. They
are generally deep-rooted plants and endure drought
very well.

Propagation may be effected by division, especially
in T. montana, T. fabacea and T. rhombifolia, which
spread extensively by the root, but in general the better
way is by seed, aithough the seed is rather slow to ger-
minate and should be sown as soon as ripe or in the
spring with some heat.

A. Pod strongly recurved.

rhombifdlia, Richards. Plant about 1 ft. high,

branched: lfts. usually oval or obovate, %-l in. long:

fls. in a compact spike: pod glabrous. June, July.

Western states. B.B. 2:265.

THERMOPSIS

aa. Pod straight or only slightly curved at the apex.
B. Plant 3-5 ft. high.
Caroliniana, M. A. Curtis. Stern stout, smooth, sim-
ple: lvs. long-petioled; lfts. obovate -oblong, silky be-
neath; stipules large, clasping; raceme 6-12 in. long,
erect, rigid, many-fid. : pod 2 in. long, erect, villous and
hoary. June, July. Mts. of N. C.

bb. Plant 1-3 ft. high.
0. .Stipules longer than tin petiole.
montana, Nutt. Plant 1% ft. high, somewhat silky-
pubescent: lfts. oblong-obovate to oblong, 1-3 in. long:
Hs. in long spikes : pod straight, erect, pubescent.
May, June. Western states. B.M. 3011. B.R. 15:1272
(both erroneously as T. fabacea). Sometimes called
"Buffalo pen " iu the west.

CC. Stipules shorter than the petiole.
D. Racemes axillary.
fabacea, DC. Resembles T. montana and has possibly
been confounded with it in the trade. It differs in hav-
ing more spreading pods and larger and more com-
pressed seeds. May, June. Siberia.

dd. Racemes terminal.
nmllis, M. A. Curtis. Stem erect, branched, 2-3 ft.
high, pubescent: lfts. obovate-oblong, 1-2 in. long: ra-
cemes 6-10 in. long: pod slightly curved at the end,
2-4 in. long. May-July. Va. and North Carolina.

T. Cashmeridna, Hort. Saul, does not appear to be known to
botanists. j. b. Keller and P. W. Barclay.

THESPESIA (Greek, divine; application doubtful).
Malracece. A genus of a few species of tall trees or
shrubs native of tropical Africa, Asia and the islands of
the Pacific. They have the aspect of Hibiscus and may
be distinguished by the confluent stigmas, more woody
capsule and the obovoid compressed seeds.

populnea. Soland. A small tree with the younger por
tions covered with peltate scales: lvs. long-petioled
ovate, cordate, acuminate, 3 in. across: fls. axillary
2-3 in. across, yellow. Trop. Asia, Africa and the
islands of the Pacific — Cult, in S. Calif., where, accord
ing to Franceschi, it succeeds only in warm and moist
locations. He also notes the fls. as varying from yellow
to purple. p. V7. Barclay.

THEVETIA (Andre Thevet, 1502-1590, a French
monk who traveled in Brazil and Guiana and wrote a
book on French Guiana in which the plant is mentioned).
Apocyniicew. A tropical American genus of about 7
species of trees or shrubs with alternate, 1-uerved or
lightly penniveined leaves and rather large yellow
flowers in terminal few-flowered cymes.

Thevetia nerei folia, the Yellow Oleander of Florida
gardens, is a very ornamental small evergreen shrub,
growing luxuriantly in rich, sandy soil, not too moist
and not too dry, ultimately attaining a height of 6 to 8
feet and almost as much in diameter. The foliage is
abundant, light glossy green and reminds one of the
oleander, but the lvs. are narrower. The pale yellow
flowers are abundantly produced. The fruit, which is of
the size and somewhat of the form of a hickory nut, is
regarded as poisonous by the negroes. The Thevetia
can stand a few degrees of frost, but it was killed out-
right on February 7, 1895, when the thermometer went
down to 18° F. If banked with dry sand in fall it does
not suffer much, though the top may be killed.
A. Lvs. S-10 in. long, about 2 in. wide

nitida, DC. A tender shrub: lvs. oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, margins revolute: fls. rather large; corolla
white, with a yellow throat. West Indies ; cult, in
southern Calif.

aa. Lvs. 3-6 in. long, less than % in. wide.

nereifolia, Juss. Known locally in Florida as "Trumpet
Flower" and incorrectly as "Yellow Oleander." A ten-
der shrub: lvs. linear, shining, margins revolute:
fls. about 3 in. long, yellow, fragrant. West Indies,
Mexico. B.M. 2309 (as Cerbera Thevetia). -Cult, in
S. Fla. and o. California.

F. W. Barclay and II. Nehki.im;.

THINNING FRUIT 1795

THIMBLEBERRY. Rubus occidentalis and odoratus.

THINNING FRUIT. All fruit grows larger and bet-
ter, and often becomes more highly colored, other things
being equal, when it has an abundance of readily avail-
able food. The supply of crude food materials is
increased by allowing room enough to each plant and
by enriching the soil and keeping it sufficiently moist.
The plant may set so many fruits, however, that it can-
not possibly grow all of them to large size eveu though
an abundant supply of crude food material is readily
available. The leaves build up the crude materials
taken from the soil and air into organic compounds
which the plant must have to sustain its life and sup-
port its growth. Fruit-growers often fail to recognize
that the fruit depends upon the leaves most directly
connected with it for elaborated food, which alone can
nourish it. It is nevertheless true; and for this reason,
even when there is no crop on the rest of the tree, an
overloaded branch needs to have its fruit thinned to
secure the highest possible number of fine large fruits.
By reducing the number of fruits the proportion cf
elaborated food for those which remain is increased.
Sometimes checking the too vigorous growth of the
vegetative parts is also resorted to for the same pur-
pose. The latter practice is properly con-
sidered under the subject of Pinning;
the former may be treated under the
topic of Thinning Fruit.

In its broad significance Thinning Fruit
includes not only picking off some of the
immature fruit, but also any pruning of
bearing wood to reduce the number of
fruits which a plant is allowed to produce.
Such pruning is usu-
ally done when the
plant is in a dor-
mant condition. It
may be performed on
grapes in autumn as
soon as the leaves
fall. It is then easy
to cover the vines if
winter protection is
needed. The more
hardy orchard fruits
may bo attended to
at any time when the
leaves are off ; the
more tender kinds
should be left till the
severities of winter
have passed, so that
the amount of bear-
ing wood which is
taken off may be
varied in proportion
to the loss of fruit-
buds by winter in-
jury. The work on
peaches and apricots
is thus sometimes
deferred till the trees
bloom, or even later.
The sooner a fruit
can be relieved from
struggling with other fruits for its food the better its
chances are for reaching extra large size. It is, there-
fore, best to reduce the amount of bearing wood before
the blossoms open, as much as can safely be done.

Perhaps a method of thinning orchard fruits by treat-
ing the open blossoms with some spray mixture may
eventually be perfected. This would give the fruit the
advantage of an increased food supply from the time
the blossoms opened. It is known that such treatment
may prevent the setting of fruit. It remains to demon-
strate whether by a judicious use of this method the
setting of fruit too abundantly may be prevented. If
this can be done successfully, much labor in thinning
by picking off immature fruit might be thus avoided.

To avoid the extra labor which would be required by
thinning immediately after the fruit sets, it is custom-
ary to defer the work till the weaker fruits drop.

2497. Thinning fruit.

(Drawn from photographs and
reduced to % natural size.) The
large separate fruits indicate the
relative gain in size in thinning
plums. The right-hand twig shows
relative stage of development at
which peaches should be thinned;
the twig at the left indicates rela-
tive distance between thinned
peaches.

1796

THINNING FRUIT

THINNING FBUIT

Very often the mistake is made of deferring it too
long. The labor spent in late thinning is usually
wasted so far as improving the grade of fruit is con-
cerned. Although the yield is thus lessened, the ripe
fruit generally averages but little if any larger than
unthinned fruit.

No definite rule can be given as to the amount of
fruit to be left in thinning. This should be determined
according to the environment, vigor and productive
habits of the plant. Generally speaking, fruits should

be thinned so that those which are left are separated
from each other by a distance of at least three times
the diameter of the largest fruits at maturity. Under
irrigation, or where a constant plentiful supply of soil
moisture can be depended on, the number of fruits
which the plant may be allowed to bear is much greater
than, in some cases even twice as great as, the same
plant could bring to large size if it were located on
drier soil. Fig. 2497 shows the stage of development
of peaches for early thinning and indicates the per-
centage removed and distance apart of those which are
left.

Immature plants should not be allowed to bear a full
crop. It is generally best that the plant carry but few
fruits for the first crop. Afterwards it may be burdened
more heavily, till finally, when a vigorous mature plant
is developed it may safely bear a full crop. In con-
sequence of overbearing, immature plants are often so
weakened that they are easily winter-killed; or they
may be left in an unthrifty condition from which they
do not recover in several years if at all. In thinning
fruit on immature plants, the natural ability of the
plant and the influence of environment should be even
more carefully considered than with mature plants.
This work requires skill and good judgment, which can
only be acquired by experience, study and careful
observation.

The question of what kinds of fruit it is best to thin
should be considered briefly from the standpoint of the
commercial grower. If the markets which are acces-
sible do not pay more for the better grades of fruit
there can be no profit in thinning except in preventing
the breaking down of the tree by heavy crops and,
possibly, from increasing the tendency to annual bear-
ing. The crop of thinned fruit may sometimes exceed
the measure that the unthinned fruit would yield, but
not enough to pay for the cost of thinning if the crop is
sold at no advance in price over unthinned fruit.

Where fancy prices are obtained they are brought by
evenly graded packages of the larger specimens. Varie-
ties which at their best run small or medium size do
not usually pay for thinning. It does not pay, for in-
stance, to try to increase the size of Damson plums by
thinning them. Plums like Lombard or Burbank, which
have medium to large fruit, may pay for thinning.

Fig. 2497 shows the improvement in size attained by
thinning the Burbank. Those plums which at their
best produce very large fruit, such as Wieksou, Dia-
mond and Guii, usually give better returns for thinning.
With all kinds of fruit, thinning may be expected to
return most profit when practiced on varieties well
adapted for fancy trade.

An exceedingly heavy crop of fruit may so exhaust a
tree that it either fails to fruit the next year or pro-
duces less than an average crop. Such a result is
more often seen with some kinds of
fruit than with others, and different
varieties of the same kind of fruit may
vary much in their natural tendencies
in this direction. By judicious selec-
tion of varieties and by skilful man-
agement much may be done towards
securing more regular bearing and
more abundant crops. Thinning fruit
has a place in the management of the
commercial fruit plantation, along with
the maintenance of soil fertility, til-
lage, pruning and spraying. It is a
mistake to depend on thinning alone
for results which may with difficulty
be obtained by all these methods com-
bined. In some careful experiments
vigorous, mature, well-nourished trees
on which the fruit had been systemati-
cally thinned annually, bore no more
regularly than corresponding trees on
which the fruit was not thinned. In
other cases the beneficial effects of
thinning were unmistakably apparent
in somewhat increased fruitfulness the
following season. The profit from
thinning fruit in anyone season comes
largely from the increased amount of
the better grades of fruit which are obtained by the
process. The yield the succeeding year may or may not
be greater because the fruit was thinned.

S. A. Beach.
Thinning Fruit has now come to be an established
horticultural practice with those who cater to the best
markets and aim at the highest ideals in fruit culture.
Thinning assists the grower in securing several results,
chief among which are the following: (1) in maintain-
ing the vigor of the tree; (2) in producing fruit of
maximum size, appearance and quality; (:i) in securing
annual crops instead of alternate, and (4) in preventing
the spread of parasitic diseases.

It does not pay to thin all classes of fruit. Only
early or fancy varieties of apples will reward the culti-
vator for the expense and labor of thinning, though
it usually pays to pick the earliest varieties succes-
sively, removing the largest and best colored specimens
first, which in effect is a process of thinning. Standard
pears are to be classed with apples; dwarf pears are
partly thinned by winter pruning, and partly by the re-
moval of surplus fruit in summer. Stone fruits pay for
thinning more amply than other kinds. Peaches and
plums may be thinned by winter pruning, but this is
often inadequate. Our best peach-growers now thin to
C and 8 inches apart and find that when this is coupled
with high culture the results are usually satisfactory.
Whether it will pay to thin plums or not will depend
upon the variety and the market. The Japanese varie-
ties are much improved in appearance and quality by
judicious thinning. The larger varieties of the domes-
ticas may under favorable circumstances be profitably
thinned, but the wisdom of thinning the smaller varie-
ties of natives and domesticas must be determined by
the individual grower. Many varieties have a tendency
to overbear ; these should be thinned in the interest
of the health and vigor of the tree. Grapes respond
to thinning by increased size of bunch and berry, but
there is little or no money in the operation, except
where the fruit is grown for a very special market or
for exhibition purposes. Thinning the grapes should
be accomplished by close winter pruning. Strawberries
are thinned by special methods of culture, such as
growing in bills and narrow matted rows. The way in
which the operation is performed varies somewhat with

THINNING FRUIT

THORBURN

1797

the fruit. Sometimes small shears are employed, but
as a rule the fingers and thumbs of an active man are
the most effective instruments available. Practice
gives deftness. Eight to ten mature peach trees
constitute a day's work. As to time, while it is im-
portant to thin early in the season, experience has
shown that much labor is saved if the work is deferred
until the "June drop" or first drop after the setting of
the fruit occurs. After this, thinning should be done
promptly. j0HN Craig.

THISTLE. Blessed T. See Carbenia. Cotton T. See
Onopordon. Globe T. See JZchinops. Golden T. See
Seolymus. Scotch T. See Onopordon.

THLADlANTHA (Greek, to crush and flower; the
author of the genus is said to have named it from
pressed specimens). Cucurbitacece. A genus of 4 spe-
cies of tender, dioecious, herbaceous vines with tuberous
roots, usually ovate-cordate leaves and axillary, yellow
flowers. The genus is native of southern and eastern
Asia and the island of Java. Male (Is. solitary or ra-
cemed; calyx-tube short, bell-shaped, the bottom shut
by a horizontal scale; segments 5, lanceolate; corolla
bell-shaped, 5-lobed, the lobes revolute half way down;
stamens 5: female fl. with calyx and corolla of male;
ovary oblong; style 3-cut: seeds many. Thladiantha
has recently been offered in this country under the
name of Golden Creeper.

dubia, Bunge. A tall climber with light green foliage
and numerous yellow bell-shaped flowers; male fls. soli-
tary in the axils without bracts: fr. ovoid-oblong, about
2 in. long, red: seeds black, smooth. Summer. N.China.
G.C. III. 28:279. B.M. 5469 (male fl. only). -According
to R. 1. Lynch, in Gn. 50, p. 518, the plants are of easy
cultivation and by planting both sexes and artificial
pollination the fruit may be grown. He further states
that the root-tubers are without buds but form buds
just before growth commences, as does a root-cutting.
According to Dauske Dandridge, the plant is hardy in
W. Va., increasing rapidly by tubers and becoming a
pest when planted with choicer plants.

P. W. Barclay.

THLASPI (Greek, crushed: referring to the strongly
flattened pods and seeds). Cruciferas. A genus of 25-30
species of annual or perennial herbs, mostly from the
temperate and alpine regions of the northern hemisphere.
Mostly inconspicuous plants with radical rosettes of
leaves and leafy scapes of small white, rose or pale
purple flowers. T. arvense, Linn., known as Penny
Cress, is a naturalized annual weed from Eu., 4-12 in.
high, simple, with terminal clusters of small flowers;
sepals greenish; petals white. T. alpestre, Linn., is a
perennial species native of the Rocky Mts. An early-
flowering alpine plant of a tufted habit, variable but
usually 2-4 in. high: sepals purplish; petals white.
Has been offered by collectors and is a neat little rock
plant. It should be given shade and a cool, moist soil.
V. 23:299. It differs from the European T. alpestre,
but apparently not by any good specific character.

F. W. Barclay.

THOMAS, JOHN JACOBS (Plate XLI), one of the
three pomologists who may be said to have created the
science in this country (the others being Patrick Barry
and the elder Downing), was born January 8, 1810, near
the lake in central New York— Cayuga— on the shores
of which he passed his life;„and died at Union Springs,
February 22, 1895. He was much more than a pomolo
gist, his studies covering nearly every branch of rural
industry except the breeding of live stock, and his
labors in the direction of adorning the surroundings of
country life entitling him to rank in that department
with the younger Downing. Two of his works, "Farm
Implements and Machinery," and the series of nine vol-
umes called "Rural Affairs," deal with the practical
every-day matters of life on the farm in a manner at
once pleasing and original, there being nothing that
could quite fill their place in the whole range of our
agricultural literature; and his incessant stream of in-
spiring editorials in "The Cultivator" and "The Country
-Gentleman " for nearly sixty years covered a wide and

diversified range of rural topics. But pomology was his
chief delight, and his fame rests mainly on his treatise
on that subject, "The American Fruit Culturist." This
immensely useful book first appeared, in 1846, as a
paper-covered 16mo of 220 pages, with 36 wood-cuts,
which must have been well received, inasmuch as a
fourth edition (dignified with muslin binding) was pub-
lished in the following year, and in 1849 another, en-
larged to 424 duodecimo pages, and "illustrated with 300
accurate figures." This edition appears to have been
reissued a few years later, with slight modifications
and on larger paper, and was then called the seventh.

Up to this time, the changes in the work had been
chiefly in the direction of natural growth. But horti-
cultural knowledge was undergoing great modification;
and in 1867, the public still calling for the book, it reap-
peared in different style, newly arranged and mostly
rewritten, filling now considerably more than 500 pages,
and accompanied by almost that number of illustra-
tions. Rather unfortunately, this was called the "sec-
ond edition," all its predecessors being probably regarded
as different forms of the same book, while this was sub-
stantially new.

The next edition, called the"eighth revised," appeared
in 1875, and had nearly 600 octavo pages and over 500
engravings, — not to mention a colored frontispiece and
highly pictorial binding; and this was followed, ten
years later, by a revised reprint in plainer and more
tasteful style, illustrated with the largest number of
engravings yet reached, 519. This edition, the last
issued during the life of the author, sold well, like all
the others, and was long out of print and much sought
for. A so-called "twentieth" edition, revised and en-
larged by Mr. William H. S. Wood, a lifelong friend of
the author, with the assistance of a number of high
authorities, appeared in 1897, and contains over 700
pages and nearly 800 illustrations. Personally, Thomas
was one of the most lovable of men. A consistent but
very liberal-minded member of the "orthodox" branch
of the Society of Friends, he exemplified in a marked
degree the peculiar virtues, both robust and gentle,
which so commonly command, for the adherents of that
simple and unobtrusive faith, the respect and admira-
tion of those who know them. Gilbert M. Tucker.

THORBURN, GRANT (Plate XLI), founder of the
seedhouse of J. M. Thorburn & Co.. New York, and hor-
ticultural author, was born in 1773 in Dalkeith, Scot-
land, and early came to New York to seek his fortune.
His father was a wrought-nail maker, and the son en
gaged in the same trade in this country. He soon mar-
ried, and his wife attended a store which he established
in Nassau street, near Liberty, for the selling of "tape,
ribbons, thimbles, thread, scissors, and Oxbery's nee-
dles." The living rooms were in connection. "A glass
door opened opposite the fireplace, where she rolled the
dumpling or broiled the steak with one eye, and kept a
squint on the store with the other." The introduction
of cut-nail machines deprived young Thorburn of his
trade, and the establishment of a pretentious grocery
business on the corner of Nassau and Liberty streets
took away his customers. He therefore gave attention
to other means of livelihood. The women of the city
had begun to show a taste for flowers. These were
grown in pots, and the pots were sold by grocers. In
the fall of 1802, there being various pots in his stock,
Thorburn thought to attract the attention of purchasers
by painting the pots green. Four pots were first
painted. They sold quickly. Then he painted twelve.
They sold; and thus the pot business grew. Thorburn
had been in the habit of buying his meat at the Fly
Market, at the foot of Maiden Lane. In April, 1803, he
bought a rose geranium there'," thinking tp be able by
its means to still further advertise his pots. But the
next day a customer bought both pot and plant; and
Thorburn quickly returned to the market and bought
two more plants. These sold; and thus the plant busi-
ness grew.

The man, George Inglis, of whom Thorburn bought
the plants, was also a Scotchman, and it was soon
agreed that one should grow the plants and the other
sell them. But the customers also wanted to grow
plants, and they asked for seed; and as there was no

1798

THORBURN

THUNBERGIA

seed store in New York, it was arranged that Inglis
should grow seeds also. This was in 1805; and in that
year Inglis, as an experiment, had grown a lot of seeds,
Thorburn bought these seeds for $15; and thus arose
the first regular seed store in New York, and one of the
first in the United States.

The seeds and plants continued to sell, and Thorburn
was obliged to import seeds. In 1805 or 180(3 he ob-
tained a catalogue of William Malcolm & Co., London,
the first plant catalogue he had ever seen, and he then
published one of his own. This led to more pretentious
writing, and "The Gentleman and Gardener's Kalendar"
was the first outcome. The third edition of this, in 1821,
by "Grant Thorburn, Seedsman and Florist," contains
the advertisement of "G. Thorburn & Son," dealers in
seeds, implements and rural books.

Grant Thorburn was a prolific writer for the current
press on a variety of topics, under the »<>»» de plume of
Laurie Todd. He was a unique character, and his his-
tory,— "mixed with much fiction," as he himself says,—
was the basis of John Gait's tale in three volumes
(London, 1830) of "Lawrie Todd, or Settlers in the
Woods." Thorburn left a most interesting autobio-
graphy, which was published in New York in 1852. He
died in New Haven, Conn., January 21, 1863, at the age
of 90. The portrait in Plate XL1 is reproduced from
his autobiography. L H. B

THORN. See Crataegus. Christ's T. is PaUurus
Spina-Christi. Jerusalem T. is PaUurus Spina-
Christi; also Parkinsonia aculeata. Swallow T. is

Mippophae rhamnoides.

THORN APPLE. Datura Stramonium; also Cratcegus.

THORN BROOM. Ulex Europeans.

THOROUGHWORT. Eupatorium perfoliatum.

THRIFT. Armeria.

THRtNAX (Greek, fan). Palmdcece. About 10 spe-
cies of fan palms native to the West Indies and Florida.
Spineless palms: trunks low or medium, solitary or
cespitose, ringed below, clothed above by the fringed
leaf-sheaths: lvs. terminal, orbicular or truncate at the

',:& If v

2499. A good specimen of Thrinax.

base, flabellately plicate, multifid; segments indupli-
cate, bifid; rachis short or none; Iigule free, erect, con-
cave; petiole slender, biconvex, smooth on the mar-
gins; sheath usually beautifully fringed: spadices

long; axis clothed with tubular sheaths; papery-coria-
ceous, split: fls. on rather long, slender pedicels, the
pedicel with a caducous bract at the base: fr. the size
of a pea. For the new Porto Rican species, see Cook,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, Oct., 1901.

One of the best groups of palms for pot-culture. The
species are of slow growth, but succeed with indifferent
care. They are mostly of elegant form and habit. A
good specimen is shown in Fig. 2499.

For T. Chuco. see Acanthoriza Vhuco.

A. Under surface of leaves green.

B. Ligule tcith a blunt appendage at

the middle 1. radiata

bb. Ligule bluntly deltoid 2. parviflora

bbb. Liaule obsolete, truncate 3. Barbadensis

AA. Under surface of leaves silver)/ or
glaucous.
b. Leaf-segments connivent at base .A. argentea
bb. Leaf-segments connivent for one-

tliiid their length 5. excelsa

bbb. Leaf-segments connivent for one-
half their length G. multiflora

1. radiata, Lodd. {T. ilegans, Hort.). Caudex short:
lvs. green, glabrous or slightly puberulent beneath;
segments united to or beyond one-third; ligule broadly
rounded, with a short, blunt appendage at the middle.
Cuba to Trinidad.

2. parvifldra, Swz. Caudex 10-20 ft. tall: lvs. 10-25 in.
long, minutely pubescent, becoming glabrous, green be-
neath; segments united one-fourth or one-sixth their
length; ligule bluntly deltoid, 1% lines long. Bahamas,
Jamaica. Florida. S.S. 10:510.

3. Barbadensis, Lodd. Trunk middle-sized: lvs.
green, glabrous; segments united at the base: ligule
obsolete, truncate: spadix paniculate: berry polished,
13 in. thick. Barbadoes.

4. argentea, Lodd. Caudex 12-15 ft. high, 2-3 in.
thick: lvs. shorter than the petiole, silvery gray be-
neath; segments united at the base; ligule concave,
semilunar, erose. West Indies.

5. excelsa, Lodd. Lvs. pale green above, hoary-glau-
cous beneath; segments united one-third; ligule
bluntly deltoid; sheath densely buff-lanate. Jamaica,
British Guiana.

0. multiflora, Mart. (T. graminifolia, Hort.). Stem
medium, 6-8 ft. high; sheaths ragged, fibrous, irregu-
larly reticulate, tomentose: young lvs. white woolly-
tomentose; blade equaling the petiole, Iaciniate; seg-
ments united one - half their length, ensiform-acunii-
nate, rather strict, glaucous beneath; ligule trans-
versely oblong, sinuate, 3-lobed. Haiti. I. H. 31:542.

T.crinlta, Griseb. & Wendl. Cuban. No description available.
Only one plant known. Cult, by W. C. Wilson, of Astoria, N. Y.
T. elegantissima, Hort., seems to be unknown to botanists.
— T. Mfirrissii, Wendl. A native of Anguilla, grows 1-2% ft.
high, and has lvs. which are glaucescent beneath. Segments
free for about two-thirds or three-fourths their length. Lately
offered in Fla. G.C. III. 11:113. Jared G. Smith.

THRYPT6MENE (Greek word said to refer to the
low heath-like appearance of the plant). Myrtacete.
About 18 species of heath-like shrubs from Australia,
with small, opposite leaves and small or minute flowers,
which are solitary in the axils or fascicled.

Mitchelliana, F. Muell. A compact, bushy shrub with
slender branches: lvs. oblong, flat, %-}4 in. long: fls.
iu the upper axils solitarvor in clusters of 2 or 3, white.
Offered in southern Calif. Introduced by Mrs. T. B.
Shepherd, who says the plant rarely exceeds i ft. in
height, blooms in midwinter and is good for cut-flowers.
F. W. Barclay.

TH&JA. See Thuya.

THUJ6PSIS. See Tliuyopsis.

THUNBERGIA (after Karl Peter Thunberg, professor
of botany at Upsala and successor to Rudbeck and Lin-
naeus; died 1828). Acanthaceee. Mostly tall perennial
greenhouse climbers producing flowers in great profu-

THUNBERGIA

THUNBERGIA

1799

sion: lvs. opposite: fls. blue, yellow, purple or white,
solitary and axillary or in racemes; calyx annular and
scarcely Iobed or toothed or 10-15- toothed, surrounded
by 2 large bracts which often inclose also the corolla-
tube; corolla trumpet- shaped, with a spreading limb,
tube curved or oblique, often compressed, enlarged
toward the mouth; stamens 4, didynamous, fixed near
the base of the tube, filaments thickened at the base,

^\ ■

2500. Thunbergia alata (X Ya).

separate; anther-cells parallel, equal, mostly mucronate
at the base: ovary seated on a fleshy disk, 2-loculed,
each cell with 2 ovules (rarely only one). The Thun-
bergiese are distinguished by the contorted corolla, the
4-seeded capsule, and the globose seeds.

The Thunbergias are nearly all vigorous greenhouse
climbers resembling allamandas in habit. In large con-
servatories where they are not cramped for room thej'
flower freely and display their flowers to the best ad-
vantage. Severe pruning, which is necessary in small
greenhouses, prevents the production of flowers. The
larger species, T. laurifolia, T. affinis, T. grandiflora.
T. Mysorensis, and T. eoccinea are rapid growers, re-
quiring plenty of feeding and root-room. All do better
in open beds than in pots. They may be propagated
either from seeds or by cuttings which are taken from
the young wood which starts into growth after the
plants have been cut back during winter. These pro-
duce few flowers the following autumn, but bloom
freely the second season. As a rule, the plants flower
in late summer or autumn, but this may be made to
vary according to treatment in some species. T. alata
and its varieties and T. fragrans are often treated as
annual garden plants, flowering in late summer. T.
erecta and T. affinis when grown in pots form rather
compact shrubby plants. See fin. 24. p. 314; 30, p. 292;
47, p. 150. T. elegans of the trade cannot be accounted
for by the writer. Heinrich Hasselerino.

Thunbergias and allamandas are great favorites in
central and southern Florida, being used on verandas,
arbors, small trees, old stumps, trellises and buildings.
Of the blue-fld. kinds T. grandiflora is hardiest and
commonest. It has large, heart-shaped leaves which
overlap one another in a charming manner. It blooms
from September till Christmas, the fls. being light blue
and rather dull as compared with the next. The form of
T. laurifolia, known to the trade as T. Barrisii, has
nearly sky-blue fls., of a deeper but brighter hue than
the preceding. It is a taller-growing and choicer plant,
and has 10 or more fls. in a raceme, while those of T.
grandiflora are solitary in the axils. T. fragrans is the
common white-fld. kind. The form cult, in Florida is
probably var. vestita, as the blossoms are not fragrant.

T. alata is a general favorite. The fls. range from
buff and white to orange with a deep purplish brown
throat, the last form being the most popular. This spe-
cies is killed to the ground by sharp frost every winter
but sprouts vigorously the following spring. It also
comes up from self-sown seed. This species grows
only 7 or 8 ft. high. All the Thunbergias mentioned

above are easily raised from cuttings or layers in sum-
mer. T. erecta is not a climber but has a somewhat
straggling habit. It has small, dark green lvs. and
large, deep purplish blue gloxinia-like fls. which are
white at the base. There is a pure white variety of it.
It blooms all summer and autumn. It is readily raised
from cuttings during the rainy season.

H. Nehrling.
index.
affinis, 1. eoccinea, 9. Harrisii, 7.

alata, '2. eaerulea, 4. intus-alba, 2.

alba, 2, 4. Doddsii, 2. laurifolia, 7.

albiflora, 2. erecta, 4. lutea, 2.

aurantiaca, 7. fragrans, 3. Mysorensis, 8.

Backerii, 2. Fryeri, 2. sulphurea, 2.

Bakeri, 2. grandiflora, G, 7. unicolor, 2.

chrysops, 5.

A. Fls. axillary, solitary.

B. Lvs. entire 1. affinis

bb. Lvs. angularly toothed.

c. Petioles winged 2. alata

CC. Petioles not winged.

D. Color of fls. white: corolla-
lobes truncate and sinuately

toothed at tlie apex 3. fragrans

DD. Color of fls. blue (white only

E. Plant snberect 4. erecta

EE. Plant climbing.

f. Throat of the corolla yellow, 5. chrysops
ff. Throat of the corolla white. 6. grandiflora
AA. Pis. in terminal or axillary racemes
(see, also, T. grandiflora).

b. Color of fls. blue 7. laurifolia

bb. Color of fls. yellow 8. Mysorensis

bbb. Color of fls. scarlet 9. eoccinea

1. affinis, S. Moore. A rambling shrub, 10-12 ft.
high, smooth: branches 4-angled: ivs. short-petioled,
elliptic, acute, entire : fls. 2 in. across, deep purple-blue,
with a vellow throat. Summer. Tropical Africa. B.M.
6975. G.C. III. 2:401. G.M. 32:291. -This plant is
closely allied to T. erecta, from which it differs by its
entire Ivs. and larger fls., which are about twice the
size of those of T. erecta. When grown in a pot the
plant forms a compact shrub, but when given more
room it is a rambling climber.

2. alata, Boj. Fig. 2500. Stem square, climbing-
hairy: lvs. opposite, triangular-ovate, hastate, repand-
toothed, rough-pubescent, tomentose beneath; petioles
winged, about as long as the lvs.: fls. solitary, on
axillary peduncles; calyx very small, surrounded by 2
large inflated bracts; corolla-tube somewhat longer than
the involucre, dark purple within; limb rotate, oblique,
of 5 rounded segments, buff or cream-colored. S.E.
Africa. B.M. 2591. P.M. 2:2. B. 5:238 (not good).
L.B.C. 11:1045.— A perennial climber which may also
be treated as an annual greenhouse plant. Usually
propagated by seeds. It is used either as greenhouse
climber or to grow on trellises outdoors. Outside
it flowers mostly in August, but by propagating at
various times they may be had in blossom nearly the
whole year in the greenhouse. There are many varie-
ties, some of which have been described as species.

Var. alba, Past. (T. aldta, var. albifldra, Hook.).
Fls. white, with a blackish center. P.M. 3:28. B.M.
3512. Var. aurantlaca, Ktze. (T. auranOaca, Paxt.).
Fls. bright orange, with a dark center. The best of the
group. P.M. 6:209. Subvar. Ddddsii has variegated
lvs. P.M. 15:221. F.S. 4:415. Var. Bakeri, Hort. (ST.
Hal;: ri or Backerii, Hort.). Fls. pure white. Var.
Frjeri, Hort. (T. Fryeri, Hort. T. alata, var. intus-
alba , Hort.). Pale orange, with a white center. Var.
sulphurea, Hort. Fls. sulfur-yellow. Var. lutea, Hort.
(T. alata, var. unicolor, Hort.). Fls. entirely yellow.

3. fragrans, Roxb. Stem slender, climbing: lvs.
lanceolate to triangular-ovate, cordate or subcordate,
mostly angularly toothed on each side of the base,
rough on both sides, petiolate: fls. white, axillary;
corolla-tube narrow; limb spreading, \% in. across,
lobes truncate and repandly toothed at the end. Sum-
mer. India.

1800

THUNBEKGIA

Var. lsevis, Clarke, is glabrous. B.M. 1881. L.B.C.
20:1913. Var. vestita, Clarke, is more hairy and the
flowers are not fragrant.

4. erecta, T. Anders. (Meyhiia ericta, Benth.).
Shrub, 2-4 ft. high, with loose spreading branches, half-
erect: Ivs. opposite, petiolate, ovate or subrhomboid,
smooth, entire or sinuate-toothed: fls. solitary on axil-
lary peduncles; calyx cut into 12-11 short teeth, con-
cealed by the large bracts; corolla funnelform; tube
curved, deep yellow within; limb purple, l%-2 in.
across, of 5 subrotund
obeordate lobes. Trop.
W. Africa. B.M. 5013.
F.S. 11:1093. B.H.1863:
251. I.H. 3:99. F. 1855:
225. J.H. III. 28:35.-
A greenhouse shrub,
producing flowers freely
at almost any season.
Grows in the open in
Florida. Not a climber.
Var. alba, Hort. Fls.

2501. Thunbereia erandiflora (X %).

white. Var. caerulea, Hort. Fls. large, intense violet,
with orange throat.

5. chrysops, Hook. Stem climbing, slightly hairy:
lvs. opposite, petiolate, ovate-cordate, angularly toothed :
peduncles axillary, solitary, 1-fld.: corolla funnelform
orcampanulate; tube yellow, limb purple, bluish around
the throat. Sierra Leone. B.M. 4119. F.S. 1:5. P.M.
11:221. F. 1844:193.— Naturally a climber, but said to
become somewhat erect if grown in a coolhouse.

0. grandiildra, Roxb. Fig. 2501. Stem tall, climbing:
lvs. broadly ovate, angularly cordate and toothed or
lobed, somewhat roughened on both sides, petiolate:
fls. solitary or in short, stout racemes in the leaf -axils,
bright blue, becoming whitish in the throat; corolla-
tube bell-shaped; limb 3 in. across, of 5 large, spread-
ing rounded lobes. Bengal. B.M. 2366. P.M. 7:221.
L.B.C. 4:324. B. 2:7G. B.R. 6:495. Gn. 47:1003. I.H.
42:32. G.C. III. 9:789. — A very large perennial green-
house climber; flowers during the summer or autumn.
There is also a white-flowered variety.

7. laurildlia, Lindl. f T. Hdrrisii, Hook. T. grandi-
flora. Wall.). Stem terete, smooth except the youngest,

THUNIA

twining: lvs. long-petiolate, ovate-oblong to oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, rounded at the base, smooth, en-
tire or slightly toothed: fls. 3 in. across, pale blue,
white or yellow in the throat, borne in axillary whorls
or in a raceme in which they are also clustered or
whorled; corolla with a wide, "oblique trumpet-shaped
tube and a large 5-lobed limb. India. B.M. 4985; 4998.
F.S. 12:1275. Gn. 12, p. 420; 30:503 and p. 293. R.H.
1860, p. 342. J.H. III. 28:345. Gng. 3:295.-Perennial
greenhouse climber, flowering profusely in winter.
Propagated by cuttings.

8. Mysorensis, T. Anders. [Mexacintris Mysorhisis,
Wight). Climbing shrub, with long, slender branches:
lvs. opposite, petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
entire or somewhat distantly toothed: racemes long,
pendulous: fls. yellow, 2 in. across, the tube enclosed
by the spathe-like bracts; limb 4-lobed, the upper lip
concave, with reflexed side lobes, lower lip of 3 sub-
equal, spreading lobes. India. B.M. 4786. F.S. 8:752.
S.M. 2, p. 130. —A tall greenhouse climber which flowers,
according to treatment, at all seasons.

9. cocciuea, Wall. (Be.ractfntris coccinea, Nees). A
very tall climber: stem much branched,
4-angled: lvs. short-petiolate, variously
shaped, the lower broadly ovate, with
a hastate or cordate angled" base, the up-
per ovate, cordate, all angularly toothed
or the upper entire: fls in terminal or
axillary racemes, 1-3 ft. long; bracts
large, inflated, as long as the tube; limb
scarlet, of 5 reflexed emarginate lobes;
throat orange. Autumn and winter. In-
dia. B.M. 5124. L B.C. 12:1195. F.S.
23:2447. R.H. 1890, p. 197.

Heinkich Hasselbring.
THTJNIA (Count Thun-Tetschen, who
had an important collection of orchids
about the middle of the 19th century).
Orchiddeeie. A small genus of which at
present only 5 species are known. These
are tall plants with annual leafy stems
terminating in a raceme of showy flow-
ers. The genus was formerly united
with Phaius. from which it differs by
the terminal inflorescence. Sepals and
petals similar, spreading; labellum convolute over
the column, spurred, ornamented with several
crests consisting of lines of fleshy hairs: pollinia
8: lis. subtended by large membranous bracts.

The species of Thunia occur in northern India,
Burma, and in the S. Himalaya region ascending
to a height of 0.000 ft. The culture of the Thu-
nias is very simple. They begin growth natur-
ally at the end of February or early in March. As
new growth is visible the plants should
be given new material, consisting of fibrous peat
or fern-root and sphagnum mixed with loam and
some sand and potsherds for drainage. In their
native home the plants are said to be epiphytic,
and when treated as terrestrial orchids their na-
tive habit may be imitated by setting them well above
the pot, which should not be too large. For the first 4-6
weeks until the young roots have made good growth, it
is necessary to apply water sparingly. Thunias are very
rapid-growing orchids and may be liberally supplied
with liquid manure until the end of the flowering sea-
son, which occurs about the middle of August. Soon
after this the leaves fall. The old stems winter in this
condition and serve as food reservoirs for the young
growth of the next season, but although they remain on
the plant two years they form no leaves the second sea-
son. During the resting period they should be kept in a
rather dry atmosphere and be given only enough water
to prevent the stems (pseudobulbs) from shriveling.
This is one of the few orchids which can be profitably
propagated by cutting the old stems into lengths of
about 6 in. and rooting them in sand or sphagnum.
When rooted the young plants may lie potted in the
usual way. A temperature of 60°-05° is favorable dur-
ing the growing season.

alba, Reichb. f. (Phaius dlbus, Lindl.). Fig. 2502.
Suberect, 2-3 ft., clothed with sheathing, oblong-Ian-

THUNIA

THURBER

1801

ceolate, striate lvs. G in. long: raceme drooping at the
end of the stem, 6-12-fld.: fls. white, 3-4 in. across
when fully open; sepals and petals oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate; labellum shorter than the segments, not
manifestly 3-lobed, lateral lobes convolute over the
column, apex spreading, wavy and finely crisp. The
color of the labellum is white veined with purple in the
throat, with 5-9 purple or yellow fringed keels. Wings
of the column entire. April-Aug. Burma and S. Him-
alaya region. B.M. 3991. B.R. 24:33. P.M. 5:125. F.C.
3:125. R.H. 1874:450. Gt. 47, p. 233. -There are several
varieties of this species. The throat of the labellum is
often yellow.

Bensoniae, Hook. (Ph&ius Bensonice, Benth.). Stems
fascicled, 1-2 ft. high, leafy: lvs. linear-lanceolate, 8-10
in. long: fls. like those of T. alba but of a pale purple
color; labellum large, 3-lobed, deep purple in front,
with a yellow crested disk, with 6-7 rows of fringe-like
golden yellow hairs; spur short, slender. India. July-
Sept. B.M. 5694. G.M. 31:557. -The most showy spe-
cies of the genus.

Marshalliana.Reiohb.f. (Phuius Mdrshallim,Nichols.).
Closely related to T. alba. Stems somewhat stronger:
segments pure white, acuminate: labellum evidently 3-
lobed, with the lateral lobes surrounding the column,
middle lobe wavy and crisp. The color of the labellum
is yellowish white, with five orange-fringed keels in the
throat: wings of the column toothed. May-Aug. India.
R.B. 21:229. Gt. 47, p. 233. S.H. 2, p. 335.-A var.
ionophlebia, Reichb. f., has the center of the labellum
bright yellow, paler toward the margin.

HEINRICH HASSELBRrNO.

THURBER, GEORGE (Plate XLI), botanist, natur-
alist and editor, was born in Providence, R. I., Septem-
ber 2, 1821, and died at his home near Passaic, N. J.,
April 2, 1890. He obtained his early education at the
Union Classical and Engineering School of his native
city. Afterwards he served an apprenticeship as phar-
macist, at the termination of which he began business
for himself in partnership with Joshua Chapin. Dur-
ing these years he devoted himself eagerly to the study
of chemistry and natural sciences in general, but
especially to botany, so that at an early age he was
already well known as one of the most prominent
botanists of the country. This brought him in close
intimacy with Drs. John Torrey, Asa Gray, George
Engelmann, Louis Agassiz and other eminent scientists,
whose warm friendship he enjoyed until his death. In
1850 he obtained the appointment as botanist, quarter-
master and commissary of the United States Boundary
Commission for the survey of the boundary between
the United States and Mexico. During the following
four years his botanical work consisted mainly in the
exploration of the native flora of these hitnerto un-
known border regions. His herbarium collected there
comprised a large number of species new to scientists,
some of which have been named after their discoverer,
Cereus Tliurberi being one of the most important; it is
now cultivated for its fruit in the desert regions of
North Africa. This historical herbarium formed the
subject of Dr. Asa Gray's important work "Plants?
Novie Thurberinanae," published by the Smithsonian
Institute. After his return to New York in 1853, Dr.
Thurber received an appointment to the United States
Assay Office, of which Dr. John Torrey was the assayer.
In this position he remained until 1856, when owing to
his strong sympathies with Gen. John C. Fremont, who
was the first presidential candidate of the Republican
party, he preferred to resign rather than sacrifice his
principles. This incident well illustrates his perfect
candor and characteristic, uncompromising spirit. Upon
being asked for a contribution to the Buchanan cam-
paign fund, he inquired: "Is this an invitation or a
demand?" He was informed that it was a demand, and
at once tendered his resignation. During the following
three years he was connected with the Cooper Union
and the College of Pharmacy of New York city as
lecturer on botany and materia rnedica. In 1859 he was
appointed professor of botany and horticulture at the
Michigan Agricultural College, which position he held
for four years. Here his wide and varied knowledge,
of which he had ready command, his alertness of Jjrain,

clearness and vigor of speech, humor and enthusiasm
made him a successful and ideal teacher. Many of his
students and those who studied under his students
are now filling important professional and editorial
chairs throughout the country. This position he re-
signed in 1863 to accept — on the urgent invitation of
Orange Judd, the publisher— the editorship of the
"American Agriculturist," which he held to within a
few years of his death, when failing health prevented
him from continuing his ardent labors. In this position
he found his most congenial work and the real mission
of his life, for which his previous training, his vast

2502. Thunia alba. (X %)

and varied knowledge of natural sciences, arts and in-
dustries, his quick perception and rare judgment as to
cause and effect had fitted him so admirably. Few men
have exerted so powerful and effective an influence on
progressive horticulture and agriculture as has Dr.
Thurber. During his connection with the "American
Agriculturist " he was a most painstaking and scrupu-
lous editor and would not accept any article or statement
about the correctness and accuracy of which he was not
fully convinced. In order to convince himself to his
own satisfaction of the value of new plants, fruits and
vegetables, he established an extensive experimental
and botanical garden in connection with his home on
the Passaic river, which he named "The Pines," after a
clump of tall white pines growing in front of it. The
results of these observations and experiments formed
the basis of a regular and valuable series of "Notes
from the Pines." But in no part of his editorial work
has he taken so much delight as in the "Doctor's
Talks," and thousands of now gray-haired men and
women will long hold in grateful and affectionate re-
membrance "The Doctor," who through his letters to
the "boys and girls " has added so much to the delights
of their childhood days. Although Dr. Thurber was
never married and had no children, he was always fond
of young people and was never happier than when he
could teach and assist them in whatever lay in his
power. The amount of his writings in the "American
Agriculturist " during the twenty -two years of his con-
nection with it was enormous, but as his name but
rarely appeared with his articles it would be impossible
to estimate the aggregate, yet whatever he wrote bore
the stamp of accuracy of detail and naturalness of
style. While in Michigan he revised and partly rewrote
Darlington's "Agricultural Botany," which was pub-
lished under the title of "American Weeds and Useful
Plants." He wrote also the entire botany of Appleton's
"New American Encyclopedia." An important part of

1802

THURBER

THUYA

his contributions to horticultural literature consisted in
editing, revising and bringing out the horticultural
aud agricultural books of the Orange Judd Company.
After the death of Dr. Torrey, he was elected president
of the Torrey Botanical Club. He was also president of
the New Jersey Horticultural Society ; vice-president
of the American Pomologieal Society for New Jersey;
and honorary member of many scientific societies
throughout the world. The honorary title of doctor of
medicine was conferred upon him by the University

2503. Typical form of Thuya occidentalis (X %).

Medical College of New York. During the latter years
of his life he suffered severely from chronic rheuma-
tism, which finally resulted in heart degeneration and
his death. Personally, Dr. Thurberwas one of the most
genial of men, gentle, sweet-tempered, with a consider-
able share of good-natured humor, always ready to help
those whom he felt needed assistance, liberal-minded
and generous to a fault; but a relentless foe to frauds,
shams and impostors of every kind.

P. M. Hexamer.

THUYA (Thya or Thyia, an ancient Greek name for
a resinous tree or shrub). Also spelled Thuja or Thuia.
Including Biota. Coniferw. Arborvit^. Ornamental
evergreen trees of narrow pyramidal habit, with much
ramified branches, the branchlets arranged frond-like,
flattened and clothed with small scale-like leaves; the
fruit is a small strobile or cone not exceeding 1 in. in
length. The well-known T. occidentalis is hardy north
and also T. Japonica. T. gigantea and several forms of
T. orientalis are hardy as far north as Mass. Thuyas
are favorites for formal gardens. They are all of regu-
lar, symmetrical habit. Their numerous garden forms
vary greatly in habit and in color of foliage. For plant-
ing as single specimens in parks they are mostly too
stiff and formal, but they are well suited for massing
on borders of streams or lakes. The most beautiful and
the most rapidly growing species is T. gigantea. Thuyas •
are well adapted for hedges and wind-breaks. They bear
pruning well and soon form a dense hedge. They thrive
best in somewhat moist, loamy soil and are easily trans-
planted. Prop, by seeds sown in spring. The varieties,
especially those of T. occidentalis, are usually prop, by
cuttings taken late in summer and kept during the
winter in a cool greenhouse or frame; also by grafting
on seedling stuck in summer or early in spring in the
greenhouse. The vars. of T. gigantea and T. orientalis
are usually grafted, since they do not grow readily from
cuttings, except the juvenile forms of the latter, as var.
decussata and Meldensis, Consult Retinispora.

Five species ur in N. America, E. and Cent. Asia.

Resiniferous trees with short horizontal, much ramified
branches; the branchlets flattened and frond-like ar-

ranged: lvs. decussate, scale-like, appressed, usually
glandular on the back: lis. monoecious, globose, small,
terminal on short branchlets, staminate yellow, consist-
ing of usually 6 opposite sta-
mens, each with 2-4 anther-
cells ; pistillate consisting of
8-12 scales in opposite pairs,
of which only the middle ones,
or in the section Biota the
lower ones, are fertile, inch
scale with 2 ovules inside at
the base: strobiles globose-
ovate to oval-oblong, with 2
seeds under the fertile scales.
The wood is light and soft, brit-
tle and rather coarse-grained,
durable in the soil; it is much
used for construction, cabinet-
making and in cooperage. T.
occidentalis contains a volatile
oil and thujin and is some-
times used medicinally.

A. Cones pendulous, with thin
scales, apiculate below
the apex : seeds winged,
compressed : branchlets
ramified more or less
horizontally , with a dis-
tinct upper and under

ide.

2504. Seedline of Thuya
occidentalis (X %).

B. Lvs. yellowish or bluish

green beneath : usually 2

pairs of fertile scales.
occidentalis, Linn. Common Arbobvit^:. Erroneously
but commonly called White Cedar (which is prop-
erly Chamsecyparis). Figs. 2503-5. Tree, attaining 60
ft. and more, with short horizontal branches ascending
at the end and forming a narrow pyramidal, rather com-
pact head : lvs ovate, acute, usually glandular, bright
green above, yellowish green beneath, changing in win-
ter usually to dull brownish green: cones oval to oval-
oblong, about }4 in. long, brownish yellow: seeds %
in. long. New Brunswick to Manitoba, south to N. C.
and 111. S.S. 10:532.-Much used for telegraph poles.
A great number of garden forms, about 50, are in culti-
vation. The best known are the following: Var. alba,
Nichols, (var. albo-sp)ca, Beissn. Var. Queen Victoria,
Hort.). Tips of young branchlets white. Var. argen-
tea, Carr. (var. albo-variegdta, Beissn.). Branchlets
variegated silvery white. Var. aiirea, Nichols. Broad
bushy form, with deep yellow foliage; also var. Biir-
rowii, Douglas' Golden and Median's Golden are forms
with yellow foliage. See also var. lutea. Var. aureo-
variegata, Beissn. (var. aiirea maculata, Hort.). Foli-
age variegated with golden yellow. Var. conica densa,

2505. The Arborvitce— Thuya occidentalis. Nearly full size.

Hort. "Dense conical form." Var. Columbia, Hort.
''Strong habit; foliage broad, with a beautiful silvery
variegation." Var. cristata, Carr. Irregular dwarf,
pyramidal form with stout crowded, often recurved
branchlets. Var. Douglasii, Render. Bushy form, with

THUYA

THUYA

1803

long and slender sparingly ramified branches nodding
at the tips, partly 4-angled and clothed with sharply
pointed leaves. A very distinct form, somewhat simi-
lar to Chamvecyparis pisifera, var. filifera. Var. dumb-
sa, Hort. (var. plicdta dumosa, Gord.). Dwarf and
dense form of somewhat irregular habit; in foliage
similar to var. plicata. Var. EHwangeriana, Beissn.
(var. Tom Thumb). Fig. 250ti. A low, broad pyramid,
with slender branches clothed with two kinds of foliage,
adult Ivs. and primordial, acicular spreading lvs.; it is
an intermediate form between the var. ericoides and
the type. R.H. 1869, p. 350; 1880, p. 9:i. Var. Ellwan-
geriana aurea, Spiith. Like the preceding but with yel-
low foliage. Var. ericoides, Beissn. & Hochst. (Beti-
nispora dubia, Carr. B. ericoides, Hort., not Zucc).
Pig. 2507. Dwarf, globose or broadly pyramidal form,
with slender branchlets clothed with needle-shaped,
soft, spreading lvs., dull green above, grayish green
beneath and assuming a brownish tint in winter. R.H.
1880, p. 93, 94. A juvenile form. See, also, Betini-
spora. Var. globosa, Beissn. (var. globulins, Hort. Var.
compdcta gldbbsa, Hort. Var. Frdebeli, Hort.). Dwarf
globose form, with slender branches and bright green
foliage. Var. Harrisoni, Hort. "A neat little tree with
the entire foliage tipped almost pure white." Var.
H6veyi, Veitch. Dwarf, dense, ovate-globose form with
bright green foliage. Var. intermedia, Hort. "Of dwarf,
compact habit." Var. Little Gem, Hort. Very dwarf,
dark green form, growing broader than high. Var.
liitea, Veitch. (var. elegantissima, Hort. Var. George
Peabody's Golden). Pyramidal form, with bright yel-
low foliage. Var. nana, Carr. (T. plic&ta, var. com-
pdcta, Beissn.). Dwarf, compact globose form; foli-
age similar to var. plicata. Var. pendula, Gord. With
the branches bending downward and the branchlets
more tufted. Var. plicata, Mast. (T. plicata, Pari., not
Don. T. Ware&na, Booth). Pyramidal tree, darker
and denser than the type: branchlets short, rigid, much
flattened: foliage distinctly glandular, brownish dark
green above, bluish green beneath. G.C. III. 21:258.
Said to have been introduced from N. W. America, but
not found wild there. Var. pumila, Beissn. Dwarf,
dense form with dark green foliage. Var. pygmaea,
Hort. ( T. plicdta, var. pygmcea, Beissn.). Similar to
var. dumosa, but still dwarfer, with bluish green foli-
age. Var. Beidii, Hort. "Broad, dwarf form with
small lvs.. well retaining its color during the winter."
Var. Spiethii, P. Smith. Peculiar form with two kinds

Gt. 42, p. 539. Var. Vervasneana, Henk. & Hochst. Of
smaller and denser habit than the type : branchlets
slenderer, with yellowish foliage, bronzy in winter.
Var. Wagneriana, Beissn. (var. Virsmanni, Hort.).
Globose form, retaining its bright green color during the

2506. Thuya occidentalis. var. Ellwangeriana (X }Q.

of foliage ; the younger and lower branchlets with
spreading acicular lvs. like those of var. ericoides, but
thicker in texture; the upper branchlets slender and
sparingly ramified much like those of var. Douglasi.

Thuya occidentalis. var. ericoides (X ^3).

winter. M.D.G. 1895:123. Var. Wareana, Beissn. (var.
robusta, Carr. T. Caucdsica, Tatdrica and Sibirica,
Hort.). Pyramidal tree, lower and denser than the
type, with stouter branchlets ; foliage bright green.
Very desirable form. Var. Woodwardii, Hort. "Dense,
globose form, with deep green foliage."

bb. Lvs. with whitish markings beneath.

gigantea, Nutt.f T. plicdta, Don. T. Menziesii, Dougl.
T. Lbbbi, Hort.). Tall tree, attaining 200 ft., with short
horizontal branches often pendulous at the ends, form-
ing a narrow pyramid : trunk with a much buttressed
base and clothed with cinnamon-red bark: branchlets
slender, regularly and closely set: lvs. bright green
and glossy above, dark green beneath and with whitish
triangular spots: lvs. of vigorous shoots ovate, acumi-
nate, glandular, of the lateral branchlets acute and
scarcely glandular : cones cylindric-ovoid, little over
yi in. long; scales 8-10, elliptic-oblong, usually the 3
middle pairs fertile; seeds winged, notched at the apex.
Alaska to northern Calif, and Mont. S.S. 10:533. G.C.
111.21:215. G.F. 4:110. Var. aurea, Beissn. With yel-
lowish foliage. Var. gracilis, Beissn. Smaller tree,
with more slender branches and smaller foliage of paler
green.

Jap6nica, Maxim. (T. Stdndishii, Carr. T. gigantea,
var. Japdniea, Pranch. & Sav. Thuydpsis Stdndishi,
Gord.). Similar to the preceding but lower, usually
only 20-30 ft. high: branchlets more irregularly set,
thicker and less compressed: lvs. ovate, obtusish,
thickish, lighter green above, darker beneath and with
whitish, triangular spots: cones oval, little over % in.
long: scales 8. oval, usually the two middle pairs fer-
tile. Japan. G.C. III. 21:258. R.H. 1896:160.
aa. Cones upright, the thickened scales with a promi-
nent horn-like process belotv the apex: seeds
wingless: branchlets ramified in a vertical
plane with both sides alike. (Biota.)

orientalis, Linn. {Bidta orientalis, Endl.). Pyra-
midal or bushy tree, attaining 25 ft., with spreading
and ascending branches: branchlets thin: lvs. rhombic-
ovate, acute, bright green, with a small gland on the
back: cones globose-ovate, %-\ in. long; usualI)T 6
ovate scales, each with a born-like process, the upper-
most pair sterile. From Persia to E. Asia, in Japan
probably only cult. There are many garden forms, of
which the following are the best known: Var. athro-
taxoides, Carr. Dwarf, irregularly and not frond-like
branching; branchlets nearly quadrangular, slender,
dark green. R.H. 1861, p. 230. Var. aurea, Hort. Low,

1804

THUYA

compact, globose shrub, golden yellow in spring, chang-
ing to bright green. Vitr. aurea conspicua, Hort. More
erect, the intense golden foliage partially suffused with
green. Var. aurea nana, Hort. Golden yellow foliage
and very dwarf and compact habit. Var. aureo-varie-
gata, Hort. Of pyramidal habit: branchlets variegated
with yellow. Var. decussata, Beissn. & Hochst. (Eet-
inlspora juniperoides, Carr. Chamacyparis decussata,
Hort.). Fig. 2094. Dwarf, globose form: lvs. linear-
lanceolate, spreading, stiff, acute, bluish green. A juve-
nile form; see, also, Retinispora. Var. elegantissima,
Gord. Of low, columnar habit, bright yellow in spring,
yellowish green afterwards. Var. falcata, Lindl. Of
dense, pyramidal growth, deep green, the horns of the
strobiles curved backwards. Var. filifdrmis stricta,
Hort. Round-headed, dwarf bush, with upright, thread-
like branches. Var. gracilis, Carr. Of pyramidal,
somewhat loose and slender habit, with bright green
foliage. Var. freneloldes and var. Nepalinsis are hardly
different from this. Var. Meldensis, Veitch. Of col-
umnar pyramidal, somewhat irregular growth: lvs. aci-
cular, bluish green, sometimes passing into the normal
form. Intermediate between the var. decussata and the
type. Var. pendula, Pari. (var. filifdrmis, Henk. &
Hochst. T. pendula, Lamb. T. filifdrmis, Lindl.).
Branches pendulous, thread-like, sparingly ramified,
and with the lvs. wide apart and acuminate. Var. funi-

THYMUS

spreading and often nodding at the ends: branchlets
one-fifth to one -fourth in. broad: lvs. glossy green
above, marked with a broad white band beneath, those
of the upper and under side obovate-oblong. obtuse,
adnate except at the apex, the lateral ones spreading,
ovate-lanceolate and curved (hatchet-shaped), obtusish:
scales of staminate fls. 6-10. much thickened at the ob-
tusely pointed apex, the middle ones fertile and with
3-5-winged seeds under each scale. Japan. S.Z. 2:119,
120. G.C. II. 18:55«.-Var. nana, Sieb. & Zucc. (T. la-
tivirens, Lindl. ), Dwarf form, with more slender and
narrower branchlets of a lighter green. Var. variegata,
Fortune. Tips of branchlets creamy white.

T. borralis, Hort.=ChamseeyparisNutkaeusis.— T. Standishi.
Gord.=Thuja Japonka. Alfred Rehder.

THYME. See Thymus.

THYME, WATER. See Elodea.

THYMUS (classical name of doubtful origin, perhaps
from the Greek for incense). Labiates. Thyme. Prob-
ably about 50 species, although more have been de-
scribed, all natives of the Old World and chiefly of
the Mediterranean region. They are low, half-shrubby
perennials, although usually herbaceous or nearly so in
the North. Lvs. small, opposite, simple and mostly en-

,w \s» So

2508. Creeping Thyme —

cul&ta, Hort., and var. intermedia, Carr., are interme-
diate forms between this var. and the type. Var. pyra-
midalis, Endl. Of pyramidal habit, with bright green
foliage; one of the tallest and hardiest vars. Var. sem-
peraurescens, Veitch. Dwarf, globose; the golden hue
of the foliage remains throughout the whole year. Var.
Sieboldi, Endl. (var. Japdnica, Sieb., var. nana, Carr.
var. Zuccarinikna, Veitch. Var. compdcta, Beissn.).
Globose, compact, low form, bright green.

Alfred Rehder.

THUYOPSIS (Greek, Thuya-Hie). Coniferw. Ever-
green ornamental pyramidal treejor shrub, with spread-
ing branches, the branchlets arranged in a frond-like
fashion, much flattened and clothed with scale - like
glossy green foliage. Thuyopsis is one of the most
beautiful Japanese conifers, and is well adapted for
planting as a single specimen on the lawn wherever it
can be grown successfully. It is hardy as far north as
Mass., but usually suffers from summer drought. It
thrives best in a sheltered and shaded position and in
moist loamy soil, and seems to grow to perfection only
in cool and moist climates. Prop, by seeds, also by cut-
tings and by grafting like Thuya. Plants raised from
cuttings usually grow into bushy, round-headed plants.
Plants grafted on Thuya are said to be short-lived.
Seedlings are therefore to be preferred. The genus
contains only one Japanese species, closely allied to
Thuya and chiefly distinguished by the 4-5 ovules
under each scale. The yellowish white, close and
straight-grained wood is very durable and is used in
Japan in boat- and bridge-building.

dolobrata, Sieb. & Zucc. (Thuya dolobrata, Linn.).
Pyramidal tree, attaining 50 ft. or sometimes shrubby:
branchlets irregularh;.whorled or scattered, horizontally

; Serpyllu

(XK).

tire. The calyx is ovate or ovoid, hairy in the throat,
5-toothed and 2-lipped, about 10-1.3-nerved, usually de-
clined in fruit : corolla small, 2-lipped, the upper lip
2-toothed anfl erect, the lower one 3-cleft and spreading:
stamens 4, mostly in 2 pairs and usually exserted. The
flowers are mostly in shades of blue or purple, but are
sometimes white; they are borne in whorls, forming a
terminal spike or head-like cluster. Thymes are erect
or prostrate plants with strong mint-like odor. Most of
the species are grown as a ground cover on banks, in
borders or rockwork. The creeping or prostrate habit,
ability to persist in dry places and poor soils, and the
colored or woolly foliage of some species make them
adaptable to a variety of uses. The common T. Ser-
pyllum is evergreen. T. vulgaris is the Thyme of sweet
herb gardens, being prized in cookery. All Thymes are
easily propagated by means of division, although seed-
lings may sometimes be used to renew plantations of
some of the species, particularly of T. vulgaris. Sev-
eral names occur in American catalogues, all of which
seem to be referable to three species, one of which is
not a true Thymus. See Sage, where general culture
of such herbs is given.

vulgaris, Linn. Common Thyme. Plant erect,
the base sometimes decumbent, 1-2 ft., the branches
stiff and woody, usually white-pubescent: lvs. sessile,
linear to ovate-lanceolate, acute, the margins more or
less revolute: fls. small, lilac or purplish, in terminal
interrupted spikes. S. En.-An old garden plant, being
grown as a sweet herb. The leaves and shoots are used
for seasoning. It is well to renew the plants from seeds
every two or three years. There are varieties with broad
and narrow leaves.

Serpyltum, Linn. Fig. 2508. Mother of Thyme.
Creeping Thyme. Creeping, wiry-stemmed, slightly pu-

THYMUS

TIAUELLA

1805

bescent: lvs. small, seldom % in. long, narrow-oblong
to oval to nearly ovate, obtuse, narrowed into a distinct
petiole, the margins sometimes slightly revolute: fls.
minute, lilac, much shorter than the lvs., in axillary
whorls. Temperate parts of Europe, Asia and N. Africa.
—A common plant in old gardens, prized as an ever-
green edging and as cover for rockwork and waste
places; also run wild. The leaves are sometimes used
for seasoning, as those of T. vulgaris are. The nodes
are short, making it a very leafy plant. Variable.
Some of the cult, forms are: var. citrioddrus, Hort. (T.
citrioddrus, Schreb.), the Lemon Thyme, has small,
strong-veined lvs. and a pronounced lemon odor. Var.
montanus, Benth. ( T. motitanus, Waldst. & Kit. T.
Chamcedrys, Pries), has larger lvs. and longer, some-
what ascending branches. Var. lanugindsus, Hort. (T.
lanugindsus, Schk. ), is a form with small roundish lvs.,
and a pubescent-gray covering, making it a handsome
plant for edgings. Var. aureus, Hort. Foliage golden,
particularly in spring. Var. argenteus, Hort. Lvs.
variegated with silvery white. Var. variegatus, Hort.
White-variegated lvs. Var. coccineus, Hort. Fls. nu-
merous, scarlet. There is a form with white fls. (see
Gt. 45. p. 108). All forms are hardy.

Corsicus, Pers., is properly Calamintha Corsica,
Benth. Prostrate, small, glabrous or nearly so: lvs.
very small, 2 lines or less long, nearly orbicular, peti-
oled: fls. small, light purple, in whorls, the floral leaves
similar to the others. Corsica. — A good little plant for
edgings, with very aromatic herbage. L. jj. B.

THYRSACANTHUS (Greek, thyrse and flower).
Acanthacece. About 20 species of tropical American
herbs or shrubs with opposite, often large leaves and
red, tubular flowers in fascicles which are arranged in
a terminal simple or panicled thyrse. Calyx short, 5-
parted; corolla long-tubular, the limb 4-cut, slightly 2-
lipped; stamens 2; staminodia 2, small, at the base of
the filaments: capsule oblong; seeds 4 or fewer by
abortion.

Schomburgkianus, Nees (T. rutilans, Planch.). Fig.
2509. A shrubby plant, becoming 6 ft. high: lvs. ob-
long-lanceolate, nearly sessile : racemes 8-10 in. or
even 3 ft. long from the upper axils, slender, drooping:
fls. tubular, red, about IK in. long, pendulous. Dec-
March. Colombia. B.M. 4851. R.H. 1852:160. Gn. 42,
p. 482. F.S. 7:732. F.W.Barclay.

Thyrsacanthus Schomburgkianus is a fine old green-
house favorite which has of recent years fallen into un-
deserved neglect. It deserves a place in every good
general collection. It is chiefly admired for its um-
brella-like habit and pendulous grace of its long sprays
of slender, red, tubular flowers. Like many other acan-
thads, it becomes leggy and weedy in old plants, even
if cut back severely. Hence, plants are rarely kept after
the second season. The culture of Thyrsacanthus is
easy. It is an ideal plant for a general collection, as it
requires no special treatment. Some English writers
advise a stove temperature, but the undersigned has
grown it for many years in a coolhouse. Ordinary pot-
ting soil such as suits geraniums will do for Thyrsa-
canthus. It flowers in winter and remains in bloom a
long time. Cuttings may be made at any time in early
spring and will produce flowering plants 2-2M ft. high
the first season. After flowering, they should be cut
back severely. It is not desirable to have more than one
plant in a pot, nor should the young plants be pinched
the first season, as the umbrella form is preferable to
that of a compact, much-branched bush. The pendu-
lous habit of Thyrsacanthus has suggested to some gar-
deners the use of this plant for hanging baskets and
brackets. Robert Shore.

THYRSOSTACHYS (Creek, thyrse and spike). Gra-
mlnea. T. Siamensis is a tall Indian bamboo which has
been offered in southern California since the article
Bamboo was written for this work. As the plant is not
included in Mitford's Bamboo Garden, its horticultural
status is uncertain. Franceschi writes that the plant is
rather tender at Santa Barbara. The genus belongs to
a subtribe of bamboos of which Dendrocalamus is the
type. This subtribe is distinguished by having 6 sta-

mens, a 2-keeled palea and the pericarp free from the
seed. For generic characters of Thyrsostachys, see the
Flora of British India 7:397 (1897).

Thyrsostachys is a genus of 2 species of arborescent
bamboos native to Upper Burma and Siam. The stem-
sheaths are long, thin and persistent, with a long, nar-
row blade. The lvs. are small or moderate-sized. As
nearly as may be judged from the only available descrip-
tion, this species could be inserted at the bottom of
page 128 of this work, being distinguished from species
12 and 13 by the narrowness of the lvs.

Siamensis, Gamble. A tender, deciduous, "giant bam-
boo," with very graceful tufted stems 25-30 ft. high and
l%-3 in. thick. Stem sheaths waved and truncate at
the top, 9-11x4/^-8 in.; auricles short-triangular: blade
narrowly triangular: lvs. small, narrow, linear, 3-6
xK-Kin. Siam. W. M.

2509. Thyrsacanthus Schomburgkianus (X %)•

TIARELLA (Latin, a little tiara or turban; in ref-
erence to the form of the pistil). SaiifragAceai. False
Mitrewort. A genus of 6 species of slender perennial
herbs, of which 4 are from North America, 1 from
Japan and 1 from the Himalayas. Low-growing plants,
with most of the leaves radical and long-petioled, simple
or serrate, lobed or even 3-foliolate, with white flowers
in terminal, simple or compound racemes: calyx-tube
but slightly adnate to the base of the ovary; petals 5,
entire; stamens 10, long: capsule superior, compressed,
with 2 unequal lobes.

a. Lvs. simple.
b. Petals oblong.
cordiidlia, Linn. Foam Flower. Fig. 2510. A hand-
some native perennial, forming a tufted mass, 6-12
in. high, of broadly ovate, lobed and serrate leaves
and simple, erect racemes of white flowers borne well
above the foliage in May. Fls. about % in. across;
petals oblong, clawed, somewhat exceeding the white
calyx-lobes. In rich, moist woodland, Nova Scotia to
Ontario, south to Ga. Gn. 22, p. 21; 32, p. 511; 53, p.
456; 55, p. 40; V. 11:35. — An elegant plant well worthy
of general cultivation. It is a lover of cool, shaded
places and of rich, moist soil. It will, however, do well
in ordinary soil and flower freely in a half-shaded place,
but the varied leaf-markings of bronzy red and other
signs of luxuriance are not brought out to their fullest

1806

TIARELLA

extent except with moisture, coolness and a fairly rich
soil. The plant forces well and easily in a coolhouse for
early spring flowering. It is tenacious of life and gen-
erally easy to manage.

M'-

2510. Tiarellacordifolia(XK).
bb. Petals filiform-, inconspicuous*
uniioliata, Hook. Hardy perennial: Ivs. thin, rounded
or triangular, 3-5-lobed, the lobes crenate-toothed; stem-
Ivs. usually only 1, rarely 2-3: panicle loose; petals
small. W. Amer. — The lobing of the Ivs., according to
Bot. of Calif., varies so that it may pass into the next
species.

aa. I/vs. S-foliolate.
trifoliata, Linn. Resembling T. unifoliata except in
having 3-foliolate Ivs. Ore. to Alaska. Also north-
western Asia. F w Barclay.

TIBOUCHiNA (native name in Guiana). Melasto-
m&ceag, A genus of about 125 species, native to the
warmer parts of North and South America but mainly
from Brazil. Shrubs, herbs or climbers, with usually
large ovate or oblong, 3-7-nerved Ivs. and purple, rose,
violet or rarely white Ms., either solitary or in terminal
panicles. Fls. 5-merous, rarely 4- or 8-merous; calyx
ovoid or bell-shaped, the lobes as long as or longer than
the tube; petals obovate, entire or retuse; stamens
twice the number of the petals, nearly equal or alter-
nately unequal: ovary free: fr. a capsule, 5— 1-valved.
D.C. Mon. Phaner. vol. 7.

semidecandra, Cogn. (Lasidndra maerdntha, Linden
& Seem. Pleroma macrdnthum, Hook. ). Fig. 2511. A
tender shrub: Ivs. ovate or oblong-ovate, 2-6 in. long,
round at the base, short-petioled, densely setose above,
villous beneath, not foveolate, 5-nerved or 3-nerved:
bracts broadly suborbicular, somewhat rounded at the
apex and shortly apiculate, margin not translucent : fls.
reddish purple to violet, often 5 in. across, solitary and
terminal or 1 fl. terminal and 2 in the upper axils on the
branchlet; stamens purple; style setulose. Brazil, {
B.M. 5721; 4412 (as P. Kunthianum). F.S. 23:2430.
Gn. 44:921. F. 18(18:193. l.H. 16:594.

Var. floribunda is more suited to pot culture in pots
and flowers more freely when small than the type.
Lasidndra, or Pleroma spUndens, Hort., should be
compared with this. T. semidecandra is a plant of easy
culture that has been highly praised by several con-
noisseurs. Cuttings struck in April will give bushy
plants for fall and winter blooming. Handsome speci-
mens may be had by keeping the same plant two or
three years, training it to wires or stakes in a cool-
house where it has plenty of root room. The flowers

TIGRIDIA

last but a day or so, but new ones open up every day
and the flowering season lasts for several weeks.
Plants may also be used for summer bedding. They are
seldom out of bloom. The species is much esteemed in
Florida, where it makes a showy shrub 8 ft. high. It
endures a few degrees of frost with impunity, and even
if cut down it sprouts readily.

elegans, Cogn. (Pleroma fleqans, Gardn.) Tender
shrub, 3-6 ft. high: Ivs. rigid, fragile, oblong or ovate-
oblong, 3-nerved: fls. purple, Wi in. across; calyx more
or less armed with rigid spreading bristles which are
thickened at the base. Brazil. B.M. 4262. P.M. 15:27.
F.S. 12:1212 (as Lasiandra elegans). — Once cult, by
John Saul. F w, Barclay.

TICKSEED is Coreopsis.

TICK TKEFOIL. Eefer to Desmodium.

TIEDEMANNIA rigida, Conlt. & Rose, is a hardy
native, white-flowered swamp herb, growing 2-5 ft.
high from clustered tubers. It has pinnate Ivs. with 3-9
leaflets. This was offered in 1890-91 by a collector of
North Carolina plants, but is probably not in culti-
vation. For a fuller account, see Coulter and Rose's
monograph of the North American Umbellifera? (contrib.
U. S. Nat. Herb. vol. 7, No. 1, p. 194), 1900; also Gray's
Manual, and Britton and Brown's Illustrated Flora.

TI-ES. Lucuma Bivicoa.

TIGEK FLOWER. Tigridia.

TIGEH LILY. Lilium tigrinum.

TIGER'S JAW. Catalogue name for Mesembryav-
themum tigrinum.

TIGRtDIA (tiger-like; referring to the peculiarly
marked flowers). Iriddcea. Eight or ten species of
cormous plants ranging from Mexico to Peru aud Chile,

2511. Tibouchin

(X %).

and making very showy summer-blooming plants.
Bulbs tunicated. Stem erect, unbranched, a few inches
to 214 ft. tall, with a few narrow plicate leaves at the

TIGRIDIA

TIGRID1A

1807

base and 2 or 3 smaller ones higher up: spathes
1 or 2, leaf-like, each bearing one or few blossoms.
Flowers in shades of yellow, orange or purplish, vari-
ously spotted, often very showy; perianth wide-spread-
ing, with no tube, the segments 6, in two dissimilar se-
ries, eonnivent into a broad cup at the base; stamens
3, the filaments united into a long cylindrical tube in-
cluding the style; pistil with 3-loculed ovary, long style
with three 2-parted branches. Tigridia Pavonia, from
southern Mexico, was in cultivation in Europe in the
sixteenth century. L'Obel described it in 1576. The
younger Linnaeus referred it to the genus Ferraria, and
some of the Tigridias are yet cultivated under that name.
Ferraria, however, is a South African genus, and all the
parts of the perianth are nearly equal. T. Pavonia is
cultivated in many forms, and is the only common spe-
cies in gardens. The flowers of all Tigridias are fugi-
tive, lasting only for a day. See Baker, Irideaa, 67 (1892).
Tigridias are tender "bulbs" requiring the treatment
given Gladiolus. Plant in well-prepared soil when set-
tled weather comes, 2 or 3 inches deep and 4 to 8 inches
apart. The principal blooming period is July and Aug-
ust. Allow the corms to remain in the ground until
danger of frost approaches, then store in a dry pi
where dahlias or gladioli will keep. See that the corms
are dry before being placed in storage. Prop, by corm
els and seeds. Best colors are got in warm weather.

A, Pis. large (often 4 in. or more across): the two
rows of perianth -segments very dissimilar: stig-
mas decurrent. (Tigridia proper.)
Pavdnia, Ker-Gawl. Tiger flower. Shell-flower.
Fig. 2512. Erect, usually unbranched, 1% to 2% ft. tall,
glabrous, with several sword-shaped, strongly plicate
long-pointed leaves, the spathe-leaves 3-5 in. long: fls.
produced in succession through the warm season, very
large and showy, in some forms 5 and 6 in. across,
oddly marked, with a cup-shaped or saucer-shaped cen-
ter and wide-spreading limb formed by the obovate
outer segments which are bright red on the limb, and
purple, yellow or red-spotted on the claw; inner seg-
ments panduriform ( fiddle - shaped), about half the
length of the outer ones, the blade ovate-acute, orange-
vellow and copiously spotted. Mex. and Guatemala.
B.M. 532 (as Ferraria Tigridia). I. H. 38:142. Var.
conehifl6ra, Hort. (T. conchitlbra, Sweet), has bright
yellow flowers. Var. Watkinsoni, Hort. (var. aurea,
Hort. T. eonchiflora. Watkinsoni, Paxt. ). Raised from
seeds of var. eonchiflora pollenized by T. Pavonia,
before 1840, by J. Horsefield, Manchester, England.
Horsefield is quoted as follows byPaxton: "In habit
and strength this hybrid resembles T. Pavonia, the
male parent; but in color and the markings of the
flower it resembles T. eonchiflora , the female parent;
the large outer sepals, however, are of a very deep yel-
low, inclining to orange, and sometimes elegantly
streaked with red lines; whilst the spotted center
equals, if not surpasses, the brilliancy of either of the
species. One of its greatest merits is being so free a
bloomer, and as easy to cultivate and increase as T.
Pavonia, whereas T. eonchiflora is rather delicate, in-
creases slowly, and is easily lost." Dutch bulb dealers
still offer it. P.M. 14:51. ' Var. alba, Hort., has white
fls., but has red spots in the throat. Var. alba immacu-
lata, Hort., is a spotless white variety, a sport from
var. alba. Gn. 49, p. 361. Var. Ilava, Hort.. has pale
yellow fls. with red-spotted center. Gn. 50:1074. Var.
Canadensis, Hort., is also a pale yellow-fid. form, but
named as if an inhabitant of the Canaries. Var. Intra
immaculata, Hort., has pure yellow spotless flowers.
Var. rosea. Hort., has rose-colored fls., with yellow va-
riegated center. Var. lilacea, Hort., has lilac fls., with
spotted center. Gn. 45:955. Var. speciosa, Hort., is a
partially dwarf form with deeper red color, the interior
of the cup being similar in color to the limb. Described
in 1843. Var. grandifldra, Hort., has flowers much like
those of T. Pavonia itself except that they are larger
and brighter colored. Gn. '45, p. 263. Identical with
this, orsubtypesof it, are the forms known as Wlieeleri,
coccinea, splendens. Most of the marked departures in
colors of Tigridia Pavonia are recent. In catalogues
the above names often appear as if they were species
names.

114

Pringlei, Wats. Distinguished by Sereno Watson,
the author of the species, as follows: "Very closely
related to T. Pavonia, and if color alone were to de-
cide, it might be considered a variety of it, though dif-
fering markedly even in that respect from the old spe-
cies. The base of the sepals is blotched (rather than
spotted) with crimson, with a border of orange, the re-
flexed blade being of a bright scarlet-red. The petals
have the base blotched and coarsely spotted with crim-
son, with a well-defined, deeper-colored, brownish mar-

Tiger-dower — Tigrid

(XX).

gin, the blade orange, tinged with scarlet, but not at all
spotted as in T. Pavonia. The more essential differ-
ence is in the form of the petals, which have a broadly
cordate or reniform base, with a much narrower small
triangular- ovate acute blade. The sepals are also
smaller and more oblong in outline." Northern Mex.
G.F. 1:389. B.M. 7089. -Offered to the trade by Hors-
ford in 1889.

1808

TIGRIDIA

aa. Fls. relatively small: (he two rows of segments
differing less in size : stigmas capitate, or at
least not strongly decurrent. Subgenus Beatonia.
buccifera, Wats. About 1 ft. high, slender, branch-
ing, glaucous: lvs. very narrow, strongly plicate: fl. 2
in. across, the cup pale greenish yellow, dotted with
purple, the obovate obtuse blade of the outer segments
light purple; inner segments "folded together iu such
a manner as to form a sunken longitudinal tube down
the center, the dilated sides at the outer end of the
tube approaching each other in the form of two cheek-
like prominences, — these are colored white, purple and
yellow, while the small rounded terminal blade is a
deep purple." Mts. of Jolisco, Mex. G.F. 2:413. — Of-
fered in 1889 by Horsford.

T. a urea, Hort., is Cypella plumbea, but it is not in the Amer-
ican trade. S<>.' p. il;.* 4'J'.i. — T. lloilltci. Roezl. is Hydrota?nia
Van-Houttei. See page 787.— T. Meleuijris, Hort., is also a Hy-
drotsenia (H. Meleagris, Lindl.). but is not in the American
trade. B.R. 28:39.— T. violacea, Schiede. One of the Beatonia
section: slender, narrow-lvd.: Us. 2 in. across, violet, spotted
at the base; inner segments small, cusp-pointed. Mex. B.M.
7356. L. H. B

TlLIA (the classical Latin name). Tiliaceee. Lime.
Linden. Basswood. Whitewood. Trees distributed
generally throughout the northern temperate zone, with
soft, light, white or light-colored wood, tough tibrous
inner bark, serrate alternate petiolate, mostly cordate
lvs. and caducous stipules: inflorescence cymose, the
peduncle attached to, or adnate with, for about half its
length, a ligulate membranaceous bract: fls. small, yel-
lowish; sepals 5; petals 5; stamens many, with long
filaments nectariferous: fr. globose, nut-like. In some
species, small petaloid scales are found among the
stamens.

The soft white wood of several species is in great de-
mand for making fruit, honey and other light packages,
the facility with which the wood is cut into veneers
rendering it admirable for such use. The fibrous inner
bark is used as a tying ma-
terial and in the manufae
ture of Russian bass or bas
mats. Extensively planted
as an ornamental tree :
for bee pasture. A
source of honey supply per
haps no other plant excels
it, as under favorable con
ditions the nectar sometimes
drips from the flowers in a
shower.

Nearly all the species are
of rapid growth and not
very particular as to soil.
Propagated by seeds, layers
or grafting. In layering, it
is usual to" twist the branch
layered before covering it.
The method known as
"stooling" is also employed.
In order to effect this a tree
is cut close to the ground
and the "stools" or suckers
are banked up with earth
until they root, when they are severed from the old
stump and planted in the nursery rows. Rare varieties
are usually increased by budding or grafting.

Much confusion exists in the trade names, especially
in the European varieties. This is no doubt largely
due to the fact that at least three species have been
sent to this country under the name of T. Europma.'

2513. A young Lh

alba,\, 3, 4.
Americana, 6. 7.
argentea, 3.
aurea, 9.
Oaroliniana, 7.
cordata, 12.
dasystyla, 10.
Europcea, 9, 11, 12
grandifolia, 9.
heterophylla, 4.
laciniata, 9.

INDEX,
macrnphylla, 4, 7.
Mandshurica, 2.
miernphylla, 12.
Miiineliana, 5.
Moltkei, 7.

,sdu.

. 12.

Mo

-Mli,

spectabilis, 3.
sulphurea, 9.
tomentosa. 3.
ulmifolia, 12.
vitifolia, 9.
vulgaris, 11.

a. Fls. with petaloid scales at the base
of petals: petals upright, longer
than stamens.
b. Les. whitish tomentose beneath.
c. Fr. with 5 furrows.
D. Cymes few-fid.: fr. with no

rarity at the base 1. petiolaris

dd. Cyans many-fid. j dense: fr.
with a rarity at the insertion

of the iieilierl: Irs. large 2. Mandshurica

CC. Fr. without furrows.

D. Shape of les. orbicular, ab-
r apt/ y acuminate : fr.

slightly ribbed 3. tomentosa

DD. Shape of lvs. ovate, gradually
acuminate
e. Winter-buds glabrous: lvs.
broadly ovate: fr. not

ribbed 4. heterophylla

EE. Winter -buds pubescent:
Irs. ovate: fr. slightly

ribbed at base 5. Miqueliana

bb. Lvs. green beneath or glaucous.
and glabrous
C. finder side of lvs. pubescent at

least when young ... 6. pubescens

cc. Under side at lvs. glabrous.
D. The lvs. large, serrate and ab-
ruptly acuminate 7. Americana

DD. The Irs. small, usually 3-

lobed, long -cuspidate 8. Mongolica

AA. Fls. without petaloid scales: petals

spreading, shorter than stamens.

B. Lvs. pubescent beneath: fr. 5- or

4-ribbed !). platyphyllos

bb. Lvs. glabrous beneath, except

tufts in the axils of the veins:

fr. without ribs.

e. I 'mice side uf lvs. green.

D. Branches bright yellow or red

in winter: lvs. very glossy

above, rather leathery in. dasystyla

DD. Branches greenish or reddish
brown: lvs. thin, slightly

glossy 11. vulgaris

cc. Under side of lvs. glaucous 12. ulmifolia

1. petiolaris, DC. ( T. Americana, var. pendula, Hort.
T. argentea. var. peudula, Hort. T. alba, var. pendula,
Hort. T. pindula, Hort.). Silver Linden. Weeping
Linden. A medium-sized species with slender some-
what pendulous branches: lvs. pale green above, sil-
very and finely tomentose underneath, 3-5 in. long;
petiole slender, as long as the blade. July. E. Europe.
B.M. 6737. Gng. 5:210.— An elegant species and one
of the best of the European kinds, holding its foliage
throughout the season.

2. MandsMrica, Rupr. & Maxim. Tree, attaining 50
ft., with spreading, often somewhat pendulous branches":
lvs. large, 5-8 in. long, orbicular to broadly ovate, cor-
date or truncate at the base, rather coarsely and re-
motely serrate with spreading teeth: floral bract adnate
almost to the base of peduncle: fr. globose, thick-
shelled, with 5 furrows and a slight cavity at the inser-
tion of the pedicel. E. Asia. — A variety has the lvs.
edged with yellow or a lighter green.

3. tomentosa, Moench (T. argintea, DC. T. alba,
Waldst. & Kit., and probably Ait. T. alba, T. alba, var.
specldbilis and T. dlba, var. pyramtdalis, Hort.).
White or Silver Linden. This is the larger "White
Lime" of Europe. Tree, 40 ft. high with upright or as-
cending branches forming a pyramidal rather dense and
compact head: lvs. suborbicular, 3-5 in. across, un-
equally cordate, serrate, densely white-tomentose be-
neath; blade 2—4 times longer than petiole: fr. tomen-
tose and slightly ribbed. Very variable in time of
flowering. Eastern Europe. — This is a very distinct and
striking species.

4. heterophylla, Vent. (T. dlba, Michx., not Ait.)
Tree, attaining 70 ft.: lvs. very large, 5-8 in. long,
smooth and shining above, whitish and tomentulose be-
neath: floral bract short-stalked: fr. globular, not

TILIA

TILLAGE

ISO!)

ribbed. July. Alleghanies. S.S. 1 :27. — This has been
sent out as T. macrophylla, a name that properly he-
longs to a large-leaved var of T. Americana.

5. Miqueliana, Maxim. Tree, attaining 100 ft., with
usually an oblong head : lvs. ovate, truncate or slightly
cordate at base, gradually acuminate, rather coarsely
serrate with incurved teeth, 4-0 in. long: floral bract
adnate almost to the base of the peduncle: fr. globose,
thick-shelled, 5-ribbed only at the base. Japan. G.F.
6:113.

0. pubescens, Ait. (T. A iilrrinhm. var. pubiscenS,
Loud.). Similar to the better known T. Americana, but
a smaller tree: winter-buds finely pubescent: lvs.
smaller, obliquely truncate at the base, glabrous above,
pubescent beneath: floral bract usually rounded at
base: fr. globose. June. Long Island to Pla., west
to Tex. S.S. 1:20. -Less ornamental than T. Ameri-
cana and hut rarely cult.

7. Americana, Linn. ( T. Caroliniana, Hort.). Ameri-
can Linden. Basswood. Fig. 2514. Stately tree with
large cordate lvs. shining above, usually smooth except
for the tufts of hairs in the axils of veins: floral
bract very large, tapering to a more or less stalked
base: fr. ovoid, tomentose. July. E. N. Amer. S.S.
1:24. Mn. 0:153. — This is our most common American
species and the one most frequently planted. Variable
in its habit, size and shape of lvs. and in the color of
its bark. As a forest tree it was formerly abundant in
the eastern and middle states, but with the general
destruction of the forests and the greatly increased de-
mand for its white wood for manufacturing purposes,
good specimens are becoming scarce, and the source of
supply is constantly moving westward. Vars. in the
trade are macrophylla, Hort.. a large-lvd. form; Molt-
kei, Hort., a very strong-growing large-lvd. form which
originated in cultivation in Europe. What is sold some-
times as T. Americana, var. pendnla, is a form of
T. petiolaris,

8. Mongdlica, Max,m. A slender tree with very small
orbicular or ovate lvs., truncate at the base, usually 3-
lobed, cuspidate, coarsely serrate with acuminate teeth,
glaucous beneath or green on vigorous shoots: cyme
rather dense, with the stalk naked at the base. E. Asia.

9. platyphyllos, Scop. (T. grandifblia, Ehrh.). This
is the broad-leaved Linden of European plantations and
probably the largest. It attains 00 ft. Lvs. large, green,
pubescent, often on the upper side to some extent, un-
equally cordate, petioles and veins hairy: fr. 5, rarely
4-angled, tomentose, thick-shelled. This is the species
most commonly sold here as T. Europwa, and the earli-
est to flower. June. Eu. G.F. 2:250. — The following
varietal names in the American trade seem to belong
here: pyramidalis, an upright grower with reddish
shoots; rubra, bark of branches very red ; ailrea, with
yellow bark on branches; laciniata and laciniata
rubra, with deeply cut leaves and reddish young bark;
sulphurea, probably the same as aurea; vitifolia, the
vine-leaved Linden with lobed leaves.

10. dasystyla, Stev. Crimean Linden. Lvs. tough
and leathery, dark glossy green above and pale beneath,
with tufts of brown hairs in the axils of the principal
veins: bark of young branches bright green: lvs. often
obliquely truncate at base. E. Eu.,W. Asia.

11. vulgaris, Hayne (T. Europina, Hort., in part).
This species grows nearly as large as T. platyphyllos,
has large unequal or oblique cordate lvs., smooth and
green on both sides; tufts of hairs in axils of veins
whitish: fr. globose or oval, tomentose, shell thick,
June, July. Eu. G.F. 2:250. — This is said to be the
celebrated spe"ies of Berlin and is often sold in this
country under ihe name of T. Europam. It is a week or
ten days later in blooming than T. platyphyllos, and
about the same number of days earlier than T. Ameri-
cana.

12. ulmiJdlia, Scop. (T. cord&ta, Mill. T. parvifblia,
Ehrh. T. Sibirica, Bo jer. T. E uropaa , in part. T.micro-
plujlln, Vent.). Of slower growth and usually smaller
tree than the T. platyphyllos: lvs. small, thin, cordate,
green above, silvery beneath, with tufts of rusty hairs
in the axils of the veins: fr. globose, sometimes slightly
ribbed, very thin-shelled. July. Eu. G.F. 2:257. — Very
late in flowering. JoHN F- Cowell.

TILLAGE. The working or stirring of the land, in
order to improve it for agricultural purposes, is known
by the general name of tillage. There is a tendency
to use the word cultivation for these operations. Til-
lage is a specific technical term, and is to be preferred.
In the eager discussions of scientific matters, as applied
to agriculture in recent years, there is danger of for-
getting that the fundamental practice in all kinds of
farming is, after all, the tillage of the land. The knowl-
edge of the importance of tillage has developed late in
the world's history. In fact, it is only within the latter
part of the century just closed that the real reasons for

2514, Basswood

American Linden-

(x %.)

tilling have come to be popularly understood in this
country. Even now there are many persons who believe
that the object of tillage is to kill weeds. The modern
conceptions of tillage probably date from Jethro Toll's
book on "Horse-Hoeing Husbandry,'' which reached the
second and full edition in 1733, in England. This book
awakened so much discussion that the system of "horse-
hoe husbandry " recommended by it was called the
"new husbandry." There had been tillage of land be-
fore Tull's time, but his writing seems to have been the
first distinct effort to show that tillage is necessary to
make the soil productive rather than to kill weeds or to
open the ground to receive the seeds. He contrived va-
rious tools whereby grain crops could be sown in rows
and afterwards tilled. The tillage of the land in early
times was confined very largely to that wThich preceded
the planting of the crop. In the vineyards of southern
Europe, however, Tull observed that tillage was em-
ployed between the vines during the season of growth.
Such vineyards prospered. He made experiments and
observations on his return to England and came to the
conclusion that tillage is of itself a very important
means of making plants thrifty and productive wholly
aside from its office of killing weeds. He supposed that
tillage benefits plants by making the soil so fine that the
minute particles can be taken in by the roots of plants.
Upon the same hypothesis he explained the good effects
of burning or "devonshiring" land, and also the benefits
that followed the application of ashes: the minute par-
ticles of the ashes are so small as to be absorbed by
roots. Although this explanation of the benefits of til-
lage was erroneous, nevertheless Tull showed that til-
lage is necessary to the best agriculture and that it is

1810

TILLAGE

not merely a means by which seeds can be put into the
land, weeds killed, and the crop taken out.

Tillage improves land in many ways. It divides and
pulverizes the soil, gives the roots a wider "pasturage,"
as Tull puts it, increases the depth of the soil, and im-
proves its physical condition with respect to warmth
and dryness.

Tillage also saves moisture by deepening the arable
soil so that moisture is held, and also by checking
evaporation from the surface by means of a thin blanket
or mulch of pulverized earth that is made by surface-
working tools. Water is lost from the soil by under-
drainage and by evaporation from the surface. The
more finely the soil is pulverized, within certain limits,
the more water it will hold. Its capillary power is in-
creased. As the water evaporates from the surface, the
moisture is drawn up from the under surface so that
there is a more or less constant flow into the atmos-
phere. If any foreign body, as a board or a blanket, is
spread on the land, the evaporation is checked. A
similar result follows when the soil is covered with a
layer of dry ashes or sand or sawdust. Very similar

2515. Cryptanthus zonatus. commonly known as
Tillandsia zebrina (X %).

results are also secured when the surface is made fine
and loose by means of frequent shallow tillage. The
capillary connection between the surface soil and the
under soil is thereby broken. This surface soil itself
may be very dry, but it serves as a blanket or mulch to
the soil beneath and thereby keeps the under soil moist.
In many instances this conservation of moisture by fre-
quent shallow tillage is the chief advantage of the til-
lage of the land during the growing season.

Laud that is well tilled has different chemical rela-
tions from that which is neglected. Nitrification, de-
composition and other chemical activities are hastened.
The stores of plant-food are rendered available. The
soil is made more productive.

The first requisite for the growing of the plant is to
have the soil in such condition that the plant can thrive
in it. It is only when the land is well tilled and pre-
pared, or when its physical condition is nearly or quite
perfect, that the addition of concentrated fertilizers may
be expected to produce the best results. The fertilizing
of the land, therefore, is a secondary matter; tillage is
primary.

The ideal tillage of the land is that which is prac-
ticed by the gardener when he grows plants in pots.
The soil is ordinarily sifted or riddled so that unneees-

TILLANDSIA

sary parts are removed, and most of it is brought into
such condition that the plants can utilize it. The gar-
dener adds leaf-mold or sand or other material, until
the soil is brought into the proper physical condition.
He also provides drainage in the bottom of his pots or
boxes. Often the gardener will produce as much from
a handful of soil as a farmer will produce from a bushel.

L. H. B.

TILLANDSIA (Elias Tillands was professor of medi-
cine at the University of Abo, Sweden; in 11173 made a
catalogue of plants of the vicinity of Abo). Bromelidcea.
Tillandsias are mostly epiphytes and all natives of
America. They are allied to billbergias, a?chmeas,
guzmanias, pineapples, and the like. Many species are
described in horticultural literature as having been in-
troduced into cultivation, but most of these are known
only to amateurs and in collections where species of
botanical interest are chiefly grown. In the American
trade about 30 names occur, many of which are to be
referred to other genera. The generic limits of Til-
landsia, as of most bromeliaceous genera, are ill defined.
By different authors a given species may be placed in
any one of a half dozen genera. Lately, Tillandsia and
Vriesla have been merged, but in this book Vriesia is
kept distinct, following Mez's monograph. It is useless
to attempt a description of all the Tillandsias that by
chance may occur in collections. Persons who want to
know the species other than those regularly in the trade
should consult Baker's "Handbook of the BromeliacesB,"
.1889, or Mez's "Bromeliaceie" in DeCandolle's "Mono-
graphic Phanerogamarum," 189G. The latter work,
which regards Vriesia as a separate genus, admits 248
species of Tillandsia. Some of these species extend
northward into the United States, growing chiefly in
Florida, although one or two reach southern Georgia,
and the Spanish moss (which is Tillandsia ttsneoides)
reaches Virginia and is common throughout the South.
The native upright Tillandsias are not in the general
trade, but they are offered by one dealer in southern
Florida: of such are T. rtcurratu , T. tetiuifolia, T.
fascictttata, T. utriculata.

Tillandsias are usually known as "air-plants" to gar-
deners. They are perennial herbs, mostly of upright
growth (the common T. ttsneoides being a marked ex-
ception), the bases of the narrow entire leaves often
dilated and forming cups that hold water and in which
utricularias and other water plants sometimes grow.
The flowers are usually borne in spikes or heads, singly
beneath bracts; they are perfect, with 3 sepals and
3 petals which are twisted or rolled in the bud, 6
stamens, a superior ovary with filiform style: fr. a
3-vaIved capsule, containing hairy or plumose seeds.
Vriesia is distinguished by having one or two scales or
ligules at the base of the petals on the inside, whereas
the petals of Tillandsia are eligulate; however, there
are intermediate forms and it is sometimes a matter of
individual opinion as to which genus shall receive a
given species. Some of the cultivated Tillandsias be-
long to still other genera. This is the case with T.
zebrina, which is properly Cryptanthus zonatus (Fig.
2515). This is an odd plant, producing crinkled deflexed
saw-edged leaves, which are whitish beneath and
brown-barred above, and small clusters of white flowers.
See p. 404, where other kinds of Cryptanthus in the
American trade are described.

Tillandsias are grown both for foliage and for flowers.
The foliage is usually scurfy and sometimes blotched.
Many of the species are very showy when in bloom,
sending up strong central clusters of blue, violet, red,
yellow or white flowers. In nature, the seeds are
carried in the wind by means of the soft hairs, and find
lodgment on trees, where the plants grow. A few
species, however, grow on the ground. In cultivation,
most of the species are treated as pot-plants. The
growing season is summer. In winter the plants should
be kept nearly dormant, although not completely dry.
They need a warm temperature and plenty of light
while growing. Give a soil rich in peat. In some
cases sphagnum may be added to advantage. Prop, by
suckers; also by seeds. For further cultural notes, con-
sult Billbergia. Other bromeliaceous genera described
in this book are Bromelia, .Eclmwa, Karatas, Cryp-
tanthus, Ananas, Pitcairnia, Puya, Guzmania.

The Spanish Moss — Tilland

TILLANDSIA

A. Plant-body slender and hanging; fls. solitary
leaf arils.
usneoldes, Linn. Spanish, Florida or Long Mo
Figs. 2516, 2517. Whole plant hoary-gray, hanging £r
trees; the stems very slen-
der and often several feet
long: lvs. scattered, nar-
row-linear, 1-3 in. long: lis.
solitary in the leaf -axils,
small and not showy, tin-
petals yellow and reflexed
at the end. Trop. Anier.
and in the U. S. from Texas
to Fla. and eastern Vir-
ginia; extends southward to
southern Brazil. B.M. 6309.
Gn. 37, p. 221. Gt. 45, p.
2G7. — This is one of the most
characteristic plants of our
southern regions. In moist
regions it gives a most weird
aspect to the forests. It is
used as a packing material,
and also, when specially
prepared, for upholstery. It
is rarely cultivated, although
it is not uncommon in green-
houses, being hung on
branches and beams; but it
must be renewed frequently.
The plant is named for its
resemblance to the lichen
Usnea.

aa. Plant-body stiff and nearly or quite erect.
B. Stamens shorter than the petals.
c. Pis. few in the cluster.
recurvata, Linn. (T. Bdrtrami, Ell., at least in part).
A few inches high, tufted, with scurfy terete or fili-
form recurved 2-ranked lvs.- fls. 1-5 on a spike that is
sheathed at the base but naked above, the corolla blue
and exceeding the calyx. Florida to Argentina and
Chile.

cc. Pis. many, distichous.
anceps, Lodd. ( Vriisia dnceps, Lem.). Erect, the
flower-stem 6-12 in. tall and bearing a spike with large
distichous green bracts
from which small blue fls.
emerge: lvs. stiff, about 1
ft. long, dilated and striped
at the base: fls. 2 in. or less
long, blue or purplish, the
perianth much exceeding
the calvx. Costa Rica,
Trinidad. L.B.C. 8-771.

Lindeniana, Regel IT.
Undent, Morr. Vriisia Lin-
deni, Lem.). Lvs. rosulate,
about 1 ft. long, dilated at
the base, long recurving:
spike large, the showy dis-
tichous bracts carmine: fls.
large, much exserted beyond
the bracts, the large wide-
spreading segments bluish
purple. Ecuador, Pern. I.
H. 16:610; 27:370 (as var.
Regeliana). G.C. II. 12:
461. K. H. 1872:230; 1898:
206 (as var. tricolor). P.M.
1872:44. — A handsome and
popular species.

be. Stamens longer than
the petals.
c. Stem thickened and bulb-
like at the base.
bulbdsa, Hook. Small
scurfy plant a few inches high, the stem swollen at the
base: lvs. 3-5 in. long, much dilated and clasping at
the base and terete above: fls. few, in racemose short

TILLANDSIA

1811

spikes, long and narrow, the much exserted but not
spreading petals purple. Var. picta, Hook., has the
upper lvs. and bracts scarlet. S. Fla. to Venezuela.
B.M. 4288. F.S. 3:221.

2516. Spanish Moss— Tilland
sia usneoides. (Much re

CC. Stem not prominently swollen.

V. Lvs. linear or filiform from the base or abruptly

from a dilated base.

polystachya, Linn. ( T. angustifdlia, Swartz. T.parvi-
sp\ca, Baker). Lvs. rosulate, lepidote or scurfy, curved,
equaling or exceeding the stem : inflorescence compound,
somewhat paniculate, the lateral spikes shorter than the
central ones, the bracts distichous and pointed and little
exceeding the calyx: fls. blue. S. Fla. to Brazil.

tenuifolia, Linn. (T. ccespitdsa, Leconte, not Cham.
& Schlecht. T. Bdrtrami, Ell. in part). Plant less than
6 in. tall, reddish, clustered: lvs. awl-shaped and erect.
Dearly terete, concave at the base, scurfy: fls. few in a
simple or somewhat compound spike, the blue petals
exceeding the bracts and recurving at the apex. Fla. to
Brazil.

DD. Lvs. gradually narrowed from a broad base.

iasciculata, Swartz (T. bracteata, Chapm. T. glau-
ciijihylla, Baker. Vriesia glattcopltylla, Hook.). Tall,
strong species with stem 2 ft. tall: lvs. 1-154 ft. long,
concave or channeled above, erect or ascending, scurfy
and bluish; stem longer than the lvs. and branched, the
branches or spikes bearing distichous keeled acute
mostly greenish and red-tinged bracts: fls. narrow, ex-
serted, blue. S. Fla., West Indies and Central Amer.
B.M. 4415. F.S. 5:432. -Very variable.

utriculata, Linn. Plant 2-3 ft. high: lvs. glaucous
and scurfy, becoming subulate and recurved at the
summit but much dilated and imbricated at the base
and forming pockets that hold water: inflorescence
branched, the fls. far apart on the branches: fls. pale
blue (pale colored forms), narrow, the petals twice
longer than the sepals. S. Fla. to S. Amer. B.R.
9:749 (as T. fleiuosa, var. pallida). — For full descrip-
tion of this species, together with plate, see Trelease,
5th Rept. Mo. Bot. Gard. (1S94).

T. bivittata. Linden, is Cryptanthus bivittatus. See p. 404.—
T. farinosa. Hort., is Billhergia pyraniidalis. See p. 163. — T.
La Salliana: "A new species from South America, with most
brilliant flowers. It is of free growth and easily cultivated,
thriving best in a moderate temperature and in alight, fibrous
soil mixed with sphagnum." (Siebrecht.)— T. rnusdica. Lin-
den, is properly Guzmania nmsaiea, Mez. It is acquiescent:
lvs. 20 or less in a rosette, lorate and obtuse but with a cusp,
with transverse lines on both surfaces: tls. in a rounded head
on the end of a red-bracted scape, the corolla white. Colombia.
B.M. 6675. I.H. 24:2i;.m (as Caragiiata musaiea). It is an excel-
lent plant, with broad lvs. 2 ft. long. In the American trade.
This plant is sometimes known as a Massangea (see p. 992). —

1812

TILLANDSIA

TOLMIEA

T. musciisa, Hort., is Pitcairnia inuscosa. 1'. nnism!i, Hook.,
B.M. 477U, is Pitcairnia Beyealema. The name T. inuscosa has
occurred in the trade, but the plant is unknown to the writer.
— T. Wilsoni, Wats., has been introduced sparingly to cultiva-
tion, but docs not appear to be in the trade. It was discov-
ered in Hernando county, Fla., in 1887 by Dr. W. P. Wilson, of
the University of Pennsylvania: "Stem simple, very short
(about Yi inch): lvs. numerous, 1 to !i or 4 inches lone, gradu-
ally narrowed from the clasping base to the long-attenuate
apex, channeled above, more or less hoary, with minute ap-
pressed, peltate, brown-centered scales: peduncle very slen-
der, recurved, about equaling the lvs.. with 2 distinct bracts,
probably 1-ii-fld.: rls. and capsules not seen." This is Sereno
Watson's original description, 1888. See Mn. 2, p. 180, and 6,
p. 130, for pictures of what purport to be this species. — T.
Zahnii, Hort., is properly Guzmania Zahnii, Mez. Tufted,
branching from the base, glabrous throughout: lvs. 1 ft. long,
about 1 in. broad, crimson striped and yellow: inflorescence
paniculate, subtended by scarlet bracts: fls. yellow. Costa
Rica. B.M. 6059, as Caraguata Zahnii. In the trade.

The following names are accounted for under Vriesia: cari-
nata, tenestralis. guttata, hieroali/ptiica, psittacina, Saundersii,
splendens. tessellata, zebrina (in part). L. H. B.

TIMOTHY. Phleum pratense.

TINANTIA ftigax, Scheidw., is sometimes seen in
old gardens but is not in the trade. It is a tradescan-
tia-like herb from tropical America, with blue fls. in
bracteolate curved terminal clusters. 1-2 ft. Grown in-
doors and out. Known also as Tradescantia erecta, T.
undata, T. latifolia. B.M. 1340. B.R. 17:1403. L.B.C.
13:1300.

TIPUANA (name apparently Latinized from a Bra-
zilian name). Leguminisa . A genus of 3 species of
handsome South American trees with odd-pinnate lvs.,
numerous alternate lfts. and showy yellow or purplish
fls. iu loose, terminal panicles. Here belongs the plant
recently introduced to southern Calif, as Machcerium
Tipu, which Franceschi says yields one of the rose-
woods of southern Brazil.

speciosa, Benth. [ifaehterium Tipu, Benth.). Ten-
der yellow-fld. tree; lfts. 11-21, oblong, emarginate,
entire, IK in. long: veins somewhat parallel: standard
broadly orbicular: wings very broadly ovate, much
larger than the keel: pod veiny. S. Amer.

TIPULARIA (Latin, Tipiila, a genus of insects, al-
luding to the form of the flower). Orchidacea, Includes
2 species of small terrestrial orchids in N. America and
the Himalaya region. Herbs with solid bulb, having
several generations connected by offsets: leaf solitary,
basal, appearing in autumn long after the flowering
season: fls. in a long, loose, terminal raceme, green,
nodding; sepals and petals similar, spreading; label-
lum 3-lobed, produced into a long spur behind; column
erect, wingless or narrowly winged.

discolor, Nutt. Crane-fly Orchis. Scape 15-20 in.
high: leaf ovate, 2-3 in. long, appearing in autumn and
often surviving through the winter: raceme 5-10 in. long,
loose: fls. green, tinged with purple. July, Aug. Vt. and
Mich, to Pla. and La. B.B. 1:480. -Rare. Advertised
by dealers in Dutch bulbs. Heinrich Hasselbring.

TOAD FLAX. Linaria vulgaris.

TOADSTOOL. Consult Mushroom and Fungi.

TOBACCO is considered to be an agricultural rather
than a horticultural crop and hence is not treated at
length in this work. See Nicotiana for an account of the
cultivated species of the genus to which Tobacco belongs.

TOCOCA (Tococo is the native name of T. Guianen-
sis). Melastom&ceas. A genus of 38 species of tropical
shrubs native to the northern part of South America,
including several handsome foliage plants for hot-
houses. Their beauty is similar to that of the well-
known Cyanophyllum, for which see Miconia. The lvs.
are usually ample, petiolate, membranous, rarely leath-
ery, entire or denticulate, usually 5-nerved: fls. rather
large, borne in terminal or sometimes axillary panicles,
white, red or rosy, 5-merous, rarely 6-merous; stamens
10: ovary 3-loculed, rarely 5-loculed.

platyphylla, Benth. (Spharoggne Jut if ilia, Naud.).
Short-stemmed plant with succulent, somewhat tortu-
ous stem: lvs. broadly ovate, minutely denticulate-cili-

ate, 7-nerved : fls. rosy or red : ovary 5-loculed. Colom-
bia, Venezuela, Costa Rica. — Cogniaux puts this spe-
cies in a section characterized by having the lvs. desti-
tute of vesicles and the calyx not winged. In this sec-
tion it is unique by reason of its herbaceous branches
with long bristles, especially at the nodes ; the other
species of the section have shrubby and glabrous
branches. A very beautiful plant, but considered to be
difficult to grow. yq jj

Toeoca requires a warmhouse temperature, with shady
and fairly moist place. Use leaf -mold mixed with
fibrous loam, and provide ample drainage. It is best
propagated from what are called split joints, or eyes
with the leaf rolled up, and inserted in thumb-pots in
fine sand with chopped moss; then insert pot in sand or
cocoa fiber, with bottom heat of 75-80°. Cover with bell-
glass or other inclosure to exclude air and to keep a
fairly moist (but not wet) condition. In about two
months the cuttings will have rooted. The wood for
propagating should be well ripened.

H. A. Siebrecht.

TODDALIA (Kaka Toddali, Malabar name of T. acu-
leata). Hutaceay. About 8 species of trees, shrubs and
climbers native to the Old World tropics and the Cape.
Lvs. alternate ; lfts. in 3's, shining, leathery, full of
fine veins, glandular -dotted, with a wavy vein inside
the margin: fls. small, copious, iu dense panicles; se-
pals 4-5, minute; petals 4-5, valvate or imbricate; sta-
mens as many, or twice as many, as petals: ovary 4-5-
Ioculed; stigma peltate: fr. hard, coriaceous, globose,
permanently syncarpous. In Toddalia proper the petals
are valvate, and the stamens as many as the petals; in
the subgenus Vepris (name altered from vepres, bram-
ble) the petals are imbricate and the stamens twice as
many as the petals.

lanceolata, Lam. ( Vepris lanceolilla, A. Juss.). Small
tree or large shrub, erect, without prickles, entirely
glabrous: petioles 1-2 iu. long; lfts. oblong-lanceolate,
2-3 in. long, acute, entire, waved at the edge, %-l in.
broad: panicles axillary and terminal, thyrsoid: petals
a line long, imbricate; stamens 8, in the male fls. ex-
serted: fr. the size of a pea, 4-lobed, fleshy, gland-
dotted. Mauritius, Mozambique, Cape. Int. by Rea-
soner Bros., 1891. vy. M.

TODEA (Tode, a German botanist). Osmundaceas.
Grape Fern. A genus of ferns related to Osmunda but
with the sporangia borne on the under surface of the
leaf. The last three species, although frequently united
with Todea, more properly form a distinct genus Lep-
topteris, differing widely in habit from the original
Todea; they form delicate foliage plants resembling
the filmy ferns in habit.

For culture, see Ferns.

a. Texture leathery : lvs. bipinnate.
barbara, Moore {T. Africctna, Willd.). Lvs. in a
crown rising from a short caudex, 3-4 ft. long, 9-12 in.
wide; pinna? erect spreading, sometimes 2 in. wide:
sori closely placed, often covering the whole under sur-
face at maturity. South Africa to New Zealand.

AA. Texture thin: lvs. with linear divisions.
B. Lvs. tripinnatifiil.
hymenophylloides, Rich. & Less ( T. pe ilucida, Hook.).
Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, 8-12 in. wide, lowest pinna? about as
long as the others; rachises mostly naked. New Zea-
land.

superba, Col. Lvs. 2-4 ft. long from a woody caudex;
pinna! often crisped, the lower gradually reduced;
rachises densely tomentose. New Zealand.

bb. Lvs. bipinnate.

Fraseri, Hook. & Grev. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, from an

erect woody caudex 18-24 in. high, lowest pinna? nearly

as large as the others: rachis narrowly winged, naked.

Australia. l M. Underwood.

TOLMIEA (Dr. Tolmie, surgeon of Hudson Bay Co.,
at Paget Sound). Saxifragacea*. A genus of one spe-
cies, a western relative of the Bishop's Cap or Mitella,

TOLMIEA

and with the same style of beauty. It is a perennial
herb 1-2 ft. high, with loose racemes of small greenish
or purplish flowers. The species seems to have been
cult, abroad, and twenty years ago it was offered in the
eastern U. S. for western collectors. It is probably
hardy and doubtless requires some shade.

Generic characters : calyx funnelform, gibbous at
base, 5-lobed, the tube in age longitudinally splitting
down one side ; petals 5, threadlike, inserted in the
sinuses of the calyx, recurved, persistent; stamens 3:
ovary 1-loculed, with 2-parietaI placenta?. This plant
has been described under Tiarella and Hetichera, which
it resembles in foliage and inflorescence. It seems to
be the only plant of the Saxifrage tribe that has 3 sta-
mens.

Menziesii, Torr. & Gray. Perennial herb, 1-2 ft. high,
with slender creeping rootstocks and some summer
runners: Ivs. round-cordate, more or less lobed and
crenately toothed, slender -stalked, all alternate, those
of the stem 2-4 in number: raceme %-lH ft. long: fls.
and capsule nearly % in. long, greenish or tinged pur-
ple. Forests of Mendocino Co., Calif., to Puget Sound.
— Propagates naturally by adventitious buds, produced
at the apex of the petioles of the radical lvs. and root-
ing when these fall to the ground. w M

TOMATO (Plate XLII). The Tomato is Lycopersi-
cum eseulenium (which see), one of the solanum or
nightshade family and closely allied to the potato. In
fact, the potato and Tomato can be grafted on each other
with ease, although they will not cross. The graft pro-
duces no practical results, however (see Bull. 61, Cor-
nell Exp. Sta. ). The Tomato is grown more extensively
in North America than elsewhere in the world, and
the varieties have here reached a higher degree of per-
fection. The American standard or ideal is a To-
mato that is nearly globular, solid and "smooth" (that
is, not wrinkled). Figs. 2518-20. The flat angled
and wrinkled Tomatoes (Fig. 252G ; 1334, Vol. II) are
now little grown in this country. These forms are
little adapted to canning, to which use enormous quan-
tities of Tomatoes are put, and they do not satisfy the
popular ideal or desire. The old-time pear, cherry, and
plum forms (Figs. 2521, 2522) of Tomatoes are still
grown for curiosity and also for the making of pickles
and preserves, but their field culture is relatively not
important. The currant Tomato, grown for ornament
and curiosity, is JOt/copersicum pimpinellifolium (Fig.
2523). It sometimes hybridizes with the common spe-
cies (Fig. 1338, Vol. II).

The Tomato requires a warm soil and climate, a
sunny open position, and a long season. The plants are
usually started in hotbeds or glass houses, being trans-
ferred to the open as soon as settled weather comes.
The plants are usually set from 4-5 feet apart each way
and are allowed to grow as they will, finally covering
the ground. For home use, however, the plants are
often trained, in order to forward their ripening and
to secure larger and better colored fruits. The best
method is to train to a single stem, as recommended
for forcing below. The stem is supported by a stake or
perpendicular wire or cord (Fig. 2524); or sometimes
it is tied to the horizontal strands of a trellis. This sin-
gle-stem training requires close attention, and if the
time cannot be spared for it, the vines may be allowed
to lie on an inclined trellis or rack. This rack training
keeps the plants from the ground and thereby allows
the individual fruits to develop perfectly and also
checks the spread of the fruit-rot; but it usually does
not give such perfect fruits as the single-stem training,
since the number of fruits is limited in the latter. The
most serious general difficulty in Tomato growing is
the rot of the fruit. This usually causes most damage,
following close, wet weather when the fruit is ripening.
It is apparently worst on plants that cover the ground
thickly with foliage and do not allow it to become dry
on the surface. Usually it does not seriously lessen the
crop beyond a few pickings; and if the plants are
brought into bearing early and are kept in thrifty con-
dition for subsequent bearing, the percentage of total
Injury is greatly reduced. The Tomato is tender to
frost. The green fruit remaining when frost kills the
plants may be ripened in tight drawers or cupboards,

TOMATO

1813

if it is nearly or quite full grown. The Tomato is prob-
ably a short-lived perennial; but in cold climates it is
grown as an annual from seeds. l# jj# g#

General Advice on Tomato Culture. — The Tomato
comes from tropical America and in its natural habitat
the conditions of temperature and moisture during the
entire growing season are constantly favorable for its
rapid development. The plant is adapted to such con-
ditions, and if we are to have the best possible results
with it under cultivation we must provide them and see

that it has a steady and unchecked growth from the
germination of the seed to the ripening of the fruit. It
is true that the plant will live through considerable
degrees of cold, wet, drought and other untoward con-
ditions, and often seemingly recover from their ill ef-
fects and make a vigorous growth. But we believe it is
true that any check in the growth of a Tomato plant,
particularly if it occurs when the plant is young, will
surely lessen the quantity and lower the quality of the
fruit produced. This is a strong statement, but we are
convinced of its truth by scores of experiences like the
following : Two adjacent fields of similar character
were set with plants from the same coldframes. Those
in one field were carelessly set out just before a cold,
dry wind-storm and received a check in transplanting,
the effect of which was evident for at least ten days;
but the plants ultimately became as large as those in
the second field, which had been kept in the coldframe
during the storm and were set out rather more care-
fully than the first lot, but six days later. They suf-
fered scarcely perceptibly from the transplanting, and
actually commenced a new growth sooner than those
set six days earlier. The subsequent treatment of the
two fields was as nearly identical as possible; but the
second field yielded over 100 bushels per acre more
fruit than the first and it was so superior in quality
that, sold by the same man in the same market, it
brought an average of nine cents per package more
money. We were familiar with the fields and their
treatment, and know of no reason for the difference
in results except the check that one lot received at
transplanting. All our experience with Tomatoes con-
vinces us that the first and great essential to the best
results is a steady constant growth from start to finish,
but more especially when the plant is young. This

1814

TOMATO

TOMATO

leads to a method of culture which differs somewhat
from that usually recommended. We plant the seed in
flats placed in a greenhouse or hotbed, some forty to fifty
days before we think the plant can be set in the field
without danger of frost, or what is quite as bad, a cold,
dry wind-storm. As soon as the plants can be handled
(which ought to be ten or twelve days from the sowing
of the seed), we transplant into other flats or into cold-
frames, setting them 2 to 4 inches apart according to
the space available and the desired size of the plants
when set in the field. We have never failed to get
better results from plants which had been transplanted
but once (and that when very small) and had been kept
in constant growth, than from those which were started
earlier and kept of a practical size for setting in the
field by repeated transplanting and pruning.

We aim to give the young plants light, heat, water,
and above all air, in such proportions as to secure a
constant and steady growth, forming stocky, vigorous

M.(

2519. A prolific Tomato, the result of training to a single stem.

plants able to stand erect when set in the field, even if
they are a little wilted. A plant which has once bowed
its head suffers from it forever.

For Tomatoes we prefer a field that has been made
rich by fertilization iu previous years, but if manure is
used we aim to have it thoroughly worked into the soil.
There is no crop in which this is of greater importance
than with Tomatoes. If we have to depend upon com-
mercial fertilizers we select those comparatively rich in
nitrogen and potash, and work iu two-thirds of it just
before setting the plants and the balance some four or
five weeks later. We prepare the field by plowing as
early as it can be worked, and repeated replowing or

deep working until, at the time the plants are set, it is
a deep bed of mellow, friable soil. We begin cultivat-
ing the day after the plants are set, running the culti-
vator as deep as possible, and go through again every
two or three days, as long as the plants will permit;
but we aim to make each cultivation shallower than the
preceding one until it becomes a mere stirring of the
surface soil.

When quantity and quality are of little importance
compared with earliness, the best results are obtained
by a method almost the opposite of that given above.
The seed is sown very early so that, though growth is
kept in check by crowding and scarcity of water, the'
plants have set the first cluster of fruit, which is some-
times nearly full grown by the time danger of severe
freezing is past, and the plants are then set in the field
much earlier than recommended for general crop. In
setting, furrows are opened running east and west and
the plants set in slanting to the south, so that the fruit
is just above the surface, with a bank of earth on the
north side, and the roots are no more than normal depth.
So treated, the plant will ripen the fruit already set
very early, but the subsequent crop is of very little
value.

When quality is of first importance, staking and
pruning is essential, as in this way much better fruit
can be grown than can be produced on unpruned vines
allowed to trail on the ground, particularly if the soil
be at all cold. When the plants are to be staked and
pruned they may be set as close as 30-40 inches apart.
We have obtained the best results from the use of a
single stake, some 2 inches square and 5 or 6 feet long,
to each plant. As soon as the plant shows its first clus-
ter of flowers it divides, and the two branches are
allowed to grow, being tied to the stake as necessary;
all branches starting below the division are cut or
pulled off, and any above are cut off just beyond the
first leaf or cluster of blossoms. Most of the fruit pro-
duced in the Gulf states for shipment north is grown in
this way.

For market or for canning and pickling, quantity and
quality of crop and cheap production are of prime im-
portance, and the best results are secured by following
the general cultural directions as just given. As the
gathering of the crop is one great element of its cost,
we have found it profitable to set 15 to 20 rows and
then omit one to form a driveway, at the same time
omitting every sixth or eighth plant in the row to form
a cross-walk. This facilitates the distribution of the
empty, and the collection of the full crates, and enables
one to gather the fruit with less injury to the vines;
consequently one secures nearly as much marketable
fruit, particularly if it is gathered green for pickling,
as if the entire space was covered.

Although the Tomato has been in cultivation a much
shorter time than most of our garden vegetables, there
have been developed a great many varieties, differing
materially in habit of vine, size, form and color of fruit
as well as other qualities; and these differences are so
divergent, and individual taste and the demands of dif-
ferent markets so varied, that it is difficult to classify
the varieties or arrange them in order of merit.

The extra -early sorts are of two types, one repre-
sented by Early Minnesota, with a vigorous vine produc-
ing in abundance large clusters of small, round, smooth
fruits which ripen early but are too small for market;
the other represented by the Atlantic Prize, in which
the vine is short-lived, lacking in vigor, and produces
very early-ripening fruit, too rough to be salable after
the smoother sorts reach the market.

Of varieties for a general crop there are quite a num-
ber, varying greatly in type and quality, from the Opti-
mus of medium size, perfect form, fine flavor and bril-
liant vermilion-red color, through the larger Favorite
and Matchless, to the perfect-shaped, large-sized, late-
ripening Stone; or if one prefers the purple-red, from
the Acme through the Beauty to the later Buckeye
State.

If one prefers the dwarf-growing plants, we have the
purple-fruited Dwarf Champion or the fine-flavored and
beautiful red Quarter Century. For special purposes
and to meet individual tastes we have the iumiense and
solid Ponderosa and the Honor Bright, which can be*

TOMATO

TOMATO

1815

shipped long distances almost as readily and safely as
the apple and more so than the peach, and which, picked
and stored on shelves, will prolong the season o£ fresh
Tomatoes from one's own garden till Christmas time.
And to please the eye we have the Golden Queen,
of clear yellow with
a beautiful red
cheek, or the White
Apple — nearly white —
or the Peach, covered
with bloom and as
beautiful in color as
a peach. For pick-
ling we have the Red
Plum and Yellow
Plum, the Red Pear-
Shaped and the Yel-
low Pear-Shaped, the
Red Cherry and the
Yellow Cherry, and the
cherry - like exquisite-
2520. The old-time and new-time flavored Burbank's
forms of Tomatoes — the an- Preserving. Every
gular and the " smooth." season there are new

and more or less dis-
tinct varieties added to the lists; and very truly of the
making of new varieties of Tomato, like the making of
books, there is no end. ^y_ jj_ Tracy.

Tomatoes Under General Field Conditions. — Tomatoes
should be started in hotbeds. To make the beds, select
a sheltered place on the south side of a bank or erect
some shelter on the north side from where the hot-
bed is to be made. Dig a hole about a foot deep, 8
feet wide and as long as needed; 18 feet long will give
room enough to grow plants for twelve acres of Toma-
toes. Use fresh stable manure; cart it out in a pile and
let it lay three or four days, then work it over until it
gets good and hot, then put it into the hole prepared
for it, 8 x 18 feet, about 18 inches thick. Then place the
frame, 6 x 16 feet, on the manure; that will leave one
foot manure outside of the frame; by this means the
heat will be just as great at the edge of the bed as it is
in the middle. Then place 4 or 5 inches of dirt on the
manure and let it lie for a couple of days to allow the
dirt to get warm. The sash is put on as soon as the
dirt is placed. When the dirt is warm, rake it over to
get it nice and fine, then sow the seed in drills which
are made about 2 inches apart by a marker. Sow the
seed by hand; the sash is then put on close to the dirt;
at the lower end of the bed the frame is made 3 inches
higher at the end next to the bank so the water will run
off; the bed is banked up all around so no cold can get
in. In this way the bed will be
kept warm and the seed will
soon come up. After the plants
are up nicely, they will need
some air that they may become
hardened and grow stocky.
Ventilating can be done by rais-
ing the bottom of the sash and
putting a block under them
while the sun is hot; but do
not neglect to lower them at
night. When the plants are
four or five weeks old, and
about 2 inches high, transplant
the first into a bed that has a
little warm manure in the bot-
tom and 4-6 inches of dirt on
top. Use sash over this first
bed, as the weather is quite
cold at night. Do this in order
to get the early plants in the 2521. Two forms of the
field. Transplant the remainder pear Tomato,

into coldframes and use cover-
ings or shutters made of boards. Transplant all in rows
6 inches apart and 2 inches in the row. Keep them in
these beds until planted in the open fields. When there
is a frost in the morning and plants are large, take off
the covering early in the morning that the frosty air may
harden the plants while they are in the bed. Sometimes
the plants are in blossom before they can be set in the

fields. Never pinch a plant back. A good-sized plant is
from 4-6 inches high and stocky; the stronger the plant
the earlier will be the crop. The main point is to get the
plant strong before it is set in the field, then it will not
stop growing, while a slender, weak plant will not start
to grow as soon. Transplanting the plants from the
sowing bed into the cold beds helps the plants, and they
will produce earlier fruit than those set in the fields
from the hotbeds. Take them up with a trowel that all
of the dirt possible may go with them from the bed
into the field. In case the ground is dry, take a large
box with clay in it and make a regular mush, dip the
plant into it, then put the plant in the box. One can
leave them there for a day or two before setting them
in the field.

Prepare the ground about the same way that farmers
prepare corn ground. Have it well harrowed, then
mark it off 4 x 6 or 5 x 6, and when the ground is very
rich 6x6 feet, and set the plant in the cross. Use the
hands to fill the dirt around the plant. Set the plants that

2522. A pear-shaped type of Tomato.

are transplanted under sash first, as they are the oldest
and strongest. These can be risked in the held first:
then fill that bed with plants again, as plants may be
needed for replanting in case cutworms or other causes
destroy some of the first setting.

Never put manure under the plants set in the field.
The best way to manure the ground is a year before,
for some other crop, such as cabbage, potatoes ot
pickles ; then you can grow Tomatoes several years after.
Never put Tomatoes in ground prepared with fresh ma-
nure, for the manure burns the roots and causes trouble,
and the flavor of the Tomatoes is not so good. As soon
as a field of Tomatoes is planted, go over the area with
hoes and draw up some soil to the plant, and fill in
around the plant with earth so it will not get dry into
the roots. After the plants begin to take root, go
through the field both ways with the cultivator, and
keep this up during the season. One cannot cultivate
them too much. Some farmers think that because thero
are no weeds growing around the plants they need very
little cultivating, but this is a mistake. When the sea-
son is dry they need more cultivation in order to keep
up the moisture.

Half-bushel baskets are very useful in picking Toma-
toes. Our own practice is to take about six rows in a
piece and throw the vines of a row around so that we
can drive a team through the field. If the rows are 6
feet apart a team can go through without destroying
many Tomatoes. In that way one can pick more Toma-
toes in a short time because he does not have to carry
them so far. Have boxes alongside where the team will
go and the Tomatoes are carried to these bushel boxes,
and when the team comes are loaded and driven to the
factory. Picking is done mostly by children. A man is
with them who keeps account of what they pick and
gives them instructions in picking. jj_ j# Heinz Co.

Tomato Culture in the South.— The Tomato is one of
the most capricious of market-garden vegetables. It is
of greater relative importance in the South than in the
North. Essentials of habit and cultivation do not ma-
terially differ in either section. While by no means a

1816

TOMATO

TOMATO

gross feeder, the plant demands a fairly good soil, light,
porous and well drained, and is generously responsive
to judicious fertilizing, though acutely sensitive to the
slightest variations of soil and climate. Underfertil-
ized it is unprofitable; too liberally manured, espe-
cially with nitrogenous matter, it runs to vine at the ex-
pense of fruit and is subject to excessive inroads from
bacterial and fungous diseases. Similar results follow
from wet seasons or too heavy soil, while drought or
insufficient nourishment cut short the harvest. To
steer a middle course between these extremes is diffi-
cult. It is, on the whole, safer to underfertilize than to
overfeed — to select a moderately dry, sandy loam, well
manured the last season, and with but a light applica-
tion of fertilizer, or none at all for the present crop-
to risk underproduction rather than invite overgrowth
of vine, fungous maladies, loss of foliage and decay
of fruit.

The normal fertilizer formula approximates that for
the potato, though a smaller percentage of nitrogen
will suffice— say 3 per cent nitrogen, 9 per cent phos-
phoric acid and 7 per cent potash. This would be met
by a compound of : Nitrate of soda, 400 lbs. ; high
grade (14 per cent) superphosphate, 1,320 lbs.; muriate
(or sulfate) of potash, 280 lbs.; total, 2,000 lbs. This
may be used to the amount of 1,000 lbs. per acre with
safety on a well - selected soil if applied sufficiently
early in the season. Such an application should pro-
duce a yield of 300 bushels per acre in a normal season
with any of the better standard varieties.

Varieties.— All things considered, the following short
list presents for the South the best of half a cen-
tury's effort in development: Crimson Cushion, Stone,
Pouderosa, Freedom, Acme, Trophy, Paragon and
Perfection. The medium-sized, smooth, round, red,
uniform, solid fruit represented by Stone and Acme,
and of which Crimson Cushion is perhaps the choicest
and most conspicuous example, presents an almost per-
fect type, of which one can ask little more than that its
present standard be permanently maintained. Yet local
experience and preference must ever differ with this as
with all other soil products.

For slicing, Golden Queen or Yellow Acme is incom-
parable, but it is valueless for cooking by reason of the
muddy tint developed thereby. Fruit of the Ponderosa
type is too large, gross and frequently too unsymmetri-
cal for successful shipping; it finds a readier sale in
local markets. Extra earliness in maturity seems to be
more or less a chimera, little real difference appearing
(on careful test) between most varieties. Early ripen-
ing is rather a matter of soil, manipulation and local en-
vironment than a fixed habit.

Color is apparently a secondary consideration, tastes
in this particular varying greatly. Some markets prefer
the crimson shade of the Acme type, while others de-
mand the purple tinge of the Mikado.

Vigpr of growth, productiveness and shipping quality
seem the three most important requisites — size, even,
yielding to them in importance. Oversized fruit, in-
deed, is almost as serious a defect as undersized. The
following would probably represent the best scale for an
ideal Tomato at the South, though differing somewhat
from that generally recognized:

Per cent

Vigor (covering freedom from disease) 20

Productiveness 16

Shipping quality 14

Shape 12

Size 11

Earliness 10

Color 8

Flavor 5

Cooking quality 4

100

Cultivation.— Whether grown on a large or small
scale, the young plants are started under glass from
January to March, according to isotherm, and in about
30 days from the seed are ready for "pricking out" or
transplanting— to open ground in the lower latitudes,
farther north into boxes or "Neponset" pots. The lat-
ter, constructed of paper, admit of handling without
rupturing the root system when permanently trans-
planted some 30 days later.

The land, when the business is conducted on a large
scale, may be prepared as for cotton by "laying off"
after breaking and fining, and then bedding on the fer-
tilizer drilled in continuous rows — though compost is
usually distributed "in the hill." For garden cultivation
the latter plan is strongly recommended, though broad-
casting is preferable for limited areas. A shovelful or
so of well-rotted stable manure to each hill, reinforced
by a top-dressing of superphosphate in early spring,
gives excellent results.

Distance naturally varies with [character of soil-
sometimes with variety of Tomato — and depends, also,
on the mode of training. Where no supports are
used 6x4 ft. is not too great. When trellised with 3 ft.
posts, at intervals, and one strand of No. 12 wire, either
0x4 or 6x3 will do, and when trained to 5 ft. single
stakes, 5x3 ft.

The crop should be rapidly worked through the sea-
son with either cultivators or "22-inch heel scrapes"—
at first in both directions, and afterwards, as the vines
spread, following the wide row only. Of course with
trellises cross-plowing is impossible.

Under either system pinching back weak or inconse-
quent laterals is necessary. All lower laterals when
stake-training is employed must be pruned until a main
stem is established, which is trained spirally around
the stake and secured with raffia, after which laterals
are still shortened from time to time, as occasion re-
quires. This is an ideal, and also a practical system,
and though necessarily the most expensive, will gener-
ally justify its use by the results. With the trellis sys-
tem two or three stems are allowed to grow, although
the plant is sometimes restricted to one stem for " fancy "
results. When no support is used only the more stocky
and fungus-resisting varieties should be planted and
severely pruned while young, to form, as far as possible,
an upright, rigid growth. This is the most common
method and probably the most profitable also, when
land is cheap and the grower is not readily discouraged
by damp and decay and is vigorous and determined in
the use of the spray-pump. It is certainly the most
economical form of cultivation everywhere, at least to
outward appearance.

Without his spray-cart and fungicide the tomato-
grower is lost— and knows it! Thesprayer has hence be-
come an invariable and indispensable adjunct to the truck
farm, by means of which most of the fungous and bac-
teroid affections of the plant may be, if not altogether
prevented, at least held in hand and damage reduced to
a minimum. But it must be kept going resolutely and
continuously from the first — the earlier sprayings to
consist of an admixture of 4 ounces Paris green to each
barrel of Bordeaux mixture to hold in check insect dep-
redators, later sprayings to be made with Bordeaux
only.

Second Crop. — A peculiar advantage of the Tomato
over other transplanted truck crops is its ready dispo-
sition to grow from cuttings, thus obviating the neces-
sity for re-seeding for a second or fall crop, as with the
cabbage. The cuttings afforded by the pruned laterals
strike root vigorously, and thus afford a ready means
for filling vacancies in the plat immediately upon their
occurrence ; and, since the plants from cuttings begin to
fruit as soon as they start growth, a continuous succes-
sion may be obtained from early summer until the
plants are cut short by frost in the fall — an economic
consideration of vast importance.

Marketing.— While no particular state or section of
the South altogether monopolizes the northern markets,
and many trucking centers from lower Texas and
Florida to Norfolk and Memphis successively forward
their shipments in greater or less quantity, the Florida
crop is probably the earliest, largest and best known,
though heavy shipments are made to western cities from
Louisiana and Mississippi, while the middle and eastern
states are supplied, after the Florida shipments have
ceased, by the truckers of Savannah, Charleston, Wil-
mington and Norfolk in turn.

The methods of packing and shipment are as many
and as diverse as the local centers of production. The
Florida crop, dominating the very early market, is
usually shipped stark green, each fruit paper-wrapped
in the regular "six-basket carrier" used for Georgia

TOMATO

TOMATO

1817

peaches, and forwarded by "ventilated fast freight."
This meets the early spring demand, but the fruit
ripens unevenly and is frequently unsalable at the
expected fancy figures on account of its appearance.

A growing tendency has been lately manifested to
ship as the fruit is coloring, after careful and syste-
matic grading, in " four-basket carriers " by refrigerator

surplus moisture. The feeding power of the roots
should be reduced and evaporation stimulated from the
soil. Possibly a light application of superphosphate at
time of cultivation would also prove beneficial.

Black rot, or blossom end rot, a widespread affection
causing great loss of fruit, and quite familiar to all,
seems to have long been en-oneously ascribed solely to
one of the forms of Macrosporium— the fa-
miliar early blight of the potato — and Bor-
deaux mixture is consequently suggested as
a remedy. Recent investigations by Earle
seem to indicate that the real cause of the
malady is no fungus but a bacillus, incapable,
unaided, of penetrating the outside tissues of
the fruit, but rapidly developing on abraded
surfaces or in insect wounds of any kind.

cars. Despite the extra cost of icing and the later ship-
ment, quality and prices are thereby more satisfactorily
maintained and the northern public will soon insist al-
together on this more rational method being put into
practice universally. The sorting and grading cannot
be carried too far, since the culls and second-class fruits
are equally as good for the cannery as first grades and
hence the standard of excellence may always be main-
tained without material loss.

Fungous Diseases. — Of the fungous affections of the
Tomato, damping-off in the seed-bed is the first to be
noted, and is familiar to all. Provoked by excess of
moisture, warmth and confined air, it may be controlled
by withholding water from the young plants except at
midday, stirring the soil to break up and destroy the
mycelium of the fungus, and otherwise thoroughly
ventilating.

Mildew, Cladosporiiim fulvum, is a common mal-
ady in the South during wet seasons, and may be easily
recognized by the continuous and successive death of
the foliage from below upward along the main stem,
and the great effort of the plant to set new leaves and
branches above, thereby maintaining its life at the ex-
pense of production. Steady spraying with Bordeaux
mixture is the remedy.

Florida blight, an undetermined species of Sclero-
tium, is less common, though sometimes quite serious.
It produces a wilted appearance in the plant somewhat
resembling that caused by the "bacterial blight," and
like it generally causes death. The peculiarity of this
fungus consists in the fact that the greater portion of
its life is passed under ground and it is hence unaffected
by fungicides applied to the foliage. Even when ap-
plied to the surface of the ground beneath the plant
Bordeaux mixture is of little value, since the precipitate
formed by the copper salt in suspension is more or less
arrested or strained out by the soil as the liquid filters
through. The ammoniacal solution of copper carbonate,
and eau celeste, are not liable to this objection, and may
be used as remedies with fairly satisfactory results.

Leaf curl, oedema, is also well known and while it
seldom, if ever, completely destroys the plant, yet it
greatly reduces its productiveness and is all the more
insidious from the fact that it frequently escapes notice
until it reaches an advanced stage. It is a form of vege-
table dropsy due to too much soil moisture, unbalanced
food formulas or excessive pruning— one or all. Cessa-
tion of pruning followed by deep cultivation will arrest
the malady, to a great extent, as the plants will thus be
given an opportunity to set foliage, thereby affording
breathing surface sufficient to transpire or pass off the

2523. Foliaee of the two cultivated species of Tomato. Ly-
copersicum pimpinellifolium— Currant Tomato— above ;
L, esculentum — common Tomato — below. (X%.)

The boll worm appears to be an active agent in
its distribution, while thrips and other wandering in-
sects largely assist in spreading or disseminating the
bacilli. Hence fungicides would prove of little avail in
controlling the bacterial agencies, which seem to work
in conjunction with the fungus heretofore regarded as
alone responsible for this malady. We must therefore
look for its complete subjugation only to those preven-
tive measures which have been found efficacious in
other forms of bacterial disease in plants. These are
detailed in the next paragraph, which covers the worst
malady known to the trucker.

Bacterial blight, Bacillus solanaeearitm, is by far the
most difficult to control of all the affections of the To-
mato. When this peculiar form of wilt puts in an ap-
pearance the grower is always thrown into more or less
of a panic. The malady progresses rapidly. The foliage
soon yellows and shrivels, the stems parch and contract,
and death follows swiftly. As with most bacterial dis-
eases, an effective remedy is yet to be found. At best,
preventive measures only can be adopted. Since it has
been found that certain insects — among them the Colo-
rado beetle — assist in disseminating the bacilli causing
the trouble it is evident that all leaf-devouring insect

1818

TOMATO

TOMATO

pests should, as a primary procedure, be eradicated,
as far as possible, from the Tomato plot. This at once
suggests the importance of crop rotation as a second
step, and thereafter, in sequence, the destruction of
affected vines and contiguous vegetable matter, the se-
lection of areas not recently planted with solanaceous
crops, and finally the importation of seed (for all sola-
naceous plants as well as Tomatoes) from districts
known to be exempt from the blight.

Insect Peats.— While these are relatively numerous,
their ravages are much less of a menace to the grower
than either the fungous or
the bacterial maladies. Only
the more important are
here mentioned.

First, the boll worm, Hel-
iothis a rm igera . As the pro-
blem of the damage done by
this insect is of almost equal
interest to the cotton plant-
er and the Tomato trucker,
the corugrower, too, being
largely concerned, it might
well be left in their hands
for solution, but for the fact
that the loss to the trucker
is not confined to the direct
depredation of the worm it-
self, but a pathway is there-
by opened to the subsequent
inroads of the blight bacil-
lus, as stated. It is on this
jj* %k/*,&S&iJS^&' account that the trucker's
"^C^'JjWti^Jx^^Wi interest in the "boll worm"

is paramount. Unfortu-
nately no adequate remedy
beyond hand - picking, the
use of corn as a " trap-plant "
and the destruction of
wormy fruit has ever been
suggested.

Of the various cut worms

and wire worms almost the

»'-=--.' ': ja* same might be said, omit-

- ■***- ting the interest of the cot-

2524. Stake-trained Tomato, ton planter. Remedies are

equally illusive. Except the

stereotyped "sunrise worm hunt" with a bit of shingle,

and cabbage leaves or dough poisoned with Paris green

and deposited at night about the plat, nothing of value

has ever been suggested.

Hand-picking for the great, green, sluggish tobacco
worms, Phlegethontius Carolinus, usually proves effec-
tive, in combination with the process of poisoning fol-
lowed by tobacco growers by means of a solution of co-
balt and sugar deposited each afternoon, at dusk, in the
corollaof the Jimpson weed, Datura Stramonium, which
the tobacco moth frequents.

The flea beetle, PJn/llotreta vittata, pinholing the foli-
age in clammy, cloudy weather and thereby assisting
the inroads of fungi and bacilli, is sometimes repelled
though not destroyed by Bordeaux mixture.

Nematode galls, Pig. 2144, p. 1545, caused by the
"vinegar eels," Heterodera radicicola, which affect cot-
ton, peas and certain other garden plants, frequently do
much damage to the Tomato. They can be avoided only
by rotation of area and preventing the contiguity of any
of their host plants — particularly cowpeas.

After all, the chief injury wrought by insects upon
the Tomato consists not so much in direct depredation
as in the incidental transfer of bacterial germs through
their agency. Boll worms, thrips, Colorado and flea
beetles, and other forms relatively innocuous in them-
selves, become, for this reason, a serious menace.
Were their complete extinguishment possible, the com-
mercial prospects and possibilities of the Tomato plant
would be infinitely improved. Hugh N. Staenes.

Tomato Growing Under Glass. — The Tomato is now
one of the most popular vegetable crops for forcing. It
is grown to a considerable extent near most of the large
eastern cities. Very often it is grown in connection
with carnations or other plants. The houses may be

used for carnations during the winter season and for
Tomatoes in late winter and early spring when the out-
side temperature becomes warmer. In many cases,
however, houses are used almost exclusively" for To-
mato growing. The forced crop usually comes into
market during holidays and runs until May or even
June. The winter crop is usually relatively light and
the Tomatoes small. The crop that matures when the
days are long, from April on, is much heavier and the
fruits are considerably larger. Nearly all the heavy
yields and large specimens that are reported in the pub-
lic press are secured in the later crops.

Many Tomato growers aim to have crops from two
sets of plants. One set of plants produces a crop in
midwinter or somewhat later, and the other set comes
into bearing in April or May. These crops may be
raised in different houses, succeeding other plants. If
they are grown in boxes, however, they may be handled
in the same house, the pots for the second crop being
set between those of the first crop before that crop is off.
In many instances, however, only one crop is grown;
that is to say, the effort is made to secure a more or
less continuous picking from one set of plants running
over a period of two months or more.

The Tomato requires a uniform and high tempera-
ture and is very subject to diseases and difficulties when
grown under glass. There are many risks in the busi-
ness of Tomato growing in winter. It is probable that
there is no money to be made from it when the price
falls below thirty cents per pound, and perhaps the limit
of profit, taking all things into consideration, is not
much below forty cents.

Tomatoes are now usually grown on benches or in
solid beds, preferably the former. Sometimes they are
grown in boxes 10 or 12 inches
square or in 10- or 12-inch pots,
but greater care is exercised to
grow them in this way and the
expense is also increased.
Plants may be raised either
from cuttings or from seeds.
Seedlings are usually preferred
in this country. It requires
from four to five months to se-
cure ripe Tomatoes after the
seeds are sown. The young
plants are usually started in
flats and are then transplanted
to other flats or, preferably, to
pots. They should be stocky
and well grown and about 6
or 8 inches high when they
are placed in the beds.

Sometimes the old plants are
bent down at the base and one
or two feet of the stem covered
with earth; the top then re-
news itself, particularly if cut
back, and a new crop of fruit
is produced. Plants can be
kept in bearing for two sea-
sons. Healthier plants and bet-
ter results are usually secured,
however, when new plants are
used for each succeeding crop,
although time may be saved by
the laying-down process.

As grown in this country win-
ter tomato plants are usually
trained to a single stem, being
supported by a cord that runs
from near the base of the plant 2M5- A strand 0f wjnter
to a support overhead. In this Tomato, showine the
system of training the plants clusters supported by
may stand 2 feet apart each siings.
way or even less. The side

shoots are pinched out as fast as they appear, the main
central shoot being allowed to grow. It is loosely tied
to a cord or wire as it ascends. Usually the main stem
is stopped when it reaches about 5 feet in height. Some
persons prefer to start 3 to 5 stems from near the crown
of the plant and to train them fan-shape. When this is
done the plants should stand from 2 to 3 feet apart

TOMATO

TOMATO

181!)

■either way. This system is seldom used in American
commercial Tomato growing, however.

The soil should be much like that which is adapted to
the growing of Tomatoes out of doors. It should be
well enriched with old short manure and also with some
commercial fertilizer which is relatively rich in the
mineral elements. Care should be exercised that the
soil is not secured from a Tomato field, for in that case
diseases are likely to be brought into the house. Every
effort should be employed to cause the plants to grow
continuously. Plants
that become root-bound
or yellow and pinched
cannot be expected to
give good results.

Some bottom - heat
should be applied. If
the soil is as shallow
as 4 inches, care should
be taken that pipes are
not too close to the bot-
tom of the bench or
that the heat is not too
great. From 5 to 6
inches is a better depth
for soil on Tomato
benches, and the pipes
for carrying steam
should be several
inches beneath the bot-
tom. The temperature
of the house at night
should not fall below
G0°, although a lower
temperature than this,
providing the house is
dry and the plants are
not growing very rap-
idly, may result in no
appreciable harm. It
is better, however, to
maintain a temperature
of 65° at night. The
day temperature
should run from 75 to
£0°. The house should
have an abundance of
light and should be
high enough only to
allow the plants to
have free head-room.

The Tomato plant is
very likely to grow too
rapidly when it is
given too much water
and the temperature is
too high. This is par-
ticularly true in the
dull cloudy days of
midwinter. The plant
then fills with mois-
ture, becomes soft and
flabby and is likely to
develop the oedema, or
dropsy. This disease
manifests itself in
brown elevations on
the stems and in the
curling of the leaves.

When a plant is once seriously affected it is worthless.
The preventive is to keep the houses well ventilated
and relatively dry in spells of dark weather. This cau-
tion applies particularly to the duller and damper parts
of the house.

The Tomato flower needs hand-pollination to enable it
to set fruit. The pollen will ordinarily discharge readily
if the flower is jarred quickly at midday when the sun
is shining and the house is dry. When the flowers are
ready for pollination a bright day should be looked for
and the house should not be watered that morning. The
pollen is jarred into a spoon or a wTatch-glass, and into
this pollen the protruding stigma of the flowers is
rubbed. It is necessary to apply an abundance of pol-

2526. Sculptures from a Theban tomb " of the 18th or the begin-
ning of the 19th dynasty."

From Daubeny's " Lectures on Roman Husbandry." "The plough
itself is nothing more than a modification of the hoe, which was first
dragged along the ground by manual labor, before the force of oxen
was substituted." (See Tools, page 1820.)

len in order to secure large and well-formed fruits.
The pollinating should be done freely and with great
thoroughness, as upon this operation depends the
chance of securing a full and good crop. One can rarely
expect to secure from a whole house an average of more
than 3 to 4 pounds of fruit to a single plant for the win-
ter crop when the plants are trained to a single stem.
Similar plants fruited in April or May, however, may
produce considerably more than this. As soon as the
fruit clusters begin to get heavy, they should be sup-
ported by cords se-
cured to the main stem
(Fig. 2525).

Many varieties of
Tomatoes force with
ease. There are few
which seem to be spe-
cial forcing varieties.
Usually a Tomato of
medium rather than of
large size and one that
is rounded and with
few creases or angles
is to be preferred. The
varieties of Tomatoes
that are in favor for
forcing are constantly
changing and it is not
advisable to give a list
here.

The Tomato is beset
by several difficulties
when grown under
glass. One of the most
serious is the root-gall,
which is due to a nem-
atode worm. In the
northern states where
the soil may be frozen
there should be little
difficulty with this
pest. After the crop
is off in early summer
all the soil should be
removed from the
benches and the boards
should be thoroughly
washed with lye. The
new soil should be such
as has been thoroughly
frozen. The practice
of mixing old forcing-
house soil with the new
soil is very likely to
perpetuate any root-
gall difficulty that may
have been introduced
into the house. When
once plants are affected
with the root-gall they
cannot be saved. The
Tomato rust, which is
characterized by fun-
gous spore-patches on
the under sides of the
leaves, may be held in
check by spraying with
Bordeaux mixture or
other fungicide. There
are several forms of blight which are apparently bacterial
troubles. These seem to follow unsanitary conditions of
the house, as too close temperature, too little light, too
much moisture at the root, and the like. They are
characterized by various degrees of curling and black-
ening of the foliage and young growth. There is no
remedy. Infected plants should be destroyed and, as a
safeguard, the soil in which they grow should not be
used again in the house. The rot of the fruit is often
serious in Tomato houses. The cause of the trouble is
not definitely known. After the rot has proceeded to a
certain stage, filamentous fungi develop, and these
were formerly considered to be the cause of the trouble.
The only remedy so far known for rot in houses is to

1820

2527, Ancient plows, reproduced from Bradley's "Survey of the Ancient H
bandry and Gardening," 1725, Herewith is Bradley's explanation:

give attention to the general
sanitary conditions of the place
and to pick off the injured
fruits as fast as the disease de-
velops. L# Hi B<

TOMATO. Husk T. is Phy-
salis ptibescens. Strawberry T.
is Physalis Alkehengi and pu-
bescens.

TOMATO, TREE. Cyphom-
andra.

TOMMASfNIA (Tommasini,
a magistrate and naturalist of
Trieste). VmbelUferce. Two
species of herbs allied to Peu-
cedanum and Angelica. Ben-
tharu and Hooker attach it to
Peucedanum. In the breaking
up of that genus (see Peuce-
danum ), this group would seem
to be best treated as a distinct
genus, following Koch, Boissier
and others. It has the habit of
Angelica. From Peucedanum
it differs chiefly iu having the
petals involute on the margin.
Involucre none ; involucel
many-leaved ; margin of car-
pels dilated: fls. somewhat po-
lygamous. One species, T. ver-
ticillaris, Bertol. {Peucidanum
rerticil litre, Koch. Angelica
verticiU(trt\ Linn.), is adver-
tised in this country as a lawn
plant. It is a hardy peren-
nial, about 1 ft. tall: Ivs. with
many small yellow-green flow-
ers, 3-pinnate, the leaflets ovate,
acute - serrate and the lateral
ones often 2-Iobed and the ter-
minal one 3-lobed, the petiole
much dilated at base. Pied-
mont region, S. Europe.

L. II. B.

TOOART TREE. Eucalyptus
gomphocephala.

TOOLS. The American
farmer is known by his tools
and machinery. Labor costs
much and land costs little. The

"No. 1. Figure of an ancient
Plough, supposed to be used about
the Time of the Romans.

" No. "2. Hgure of a Spanish
Plough, which some suppose pre-
serves somewhat of the Manner of
the Roman Plough, only alter'd to
be drawn by one Horse, instead of
a Yoke of Oxen. 'Tis said that the
Husbandmen in Spain, will plough
two or three Acres of light Land.in
a Day with this Plough,

"No. 3. The common Shoulder
Plough or best Plough, used in
several Parts of England, for cut-
ting or breaking the Surface of
Grass Grounds, or Heath Lands;
'tis push'd along by one Man;
sometimes cutting the Turf half
an Inch thick, sometimes an Inch
or two. At A is an Iron turn'd
up with a sharp Edge, to cut the
Turff from the rest of the green
Sward.

" No. 4. Is a Figure of the common
proper to be used in Clays when they are hard.

Dray Plough, which is good to be used for miery Clays in Winter; but is not

"No. 5. The Figure of a singl'd Wheeld Plough, used in Sussex.

"No. 6. The Figure of the Hertfordshire Wheel Plough, which is of the easiest Draught; proper for any Grounds, except miery
Clays, which are apt to clogg the Wheels. The several Parts of this Plough, being understood, will explain to us the Use of the
other Ploughs. A is the plough Beam, B the Handle, Tail. Stills, or Staves, C the Neck, or Share Beam, D the Earth Board,
Mould Board, Furrow Board, Shield Board, E the Sheath, F the Share Iron, G the Coulter, H the Plough Pin and Collar Links,
I the Plough Pillow, K the Wheels."

TOOLS

American is inventive. The result is that there is a tool
to expedite and lighten almost every labor. The effort
of each man is multiplied. Not only are the American
tools numerous and adapted to almost every agricul-
tural labor, but they are trim, light and comely in de-
sign.

A tool is properly a hand implement,
used to facilitate mere manual labor. A
machine is a contrivance, usually more
elaborate, that multiplies and transmits
power or motion. Yet tools and machines merge so
completely that it is impossible to make a definite cate-
gory of one or the other. The word implement is more
generic, and applies to any intermediary device by
means of which a man accomplishes a given work.
The phrase "agricultural implements," as used by
tradesmen, usually refers to both tools and machines.
In general discussions the word tool is used somewhat
indefinitely, as in this sketch; but even then it does
not include complicated machinery.

The tools used by horticulturists can be thrown into
four general categories:

1. Tools for tilling the land, as plows, harrows, roll-

ers,cultivators, weeders, hoes, rakes. See Tillage.

2. Tools to facilitate various handwork, as seed-

sowers, transplanters, markers, pruning imple-
ments, and most greenhouse devices.

3. Tools or machines to facilitate the destruction of

insects and fungi, as fumigators, syringes, spray-
ing devices. See Spraying, Insecticides, Fun-
gicides.

4. Tools or vehicles for transporting, as carts, bar-

rows.
In the multiplic-
ity of tools, one is
often at a loss what
to purchase. The
buyer should have
a definite idea of
the kind of labor
that he needs to
have p e r f o r m]e d
and he should then
consider how well
adapted the tool

may be to perform that labor. Once purchased, the tools
should be cared for. A tool shed or room is the greatest
convenience and often the greatest economy. Labor is
expedited and annoyance saved if each tool has its
place. Every farm or garden should be provided with a
room that can be warmed in cold weather, in which re-
pairs can be made on tools and machinery. No general
farm barn is complete without such a room. The care
of tools not only contributes to the longevity and use-
fulness of the implements themselves, but it sets dis-
tinct ideals before the farmer and therebyis ameans of
educating him. The greater the variety and the better
the quality of the tools the more alert the user of them
is likelv to be. One should look up the new ideas in

TOOLS 1821

appears to have been a forked or crotched stick, one
prong of which was used as a handle and the other as a
cleaving instrument. From this the hoe and the plow
appear to have developed. Fig. 252G. The hoe and the
plow are still the fundamental or primary tillage tools,

2530. The perfected American plow.

; for

2529. An European type of plow, still used in its improved forms.

2528. An early Yankee plow, made oi wood and the mold-
board protected by iron nailed on. After Roberts.

tools each year as he does in markets or crops. The
advertising pages of rural papers are suggestive in this
direction.

The original tool for opening or tilling the ground

one being for hand-work essentially what the other i
team-work. As the philosophy of tillage has come to
be better understood, these tools have been greatly
modified and varied. It is surprising to know that the
plow was not perfected until within a century. It is
doubtful if the invention of any of the most important
machines of modern times has really meant so much for
the welfare of the race as the birth of this humble im-
plement. To many persons is ascribed the credit of the
invention of the modern plow, for the implement seems
to have originated independently in different countries,
and even in America there are various contestants for
the honor. Thomas
Jefferson, Charles
Newbold, David
Peacock, and others
have received the
honor. There i s
reason for ascrib-
ing the modern
type of plow to
Jethro Wood, of
Scipio, Cayuga
county, New York.
The years 1814 and
1819 are the dates of his most important patents, al-
though the latter is usually regarded as the natal
day of the implement. Wood was born in Massachu-
setts in 1774 and died in 1845 or 1840. (See "Jethro
Wood, inventor of the Modern Plow," by Frank Gilbert,
Chicago, 1882.) The study of plows is a curious and
profitable undertaking, and one that still needs to be
prosecuted. Some of the forms of plows, ancient and
modern, are shown in Figs. 2527-30.

The large-area farming of North America and the ap-
prehension of the principles that underlie tillage have
resulted in the invention of a large number of surface-
working tillage tools. These inventions are particu-
larly important in orcharding, as they enable the grower
t>> maintain the necessary surface mulch (see Tillage
and Pomology) with a small amount of labor and without
training the trees too high. There are now many culti-
vators and harrows which cover a wide swath and which
are adapted to the light stirring of the surface soil with-
out the turning of furrows and the ridging of the land.
Fig. 2531. One who is contemplating a serious
study of tillage tools should familiarize himself
with the inventions of Jethro Tull, before the
middle of the eighteenth century. Tull devised
implements to facilitate the tillage of plants
when they were growing in the field.

In hand-tillage tools the greatest recent ad-
vancement is in the development of the wheel
hoe. Fig. 2532. This light and simple tool, usually
with adjustable blades, performs the labor of many
sets of fingers and does the work more effectively so
far as tillage is concerned. It also enforces better
initial preparation of the land in order that it may do
its work more perfectly; and this remark will also
apply to the modern seed-sowers. Fig. 2533.

Unfortunately, there is no recent American book that
discusses the principles underlying the application of
farm tools and machinery. Practically, our only sus-

1822

Pie

id effort in that directi,
.•iii« and Machinery," IS
s illustrating various fa
veniences" and Martin's " Fi
lished by the Orange Judd C

is Thomas' " Farm Im-
and 1809. Useful hand-
del ices ;ir<' " Farm < !on-
i Appliances," both pub-
pany. L. II. B.

2331. Two types of tools lor preparing the surface soi'.
The spike-tooth and spring-tooth harrow-.

TOOTHACHE TREE. See Xanthoxylum.
T00THW0RT. English-made name for Dentaria.
TORCH LILY. Kniphofia

TORENIA (after Olaf Toren. clergvman; traveled in
China 1750-52 and discovered V. dsiatica). Scrophula-
ri&cea. About 20 species of annual or perennial herbs.

stly low, branching and somewhat decumbent, with

simple, opposite, serrate or crenate leaves and tubular,

s what2-lipped flowers in terminal or axillarv, few-

fld. racemes. The species are mainly from tropical

Asia and Africa. Calvs tubular, plicat ■ 3 Swinged,

obliquely 3-5-dentate or 2 lipped al the top; corolla-
tube cylindrical, usually much wider above; posterior
lip erect, broad, concave, notched or more deeply cut;
lower lip large, spreading, with :: nearlj equal lobes;
stain, us I. perfect; capsule oblong; seeds numerous,
small.

Torenias are of easy cultivation and are very useful
for window-boxes, low borders or even for large masses.
The I]. .w.-rs are not large but the plants are floriferous

and keep in g I leaf and flowers from spring to frost.

T. Fournieri has the best habit for a bedding plant,
but it may be bordered with T. flora. The plants are
easily raised from seed, but may also be grown from
cuttings, which root quickly.

2532. The h

Fls

ily yellow.

flava, Bueh.-Ham. (T. Bailloni, Godefr.). Usually
decumbent and creeping; Ivs. 1-2 in. long, ovate to ob-
long, coarsely crenate; petiole half as long as the blade
or less; lis. axillary and solitary or scattered at the
ends of the branches in pairs on an erect rachia; fo-

llow beneath; cort.Ua
purple eye. India and

rolla-tube red - purple above, ■
limb bright golden yellow with
E. Asia. B.M. 6700, F. 1883:55

AA. Fls. mainly blue or while.

Asiatica, Linn Annual, erect or diffuse; st.-in quad-
rangular; Ivs. ovate or ovate - lanceolate, long-acumi-
nate, -■ rrate, obtuse, not cordate at the base, rough to
the touch : peduncles axillarv. single-fld. : corolla large;
tube dark purple; limb 4-lobed, of a delicate pale pur-
ple-blue, with a .lark blotch on :i of the lobes, without a
yellow eye; stamens I, the 2 longer with a subulate
spur. India. B.M. 424U.

Fournieri, Linden (V. eitfutitla, II. .ft., not Benth.).

Fig. 2534. Low, busln . usually annual, hi mini: nearly

1 ft. high: si. -in 4-anglfd: Ivs. petioled, cordate-lanceo-
late, 1 -I ' • in. long, crenate-serrate; petiole ii m. long;

... r..lla tnl... narrow, yellow; olla-limb 2-lipped, the

posterior lip not nit, pah- blue, the anterior 3-lobed:
lobes round obtuse, .lark purplish blue, Hit- anterior
lobe marked with a vellow blotch. 1. II. 2:1:24:1. K.H.
1876, p. 4C5. B.M. C747.— Var. alba, II. .n. (var. White
Wings) has pur., wlni.. flowers. A.F. 5:401. G.M. 3G 87.
Var. grandiflora lias somewhat larger lis. an. I is more

free-flowering. In the neigl rhood of Philadelphia,

self-sown s.-...i sometimes germinates in the spring;

also

To

■ds of V. fla

llt\

.Ir.-.ls

ri in Florida

Whirl, Is CU

Young plan
old

F. W. Barclay.
an excellent substi-

it ill v with diffi-

■ ni. ■ up by the hun-

plants from self-sown
seed during the rainy
season. The species
ran also be propagated
with great ease by cut-
tings. Thr Torcnia
shows its lull beaut\
when planted in beds
or borders or in masses
in front of small ever
green shrubs. Ii flow
ers al.un.lantlx

ih

best

lat(

Th

tained by treating it

as an annual. Ally

g I :m. I rich lighf

soil seems to meet its
requirements. It suc-
ceeds almost »■ v e ry-
where hut p re f e r s
shad.- and moisture.
It even grows luxuri-
antly- in wot places
along ditches ami water-courses '
grow in tlir North. If such localiti
shady, th.. flowers, though much la
duced as abundantly nor are they

2534. Torenia Fo
Detached flower ( - %).

forget-me-nots
'ever, are very
re neither pro
brightly as

in sunny situations. I In the other I, an, I. it is •
found in such dry positions, where only cacti and yuc-
cas manage to live, that .me can scarcely understand

how it is able t,. succeed. In g 1 s,,j| tlie Torenia

attains a height of from s to in inches, ami when
planted ah. .tit 8 inches apart soon cover the ground en-
tirely. There is already a great variety in colors, but
the typical plant has beautiful light blue and royal
purple flow.-rs, with a bright yellow throat, in texture
rivaling the most exquisite velvet. tj, Nehrling

T0RNILLO.

Pros

TORREYA I afi.r Or. John Torrev, one of the most
distinguished of the earlier American botanists; 1796-
1873). Svn., Tiimion, Caryotdzus. Coniferw. Orna-
mental evergreen trees, with spreading, usually whorled
branches, clothed with yew-like, two-ranked, .lark green
foliage; the fruits are drupe-like and about 1 in. long.
The Torreyas are hut little known in cultivation and
rarely seen in a flourishing condition. The southern

TORRETA

T. taxifolia survives the winters in very sheltered posi-
tions in the vicinity of Boston, but T. California is
not hardy north. The Japanese T. nucifera is probably
the hardiest and most desirable species, but seems not
yet to have been tested north. Torreyas will probably
grow best in shaded and sheltered positions and in a
somewhat moist loamy soil. Prop, by seeds; also by
cuttings and by grafting on Cephalotaxus. Plants
raised from cuttings grow very slowly and usually re-
main bushy. For cions, terminal shoots should be
selected.

There are 4 species in N. America andE. Asia. Trees,
rarely shrubs : Ivs. 2-ranked, linear or linear-lanceolate,
with 2 narrow glaucous lines beneath, becoming fulvous
with age; when bruised the foliage emits a disagree-
able odor: fls. dioecious, rarely monoecious; staminate
fls. ovoid or oblong, composed of 6-8 whorls of stamens,
surrounded at the base by bud-scales; pistillate fls.
consisting of a solitary ovule surrounded at the base by
a fleshy aril and several scales: fr. drupe-like,
consisting of a rather large seed, with thick
woody shell entirely covered by a thin fleshy
aril. The hard, strong and close-grained wood ^zz
is much valued in Japan for cabinet-making
and building. It is very durable in soil. In
this country it has been used for fence posts.
Raflnesque's Tumion has recently been taken
up as the proper name for this genus, since
the name Torreya was used for other genera
before being applied to this; but there are
good reasons why none of these older Tor-
reyas can stand, and no useful purpose can be served
by replacing the present name.

A. Lvs. linear, about % in. broad or less.
B. Length of lvs. %-l% in.
taxifdlia, Arnott (Tumion taxi fdlium, Greene). Fig.
2535. Tree, attaining 40 ft., with spreading, slightly
pendulous branches, forming a rather open pyramidal
head: bark brown, tinged orange: lvs. linear, acumi-
nate, dark or dark yellowish green above, with narrow
white lines beneath, %-\% in. long: fr. obovate, dark
purple, 1-1 K in. long. Fla. S.S. 10:512.

bb. Length of lvs. 1-3% in.
Califdrnica, Torr, ( T. Myristica, Hook. f. Tumion
Califomicum, Greene). California Nutmeg. Tree,
attaining 70, or occasionally 100 ft., with spreading,
slightly pendulous branches, forming a pyramidal or in
•old age round-topped head: bark grayish brown, tinged
with orange: lvs. linear, slightly falcate, acuminate
lustrous and dark green above, 1-3% in. long: fr. ob
long-oval or oval, light green, streaked with purple
1-lkin. long. Calif. S.S. 10:513. B.M. 4780. F.S
•9:925. G.C. II. 24:553; ill. 5:800, 801. R.H. 1875, pp
76, 77; 1879, pp. 171, 172.

AA. Lvs. lanceolate, one-sixth in. broad or somewhat
less.
nucifera, Sieb. & Zucc. Tree, usually 30 ft., but oc-
casionally 80 ft. high, with spreading branches, forming
a compact head, sometimes shrubby: bark bright red:
lvs. lanceolate, acuminate, rigid and spiny pointed, very
dark green above, with 2 white lines beneath, %-iy in.
long: fr. ovoid, oblong, less than an inch long. Japan.
S.Z. 2:129. R.H. 1873, p. 315. -The Chinese T.grdndis,
Fort., is very similar in foliage, but said to lack the
•disagreeable odor of the other species. R.H. 1879, p.

TOXYLON

1823

173. G.C. II. 22:081.

Alfred Rehder.

TORTOISE PLANT. Testudinaria Elephantipes.
TOUCH-ME-NOT. Impatiens aurea and biflora.

TOURNEFORTIA (Jos. Pitton de Tournefort, 1656-
1708; one of the earliest systematic botanists). Bona-
ginacew. A large genus comprising possibly 100 spe-
cies widely scattered about the warmer portions of the
world. Mostly trees and shrubs, rarely subshrubs, with
alternate simple leaves and small flowers in terminal
Cymes.

heliotropioides, Hook. Properly Heliotrdpium anchu-
saefolium, Poir. A hairy, shrubby perennial, with aspect

of garden heliotrope but not sweet-scented: lvs. ellipti-
cal, obtuse, wavy -margined: peduncles terminal, 2-3
times branched, bearing a 1-sided, 2-ranked raceme of
many fls.: calyx 5-lobed, hairy ; corolla-tube yellow, the
limb 5-Iobed, lilac. Buenos Ayres. B.M. 3096. -Self-
sows and comes up in the garden spontaneously. Not
popular North, but a good shrubby plant in the South.
F. W. Barclay.

TOWNSENDIA (David Townsend, botanical associ-
ate of Wm. Darlington, of Pennsylvania). Oompdsitce.
About 17 species of low, many-stemmed herbs, nearly

2535. Torreya taxifolia (X :

all of which are natives of the Rocky Mts., with linear
or spatulate, entire lvs. and rather large heads resem-
bling those of Aster; the numerous rays from violet to
rose -purple or white; flowering from early spring to
summer. The annual or biennial species have larger
heads than most of the perennials. Judging from the
literature, the largest fld. of the perennials are T. con-
densata, Wilcoxiana and Bothrockii, three species
which seem not to be in cultivation as yet. The species
mentioned below are presumably among the most de-
sirable of the genus. They are offered by collectors of
Colorado wild flowers.

As a genus Townsendia is distinguished mainly by its
akene, which is commonly beset with bristly duplex
hairs, having a forked or glochidiate-capitellate apex.
Townsendia is practically unknown to floriculture. For
fuller account see Gray's Synoptical Flora of North
America.

grandiflora, Nutt. Biennial or annual, 9-18 in. high:
stems spreading from the base: upper lvs. often linear:
bracts of involucre conspicuously attenuate-acuminate:
heads large; rays H in. long, bright blue or violet.
Summer. Foothills western Neb. to Colo, and New
Mex.

sericea, Hook. Nearly stemless perennial with ses-
sile heads surrounded and surpassed by the linear lvs.:
heads % in. across; rays white or purplish tinged.
April. May. Dry hills, plains or mountains, Saskatche-
wan to Rockies, south to New Mex. and Ariz. — Known
as "Easter Daisy" in Colorado. vy_ jj

T0XIC0PHL.EA. See Acokanthera

TOXYLON (Bow-wood, from the Greek). Urtieacece.
Osage Orange. One species, a thorny North American
small tree, much used for hedges... Formerly known by
Nuttall's name Madura (named for Wm. Maclure,
American geologist), but Raflnesque's Toxylon has a
year's priority. The orange-like, inedible fruit is famil-
iar to children. See Fig. 2536. The tree thrives in
moist and rich or in ordinary or dry soils. Its roots

1824

TOXYLON

TRACHELOSPEKMUm

are voracious feeders ana rapidly deplete the soil.
Hardy as far north as Massachusetts. A tree with
deciduous, simple, alternate, petiolate, entire leaves
and milky sap: branches, particularly the lower, beset
with numerous straight, axillary spines 2-3 in. long:
fls. minute, dioecious, apetalous, axillary, appearing in
May to June, the s tarn in ate borne on the short spur-like
branchlets of the previous year, racemose, pedicillate,
pendulous; calyx 4-parted, with its segments valvate:
stamens 4, the pistillate borne on branches of the cur-
rent year, sessile, capitate; peduncle short, the 4-cleft
calyx inclosing the sessile ovary: style simple, filiform,
long and exserted: ovary superior, one-loculed; ovule
solitary: fr. a dense aggregation of enlarged, fleshy ca-
lices into a globular syncarp with a mammillate sur-
face, light green or yellowish in color: syncarp 4-5 in.
in diameter, falling as soon as ripe in the autumn.

2536. Osage Orange — Toxylon pomif

(X 1-5).

pomfSerum, Raf . (Madura aurantlaca, Nutt. ) . Osage

Orange. Fig. 2536. Tree, 30-50 ft. high: lvs. ovate
to oblong - lanceolate. E. Kansas to N. Texas. Wood
orange-colored. G.C. III. 16:693. G.M. 33:808, 809. R.H.
1896, p. 33 (var. inermis). V. 4:37. Emil Mische.

Before the advent of wire fences the Osage Orange
was an extremely popular hedge plant, meeting general
requirements better than any other plant suitable to
our climate. It is used considerably, and where prop-
erly attended to from the start makes a hedge in a short
time of a fairly defensive nature. Most dealers in tree
seeds keep seeds of the Osage Orange, and those who
grow the plants procure the seed in spring, drilling it
in rows. The Osage Orange grows readily from seed,
even when the latter is a year old. The sowing in rows
gives the seedlings a chance to become stocky by fall
and plants two feet high the first year are not uncom-
mon. These one-year-old plants are quite good enough
for hedging. Nurserymen who grow them for sale usu-
ally dig the plants in the fall, storing them away in a
cool cellar, the roots buried ill sand. They are then
sorted into two grades, which compose first- and sec-
ond-class plants. At the time of grading, the tops are
chopped off somewhat, leaving about six inches of
length only. This fits them for planting without niore
cutting.

The place where a hedge is desired should be well
cleared of all weeds. If cultivated for a year in ad-
vance, so much the better, as it will make the keeping
down of weeds a much easier task.

There are two ways of planting a hedge; viz., single
row and double row. The double row is made by set-
ting the plants nine inches apart each way, the plants
in the second row coming between those in the first
row, forming a zigzag line. The single row, however,
is good enough, and is much easier to cultivate and
keep clear of weeds. In single rows set the plants six
inches apart.

The soil need not be overrich for the Osage Orange.
The plant is a strong grower naturally, and soil in fair
condition will give a growth more tractable to form a
good hedge than a rank growth from rich soil.

When dug the Osage plants have very long roots, and
the ends of these may be chopped off without disadvan-
tage. If the plants are held in bunches and the roots
chopped to an even length the setting will be an easy
task. The tops will have been already cut off if treated
in the way above suggested.

Beyond cultivation of the plants, nothing is required
the first year. By fall a good growth should have been

made, and towards spring this should be cut hack, leav-
ing about six inches of the young growth. The season
following more care must be given to forming a hedge.
When in full growth, say in July, shear off the tops of
the plants. This will cause the side shoots to develop;
and it is these side shoots which will form the base of
the hedge. Auother light trimming should be given
when growth is over for the season, to bring the plants
into a hedge shape. Much the same work will be re-
quired every year — a trimming when growth is in full
swing to make the hedge bushy, and another later on to
shape it.

The proper shape for a hedge is the conical form,
though it may be flat-sided or in any shape desired,
provided the upper branches never overlap the lower.

Of late years a system of planting the Osage Orange
differing from the one described has been followed by
some. Strong two-year-old plants are procured and are
planted in a slanting position. As the new growth is
made it rises in an upright way as usual, and this pro-
duces a lattice-like appearance of the branches, and a
very strong hedge. It is certainly stronger than a com-
mon hedge, and yet a common one properly looked after
forms a defensive fence, meeting all requirements, and
costs not nearly as much as the other. See Hedges.
Joseph Meehan.

TRACHELIUM (Greek, trachelos, neck; from its
supposed efficacy in diseases of the throat). Campanu-
laceai. Throatwokt. A genus of 4 or 5 species of
perennial herbs or low shrubs with usually somewhat
simple stems and terminal panicles of small blue
flowers. The species are native to the Mediterranean
region of Europe. Calyx adnate; lobes 5, narrow; co-
rolla narrowly tubular; stamens free from the corolla:
capsule nearly globose: seeds small.

caBruleum, Linn. A half-hardy biennial or perennial,
1-3 ft. high: lvs. ovate, acuminate, unequally serrate:
fls. blue or white, in dense, terminal cymes, in late
summer. Shaded places in S. Europe. B.R. 1:72.
Gn. 28, p. 181; 47, p. 303; 51, p. 84.— An attractive late-
flowering perennial suited to culture as an annual.
According to Gn. 28, p. 181, the species is fairly hardy
in England, but young plants are more floriferous than
old ones. Seed may be sown in March. The plant is
easily propagated by cuttings. According to Gn. 47,
p. 303, plants from cuttings are dwarfer than seedlings.
F. W. Barclay.

TRACHELOSPERMUM (Greek, referring to the fact
that the seed has a neck). Apocynitcew. Trachelosper-
mum is a genus of 8 species of climbing shrubs native
to eastern Asia and Malaya. They have opposite lvs.
and white or purplish fls. in lax cymes. Generic char-
acters: calyx 5-parted, glandular or scaly within: co-
rolla salver-shaped; mouth constricted; lobes oblique,
overlapping to the right, twisted to the left: stamens
inserted above the middle of the tube; anthers conniv-
ing over and adhering to the stigma; cells spurred at
the base : disk annular or of oblong glands : carpels 2,
distinct, many-ovuled.

T. jasminoides, the Star Jasmine, is a tender,
evergreen, shrubby climber from China, with fragrant,
white, 5-lobed flowers. It is a favorite in the South,
where it is grown out of doors and known as the "Con-
federate Jessamine." In northern conservatories it is
generally known under its synonym, Rhynchospermum.
Handsome specimens may be grown in large tubs, mak-
ing dense bushes 3 or 4 ft. high and as much in diame-
ter. In May such specimens are covered with flowers
and fill a greenhouse with their delightful fragrance.
The blossoms are about an inch across, 5 or 6 in a clus-
ter, pendulous, and of a very spirited appearance, which
is largely due to the manner in which the 5 wavy-mar-
gined petals (or rather corolla-lobes) are rolled back.
See Fig. 2537.

"Rhynchospermum " is amost satisfactory greenhouse
shrub for a general collection. It requires no special
treatment, except that the plants should he kept on the
dry side during the winter.

It requires several years to work up a good-sized
specimen. Young plants should be given warmhouse
treatment and encouraged to grow. Large, well-estab-
lished specimens thrive in a coolhouse. During sum-

TRACHELOSPERMUM

mer the pots may be plunged outdoors in a partially
shaded position. The species is propagated by cuttings
of half-ripened wood taken with a heel in spring. The
Star Jasmine is one of the many good old standard
greenhouse plants that are too little seen nowadays.
The writer knows of two large specimens trained to a
bush form that are the chief shrubby ornaments of a
cool greenhouse from late April to early June. Every
year they are loaded with flowers throughout the month
of May. The specimens require considerable room,
and the gardener is sometimes compelled to keep them
in a cold pit until the chrysanthemum season is over,
although this treatment is not to be advised.

jasminoides, Lem. (ffliynehosptrmum jasminoides
Lindl.) Star Jasmine. Also called "Confederate."
"Malayan " or "African Jessamine." Fig. 2537. Tender,
evergreen, climbing shrub described above: lvs. short-
stalked, ovate-lanceolate, acute, glabrous : peduncles
much longer than lvs.: calyx-lobes reflexed: corolla-tube
contracted below the middle: several jagged scales at
base of corolla: 5 large glands at base of ovarv,2 united,
3 free. Southern China. B.M. 4737. Gng. 5:132. Gn.
41, p. 507. — Var. variegatum, Hort., has lvs. of green
and white, tinged red. Robert Shore and W. M.

Star Jasmine {Trachelospermum jasminoides) is a
very choice and beautiful woody climber for the South.
Being a native of the southern part of China, it is well
adapted to the climate of the extreme South. It com-
mences to bloom early in April and the last flowers can
be enjoyed late in May. Even in October and Novem-
ber one may find numerous scattered flower-clusters.
When in full bloom the plant seems to be covered with
a white sheet, the flowers almost hiding the dark green
foliage and filling the air for many yards away with a
peculiar and most delicious fragrance. The Star Jas-
mine is beautiful even without flowers. It is not easily
propagated and therefore it is not a common plant in
gardens. Even plants with good roots require a great
deal of intelligent care, and it is no easy matter to bring
transplanted specimens into a flourishing condition. It
should be transplanted into the garden in November or
December, pot-plants always being preferable for this
purpose. The soil should be kept moist all the time,
and especially during the dry spells in April and May.
If the soil is not naturally rich a moderate amount of
fertilizer should be applied. When once established, the
plant does not need any more care than the Carolina jas-
mine (see Gelsemium), In summer, during the rainy
season, a mulch of grass and fresh cow manure is exceed-
ingly beneficial. It is best grown on a trellis of two, three
or even four posts about ten feet high, with strong galva-
nized wire all around; or strong laths can be used in-

TRACHYCARPUS

1825

2537. Trachelospermum jasminoides (X%).

stead of wire. If the specimen is a strong and healthy
one it will soon cover the trellis in a dense tangled mass
and the new shoots will gracefully protrude to all sides.
The propagation is best affected in Florida by layering,
and strong plants can be raised in this way in about
two years. H_ Nehrl,n(;.

TRACHYCARPUS (Greek, rough or harsh fruit).
Palm&cece. Fortune's Palm, known under many tech-
nical names, is of unique interest to the horticulturist,
as it is the hardiest of all palms. It is a spineless fan-
palm which grows 30 ft. high. It is slightly hardier
than Chamarops humilis, the only palm native to Eu-
rope. Fortune's Palm is the only trunk-producing palm
which grows outdoors the year round in the southern

2538. Fortune's Palm— Trachycarpus excelsus (or T. Fortunei).
The leaves finally become 4-5 feet across.

and western parts of England. In some sheltered spots
in these favored regions it has flowered regularly year
after year. It is also called the Chusan Palm.

For practical purposes Trachycarpus is best consid-
ered a genus of four species, two of which are natives
of the Himalayan region and two native respectively to
China and Japan. The Himalayan species have their
trunks clothed with the old leaf-sheaths, while the far-
eastern species have beautiful, smooth, polished trunks.
In each group one species has the tips of the leaf-seg-
ments pendulous and the other has them straight. These
are the most obvious and important differences to the
horticulturist, except that T. Fortunei is the hardiest
of the whole genus. The differences above cited mark
extreme types only. Intermediates occur. Much study
has been given to this genus of palms and many char-
acters to separate four species have been proposed at
various times and subsequently abandoned. The latest
botanical conception of the group (Beccari and Hooker
in the Flora of British India, 6:436 [1894]) unites the
Himalayan species into one and the far-eastern forms
into another. In support of this view may be urged the
important facts that srnooth-trunked forms have lately
been discovered as far west as Upper Burma, and also
that the straight-tipped Japanese form may be merely
cultivated or run wild in Japan. Its origin and nativity
are not yet certain. Both points of view are given on
the next page, each being correct for its own point of
view. The horticultural account is based upon Hooker's
notes in B.M. 7128, and the botanical is taken from the
Flora of British India. Some botanists prefer the mas-
culine case endings, others the feminine.

Fortune's Palm is grown indoors and outdoors in
America wherever palms are grown, but it is not one
of the most popular species with northern florists. It
seems to reach perfection in California, where it is one
of the most popular of all palms. Ernest Braunton
writes that it is hardy throughout the southern half of
the state, where it is commonly known by the appropri-
ate name of Chinese Windmill Palm. It attains a height
of 30 ft. Braunton adds that it is hardier than the native
Washingtonia and will stand more abuse. It grows well
near San Francisco. A new palm has recently come into
Califonra under the name of Chamarops or Trachy-
carpus Phcedomia , a name unknown to botany. All the
specific names cited in the synonymy below have also
been combined with Chama>rops.

Generic characters: spadices many, interfoliar, stout,
branched: spathes embracing the peduncle and branches
of spadix, coriaceous, compressed, tomentose: bracts
and braeteoles minute: fls. small, polygamo-moncecious;
sepals 3, ovate; petals 3, broadly ovate, valvate; sta-
mens 6; carpels 3; stigmas 3, recurved: ovules basilar;
drupes 1-3, globose or oblong : seed erect, ventrally
grooved ; albumen equable.

182C

TRACHYCARPUS

TRADESCANTIA

Horticultural Viae of Trachy carpus.

A. Trunk clothed with old leaf-sheaths.
Himalayan sp< cies.
B. Tips of Ivs. drooping: Ics. very glau-
cous beneath Martianus

BB. Tips of Ivs. straight: Ics. hardly

glaucous beneath Khasyanus

AA. Trunk not clothed with old leaf-sheaths.
Chinese and Japanese species.

b. Tips of Ics. pendulous Fortunei

BB. Tips of Irs. straight excelsus

Following is the Latest Botanical View of
Trachy carpus.
Martianus, H. Wendl. (T. Khasianus, H. Wendl. T.
Griffithii. Decne.). Trunk for the most part naked,
annulate : female fls. soli-
tary, sessile: drupe oblong,
w7 YC^vN equally rounded at both

ends: seed grooved through-
out its entire length; em-
r%r 1 1 Uj-L^ bryo opposite the middle

of the groove. Himalayas.
B.M. 7128. R. H. 1879, p.
^Six 212.

excelsus, H. Wendl. (T.
Fdrtunei, H. Wendl.). Fig.
2538. Trunk clothed
throughout with the old
leaf -sheaths : fls. clustered,

39.

Three

kinds

Wi

inderir
(XJ>

e Jew

i.)

Tradescantia fhiminensis :
tender, sheaths hairy at
top; flowers white. B, Ze-
brina pendula : tender j
sheaths hairy at top and
bottom; flowers rose*red.
C, Oommelina nudiflora :
hardy ; sheaths "labrous ;
flowers blue.

2-4 on a tubercle: drupe reniform, deeply hollowed
on one side; embryo opposite the umbilicus. China,
Japan, Upper Burma. B.M. 5221. P.S. 22:2368.
R.H. 1868:370; 1870, p. 329. On. 47, p. 312; 52, p. 490.
G.C. II. 24:305; III. 21:405; 24:420. w. M<

Trachy carpus Fortunei is not a popular florist's palm
for three reasons: First, it is not as beautiful as Livis-
tona Chinensis; second, it is a slower grower, and this
is an unpardonable fault to the average florist; third,
there is a greater demand, generally speaking, for pin-
nate-leaved palms than for fan-leaved palms. The un-
dersigned has not seen a plant of it for several years,
but it was cult, in America more than 20 years ago.

It is dwarf in habit, rather slow-growing, the foliage
dark green and somewhat stiff, and in texture decidedly
tough. In a young state it bears much resemblance to
I/ivistona anstralis, though the latter is more spiny and
has longer footstalks. ^r# jj Taplin.

TRACHYMfiNE (Greek, rough membrane; alluding
to the fruit). Umbellifera. A genus of 14 species, 12
of which aie Australian annual, biennial or perennial
herbs, usually hirsute, with ternately divided leaves and
blue or white flowers in terminal umbels. Calyx-teeth
minute ; petals entire, obtuse, imbricated : fr. com-
pressed. Flora Australiensis, Vol. 3.

caerulea, R. Grab. (Didiscus cceruleus, DC. ). An
erect annual about 2 ft. high, somewhat hairy: Ivs. 1-2-

triparted, with linear, acute, 3-cut lobes : peduncles
long, bearing an umbel 2-3 in. across of very numerous
blue fls.; calyx -teeth obsolete; petals unequal, the ex-
ternal being longer. July-Oct. Australia. B.M. 2875.
B.R. 15:1225. F w Barclay.

TRADESCANTIA (John Tradescant, gardener to
Charles I.; died about 1G38). Commelinaceas. Spider-
wort. Thirty-six species are admitted by C. B. Clarke,
the latest monographer, 1881 (DC. Monogr. Phaner. 3).
This enumeration does not include T. Jt'eginre and other
recent species. They are all American perennial herbs,
ranging from Manitoba to Argentina. In habit they are
various, varying from erect bushy species to trailing
plants rooting at the nodes. The plants are more or
less soft and succulent in texture, although usually not
fleshy. The leaves are alternate, sheathing, varying
from ovate to loug-linear-lanceolate. The flowers vary
from red to blue and white, sometimes solitary but usu-
ally in simple cymes or umbels; sepals and petals each
3, free, the sepals sometimes colored ; stamens 6, in
some species the alternate ones shorter, the filaments
usually more or less bearded at the base or above:
ovary 3-loculed, with 2 ovules in each locule, the style
single; fr. a 3-loculed dehiscent capsule. The genus
Zebrina, usually confounded with this by gardeners,
differs, among other things, in having a tubular
perianth.

To horticulturists, Tradescantias are known as hardy
herbs, coolhouse plants and warmhouse plants. T.
Virginica is the best known of the hardy species, with-
standing the climate of the northern states. The Wan-
dering Jew of greenhouses and hanging baskets, usu-
ally known as T. tricolor, is partly T. fhiminensis and
partly Zebrina pendula. T. Regince
is perhaps the best known warmhouse
species at present, although various
species may be expected in botanic
gardens and the collections of ama-
teurs. The glasshouse species are
essentially foliage plants. Several
species have handsomely striped leaves. All Trades-
cantias are free growers, propagating with ease from
cuttings of the growing shoots.

a. Plant prostrate, rooting at the joints.
iluminensis, Veil. [T. miindula and T. albiflbra ,
Kunth. T. ripens, ripens vittata, viridis, viridis
vittata, prostrata, procuwbens, striata, Hort. T. tri-
color, Hort., in part). Wandering Jew in part. Figs.
2539-41. Glabrous, with shining stems and leaves, the
nodes conspicuous, trailing, or the ends of the shoots
ascending: Ivs. ovate-acute, without distinct petiole,
ciliate at the very base, the sheaths %-% in. long: fls.
white, hairy inside, the 6 stamens all alike, borne sev-
eral together in a sessile cluster subtended by 2 un-
equal Ivs. or bracts, the pedicels not all of same age.
Central Brazil to Argentina. — One of the commonest of
greenhouse and basket plants. In greenhouses, usually
grown under the benches. When the plants grow very
vigorously and have little light,
they are usually green, and this
is the form commonly known as
Viridis. There are forms with Ivs.
striped yellow and white, but these
colors usually do not hold unless
there is abundance of sunlight.
In light places, the Ivs. become red-
purple beneath. Very easily propa-
gated by cuttings or pieces of
shoots at any time of the year.
The plant needs plenty of moisture
in order to grow vigorously. Three
plants are known as Wandering Flower
Jew, and although they belong to cantia flumi
three genera, it is not easy to tell Natural

them apart when not in flower

(Fig. 2539). These plants are Tradescantia fluminen-
sis, sheaths hairy or ciliate only at the top, fls. white;
Zebrina pendula, sheaths hairy throughout or at least
at base and top, Ivs. redder beneath and always colored
above, fls. rose-red; Oommelina nudiflora, sheaths gla-
brous, fls. blue. The two first are tender to frost; the

TRADESCANTIA

TRAGOPOGON

1827

last is hardy in the open ground in central New York.
All of them are used for baskets and vases. The two
first are best known and are the plants commonly known
as Wandering Jew. All of them may have striped
foliage. See Commelina and Zebrina.

aa. Plant erect, or ascending from a decumbent base.

B. Species grown primarily for the colored foliage:
greenhouse kinds.

c. Stem none, or scarcely rising above the ground.

fuscata, Lodd. (properly Pyrrheima Ldddigesii,
Hassk.). Stemless, brown-tomentose or hairy: lvs. ob-
long-ovate, entire, about 7-nerved, short-petioled: fls.
blue or blue-purple, 1 in. or more across, borne in the
midst of the lvs. on very short pedicels, stamens 6.
S. Amer. L.B.C. 4:374. B.R. 6:482. B.M. 2330. -Lvs.
6-8 in. long. Now referred to Pyrrheima, being the
only species.

cc. Stem evident, usually branching.
D. Lvs. distichous {in 2 rows).
Reginse, Lind. & Rod. Stiff -growing upright plant:
lvs. lanceolate-acuminate, sessile, set closely on opposite
sides of the stem and spreading nearly horizontally,
about 6 in. long, the center purplish crimson, with
feathered border, the space towards the margins silvery,
the very edge of the leaf darker, the under side purple.
Peru. I.H. 39:147; 40:173 (3); 41, p. 14. G.C. III. 11:699;
13:477. R. B. 19:113. -Introd. into Belgium from Peru
in 1870. Named for the Queen of the Belgians. Perhaps
a Dichorisandra.

dd. Lvs. not S-ranked.
E. Stamens all equal and similar.
Warscewicziana, Kunth & Bouche (Dichorisandra
Warscewicziana, Planch.). Fig. 2542. Dichorisandra-
like, having a stout caudex or trunk, marked by leaf-
scars and finally branching: lvs. green, stiffish, 1 ft. or
less long, clustered at the top of the stem, recurving,
lanceolate-acuminate: fls. lilac-purple, numerous in
small crowded clusters along the branches of a panicle-
like cluster. Guatemala. B.M. 5188. R.H. 1860, p. 136.

2541. Wandering Jew— Tradescantia iluminensis.
Natural size.

ee. Stamens unequal, — S long and 3 short.

elongata, Meyer. Nearly glabrous, procumbent and
rooting at the base, then suberect to the height of 1-2
ft.: lvs. lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
sessile, light glaucous-green above and striped with
silver, reddish purple beneath: peduncles 1-5, terminal:
fls. rose-colored, the sepals green. Tropical Amer.

2542. Tradescantia
Warscewicziana .

BB. Species grown as border plants for their flowers:

native kinds.

c. Umbels sessile.

Virginiana, Linn. Common Spiderwort. Erect,
branching, 1-3 ft., glabrous or nearly so: lvs. eondupli-
cate, very long linear-lanceolate
(6-15 in. long), clasping: um-
bels several-fld., terminal, the
pedicel recurving when not in
bloom: fls. violet-blue, in vari-
ous shades, 1-2 in. across, pro-
duced freely nearly all summer.
N. Y. to S. Dakota, Va. and Ark.
B.M. 105; 3546 (as T. carici-
folia). L.B.C. 16: 1513 (as T.
elata).— An exceedingly varia-
ble plant. Var. occidental,
Britt., is in the trade. It has
much narrower lvs. and smaller
fls. and is usually dwarf. There
are several horticultural forms.
Var. alba has white fls. B.M.
3501. Var. atrosangulnea has
dark red fls. Var. coccinea has
bright red fls. Var. caerulea
has bright blue fls. Some of the
forms would better be regarded
as species. See Rose, Contr.
Nat. Herb. 5:204.

brevicaulis, Raf. Villous, 1 ft.
or less high, sometimes nearly
acaulescent: lvs. mostly from
near the ground, linear-lanceo-
late, more or less ciliate: fls.
about 1 in. across, blue or rose-
purple. Ky. to Mo.

cc. Umbels peduncled.

rosea, Vent. Slender and nearly or quite simple,
glabrous, 12 in. or less tall: lvs. very narrow-linear:
bracts short and scale-like: fls. %-% in. across, rose-
colored. Md. to Mo. and south. Mn. 2, p. 36.

T. crassifblia, Cav. Something like T. Virginiana, but lvs.
short and broad (oblong-ovate, ciliate, as also the stem: fls.
1J-2 in. across, blue-purple, in terminal and axillary sessile.
umbels, the stamens all equal. Mex. B.M. 1598. — T. Crdssula,
Link & Otto. Somewhat succulent, ascending: lvs. thick, ob-
long and nearly or quite obtuse, glabrous except on the edges:
fls. about \i~Vi in. across, white, in terminal and lateral often
stalked umbels, the calyx and pi-dicels hairy. Brazil. B.M.
2935. L.B.C. 16:1560.— T. decora. Bull. Foliage plant: lvs.
long-lanceolate, dark olive-green with a central gray band.
Brazil.— T. discolor is Rhceo discolor, which see (p. 1526).— T.
draccencefblia. "A noble and rapid-growing plant, with luxuri-
ant and handsome foliage. The leaves in many respects resem-
ble a dracama and are a deep green, marked with chocolate
or black. . . When fully grown the plant will send out long
runners, bearing out tufts of leaves at the end." John Lewis
Cbilds, Catalogue 1900.— r. m ulticolor, Hort. See Zebrina.— T.
navicularis, Ort. Much like T. Virginiana: stoloniferous:
stem much branched: lvs. ovate-acute, sessile, boat-shaped:
umbel terminal, many-fid., with 2 foliaceous bracts: fls. rose-
colored, the stamens all equal. Peru. Mentioned in European
literature as a warmhouse subject.- T. quadricolor, Hort. See
Zebrina. — T. superba, Lind. & Rod. Lvs. oval-oblong-acuminate,
sessile, purple beneath, dark metallic green with a white band
on either side of midrib. Peru. I.H. 39:155: 40:173 (6). Gt.
46, p. 163. Perhaps not a Tradescantia.— T. zebrina, Hort., is
Zebrina pendula. jJi H\ gt

TRAGOPOGON (Greek for goat's beard). Compdsitas.
Goat's Beard. Between 30 and 40 species of erect bi-
ennial or perennial herbs with narrow grass-like leaves
and heads of yellow or purple flowers, belonging to the
ligulate section of the composite family (tribe Cichori-
acece). Florets perfect, with slender style-branches and
sagittate anthers; pappus composed of bristles in a
single series and mostly raised on a beak; involucre
cylindric or nearly so, with approximately equal bracts
in a single row. The Tragopogons are mostly weedy
plants with a tap-root. They are native to outhern
Europe, northern Africa and central and southern
Asia. One of them is cultivated for its edible tap-root
(salsify) and another is now a frequent weed in this-
country. The flowers of these open only in the morn-
ing.

1828

TRAGOPOGON

TRANSPLANTING

a. Flowers purple
porrifdlius, Linn. Salsify. Vegetable Oyster.
Oyster Plant. Figs. 2238, 2543. Tall strict biennial,
sometimes 4 ft. high when in bloom, glabrous: fls.
showy, closing at noon or before, the outer rays ex-
ceeded by the involucre scales : peduncle thickened and

TJ543. Flowers of Salsify or Oyster Plant —
Tragopogon porrifolius (X %).

hollow beneath the heads. S. Eu. Naturalized in many
parts of the country, often becoming a persistent weed.
See Salsify.

aa. Flowers yellow.
pratensis.Linn. Goat's Beard. More or less branched,
3 ft. or less tall : outer rays exceeding the involucre
scales: peduncle scarcely swollen. A weed from Eu-
rope. L, h. B.

TRAILERS. See Vines.

TRAILING ARBUTUS. Epigcea repens.

TRAILING BEGONIA. Cissus discolor.

TRAINING. See Pruning.

TRANSPIRATION is the process by which water is
given off in the form of vapor from leaves and stems.
Instead of a circulation of the sap in plants similar to
the movements of the blood of animals, water contain-
ing mineral salts is taken in at the roots in liquid form
and carried upward to the leaves through the woody
tissue, and then evaporated, leaving the mineral or ash
behind in the leaf, where it serves in making food. The
•chief purpose of transpiration is, therefore, to carry a
stream of mineral food from the soil to the green parts
of the plant, although it also serves to aid in the ex-
change of gases with the air. and preserves more equable
temperatures of the body of the plant.

Minerals may be absorbed by the plant only in very
dilute solutions. Hence it is necessary for the plant to
lift several thousand pounds of water to the leaves in
order to obtain one pound of minerals. After the mineral-
laden water reaches the green organs it is of no further
use and must be evaporated. It is estimated that 98
per cent of the energy received from sunlight by the
plant is used in this important work. That an enormous
amount of work is performed by the plant in transpira-
tion may be seen when it is known that a single sun-
flower plant will evaporate a pint of water from its
leaves in a single day, and about seventy times this
much in the course of its development. A birch tree
■with 200,000 leaves will transpire from 700 to 1,000

pounds of water daily in the summer. A single oak tree
will throw 120 or 130 tons of water into the air during
the course of a season, and an acre of beech trees con-
taining 400-600 specimens will transpire about 2,000,000
pounds in a single summer.

To determine the exact amount of water transpired
by a plant, a specimen not mure than a yard in height
growing in a pot may be used. Set the pot on a square
of oil-cloth, then bring the cloth up around the pot and
tie closely to the stem of the plant. This will prevent
evaporation except from the shoot. Now set the pre-
pared plant on one pan of a scale, together with a
small measuring glass, aud balance. Allow the plant to
remain in the warm sunshine for eight hours, then
pour water into the measuring glass until the scale
shows original position or reading. The water in the
glass will represent the amount of transpiration.

To demonstrate that water vapor does actually come
from the leaf, cut off a small leafy shoot of any conve-
nient plant and thrust the base of the stem through a
piece of cardboard into a tumbler of water; now cover
the exposed part of the shoot with another tumbler and
set in a warm, light place. Moisture, which could have
come onty from the leaves, will soon gather on the glass.

Some transpiration occurs over the entire surface of
the plant, although only about one-thirtieth as much is
given off by a stem as from the same amount of leaf
surface. The leaves are specially adapted to carry on
this function. The interior of the leaf is made up of a
great number of loosely arranged cells which evaporate
water into the air between them. The air in the leaf
communicates with the atmosphere through openings
called stomata, which are generally placed on the lower
side of the leaf. Consequently the watery vapor dif-
fuses out through the stomatal opening. The stomata
are controlled by guard-cells which may completely
close them up, and the action of the guard-cells is
under the control of the plant. When the plant is
losing too much water the stomata close; and they are
variously affected by winds and sunshine.

Species growing in very dry localities adapt them-
selves to the conditions by building only limited sur-
faces from which transpiration may take place and by
reducing the number of stomata. The cactus is an ex-
ample of this type, and this plant transpires only about
one three-hundredth as much water as a leafy plant of
the same volume. As might be expected, the character
and amount of the mineral salts in the soil also affect
the amount of transpiration. D. t. MacDougal.

TRANSPLANTING is a general term used to desig-
nate the removal of living plants whereby they may be-
come established in new quarters. Transplanting may
be performed when the plant is in a dormant condition,
as in winter, or when it is still actively growing. Small
herbaceous plants are usually the only ones that are
transplanted when in a growing condition, and this only
when the plants are living under special garden condi-
tions where they may have the best of attention as
to watering aud shading. Considered from the stand-
point of the plant, transplanting is always a violent oper-
ation, for it destroys a considerable part of the root-
system, loosens the plant's attachment to the soil and
arrests for the time being a large part of its pro-
gressive vital activities. In order to overcome these
dangers the earth into which the plant is set should be
well prepared and moist, so that the plant may quickly
reestablish itself; part of the top usually should be re-
moved in order to lessen transpiration, and with succu-
lent and growing plants some shade should be pro-
vided for a time. The deeper and finer the soil, and
the greater the quantity of moisture it holds, the more
successful the transplanting operation will be, other
things being equal. The operation is also more
successful in humid regions, as in the Atlantic states,
than it is in dry regions, as on the plains and westward.
In the more arid parts of the country transplanting is
performed as little as possible, whereas in the eastern
part great quantities of annual and other garden plants
are transferred from seed-beds to the open ground.

The successful transplanting of any plant depends in
part on the condition of the plant itself. The younger
the plant, as a rule, the better it withstands the opera-

d&ukj,

f **fVl

TRANSPLANTING

tion. Herbaceous or growing plants that are relatively
short and stocky and compact in growth transplant
better than those that are long, "leggy," and weak. The
stocky plants are better able to withstand the vicissi-
tudes of inclement weather when they are transferred
from a protected place to the open air, and they prob-
ably also have more recuperative power to make new
roots and to attach themselves again to the earth.
Many plants may be "hardened off" or gradually inured
to sun and cold before they are transplanted. The
more frequently a given plant is transplanted the more
readily it endures transplanting. The root-system be-
comes close and compact and there is relatively less
injury to the roots at each subsequent removal , pro-
viding a long interval does not take place between the
operations.

The success of transplanting also depends to some
extent on the "weather at the time the removal is per-
formed. If cool, cloudy and damp weather follows the
transplanting, the plants are much more likely to live.
Plants usually establish themselves more quickly in
freshly turned soil, because it contains a relatively large
amount of moisture. In order to bring the earth into
contact with the roots, it should be firmed closely about
the plants. This packing of the soil tends to bring the
subterranean moisture upwards where it may supply the
roots ; it also tends to increase evaporation from the
surface of the soil and thereby to waste the water,
although much of the moisture is utilized by the plant
as it passes upwards. In order to prevent the escape of
moisture from the surface of the soil, it is customary to
cover the ground with a mulch, from one to three inches
in depth, of litter, sawdust, leaves or coarse manure.
When practicable the water may be saved by keeping
the surface well tilled, thereby providing a mulch of
earth.

In dry weather it may be advisable to water newly set
plants, particularly if they are green and growing fast,
as tomatoes, cabbages and other annuals. The watering
may best be done at nightfall. The water should be ap-
plied in a hole or depression about the plant or at one side
of it, rather than on the surface; and the following
morning the loose, fresh earth should be drawn over the
roots in order to provide a surface mulch and to prevent
the soil from packing.

All kinds of plants can be transplanted, but some of
them remove with great difficulty. In these cases the
special skill which is born of experience with these par-
ticular plants must be in-
voked for success. The
difficulties are of various
kinds. In some cases the
difficulty may be a tap-rooc
system, as in the case of
the black walnut and the
hickories. In these instances
the plant may be prepared
a year or two in advance by
severing the tap-root some
distance below the ground
by means of a spade or
other sharp instrument that
is thrust underneath the
crown. In other cases the
difficulty is the inability of
the plant to make new feed-
ing roots quickly, as in
some of the asiminas or pa-
paws. Such plants often
may be treated like the tap-
rooted plants; that is, the
long, cord-like roots may be
severed at some distance
from the crown a year or
two before the plants are to
be removed. In other cases
the inability to be trans-
planted is probably due to
the excessive rate of transpiration from the foliage.
In these instances cutting back the top rather severely
and providing shade may contribute to success. In
some cases the difficulties are so great as practically to
prohibit transplanting.

TRANSPLANTING

1829

Bple

2544. A dibber.

of the most useful
ments to aid in the
apian ting of small
ts . The plant is
dropped into a hole made
by the dibber; this hole is
closed by inserting the dib-
ber at the side and moving
it against the plant.

Pi

So-called transplanting machines have oeen perfected
within the last few years for setting small herbaceous
stuff, as cabbages, tobacco and tomatoes. These are
really vehicles, drawn by horses, that open a furrow and
drop a small quantity of water when the plant is in-
serted in the furrow by the hands of an operator who
rides on the machine. The plants, already prepared for
setting, are carried in a tray or hopper, and the opera-
tor places these between guards which automatically
measure the distance. These machines are particularly

2515. A transplanting box. specially designed for melons.
It is made of a "flat" or splint 14 in. long and 3% in. wide,
bent at four corners and held in place by a tack. It has no
bottom.

valuable in large areas where great quantities of plants
are to be set, and also in hard and dry land where it is
difficult to make the proper openings with the hand and
also otherwise to supply the plant with sufficient water.
For most small plants that are to be reset in small quan-
tity, the dibber is a most useful implement to expedite
the operation. Fig. 2544.

Plants grown in pots and small shallow boxes trans-
plant more readily than those grown in the open soil.
Particularly is this true of pot-grown plants, for the
bevel or slope of the pot allows the ball of earth to be
"knocked out" readily. See Potting. Special trans-
planting boxes are on the market, to be used instead of
pots, for purposes of economy. These boxes are usu-
ally made of thiu basket stuff and are thrown away
when the plants are taken from them for transplanting.
Fig. 2445. The seeds are sown directly in these boxes.
Melons, cucumbers and other plants that are difficult to
transplant are often grown on pieces of inverted turf,
taken from old pastures.

In the case of large trees and shrubs, success often
may be attained by transplanting in the winter, whin a
ball of frozen earth may be removed. Fig. 254G. It is
usually better to give the transplanting of large trees
into the hands of an expert, than to attempt to perform
it with unskilled help and inefficient appliances. Only
a small proportion of the efforts in transplanting very
large trees are really successful. The trees may live
for several years and yet never fully recover nor make
satisfactory subjects. The surest and best results are
usually secured only when the trees are nursery-grown
and have been transplanted two or three times within
a few years of their final removal. There are some
species that remove from the wild with relative ease
when they are of large size, among which are elms,
maples, pin oak, basswood; but the large number of
species do not readily recuperate from the operation.

It is sometimes said that a plant cannot recover
from the transplanting operation, that the severing of
the roots inflicts injuries that are not outgrown, and
that a new type of root-system develops. These fears
appear to be ungrounded. In many cases the plant does
not regain itself, but these instances are probably due
to lack of skill in the operation rather than to any in-
herent difficulty in the transplanting process itself. But
even if the transplanting process were to be found to be
theoretically injurious, nevertheless it must be employed
in the practice of modern horticulture. L, jj. g.

1830

TRANSPLANTING

Transplanting Large Trees (Plate XLI1I). — The prin-
ciples of transplanting large or small trees are the
same, excepting as regards the mechanics of transpor-
tation. Types of machinery for moving deciduous trees
may he classified as follows:

The most primitive device is a two-wheeled cart with
a pole. The tree is dug, and the cart is secured to it
with the trunk resting in a notch in the axle or bolster,

2546. Moving a tree in winter, with a large
ball of frozen earth.

and the pole lashed up among the branches. The tree
is pulled over and dragged root foremost.

In a modification of the above, a platform under the
ball connects the rear axle, bearing the tree, with the
front axle. Of this type are the Hall, Estes, Santimer,
Rutherford and other patents. In one form the tree is
loaded top foremost, and by means of a turn-table above
the rear axle, swung around to position. These ma-
chines usually carry a ball of earth and roots, 7 to 9 ft.
in diameter, cut shorter on the side next to the platform.

For moving trees in an upright position, there are
low platform trucks, and trucks with two high perches.
In the latter, one perch or a section of the axle is re-
moved to admit the trunk between the perches. This
form is used in England; also a similar one in which
the tree is swung vertically beside the axle of a two-
wheeled cart drawn by one horse. When carried verti-
cally, the top interferes with electric wires and the tops
of other trees, and the roots are injured by the platform
or other support. It is not practicable to carry a spread
of 30 or 40 ft. of roots between the wheels.

House-mover's rigging is adapted to moving trees for
short distances, but is so slow that the fine feeding
roots outside the central ball of earth are likely to dry
out, and get broken by the work.

Trees are carried horizontally with the trunk resting
on two benches on a low truck. The tree may be tipped
over on the benches by tackle, or loaded and unloaded
by derrick. The derrick legs usually interfere with the
full circle of roots, and as the derrick has to be set up
twice for each tree moved, the operation is slow, and,
with the tree swinging in midair, somewhat dangerous.
For moving trees a few feet, a derrick may be used,
with or without small wheels in the base of the derrick
legs. Many kinds of machines may be used, but in
order to make this discussion concrete, the following
account has reference to the device shown in Plate
XLIII. Other successful moving operations are shown
in Figs. 2547, 2548.

For operating the mover shown in Plate XLIII, the
tree, of say 14-26 in. diameter of trunk, is dug by
starting a circular trench with a diameter of 30-40 ft.
An under cut is made beneath the roots with a light
prospecting pick, and the soil picked out and caved
down with a spading fork or picking rod, the points of

TRANSPLANTING

which are rounded to avoid cutting off the roots. The
loose dirt is shoveled out of the bottom of the trench.
The roots, as uncovered, are tied in bundles with lath
yarn and bent up, out of the way of the diggers. See
Fig. 2549. If the roots are to be out of the ground over
one day in dry weather the bundles may be wrapped in
clay mud, damp moss and straw, or burlap. When the
digging has progressed to within 4 to 8 ft. of the center,
the tree is slightly tipped over to loosen the central
[ball, which cleaves from the subsoil near the extremi-
ties of the downward roots. On sand or hard-pan sub-
soil this is at a depth of 2 to 5 feet. In deep soil it may
be necessary to cut some downward roots. A ball of
earth is left in the center from 5 to 12 ft. in diameter,
or as heavy as can be drawn by four to eight horses.
This ball is not essential with deciduous trees, but it is
easier to leave it than to remove and replace the soil.
With fine-rooted trees like the red maple, it is difficult
to pick out the soil, while with coarse-rooted trees, like
che beech, in gravelly soil, the ball drops to pieces.

For loading, the cradle which is pivoted above or
back of the axle is swung over to the tree, the trunk
having first been wrapped with cushions and slats. The
trunk is clamped to the cradle by chains and screws
without injuring the bark. By means of a screw 9 ft.
long operated by a ratchet lever or hand-brake wheel,
the cradle lifts the tree from the hole and swings it
over in a horizontal position. Pulling in the same direc-
tion, by tackle fastened in the top of the tree, aids the
work of the screw.

After the tree is loaded, the roots on the under side
of the axle are tied up to the perches. The front wheels
are on pivots, therefore the roots are not broken by the
swinging of the axle. The roots are drawn aside to put
in the pole and driver's seat. Planks are placed uuder
the wheels, and the mover is pulled out of the hole by
tackle.

The hole to receive the tree is prepared with a layer
of soft mud in the bottom, which partly fills the crev-
ices as the tree is lowered into it. The weight of the
tree is not allowed to rest upon and crush the down-
ward roots, but is supported by the mover until fine
earth is packed in. Soil is worked down between the
roots in the form of mud by means of a stream of
water and packing sticks. One man shoveling, two or
three with packing sticks, and one with hose is the
right operation until the center is made solid. The
packing sticks are 2 in. in diameter, 6 ft. long, and
pointed at one end and round at the other. The side
roots are next unwrapped and covered at their natural
depth.

2547. A large tree removed from its place. The roots are
now to be wound in burlaps or other material.

While the tree is horizontal, it may be most conven-
iently pruned. Th outside should be cut back 1 to 3
ft., cutting to a crotch or bud, and the remaining twigs
thinned out about one-third. Hardwood trees and trees
with few roots need the most severe pruning.

TRANSPLANTING

The soil should be friable loam, not baking clay nor
sterile sand, and it should be made fertile. The surface
should be covered with a soil or straw mulch 3 inches
deep and the earth kept moist by watering' once a week
or less frequently, as required. The roots may be dam-

TRANSPLANTING

1831

2548. The roots wrapped, and the tree being moved

aged by too thick mulch, deep planting, excess of water
or lack of drainage, all of which exclude the air. De-
caying manure and caustic fertilizers in direct contact
with the roots are injurious.

The tree may be secured by gny wires. Anchor posts
are set slanting, 4% ft. in the ground, with a cross-
piece just below the surface. Two to six strands of No.
11 galvanized steel wire are used. The wire is run from
the post, through a piece of hose around the tree, and
back to the post. It is twisted tight, with two sticks
turning in the same direction and moving toward each
other. To prevent the sun from drying out the bark on
the south side of the tree, the trunk should be wrapped
with straw, especially thin-barked trees, like beech and
silver maple.

The best trees for moving are those with abundant
small roots. These have fibers branching from them
which take in the waterand plant-food. The large roots
in the center of the root-system are conduits for the
sap, and braces for the tree. Trees which transplant
successfully are the maple, horse chestnut, elm, catalpa,
ash, linden, willow, poplar and pin oak. Trees with few
fine roots and hai*d wood, as the hickory and white oak,

are difficult to transplant with good results, as well as
the tender-rooted trees like magnolia and tulip. Trees
grown in the open are much better for moving than
those in the woods. The roots are more numerous, and
not mixed with the roots of other trees, the bark is
thicker and does not dry out so quickly, the branches
and twigs are closer and better developed to stand ex-
posure, and may be thinned out. without destroying the
beauty of the tree, and more plant-food is stored for the
new growth of leaves and roots. A young tree of large
size is better to move than an old tree. In friable loam
the roots are straighter and tougher and less liable to
injury in digging, than in hard or rocky soil.

The popular prejudice that moving large trees is an
ultimate failure, or that small trees quickly overtake
them, arises from moving trees 1 to 2 feet in diameter
with G to 8 feet diameter of roots. As this mass of
roots is mainly the large roots, and from 70-90 per
cent of the feeding roots are lost, the tree, after send-
ing out the leaves with its stored plant-food, fails to
support all the foliage and bark. In
successive seasons its branches die, or
the growth is short and yellow and the
bark dies on the south side.

For moving large coniferous ever-
greens, it is usually considered neces-
sary to keep a ball of earth intact.
The foliage is constantly transpiring,
and if the roots become dry, the sap
does not flow again. As it is not
generally feasible to move balls of
over 12 feet diameter and 3 feet in
depth, the size of evergreens which it
is practicable to transplant is smaller
than of deciduous trees.

The digging is started as in Pig. 2550. The flexible
roots are wrapped against the ball by twisting them with
a cord, and the large, stiff roots are cut off. The ball
may be held by frost, or by upright staves, iron bands,
or irons in the form of a pot split in halves and held by
bolts or clamps. The best method is the use of a can-
vas band, wider than the depth of the ball, cut to fit.
It has draw ropes operated by levers which firmly com-
press the earth, without damaging the small roots
wrapped against the ball. A hammock, consisting of
several ropes to distribute the pressure, is attached to
a windlass. A platform is placed with a chisel edge in
the under cut. By means of the windlass, the ball is
cutoff from the subsoil and the platform, with the tree,
loaded upon a truck.

In planting, the hammock is reversed and holds the
ball, while the platform is pulled out by the windlass,
leaving the tree in the hole. By this method, trees 20-40
feet high and 6-12 inches in diameter may be moved.

Trees grown in fertile clay loam are best for trans-
planting, but with care the canvas will hold balls of
sand or gravel. Root-pruning, one or more years pre-

skids.

2549. Diagram to illustrate the operations in the removal of a large tree for transplanting.

1832

TRANSPLANTING

traveler's joy

vious to moving, all or part way around the tree at a
diameter less than the size of the hall to be moved, is
beneficial. With very large balls, freezing aids in keep-
ing the soil solid, although it destroys the fine roots
outside the ball.

Evergreens may be moved any month in the year. In
June and July, the new growth is likely to wilt more
than in August, after it has hardened. It is well to pro-
tect from deep freezing and drying winds in winter.
Henry Hicks.

Another View oi Transplanting Large Trees. — The
modern demand for immediate effect in landscape work
has been met by the successful transplanting of large
trees. The method employed about Chicago differs
somewhat from that in vogue in the east. This is due
to a considerable degree to the condition of the soil in
which the trees are found.

near the apes. The fruit is about % in. across and has
4 spinescent angles. It is roasted and eaten in some
parts of Europe like the common chestnut. The Indian
species, T. bispinosa, is said to yield very large and
sweet nuts which are commonly sold in the East undei
the name of Singhara Nut. The name Trapa is abbre-
viated from calcitrapa, which is the same as caltrops,
an instrument of war used to impede the progress of
mounted warriors. It had 4 spine-like projections, like
the fruit of the Water Caltrops.

Generic characters: fls. small, axillary, solitary,
short-peduncled: calyx 4-parted, the segments persist-
ent, sometimes spinescent; petals and stamens 4
ovary 2-loculed; ovules solitary, long, pendulous, af-
fixed to the septum: fr. top-shaped, leathery or some-
what bony, 1-loculed, 1-seeded. About 5 species, native
to the warmer parts of the eastern hemisphere.

2550. Diagr,

Select a shapely tree with well-balanced crown and
which has stood in the open so that all its branches are
equally thrifty. A bushy top is preferred that the
necessary amount of trimming can be done by thinning
out whole branches and not disturbing the terminal
shoots, thus preserving the original outline of the tree.
Crowded forest trees are too tall and it is difficult to
get the sap to carry to the top.

A light sandy soil often produces fibrous roots spread-
ing over a large area, but this generally slips off in
transplanting and, if frozen, cracks badly when the ball
is rolled. When resetting a tree, care must be taken to
sift in new soil between the fine hair-roots and get it in
direct contact with each rootlet, because if crowded to-
gether the roots are likely to rot. When practicable, it is
undoubtedly best to move the roots in their native soil.
A hard ball can be rolled at will and easily supports the
weight of the trunk, which otherwise would crush the
roots when rolled or handled. The prevailing soil about
Chicago is two feet of rich black loam and a subsoil of
clay. This is ideal for giving plenty of fibrous roots
near the trunk, and a body to the ball of earth encasing
the roots, without waiting for the ground to freeze.
This allows a longer planting season and makes it easy
to have loose soil to tamp around the tree.

After the tree has been dug loose, rock back and
forth, filling under it each time with soil, until the
whole ball is standing flush with the surface. It de-
pends upon the weight of the load what style of a
wagon is to be used. A hardwood tree of thirty inches
in diameter weighs, with proper ball, about fifteen tons.
This is the limit of practical construction for a low-hung
stone truck. Simply pull the tree over and rest it on the
high support over the rear axle and with block and
tackle roll the ball on the wagon. When at the desired
location roll off again, letting the ball rest on the ground
before dropping into the hole. A counter check should
be maintained to keep the tree always under control.
Straighten up and thoroughly tamp so as to anchor it
well and the work is complete. Wm. A. Peterson.

TRAPA (name explained below). Onagr&cece. Trapa
nutans, the Water "Chestnut or Water Caltrops,
is an interesting plant for the aquarium. It has two
kinds of leaves. The submerged ones are root-like,
long, slender and feathery. The floating lvs. form a
loose rosette. The leaf-stalks are swollen and spongy

the digging is begu

natans, Linn. Water Chestnut. Water Caltrops.
Jesuit's Nut. Petiole of floating lvs. 2-4 in. long,
nearly glabrous: blade rhombic-orbicular, dentate in
upper half, slightly villous along the nerves beneath:
fr. 4-spined, but the 2 lateral ones shorter. Eu., ( irient.
Gn. 24, p. 557. G.C. II. 10:212. B.R. 3:259.

bispindsa, Roxb. Singhara Nut. Petiole of floating
lvs. 4-6 in. long, woolly: blade '-' x .'! in., slightly crenate
in the upper half, very villous beneath: fr. % in. thick,
with 2 of the spines sometimes absent. India, Ceylon.

W. M.

Trapa natans is one of the daintiest aquatics in
cultivation. It is perfectly hardy and very desirable for
aquaria, pools, ponds or tub culture. Its beautifully
mottled or variegated foliage is very attractive. The
flowers are white, small and inconspicuous. The fruits
are very large in comparison with the flowers and leaves,
but they are hidden beneath the foliage until they
ripen, when they drop off. They are good to eat raw,
like chestnuts, and are sweeter and more palatable
before the shell becomes hard. The nut is not likely to
become of commercial importance in America. The
seeds drop from the plant and remain in the pond all
winter. tvm. Tricker.

TRAUTVETTERIA (Trautvetter, a Russian botanist).
ManunculAceoe-. A genus of but two species of North
America and eastern Asia. Tall, erect, perennial herbs :
lvs. broad, palmately lobed: fls. white, small, corymbose-
paniculate; sepals 3 to 5, caducous; petals none; carpels
many, forming 1-seeded akenes. Very hardy, thriving
in ordinary or rich soil. Propagated by division of
roots. Offered by dealers in native plants.

Carolinensis, Vail. (Hydrastis Caroline'nsis, Walt.
T. palmata, Fisch. &Mey.)- Stems 2-3 feet high: lvs.
alternate, reticulated, radical ones very large, with
lobes much toothed and cut. July. Pa., south and west.
B.M. 1G30 (as Cimicifuga palmata) .

grandis, Nutt. (ActTta palmata, Hook. A. grdndis,
Dietr.). Much like the above species. Lvs. membran-
aceous, more deeply lobed, often to the base, thin,
sparsely hairy beneath along the ribs; reticulations less
distinct: styles longer and somewhat curled. Wash.,
Idaho, Brit." Col. K.C.Davis.

TRAVELER'S JOY. Clematis vilalba.

TRAVELER S TREE

TRAVELER'S TREE. See Ravenala.

TREASURE VINE. Name proposed by J. L. Child*
for Ilidalgoa Wercklei or Childsda Wercklei.

or Chandelier T., Pandanus

TREE OF HEAVEN. See Ailanthus.

TREES. Plate XLIV. Pigs. 2551-2566. What is a
tree ? is a question to which it is not easy to give a
short and well-defined answer. The same species may
assume a tree-like habit or remain shrubby, according
to the climatic conditions, soil and other circumstances.
Usually a tree is defined as a woody plant rising from

TWEES

1833

TREE. Candelabrum
Candelabrum.

more. The Sequoias are of more majestic and gigantic
appearance than the Eucalyptus on account of its mas-
sive trunk (see Sequoia, p. 1660). Pseudotsuga Douglasi
and Pinus Lambertiana occasionally attain 300 feet. A
number of other conifers, chiefly American, grow to a
height of 150 to 300 feet. Some deciduous trees, as Pla-
tanus occidentalis, several species of oak and Lirioden-
dron Tulipifera exceed 150 feet in height. The jequitiba
of Southern Brazil (Couratari legalis, one of the Myr-
tacese) is also a gigantic tree (see Bot. Gaz. 31, p. 352).

The greatest diameter has been observed in Castanea
vesca, of which a tree with a partly decayed trunk at
the foot of Mt. Etna in Sicily measures more than 60
feet in diameter. After this the greatest diameter ob-
served is in Taxodium mucronatum, about 40 feet,
and in Platanus orientalis about the same, in Sequoia

2551. A pasture elm.

the ground under normal conditions with a single stem
and attaining a certain height, fixed by some at 20, by
others at 15 feet, or even less. A more exact definition
has been given by B. E. Pernow: "Trees are woody
plants the seed of which has the inherent capacity of
producing naturally within their native limits one main
erect axis continuing to grow for a number of years
more vigorously than the lateral axes and the lower
branches dying off in time."

Trees are the most prominent feature of the vegetable
world and surpass all other organic beings in height,
magnitude and longevity. The greatest height known
has been reached by -Eucalyptus amygdalina of Aus-
tralia, of which trees have been observed that were 470
feet high. In length, but not in body and longevity,
even this tree is surpassed by some giant floating alga?
said to attain the length of 900 feet, and by some climb-
ing palms of Java attaining, sometimes, 600 feet. Fol-
lowing Eucalyptus amygdalina is probably Sequoia
sempervivens, which attains 325 feet and occasionally

gigantea 35 feet, in Taxodium distichum 30 feet, and
somewhat less in Adansonia digitata.

The age attributed to many of the tallest trees is
based more or less on speculation, and opinions often
differ widely. Dracaena Draco is believed to reach 6,000
years of age, Adansonia digitata 5,000, Taxodium mu-
cronatum and Platanus 4,000, Cupressus sempervirens
and Taxns baccata 3,000, Castanea sativa, Quercus
pedunculata, Sequoia gigantea and Cedrus Libani more
than 2,000 years.

Although the trees are the most conspicuous features
of the vegetable kingdom, they represent only a small
percentage of it as regards the number of species. In
the United States, where about 550 trees occur, they
represent only about 3% per cent of the whole phanero-
gamic flora, in Europe even less. As a rule, towards
the tropics the number of tree-like species increases,
towards the arctic regions it decreases. Remarkably rich
in trees is the flora of Japan, where the proportion of
trees to the whole phanerogamic flora is more than 10

1834

T KICKS

TREES

per cent, which percentage surpasses by far that of any
other country in the temperate regions.

Trees belong to many different natural orders, but of
the orders of monocotyledonous plants only a few con-
tain trees and none of them is hardy north. None of the
larger orders contains trees only, but there are some
which consist exclusively of woody plants and include a
large proportion of trees, as Coniferae, Cupuliferse,
Salicaceae, Juglandacea?, Magnoliaceae, Sapindaceae,
Elfeagnacea?, Ulmaceae, Hamamelidaeeae, Lauracea?,
Anacardiacea?, Ebenaceae, Styraeacea? and others.

The uses of trees are manifold, and a country from
which the forests have been destroyed becomes almost
uninhabitable and worthless to mankind. The forests
furnish wood and timber, exercise beneficial influences
on the climate, act as regulators of the waterflow, pre-

self, the trees and shrubs do not need his perpetuar
care and usually grow without his aid and interference.
To the landscape gardener a thorough knowledge of
trees is absolutely essential. He ought to know the or-
namental properties of the trees, their rate and mode of
growth, their peculiarities in regard to soil, situation
and climate. As the trees are, after the surface of the
ground, the most permanent element of the landscape,
they ought to be planted with careful deliberation as to
the intended artistic effect and their fitness to the soil
and climatic conditions, for mistakes in planting of
trees are afterwards not easily corrected and rarely
without injury to the original artistic design. The
available number of trees from which selection may be
made is large. There are in American and European
nurseries and gardens more than 600 species in cultiva-

2552. A croup of old sugar maple

'ith irregular and broken heads

vent erosion and also the removal of soil by the wind.
Besides furnishing wood and timber, many trees yield
other products of great economic importance, especially
the numerous kinds bearing fruits. The esthetic value
also of the tree must not be underrated, though it can-
not be counted in money.

The science of trees and shrubs is dendrology. The
art of growing trees is arboriculture, of which sylvi-
culture is a branch and deals with the rearing and main-
taining of forests and the producing of wood crops.
Orchard culture is a branch of arboriculture or of hor-
ticulture and deals with the cultivation of fruit trees;
it is usually included under pomology, which comprises
both the science and practice of fruit-growing. As or-
namental subjects, trees are more permanent, easier of
cultivation and cheaper in the long run than herbs. It
is curious to note how little attention the average gar-
dener who has the care of a park or garden gives
to the most prominent feature of his domain. He
usually knows fairly well the greenhouse plants and
his herbaceous perennials, which cost most in time
and money, but the trees and shrubs he often hardly
deigns to look at. This is apparently due to the fact
that after being once planted, and often not by him-

tion which are hardy in the northern and middle states.
About240 of them are American, almost'200 from eastern
Asia, about 100 from Europe and 70 from western and
central Asia. About 40 natural orders are represented,
of which the most important are the Coniferae, Cupu-
liferae, Salicaceae, Rosacea?, Leguminosa?, Juglandacea?,
Sapindacea?, Urticacea?, Magnoliacea? and Oleaceae. The
number of all the cultivated varieties and garden forms
is, of course, considerably larger than that of the botani-
cal species and may be estimated at about 3,000. Com-
paratively few horticultural varieties are found in
American nurseries as compared with European, but
this need not be regretted, as horticultural varieties are
mostly merely curious or monstrous forms. In plant-
ing, one must rely chiefly on the types and use the horti-
cultural varieties sparingly, for restfulness should be
the prevailing character of the masses and groups of
trees.

The fundamental purposes of trees in landscape
gardening are to furnish the great masses of foliage
which frame and divide and partly constitute the views
and landscape pictures, to emphasize the elevations of
the ground, to vary the sky-line, to screen or block out
unsightly objects, to enhance the beauty of buildings.

TREES

and to furnish shade and shelter. The enjoyment the
trees give by beautiful flowers, various foliage, splendid
autumnal tints, and ornamental fruit is more incidental,
though of great value and worthy of careful considera-
tion. The trees should be selected for planting in ac-
cordance with the natural and intended character of the
scenery and not be taken indiscriminately because they
happen to be handy and easy to procure.

It is essential that the trees should be well adapted
to the climate and soil, and in this respect a careful
observation of the natural tree growth of the locality
will give many good hints. Other considerations are the
height the trees attain, the character of growth, color
and effect of foliage, flowers and fruits, autumnal tints
and winter eifects. Concerning the general rules which
govern the selection of trees for planting and which are
principally the same as in herbs and shrubs, much
other information may also be found in the articles on
Landscape Gardening, Park, Shrubbery and Serbs.

Selections of Trees for Special Purposes. — The follow-
ing lists include trees of proved hardiness and are not
intended to be complete but merely suggestive, and
chiefly for the northeastern states.

1. Trees with Showy Flowers.

a. Blooming in early spring before or with the
leaves.

Acer rubrum (fls. blood-red).

Amelanchier Canadensis (fls. white).

Cercis Canadensis (fls. rosy pink).

Cornus florida (fls. white, also pink).

Cornus Mas (fls. yellow).

Magnolia Yulan (fls. white).

Magnolia Soulangeana (fls. white to purple).

Prunus Avium and other cherries (fls. white).

Prunus Americana and other plums (fls. white).

Prunus Davidiana (lis. pink, also white, the earliest

of all Prunus).
Prunus pendula (fls. pinkish, branches pendulous).
Prunus Pseudoeerasus (fls. white to pink).
Pyrus baccata and other species (fls. white to pink).
Salix (staminate plants with yellow catkins).

aa. Blooming late in spring after the leaves.

jEsculus Hippocastanum and other species (fls.

white or red).
Catalpa speciosa (fls. white).
Cladrastis tinctoria (fls. white).
Cornus Kousa (fls. white).
Crataegus (fls. white).
Fraxinus Ornus (fls. white).
Laburnum (fls. yellow).
Magnolia hypoleuca (ns. white).
Pterostyrax (fls. white).
Robinia (fls. white or light pink).
Syringa vulgaris (fls. white to purple).
Tamarix parviflora (pink).

AAA. Blooming in summer and autumn.

Aralia Chinensis and spinosa (fls. Aug. and Sept.).
Castanea Americana (fls. white; July).
Gordonia pubescens (fls. white; Sept., Oct.).
Kcelreuteria paniculata (fls. yellow; July, Aug.).
Oxydendrum arboreum (fls. white; July, Aug.)
Rhus semialata (fls. white; Aug., Sept.).
Robinia Neomexicana {fls. light pink; Aug.).
Sophora Japonica (fls. white; Aug.).
Syringa Japonica (fls. white; July).
Tamarix (tallica (fls. pink; Aug., Sept., if severely
cut back) .

2. Trees with Showy Fruits.

Acer rubrum (fr. bright red in May and June).
Ailanthus glandulosa var. erythrocarpa (fr. red).
Cornus florida (fr. scarlet).

Crataegus coccinea and others (fr. scarlet or red).
Hippophae rhamnoides (fr. yellow),
flex opaca (fr. red).
Magnolia hypoleuca (fr. scarlet).
Magnolia tripetala (fr. pink).

Pyrus baccata and allied species (fr. vellow or scar-
let).
Rhus Cotinus (ample feathery panicles).
Rhus typhi na (fr. scarlet).

Sassafras officinalis ( fr. dark blue with red stems).
Sorbus Americana and Aucuparia (fr. red).
Taxus baccata (fr. scarlet).

TREES

1835

3. Trees Valued for Foliage Effects. (See also
Section 5, Evergreens, below.)

a. With colored foliage.

Acer Negundo, var. argenteo - variegatum (the most
effective of hardy variegated trees).

Acer Negundo, var. aureo marginatum (lvs. yellow).

Acer palmatum, var. atropurpureum (lvs. purple).

Acer platanoides, var. Reitenbachi (lvs. becoming
dark red in summer).

Acer platanoides, var. Schwedleri (lvs. bright red in
spring).

Acer Pseudoplatanus Worleei (lvs. yellowish).

Betula alba, var. purpurea (lvs. purple).

Fagus sylvatica, var. purpurea (lvs. purple).

Populus alba, var. nivea (lvs. white beneath).

Populus deltoides, var. aurea (one of the best yellow-
leaved trees).

Quercus pedunculata, var. atropurpurea (lvs. pur-
plish).

Quercus pedunculata, var. Concordia (lvs. yellow-
ish).

Salix alba, var. argentea (lvs. silvery white).

Tilia tomentosa (lvs. white beneath).

Ulmus campestris, var. argenteo - variegata (lvs
whitish).

AA. With large, bold foliage.
Acer insigne.
Acer macrophyllum.
Aralia Chinensis and spinosa.
Asimina triloba.
Catalpa speciosa.
Magnolia macrophylla.
Magnolia tripetala.
Paulownia imperialis.
Quercus dentata.

AAA. With small ,

rrow or finely cut foliage.
. disseetum.
r. Lorbergi.
ar. Wieri.
imperialis.

Acer palmatum, v;

Acer platanoides,

Acer saccharinum

Alnus glutinosa, v

Betula alba (cut-leaved).

Elieagnus angustifolia.

Fagus sylvatica, var. asplenifolia.

Gleditschia triacanthos.

Gymnocladus Canadensis.

Hippophae rhamnoides.

Juglans regia, var. laciniata.

Quercus pedunculata, var. filicifolia.

Salix nigra.

Sambucus nigra, var. laciniata.

Tamarix Grallica, etc.

Taxodium distichum.

4. Trees with Brilliant Autumnal Tints.

Acer rubrum (scarlet).

Acer saccharum (scarlet and orange).

Cornus florida (scarlet).

Cercidiphyllum (yellow and purple).

Crataegus (mostly scarlet and orange).

Fraxinus Americana (yellow or violet-purple).

Liquidambar (scarlet).

Liriodendron (bright yellow).

Nyssa sylvatica (scarlet).

Oxydendrum arboreum.

Quercus alba (vinous purple).

Quercus coccinea, palustris (scarlet).

Rhus (mostly scarlet).

Sassafras (orange and scarlet).

5. Evergreen Trees

a. Conifers (see also Vol. 1, p. 358).
Abies.

Chamsecyparis.
Juniperas Virginiana.
Picea.
Pinus.

Pseud otsuga.
Thuya.
Tsuga.

aa. Broad-leaved evergreens (only Ilex opaca and
Rhododendron hardy north).
Ilex opaca.
Magnolia glauca {not fully evergreen as far north as

it is hardy).
Magnolia grandiflora.
Persea Carolinensis.
Prunus Caroliniana.
Prunus Lusitanica.
Quercus Virginiana.
Rhododendron maximum.

1836

6. Deciduous Trees Valued for Their Winter

Effects.

Acer Negundo (branches light green).

Acer Peunsylvanicum (striped bark).

Betula nigra (flaky reddish brown bark).

Betula papyraeea (smooth, silvery white bark).

Crataegus viridis (red fruit).

Fagus sylvatiea (keeps its dead leaves).

Gleditsehia (large, flat pods).

Hippophae rhamnoides (yellow berries).

Liquidambar (corky branches).

Pyrus prunifolia (scarlet or yellow fruit).

Quercus alba, pedunculata and tinctoria (keep their

leaves).
Quercus macroearpa (corky branches).
Rhus typhina (scarlet, fruit).
Salix vitellina (yellow branches).
Sorbus Americana and Aucuparia (scarlet fruit).

7. Very Tall Trees.

Gleditsehia triacanthos.
Juglans nigra.
Liriodendron Tulipifera.
Picea excelsa.
Pinus Strobus.
Platanus oceidentalis.
Populus balsamifera.
Populus deltoides.
Quercus macroearpa.
Quercus palustris.
Quercus rubra.
Quercus velutina.
Taxodium distichum.
Ulmus Amerieaua.

8. Columnar or Narrow Pyramidal Trees.

Abies (most species).

Acer nigrum, var. monnmentale.

Betula alba. var. fastigiata.

Carpmus Betulus. var. fastigiata.

Cham»cyparis Lawsoniana.

Chama^cyparis Nutkaensis.

Juniperus communis, var. Suecica.

Juniperus Virginiana (especially var. pyramidalis).

Liriodendron Tulipifera, var. pyramidalis.

Picea (most species).

Populus alba, var. Bolleana.

Populus nigra, var. Italica.

Quercus pechinculata, var. pyramidalis.

Taxodium distichum (especially var. imbricarium).

Taxus baccata, var. fastigiata.

Thuya.

Ulmus campestris, var. monumentalis.

Ulmus scabra, var. fastigiata.

9. Weeping Trees.

Acer saccharinum, var. Wieri.
Betula alba. var. pendula.
Fagus sylvatiea, var. pendula.
Fraxinus excelsior, var. pendula.
Fraxinus parvifolia, var. pendula.
Prunus pendula.
Prunus serotina. var. pendula.
Quercus pedunculata, var. Dauvessei.
Salix vitellina, var. pendula.
Salix Babylonica.

Salix blanda.
Sorbus Aueupar
Tilia petiolaris.
Ulmus scabra, v;

. pendula

10. City Trees (See also No. 11).

Ailanthus glandulosa (pistillate tree).

Carpinus.

Crataegus Oxyacantha.

Fraxinus Americana.

Fraxinus excelsior.

Ginkgo biloba.

Gleditsehia triacanthos.

Platanus orientalis.

Prunus serotina.

Robina Pseudacaeia (often attacked by borers).

Sophora Japonica.

Ulmus Americana.

Ulmus campestris.

Tilia ulmifolia.

11. Shade and Avenue Trees.

Besides the trees enumerated under city trees, No. 10 (which
are to be recommended as street trees in the cities), the fol-
lowing trees are good avenue subjects:

Acer platanoides.

Acer rulirum.

Acer saccharinum

Acer saccharum.

jEsculns carnea.

jEsculus Hippocastanum.

Catalpa speciosa.

Celtis oceidentalis.

Fagus ferruginea and F. sylvatiea.

Liquidambar styraciflua.

Liriodendron Tulipifera.

Quercus alba.

Quercus coccinea.

Quercus imbricaria.

Quercus palustris.

Quercus Phellos.

Quercus rubra.

Tilia Americana.

Tilia dasystyla.

Tilia ulmifolia.

12. Trees for Seaside Planting.

Ailanthus glaudulosa.

Crataegus Oxyacantha.

Ela^agnus angustifolia.

Hippophae rhamnoides.

Juniperus Virginiana.

Picea alba.

Pinus Laricio.

Pinus rigida.

Pinus sylvestris.

Populus deltoides. var. Carolinensis.

Populus tremuloides.

Quercus rubra.

Salix alba.

Salix Caprea.

Sassafras officinale.

Tamarix.

Id. Trees for Dry Situations and Dry Climates.

Acer campestre.
Acer Giunala.
Alnus rugosa.
Betula alba.
Cornus Mas.
Elaeaguus angustifolia.
Fraxinus pubescens.
Phellod end ron Amurense.
Pinus divaricata.
Pinus rigida.
Pinus sylvestris.
Quercus coccinea.
Quercus rubra.
Quercus Prinus.
Quercus velutina.
Ulmus effusa.

14. Trees for Wet Soil.

Acer mbrum.

Acer saccharinum.

Almus glutinosa.

Almus maritima.

Betula alba.

Betula nigra.

Chamaeryparis sphseroidea.

Hicoria laeiniosa.

Nyssa sylvatiea.

Picea alba.

Picea nigra.

Pinus rigida.

Populus (most species).

Quercus alba.

Quercus bicolor.

Quercus palustris.

Quercus Phellos.

Salix (most species).

Taxodium distichum. Alfred Rehder.

Ornamental Trees lor the Middle Southern States.
I. Deciduous Trees. Acer saccharinum (A.dusycar-
pum) and A. Neginido, the latter extensively used for
street planting. — Broussonetia papyrifera, formerly
planted along streets, but objectionable because of the
many suckers which they produce, as is also B. Kazinoki.
— Cercis Canadensis. Valuable as an early spring-flow-
ering tree. — Celtis Bungeana. One of the most distinct
trees: an excellent shade tree. — Catalpa. Seldom planted

TREES

TREES

1837

south as an ornamental tree, because of the repeated at-
tacks of caterpillars. The latter are frequently used for
fish bait. — Cladrastis tinctoria. Very desirable as a flow-
ering lawn tree. — Gonitis florida. The white-flowering
species is among the most attractive of our early spring-
blooming trees and is largely used in landscape work.
The pink- and red-flowering forms are exceedingly
beautiful.— Crataegus. Taking into account the various
shapes, the foliage and the bright colored fruit in fall
and winter, the best are: C. cordata or Washington
Thorn, G. arborescens, G. spathulata and G. aestivalis
or Apple Haw.— Ghilopsis saligna, known as C. linearis,
is one of the best for dry soils. The typical species pro-
duces lilac-colored flowers, but several forms have lately
been produced with flowers ranging from light lilac to
lilac-purple with yellow stripes inside. A pure white-
flowering form is very striking but is of more dwarf
habit. — Diospyros Virginiana. Sometimes planted for
shade or for its fruit. Adapts itself to nearly all soils.
There are many forms varying both in the foliage and
size and shape of fruit.— JPagus ferruginea is frequently
used for street planting in sandy soils. The red-leaved
forms of the European species are of little value south,
the purple tint of the foliage fading to a dull green at
the approach of warm weather. — Frajrinus acuminata
and F. pubescens. Both thrive best in rich soils and are
very desirable for street planting, being seldom attacked
by insects. — Ginkgo or Salisburia is sometimes used
for avenues and street planting where a rigid pyramidal
tree is required. The foliage is one of its attractions,
being shaped like the Maidenhair fern. — Gleditschia
triacanthos. The fertile tree is sometimes planted for
its large falcate pods, which are relished by many for
the saccharine acidulated pulp. The finely pinnate foli-
age is very ornamental. — Halesia tetraptera. In the
middle sections of the South and in rich, dry soils it
grows to a small tree, but in the mountain districts in
rich soils along the water-courses, trees 40 to 50 feet
high are frequently found. Valuable for landscape
planting. — Hicoria or Carya. The pecan is the best
southern nut tree and is very largely planted for its
nuts. It is often planted in avenues for its beauty. —
Hicoria myristicceform is is scarce, but its foliage is more
attractive than that of any other species. — Hovenia
ditlcis. The foliage and the fleshy red peduncles in
autumn make it an excellent shade and ornamental
tree.— Idesia polyearpa. A handsome tree when grown
in partial shade; the bark blisters in full sun. — Jug-
lans. J. nigra is one of the most valuable ornamental

period during February. ./. SitboldUina is a very Orna-
mental tree and very productive at an early age. J.
cinerea is suited only to the mountain regions of the
Sotith. — Kwlreuteria paniculata. Very desirable for its
pinnate foliage and panicles of yellow flowers, which

'

2553. A pasture maple, in autumn, showing
the strong framework.

and economic trees and is extensively planted for
avenues. The Persian or English walnut and its many
forms are being more largely planted than of old, but
are often injured by late spring frosts following a warm

2554. A tree growing in the open, with full rounded head.

are succeeded by bladder-like fruits.— Jjagerstrcemia
Indica. The Crape Myrtle is one of the most character-
istic features of southern homes. It has become almost
naturalized south. If trained to a single stem it will
form a tree 25 to HO feet high; otherwise il affects the
bush form. It is conspicuous for its shining brown bark
and the profusion of its beautifully crimped and fringed
flowers, which are produced from April until August.
The colors vary from a pale to a dark pink, purplish
red, pure white and glowing crimson. No other flower-
ing tree can surpass it in beauty, and by a judicious
selection of the various colored flowers a grand effect
is produced in landscape work. — Liriodcndron Tulipif-
era. One of the most valuable and rapid-growing shade
and ornamental trees; thrives best in rich soil. Trees
taken from woods transplant badly. They should be
grown in nursery and occasionally transplanted until
sufficiently large for using in street planting.— Liquid-
ambar. A most symmetrical shaped tree; adapts itself
to all soil; valuable for street planting. Some trees as-
sume a deep purple or crimson tint in the foliage dur-
ing autumn, others a golden yellow. — Magnolia. Of the
native deciduous species, M. acuminata is the most
desirable for street and avenue planting. All the spe-
cies are voracious feeders and thrive best in rich soils.
M. macrophglla, or Umbrella Magnolia, seldom grows
beyond 25 feet, but is conspicuous for the length and
size of its leaves. This tree is called Umbrella Tree
south, whereas this name applies to M. tripefala at the
North. M. Fraseri, Ear-leaved Magnolia or Wahoo of
the western North Carolina mountaineers, is also a very
ornamental tree. M. tripetala is objectionable in gar-
dens owing to the unpleasant odor of its flowers. Few
Chinese species, with the exception of M. hypoleuca,
attain the size of a tree. M. Titian and M. Soulange-
ana can be trained to a single stem and made to attain
a height of 15 feet. All the other varieties may be
classed as shrubs. The flowers are often injured by
late spring frosts. — Melia Azedarach (Pride of India,
Chinaherry). Almost naturalized south. It is of very
rapid growth and begins to flower at an early stage.
The flowers are delightfully fragrant with the perfume

1838

TREES

of the lilac. Extensively planted for shade trees. The
umbrella form, known as Texas Umbrella, assumes a
dense, spreading head with drooping foliage. It is of
unique appearance and can be used with great effect
in landscape work. — Morns. M. rubra is frequently
planted for shade; it is valuable for its wood, which is
of great durability for posts. M. alba is naturalized
in many sections. A form of M. rubra discovered in
middle Georgia some years ago and called Stubbs
from the discoverer, produces enormous crops of large,
rich vinous fruit. This and the Hicks and Multicaulis
(latter of Chinese type) are often planted for feeding
poultry and hogs. They should not be planted near
dwellings, owing to the dropping of the fruit. — Nyssa
sylvatica. Only desirable in landscape work for the
brilliant red tint of its autumn foliage. — Oxydendrum

2555. Apple.

iof

most picturesque trees.

arboreum. Desirable for its flowers and highly colored
autumn foliage.— Parkinsonia aculeata. Retoma or
Horse bean of southern Texas. A small tree with green
bark, feathery foliage and yellow flowers. Valuable for
shrubberies. — Paulownia imperialis. Rapid-growing.
Almost naturalized in some sections of the South. The
foliage in young trees is very large. Flowers pale violet,
very fragrant, in long panicles; they open before the
leaves appear. — Peach. There are many ornamental
varieties which are exceedingly handsome while in
blooru, especially the double-flowering crimson, white
and pink; others are desirable for their peculiar growth,
as Pyramidalis, which is as erect as a Lombardy poplar.
Weeping, willow-leaved and golden-leaved varieties are
interesting. — Prunus. Hortulana or Chieasaw plums
are sometimes planted for ornament, though commonly
for fruit. P. Virginiana is abundant everywhere but
not valued owing to being usually infested with tent
caterpillars. Prunus Pissardi is the best purple-leaved
tree for the South, as it retains its color during sum-
mer. — Pinckneya pubens. This very ornamental small
tree is seldom seen under cultivation, as it grows natur-
ally in wet and boggy soils.— Pyrus coronaria. The
crab apple, a small tree with very fragrant flowers in
spring, is excellent for shrubberies.— Platanus occi-
dentalis. One of the most desirable trees for street
planting.— Populus. The variety which is of greatest
value for street planting is P. deltoides or monolifera,

TREES

commonly known south as Cottonwood. It is of rapid
growth and grows in nearly all soils that are not too
arid. All southern nurserymen catalogue the Carolina
Poplar, but the stock is not always true to name.—
Pterocarya fraxinifolia, or Caucasian Wing -fruited
Walnut, is a very rapid-growing tree, with spreading
branches and pinnate foliage. Very ornamental when
covered with pendulous racemes of small winged nuts,
which, however, are of no economic value. — Quercus.
Nearly all the species of the middle and eastern states
are found more or less abundant in the middle South,
but the most valuable purely southern species are as
follows: Q. Phellos, or Willow Oak, with lanceolate
leaves; Q. aquation, or Water Oak, with leaves almost
perennial, oblong and obtusely lobed. Both are largely
planted for streets and shade, as they grow very rapidly
and in almost any soil. Q. falcatu, Q. laitrifolia, Q.
Phellos and Q.Muhlenbergi aredesirable. Q. Virginiana,
or Live Oak, is a very large tree, seldom exceeding 50
feet in height but covering a large circumference. It is
native along the seacoast and adapts itself to inland
sections, where it does not attain the great size of the
coast region. There is no southern tree, except Mag-
nolia grandi flora, that is more admired, especially when
planted in avenues. — Sapindus marginntus. The glo-
bose yellow berries are retained during winter. Berries
when boiled produce a saponaceous fluid. — Stillingia
sebifera. Naturalized on the coast of Georgia and South
Carolina. The acuminate rhomboidal leaves give the
tree a unique appearance. Requires rich soil and is
valuable in landscape work. — Symplocos iinctoria. Not
common. Could be available for shrubberies.— Tilia
pubescens. A large tree occasionally found in rich soils
along the seacoast. Differs little in general from T.
Americana , but seems to be better suited to the middle
South. Very desirable for street planting or shade.—
Toxylon, or Madura, is naturalized in many sections of
the middle South. Grows to a height of 30 feet and the
fertile trees are very ornamental when laden with their
large, globular fruit. The wood is very lasting when
used for posts and takes a beautiful polish.— ilimus
Americana is perhaps more largely planted for streets
and avenues than any other deciduous tree.— Viburnum
prunifoli'um (Black Haw or Possum Haw). In very rich
soils sometimes attains a height of 15 to 20 feet. The
dark blue berries are retained during winter. Desirable
for shrubberies.

II. Broad-Leaved Evergreen Trees. Camellia
Jnnonica. Although these magnificent plants are usu-
ally seen in bush form, they can be trained to single
stems and attain a height of 20 or more feet in the coast
region, where they have found a congenial soil and cli-
mate. The typical single red variety, a tree of which is
growing at Charleston, S. C, and planted in 1808, being
the first introduced, is now upwards of 20 feet high.
The double-flowering sorts, while usually of vigorous
growth, do not attain the size of the single red.— Cinna-
nwmnm Camphora. In southern Louisiana and middle
Florida trees grow to a height of 50 feet; in the middle
South they affect the bush form or when trained to
single stems seldom exceed 15 to 20 feet. For the ex-
treme South it is recommended for street planting.—
Cyrilla racemiflora. Specimens are occasionally found
on shady banks of streams, where the soil is very rich,
that will grow 20 feet high, but the tree form must
be secured by pruning. The foliage assumes a bright
red or bronze tint in winter. — Eriobotrya Juponica.
Flowers produced in January, and if not frost-killed are
followed by a golden yellow plum-like fruit of good
flavor. Reaches a height of 20 or more feet in the coast
belt. — Gordonia Lasianthus. A stately tree found only
in shallow swamps or turfy soils. The roots spread al-
most entirely near or upon the surface of the ground,
which makes it difficult to transplant trees taken from
the woods. Trees grown from seed in pots are best for
planting, but a rich moist soil is necessary to their
growth. — Her. I. opaca and I. Dahoon are among the
most valuable evergreen trees, the former being the
best where a large tree is desired. Specimens taken
from the woods should not exceed one foot in height, as
larger sizes almost always fail in transplanting.—
Ligustrum. L. Japonicum often forms a tree 25 feet
high. Berries blue-black, retained during winter.—

TREES

TREES

1839

Magnolia. M. grandiflora is justly considered the
glory of southern broad-leaved evergreen trees. There
are many forms, based on the size and shape of the
leaves and the flowers. The superb white flowers, which
are seen from May until August and occasionally upon
some trees as late as October, vary from 4 to 12 inches
in diameter. Thrives as far north as Washington, D. C.
M. glauca has white flowers 2 to 3 inches in diameter
and delightfully fragrant. — Osmanthus fragrans, var.
ruber and O. Aqut 'folium, var. ilicifoliiis, can be trained
to single stem. The flowers of the lirst are delicately
fragrant and produced twice
a year. — Persea Caroli-
•nensis. Planted for shade
in rich soils in the coast
belt. — Photinia serrulata,
or Chinese Evergreen
Thorn, has white flowers and
dark red autumn foliage.—
Pru mis Carolinensis.
Known south as Carolina
Cherry, Carolina Laurel,
Mock Orange, etc. One of
the most ornamental south-
ern trees. — Qnercus Suber.
Acorns were distributed by
the U. S. Patent Office in
1860 and many large trees
are now found in several
sections of the South, where
they have fruited. Some
small plantations are made
for the purpose of produc-
ing cork. It grows well in
comparatively poor and
stony soils. — Sabal Pal-
metto is now freely used for
street and avenue planting
on the coast. It is conspic-
uous for its tropical appear-
ance. It is not successful
further than 40 miles from
the seashore.

III. Conifers or Nar-
row - leaved Evergreens.

— Abies. Of this section few
specimens are found below
the Piedmont region. Oc-
casionally the Norway
spruce grows to a moderate
size. — Cedrns Deodara. An
admirable tree and of rapid
growth, 40 to 50 feet. C.
Athtntirii. 25 to 'AO feet.

— Cunningham ia Sinensis.
Foliage resembles an Arau-
caria. — Cupressus. 0. sem-

pervirens has many forms, from the compact, spiral or
shaft-like shape to more spreading habit. C. Lusitanica
or Cypress of Goa, has numerous forms with foliage of an
ashy green and pendulous branches, to others of a more
dark tint and rigid form. Of Chamwryparis Lawsoniana
there are endless forms, from a compact, erect habit
and vivid green foliage to those of open or pendulous
shape and with glaucous or golden foliage. C. funebris
has varied less in its seedlings.— Juniperus. The
Irish Juniper is of fine pyramidal form, and reaches a
height of 15 feet. J. excelsa, Chinensis and thurifera
differ in the tint of their foliage and are all of tall growth.
—Libocedrus decurrens. The California arbor-vitse,
with its graceful feathery foliage and conical shape, is
one of the most ornamental of conifers.— Pinus. Few
of the exotic species are suitable to the South. Pinus
ercelsa, or Bhotan Pine, is undoubtedly the best adapted
to the middle South of all kinds. — Retinispora is a
valuable group of Japanese Cypress, but with the ex-
ception of Ii. obtitsa. Fullt'rii, plitinosa and squarrosn

Veitehii, all are of dwarf habit.— Thuya. The Asiatic
section is better adapted to the middle South than the
American species. Of the former the best forms are
known to nurseries as Biota pyramidalis and var.
aurea, reaching a height of 15 to i8 feet. B. Japonica,
yar. fill form is (Thuya orientalis) is a remarkable va-

116

riety, with thread-like foliage and compact habit to 10
to 12 feet.

In the foregoing list of Coniferre no mention is made
of species or varieties of low or shrub-like growth, such
as Podocarpus, Cephalotaxus, Thuyopsis, and Sciado-
pitys, of which there are many good specimens in
various parts of the south. Araucarias are also
omitted, owing to their liability of failure from ex-
treme heat or other unfavorable climatic conditions.
This applies also to Sequoia, and Frenelas (properly
Callitris); these frequently make an extraordinarily

2556. Picturesque old apple trees.

rapid growth until late in autumn, and are often injured
by a cold wave early in winter. p. j, Berckmans.

Trees on the Great Plains. — The Plains are not abso-
lutely treeless, as strangers often suppose, but the whole
vast area is dotted here and there with small groves, or
narrow belts which fringe the borders of the streams.
The number of native species, however, is mueh
smaller than in the rich tree flora of the northeastern
United States. The number of species cultivated for
shade and ornament, for a long time, at least, must be
relatively small owing to climatic and other causes. In
general the people of the Plains are necessarily more
interested at present in planting trees for profit than
for pleasure, but in the older parts are already to be
found many fine public parks and private grounds. To
a large extent, however, their point of view is that of
forestry rather than horticulture.

In studying the forest trees of the Great Plains of
central North America we find that most of the species
have migrated out upon the Plains from the great for-
est body of the Mississippi valley. These trees found
their way upon the Plains by way of the forests which
border the Missouri river and its tributaries. As we
pass down the river, along the eastern edge of the
Plains, the forest belt becomes larger and larger, until

1840

TREKS

it eventually merges into the great body of forest trees
lying on the easterly side of the Mississippi valley.
The principal trees which have come upon the Plains by
this route are the common red cedar, papaw, half a
dozen willows, one cottouwood, basswood, two or three
elms, hackberry, mulberry, three ashes, wild apple,
four species of hawthorns, Juneberry, wild cherry,
choke cherry, wild plum, coffee bean, honey locust, red-
bud, sycamore, two species of buckthorns, buckeye, one
maple, box-elder, sumach, two species of walnuts, five
or sis hickories, nine or ten oaks, ironwood, blue beech,
and one birch. But ten species of trees have come from
the Rocky Mountain forests, and these have made much
less impression upon the forests of the Plains than
those which came from the eastern forests. In this list
are the bull-pine, the western red cedar, four species of
cottonwoods, the buffalo berry, a maple, and two birches.

Although the present forest area of the Plains is not
relatively great, it is large enough to be seriously con
sidered in regard to its preservation. There
is danger that with the habits acquired
by our people in the thickly wooded
portions of the United States
of cutting down forest tree:
wherever found, much of
this small forest
will be destroyed.
is much easier t
preserve an area
of forest land
than to create it
anew. First
all forest fires
must be kept
down. Where
a mass of
woodland
adjoins the
open prairie,
fire - guards
should be
made so that
the fires will
not sweep into
the forest
growth. The
greatest de-
stroyer of the
forests of the
Plains in the past
has been fire, as it
swept over t h
prairies into wood
land. Second, it is a
solutely necessary
keep out certain kinds of
stock. Swine, if herded in
large numbers, will inevitably
destroy the trees. They prevent the
growth of small trees, and eventu-
ally destroy those of larger growth.

Cattle, in large numbers, are equally destructive. In fact,
where the attempt is made to preserve uninjured the trees
in a forest it is necessary to keep out stock of all kinds,
excepting possibly during limited portions of the year.
Third, it is necessary to cut out the trees for use with
very great care. A forest should be a permanent crop,
and the cuttings should be so made that the forest as a
whole is not injured. Trees should be cut here and
there in such a way that the young trees which are left
have an opportunity for growing into usable timber.

Care should be taken to encourage the tendency to
spreading which is so strong in nearly all parts of the
Plains. With a little care every present living forest
area may be made to extend itself spontaneously, or
nearly so. The forest should be effectually inclosed by
a fence placed at some distance from its outer border,
leaving a belt of unoccupied land between the trees and
the fence. This will grow up with weeds, and mingled
with these will be the seedling trees springing from the
seeds blown or carried from the forest area. In this
way the border of the forest will be gradually extended.
This can be helped by plowing up these inclosed belts

2557. Avenue of 1
Park. Ne

TREES

of land, giving better opportunity for the starting of
seedling trees. With the weeds and little trees will
spring up low shrubs of various kinds. These need give
no trouble, for this is merely nature's way of taking
possession of the soil. Little if any cultivation need be
given to such a nursery belt, as the weeds which spring
up, while unsightly, will serve the useful purpose of
sheltering the little trees, and eventually the trees will
rise above, and choke them out. Grass, however, form-
ing a tough sod, is harmful to the little trees, far more
so than the ordinary weeds.

There are many places where actual planting must be
resorted to. In looking about for a site for the new for-
est plantation, we must remember that the best condi-
tions for tree growth are usually to be found near the
natural forests. Where there are natural forests the
planting should be around their borders, so as to extend
them in much the same way as indicated in the preced-
ing paragraph in regard to natural spreading. Where
there are no natural forests at all it is nec-
essary to select the more favorable
places for planting. Since the nat-
ural forests on the Plains oc-
cupy the depressions rather
than the hill-tops or the
lopes, this should give
us a hint as to what
we must do. Wher-
ever the land slopes
into a depression
one may find
favorable condi-
tions for grow-
ing trees.
These depres-
sions, gener-
ally called
"draws, "may
be filled with
trees , and
when once a.
growth of a
few acres is
secured it will
not be difficult
to extend the
forest far up
the hillside
dopes. On the,
western portions
of the Plains simi-
lar positions should
be taken under the
irrigation ditches. In
the selection of trees
for the formation of for-
est areas we should also take
a hint from nature. The rule,
which is a very excellent one fop
the plainsman to follow, is to plant
on his farm the kinds which he
finds in the nearest forest, and to give his planted trees
as nearly as possible the same conditions as those un-
der which they grew in the native forest. On the east
ern third of the Plains, the walnut, white oak, shell
bark hickory, white elm, red elm, hackberry, white ash*
wild cherry, catalpa and honey locust are recommended
for planting. On the extreme eastern portions border
ing the Missouri river, many more kinds can be planted,
but as we pass westward toward the borders of the
Sand Hill region the list grows smaller. On the cen-
tral Plains the list is reduced, and also somewhat
changed in species. The two elms may be planted, as
also the hackberry, the green ash in place of the white
ash, wild cherry, honey locust, and in many places the
bull-pine. On the western Plains, especially that por-
tion lying west of the main body of the Sand Hills,
and having an elevation above the sea of from 3,000 to
4,000 feet, the list is still smaller. The white elm is still
included, also the hackberry, the bull-pine, and in many
places the red cedar.

The trees mentioned are of the more durable and
profitable kinds. But on all parts of the Plains people

TREES

TREES

1841

must often have quick-growing trees which soon pro-
duce fuel, but which have little, if any, value for other
purposes. In the eastern part of the Plains the black
willow, almond willow, common cottonwood, silver
maple, and box elder are useful trees for this purpose.
We should not condemn the use of these easily grown
soft-wooded trees. A forest is a crop, and there is no
reason why a farmer may not plant a more quickly
growing crop if he wishes, but he should at the same
time plant the more enduring kinds given in the preced-
ing lists. On the central Plains the quickly-grown trees
may include the same willows and cottonwood and also
the box elder. The silver maple will not do well in the
greater part of this central region. On the western
Plains the list is essentially the same as for the central
portion: namely, the willows, cottonwood, and the box
elder, to which may be added, here and there, one or
more of the western species of cottonwood.

Now for the horticultural point of view. About the
country homes the first trees are usually cottonwood,
silver maple and box elder, followed later by green ash
and white elm. Very commonly the red cedar is planted
with the first mentioned species, and often Scotch and
Austrian pines are soon added. It must be remembered
that the settler's house on the Plains stands in the
open instead of being hemmed in by forest trees, as in
the eastern portions of the American continent. The
settler's problem is to surround his bouse with trees,
not to clear the trees away. In towns and cities the
cottonwood, silver maple and box elder are generally
the pioneer trees, since they produce a shade sooner
than any others, and later these are gradually replaced
by green ash and white elm. Hackberry, black walnut
and buttonwood are occasionally planted with good
success. The species which are most largely used for
wind-breaks for orchards and other plantations are com-
mon cottonwood, willow (a variety of Salix alba), sil-
ver maple and box elder. The first mentioned, because
of its easy propagation, rapid growth and extreme har-
diness, is the favorite tree for this purpose. Where
landscape gardening is attempted, the Scotch and

f#€

/J /

>A)frf

1

gjjL

mm

ife

^Sm^

m

«I

ppp

\K\^

!&"'■ "»*i&V&itBi{§JBjfei?

Hii • ■

'■i •.-«'■ "S^- =*•-""

2558. A tree group dominated by a leaning; oak, which
is a remnant of the forest.

Austrian pines, Norway spruce and red cedar are gen-
erally used, and to these are often added one or more
species of the Rocky Mountain spruces. The most
generally used deciduous tree for this purpose is the

white elm (which here attains to a singular beauty of
form and foliage), to which are occasionally added bur
oak, black walnut and Russian olive (Elaaagnus), and
in proper situations, the white willow. The coniferous
trees of greatest value
for ornamental purposes
on the Plains are the
Austrian pine, Scotch
pine and red cedar. With
proper care these may
be grown on all parts
of the Plains where
water enough to main-
tain life may be ob-
tained. On the extreme
eastern border the Nor-
way spruce and even the
balsam fir have proved
valuable. Among decid-
uous trees the white elm
holds first place, fol-
lowed by the hackberry
(which is not as much
planted as it deserves)
and the green ash.

C. E. Bessey.

Trees Grown for Shade
and Ornament in Cali-
fornia. — The mild and
equable climate of Cali-
fornia allows a wide
range of available spe-
cies from which to se-
lect trees for shade, or-
nament and shelter. On
account of the long rainy
season, the low humid-
ity of the atmosphere,
and the relatively high
mean, and freedom from
low winter minima in
temperatures, the trees
which thrive best in mid-
dle California are those
indigenous to the arid and semi-arid warm-temperate
regions of the globe, e. g., southern Australia, the Medi-
terranean region, South Africa, northern Mexico and
Chile. Many trees of the temperate humid regions also
thrive in this state, particularly in the relatively humid
climate of the coast, and are offered by our nurserymen.
Several of the species mentioned in this list are not
described in this Cyclopedia, as they did not appear to
be in the general trade when the pages were written.

I. The Species Most Extensively Planted. — The
three following are the trees most frequently met with
as shade and ornamental trees in middle California:

1. Eucalyptus Globulus.

2. < 'upressus macrocarpa.

3. Pinus radiata.

The relative abundance of the succeeding species is
only approximately indicated by their sequence.

4. Robinia Pseudacacia, probably more widely distributed

and occurring in more remote and out-of-the-way
places than any other species (except, perhaps,
Eucalyptus Globulus). The seeds may have been
brought across the Plains by the earliest settlers at
the mines.

5. Melia Azedarach.var. umbraculiformis.

6. Phoenix Canadensis.

7. Schinus Molle.

8. Acacia melanoxylon.

9. Acacia mollissima.

10. Magnolia grandiflora.

11. Populus deltoides, var. Carolinensis.

12. Washingtonia robusta.

13. Cordyline austral is and other species.

14. Araucaria Bidwillii,

15. Araucaria excelsa.

16. Grevillea robusta.

17. .Tuglans California and spp.

18. Ulmus raeemosn and spp.

19. Acer Negundo and var. Californicum.

20. Salix Babylonica.

2559. Two types of conifers -
pine and spruces.

1842

TREES

TREES

21. Eucalyptus robusta. 25. Pittosponim spp.

22. Eucalyptus viminalis. 26. Washingtouia filifera.

23. Eucalyptus rostrata. 27. Betula alba.

24. Acer saceharinuna, 28. Cedrus Deodara.

II. Trees Beino Most Extensively Planted at the
Present Time. — The following list, arranged in sequence
according to the actual number of sales made during the
planting season of 1900-1901, is compiled from data
furnished by John Rock, of the California Nursery Com-
pany, at Niles. The percentages refer only to the
seventeen species here enumerated, and not to the total
number of trees sold by the nursery, which has a large
and varied assortment of species many of -which are
more suitable and more effective than those for which
there is, at present, the greatest demand.

Per cent.

1. Eucalyptus Globulus 35.24

2. Oupressus macrocarpa 26.43

3. Eucalyptus viminalis 15.00

4. Pinus radiata 4.07

5. Melia Azedarach, var. unibraculiformis 2.75

6. Phoenix Canariensis (Fig. 2565) 2.71

7. Acacia melanoxy Ion 2.20

8. Acacia mollissima 1.76

9. Robinia Pseudacaeia 1.65

10. Magnolia grand itiora 1.65

1 1 . Acer sacehariuum 1.43

12. Juglans Californica 1.14

13. Acer Negundn, var. Californicmn 89

14. Populus deltoides Carolinensis 81

15. tllmus Americana 81

16. Betula alba 81

17. Washingtonia filifera 65

1OU.00

III. Selections for Special Purposes.— The diver-
sity of choice, rendered possible by the extent of desira-
ble material that is available, makes it somewhat difficult

■ *fiC

AV Ik
2560. Picturesque field pine, remnant of a forest.

to readily select the most suitable species for various
specific purposes. The following classified lists arc
intended as suggestions to aid in making a suitable
selection; they are almost entirely restricted to species

offered in the Californian trade, and are intended to be
suggestive only, and not by any means complete. New
species and varieties are constantly being added to the
nursery stocks, some of which will be found particularly
well adapted to certain conditions of climate and soil,
and will doubtless replace others now in use.

2561. Leaning tree in a clearing, showing its effort to
regain itself by producing upright branches.

1. For Subtropical Et feet. — That there is in California
strong appreciation of subtropical effects in gardening
is shown by the great demand for dracsenas and such
large-leaved plants as palms, magnolias, bananas and
rubber-trees. That the effect produced by the planting
of such trees so often fails to be satisfactory is largely
due to one or both of two causes, — either unsuitable
location of the specimens or choice and association of
unsuitable species. To prevent a repetition of the first-
named error, the prospective tree-planter is recom-
mended to consult the article on Landscape Gardening
in Volume II; and to avoid the second, a selection from
the following list is suggested, witli the addition of such
large-leaved herbaceous plants as cannas, colocasia,
cynaras, funkias, Gunnera scaora, pampas grass, ver-
atrums, agaves, yuccas, aloes, Woodwardia radicans
and Rodgersia podophylla, together with such shrubby
plants as bamboos, giant reed, the choicer varieties of
castor-bean, Senecio grandifolius , Polygonum Sachali-
nense and P. Siebokli.

A. Small Trees or Tall Shrubs.

Acanthopanax rieinifi
Aralia Chinensis,
Aralia Chinensis, var.

Mandshuriea,
Aralia spinosa,
Arundinaria falcata,
i 'hamserops humilis,
Dicksonia antaretiea,
Eriobotrya Japonica,

Erythea armata,
Fatsia Japonica,
Fatsia papyrit'era,
Mnsa Ensete,
Primus Laurocerasus,
Riciuus Cambodgensis,
Ricinus macrophyllns,
Rieinus sanguineus,
Ricinus Zaiizibarensis,

aa. Larger Trees.

Catatpa bignonioides,
Uatalpa ovata,
Catalpa speciosa,
Cordyline australis,
Cordyline Banksii,
Cordyline indivisa,
Cordyline stricta,
Corynocarpus lseviga,
Erythea edulis.
Eucalyptus calophylla,
Eucalyptus ficifolia,
Ficus Carica,
Picas niacrophylla.
Gymuocladus Canadensis.

■Tubaaa spectabilis,

Livistona australis,
Magnolia grandiflora,

Paulownia ixnperialis,
Phoenix Canariensis,

Phoenix dactylifera.
Phoenix reclinata,
Phcenix sylvestris,
Phytolacca dioica,
Trachyearpus escelsus,
Tristania conferta,
Washingtonia filifera,
Washingtonia robusta.

Eucalyptus Globulus can also be used effectively if
cut down periodically when the falcate leaves begin to
appear; it will continue to shoot up vigorously from the
same root for several years. Eucalyptus robusta is
useful for screen purposes if cut out before it becomes
straggling.

TREES

TREES

1843

2. Trees with Ornamental Flowers. — In making the
following grouping, arranged according to relative
hardiness, it has been impossible to give precise in-
formation as to the exact degree of frost-tolerance of
the several species, as we can tind but meager published
data on the subject.

A. Susceptible to light frost.
The following would probably succumb to a tempera-
ture of 28° Fahr. :

Eucalyptus ealophylla.
Eucalyptus ficifolia,
Jacaranda ovalifolia.

aa. Susceptible to heavy frost.
The following are not likely to stand a temperature of
20° Fahr. Some of them may succumb at 25° Fahr.,
particularly while young:

Acacia Baileyana, Bursaria spinosa.

Acacia eyanophylla, Eucalyptus corauta,

Acacia elata. Eucalyptus corymbosa,

Acacia t'alcata, Eucalyptus polyanthema,

Acacia longifolia, Eucalyptus sideroxylon, var.

Acacia mollissima, pallens.

Acacia neriifolia, Hymenosporum flavum,

Acacia pendula, Pittosporum undulatum.

Acacia salicina, etc.

AAA. Hardy.
Acacia pycnantha. Magnolia Soulangeana,

jEsculus carnea. Magnolia stellata,

,E ^cnlus Hippociistanum, Paulowuia imperialis,

Albizzia Julibrissin, Prunus Armeniaca (double-

Cat ;il pa bignouioides, fld.),

Catalpa ovata, Prunus cerasifera, var. atro-

Catalpa speciosa, purpurea,

Cercis Canadensis, Prunus Japonica,

Cercis Siliquastruin, Prunus Persica (white- fld.,

Crataegus mollis, double red - fld., dark -fld.,

Cratasgus monogyna (vars. etc.),

Pauli, punicea, alba plena, Prunus spinosa (double-fld.),
etc.), Pyrus Halliana,

Koelreuteria paniculata, Pyrus Ioensis(Bechtel'sdouble

Laburnum vulgare, crab),

Liriodendron Tulipifera, Robinia hispida.

Magnolia acuminata, Robinia Pseudacacia,

Magnolia grandiflora, Sophora Japonica,

Magnolia Kobus, Sorbus Aucuparia.

3. Trees with Colored Foliage.

a. Glaucous.
b. Susceptible to frost (20° Fahr. and perhaps less).
Acacia Baileyana, Eucalyptus polyanthema.

Acacia dealbata. Eucalyptus Risdoni,

Acacia glaucescens, Eucalyptus sideroxylon, var.

Acacia salicina. pallens,

Erythea armata. Leucademlron argenteum,

Eucalyptus Globulus(pollarded Phoenix dactylifera,
to produce suckers), Washingtonia Sonorae.

bb. Hardy.
Cedrus Atlantica, var. glauca, Picea pun gens, var. glauca,
Cedrus Deodara, var. glauca, Sequoia sempervirens, var.
Picea pungens, var. ccerulea, glauca.

AA. Purple or bronze.
b. Susceptible to 25° Fahr.
Ricinus Cambodgensis, Ricinus communis, var. Gib-

sonii.

bb. Hardy.

Acer platanoides, var. Reiten- Fagus sylvatica, var. purpurea

bachi, Riversi,

Acer platanoides, var. Schwed- Prunus cerasifera, var. atro-

leri, purpurea,

Betula alba. var. atropurpurea, Prunus Persica var.
Fagus sylvatica, var. purpurea,

4. Wide-spreading Trees for Shade, Mostly with
Hounded Outline. — It frequently happens that the
owner of a garden desires a wide-spreading tree in the
back or one corner of his domain, under which to
swing a hammock on a hot day; such trees are also
useful in the school yard, affording welcome shade in
which the children can eat their lunch.

a. Deciduous, all hardy.
b. Growth rapid or medium.
C. Suckers likely to be troublesome.
Popnlus alba, Ulmus Americana,

Robinia Pseudacacia, Ulmus racemosa.

cc. Suckers »»' troublesome,
d. Requiring a great deal of water.
Salix Babylonica.

DD. Requiring not much water.
Acer macrophyllum, Acer saccharinum.

Acer Negundo, Acer saccharinum, var.

Acer Negundo, var. Californi- Wieri,

cum, Carya olivaBformis,

Acer platanoides, Fraxinus Americana,

Acer platanoides, var. Reiten- Fraxinus velutina,

bachi, Quereus lohata,

Acer platanoides, var. Schwed- Quereus pedunculata,

leri, Ulmus campestris.

Acer Pseudo-plutanus,

bb. Growth somewhat slow.
Acer campestre, Platanus orientalis,

^Esculus carnea, Quereus coccinea,

jEscuIus Hippociistanum, Quereus Kelloggii,

Carpinus Betulus, Quereus lobata,

Castanea sativa, Quereus macrocarpa,

Fagus sylvatica, var. purpurea. Quereus rubra,
Jxiglans Sieboldiana. Sophora Japonica,

Liriodendron Tulipifera, Tilia Americana,

Melia Azedarach, var. urn- Tilia Europa?a,

braculiformis, Ulmus campestris.

aa. Evergreen.
b. Growth rapid: trees susceptible to 25° Fahr
Acacia mollissima.

BB. Growth somewhat slow; trees hardy.
Arbutus Menziesii, Pinus Pinea,

Ficus Carica, Quereus agrifolia,

Olea Europsea, Sehinus Molle,

5. Ornamental Trees affording but Little Shade.
a. Outline oblong or nearly columnar.
b. Deciduous.
Populus nigra, var. Italica.

bb. Evergreen.
Cupressus sempervirens,
Cupressus sempervirens, var. fastigiata,
Juniperus communis, var. Hibernica,
Taxus baccata, var. fastigiata.

aa. Outline conical or spiral, usually pointed.
b. Vonlfero?, with mostly narrow leaves.
C. Deciduous; hardy.
Larix decidua,
Larix leptolepis.
Taxodium distichum.

CC. Evergreen.
D. Susceptible to severe frost (probably about 20° Fahr.).
Agathis robusta, Araucaria Ounninghamii,

Araucaria Bidwillii, Araucaria excelsa,

Araucaria Braziliana, Araucaria imbricata,

Araucaria Cookii, Pinus Canariensis.

dd. Hardy.
Abies balsamea. Picea excelsa,

Abies Oephaloniea, Picea nigra, var. Doumetti,

Abies concolor, Picea polita,

Abies nobilis, Picea pungens,

Abies Nordmanniana, Pinus Laricio, var. Austri-

Abies Pinsapo, aca,

Cedrus Atlantica, Pinus contorta,

Cedrus Deodara, Pinus Coulteri,

Cedrus Libani, Pinus densiflora,

Cephalotaxus drupacea, Pinus monophylla.

Cephalotaxus Fortunei, Pinus Pinaster,

Chamflecyparis Lawsoniana, Pinus radiata,
Cryptomeria Japonica, Pinus Sabiniana,

Cryptomeria Japonica, var. Pinus sylvestris,

elegans, Podocarpus Totara,

Cunuinghamia Sinensis, Pseudotsuga Douglasii.

Cupressus Goveniana, Sciadopitys verticillata.

Cupressus macrocarpa, Sequoia gigantea,

Cupressus macrocarpa, var. Seqxioia sempervirens,

Guadalupensis. Taxus baccata,

Libocedrus Chilensis, Thuja gigantea,

Libocedrus decurrens, Thuja orientalis,

Picea Ajanensis, Thujopsis dolabrata,

Picea alba, Torreya Californica,

Picea Engelmanni, Torreya nucifera.

bb. Foliage broad.
c. Deciduous; hardy.

Betula alba. Ginkgo biloba,

Betula lenta, Quereus Cerris

Betula lutea, Quereus nigra,

Betula papyrifera, Sorbus Aucuparia.
Betula populifolia,

1844

TREES

TREES

cc. -Evergreen.
Susceptible to severe frost (probably 20° Fahr. and

even less).
Cmnamonium Camphora, Grevillea robusta,

Corynocarpus Itevigatas, Sterculia diversit'olia,

Cryptocarya Miersii, Tristania conferta.

dd. Hardy.
Acacia melanoxylon, Laurus nobilis,

Cerasus Lusitanica, Pittosporum erassifolium.

Ilex Aquifolium, Quercus Suber,

Lagunaria Patersonii, Unibellularia Californica.

A. Outline more or less rounded, but trees not as
wide-spreading nor as shade-giving as in class 4.
B. Deciduous.
C. Susceptible to frost (25° Fahr.).
Phytolacca dioica.

cc. Hardy.

^Esculus glabra,
Fraxinus Americana,
Fraxinus excelsior,
Fraxinus Ornus,
Gyninocladus Canadensis,

Juglans Californica,
Juglans nigra,
Kielreuteria paniculata,
Paulownia imperialis,

Kobinia Pseudacacia.

C. Probably susceptible to severe frost (20° Fahr. or

Acacia cyanophylla,
Alectryon exeelsum,
Bursaria spinosa.
Eucalyptus calophylla.
Eucalyptus cornuta.
Eucalyptus corymbosa,
Eucalyptus corynocalyx

Eucalyptus fleifolia,
Eucalyptus Globulus,
Eucalyptus maculata, rar.

citriodora,
Eucalyptus robusta,
Hymenosporuui Havuin,
Maytenus Boaiia.

cc. Hardy.

Acacia pyenantha,
Eucalyptus amygdalina.
Eucalyptus" Gunnii,
Eucalyptus b-ucoxylon,
Eucalyptus obliqua.
Eucalyptus rostrata,
Eucalyptus rmlis,
Eucalyptus viiuiualis,

Jubasa spectabilis,
Phoenix Canarieusis,
Phoenix reclinata,
Phoenix sylvestris,
Pittosporum eugenioides,
Pittosporum tenuifoHum,
Pittosporum undulatum.

aaaa. Drooping trees.

B. Deciduous.
a, var. Wieri
pendula ele-

pendula la- Qu

Acer sacchar

laciniatuni,
Betula alba, '

gans,
Betula alba,

ciniata,
Betula alba,

Youngi,
Crataegus monogyna, var. pen

dula,
Fagus sylvatica.var. pendula.
Fraxinus excelsior, var. aurez

pendula,
Fraxinus excelsior, var. peu

dula. Ulmus

Juglans regia, var. pendula, dula

Laburnum vulgare, var. pen- Ulnu

dulum, Uimi

bb. JEvergre

Cupressus funebris, Sch

Morus alba (Teas' Weeping),
Populus grandidentata, var

pendula,
Primus fruticosa.var. pendula

cus lobata,
Salix Babylonica,
pendula Salix Babylonica. var. Lickii,
Sophora Japonica pendula,
Sorbus Aucuparia, var. pen

dula,
Tilia Americana, var. pendula
Tilia Europsea, var. pendula,
Ulmus Americana, var. pen

. pen

6. Trees for Streets, Avenues and Roadsides. — The
number of tree species suitable for street planting is
limited by the necessarily heavy restrictions, as to
height, spread, sewer-penetration and sidewalk-raising,
imposed by municipal street departments. In European

3562. Weeping elm. type of a erotesque horticultural variety.
Ulmus scabra var. horizontalis.

2563. CoMyline australis.
Often called Draca?na Palm. California,
cities the first-named objections are overcome by means
of frequent and systematic pruning to a uniform stand-
ard; where this necessity can be obviated by the selec-
tion of trees which naturally keep within the desired
bounds, the labor of maintaining them in a sightly con-
dition is minimized and the result much more pleasing.

For town streets not more than uO feet in width, it is
important to have trees that will not give too much
shade and prevent the rapid drying of the roadway
after showers, nor be so tall nor wide-spreading as to
obstruct the view and shut out sunshine, rendering the
adjacent houses dark, cold and damp. On this account
trees with narrow or pyramidal outline are in many
cases preferable to those with wide -spreading habit,
and, generally speaking, deciduous trees are more suit-
able than evergreen, although at the time of losing
their leaves they make more litter. Exception may be
made in favor of such evergreen species as certain
palms and cordylines, some acacias and a few other
species mentioned below.

It is not wise to use trees of very rapid growth on
town streets; they soon become too large and require
frequent trimming, which is usually equivalent to muti-
lation, and are likely to interfere with sewers.

It cannot be said that street planting in California
towns has, in most cases, been satisfactory. In spite of
the much larger variety of suitable material than is
available in most of the states, there are few examples
of good street-planting to be met with. In most of our
towns the eye is greeted with a few straggling trees, of
which perhaps not more than two are of one kind, re-
calling Professor Wangh's apt simile of "nine mon-
strously different buttons in a row down the front of a
Prince Albert coat." There are many pleasing exceptions,
however, although few are entirely satisfactory. The re-
peated attempts to improve the appearance of a town by
planting trees along the streets should be encouraged on
every occasion, and the object of this article is to render

1845

2564. Abies venusta, one of the California firs.

assistance by pointing out how some of the mistakes may
be avoided. The unsatisfactory results of street-plant-
ing, so often met with, can generally be traced to one
or all of three causes:

1. Selection of unsuitable species.

2. The mixing of several species on the same block
and even in front of the same lot.

3. Crowding the trees.

This last-mentioned source of trouble is perhaps*.the
cause of more failure than the first. When trees are

once growing, few persons have the heart to thin out
the specimens to the proper distance apart; finally a
newcomer, without personal feeling in the matter and
noting only that there is too much shade and too little
light, cuts down the whole row and a gap is left in what
may have been a fairly uniform block. Spreading
avenue trees of large size should not stand closer than
50 ft. apart; smaller trees, on narrower streets should
have 40 or at the very least 30 ft., unless they are slen-
der species such as cordylines or washingtonias, when

1846

TREES

20 ft. may be sufficient. As a rule, three small trees to
a 50-foot lot will be found ample, and the center one of
these three should be taken out when they begin to
meet at the sides; if the whole street is planted uni-
formly with the same species, and at this same dis-
tance, the result will be much more pleasing than if
four or five trees are planted in front of every house.

a. For city and town streets.

B. Small trees suitable for streets 60 ft. wide or less.

c. Deciduous.

D. Growth rapid or moderate.
Betula alba, Kcelreuteria paniculata,

Betula lutea, Melia Azedarach, var. um-

Betula papyrifera, braculiformis,

Betula populifolia, Paulownia imperialis,

Catalpa bignonioides, Rhus typhina,

Catalpa ovata, Sorbus Aucuparia.

Catalpa speciosa.

DD. Growth stow.
Crataegus mollis. Ginkgo biloba.

Crataegus monogyna,

cc. Evergreen.
D. Growth rapid or moderate.
e. Palms and arborescent Liliacea?.
Cordylineaustralis{ Fig. 2563), Livistona australis,
Cordyline Banksii, Trachycarpus excelsus,

Cordyline indivisa, Washingtonia tiiifera,

Cordyline stricta, Washingtonia robusta.

Erythea edulis,

ICE. Evergreen trees other than palms and arborescent
Liliacea?.

Acacia Baileyana,
Acacia eyanophylla,
Acacia falcata,
Acacia lineata.
Acacia longifolia,

Acacia neriifolia,
Myoporum laetum,
Pittosporum eugi'iiioiile
Pittosporum tenuifoliuu
Stereulia diversifolia.

dd. Growth slou

Aleetryon excelsum,
Bursaria spinosa,
Cinnamoimnn Camphor,
Eucalyptus ficifolia,
Ilex Aquifolium,
Lagunaria Patersonii,

Ligustrum lucidum,
Magnolia grandiflora,
Maytenus Boaria,
Olea Europsea,
Pittosporum erassifolium,
Tristania conferta.

. Larger trees for streets, avenues and boulevards
80 to 100 ft. wide.
c. Deciduous .
d. Growth rapid or moderate.
Acer saccharinum, Platanus orientalis,

Fraxinus Americana, Quercus pedunculata,

Fraxinus velutina, Robinia Pseudacaeia,

Gyinnocladus Canadensis, Ulmus campestris.

Hicoria Pecan,

dd. Growth slow.
Gleditschia triacanthos, Tilia Americana,

Liriodendron Tulipifera, TiUa Europsea.

Sophora Japonica,

cc. Ev
d. Palms a
Erythea edulis,
Livistona australis,
Musa Ensete,

DD. Evergreen trees other
Acacia elata,
Acacia melanoxylon.
Acacia pycnantha,
Angophora intermedia,
Angophora subvelutina.
Eucalyptus amygdalina.va:

angusti folia,
Eucalyptus calopbylla,
Eucalyptus coryinbosa,

ergreen.

nd bananas.

Trachycarpus excelsus,
Washingtonia filifera,
Washingtonia robusta.

■ than palms and bananas.
Eucalyptus ficifolia.
Eucalyptus polyanthema,
Eucalyptus rudis,
Eucalyptus sideroxylon,
var. pallens,

c. Ficus macrophylla,
Synearpia laurifolia,
Tristania conferta.
Umbellularia Cablfornica,

Bbb. For avenues and boulevards without sidewalks
or with wide spaces between sidewalk and driveway.

For this purpose almost any of the larger and more
Ornamental species enumerated in the other lists may be
selected. Spreading coniferous trees, with broad bases

(such as Sequoia gigantea, etc.) can often be used to
advantage, as well as the wide-spreading feather-palma
(Phoenix and Jubaea).

aa. For country roads.
b. Deciduous.

Acer campestre,

Acer macrophyllum,

Acer Negundo,

Acer Negundo, var. Cali-

fornicum,
Acer platanoides,
Acer saccharinum,
^Esculus carnea,
/Escnlus Hippocastanum,
Ginkgo biloba,

Hi.

, Peca

Juglans Californica,
Juglans nigra,
Juglans Sieboldiana,

Liriodendron TulipitVra,
Paulownia imperialis,
Phytolacca dioica,
Populus nigra, var. Italica,
Quercus lobata,
Quercus pedunculata,
Robinia Pseudacacia,
Sophora Japonica,
Taxodium distichum,
Tilia Americana,
Tilia EuropaBa,
Ulmus Americana,
Ulmus campestris,
Ulmus racemosa.

bb. Evergreen.

Acacia melanoxylon,
Acacia mollissima,
Arbutus Menziesii,
Cinnamomum Camphora,
Cryptomeria Japonica,
Eucalyptus botryoides.
Eucalyptus calophylla.
Eucalyptus capitellata,
Eucalyptus cornuta,
Eucalyptus diversieolor,
Eucalyptus leucoxylon.
Eucalyptus rostrata (Fig.
2566),

Eucalyptus rudis.
Eucalyptus viminalis,
Ficus macrophylla,
Olea Europsea,
Pinus radiata.
Quercus Suber,
.Schinus Molle,
Sequoia gigantea,
Sequoia st'inpcrvireus,
Stereulia diversifolia,
Tristania conferta.
Umbellularia Californica,

7. Trees which have been tried but have proved un-
satisfactory . — There are many species which have failed
to give satisfaction in some localities because of local
peculiarities of climate or soil; there are some, also,
which have proven unsatisfactory on account of habit,
etc.; from among these may be mentioned:

Eucalyptus robusta, a species which is exceedingly
handsome as a young tree and has been extensively
planted along roadsides and streets in the warmer parts
of the state; when mature it becomes straggling and
exceedingly brittle, breaking up in an unsightly manner.

Phoenix Ca
outdoor planting

e of the best palms for
B.-rkeley, California.

Eucalyptus corynocalyx also becomes straggling and
unsightly with age.

Schinus Molle should be avoided in the Citrous belt,
as it is found to harbor and become a nursery for scale
insects. As a street tree it is also unsatisfactory, be-
coming too large and straggling and requires too much
pruning to keep it within bounds; its large surface
roots often break cement and asphalt sidewalks.

!.

TREES

TREES

1847

Mtlia Azedarach, var. umbracitliformis, is found un-
satisfactory in the immediate vicinity of the coast; as a
sidewalk tree it is exceedingly untidy when losing its
leaves, and is also much subject to scale insects.

Acacia melanoxylon is generally debarred from the
Citrous belt, as a breeder of scale; when mature it is
said to suffer quickly from the effects of drought. In
the moister climate of the immediate vicinity of the
coast, near San Francisco, however, it proves entirely
satisfactory.

Poputus alba, Robinia Pseudacacia and Ulmus
racemosa are exceedingly troublesome when used as
sidewalk trees on narrow streets; their surface roots
often break the cement
or asphalt sidewalks,
and the suckers come
up in the midst of
lawns several yards
away from the parent
tree.

Ficus macrophyfta
is another tree injuri-
ous to sidewalks.

Eucalyptus Globu-
lus, and in fact almost
all species of the ge-
nus, are frequently
debarred by townordi-
nance from growth
within GO or even 70
feet of a sewer, on ac-
count of the remarka-
ble length and pene-
trating power of their
roots.

Pa u lownia imperi-
alis is sometimes ob-
jected to on account
of the somewhat un-
tidy appearance of the
persistent seed - pods,
which require no little
labor if all are to be
removed after flower-
ing.

Grevillea robust a
has brittle wood and is
usually much broken in
heavy winds, but can
be used with satisfac-
tion if kept well cut
back.

The species of Phoe-
nix and Jubsea should
be avoided on account
of their low, wide-
spreading habit, ex-
cept for avenues and
boulevards where there
is no sidewalk or where
there is from 20 to 30
feet space between
sidewalk and drive-

. Tolerant of medi
Acacia melanoxylon,
Ailantus glandulosa,
Albizzia lophantha,
Casuarina equisetifolia,
Eucalyptus aniyg<l:ilhia.
var. angustifolia (appa
rently the least sensi-
tive of the Eucalypts).

alkali (chiefly "white" salts).
Eucalyptus rostrata (Fit*.

2566),
Eucalyptus sideroxylon,

var. rosea,
Phoenix dactylifera,
Platanus orientalis,
Populus Fremonti,
Quereus lobata,
Robinia Pseudacacia.
AAA. Only fairly tolerant.

kcer maerophyllu
Leer Negundo, va

Cab-

Cimiamomum Camphors,
Gleditschia triacanthos,
Ulmus spp.
Washingtonia filifera.
AAAA. Tested and
found unsuitable.
Most of those trees
of the humid regions,
e. g., the eastern states
and N. Europe, which
have been tried on al-
kali soils, have been
found to suffer and to
remain dwarf and
stunted. This is par-
ticularly true of Liri-
odendron Tulipifera,
Quereus peditneulata
and species of Tilia.

Since writing the
above, the following
additional information
on the alkali tolerance
of ornamental trees
has been brought to
light through the in-
vestigations of Dr. R.
H. Loughridge of the
Agricultural Experi-
ment Station at Berke-
ley, and has courte-
ously been placed at
my disposal.

Total amount of salts
actually found in the
upper four feet of soil
in which the following
trees were growing, ex-
pressed in tons per
acre: Tons per acre in
depth of 4 feet.
Koelreuteria pani-

culata 32

Platanus orientalis 21%
Eucalyptus amyg-

dalina 20

Eucalyptus angus-
tifolia 20

Washingtonia ( spe-
cies not stated).. 7%
Phoenix dactylifera 5
lam omu m

Camphora 2%

Jos. Burtt Davy.

Ci

way.

Ailanthus glandu-
losa has a bad reputa-
tion on account of its

disagreeable odor, but as this is only found in the stami-
nate trees, it can be avoided by planting the pistillate
(fruit-bearing) trees only.

8. Trees for Alkali Soils. — There are many places in
those parts of the state that enjoy a high temperature
and low rainfall, where the percentage of alkali salts in
the soil is too great for the cultivation of most of our
ornamental trees, and where it is very important that
some shade-producing species be grown.

A. Tolerant of strong "black" alkali (Sodium car-
bonate).
The most alkali-tolerant tree of those yet tested is
Koelreuteria paniculata, a small species 15 to 30 feet
high, with feathery, pinnate leaves and ornamental
yellow blossoms.

2566. One of the gum trees— Eucalyptus rostrata
Eleven years planted; 86 feet high. California.

IV. Trees for
Southern Cali-
fornia. — Street Trees:
Stereulia diversifolia, Australian Bottle Tree; Acacia
Melanoxylon, Blackwood Acacia; Cinnamomum Cam-
phora, Camphor Tree; Stereulia aceri folia, Australian
Flame Tree; Eucalyptus robusta. Swamp Mahogany
Gum; Grevillea robusta, Silk Oak; Acacia deulbata.
Black Wattle; Jacaranda ovaUfolia ; Lignstrum Ja-
ponicum, Japan Privet; Pi nits radiata, Monterey Pine.
The above are the best ten trees for street purposes,
but among these might be placed Cordyline australis
and C. indivisa, and several kinds of palms. One de-
ciduous tree is much used — Melia Azederach, var. um-
bra culiformis , the Umbrella Tree. Though less known
or used, Eucalyptus calophylla is by far a better street
or sidewalk tree than E. robusta. Very few conifers
other than those noted do well in this climate. Any ex-
tension of the above list must be made almost entirely

1848

TREES

through palms, eucalypti and acacias, among which
there is plenty of room for personal preference.

Lawn and Shade Trees; Araucaria excelsa, Nor-
folk Island Pine; Araucaria Bidwillii, The Bunya-
Bunya ; Jacaranda ovalifolia ; Cinnantomum Catn-
phora, Camphor Tree; Ficns macrophylla, Rubber
Tree; Ficus elastica {where hardy}, Rubber Tree;
Sterculia acerifolia, Australian Flame Tree; Magnolia
tcetida, Bull Bay; Sequoia gigantea, California Big
Tree; Cedrus Deodara, Deodar.

The above list contains ten of the best ornamental
trees. It might be extended indefinitely if all our good
trees were included. The ornamental eucalypti and
acacias would at least treble this list, and the palms
alone would easily double it. Ernest Braunton.

TREE TOMATO. See Cyphomandra.

TREFOIL. See Clover, Tritolinm.

TREVESIA (after the family Treves di Bonfigli of
Padua, patrons of botany). Araliacece. About9species
of small trees or shrubs from tropical Asia and the
islands in that region, with large lvs. either palmately
cut and simple or digitately or pinnate compound, and
flowers which are rather large for the family and borne
in panicled umbels: petals 8-12, valvate, somewhat
thick; stamens 8-12: ovary 8-12-loculed : fruit large,
ovoid. Greenhouse subject.

pal mat a. Vis. (Gastbnia palmdta, Roxb.). A small
tree, with the ends of the branches sparingly prickly
and the young parts tomentose: lvs. crowded at the
ends of the branches, 1-1% ft. across, palmately 5-9-
lobed to below the middle; petioles 1-114 ft. long:
panicles long-peduncled: umbels 6 in. through, long-
peduncled: fls. 1 in. across, greenish white. Himalayas.
B-M. 7008. P. w. Barclay.

TRlANEA Bogotensis, Karst., is Limnobium Bogo-
teneis, Benth. & Hook. See Vol. II, page 925. Also
G.C. II. 15:407.

TRIARTEA. Error in a nursery catalogue. See
Iriartea .

TRICAI/fSIA (Greek, triple calyx; true of some spe-
cies). Bubidee<e. Here belong the two shrubs from
Natal which are cult, in S. Fla. under the name of
Kraussia. When Kraussia was written for this Cyclo-
pedia the undersigned treated it in the manner sug-
gested by Bentham and Hooker, Index Kewensis and
Flora Capensis. Since then the writer has had access
to the Flora of Tropical Africa, which throws a new
light on the relationship of these plants. In Vol. 3 of
that work Kraussia is made a section of Tricalysia
characterized by having the calyx -limb 4-0-lobed; the
other species have a truncate calyx-limb which is entire
or nearty so. Tricalysia is a genus of erect or climbing
shrubs, with small axillary flowers. It contains a few
species from Natal and Madagascar in addition to 21
from tropical Africa. The two species mentioned be-
low have funnel-shaped fls. which are about a quarter
of an inch long. Their color is not stated; it is prob-
ably white. The fls. are borne in clusters, which are
much shorter than the leaves. It is not clear why these
plants should be cultivated at all. They bloom in S.
Calif., but have not bloomed in S. Fla,

Generic characters of Tricalysia: calyx-tube in many
species girt at the base with a single or double epi-
calyx of involucral bracts: corolla funnel-shaped or
shortly salver- shaped; throat bearded or glabrous;
lobes 4-8; stamens 4-8, inserted at the mouth of tho
corolla ; ovary 2-loculed, rarely 3-Ioculed. Kraussia
lanceolata is here removed to Tricalysia and Hiern is
cited as the author of the combination Tricalysia lan-
ceolata, though the combination has probably never
been formally made previous to this occasion.
A. Lvs. lanceolate, acuminate.

lanceolata, Hiern {Kraussia lanceolata, Sond.).
Shrub: lvs. lanceolate, acuminate: cymes mauy-fld.:
calyx 5 -toothed: throat of corolla densely bearded:
stigma deeply 2-lobed, lobes revolute: fr. globose, the
size of a pea. Natal.

TRICHOL^NA

aa. Lvs. elliptic, obtuse.
Sonderiana, Hiern (Kraussia coriacea, Sond.),
Shrub : lvs. elliptical, obtuse or minutely apiculate,
wedge-shaped at the base, coriaceous, llA-'i% in. long:
cymes about 4-fld.; fls. pentamerous; pedicels %-%
in. long ; throat densely bearded; stigmas deeply 2-
lobed, lobes revolute. Natal. ^r Jj,

TRfCHARIS. A section of Dipcadi.

TRICHlNIUM (Greek, hairy; alluding either to the

plant in general or to the fl. -heads). Amaraniacem. A
genus of 47 species of Australian herbs or shrubs, often
hairy, witii alternate narrow or rarely obovate leaves
and pink or straw-colored flowers in terminal simple
spikes or heads, with shining scarious bracts. Perianth-
tube short; segments 5, equal, linear, rigid, usually
flumose; stamens 5, but usually 1-3 of them small and
antherless: fr. an indehiscent utricle.

exaltatum, Benth. (Ptilbtus exaltatus, Nees). A ten-
der perennial, 2-3 ft. high, erect, usually branching
above : lower lvs. 2-5 in. long, oblong-lanceolate rather
thick, contracted intoa longpetiole; upper lvs. smaller:
spikes erect, long-peduncled, at first ovoid-conical, be-
coming longer: perianth '% in. or less long, yellowish,
with dull red tips. B.R. 25:28 (as T. alopecuroides).—
Lately introduced in this country as a greenhouse sub-
ject.

T. M&nglesii, Lindl., is perhaps the choicest species. It has
violet-purple tis. in large pyramidal heads 3 in. long and 2 in.
wide at base. It could probably be grown as a summer annual.
B.M. 6448. F.S. 23:2396. R.H. 1866:291. F. 1864:217. I.H.
13:464. G.C. 1864:555. F- w. Barclay.

TRICHLORIS (Greek for three and green). Grami-
ne03. Under the name of Ghlordpsis, or Chloridopsis,
Blanchardiana, seedsmen offer a tender perennial
ornamental grass, growing 1-21., ft. high and useful for
edgings. Its proper name is Trichloris Blanchardiana,
Hackel. It comes from Argentina. There are four
other species of Trichloris, 2 from Chile and 2 from the
southwestern U. S. There are no such recognized ge-
neric names as Chloropsis and Chloridopsis. Trichloiis
has the flowers arranged in long rather slender mostly
erect spikes which are umbellate or panicled: spike-
lets 1-3-fld., the sterile bracts produced into prominent
awns. T. Blanchardiana is a useful grass, its umbel-
like clusters of soft - awned silvery spikes being very
pleasing. It is readily grown from seeds. l jj g

TRICHOCENTRUM (Greek, hair and slender; allud-
ing to the long, slender spur). Orchidaceos, A small
genus allied to Rodriguezia (Burlingtonia). The plants
grow in dense matted tufts. Pseudobulbs very small,
each bearing a broad, fleshy leaf. Inflorescence a few-
fld. raceme on which usually only one (lower opens at
a time: sepals and petals free, spreading; labellum
larger, spurred, with 2 lateral lobes and a 2-parted mid-
dle lobe; column short: pollinia 2, on a wedge-shaped
stipe. Sixteen species. Epiphytes of dwarf stature,
growing best on blocks ; free-flowering ; they suffer
from too much water at the root; give them a warm-
house temperature. Prop, by division.

albo-purpureum, Reichb. f. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate,
3 in. long, tufted: fls. on short peduncles, 2 in. across;
sepals and petals obovate-lanceolate, inside maroon-
brown, with greenish tips, outside greenish; labellum
subquadrate, white, with a large purple spot on each of
the lateral lobes. Brazil. B.M. 5688. A.F. 6:609.

tigrinum, Lindl. and Reichb. f. Similar in habit to
the preceding: lvs. oblong, obtuse, speckled with red:
fls. pendulous, nearly 3 in. across; sepals and petals
broadly linear, yellow, speckled with red; labellum
cuneate-obovate, emarginate, white, rose toward the
disk. May. Cent. Amer. B.M. 7380. I.H. 24:282.

Heinrich Hasselbring.

TRICHOl/ffiNA (Greek, trichos, hair, chlaina, or in
Latin, hrna, a mantle; referring to the covering of
silky hairs on the spikelets). GramineiT. A genus of
10 African species, one of which is cultivated for the
ornamental inflorescence, which is used in making dry
bouquets. Spikelets in loose panicles, very silky hairy,

TRICHOL.EXA

TR1CHOP1LIA

1849

2567.

unification of Tricho-
manes.

to which fact the cultivated species owes its ornamental
appearance. Allied to Panicuni, from which it differs in
having the second empty glume (which, on account of
the first glume being small or wanting, is apparently
the first} provided at the base with a conical callus, and
this and the third glume more or less awned between
the cleft apex.

rosea, Nees (T. violacea, Hort. Panicum Teneriffa,
R.Br.). First glume wanting; spikelets (second and
third glumes) clothed with violet silky hairs; awns
short or wanting; culm 2-3 ft. South Africa.

A. S. Hitchcock.
TEICH6MANES (Greek, soft hair). Htjmenopltyl-
Idcea?. A genus of filmy ferns distinguished by its
"tubular, cup-like indusium and filiform elongate recep-
tacle. Fig. 2567. Very
delicate in texture ami
capable of being grown
successfully only un-
der shaded glass. Over
100 species are known.
Various species may
be found in the collec-
tions of fanciers, but
the following appear
to be the only ones
regularly in the Amer-
ican trade. For cul-
ture, see Ferns.

radicans, Swz. Lvs.
2-8 in. long, 1-1 % in.
wide, bipinnatifid ;
pinnae ovate, obtuse;
indusia terminal, on
short lobes. Tropical regions, extending into our
southern states as far as Kentucky.

Prieurli, Kunze (T. dnceps, -Hook.). Lvs. 12-18 in.
long. 6-12 in. wide, tri-quadripinnatifid; pinnSB ovate-
lanceolate; sori 2-12 to a pinnule, small, axillary; indu-
sium with a much dilated lip. Tropical America.

L. M. Underwood.
TRICHONfiMA. See Somulea.

TRICHOPfLIA (Greek, Jiair and cap; the anther is
•concealed under a cap surmounted by three tufts of
hair). Orchidaceat. About 20 species, ranging from
Mexico to South America. Pseudobulbs crowded on the
short rhizome, flattened, and often elongate, 1-lvd., sur-
rounded with dry scales at the base: lvs. large, solitary,
erect, fleshy, keeled : lis. abundantly produced on short,
nodding or decumbent scapes; sepals and petals nar-
row, spreading, often twisted; labellum large, forming
the most conspicuous part of the flower, united with the
column below, lateral lobes convolute, middle lobe
spreading; anther bent over; pollinia on a triangular
caudicle; elinandrum fimbriately winged. The flowers
keep fre^h a long time, both on the plant and when cut.
Handsome orchids, usually grown in pots, although
epiphytal. They need an intermediate or greenhouse
temperature. If grown too warm, they suffer. Prop,
by division.

Galeottiana, A. Rich. & Gal. Pseudobulbs narrow,
flattened, 5 in. long: lvs. oblong, acute, about 6 in. long:
seapes short, mostly 1-fld.: sepals and petals cuneate-
lanceolate, yellowish green, sometimes with a band of
cinnamon down the middle; labellum trumpet-shaped,
whitish with some purple streaks and dots in the center,
and yellow in the throat. Aug., Sept. Costa Rica,
Mexico. I.H. 6:225 (as T. picta). B.M. 5550 (as T.
Turialvce).

fragrans, Reichb. f. [Pihtmna frtigrans, Lindl.).
Pseudobulbs clustered, flattened, 3-5 in. long, 1-lvd.:
lvs. oblong-lanceolate, acute, 6-8 in. long: scape pen-
dent, 1 ft. long, about 6-fld. : fls. on pedicels 3 in. long;
sepals and petals spreading, linear-lanceolate, 2%-3 in.
long, wavy and twisted, greenish white; labellum folded
over the column, spreading in front, and somewhat
lobed. white with a yellow stain in the throat. Summer.
Colombia. B.M. 5035. — Fls. almond-scented.

nabilis, Reichb. f. (Pilumna ndbills, Reichb. f. T.
Candida, Linden). Pseudobulbs large: lvs. broadly

oblong-acute: fls. white; sepals and petals linear-oblong,
acute, 2 in. long, scarcely twisted; labellum large,
white with a yellow spot in the throat. Venezuela. I.H.
19:91 (as T. fragrans, var. nobilis). F.M. 1872:21 (as
T. fra grans). — This has larger, stouter pseudobulbs and
shorter broader lvs. than T. fragrans. The labellum is
larger and the petals shorter compared with the size of
the flower.

t6rtilis, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oblong, compressed,
somewhat curved, 2-4 in. long: lvs. solitary, oblong,
acute, 6 in. long: fls. solitary, on decumbent stalks
shorter than the lvs. ; sepals and petals linear-lanceo-
late, 2 in. long, spirally twisted, brown with yellowish
margins; labellum forming a tube around the column,
upper portion expanded, 4-lobed, white with crimson
spots, becoming entirely crimson within. Fls. pro-
fusely in summer and sometimes again in winter.
Mexico. B.M. 3739. B.R.22:1863. F.C. 3:101. B. 3:122.
—Var. alba is advertised.

suavis, Lindl. Fig. 2568. Pseudobulbs thin, com-
pressed, 2 in. long: lvs. broadly oblong, 8 in. long:
scape pendent, about 3-fld.: fls. on long, curved stalks,
large; sepals and petals lanceolate-acuminate, wavy,
nearly straight, 2 in. long, white or cream-colored;
labellum large, projecting forward, white or cream-
colored, spotted with pale purple, yellow in the throat;
limb large-lobed, wavy and crenate. May, June. Cent.
America. B.M. 4654. F.S. 8:761. R.H. 1859, pp. 220,
221; 1887, p. 454. Gn. 4, p. 511; 31, p. 452; 38, p. 185;
48, p. 79; 51, p. 371. R.B. 23:256. G.M. 38:281. -Var.
alba, Warner. Fls. white with a yellow spot in the
throat of the labellum.

marginata, Henfr. ( T. coccinea, Warsc. T. crispa,
var. margindta, Hort.). Pseudobulbs clustered, oblong,
compressed : lvs. broadly lanceolate, suddenly acuminate,
subauriculate at the base: scape about 3-fld.: fls. large,
whitish outside, reddish purple within; sepals and
petals linear-lanceolate, margined with white, the former
slightly twisted; labellum trumpet-shaped, with a large,

2568. Trichopilia

(X%).

rounded, wavy, 4-lobed blade. May, June. Cent. Amer-
ica. B.M. 4857. F.S. 14:1490; 18:1925. G.C. III. 20:456.
F.M. 1874:98 (as T. lepida).

crispa, Lindl. This plant was described by Lindley in
Linden's catalogue. It is closely related to T. marginata.

1850

TRICHOPILIA

TRICYRTIS

which is sometimes classed as a variety of T. crispa.
The following description is taken from Watson's
Orchids. Pseudobulbs ovate, flattened, 2-3 in. long,
dark green, 1-lvd. : lvs. leathery, 6x2 in., keeled, acute-
pointed: dower spikes basal, drooping, short, 3-fld. : fls.
with pedicels 2 in. long; sepals and petals spreading,
2% in. long, % in. wide, wavy-edged, twisted, brownish
yellow; lip folded over the column, spreading in front,
1% in. across, colored deep crimson with a white
margin. May, June. Costa Rica.

HErNKICH Hasselbring.
TRICHOSANTHES (Greek, hair and flower: alluding
to the fringed edge of the petals). Gucv.rbiti.cece.
Snake Gourd. About 40 species of climbing herbs,
annual or perennial by tuber-like roots, natives of south-
eastern Asia and Australia. They are tender plants
with usually large, roundish, lobed leaves and white
axillary flowers. The male fls. are usually in racemes,
while the female are nearly always solitary. The fruit
is often ornamental and highly colored. In T. Anguina
it is exceedingly long, having been noted over 6 ft. in
length. Calyx long, tubular, 5-toothed; petals 5, united
at the base, ovate to lanceolate, longly fimbriate: sta-
mens 3 (in the male flower). D. C. Mon. Phaner. 3:351.
The plants flower in July from seed sown in March.
They may be treated as tender annuals.

A. Bracts small or none on the racemes of male fls.
B. Fruit ovoid.

cucumeroides, Maxim. Root fleshy, tuberous: stem
slender, 12-15 ft.: lvs. ovate in outline, 4-6 in. long,
more or less palmately 3-5-lobed, margin crenulate
peduncle bearing the male fls. 1-4 in. long and 3-15-fld.
petals about % in. long, oblong, acute, longly fringed
fr. oblong, shortly rostrate, nearly 3 in. long, vermilion-
colored. Japan. Offered by importers of Japanese
plants.

bb. Fruit oblong.

Anguina, Linn. (T. colubrina, Jacq.). Serpent or
Snake Gourd. Stem slender, tall-growing: lvs. nearly
circular in outline, 5-7 in. across, 3-7 lobed; lobes
round; margin undulate or wavy: peduncle bearing the
male fls. 4-10 in. long, 8-15-fld.: body of petals oblong,
less than % in. long, fringes % in. long: fr. slender,
contorted, often exceeding 3 ft. in length. India. B.M.
722. B.R. 32:18 (as T. colubrina). R.H. 1859, p. 595.

aa. Bracts large on the male raceme.
B. Calyx-segments entire.
c. Lvs. lobed.
Kirildwii, Maxim. (Eopepon vitifdlius, Naud.). Per-
ennial root tuber-like: stem annual, high climbing,
20-30 ft.: lvs. nearly circular in outline, 3-8 in. across,
deeply 5-7-lobed, the lobes oblong, acute, coarsely ser-
rate: racemes bearing the male fls. 4-8 in. long, 3-8-,
rarely only 1-fld.: petals triangular-wedge-shaped,
deeply cut and the segments much cut and longly
fimbriate, ovoid, somewhat acute; base shortly attenuate,
yellowish orange, about 4 in. long, 2% thick. Mongolia.

00. Lvs. not lobed.
cordata, Roxb. ( T. palm&ta. Wall.). Root tuberous
stem robust, high climbing: lvs. wide, ovate-cordate
acute or shortly acuminate, 5-8 in. long, rarely some
what angled or obscurely lobed ; margin slightly dentate
peduncle bearing male fls. 5-8 in. long, 4-8-fld : calyx
segments finely acute : f r. globose, red , orange-streaked
not acute at the apex. India.

BB. Calyx-segments toothed.
bracteata, Voigt (T. palmata. Roxb.). Stem stout,
climbing to 30 ft. : lvs. broadly ovate in outline, scabrous
above, usually deeply 3-7-lobed; lobes acute; margin
dentate: peduncle bearing the male fls. 4-8 in. long,
5-10-fld.: fr. globose, red with orange stripes about 2 in.
long. India. F. w, Barclay.

TRICHCJSMA (Greek, hair and ornament). Orchida-
cew. Sepals and petals similar, erect -spreading, the
lateral pair forming a distinct mentum with the project-
ing foot of the column; labellum 3-lobed. the lateral
lobes erect, convolute over the column, middle lobe with

longitudinal ridges: stems slender, 2-lvd. : inflores
cence racemose. Resembles Ccelogyne.

Buavis, Lindl. Lvs. lanceolate, undulate, 3-nerved :
fls. few in a terminal raceme, white, yellowish or pur-
plish, fragrant; sepals ovate-lanceolate; petals oblong;
labellum ovate-oblong, streaked with purple; disk yel-
low, middle lobe with several crenate ridges. Himalaya.
B.R. 28:21.

T. albo-marginata of the trade is unidentified.

Heinrich Hasselbring.

TRICH0STEMA (Greek, hair and stamen; referring
to the filaments). Labicltw. Blue Curls. A genus of
8 species of American plants, mostly low, aromatic, an-
nual herbs with entire leaves and blue flowers. Calyx
oblique and 2-lipped ; corolla -tube shorter than the
limb. Offered by some dealers in native plants. For
fuller account, see Gray's Syn. Flora of North America.

A. Calyx bell-shaped, regular, almost equally B-cleft.

lanatum, Benth. A perennial shrubby plant with
rosemary-like leaves and cymes of fls. in a naked ter-
minal thyrse: lvs. narrow linear, 1-nerved, sessile, mar-
gins revolute : calyx and corolla covered with dense
violet or purple wool; corolla }.;, in. long. S. Calif. A
very handsome shrub. Known as "Ramero."

aa. Calyx oblique, 2-lipped.

dichdtomum, Linn. Bastard Pennyroyal. Low,
viscid annual: lvs. oblong or lanceolate-oblong, obtuse,
short-petioled: corolla blue or pink, sometimes white.
Sandy fields, Mass. to Ky., Fla. and Texas.

F. W. Barclay.

TRICYRTIS (Greek, three convexities; referring to
the nectar-bearing sacs at the base of the three outer
perianth-segments). Liliacexe. "Toad-Lilies," as the
Japanese call them, are autumn-blooming perennial
herbs with 6-parted fls. which are generally an inch or
more across, and of whitish color, spotted with purple.
They are very distinct members of the lily family by
reason of their season of bloom, quaintly spotted flow-
ers, and the prominent nectar sacs mentioned above.
They are not bulbous plants, but have a short rootstock
emitting tufts of branched fibers. All the species are
desirable, but if only one can be afforded the amateur
should select T. hirta,\&.v. nigra. T. hirta is perfectly
hardy and has more fls. and larger ones than the other
species, and with good management it blooms in Sep-
tember. Sometimes, however, it blooms so late that its
flowers are prematurely destroyed by frost. For this
reason some gardeners prefer to grow the plant in pots,
which may be brought indoors when the fls. are at their
best. The variety nigra, which differs in having darker
colored spots, is said to bloom two or three weeks
earlier than the type and can therefore be recommended
to lovers of choice hardy plants, but with one reserva-
tion: it should not be placed in the ordinary mixed
border where it will have to struggle against stronger-
growing plants. It should be established in a bed
where the plants need not be disturbed for years. Half
a dozen plants in a circular bed could be made by divi-
sion to spread into a solid mass in the course of a few
seasons. Such a mass is much more desirable than one
plant each of all the kinds. The bed should be made in
a slightly shaded position. For soil, try a light fibrous
loam mixed with leaf-mold and sand. An English ex-
pert, W. Goldring, has suggested as a companion to the
Toad Lilies, either Lady Slippers (Cypripedium spec-
tabile) or Wood Lilies (Trillium gravdiflorum \. This
happy idea is worth a trial, as the species named bloom
at different seasons and would probably not compete
with one another. In this country, the leaves of Tri-
cyrtis often do not remain in good condition throughout
the season.

Tricyrtis is a genus of 6 species native to Japan,
China "and the Himalayas. The plants average 2 or 3
ft. in height and have numerous lvs., green on both
sides and with many parallel nerves. Fls. bell-shaped,
then spreading; perianth-segments lanceolate, acute:
ovary sessile, 3-celled; ovules crowded, superposed:
capsule leathery, 3-valved: seeds minute. Tricyrtis is
one of the aberrant types of the lily family. It is
placed by Bentham and Hooker in the Uvularia tribe

Clover
leaved Rabbit's-foot Clover {Thfolium arcense) and the common Red or Field Clover {TrifoUvm pratense)

TRICYRTIS

TRIFOLUM

1851

in which it is the only genus with a septicidal capsule.
Monographed in Latin by J. G. Baker in Jouru. Linn.
Soc. 17:463 (1880). In this account the lvs. of T. macro-
poda are said not to be stem-clasping, but in B.M. 5355
they are described and figured as stem-clasping.

All the names given below are American trade names,
except T. flava, Formosana and latifolia. The writer
has been tempted to include these, partly because there
has been no account in English of all the species, but
chiefly because they are desirable plants likely to come
into cultivation.

a. Base of lvs. not stern-clasping,... 1. Formosana
aa. Base of lvs. clasping the stem.

B. Stempilose, with spreading hairs. 2. hirta
bb. Stem not prominently hairy, pit-
berulous or very slightly pilose.

c. Fls. yellow, unspotted 3. flava

CC. Fls, spotted, not yellow.

d. Spots rather large 4. pilosa

DD. Spots minute.

E. Stifle as long as the stigmas. 5. latifolia
ee. Style half as long as stigmas. 0. macropoda

Formosana, Baker. Stem flexuous, 1 ft. high: lvs.
sessile, oblanceolate, wedge-shaped at the base: fls. few
in a lax corymb, whitish purple, scarcely spotted. For-
mosa.—Unique by reason of its lvs. not being stem-
clasping.

hirta, Hook. (2*. JTapinica, Miq.). Fig. 2569. Stem
1-3 ft. high, everywhere clad with soft, whitish, spread-
ing hairs: fls. G— 15. racemose or subcorymbose, whitish,
the outer segments covered with rather large purple
spots. Wide-spread in, the woods of Japan. B.M.
5355. Gn. 30, p. 431; 49:1002. V. 12:204.- Var. nigra,
Hort. ( T. nigra, Hort.), has black instead of purple
spots. Gn. 49:1062. A form with variegated lvs. was
once offered by Pitcher & Manda.

2569. Tricyrtis hirta (XM.

flava, Maxim. Stem dwarf: lvs. oblong- lanceolate
fls. racemose, yellow, not spotted. Seen by Maximo
wicz in the gardens of Yedo only.

pildsa, Wall. Stem 2-4 ft. high, very slightly pilose
lvs. oblong: fls. numerous, loosely corymbose, whitish
with large purple spots; stvle half as long as tin- stig
mas. Himalayas, 5,000-6,000 ft. B.M. 4955 (perianth
segments narrow, oblong). F.S. 12:1219.

latifolia, Maxim. Stem glabrous, flexuous, 2-3 ft.
high: lvs. broadly oblong or the uppermost ovate: fls.
few in a terminal corymb, whitish, with minute purple
spots; style as long as the stigmas. Japan.

macrtpoda, Miquel. Stem 2-3 ft. high, puberulous
above: lvs. oblong: fls. in a loose corymb, whitish pur-
ple, with minute purple spots: style half as long as the
stigmas. Blooms in June and July, according to J. B.
Keller. Japan, China. B.M. 6544 (segments broadly
ovate, decidedly yellow, spotted red and veined red
near tips). — In F.S. 18:1820 is figured a plant with ses-
sile lvs. striated with white, and no fls., which he refers
to T. macropoda. This was sent out by Van Houtte as
T. hirsuta, but it is a glabrous plant and probably lost
to cultivation.

T. grandifldra, Hort., should be compared with T. hirta, var.
nigra. It is a name scarcely known to botany. Ellwanger &
Barry say it has orchid-like, fragrant lis. in Oct. and Nov.
(Baker says the genus has no fragrant fls.) Krelage says that
T. granditiora has white fls. mottled with black. ^y _ j^

TRIENTALIS (Latin for the third of a foot; refer-
ring to the height of the plant). Primulacea. Star
Flower. Chickweed-Wintergreen. A genus of two
species of low, glabrous, hardy perennial herbs: steins
simple, with small scales on leaves below and a whorl-
like cluster of larger, nearly sessile leaves at the sum-
mit, from the axils of which in spring the star-like
white or pink flowers are borne singly on slender pe-
duncles. Sometimes grown in wild garden borders

a. Lvs. acuminate at both ends.

Americana, Pursh. Stem naked below, 5-9-lvd. at the
summit: lvs. lanceolate: divisions of the white corolla
finely acuminate. Damp woods, Labrador to Va. V.
8:380.

aa. Lvs. obtuse (acute in var. latifolia).

EuropaBa, Linn. Stem either naked or with a few
scattered lvs. below the cluster of obovate or lanceolate,
oblong, obtuse or abruptly somewhat pointed [vs.: di-
visions of the white or pink corolla abruptly acuminate
or mucronate. Alaska, Eu. and Asia. — Var. arctica,
Ledeb. Dwarf: lvs. 1 in. long, decreasing below: corolla
white. Var. latifolia, Torr. Stem naked below the clus-
ter of 4-7 oblong-obovate, or oval, mostly acute lvs. :
corolla white to rose-red. Woods, western California
to Vancouver's Island. jp vy Barclay.

TRIFOLItJM (name refers to the three leaflets). Le-
guminosie. Clover. Trifolium is a large genus, com-
prising between 200 and 300 species, most abundant in
the north temperate zone. They are low herbs, with
digitately 3-foliolate (rarely 5-7-foliolate) lvs., stipules
adnate to the base of the petiole, and small papiliona-
ceous flowers mostly in dense terminal heads or spikes.
The calyx is 5-toothed, the 2 upper teetli sometimes
connate; petals 5, mostly withering rather than falling,
more or less adnate to the base of the stamen-tube;
stamens 9 and 1: ovary small, ripening into a little
few-seeded, mostly indehiscent pod. The flowers are
usually in shades of red and running into white, rarely
yellow.

The Clovers are very important agricultural plants,
but they have little distinctly horticultural value except
as cover-crops and green manures. See Clover, p. 337.
For the role of Clovers as nitrogen-fixers, see Legumes,
p. 897. The species described below are offered mostly
as forage plants. Many Clovers are perennial, although
they are of relatively short life, so that frequent resow-
ing is necessary if plants are to be kept in robust con-
dition. Some of the species are annual, and these tend
to become weeds. All are propagated readily by means
of seeds; but as the seeds are small and oily, they may
not germinate well in dry, hot soils. Three annual yel-
low-flowered species are weeds in some parts, particu-
larly in the East, where they have been introduced from
Europe: T. agrarium, Linn., Yellow or Hop Clover,
with oblong-obovate sessile Ifts. ; T. procumbens, Linn.,
Low Hop Clover, more spreading, ltts. obovate and the
terminal one stalked; T. diil/ium, Sibth., with lfts.
truncate or emarginate at apex and the terminal one
stalked. A silky-pubescent white-fld. annual species,
from Europe, T. arvense, Linn., is the Rabbit-foot

1852

TKIFOLIUM

Clover of fields and waste places. The T. odoratum of
some seedsmen is evidently Melilotus. Allied genera
are Lespedeza, Medicago and Melilotus.

A. Flowers in a long spike.
incarnatum, Linn. Crimson or Scarlet Clover.
Pig. 499, Vol. I. Annual, erect, 1-3 ft. high, soft-hairy:
lvs. long-stalked, the lfts. broadly obovate and denticu-
late and sessile or nearly so by a cuneate base, the
stipules large and thin and veiny and somewhat toothed:
heads becoming 2-3 in. long, very dense: fls. sessile,
bright crimson and showy, the calyx sharp-toothed and

2570. Trifolium repens— the White Clover (X %).

hairy. S. Eu. B.M. 328.— An escape in some places.
Now much used as a cover-crop in orchards. See Cover
Crops. It is very showy when in bloom. If seeds are
sown at midsummer or later, the plants may be expected
to survive the winter and bloom early in spring.

rubens, Linn. Perennial, 20 in. or less tall, in clumps
the stems erect: lvs. short-stalked, the lfts. oblong
lanceolate and strongly denticulate, the stipules long
lanceolate: heads usually in pairs, becoming 3-4 in
long: fls. purplish red, showy. — Eu. Attractive orna-
mental species. The heads become silky after flower-
ing. There is a white-fid. form.

aa. Flowers in globular or ovate heads.
B. Corolla yellow.
filifdrme, Linn. Yellow Suckling Clover. Annual,
of diffuse growth: lfts. obovate or obcordate, somewhat
denticulate, the terminal one stalked, the stipules
broadly ovate: peduncles long and filiform, bearing ses-
sile yellow fls. in umbel-like heads, the calyx-lobes un-
equal. Eu. — Sometimes used for forage or grazing.

bb. Corolla white or ochroleucous (yellowish white).

Alexandrlnum, Linn. Egyptian Clover. Annual,
with few appressed hairs, the stems tall, erect or as-
cending and branching: lvs. numerous, the lfts. oblong
or lanceolate and somewhat denticulate, the stipules
lanceolate-subulate and partly free from the petiole:
head stalked or sessile, ovate, becoming oblong-conic in
fr. : fls. ochroleucous. Egypt, Syria, etc.

Panndnicum, Jacq. Hungarian Clover. Perennial,
very hairy, the stems usually simple, 2 ft.: lfts. lance-
oblong and subacute to refuse, ciliate and entire, the
stipules narrow and longer than the short petioles:
heads ovate-oblong stalked: fls. pale yellowish white or
creamy yellow. Eu., Asia. — Handsome plant for the
border; also recommended for forage.

repens, Linn. White Clover. Fig. 2570. Low creep-
ing glabrous perennial: lvs. long-stalked, the lfts. ob-
cordate and obscurely toothed, the stipules small and
scale-like: heads Iong-peduncled from the ground,
small and loose: fls. white, fragrant. Eu. and thought
to be native in the northern part of the LT. S. and in
Canada, but naturalized everywhere. — Much used in
lawns, and in some parts prized for pasture. There are
forms with red and purplish foliage. This is thought

by most authorities to be the shamrock of Ireland. A
form of it is offered by Blanc, as T. minus, "the genu-
ine Irish shamrock." See Shamrock.

BBB. Corolla rose-tinted or red.
c. Individual fls. pediceled.
hybridum, Linn. Alsike or Swedish Clover. As-
cending or nearly erect, 1-3 ft. high, branching, gla-
brous: lvs. long-stalked, the lfts. obovate and serrulate,
stipules ovate-lanceolate and thin: heads small and
loose, nearly globular, long-stalked: fls. rose-colored or
sometimes white on the top of the head. Eu. B.M.
3702. — A good forage plant; also naturalized. Thrives
best on moist lands. Very hardy. Perennial.

cc. Individual fls. sessile.
D. Plant perennial.

pratense, Linn. (T. pratinse pere"nna, Hort.). Com-
mon Red Clover. Pea-Vine Clover. Cow-grass.
Fig. 2371. Ascending and somewhat hairy, 1-1X ft. : lvs.
long-stalked, the lfts. oval or obovate and sometimes
notched at the end and the blade marked with a large
spot, the stipules broad but with a bristle point: heads
globular ovate, sessile: fls. red-purple. Eu., but every-
where introduced, and much grown for pasturage hay,
and green manuring.

medium, Linn. Mammoth or Zigzag Clover. Stouter
and less erect: lfts. oblong and entire and without
spots: heads usually stalked, and lis. rather deeper
colored. Eu., and introduced, and much grown by
farmers.

DD. Plant annual.

resupinatum, Linn. (2*. suavdolens, Willd.). Annual,
diffuse or trailing glabrous plant: lfts. obovate and ser-
rulate and as long as the petiole, the stipules lanceolate-
acuminate: heads globose, with rudimentary involucre:
fls. purple. Greece, Egypt to Persia. — Grown for orna-
ment- L. H. B.

TRIGONELLA (Latin, a little triangle: probably re-
ferring to the shape of the fls.). Lcgtimiudsie. Includes
Fenugreek, which see. Trigonella is a polymorphous
genus of about 50 species widely scattered in the eastern
hemisphere. The genus belongs to the Trifolium tribe
of the legume family, being distinguished from the*
clovers and allied plants mainly by the fact that the lvs.
are pinnately trifoliolate and by the obtuse keel of the
flower. The inflorescence and pod are too various to be
described here. Bentham and Hooker divide the genus
in'o 6 sections, of which Fenugreek and other species
form a section characterized by having whitish, subses-
sile fls. and a thick, oblong or linear pod which has a.
long beak and obliquely longitudinal veins.

Foenum-Graecum, Linn. Fenugreek, which see.
White-fld. annual, 1-2 ft. high, blooming in June and
August. Distinguished from other species in its sec-
tion by the erect, unbranched stem and obovate lfts.,
which are obscurely dentate. Stipules lanceolate-fal-
cate, entire: calyx pilose: pods falcate, twice as long
as the beak. Eu., Orient. vf jr.

2571. Day and night positions of red clover leaf;
unfolding youne leaf at the right.

TRlLISA (anagram of Liatris). Comp6sita?. Here
belongs a native perennial herb known as the Vanilla
Plant, from the odor which the leaves emit when
bruised. It is not, however, the vanilla plant of com-
merce (see Vanilla). Trilisa is a genus of two species

TRILISA

closely related to Liatris. The species are autumu-
blooining plants 2-3 ft. high, with numerous small
flower-heads of purple or white. They differ from Lia-
tris as follows: The roots are fibrous (those of Liatris
being tuberous); the inflorescence is panicled instead
of racemose or spicate, and the involucral bracts are in
only 2 or 3 series, while those of Liatris are in many
series. Trilisa is not so well known to gardens as the
Blazing Star. Although a native of the low pine bar-
rens from Va. to Fla. and La., it is perhaps hardy.
Twenty years ago it was advertised by a Massachusetts
dealer in native plants. It is mentioned in some Eng-
lish books as a hardy plant, thriving in light soil and
prop, by division or by seeds sown in autumn. It is
more fully described in our native botanies.

odoratissima, Cass. (Liatris odoratissima, Michx.).
Vanilla Plant. Also called Carolina Vanilla, Dog's-
tongue, etc. Rather stout, glabrous, perennial herb,
2-3 ft. high: lvs. thick, entire or sometimes dentate,
obtuse, 4-10 x 1-lK in., oblong, ovate or oval: inflores-
cence corymbose paniculate: fl. -heads about x/i in. long.
Aug., Sept. B B. 3:319. -The other species (T. pani-
culata, Cass.) has a similar range and is distinguished
by its viscid-pubescent stem and thyrsoid-paniculate
inflorescence. yyt jyj^

TRILLIUM (Latin, tripJum, triple: leaves and floral
parts in threes). LiliAcecf. Wake-Robin. Birthroot.
White Wood Lily. Ground Lily. Twelve species of
tuberous-rooted spring-flowering herbs in North Amer-
ica, and about half as many more in Asia from Hima-
laya to Japan. All the American species and none of
the others are in the trade in this country. The stem is
simple and erect, 3-leaved near the summit and bearing
one flower with 3 green sepals, 3 white or colored dis-
tinct petals, 6 short stamens, and a 3-loculed ovary
which ripens into a red or purple berry-like fruit. For
a botanical account of the American species, see S,
Watson, Proc. Araer. Acad. Arts & Sci. 14 (1879).

Trilliums are amongst the characteristic flowers of
American woods. The best known species is T.grandi-
florum, which ranges from Canada to the mountains of
North Carolina and extends westward beyond the Great
Lakes. All Trilliums delight in moist, rich soil. They
thrive in woods mold. The root is a deep-seated perpen-
dicular tuber or rhizome (Fig. 2572). It is customary to
transplant Trilliums from the woods when in bloom.
This is because the plants can be found readily at that
time and because the desire to grow them is strongest
when the plants are in bloom. It is better to transplant
in midsummer, or later, however, when the growth is
completed, although the plants are difficult to find after
the tops have died. The bloom is made largely from the
energy stored in the tuber the
previous season. After flower-
ing, the plant stores energy for
the succeeding year. By mid-
summer this work is accom-
plished and the tops die: then
the plants are at rest and they
are in proper condition to be
moved. However, good results
are sometimes obtained by mov-
ing them in spring. These re-
marks will apply to most early
spring- blooming small herbs.
Give Trilliums a rich, deep,
rather moist soil in partial
shade. Plant deep. A colony
will last for years. Trilliums
force well. See Forcing. Plants
may be propagated by seeds
Qf sown as soon as ripe. Bloom-
ing plants may be expected in
two or three years. Trilliums
are among the choicest of all early spring plants, and
they should be more common in gardens. They can be
made to thrive well in borders about-city yards. They
may also be colonized in grass where the lawn mower
is not used. Best results are usually attained, however,
when they are planted alone in masses. Trilliums are
amongst the relatively few plants that are very showy
and yet not coarse.

2573. Vertical

Trillium (XK)

INDEX.

album, 9.

grandinorum, 7.

pusillum, 12.

angustipetaram, 3.

lanceolatum, 4.

recurvation, 4,

Califomicum, 3.

nervosum, 11.

rubnim, 3.

Vateshtvi, 11.

nivale, 1.

sessile, 3.

cernuum, 10.

Nuttallii, 3.

. stylosum, 11.

discolor, 3.

ovatuni, 8.

imdulatum, 2.

erectum, 9.

pendulum, 9.

viridescens, 3.

erytkrocarpum, 2, 7.

petiolatum, ti.

viridiflorum, 9.

fcetidum, '.l

pictum, 2.

Wrayi, 3.

gigauteum, 3.

purpureum, 9.

2573. Flower of Tti.Hu;
florum (XX).

a. Ovary 3-angled, not winged.

1. nivale, Ridd. A dwarf species, 5 in. or less high,
early: lvs. narrow and obtuse, 1-2 in. long: lis. white,
on a short erect or de-
clined pedicel, the pet-
als about 1 in. long,
narrow and nearly or
quite obtuse . Low
woods, Pa. and Ky. to
Minn, and Iowa. B.M.
6449.

2. undulatum,
Willd. (T. erythrocdr-
pum, Michx. T. pic-
tum, Pursh). Of me-
dium to large size, 1
ft. or more high: lvs.
large, ovate and acute
or acuminate, short-
stalked: fls. rather'
large, white, on a short
but slender erect or
inclined pedicel, the
petals oblanceolate and
wavy, about 1 in. long
and usually purplish
at the base. Woods,
Nova Scotia to Missouri and Georgia. B.M. 3002. L.
B.C. 13:1232.

aa. Ovary 6-angled, often winged.

B. Flowers sessile (and mostly colored).

c. Leaves sessile.

3. sessile, Linn. Strong-growing, 1 ft. or less high:
lvs. broadly ovate or rhomboidal, acute, more or less
spotted: fl. sessile in the whorl of lvs., small, purple or
greenish, the petals narrow and acute. Woods, Pa. to
Minn., Ark., and Fla. B.M. 40. L.B.C. 9:875. F.S.
22:2311. -Variable.

Var. giganteum, Torr. (var. Califdrnicnm, Wats.).
Much stouter, the lvs. often 6 in. long and spotted, and
the petals sometimes 4 in. long: fls. purple, rose-color
or white, the petals rhombic-ovate or narrower. Calif.
and Ore. G.F. 3:321.

Var. angristipetalum, Torr. Similar to Var. gigan-
teum, but the lvs. somewhat petiolate and the petals
narrower. Calif., Ore. Apparently not in the trade.
This and var. gigantenm appear to be the only Trilliums
native to California, except T. ovatum.

Var. rubrum, Hort. A form of Var. gigantenm with
fls. deep red-purple.

Var. Wrayi,"Wats. (T. discolor, Wray). Petals spatu-
late-obtuse, 1 in. long, greenish. Georgia. B.M. 3097.

Nuttallii, Wats. [T. viridJscens. Nutt.). Lvs. pubes-
cent beneath, as also the upper part of the stem : petals
linear- lanceolate, purplish green with brown base.
Ark.

4. lanceolatum, Boykin ( T. recurvdtum, var. lanceo-
latum, Wats.). Plant often more than 1 ft. tall: lvs.
lanceolate, sessile: fls. dull or brown-purple, an inch or
more long, narrow - lanceolate or linear, the sepals as-
cending or somewhat reflexed, the filaments usually
exceeding % in. in length. Ga., Ala. — Little known in
cult.

CC. Leaves stalked.

5. recurvatum, Beck. Strong-growing, usually 1 ft.
or more high: lvs. ovate or ovate-oblong, tapering to
both ends, on short but slender petioles: fls. brown-
purple or dull-purple, about 1 in. or more long, the

1854

2574. Trillium grandiflorum. th

petals narrow and erect, the sepals narrow and reflexed. as long as the blade or even longer (blade 3-5 in

Woods, Ga. to Minn., Miss, and Ark. long) : fls. purple, the petals 1-2 in. long and narrow-

(1. petiolatum, Pursh. Stem scarcely arising above oblanceolate, the sepals erect. Idaho, Ore., and Wash,

the ground: Ivs. ovate-elliptic to reniform, with stalks Little known in cult.

TRILLIUM

TRIPHASIA

1855

bb. Flowers stalked.
C. Pedicel longer than the flower: lvs. nearly or quite
sessile.
7. grrandifldrum, Salisb. Figs. 854 (Vol. II), 2573,
2574. Stout, 1 ft. or more high: lvs. broad-ovate or
rhombic-ovate, narrowed to both ends, often wavy: fls.
erect or nearly so, pure white, changing to rosy pink as
they fade, 2-3 in. long, the petals broadly oblanceolate
and spreading and much longer than the sepals. Quebec
to Minn., Fla. and Mo. B.M. 855 (as T. erythrocarpum) .
L.B.C. 14:1349. Gn. 29, p. 257; 36, p. 394; 40:821. G.M.
33:131. Mn. 4:17. A.G. 17:243. Gng, 4:305; 6:161.-

2575. Trillium ercctum (X %).

Sporting forms are not uncommon. Sometimes forms
occur with petiolate lvs. A.G. 1892:206. T. grandiflo-
rum is the best and handsomest species for cultivation.

8. ovatum, Pursh. Much like T. grand if lorum, but
the petals narrow-lanceolate or narrow ovate, the sepals
usually nearly as long as the petals: plants 1 ft. or less
high: lvs. ovate to nearly orbicular, ofteu somewhat
rhombic. Calif, to B. C — The Pacific coast representa-
tive of T. grand if lor urn..

9. erectum, Linn. (T. pindulum, Willd. T. purpu-
reum% Kinn. T. fcetidum, Salisb.). Figs. 2575, 2576-
Stout, 1 ft. or more high: lvs. broadly rhombic-ovate:
pedicel usually bent over or inclined but sometimes
erect: fls. brown-purple to greenish purple, the petals
usually about 1 in. long, ovate to lanceolate, not much if
any exceeding the sepals. Nova Scotia to Manitoba,
N Car. and Mo. B.M. 470. L.B.C. 19:1838. F.S. 10:990.
Mn. 2:49. G.C. II. 19:605. The fls. of T. erectum are
ill-smelling.

Var. album, Lodd., has white fls. B.M. 1027. L.B.C.
19:1850.

Var. viridifldrum, Hook. Fls. greenish. B.M. 3250.
Not known to be in the trade.

CC. Pedicel generally not exceeding and usually shorter
than the flower.
d. Fl. declinate under the lvs.

10. cernuum, Linn. Plant 1 ft. or more high: lvs. very
broadly rhombic -ovate, nearly or quite sessile: fls.
white, the petals 1 in. or less long, ovate-lanceolate,
wide-spreading or reflexed, undulate, equaling or ex-
ceeding the sepals. Newfoundland to Ga. and Mo.
B.M. 954. Mn. 10:49.

11. styldsum, Nutt. (T. nervdsum and T. Catesbeei,
Ell.). Slender, 12-18 in. high: lvs. ovate-lanceolate,
narrow at each end, short-stalked: fls. rose-color, the
petals oblong, obtuse or acute, curved, undulate, some-
times 2 in. long. N. C. to Fla.

117

dd. Flower erect.

12. pusillum, Michx. Small, usually not 1 ft. high:
lvs. lanceolate or oblong, obtuse, sessile: fls. pale flesh
color, less than 1 in. long, on a short erect pedicel, the
petals lanceolate and exceeding the obtuse sepals.

T. Govenianum, Wall. A species of temperate Himalaya,
little known and described by Hooker as follows: "Lvs.
shortly petioled, ovate or ovate-cordate, acute: sepals sub-
equal, narrowly linear."— T. obovdtum, Pursh. Founded on a
Canadian plant, which lias been referred to T. erectum. Maxi-
mowicz keeps it distinct, however, extending its range to
Kamtschatka and Japan. It is the T. erectum, var. Japonieum,
Gray. According to Watson, the Japanese plant "is distin-
guished by a somewhat produced connective [between the an-
ther-cells] and very short stigmas." Maximowicz says that the
plant differs from T. erectum in the petals being broader and
more obtuse and longer than the calyx, the fls. nodding from
the first, and the lvs. broader than long, sessile, not attenuate
at the base.— T. Smdllii, Maxim. Cue of the T. erectum series
(T. erectum, var. Japonicum fiore pleno, GrayJ, of Japan.
Fls. smaller than those of T. obovatuin (2 in. across), deep
tawny red, the petals not exceeding the sepals, nearly orbicu-
lar or obovate. — T. TsehondsHi, .Maxim. About 1 ft. tall: lvs.
sessile, broad-ovate or orbicular, somewhat rhombic, acumi-
nate: fls. dull purple, ] in. or less across, the petals oblong-
lanceolate. According to Hooker, this differs from T. erectum
chiefly in the longer filaments." Himalaya to Japan.

L. H. B.

TRI6STEUM (name shortened by Linnaeus from Tri-
osteospermum, which is from Greek for three bony
seeds). CaprifoH&cew. Feverwort. Horse Gentian.
A genus of 3 species of coarse perennial herbs, of which
2 are American and 1 Himalayan. Stems simple: lvs.
rather large, pinnately veined, entire or sinuate: fls.
dull-colored, sessile, solitary or in small clusters in the
leaf -axils, followed by orange or reddish fruits.

perfoliatum, Linn. Stem 2-4 ft. high, stout: lvs.
ovate, shortly acuminate, narrowed below into conn ate -
perfoliate or simply connate base: corolla dull brown-
purple. Rich soil. New England and Canada to 111. and
Ala. B.B. 3:234. —Is occasionally offered by collectors.
It is a weedy plant of very easy cultivation.

F. W. Barclay.

TRIPHASIA (triple; alluding to the make-up of the
flowers). Hut&cete. A small spiny shrub grown for hedges
and for ornament, and sometimes for its small berries,
which are used forpreserves: lvs. alternate, sessile, dark,
evergreen, trifoliolate, with small ovate lateral leaflets
and much larger obovate central leaflet: thorns slender,
about % in. long, one or two in the axil of each leaf:
fls. white, about % in. long, solitary, or in 3-fld. cymes,
axillary; calyx cupulate, 3-4-lobed; petals 3-4, linear-
oblong, free, imbricate; stamens 6, free, inserted
around a fleshy disk : ovary ovoid, 3-loculed : fr. a small
1-3-seeded berry: seeds oblong, exalbuminous, im-
mersed in mucilage; testa coriaceous, embryo often
with unequal plano-convex cotyledons. Only one
species.

2576. Trill

aurantiola, Lour. (T. tritohata, DC). Bergamot
Lime or Lime Berry. Fig. 2577. A glabrous spiny
shrub with straggling evergreen branches and leaves.
Hindostan. — Cultivated in many tropical countries and

1856

TRIPHASIA

TRITELEIA

in greenhouses. Produces an abundance of elliptical or
nearly globular, gland-dotted red berries about Ve,-XA in.
across. They are sweet and agreeable and are said to
be delicious when preserved. In trade catalogues the

2577. Triphasia aurantiola (X K)

names Triphasia aurantiola and T. trifoliata are
sometimes erroneously applied to the hardy trifoliolate
orange [Citrus trifoliata). In the V. S., little known
except in S. Fla. It withstands some frost.

H. J. Webbek.

TRlPSACUM ( Greek, tr ibo, to rub or thresh; probably
alluding to the ease with which the fertile spike can be
broken up). Qramineai. Species 2 or 3, of the warmer
parts of North America, one extending north to central
U. S. and in many places furnishing considerable na-
tive fodder. Fls. monoecious, in the same spike, the
staminate above; spikes terminal and axillary; stami-
nate spikelets 2-fld., in pairs at each joint; pistillate
single, 1-fld., imbedded in each joint of the rachis, so
that the smooth cartilaginous axis and the outer glume
form a nearly cylindrical mass. At maturity the pistil-
late spikes separate into the joints.

dactyloides, Linn. ( T. violdceum and T. Ddctylis of the
trade). Gama Grass. Sesame Grass. Culms in bunches,
4-7 ft. : spikelets 2-3 at summit and often single from the
Upper axils. Moist soil, Conn., 111., Kans. and south-
ward.—A wild fodder grass, sometimes cultivated for
the same purpose and also in gardens as a curiosity.
Raised from seed, or more certainly from cuttings of
the rootstocks. A_ g. Hitchcock.

TRISTAGMA (Greek, three drops; alluding to the
three nectar glands of the ovary). Including Stepha-
nolirion. Liliacece. A genus of 3 species of bulbous
plants from Chile. Radical lvs. few, narrowly linear;
scape naked, bearing rather numerous salver-shaped
pedicellate fls. in an umbel: perianth-tube cylindrical,
sometimes with a crown in the throat; lobes 6, spread-
ing, nearly equal; stamens 6: ovary sessile, 3-loculed,
ovoid. Fall-blooming bulbs.

nivale, Poepp. (Mllla nivalis, Baker). Lvs. 6-9 in.
long, about 2 lines wide ; scape slender, about 1 ft.
long : fls. 1 in. long, 2-8 in an umbel, the segments
linear and greenish; crown none. — Offered by Dutch
bulb growers.

T. narcissoldes, Benth. & Hook., does not appear to be in the

Amer. trade. It is 1 ft. or more high, with short narrow-linear
lvs., and white fls. bearing a bright orange narcissus • like
crown of 3-6 broad unequal more or less connate scales.

F. W. Barclay.

TRISTANIA (in honor of Jules M. C. Tristan, 1776-
1861, a French botanist). Myrtdcea. A small genus
of subtropical evergreen Australasian trees or small
shrubs. Lvs. alternate or rarely opposite, somewhat
whorled: fls. axillary, pedunculate, cymose, often fra-
grant; bracts obovate or caducous; calyx -tube turbin-
ate-campanulate, lobes 5; petals 5, spreading; stamens
numerous, united in bundles opposite the petals: cap-
sule 3-loculed, many-seeded, partly exserted or inclosed :
seeds numerous, wingless, usually Iinear-cuneate. Cul-
tivated as greenhouse shrubs in N. Europe; hardy in
Calif, north to San Francisco, also in Fla. Propagated
by half-ripened cuttings in sand under glass, or by
seeds.

conferta, R. Br. (Lophostemon arboriscens , Schott.).
Brisbane Bos. Fig. 2578. An umbrageous tree attain-
ing 150 ft.: young shoots and calyx hoary-pubescent:
lvs. 3-6 in. long, ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, usually
crowded at the ends of the branches and apparently
verticillate: fls. mostly on the branches well below
the lvs.; petals about K in. long, white and spotted,
fringed. Queensland. B.R. 22:1839 (as T. macro-
phylia ). — A handsome evergreen shade tree, valuable
for avenues in hot, dry regions, as it withstands great
drought; it also produces timber valued for strength
and durability. Much grown in New South Wales as
a boulevard tree. Hardy in middle California, with-
standing an exceptional temperature of 26° Fahr. at
Berkeley. Joseph Burtt Davy.

TRITELEIA (three and complete; referring to the 3-
merous lis.). Liliacea>. Triteleia has been referred to
Milla and Brodisea; but when the group is restricted to
the South American species, it seems to be advisable to
keep it distinct. In Brodisea proper the pedicels are
articulated at the apex; in Milla and Triteleia they are
not articulated. In Milla the stamens are inserted in
one series in the throat of the perianth; in Triteleia
they are distinctly in two series in the tube of the peri-
anth. See Brodi(va and Milla.

About 16 Triteleias are known (see Baker, G.C. III.
20, p. 459). These are of two series, — those with peri-
anth-tube usually as long as the segments, and those
with tube shorter than segments. To the former sec-
tion belongs the common T. uni flora, the only species
in general cultivation. The species are native to the
Andes and Argentina as far east as Buenos Ayres.
They are all low grass-leaved bulbous plants, hardy or

S578. Tristania conferta (X %).

half-hardy, useful for planting in the border or for
spring blooming in pots. Sometimes the odor is un-
pleasant.

unifldra, Lindl. (Milla uni flora, Grab. Brodiwa uni-
flbra, Baker). Spring Star-flower. Fig. 2579. Lvs.

TRITELEIA

narrow-linear, 1 ft. or less long: scapes 8 in. or less
talebearing a bract-like spathe towards the top: fl. 1
(rarely 2), 1-1% in. across, pale lilac or pale blue, with
pointed segments violet-streaked through the center.
Argentina. B.R. 23:1921. B.M. 3327. R.H. 1859, pp.
350, 351. Gng. 2:59. -Hardy in most of the northern
states, although it does not persist long. Grown chiefly
as a pot-plant for spring bloom. Var. caarulea, Hort.,
has porcelain-blue flowers. There are other horticul-
tural forms. T. violacea, with "delicate violet flowers,"
is probably a form of this species rather than the T.
violacea, Kunth, a Chilean species. l, jj. b.

TRITHRlNAX (apparently triple Tlirinax; applica-
tion not obvious). Palmacea. Four species of South
American fan palms, one of which was offered for cult,
in Fla. in 1889 and is now advertised in southern Cali-
fornia. The genus belongs to the Corypha tribe and is
distinguished from allied genera chiefly by the follow-
ing characters: fls. hermaphrodite; petals imbricate;
filaments connate into a tube: carpels distinct; styles
long, distinct, terminal in fruit.

T. Brasiliensis is a little-known palm. It seems to
have been confused in the trade with Thrinaz Chuco,
which is referred in this work to Acanthorhiza Chuco.
The leaf-segments of the former are bifid; of the latter
apparently not. Andre says the species described be-
low is unique by reason of its sheaths at the base of the
leaves. These, he says, "are composed of fibers which
are at first parallel and longitudinal, then obliquely in-
tercrossed and finally plaited at right angles like the
mats of pandanus in which the coffee of the Antilles
and Bourbon is exported. At the summit these narrow
strips unite and form a series of very long, robust, re-
curved spines which are evidently designed to protect
the fls. and fruits against climbing animals."

Brasiliensis, Mart. Trunk slender, 6-10 ft. high, 2-3
in. thick : leaf - segments 22-27, linear, free for two-
thirds their whole length, bifid. Brazil. I. H. 22:202.

W. M.

TRfTICUM (old Latin name for wheat). Graminew
The genus as now limited comprises two sections,
jEgilops, with 12 species of southern Europe and Asia,
one of which is thought by some to be the original of
our cultivated wheats ; and Triticum proper, which in-
cludes our cultivated wheats and spelts, that are re-
ferred by Hackel to 3 species. Annual grasses with
flowers in a terminal spike. Spikelets 2-5-fld. placed
flat-wise, singly on opposite sides of a zigzag rachis;
empty glumes ovate, 3-many-nerved, these and the fl.
glumes more or less awned: grain free. The three
species of our cultivated wheats are :

monoc6ccum, Linn. One-grained Wheat. Spikes
compact, the joints readily separating at maturity;
spikelets with one awn and usually maturing but
one fruit. — The wild form occurs in southern Eu-
rope. Cultivated from prehistoric times but now
only to a limited extent, and mostly for mush and
"cracked wheat," and for fodder.

Pol6nicum, Linn. Polish Wheat. Spikes very
large, compressed, mostly blue-green. — Original form
unknown. It is thought to be a true species because it
rarely produces fertile crosses with T. sativum, as is
also the case with T. monococcum, while the races of
T. sativum among themselves produce fertile crosses.
Cultivated in Spain, but not extensively elsewhere.

sativum, Lam. Wheat and Spelt. Hackel divides
the numerous varieties into 3 races: (a) Spelts (T.
spe'lta, Linn.). Spikes loose, 4-sided: rachis articu-
late at maturity. (This race and the next are easily
distinguished by the fact that the grain does not fall
out when threshed.) One of the oldest of the cultivated
grains, the culture of which has decreased till now it is
grown only to a limited extent in a few countries in
southern Europe. (6) Ejoiers ( T. dicAccum, Schrank).
Spike very dense, laterally compressed, rachis articu-
late at maturity. This species has a history similar to
Spelt and its cultivation is now confined to certain
countries of S. Europe, where it is used chiefly for
mush and in making starch. Both of these races are
being tested in this country by the Department of Ag-

TRITONIA

1857

riculture, and they may prove valuable in the drier
regions, (c) Wheats. Rachis not articulate at maturity.
Grain easily falling out when threshed. There are 4
more or less well-marked sub -races. (1) English
Wheat (T. tiirgidum, Linn.). Empty glumes sharply

2579. Triteleia uniflora (X K),

keeled at base; grain broadly truncate above; leaves
usually velvety; flour poor in gluten. To this belong
the Miracle or Egyptian Wheats (T. compdsitum,
Linn.), having branched spikes, which originated as a
sport. (2) Hard or Flint Wheats, Macaroni Wheats
{T. durum, Desf.). Empty glumes sharply keeled at
base; grain narrow and tapering, very hard ; awns long
and bristly like barley, in some varieties black. Culti-
vated in Mediterranean countries, especially for making
macaroni and similar products, and in Russia, where
it is used for making bread, when it is mixed with
10-25 per cent of soft red wheat. (3) Dwarf and
Hedgehog Wheats. Empty glumes keeled only in
upper half. Spikes short and dense, only 3-4 times
longer than broad : culms rigid. Grown in mountainous
regions of Europe, Chile and Abyssinia. The awned
kinds are called Hedgehog wheat. (4) Cosimon Wheat
(T. vulgare, Vill.). Glumes as in preceding, but spikes
longer and looser. There are many varieties grown in
this country, — some naked or awnless ("smooth"),
others awned or bearded, some with glumes smooth,
others with glumes pubescent ("velvet chaff"). Spring
wheats are planted in the spring and winter wheats in
the fall, the former group of varieties being grown in
the more northerly regions. , A. s. Hitchcock.

TRlTOMA. See KnipJiofia.

TRITONIA (name explained as follows by Ker-Gawler,
its author: "Name derived from Triton, in the signifi-
cation of a vane or weathercock; in allusion to the
variable direction in the stamens of the different spe-
cies"). Including Montbretia. IridacecB. Blazing
Star. A genus of South African bulbs (plants really
cormous), allied to Crocosmia, Acidanthera, Sparaxis
and Gladiolus. Baker admits 31 species (Handbook of
the Iridea3, 1892). Few of them are in general cultiva-
tion, although many of the species have been introduced
at one time or another. Those of the Montbretiaclass are
showy, hardy summer-flowering [bulbs, to be handled
like Gladioli; or they may be left in the ground pernia.

1858

TRITONIA

TROLLIUS

nently if given protection of mulch in cold climates. As
far north as New York and Mass., however, they are usu-
ally hest wintered in damp (not wet) earth indoors. The
best known kinds are T. erocosmcsflora and T. Pottsii.
Mostof the Latin names in catalogues belong to these, as
sulphurea, Tigridia pyramidalis,
grandiflora, elegans, floriounda.
To gardeners, Tritonias are usually
known as Montbretias. Garden Tri-
tonias grow 1 ft. or more tall, pro-
ducing several to many showy flow-
ers of a yellow, orange or red color,
and bearing several stiffish linear
or sword-shaped
leaves. Corms
small, covered
with strongly
reticulated
sheaths or tu-
nics. The peri-
anth is tubular,
with a spread-

ing limb of obovate or oblong,
nearly equal segments. The
stamens are 3, inserted in the
perianth-tube, with mostly ver-
satile anthers and filiform fila-
ments. The pistil has a 3-
loculed ovary, filiform 3-
hranched style, ripening into a
3-vaIved capsule.

a. Perianth-segments obovate.
crocata, Ker-Gawl. Slender,
simple or branched from near 2581. Tritonia crocosmxflora (X K)
the base, bearing few fls. in

loose 1-sided racemes: fl. about 2 in. across, tawny yel-
low or orange-red, the stamens one - third the length
of the perianth-limb. Cape Colony. B.M. 184 (as Ixia
crocata). Gn. 54:1181. -Var. miniata, Baker (T. min-
iata, Ker-Gawl. ), has light red fls. B.M. 609. There
are color varieties, as purpurea, coccinea, aurantiaca.
These plants are usually treated as greenhouse bulbs
in the North.

cemes, and few or several firm narrow lvs.: H. about
1 in. long, bright yellow tinged red, the tube broadly
funnelform and twice longer than the oblong unequal
ascending segments, the stamens about half the height
of the limb. Natal, Transvaal, etc. B.M. 6722. G.C.
III. 7:301, showiug how the corms form one above the
other.

crocosmaeflora, Lemoine (T. Pottsii x pollen of Cro-
cosmia. aurea [Fig. 582, Vol. I] ) . Fig. 2581. Slender,
h branching, erect plant 3—1 ft. high, with several
or many sword-sbaped lvs., and loose, more or less dis-
tichous racemes: fls. 2 in. across, orange-crimson, with
a slender curved tube nearly or quite equaling the ob-
long spreading segments. RiH. 1882:124. Gn. 25, p. 363;
31:598. G.M. 36:484, — Crocosma aurea was introduced
into England) in 1847, and Tritonia Pottsii (into Scot-
land) in 1877 by G. H. Potts. Victor Lemoine, Nancy,
France, hybridized the two, and the product, T. crocos-
mnflora, bloomed in 1880. This hybrid is now the most
popular of Tritonias (or Montbretias).

T. aurea, Pappe. See Crocosmia aurea. — T. crispa, Ker-
Gawl. Fl. whitish or pale pink, with oblong obtuse segments,
and with crisped lvs. B.M. 678.— T. deifSta.'Ker-
Gawl. Differs from T. crocata in having a purple-
black blotch on the claw of the 3 outer segments.
B.M. 622.— T. flam, Ker-Gawl. Fls. bright yellow,
the segments oblong and the 3 lower ones with a
callus in the throat: lvs. very short. B.R. 9:747.-
T. hyalhia, Baker. Differs from T. crocata in hav-
ing tiie perianth-segments narrowed at the lower
part into a claw with hyaline margin. B.M. 704,
as T. fenestralis.— T. lineata, Ker-Gawl. Fls. white
or pink, with short oblong segments and protrud-
ing anthers, of the shape of gladiolus flowers. B.
M. 4S7 las Gladiolus Hneatus). — T. scillaris, Baker.
Small and slender: ns. pink, with wide-flaring nar-
row segments, ixia-like. B.M. 629 (as Ixia poly-
steehya). — T. securigera, Ker-Gawl. Lvs. short:
fls. red or copper -colored, the 3 lower segments
with a callus on the claw. B.M. 383 (as Gladiolus
securiger).— T. undulata. Baker. Lvs. short and
narrow, mucli crisped: ns. pink, with oblong equal
segments. B.M. 599 (as Ixia crispa).— T. vMdis.
Ker-Gawl. Lvs. plane or crisped, linear: fls. green,
with nearly equal oblanceolate segments. B.M.
1275 — T. Wttsani, Baker. Lvs. very narrow linear;
racemes simple or forked, lax, few-fld.: fls. white,
tinged with purple, the segments obovate-cuspidate.
L. H. B.
TRGLLIUS (old German trot, something
round ; in allusion to the shape of the flow-
ers. ) ffanunculacece. Globe Flower. A
group of neat, hardy, herbaceous perennials
of about 10 species, mostly found in marshy
places, of the north temperate zone. Roots
fibrous, thickened: lvs. palmately divided or
lobed: fls. large, solitary, yellowish or pur-
plish; petals 5 to many, small, unguiculate,
with a nectariferous pit at the base of the
blade: stamens many: carpels 5 to many, ses-
sile, many-ovuled : follicles in ahead. Plants
of this genus grow freely in a mixture of
sandy loam and peat, and in rather damp
situations. They may be increased either by
seeds, or by dividing the old plants; but the
young plants grow slowly at first, and will not
flower before the second season from seed.

AA. Perianth-segments oolong.

rdsea, Klatt. Tall and branched, with short linear lvs.
and loose 6-15-fld. racemes: fl. bright red, with oblong
segments (the three lower ones yellow blotched at the
base) as long as the tube and anthers just protruding
from the tube. Cape Colony. B.M. 7280. -Can be left
in the open as far north as Mass., if well protected, but
are usually safer if taken up.

Pdttsii, Benth. {Monthr'etia Pditsii, Baker). Fig. 25R0.
Strong, branching plant 2-4 ft. tall, with several lax ra-

A. True petals shorter than the stamens.

B. Plant with true stem, H to 2 ft.high..l. Iaxus
BB. Plant with scapes or scape-like stems

seldom over S or 4 in. high 2. acaulis

AA. True petals longer than the stamens.
B. Lvs. only B-parted: Ms. somewhat
lobed, cleft and toothed: sepals

hardly spreading 3. Europaeus

bb. it's, smaller, bronze-green ; Ifts.
more finely lobed, cleft and toothed:
sepals spreading 4. Asiaticu3

laxuB, Salisb. Slender, weak stems, \i-2 ft. long,
somewhat ascending: radical and lower stem lvs. long-
er short-petioled : all the lvs. 5-7-parted; lfts. cuneate
and much cleft and toothed : fls. usually solitary, 1 to 2
in. across; sepals 5-7, entire or toothed at the end, more
spreading than the other species; petals many, much
shorter than the stamens: follicles U in. long, straight

TROLLIUS

Deak one-fourth as long: head of fruit V\ in. across.
Bogs and damp places, Mich, to New Eng. and Del.
May-Julv or Aug. B.M. 1988. B.C. 56 (both as T.
Americanus).

Var. albifldms, Gray. (T. Americtlnus, Hook.) Much
like the type but usually lower, more slender: lfts.
usually 5: fls. pale or white: petals nearly equaling the
stamens. Mountain tops, Colo., northward and west-
ward.

acaulis, Lindl. Plant only 3 or 4 in. high: lvs. as in
the above, or only 5-parted: (is. lemon-yellow, spreading,
on stems hardly reaching from the ground; sepals 9,
nearly lanceolate, acute, sometimes toothed; petals
spatulate, shorter than the stamens. Northern India.
B.R. 29:32.

Europteus, Linn. (T. glnbdsus, Lam.). Stems erect,
15 in. or more high, often branching; lower lvs. petioled,
others sessile; lfts. only 5-parted, lobed, cleft and
toothed, those of the root-leaves on short petioles; fls.
of a lemon -yellow color, solitary or in twos, 1-2 in.
across, globular in form; sepals 10-15, ovate; petals
spatulate, often longer than the stamens: fr. much as
in T. lams. Wet upland meadows of N. En. May-July.
Gn. 40:816. — Var. Ldddigesii, Hort., has deep yellow
fls.

Asiaticus, Linn. Fig. 2582. Plant much like T.
Europaus, often taller, the smaller bronze-green lvs.
more finely lobed and cleft, fls. a rich orange color with
sepals spreading. May. Siberia. B.M. 235. — The blos-
soms of this are well suited for cut-flower purposes.
The plants thrive best and produce richest colors if
partially exposed to the sun. T. gigantius, found in
garden lists, is a very tall form of this species. T.
JapSnicus, Hort., with large orange fls. in early spring,
is by some referred to this species. r# q_ Davis.

TROP^EOLUM

1859

growing herbs, mostly climbing, of South America,
chiefly of the cooler parts of Peru and Chile. They are
grown for their showy odd flowers. The common
species, T. minus and T. majus, are also grown for
their young pods and seeds, which are made into
pickles. The peppery-tasting
leaves are sometimes used
like cress, in salads, whence
the name "Indian
England. In America this
use of the plant is little
known. Certain kinds, par-
ticularly T. tuberosum, pro-

duce edible sub-
terranean tu-
bers. The flow-
ers of Tropaeo-
lum are very
irregular: se-
pals 5, connate
at the base, the
posterior one
produced into a '
long slender
spur: petals 5
(sometimes
fewer by abor-
tion).usually narrowed
into distinct claws, the
two upper ones smaller
or otherwise dissimilar
and inserted in the
mouth of the spur;
stamens 8, unequal,
with declined usually
curving filaments; pis-
til with one style and a
3-lobed ovary, which ripens into
3 1-seeded indehiscent carpels
(the carpels constitute the
"seed" of commerce). The flowers
yellow or orange, rarely blue or pur-
leaves are alternate and usually
though often deeply lobed or even
usually peltate; stipules none or very
species climb by means of the coil-
oles. For references to recent botanical literature on
Tropseolum, see F. Buchenau in Engler's Bot. Jahrb.
26, p. 580.

Tropasolums thrive in any warm, sunny, fairly moist
place. The tops are tender to frost. For early effects,
seeds may be started indoors in pots or boxes. The
common climbing species are T. majus and T. Lob-
bianum, both of which are very useful for window
boxes, balconies, for covering banks and walls, and for
growing amongst shrubbery. The common dwarf species,
T. minus, is earlier and usually more floriferous, and
is very useful for the front row in the border. T.
peregrinum . the Canary-bird Flower, is grown either
indoors or in the open. Probably most species are per-
ennial. Many of them are tuberous and withstand
some frost at the root; but the half-hardy species are
little known in this country.

atropurpu
atro8anguineum, 1

brachyceras. 4.
t'annriense, 9.
fimbriatum, 11.

12

INDEX.

Jarrattii, 3.
LeiHitlini, 8.
Lobbianuxn, 11.
majus, 12.
minus. 13.
peutapkyllum, 6.

A. Flowers btue

peregrinum, 9.

polyphyllum, 7
sjiei-iosum, 5.
tricolor, 2.
tricolorum, 2.
tuberosum, 10.

2582. Trollius Asiaticus (X K),

TROPiEOLUM (from Greek word for trophy: the
leaves are shield -shaped and the flowers helnn-t -shaped i.
Geraniacece. Nasturtium. About 40 species of soft-

1. azureum, Miers. Very slender glasshouse climber:
lvs. peltate, 5-parted nearly or quite to the base, into
narrow-obovate or oblanceolate divisions: fls. small, the
crdyx and short spur green, the wide-spreading corolla
azure-blue, the petals 2-lobed or emarginate. Chile.

1860

TROP^OLUM

TROP.KOLUM

B.R. 28:65. R.H. 1813:300. F.S. 2:110. P.M. 9:247.
R.B. 20:157. Var. grandiildrum, Hort., has larger fls.
F.S. 11:1160. I.H. 3:85.

aa. Pis. red or yellow.

B. Petals small, protruding from the constricted month

of the calyx.

2. tricolorum, Sweet (T. tricolor, Lindl.). Fig. 2583.
Perennial from a fleshy or tuberous root, half-hardy,
climbing: Ivs. peltate, orbicular, divided into 6 oblong
villous leaflets: fls. about 1 in. long, somewhat cornn
copia-shaped, the calyx being the conspicuous part
main part of the calyx vermilion, the short lobes pur
plish, the small petal's yellow. Chile. B.M. 3169. B.R
23:1935. F.S. 4:309. P.M. 2:123. -Very choice half
hardy plant and probably the best known in this coun
try of the tuberous-rooted kinds. Usually grown
doors. Its growth is very delicate.

3. Jarrattii, Paxt. Much like T. tricolorum, but more
robust, the fls. larger, more brilliant in color, tin' upper
part of the calyx with bright spots of yellow, the two
upper petals penciled with brown. Chile. P.M. 5:29.

bb. Petals conspicuous and mostly wide-spreading.
c. Spur not as long as the calyx-lobes.

4. brachyceras, Hook. & Arn. A very slender climber,
resembling T. tricolorum in habit: lvs. peltate, nearly
orbicular, deeply parted into 6 or 7 oblong or obovate
obtuse lobes: fls. small, on short pedicels, the calyx
green and very short-spurred, the corolla with spread-
ing yellow petals. Chile. B.M. 3851. B.R. 23:1926.
F.S. 4:368. P.M. 4:55.-Half-hardy perennial.

cc. Spur much longer than calyx-lobes.

D. Lvs. parted nearly or quite to the base, or distinctly

compound.

E. Blossoms essentially red.

5. specidsum, Poepp. & Endl. Half-hardy slender
climbing vine: lvs. peltate at the base, short-petioled,
parted to the base into 6 obovate-oblong obtuse divisions
or leaflets: pedicels very slender, red, fls. shaped much
like those of T. majus, but smaller, vermilion-red,

showy. Chile. B.M. 4323. F.S. 3:281. P.M. 14:173.
Gn. 37, pp. 253, 545. — A perennial fleshy-rooted plant,
hardy in England.

3584. Tropaolum pereeTinum- the Canary-bird Flower (X %)

2585. Trop£eolum majus. the common Climbing Nasturtium.
(X}3.)

li. pentaphyllum, Laru. Slender climber, the glabrous
colored stems arising from a tuberous root : lvs. di-
vided to the base into 5 oblong or obovate segments or
leaflets: fls. small (about 1}4 in. long), the large red
spur being the conspicuous part, the lobes green, and
the 2 small petals red. Argentina. B.M. 3190. B.H.
22:73. — A half-hardy species, showy because of the
great number of bright small flowers.

EE. Blossoms yellow.

7. polyphyllum, Cav. Perennial, half-hardy: stem
succulent, prostrate or climbing: lvs. peltate, orbicular,
cut beyond the center into 7-9 narrow divisions: lis.
much like T. majus in shape, but smaller; spur slender
but rather short, the calyx-lobes triangular; petals
unguiculate, yellow, wavy or emarginate, the 2 upper
ones streaked with red. Chile. B.M. 4042. P.M. 10:175.
F.S. 20:2066. G.C. II. 20:241. Gn. 45, p. 158.— It is a
tuberous-rooted species, the stem naturally prostrate.

8. Leiehtlrni, Hort. Hybrid of T. polyphyllum and
T. edule (see suppl. list), raised by Max Leichtlin,
Baden-Baden. Much like T. polyphyllum, but the fls.
of brighter color, and the lvs. larger.

dd. Lvs. lobed, the divisions usually not extending
much, if any, beyond the middle, and the si-
nuses usually broad.

E. Petals fringed.

9. peregrinum, Linn. (T. Canariinse, Hort.). Ca-
nary-bird Flower. Fig. 2584. Annual, tall-climbing;
glabrous: lvs. peltate near the margin, cordate-orbicu-
lar, divided to about the middle into 5 lobes, which are
mostly apiculate: fls. canary-yellow, odd and very ir-
regular; spur green, hooked; 2 upper petals erect and
large, obovate-clawed, much fringed: 3 lower petals
small and narrow and ciliate. Colombia. B.M. 1351.
B.R. 9:718. — An excellent quick-growiug vine, although
the fls. can scarcely be called showy.

TROP^OLUM

ee. Petals entire.

10. tuberosum, Ruiz. & Par. Root producing a pyri-
form irregular tuber 2-3 in. long: stem climbing, gla-
brous; lvs. peltate near the base, cordate-orbicular, 5-
lobed nearly or quite to the middle: lis. rather small,
the calyx and long spur red, the petals yellow, small
and nearly erect and little exceeding the calyx. Peru.
B.M. 3714. F.S. 5:452. P.M. 5:49. R.H. 1853:341
(tubers). J.H. III. 30:385. -Plant stands some frost.
In Peru, the tubers are eaten, and the plant is some-
times cult, in Europe for the tubers. It appears in the
Amer. catalogues of European dealers. The tubers are
usually boiled.

ddd. Lvs. entire or only undulate.
E. Plant pilose.

11. Lobbianum, Veitch. Annual, climbing, hairy all
over except the under parts of the lvs. and the petals :
lvs. very long-stalked, peltate, nearly orbicular, undu-
late and with points on the margin: lis. large, long-
spurred, orange-red, the two upper petals large, broad
and entire, the three lower ones small and clawed and
coarsely toothed and also fringed on the claws. Colom-
bia. B.M. 4097. P.S. 2:67. P.M. 11:271. Var. fimbri-
atuni, Hort., has all the petals toothed or fringed. R.H.
1856:101. — Seldom seen in its pure state.

ee. Plant glabrous.

12. majus, Linn. Pigs. 2585, 2586. Strong-growing,
somewhat succulent climbing annual : lvs. peltate,
nearly orbicular and undulate-angled: Ms. large, mostly
in shades of yellow or orange, with straight spur, the 2
upper petals entire or undulate (not apiculate), the 3
lower ones narrower and fringes on the claws. Peru.
B.M. 23:3375 (var. atrosangnineiim). F.S. 12:1286 (var.
atropurpureum nanuni). P.M. 1:176 (var. atrosangui-
nenm). There are double-fid. forms. G.C. II. 11:665.
These appear to have been introduced into this country
about 1885 or 6. There are also dwarf forms. — This spe-
cies has been in cult, in Europe since 1684. It is the
foundation of the common climbing Nasturtiums. Some
of these garden forms are probably the offspring of hy-
bridization with T. Lobbianum

TROPICAL FRUITS

1861

B.M. 98. — Very likely blended with T. majus by hybridi-
zation, in garden forms.

T. digitatum, Karat. Climber, with root fibrous: lvs. peltate,
5-7-lobed: fls. yellow, 1 in. in diani., the spur long and red, the
petals fimbriate. Venezuela.— T. edule, Past. Climber; lvs.
orbicular, with 5 or 6 narrow lfts.:
fls. in shape like those of T,
majus, but smaller, yellow. Pro-
duces tuberous edible roots,
Chile. P.M. 9:127.-"T. hederce-
folia" is offered by A. Blanc in
1901.— T. Lindeni, G. Wall. Beau-
tiful climber with large, peltate,
undulate-lobed lvs. that are pur-
plish beneath and beautifully
veined with white above: fls. on
long pedicels, the long tube red
and the calyx-lobes green. Co-
lombia. I.H. 41:267. L. H. B.

2587. Flower of Tropseo-
lum minus (X %).

2586. Tropeeol

1.1. minus, Linn. Fig. 2587. Dwarf annual, not climb-
ing, smaller in all its parts: lvs. apiculate at the ends
of the veins: fls. with narrow apiculate petals. Peru.

TROPICAL FRUITS. Trav-
elers hailing from the temper-
ate zone are generally sur-
prised and delighted, at first,
with the fruits they find in
tropical markets. This is
due to the fact that such
things are for the most part
new to them. They taste
everything they see and not
infrequently publish their ex-
periences in language where
praise is not stinted. Some,
on the other hand, view nearly
every tropical fruit with prej-
udice and disdain and cannot
be persuaded to taste, and if
eventually persuaded, only to condemn with aversion.
Under such circumstances it is not to be wondered at
that in some quarters tropical fruits should be held in
high esteem, and in others be considered of doubtful
value. That good tropical fruits do really exist cannot
be disputed, although on careful examination they are
found to be few in number, and some kinds far from
common even in the local markets. True tropical fruits
may be described as those requiring a temperature from
16° to 32° centigrade or 60° to 90° Fahr.

Among the subtropical fruits there are some which
appear to thrive in the tropics as well as in their native
place, but whether this is really so may be questioned.
Any differences in the conditions of the fruits on reaching
the ripening stage will account for difficulties often met
with in preparing them for export. Such is the orange,
for instance; it thrives well under tropical conditions
and gives (when the class of plant grown has been well
selected) fruit excellent in appearance, large in size,
and possessing a fine flavor. If such fruit is grown for
export, it must of necessity be packed at seasons of the
year when our tropical atmosphere is charged with hu-
midity to within 15 per cent of the saturation point, and
this fact constitutes an important difficulty often over-
looked by beginners in the export trade. Such difficul-
ties can, however, be overcome by careful methods of
packing and preparation, and by selecting fruit which
ripens in the "dry season " when packing facilities are
as good as those of a temperate climate. It is very
doubtful, however, whether subtropical fruits grown in
a humid climate can ever equal in their keeping qualities
those produced in a lower temperature and drier cli-
mate. It has been proved that fruit can be safely trans-
ported to long distances if properly handled, but the
treatment to be undergone differs considerably from
that which the fruits of temperate climates require.
Many tropical fruits are nothing more than what should
be called wayside morsels, that is to say, although edi-
ble, they are seldom of a quality suitable for dessert,
and are consumed mostly by children and wayfarers.
By selection and cross-breeding these same fruits are
being much improved, and strains will probably be pro-
duced which in the future will be largely sought for, as
there are good indications of success in varieties which
have already appeared. This is work which must be
systematically adopted to sustain a regular export trade
in tropical fruits, and a good start has been made from
several points

1862

TROPICAL FRUITS

The fact is that tropical fruits with but few exceptions,
have until very recently been almost exclusively grown
from seed, with the natural result that variety in the
quality, form, size, and color of the fruit is the univer-
sal rule; and although there are seedling strains of well-
marked types, buyers know that no reliance can in the
main be placed upon securing fruits of uniform quality
and flavor. In the case of the orange, the class of fruit
raised in some districts is good as a whole, but in others
the produce is of a low grade and even in the best dis-
tricts inferior fruit is allowed to develop which often
spoils the better samples. This is being rapidly remedied
by the planting of grafted kinds. The same variation ob-
tains with all kinds of fruit without exception. In no fruit
is this feature more clearly apparent than in the mango,
Mangifera Indica. Fig. 2589. Kinds exist which are

2588. Flower of the Rose Apple or Jambos, one of the minor
Tropical Fruits. Natural size. (See p. 557.)

fit for the table of a king, but at the same time there
are fruits grown which the poorest beggar would refuse.
The variety is almost endless, and little dependence can
be placed upon quality, except those produced by trees
grafted from selected kinds. These are now becoming
more common, but as yet there are no large orchards
planted with selected kinds, and consequently no regu-
larity can as yet be expected in the quality and character
of the fruit available for export. The mango, like the
orange, easily yields to grafting; it grows rapidly and
there is no reason why large quantities of this excellent
fruit should not be placed upon the markets. The botani-
cal departments of the British colonies, and elsewhere,
have many selected kinds under cultivation and great
effort is being made to induce the people to plant se-
lected kinds, instead of the worthless seedlings. Mini-
goes have been shipped with success from the West
Indies, and there would appear to be nothing of impor-
tance to prevent their being regularly placed npon the
markets of Europe and America. All that is needed is
to select fine strains, known both for their keeping
qualities and good flavor, and to grow them in quanti-
ties that would pay. The mango, as a rule, takes many
years to establish if grown from seed; but if grafted
plants are cultivated, fruit is obtained in four or tire

TROPICAL FRUITS

years. The Julie, Divine, No. UMartin, Malda, Gordon,
Peters, Pere Louis, and Mango d'Or are varieties which
are worthy of the table of the richest, and would be well
suited for extensive cultivation for purposes of export.
The people are slow to recognize the value of the art of
budding and grafting, but education in this direction is
rapidly extending under the auspices of the Depart-
ments of Agriculture and Education in the West Indies.

Many fruits practically unknown in northern latitudes
are readily available here in small quantities, but insuf-
ficient to maintain a paying export trade. If they were
grown in larger quantity and in uniform quality, there
is no serious obstacle to their being regularly placed upon
the northern market. The system of transportation now
in use is not thoroughly efficient, but would soon adapt
itself to the circumstances of a profitable trade.

The success of the banana as an export fruit has long
been a recognized fact; and the trade is yearly increas-
ing. In this case the propagation is carried on by suck-
ers, and there is no variation in the quality of the pro-
duce; the market always gets the same quality, hence
the success.

Among the best of all tropical fruits is the Mango-
steen, Gar cini a Mangos tana, native of the Straits Settle-
ments. This has been fruited in Jamaica and Trinidad,
and the fruit has been sent in good order to the English
market. It is, however, slow-growing, and as yet only
very few trees of it are in existence in the West Indies.
It has grown well in Trinidad, and has produced excel-
lent crops of fruit of the finest flavor and there can be
no doubt that many of the islands in the West Indies
are quite capable of growing this fruit to perfection;
and there is no doubt that it could be carried to market
without serious loss in transit.

Writings upon tropical fruits are much scattered and
there is as yet no book dealing solely with the subject.
The most important tropical fruits are detailed in the
order of their local value in the following list (see the
various entries in this Cyclopedia) :

Tropical Fruits of the West Indies and Central
America:

1. Banana, Musa species. Figs. 187-8.

2. Cocoanut, Cocos nucifera. Figs. 506-7, 1497.

3. Pineapple, Ananas sativus. Figs. 83, 1810-11.

4. Mango, Mangifera Indica. Figs. 2589, 1360-1.

5. Mangosteen, Garcia ia Mam/>>stana. Fig. 893.

6. Sapodilla. Achras Sapota. Fig. 2249.

7. Pear (Alligator Pear), Persea gratis sim a. Fig.

1724.

8. Sugar Apple, Anona squamosa. Fig. 94.

9. Custard Apple, Anona reticulata.

10. Sour-sop, Winona muricata.

11. Governor's Plum, Flacourtia Ramontchi. P.

589.

12. Akee, Gupania sapida,

13. Cashew, Anaeardium occidentals. P. 60.

14. Ouava. Psidium Guajava. Fig. 2008.

15. Pomme Cythere, Spondias dulcis.

16. Granadilla, Passiflora macrocarpa.

17. Water Lemon, Passiftora lauri folia.

18. Star Apple, Chrysophyllum C'ainito. Fig. 469.

19. Genip, Melicocca bijuga. Fig. 1388.

Of this list probably not more than half the number
are cultivated in selected varieties, and some are mere
wayside fruits, as the guava, genip and cashew. The
banana, cocoanut and pineapple are largely exported.
The mango is capable of being grown to any extent for
export to temperate climates. The mangosteen is a
fruit the cultivation of which should be largely ex-
tended. The sapodilla if grown from the finest selected
varieties is one of the choicest of tropical fruits. It is
tender when ripe but carries well when "full," a West-
Indian term for maturity. The pear (Persea) is a fruit
which also carries well when mature. It is what should
be called a salad fruit and is eaten with pepper and salt.
In the East it is often served with sherry and sugar as
fruit at dessert.

The anonas, Nos. 8, 9 and 10, are good additions to
the dessert when well grown from selected kinds. The
last, or sour-sop, is particularly well suited for flavor-
ing ices, it being considered by many as the best of all
the fruit flavors for this purpose. It could be easily

TROPICAL FRUITS

exported in ice. The akee might be exported if pre-
served. The part used is the large arillus attached to
the seed, and it is served as a relish with meat dishes.
The governor's plum is a fruit the size of a green-gage
and makes fine jellies. The cashew is useful when pre-
served, but is too tender for export. The large seeds,
roasted and bottled for preservation, form one of the
best table nuts known. The guava can only be exported
in the form of the well-known guava jelly. When a
good variety is to hand the Pomme Cythere is an excel-
lent and well-flavored table fruit. The granadilla makes
excellent ices, and the water lemon is much used as
dessert, having the appearance and flavor of a huge ripe
gooseberry, though generally somewhat sweeter. Meli-
cocca bijuga, or the genip, is a children's fruit, and is
seldom seen at table. Like all similar fruits there has
practically been no selection, and a large amount of
variation appears. This is very prominent in the genip.
Some are very acid, while others are deliciously sweet.
This variation, as shown in seedlings, is fully sufficient
to account for the diverse opinions as to the qualities of
tropical fruits.

The citrous tribes are, of course, sub-tropical fruits,
but it is possible to grow them to great perfection in the
tropics. When grown upon the sour orange stock, the
trees are capable of reaching a large size, and will
afford regular crops. An excellent start has been made
in many West Indian islands in the cultivation of
grafted plants of the best kinds.

Trees in the tropics usually have their regular season
of fruiting, but many trees, such as the mango and the
orange, produce fruit out of season, or in the coolest
season of the year. Trees which fruit at such a season
are generally the most inferior kinds.

Most visitors to the tropics choose this season for
making their tour, and in consequence never have tin-
opportunity of seeing or tasting the best qualities of
the fruit produced, and only get inferior kinds, which
the regular resident would not trouble to eat. When a
mango is described as "all tow and turpentine," the
writers were writing truly of the ordinary "out of
season" mango, but all-the-year-round residents know
that these kinds are as different from the selected varie-
ties as is the quince from a jargonelle or a pear or a
crab apple from a Ribston pippin. j jj Hart.

Another View o! Tropical Fruits. - The fruits most
growu for export from the West Indies are bananas,
oranges, grape fruit or pomelo, pineapples and cocoa-
nuts. Others that are prized, but not exported to any
extent, are mangoes, grapes, star-apples, naseberry or
sapodilla, avocado pear, granadilla, cherimoya, sweet
sop and maugosteen.

Banana.— There are between 20 and 30 different va-
rieties of banana, and about half as many of the plan-
tain, which is the form of banana used as a vegetable.
The enormous export of over 8,000,000 ounches of ba-
nanas annually from Jamaica is almost entirely of one
particular variety, which goes under various names,—
"Jamaica," "Martinique," "Gros Michel," etc. A small
quantity of a red - skinned variety is occasionally ex-
ported. It is prized rather for its color and effective-
ness in a dish of fruit than for its quality. There are
others, such as "Lady's Finger," which are superior in
flavor to the Jamaica, and are destined to obtain in time
special prices in the markets. These superior varieties
have mostly been collected by the Royal Gardens, Kew,
from India, Java, Straits Settlements, etc., and have
been sent out from time to time to the Botanic Gardens
of the West Indies.

The soil most suitable for banana culture is a deep
loam with a large proportion of humus. Good drainage
is essential. Bananas grow well under irrigation, but
the application of the water must be carefully watched.
The only disease that is known is a species of Maras-
mius, a fungus which attacks the petiole of the leaf.
It has not done much harm, and in fact has not attracted
any notice except in Trinidad. Insects do not interfere
with plant or fruit. Nematode worms are known in
other countries to have caused great destruction, but ii"
cases are reported from any part of tropical America.

Citrous Fruits (more properly sub-tropical).— Until a
few years ago no attention was paid to the cultivation

TROPICAL FRUITS

1863

of any of the citrous fruits: they simply grew wild,—
seeds were dropped by birds, and wherever the soil
was suitable trees sprung up. Naturally many hybrids
and inferior kinds exist, but the great mass of the trees
have come true, and the fruit is of excellent quality.
Since Florida has suffered so much in its orange-groves,
cultivation in the West Indies has become general, and
all the best kinds of Citrus have been imported from
Florida, California and England. In Jamaica the navel
orange was introduced direct from Bahia many years
ago, and there is good evidence that it occurs spontan-
eously in the island at the most favorable elevation for
the orange, — about 2,300 feet. A natural hybrid between
the sweet orange and the tangierine is also known in the
same district. The general excellence of the orange in
Jamaica is partly due to the large numbers of grafted St.
Michaels that, were distributed from the Botanic Gar

5589. Fruits of the Mango. Maneifera Indica (X 1-5).
See also Mangifera, Vol. II.

dens at Castleton. A limestone soil seems to suit the-
orange best. At low elevations both the orange and the
grape fruit are rather sweet, but this fault gradually
disappears and the flavor improves the higher the ele-
vation,—the limit in Jamaica being somewhere about
4,000 feet for the orange, and 3,000 feet for the grape
fruit. The diseases and insect pests that attack the
citrous tribe in other countries are known in the West
Indies, and the roots of trees are also attacked by the
grub of a beetle, a species of Pra?podes. Trees that
have growu wild are not subject to disease or insect
pests.

Pineapples.— Pineapples are indigenous in tropical
America, and although it is scarcely possible to say
whether they are truly native in any of the West In-
dian islands, they are spoken of as being grown not
very long after the discovery by Columbus. Joseph
Acosta, in his "Natural! and Morall Historie of the East
and West Indies" (London, 16C4), says: "The first
Spaniards named many things at the Indies with such
Spanish names as they did most resemble, as Pines . . .
although they be very different fruits to those which
are so-called in Spaine . . . The best [pines] are those
of the Islands of Barlovente [Greater Antilles]." The
Botanic Gardens in Jamaica are making experiments in
crossing different varieties. The Ripley is the general
favorite in Jamaica for its exquisite flavor, but the
Smooth Cayenne is being cultivated largely for export,
as its finer appearance ensures a higher price in the

1864

TROPICAL FRUITS

TROXIMON

markets. Mealy bug attacks the cultivated pine-apple,
and blight and tangle-foot occur as in Florida, but in
suitable situations it grows wild without any cultivation
quite free from disease.

Cocoanuts.— There is a large export of cocoanuts in
the shell from the W. Indies, and in Jamaica there is a
factory for making cocoanut oil. The palms are sub-
ject in some districts to a disease which attacks the
terminal bud. So far as can be judged, it is of a
bacterial nature, and probably infection is caused by
beetles and other insects. In the West Indies cocoanuts
flourish even in the interior of the islands and at a con-
siderable elevation— 2,000 feet. They require an abund-
ance of water at their roots.

Mangoes were introduced into the West Indies towards
the end of the eighteenth century, and to-day they are
the commonest trees — the reason being that the seeds
germinate readily and at once take root in almost any
soil. The trees will grow even at elevations of 5,000
feet, but they do not bear fruit above 3,500 feet, nor do
they bear at all in wet districts. There are numerous
varieties, most of them being somewhat fibrous, even
the esteemed "No. 11" containing some thread-like fiber.
In the year 18G9 several of the best grafted varieties of
India were imported from Bombay for the Botanic
Gardens of Jamaica; these are of superior excellence
and without fiber. The seedlings of these Bombay
mangoes do not come true, but the majority of them
bear good fruit. Grafted plants are distributed from the
various botanic gardens of the West Indies. Experi-
ments in budding are being carried on with a view to
bud the numerous inferior kinds. Even the coarse
mangoes which are worthless as fruit, if picked before
ripe, make excellent tarts, preserves, pickles, etc., and
there is a wide field for enterprise in utilizing such fruit
in various ways.

The pineapple, cashew, ginep, naseberry or sapodilla,
sweet sop, sour sop, custard apple, avocado pear,
cherimoya. Spanish plum (Spondias), Barbados cherry,
papaw, Fig. 2590, cocoa - plum, star apple, granadilla,

2590. Papaw tree— Carica Papaya. A tropical fruit
of secondary importance. (See also p. 246.)
This picture shows a specimen grown in the open
in southern Florida; Fig. 363 shows one grown in a
northern greenhouse.

sweet cup, pomme d'or, guava, mammee and mamraee
sapota are all natives of tropical or subtropical America
or the West Indies, or are indigenous on both the main-
laud and some of the islands.

The banana, citrous fruits, cocoanut, mangosteen,
caramhola, bilimbi, Nilgiri blackberry, tamarind, pome-
granate, grape, akee, bread - fruit, and jack-fruit are
introduced from other countries.

The akee, bread-fruit, jack-fruit, cho-cho (Sechium
editle, Fig. 2281), ochra and avocado pear are fruits,
used as vegetables.

Great improvements have lately been made in the
mode of packing fruits for export. The Government of
Jamaica is about to appoint inspectors of fruit for
export, who will stamp all packages that pass as well-
graded, well-packed, etc., with the Government mark.
It will be optional for exporters to take advantage of
such inspection.

The Imperial Department of Agriculture in the Lesser
Antilles, and the Botanic Gardens of Jamaica, Trinidad,
and British Guiana are devoting a considerable amount
of attention to fruit with gratifying results.

The inauguration in January, 1901, of a new line of
steamers, with a subsidy of $200,000 annually, specially
built for the fruit trade, and sailing direct from Jamaica
to England, has already had a great effect in increasing
the area under cultivation. This is only the first step in
a regular and systematic export of fruit from the West
Indies to Europe, and the development of the trade
to an enormous extent is confidently anticipated.

Wm. Fawcett.

Botany o! Tropical Fruits. All the tropical fruits
mentioned above are described in this work at their
proper places, with the exception of some of the follow-
ing:

Barbadoes Cherry is Malpighia glabra, which see.

Nilgiri Blackberry is Kubus racemosus.

Ochra is another spelling for Okra.

Pomme Cythere is Spondias dulcis, described below.

Pomme d'Or is Passiflora laurifolia.

Spanish Plum. Consult Spondias purpurea, below.

Sweet Cup is Passiflora. edulis and P. maliformis.

The genus Spondias of the family Anacardidcew takes
its name from an old Greek word used by Theophrastus
for some kind of plum. It contains about 8 species of
tropical trees with alternate odd-pinnate lvs., numer-
ous opposite lfts., minute whitish lis. and yellow fruits
as large as common plums. Botanically the fruit is a
fleshy drupe with a 1-5-loeuled bony endocarp. The ge-
nus is distinguished by the following characters: ovary
3-5-loculed; ovule pendulous: lvs. pinnate: fls. polyga-
mous; stamens 8-10: styles 4-5, free at apex. The fol-
lowing are widely cult, in the tropics.

A. Locules of the echinate nut distant, connected only
by the common base.

dulcis, Forst. Pomme Cythere. Sweet Otaheite
Apple. Fruit de Cythere. Hevi. Wi Fruit, in Ta-
hite. Height 50 ft.: lfts. 11-13, oval-oblong, acuminate,
serrate: fr. golden yellow, tastes something like a pine-
apple. Society Islands.

AA. Locules of the smoothish nut contiguous and more
or less adnata,

B. Racemes panicled, often exceeding the lvs,: fls.
yellowish white.

lutea, Linn., (S. Mdmbin, Jacq., not Linn.). Golden
Apple. Jamaica Plum. Tall tree: lfts. 7-17, ovate-lan-
ceolate or lanceolate, subentire or serrulate : panicle
K-l ft. long: fr. ovoid, 2 in. long, yellow. Cosmopoli-
tan in tropics.

bb. Saceme.s unbranched, few-fid., much shorter than
lvs.: fls. purplish.

purpurea, Linn.( S. Mombin, Linn., not Jacq. ). Span-
ish Plum. Low tree: lvs. deciduous: lfts. 16-21, ellip-
tic-oblong, bluntish, usually serrate: fr. obovoid, 1 in.
long, yellow or tinged purple. American Tropics.

TR6XIM0N (Greek, edible; which does not apply).
CompdsitcB, A genus of 15 species of mostly perennial,
nearly stemless herbs native of North America except
possibly 2 species which are South American. The spe-

TROXIMON

1865

cies are generally low-growing hardy plants with clus-
ters of sessile, radical leaves and simple scapes bearing
a head of yellow or purple flowers in summer.

cuspidatum, Pursh. Root thick: lvs. entire, linear-
lanceolate, thickish, 4-10 in. long: scape about 1 ft.
high: fls. yellow: akene not beaked. Prairies of 111. and
Wis. to Dakota. B.B. 3:278. — Cultivation easy in any
good border. Not unattractive. It has rather larg
dandelion-like heads of flowers in late summer. Offered
by collectors. p. w. Barclay.

TRUE LOVE. Paris quadrifolia.

TRUFFLES. See Vol. II, p. 1045.

TRUMPET CREEPER. Teeoma, especially T. radi-
cans.

TRUMPET FLOWER. Consult Bignonia.
TRUMPET HONEYSUCKLE. Lonicera semper-

TRUMPET VINE. Teeoma radicans.

TSttGA (its Japanese name). Coniferm. Hemlock.
Hemlock Spruce. Ornamental evergreen trees of
pyramidal habit, with spreading, irregularly whorled,
much ramified branches clothed with small, linear,
usually 2-ranked leaves and small cones which are usually
freely produced. The cones are only about 1 in. long
except in one species, which has cones two or three
times as large. T Canadensis is quite hardy north and
the Japanese species and T. Caro-
liniana have proved hardy as far
north as Ontario. T. Hookeriana is
almost as hardy. T. Mertensiana
and T. Brunoniana are more tender.
There are probably no more beautiful
hardy conifers than the Hemlocks,
and they must be ranked among the
most ornamental and useful trees for
park planting. They do not have the
stiff, formal appearance of many of
the conifers, but are graceful and
stately at the same time. T. Mer

tensiana is the most vigorous species and is more
graceful than the Canadian Hemlock, but tenderer. T.
Hookeriana is noticeable for its light bluish green foli-
age and the more narrow pyramidal habit. The Japanese
species have very handsome dark green glossy foliage,
but are of slow growth. T. Canadensis bears pruning
well and is well suited for tall hedges (see Gng. 2:2891.
The other species will probably bear pruning well. The
Hemlocks are not very particular as to the soil, provided
it contains a sufficient amount of constant moisture.
Tsugas are not difficult to transplant. Prop, by seeds
sown in spring and by grafting on T. Canadensis.
The varieties and the Japanese species are also raised
from cuttings. See also Conifers, Abies and Picea for
cultivation.

The genus contains 7 species, natives of N. America,
E. Asia and the Himalayas. Tsuga is closely allied to
Abies and Picea and differs little in the structure of the
fls.; the cones are very similar to those of the larch, but
the lvs., though much like those of Abies in their out-
ward appearance, are very different in their internal
structure from all allied genera, since they have a
solitary resin-duct situated in the middle of the leaf
below the fibro-vascular bundle. The light, soft, brittle
and coarse-grained wood is not durable and not much
valued except that of T. Mertensiana, which is harder
and more durable, and that of T. Sieboldi, which is
esteemed in Japan for its durability. The bark is rich
in tannin and that of T. Canadensis is extensively used
for tanning leather.

Tsuga Canadensis should be called "Hemlock Spruce,"
but in common speech it is usually alluded to as "Hem-
lock." The "Hemlock " of the ancients is a poisonous
umbelliferous herb described in this work as Conium
maculatum.

albo-spica, 4.
Araragi, 1.
argentea, 6.
Canadensis, 4
Caroliuiana, i
eompacta, 4.
diversifolia, 2
globosa, 4.

glnbularis, 4.
gracilis, 4.
heterophylla, 5.
Hookeriana, 6.

Mertensiana, 5, 6.
microphvlla, 4.
nana, 1, 4.

parvifolia, 4.
Pattoniana, 6.
pendula, 4.
RozzUi. 6.
Sargenti, 4.
Sargentiana, '
Sieboldi, 1.

A. Lvs. with 2 white lines beneath,
grooved above, much flattened,
distinctly i-ranked: cones Vi-PA
in. long.
B. Margin of lvs. entire : apex of
lvs. usually emarginate, some-
times obtuse.
c. Scales of cones suborbicular.
D. Branchlets yellowish

brown, glabrous 1. Sieboldi

dd. Branchlets reddish brown,

pubescent 2. diversifolia

CO. Scales of cones oblong : lvs.

often obtuse 3. Caroliniana

bb. Margin of lvs. finely denticulate,
at hast towards the apex: apex
of lvs. obtuse or acutish.
c. Cones peduneled : scales al-
most orbicular, glabrous. 4. Canadensis
CC Cones sessile: scales oval,

slightly puberulous outside. 5. Mertensiana
AA. Lvs. stomatiferous on both sides,
flat or convex above, spirally ar-
ranged: cones US in. long {Hes-
peropewce ) 0. Hookeriana

2591. A spray of Hemlock Spruce IX%).

1. Sieboldi, Carr. (T. Araragi, Koehne). Tree, at-
taining 90 ft., with spreading slender branches: branch-
lets pale yellowish brown, somewhat glossy, with red-
dish leaf-cushions: lvs. linear, usually broadest at the
apex, emarginate, grooved and glossy dark green above,
with 2 whitish lines beneath, %-% in. long: cone ovate,
1-1K in. long, the peduncle exceeding the bud-scales:
bracts bifid. Japan. G.F. 10:492. ->ar. nana. Endl.
Dwarf bushy form, with short branchlets and very
short crowded leaves.

2. diversifolia, Mast. (Abies diversifolia, Maxim.).
Tree, very similar to the preceding, chiefly distin-
guished by the reddish brown pubescent branches : lvs.
linear, emarginate or obtuse, shorter and narrower,
broadest atthe middle or toward thebase: cone smaller,
%-% in. long: peduncle not exceeding the bud-scales;
bracts truncate, crenulate, not or slightly bifid. Japan.
G.F. 6:495; 10:493.

3. Caroliniana, Engelm. Carolina Hemlock. Tree,
attaining 70 ft., of more compact habit and with darker
green foliage than the following : young branchlets
light reddish brown, finely pubescent or almost gla-
brous : lvs. linear, obtuse or emarginate, dark green

1866

TSUGA

TULIPA

and glossy above, with 2 whitish lines beneath, %-% in.
long: cones oblong, 1-1 % in. long, peduncled; scales
oblong. Va. to S. C. S.S. 10:604. G.C. II. 26:780.
G.F. 2:269. — More graceful than the next.

4. Canadensis, Carr. {Abies Cunadfoisis, Michx.).
Common Hemlock. Fig. 2591. Tree, attaining 70 and
occasionally 100 ft.: young branchlets yellowish brown,
pubescent: lvs. linear, obtuse or acutish, dark green
and obscurely grooved above, with 2 whitish lines be-
neath, %-'% in. long: cones ovoid, %-% in. long, pe-
duncled; scales almost orbicular. New Brunswick and
Wis., south to Ala. S.S. 10:603. -The Hemlock Spruce
yields the lumber most commonly used in the East for
framing and clapboarding of buildings. It is not used
for finishing lumber. A number of garden forms have
been raised ; the following are the most important:
Var. albo-spica, Nichols. Tips of the young branchlets
creamy white. Var. compacta, Senecl. (var. compdcta
ndna, Beissn.). Dwarf conical pyramid with numerous
short branchlets clothed with small leaves. Var. glo-
bbsa, Beissn. (var. globulilris ertcta, Kunkler). Dense,
globose, much branched form with numerous upright
branches nodding at the ends. Var. gracilis, Gord.
(var. microphylltt, Hort.). Slow - growing form with
slender sparingly ramified branches, spreading and
more or less drooping at the ends: lvs. very small,
about % in. long. Var. nana, Carr. Dwarf and de-
pressed form with spreading branches and short
branchlets. Var. parviiolia, Veitch. Lvs. very small,
% in. long or shorter: branchlets closely set and nu-
merous. Var. pendula, Parsons (var. Sdrgenti ptndula,
Hort., var. Sargenti&na, Kent.). Flat-topped form with
spreading branches and drooping branchlets. Gn. 32,
p. 363; 39, p. 81. M. I). G. 1900:367, 368, 491. Very dis-
tinct and desirable form.

5. Mertensiana, Carr. ( T. heterophylla, Sarg. T. Al-
berti&na, Senecl.). Tree, attaining 200 ft., with short
slender usually pendulous branches forming a rather
narrow pyramidal head in older, but rather broad in
young trees: young branchlets pale yellowish brown,
pubescent : lvs. linear, obtuse or acutish, distinctly
grooved and dark green above, with 2 white lines below,
Vi-Vi in. long: cones oblong-ovoid, sessile, %-l in. long;
scales oval, slightly puberulous outside. Alaska to
Calif., west to Mont. S.S. 10:605. G.C. III. 12:11.

6. Hookeriana, Carr. (T. Mertensi&na, Sarg., not
Carr. T. Pattoni&na, S6n6el. T. B£s Hi, Carr. Abies
Wllliamsoni, Newb. Hesperopeiice Pattoni&na,
Lemm.). Tree, attaining 100 and occasionally 150 ft.,
with slender pendent branches usually forming an open
pyramid: young branchlets light reddish brown, pubes-
cent, usually short and upright: lvs. spirally arranged
around the branches, linear, usually curved, acutish,
mostly rounded or keeled, rarely slightly grooved above,
light bluish green or pale bluish white, with whitish
lines on both sides, %-l in. long: cones eylindric-ob-
long, usually violet- purple before maturity, brown
when ripe, 2-3 in. long: scales obovate, puberulous out-
side. Brit. Col. to Calif., west to Mont. S.S. 10:006.
G.C. III. 12:10; 13:659; 21:150,151. G.F. 4:380; 10:
6, 7. R.H. 1870, p. 21. Var. argentea, Beissn. Foliage
bluish white.

T. Brunonidna, Carr. (T. dumosa, Sarg.). Tree, attaining
120 ft.: lvs. narrowly linear, acutish, %-l% in. long, with sil-
very white lines beneath: cone 1 in. long. Himal. G.C. II.
2G:73, 501.— T. Douglasil, Carr.—Pseudotsuga Douglasii.

Alfred Rehdeb.
TUBEROSE. Consult Polianthes.

TUCKER, LUTHER (Plate XLI), born at Brandon,
Vt., May 7, 1802, was the founder of "The Horti-
culturist " and the proprietor of that valuable and unique
magazine during the period of its greatest glory— from
July, 1846, until the autumn of 1852. The statement, on
page 501 of this Cyclopedia, that the younger Downing
"founded 'The Horticulturist,'" is inexact, he having
been the salaried editor, while the enterprise was
Tucker's alone. To Downing, nevertheless, belongs all
the credit for the great ami distinguished interest and
value of the magazine, as he conducted it according to
his own ideas, with which the proprietor never inter-

fered, the latter having indeed enough to do in putting
it before the public with enterprise and vigor. It was.
issued simultaneously in Albany, Boston, New York
and Philadelphia, with 22 special agencies at other points,
including what was then the distant western town of
Cleveland, Ohio, as well as Hamilton and Cobourg in
"Canada West." Luther Tucker also founded, at Roch-
ester, N. Y., October 27, 1826, the first daily paper pub-
lished west of New York, "The Advertiser," which is
still, under a slightly extended name, an influential
journal; also at Rochester, January 1, 1831, "The Gene-
see Farmer," a weekly, the first agricultural periodical in
the world written directly from the standpoint of prac-
tical experience. It has undergone some changes in
name, as its scope extended far beyond the Genesee
valley, and has been published in Albany since January,
1840, being now called "The Country Gentleman." This
is one of the ten American agricultural periodicals that
were started before 1850 and outlived the nineteenth
century, the others being these: "Maine (Kennebec)
Farmer," 1839; "American (Boston) Cultivator," 1839,
"Southern Planter," 1840; "Massachusetts Plowman,"
1841; "Prairie Farmer," 1841; "American Agriculturist,"
1842; "Southern Cultivator," 1843; "Indiana Farmer,"
1845; "Rural World," 1848; "Ohio Farmer," 1848. It is
now (1901) published by a son and a grandson of the
founder. Mr. Tucker was the descendant of a long line
of landowners. The first of the name of whom any-
thing is known was granted arms, and it is believed
estates, by William the Conqueror, and his descendants
in the direct line down to the subject of this note were
uniformly, both in England and in the American colo-
nies and states, country gentlemen and cultivators of
the soil. Strong rural tastes came to Luther Tucker as
an inheritance, and his conception of a happy and well-
spent life was a life as much as possible in the open air
and devoted to the advancement of agriculture and its
allied arts and the amelioration and refinement of the
condition of all classes of country residents, from the
proprietor to the humblest laborer. It was, therefore,
natural that he should be deeply interested in the New
York State Agricultural Society, which he found at a
low ebb on his coming to Albany, and of which, only a
year later, he was the chief reorganizer, getting on foot
the long series of annual fairs beginning in 1841 and
still continued. He served the society without any
compensation or even reimbursement for his own ex-
penses, for eleven years. The society then presented
him with a handsome table service of silver, and
adopted resolutions (afterwards reenacted at the time
of his death) to the effect that the great success of the
early fairs, paving the way for those that followed, was
chiefly due to his unremitting exertions. He died at
Albany, after a short illness, January 26, 1873.

Gilbert M. Tucker.
TULIP. See Tulipa.

TULIPA( originally from Persian toliban, turban; which
the inverted flower resembles). LiUilcea. Tulip. Plate
XLV. Bulb tunicated, the outer tunic often hairy or
woolly on the inner face: stem 3-30 in. high, usually
1-fld., rarely 2- 3- or 4-fld. : lvs. linear or broad: fls.
erect, rarely nodding, showy; perianth deciduous, cam-
panulate or slightly funnel-shaped; segments distinct,
often spotted or blotched at base, without pitted necta-
ries; stamens 6, hypogynous, shorter than perianth-
segments; filaments longer or shorter than anthers,
attenuate or filiform; anthers dehiscing laterally: ovary
sometimes narrowed at collar, rarely into a distinct
style; stigmas adnate: seeds numerous, flat. Differs
from Fritillaria in the absence of nectariferous pits and
usually erect (never pendulous) fls., and from Erythro-
nium in its erect, broader perianth-segments, erect fls.,
and usually 1-fld. stems. Native of Oriental countries,
Siberia, Asia Minor, China and Japan, and naturalized
in the Mediterranean countries of Europe. The genus
now includes 83 species, only about half of which are
in cultivation at present. The latest monograph is
Baker, in "Gardeners Chronicle," for 1883. Solms-Lau-
bach is the leading authority on the history of the gar-
den Tulips (see his "Weizen und Tulpe, und deren Ge-
schichte," Leipzig, 1899). See Burbridge, Gn. Sept. 22,
1900.

Plate XLV. The Modern Garden Tulip

TULIPA

TULIPA

1867

Cultivation.— The production of large, perfect flowers
depends entirely upon a large supply of fibrous roots.
Size of bulbs is not nearly so important: a large bulb
■cannot offset a deficiency of roots.

For outdoor cultivation the bulbs should be set in
September to November in New York. They should be
planted before bard freezing weather comes. The soil
should be a sandy loam, well worked to a depth of at
least 12 inches, and enriched with leaf-mold and well-
rotted cow manure. Fresh manure of any kind should
never be used near bulbs of any sort. On heavier soils
Tulips can be successfully raised if extra care is given
to insure perfect drainage. Drainage is important under
all conditions. The bulbs will never prove satisfactory
in low, wet situations, and if there is danger from
standing water it is best to raise the beds several inches
-above the surrounding ground.

Plant the bulbs 4 inches deep (to the bottom of the
bulbs) and from 4 to 5 inches apart, depending upon the
size of the plants. A handful of sand under each bulb
is recommended in soils that do not already possess a
preponderance of this material. The cushion of sand
allows the water to drain away rapidly and at the same
time insures the presence of an easily penetrable me-
dium for the young roots. Care should be exercised to
place all the bulbs at the same depth, as otherwise they
will not all bloom at the same time. When the ground
begins to freeze, cover the beds to a depth of several
inches with leaves, dry forest litter or other light ma-
terial. After danger of heavy frosts is past in spring
the beds should be uncovered, ami if the work of prep-
aration and planting has been well done the Tulips will
require little or no further care. In England many of
the beds of choice and delicate varieties of Tulips are
protected when in flower from heavy rains and hot sun
by means of light cloth screens, and are thus kept in
good condition for some time.

For pot culture, a mixture of fine garden loam, two
parts to one of well-rotted manure (cow manure com-
posted for two years is best), mixed with enough clean
sand to make the mass easily friable, is most suitable.
If no loam is obtainable and a heavier-garden soil must
be used, one part of the latter will be sufficient, in
which case the addition of an equal proportion of leaf-
mold will be advantageous. From 3 to 5 bulbs, accord-
ing to size, to a 5-inch pot are effective. Fill the pots
lightly and press the bulbs into the soil, thus bringing
the base in close contact with the soil particles. Cover
the bulbs to the tip and press the soil firmly all around.
Water once freely and cover the pots entirely with soil,
leaves or litter, so that they will be out of reach of
frost, or place them in a dark cold (not freezing) cellar
or room uutil the bulbs have become well rooted, which
under ordinary conditions will require five or six weeks.
When the pots have become well tilled with roots — me
more the better— they are ready to be brought into the
house. For the first few days at least the tempera-
ture should be moderate and even, and the atmosphere
not too dry. Water freely but not to excess. Some of
the varieties — especially the white thin-petaled ones-
are said to resent over-watering very quickly. If raised
in living rooms greater care is necessary, as the atmos-
phere of a living room is drier than that of a green-
house. On cold nights the plants should be removed
from exposed places where they are liable to freeze, and
when the flowers appear they should not be allowed to
stand in the direct rays of the sun shining through a
window. Many of the handsomest flowers are thus
easily burned and wilted. Practically all of the early
single varieties are adapted to pot culture, especially
the Due van Thols when well rooted; otherwise they are
extremely unsatisfactory. For a succession, pot every
week or 10 days from September to December or pot
early and bring into the house at fortnightly intervals.
In potting avoid caking soil beneath the bulbs.

Many of the early single varieties are adapted to
water culture. Fortius purpose use ordinary " hyacinth "
glasses and select only well-formed, solid, perfect bulbs
of fair size. Use rain water, and put in a little char-
coal to keep it pure. The bulbs must be placed so
that the base is just in contact with the water— not
immersed in it. Place them in a dark closet for 10 days
or a fortnight until the bulbs have become well rooted,

then give them plenty of light and air. Avoid gaslight
as much as possible, and in cold weather protect them
from freezing.

Propagation. — Tulips may be increased by the side
offsets, but these are not as constant as new bulbs
produced within the outer tunics by means of cut-
ting the old bulbs. Fig. 2592 shows a section of a
bulb with new inner bulb and outer offset in place.
The new bulb is completely inclosed in a sac which
afterwards becomes the outer dry, membranous tunic.
The pubescence, if any, may be found on the inside

2592. Three leafy bulb-scales from young bulb, exhibit-
ing the homology of leaves and bulb-scales (X yz).
At the right an old Tulip bulb, showing formation
of new bulb within the old, and flower stem at-
tached directly to root-crown.

of this sac even in the earliest stages of growth.
The new bulb is attached to the base of the flower-
stem, immediately above the root-crown from which the
former proceeds directly upward. Each new bulb-tunic
(including the outer sac) is provided with a growing
tip, which often extends above ground into a leaf, each
one coming up within the other. Fig. 2592 shows the
separated leafy bulb-scales, and indicates the homology
of tunics and leaves. Sports among the offsets are at
present mainly depended upon for the production of new
varieties. These have been found susceptible to the
"breaking" process, though perhaps slower to respond
than the seedlings. Seed production is now practiced
only in exceptional cases. The production of hybrid-
ized varieties by crossing the oh! forms with some of
the newly introduced species is very likely a probability
of the near future.

The Original Tulip. — The origin of the garden Tulip
seems to be lost beyond recovery. It is often said that
our garden Tulips are derived from Tulipa Gesneriana,
but this is an explanation which does not explain. It
merely means that in 1753, the year which is usually but
arbitrarily taken as the beginning of systematic botany,
Linna?us grouped all the garden Tulips he knew under
the name of Tulipa Gesneriana, But the Tulips of that
day had been cultivated for two centuries by Europeans,
and previously for an indefinite period by the Turks,
from whom, of course, we have no exact records. Fig.
2593. One might study wild Tulips in their native
places and compare them with descriptions without
being certain of. the original form which the Turks
brought from the wild, simply because of the lack
of records at the beginning. It is necessary to have
some scientific name for the garden Tulips. The most
one dare say is that the garden Tulips are chiefly refer-
able to T. Gesneriana and T. suaveolens, with the dis-
tinct understanding that these names do not represent
an original wild stock.

Tulipa suaveolens requires explanation. This name,
which dates from 1797, stands for a kind of Tulip dis-
covered growing wild in southern Europe long before
that date. There is no proof that it was native; the proba-
bility is that it had escaped from gardens and run wild.
In 1799, it was distinguished from the other Tulips then
known by the fragrance of the flowers, the earliness of
bloom, slightly greater size and pubescent scape. From
the early records it appears that there were fragrant,
early-blooming flowers among the first Tulips received

1868

TULIPA

from Turkey. This is one of the main reasons for
believing that T. suaveolens is not native to southern
Europe. At all events it is clear that T. suaveolens
has played an important part in the evolution of the
garden Tulip, the Due van Thol class being generally
credited to this source. The distinctions between T.
suaveolens and T. Gesneriana given below are those of
Baker, but they do not hold at the present day. It is
impossible to refer any given variety with satisfaction
to either type. Some writers have said that the leaves
of T. suaveolens are shorter and broader than those of
T. Gesneriana. This char-
acter also fails. All grades
of pubescence are present.
Some pubescent plants
have long leaves and odor-
less flowers. Others have
short, glabrous leaves and
fragrant flowers.

For practical purposes it
may be said that most of
the common garden Tu-
lips, at least the late-flow-
ering ones, are T. Gesner-
iana, while many of the
early-flowering kinds, e.g.,
the Due van Thol class,
are supposed to be derived
from T. suaveolens. It is
impossible to press much
nearer the truth, as botany
is not an exact science and
the prototypes of the old
garden favorites cannot be
known completely and pre-
cisely.

-Early History. — The
first Tulip seeds planted
by Europeans were sent or
brought to Vienna in 155-1
by Busbequius, the Aus-
trian ambassador before
the Sultan of Turkey.
Busbequius reported that
he first saw the flowers in
a garden near Constanti-
nople, and that he had to
pay dearly for them. After
the introduction of seed to
Vienna the Tulip became
rapidly disseminated over
Europe, both by home-
grown seed and by new
importations from Turkey.
In 1559 Gesner first saw
the flower at Augsburg,
and it is mainly upon his
descriptions and pictures
that the species T. Ges-
neriana was founded. One
of the earliest enthusiasts
was the herbalist Clusius,
who propagated Tulips on
a rather large scale. Fig.
2593. He did not introduce
the Tulip into Holland,
but the appearance of his
specimens in 1591 did
much to stimulate the in-
terest in the flower in that

country. The best of Clusius' plants were stolen from
him, as the admirers of the Tulip were unwilling to pay
the high prices he demanded. After this theft the prop-
agation of the Tulip proceeded rapidly in Holland and
the flower soon became a great favorite. The production
of new varieties became a craze throughout the Nether-
lands, culminating in the celebrated "tulipomania"
which began in 1034. The excitement continued for four
years. Thirteen thousand florins were paid for a single
bulb of Semper Augustus. Governmental interference
■was necessary in order to end the ruinous speculation.
After the craze subsided, the production of varieties
continued upon a normal basis, and has persisted

2593. A sixteenth-century Tulip

TULIPA

throughout the centuries in Holland, making that
country the center of the bulb-growing industry of the
world down to the present day.

The introduction of the Tulip into England is credited
to Clusius, about the year 1577. Tulips reigned supreme
in English gardens until the beginning of the eighteenth
century, when they were neglected by the rich for the
many new plants from America. For a while the Tulip
was considered more or less of a poor man's flower,
though it has at no time been without many staunch
admirers among the upper classes.

With the Turks the nar-
row acuminate flower-seg-
ments were in favor, while
western taste preferred the
rounded forms (Fig.
2595). The Turks seem to
have been satisfied with a
preponderance of the reds
and yellows, for in the
first sowings of Turkish
seeds the majority of the
resulting blooms were of
those colors. It thus came
about that flowers so col-
ored were considered com-
mon and undesirable in
the European gardens and
all effort was directed to
the production of the
rarer white grounded va-
rieties with finely and dis-
tinctly marked stripes,
those with a sharp bright
red being the favorites.
Indisputable evidence of
this is seen in the old
Holland "still-life" paint-
ings of that time, where
one finds none but the
rarer forms represented
(Solms-Laubach). All the
early Tulips of direct
Turkish origin had acute
more or less narrow and
reflexed segments. In-
deed, among all the old
engravings, including
those of Pena and Lobel,
1570, Clusius, 1576, Do-
doens, 1578, and Besler,
1613, no round -petaled
forms are found. Besler's
work, "Hortus Eystetten-
sis," contains magnificent
copper plates, the first in
any book on plants. In
some copies the plates are
beautifully colored by
hand. The 53 figures of
Tulips in this grand work
show how widely diversi-
fied was this flower even
at that early date. In this
and in Parkinson's "Para-
disus Terrestris," 1629,
many are figured with in-
ner segments rounded and
outer acute, but none vice
versa (so far as could be
seen), though that form is mentioned in the descrip-
tions. The broad, rounded, erect-petaled forms were
developed later, apparently first by the Dutch growers
previous to and during the tulipomania, and produced
wholly by selection. This ideal has prevailed down to
the present time, for the narrow-petaled varieties are
practically unknown among our common garden forms;
so much so that the extreme typical one has been re-
ferred to a separate species (T. acuminata. Fig. 2602).
In the Dutch fields they are now known as "thieves,
and are destroyed as soon as they make their appearance.
Parrot Tulips became known towards the end of the
seventeenth century. They were oftentimes considered

576. One of the
original plate.

TULIPA

TULIPA

1869

to be monstrosities, and were pictured as such. Accord-
ing to Solms-Laubach, no traces of them are to be found
in the old Dutch books. They were evidently developed
by the French, who did not disdain the yellow and red
forms, to which these beloug, to such an extent as did
the Hollanders. At one time they were made a separate
species, T. Turcica, and later said to be hybrids, by one
author, between T. acuminata and sylvestris (E. S.
Rand, Jr., 1873), by another between T. Gesneriaua
and suaveolens (Mrs. Loudon, 1841). That the Parrot
Tulips are hybrids is perhaps true, but to state with
certainty the parents seems impossible, for as early as
1613, among the figures in Hortus Eystettensis, there is
one which shows laciniation
of the petals to a marked
degree ; sufficiently so, in
fact, to be the original form
from which this strain could
bedeveloped. Besides, many
of our garden varieties of
to-day exhibit more or less
laciniation, so that it is
probable that "Parrot"
strains might be developed
from them by simple selec-
tion.

Double Tulips seem to
have made their appearance
at an early date. In Hortus
Eystettensis (1613), there
are four forms figured, one
of which, at least, seems to
have been almost wholly
made up of bracts, as it is
shown entirely green and is
described as being "wholly
herbaceous and green." The
other three there figured
are: one red, one yellow,
and the other white with
maroon borders. Solms-
Laubach places the advent
of double Tulips at a much
later date, 1605, and gives
as the first authentic record
the account of " Tulipa lutea
centifolia, le ntovstre jaune
double." Flowers with as
many as 200 petals are men-
tioned. A double form of
" T. serotina" was known in
1701, and at the beginning
of the nineteenth century a
double form of T. sylves-
tris was described.

Arnold V. Stubenrauch.

Tulip Bulb Culture in
America. — From a com-
mercial point of view the
Tulip in this country has
received but little consid-
eration, which is due to the
fact that its cultivation has
not been considered of suf-
ficient financial importance
to warrant the undertaking,
and also to the very general opinion that the industry
could not be made profitable excepting in Holland and
by the Dutch. There is a common notion that Dutch
soil alone is adapted to the perfect development of the
bulb, and that there is some secret process possessed
by the Dutch alone which they will not under any cir-
cumstances reveal. Nevertheless some of our early
horticulturists and florists showed conclusively that the
Tulip bulbs could be grown in America even better than
in Holland.

The late David Thomas, of Greatfield, near Aurora,
Cayuga county, N. Y., grew from seed some of the
finest Tulips, both as regards size, colors and markings,
ever shown in this or any other country at that early
date, which was nearly sixty years ago. The writer re-
members well seeing them on exhibition at the Aurora

3594. The

Horticultural Society and the favor with which they
were received by as critical and intelligent an audience
as ever gathered around an exhibition table.

The late Isaac Buchanan propagated the Tulip very
successfully from offsets at his nursery in Astoria, L. I.,
at about the same period, and exhibited the flowers at
the first spring exhibition of the first New York Horti-
cultural Society, carrying off the highest honors.

Recent attempts in cultivating the Tulip in various
parts of the country, particularly in the West, as an
industry, have been quite successful, and the work only
needs to be taken up systematically and energetically to
insure success. (See Washington.)

The Tulip is not at all
particular as regards soil.
It will thrive in either sand
or clay, but it can be prof-
itably grown only on a light
sandy soil, as in such the
bulbs increase more rapidly
and are larger and more at-
tractive in appearance, the
skin being of a lovely red-
dish brown, while those
grown in a heavy soil are
smaller and of a dirty brown
color. Nearly all the soil
on the Atlantic coast from
Maine to Florida is admir-
ably adapted to commercial
Tulip cultivation, as is much
of the upland soil from Vir-
ginia southward, the light
sand being almost identical
with that of Holland, where
the Tulip is almost exclu-
sively grown.

Wliile the Tulip loves
moisture, perfect drainage
is requisite to success. The
best results are obtained
when the soil has been
made very rich for a pre-
vious crop; it matters but
little what, — some root crop
being preferable. The best
manure is that from the
cow-stall, which must be
thoroughly rotted and
evenly incorporated in the
soil. Even though the soil
be light and fine, it must be
thoroughly worked before
the bulbs are planted, which
should be by the 15th of
September. Plant the bulbs
4 inches below the surface
in beds 4 feet in width, the
rows 6 inches apart and the
larger or stock - bulbs 6
inches apart in the rows.
For propagation the largest
and finest bulbs are always
used, and selected by the
dealers before filling orders.
The sets can be planted 2
inches apart in the rows,
the space to be increased according to the size of the
bulb. Upon the approach of winter the beds should be
given a light mulch to prevent the ground freezing be-
low the bulb. Not that the Tulip will not endure as
much frost as any hardy perennial — for it will— but
nearly all bulbs make certain preparations for spring
flowers in winter, and when the soil around them is
hard frozen this preparation cannot go on; consequently
when growth starts in early spring it will be premature
and feeble, and the result will be inferior flowers and a
smaller increase.

Upon the approach of spring remove the mulch; this
is all the work that will be required, other than to keep
the surface of the soil frequently stirred with a fine
rake to keep down the weeds and prevent evaporation
until the flowers appear. The beginning of bloom is the

contemporaneous garden Tulip.

1870

TULIPA

all-important and critical period of the season's work,
when the florist's arcana must be practiced but not re-
vealed. The great secret in Tulip propagation is now
open to the world, though not popularly understood.

Propagation is effected by offsets, from the fact that
varieties will not reproduce themselves from seed. The
seed produces only "selfs " or Mother Tulips, which only
break into variegated forms at long and uncertain peri-
ods. Consequently the flowers must be cut away as

2595. Round-petaled Tulips in a five-inch pot (XK).

soon as they appear; if not, nearly the whole of the
plant's energies would go to the development of the
seed, — nature's method of reproduction, — and the bulbs
produced would be small and with but few or no offsets.
From nature's standpoint the bulb is of consequence as
a means of reproduction or perpetuation of the species
only in case of failure of seed production.

By cutting the flower-stems as soon as the flowers are
sufficiently developed to show, there is no mistake as to
variety, and the plant's energies are wholly directed to
reproduction by offsets which, from large bulbs, are
freely produced. There is a great difference in varieties
in this respect. The increase is not far from tenfold an-
nually; that is, the parent bulb will produce that num-
ber of offsets, which must be grown at least three years
before they can be sold as first class.

By the cutting of the flower-stems the plant's period
of development is materially shortened. The bulbs will
mature at least four weeks earlier than the seeds would
if permitted to mature. On Long Island the bulbs can
be safely taken up and dried off within two weeks from
the time the stems are cut. When the flowers are cut it
will not do to leave them on the beds; they must be
carried to some place where bulbs are not to be grown.
If left upon the beds they will, as the Dutch say, "make
the soil sick," and sound, healthy bulbs cannot again be
produced on it until after a succession of grain and
grasses. Tulips must not be returned to the same soil
annually, a rotation of at least two other crops being
necessary to the production of sound, vigorous bulbs.

A hundred thousand salable bulbs can be grown on a
single acre. They require three years from the sets.
The first year double that number can be grown. The
average yield or output will be GG,000 bulbs to the
acre.

In this country where land admirably adapted to the
cultivation of Tulip bulbs can be had at not more than
fifty dollars per acre, in comparison with land in Hol-
land worth $5,000 per acre, the industry could be made
a profitable one. C. L. Allen.

TULIPA

It is a matter of great regret that the key used be-
low is based upon a technical botanical character of no
interest to the horticulturist, but it seems to be impos-
sible to group the species according to the color and
shape of the flowers.

SUMMARY OF GROUPS.

I. Outer bulb-tunic glabrous inside... Species 1-2
II. Outer bulb-tunic with a few appressed

hairs inside towards the top Species 3-12

III. Outer bulb-tunic with scattering appressed

hairs ait over inside Species 13-20

IV. Outer bulb-tunic pubescent inside, densely

so at apex Species 21-23

V. Outer bulb-tunic pilose inside Species 24-26

VI. Outer bulb-tunic woolly at base inside.

Species 27-30

VII. Outer bulb-tunic even/where woolly inside.

Species 31-32

VIII. Outer bulb-tunic always hairy at base in-
side around root crown, and usually
with a few scattering hairs above but
sometimes without them Species 37-42

INDEX.

acutifolia, 20. fulgens, 40. montana, 29.

acuminata. 21. Gesneriana, 42. Oculus-solis, 34.

alba, 20. Greigi, 3. Ostrowskiana, 11.

albo-maculata, 42. Hageri, 2. Persica. S. L.

Aleppica, :i4. Kaufniauniana, 18. jilanit'olia, 20.

Armena. 24. Kesselringi. 15. platystigma, 25.

australis, 38. Kolpakowskiaua, 5. prsecox, 35.

Batalini, 30. Korolkowi, 17. pulchella, 6.

Biebersteiniana, 33. Julia, 29. retroflexa, 22.

bittora, 31. lanata, s. l. saxatilis, 16.

Billietiana, 19. Leichtlini, 30. spathnlata, 42.

carinata, 8. linifolia, 28 Sprengeri, 12.

Clusiana, 32. Lorteti. 34. Strangewaysiana,

Dammanni, 23. Lownei. 27. 42.

Didieri, 20. lutescens, 20. suaveolens. 37.

Dracontia, 42. L-ycica, 34. sylvestris, 10.

Eichleri, 4. macrospeila. 41. violacea, 7.

elegans, 13. maculata. 14. viriditlora. 39.

flava. s. L. Mauriana, 20. vitellina, 9.

fragrans, 1. Masimowiczii, 26.

Group I. Outer bulb-tunic glabrous inside.
A. Perianth yellow, flushed with green

outside 1. fragrans

AA. Perianth crimson tinged with yellow

outside 2. Hageri

1. fr&gTans, Munby. Height 6-12 in.: proper lvs. 3,
crowded at middle of stem, linear or lorate: fls. yellow,
greenish outside ; peri-
anth funnelform - cam- /'«%|;\ f "ff\
panulate, 1-1H in. long, /t,; " '"^n
3 in. across, slightly fra- i^'C&vV.' •'
grant; segments all T*c\wX^'
acute ; filaments bearded
at base: ovary slightly
narrowed at collar; stig-
mas small. Algeria. Gn. #%'&* ^\
45:965. - Allied to T. ML \ A\
sylvestris, differing in \. ^X^', '''I
position of the leaves ^^s^\>
and segments uniformly <ftP^

i>. H a g e r i , Hel.1. ^^%$1
Height G in.: lvs. 4-5, , r Vj

lorate acute, not undu- W kU*

late : fls. chiefly red,
about 2 in. across; peri-
anth broad -cam panulate,
IK in., inodorous; seg-
ments acute, red, with a
large, green or purple-
black basal blotch mar-
gined with yellow ; sta-
mens purple-black; fila-
ments linear, bearded
at base: ovary narrowed
at collar; stigmas small.
Hills of Parnes range in
Attica. B.M. 62-42. F. 2596. The open spreading form
1877:109. ol Tulip (X^)-

TULIPA

Group II. Outer bulb-tunic with a few oppressed hairs
inside towards the top.
a. Stem pubescent.
B. Lvs. blotched with linear
chestnut-brown spots: fila-
ments not bearded at base. 3. Greigi
bb. Lrs. not blotched: filaments

TULIPA

1871

■ded at bi

4. Eichleri

aa. Stem glabi

( T. Kolpakow-
skiana sometimes obscurely
pubescent) .
B. Lvs. ovate or broadly lanceo-
late.
0. Filaments bearded at base.

CO. Filaments not bearded 8,

9
bb. Lvs. linear or linear-lanceo-

Kolpakowskiana
pulchella
violacea
carinata

vitellina

c. Filaments bearded at base. 10. sylvestris

OC. Filaments not bearded 11. Ostrowskiaua

12. Sprengeri

3. Greigi, Regel. Height 2-8 in. : lvs. usually 4,
obscurely downy, much undulate toward cartilaginous
border: perianth canipanulate, 3-3% in.
long, 5 in. across, spreading abruptly from
about the middle, bright crimson with a
large dark basal blotch, margined with
yellow; segments uniform, obovoid, cus-
pidate or emarginate; anthers yellow; fil-
aments black, glabrous: ovary narrowed
at collar: stigmas yellow, twice as broad
as neck of ovary, reflexed. Turkestan.
B.M. 6177. F.S. 21:2201. F. 1870:217.-
Early-blooming.

4. Eichleri, Regel. Height 0 in.: lvs.
12-15 in. long, lanceolate acuminate, mar-
gins plane and
smooth: peri-
anth broadly
campanulate, 2-
%"3% in. across,
deep scarlet
with a broad,
cuneate, dark
violet - blue ba-
sal blotch mar-
gined with yel-
low; segments
rounded at top
with a mucro;
anthers violet-
b rown ; fila-
ments black; stigmas very
thick, undulate, pale yellow.
Georgia in Asia. B.M. 0191.
F. 1877:109. -Allied to T.
Greigi.

5. Kolpakowskiana, Regel.
Height 12 in.: lvs. 3-4, ob-
scurely ciliate on margin:
bud nodding: perianth cam-
panulate, 2-2% in. long, 4%
in. across, faintly scented,
varying from bright scarlet
to bright yellow, typically red
with a faint yellow -black
blotch at base; segments ob-
long, acute, the outer spread-
ing away from the inner as
the flower expands; anthers
dark purple : ovary large,
stout: stigmas large, crisped.
Turkestan and Central Asia, 1877. B.M. 6710. Gn. 00,
p. 182. — A near ally of T. Oesneriana, which it bids fair
to rival in beauty and variability under cultivation.

6. pulchella, Fenzl. Height 4 in. : lvs. 2-3, crowded
and spreading close to the surface of the ground, chan-
neled, obscurely ciliate on edges: perianth funnelform,
erect. 1-1% in. long, 2% in. across, bright mauve-red

118

2598. Acute-petaled style of
Tulip (XK).

2597. A Darwin Turnip
(X%). See No. 42.

above, passing downward into a slaty lilac without any
dark-colored blotch, but bright yellow at base; segments
all acute, densely pilose at base; filaments linear: ovary
clavate: stigmas less than ovary-diameter. Alpine re-
gion of Cilician Taurus, 1877.
B.M. 6304. - A dwarf species
near to T. Hageri.

7. violacea, Boiss. & Buhse.
Less than 12 in. high : lvs. 3-5,
crowded : perianth campanulate
with a contracted base, 1% in.
long, 2 in. wide, fragrant, typi-
cally bright mauve-red or rosy
crimson flushed with purple,
varying to white with a slight
flush of red outside, with
large brown or black basal
blotch, usually bordered with
white; segments uniformly ob-
long, subacute; stamens black
or purple ; stigmas small. Per-
sia. Int. to cult. 1890. B.M.
7440. G.M. 39:390. -Allied tor.
Hageri and pulchella.

8. carinata, Hort. Krelage.
Lvs. 3, not crowd-
ed, as long as fl.-
stalk, slightly un-
dulate, slightly
ciliate on edge
near base; peri-
anth open-campa-
nulate, 3 in. long,

tinged with green 2599. A Parrot Tulip -
just above and Tulipa Gesneriana.var.
blending into a Dracontia (X%).
bright yellow ba-
sal blotch; segments acute, cuspidate ;
stamens yellow: ovary prismatic: stig-
mas white, not undulated. Habitat un-
known. Vars. rubra and violacea, Hort.,
are offered.

9. vitellina, Hort. Lvs. 4, not crowded,
as long as ti. -stalk, not undulated, thinly
ciliate on edge: peduncle slightly tinged
with red nearfl.: perianth campanulate,
2 in. long, sulfur-yellow, no basal blotch;
inner segments rounded, outer acute;
filaments yellowish white; stigmas not
undulated. — Said to be "hybrids be-
tween T. suaveolens and T. Gesneriana."
It is one of the "Cottage Garden" Tulips,
a class of old-fashioned Tulips which
have been preserved from oblivion in the gardens of
the poor. Attempts have been made recently to restore
them to popular favor. Well worth attention.

10. sylvestris, Linn. Fig. 2601. Height 9-15 in.: lvs.
usually 3, at base of scape, channeled, linear-Iorate:
peduncle sometimes 2-fld. in cultivation: bud nodding:
perianth funnelform-campanulate, l%-2 in. long, yel-
low; segments all acute, inner narrower: ovary bladder-
form (narrowed at collar) : stigmas smaller than ovary-
diameter, yellow. Said to be native in England and
widely so in Europe. — In cultivation as T. Florentina
and T. Florentina, var. odorata.

11. Ostrowskiana, Regel. Height 12 in.: lvs. 3, flat,
ciliate on edge : perianth open-campanulate, 2-3 in.
across, non-odorous, scarlet with small brown basal
spot, margined with yellow at top; segments tapering
at base and top; filaments dark wine-red: ovary pris-
matic, white striped with green, red near top: stigmas
equal to ovary-diameter, scarlet. Introduced from
Turkestan in 1881. B.M. 6895. Gn. 45:905.-Allied to
T. Oculus-solis.

12. Sprengeri, Baker. Height 10-18 in.: lvs. 4, close
together, long, linear-lanceolate, stiff: peduncle wiry,
tinged with deep red under fl. : perianth open-campanu-
late (star-shaped), 2 in. long, bright scarlet with a
somewhat dull brown basal blotch margined all around
with dull orange-yellow, all blending into one another;

1872

TULIPA

segments all oblong-ovate and cuspidate; filaments red-
dish brown: ovary pyramidal, reddish: stigmas equal
to narrow collar. Hab. (?). Imported by Dammann &
Co., of Naples, in 1894. Gn. 56:1251. Gt. 44:1411.

Group III. Outer bulb-tunic with scattering oppressed
hairs all over inside.
A. Stem pubescent, (T. maculata
finely so and sometimes gla-
brous).
b. Perianth usually bright nil

with a yellow basal blotch...!?,, elegans
BB. Perianth nrangc-sca rlct Or red,
with a dark brown, purplish
or bluish blade basal blotch Ai. maculata
AA. Stem glabrous.

b. Lower Ivs. lorate or linear-
lanceolate 15. Kesselringi

bb. Lower Ivs, lanceolate or
broadly so.
c. Filaments bearded <it base .AC. saxatilis
CO. Filaments not bearded.

D. The perianth segments all

rou mini a t top 17. Korolkowi

DD. The perianth segments all

acute at top 18. Kauimaiiuiana

DDD. The inner perianth seg-
ments rounded: outer

acute at top 19. Billietiana

20. Didieri

13. elegans, Hort. Height 12-18 in.: Ivs. 3-4, below
middle of stem, lorate - lanceolate, finely ciliate upon
upper face: perianth campanulate, 3-3K in. long: seg-
ments uniform, narrowed gradually to a very acute

2600. A pan of Murillo Tulips, one o£ the few double
varieties that are really desirable (X%).

point; anthers violet ; filaments glabrous ; stigmas
larger than ovary-diameter, yellowish. — Known in gar-
dens only. Krelage catalogues a variety as "Cottage
elegans picotee," which has larger Ivs. and white flowers
edged with rose, and without basal blotch. "Probably
a hybrid between T. acuminata and suaveolens."

14. maculata, Hort. Height 12-18 in. : Ivs. 3-4, lorate-
lanceolate: perianth campanulate, 2-2 K in.; segments
obovate, cuspidate, very wide beyond middle; anthers
purple; filaments glabrous; stigmas small.— "A well-
marked garden race " {Baker),

15. Kesselringi, Kegel, Lvs. 4-5, crowded at base
of stem, lorate-lanceolate, channeled: peduncle some-
times obscurely puberulent: perianth campanulate, 1K-2
in. long, bright yellow, flushed with red and green out-
side; inner segments subobtuse, outer acute; stamens
bright yellow; filaments glabrous; stigmas not equal
to ovary-diameter. Turkestan. B.M. 6754.

16. saxatilis, Sieber. Height 12 in. or more: stem
usually branched low down and bearing 2 fls. : lvs.

TULIPA

usually 3, sometimes lowest 12 in. long: perianth ob-
long - funnelform, 2-2K in. long, 3 in. across, light
mauve-purple, at base bright yellow; segments pubes-
cent at base, inner obovate, outer oblong ; anthers
blackish; filaments bright yellow: ovary prismatic:
stigmas small. Crete, 1878. B.M. 6374. Gn. 56:1234.

17. Korolkdwi, Regel. Height 6-9 in.: lvs. 2-3, fal-
cate, margin crisped: perianth campanulate, red, with
a distinct black basal blotch ; inner segments oblong,
outer obovate ; filaments lanceolate; stigmas small.
Turkestan, 1875.

18. Kaufmanniana, Regel. Less than 12 in. high: lvs.
2-3; perianth subcampanulate, 2-3 in. long, 2%-4 in.
across, bright yellow in original form, tinged with red
outside, without basal blotch ; in cultivation very vari-
ble in color and nearly always with a deep yellow ba-
sal blotch ; anthers lemon-yellow, linear ; filaments
bright orange, linear flattened: ovary pyramidal: stig-
mas small in cultivated form, but described as large.
Turkestan, 1877. B.M. 6887.

19. Billietiana, Jord. & Four. Lvs. 3-4, undulate, not
ciliate on edge: perianth open-campanulate, 2 in. long,
3K in. across, inodorous, bright yellow, flushed with
scarlet -pink, especially outside, with obscure basal
blotch striated with blue-black lines ; anthers dark
gray or blackish ; filaments yellow, with dark striations :
ovary narrowed at collar : stigmas light yellow, very
large and crisped. Savoy, Italy. B.M. 7253. G.M.
38:311. -One of the late Tulips.

20. Didieri, Jord. Height 12-18 in. : lvs. 3-4, undulate,
acuminate: perianth campanulate, 2-2% in. long, 4K in.
across, bright crimson, with purple basal blotch margined
with yellow or yellowish white; outer segments reflexed;
stamens same color as basal blotch: ovary narrowed at
collar: stigmas larger than collar- diameter, white.
Savoy, Italy and Alps. B.M. 6639. — Var. Mauriana, Jord.
Lvs. narrower, slightly undulate: perianth brilliantred,
with wide yellow blotch. Var. planifdlia, Jord. Stem
slender: lvs. narrow, not undulated: perianth deep red,
faintly marked with yellowish red or blackish blotch.
Var. acutifdlia, DC. A cultivated form: peduncle 5-8
in. long: lvs. oblong - lanceolate. Var. alba, Krelage.
Peduncle stiff, mottled with red: perianth light lemon-
yellow, or white tinged green outside, basal blotch lim-
ited to a few dark striations; filaments same color as
flower. Var. lutescens, Krelage. Lvs. 3, slightly fal-
cate: perianth light yellowish white streaked with red,
with a bluish violet, dark basal blotch ; filaments col-
ored like spot.

Group IV. Outer bulb-tunic pubescent inside, densely
so at apex.
a. Perianth segments very long, linear

and acuminate 21. acuminata

aa. Perianth segments oblong, all uni-
form and acuminate 22. retroflexa

AAA. Perianth segments all narrowly ob-
long; inner acute, outer rounded
at top 23. Dammanni

21. acuminata, Vahl. Figs. 2602, 2603. Height 12-18
in.: lvs. 4, lowest lanceolate, all undulated at margins:
peduncle shining: perianth very open, light yellow
splotched with red lines; segments sometimes i% in.
long, less than % in. wide, with edges rolled in; sta-
mens yellow; filaments flattened, glabrous: ovary pris-
matic: stigmas very large, yellow, not undulated.
Turkey (?).

22. retroilexa, Hort. Lvs. long-lanceolate, sometimes
linear-lanceolate, slightly ciliate on edge, otherwise
glabrous: peduncle somewhat shining: bud nodding;
perianth open funnelform-campanulate, yellow, a shade
darker at base — a trace of a very obscure basal blotch;
segments uniform in width, linear-lanceolate acumi-
nate, twisted, with undulated edges; stamens yellow;
filaments flattened, glabrous. — A supposed garden hy-
brid between T. Gesneriana and acuminata,

23. Dammanni, Regel. Height 6 in.: lvs. 4, placed
whorl-like at middle of stem, linear-lanceolate, recurved,
obscurely bristly, ciliate on margin, otherwise glabrous:
peduncle glabrous: perianth spreading, star-shaped,
purplish or reddish with an oblong-lanceolate black

TULIPA

blotch without yellow border; segments narrowly ob-
long; filaments filiform, glabrous; stigmas broader
than ovary-diameter. Mt. Lebanon, 1889. Gt. 38:1300.
—Allied to T. linifolia and Maximowiczii.

Group V. Outer bulb-tunic pilose inside.
a. Lower h-x. lanceolate.
b. Lvs. slightly or not at all un-
dulated 24. Armena

bb. Lvs. very much undulated 25. platystigma

aa. Lower lvs. linear 20. Maximowiczii

24 Armena, Boiss. Lvs. 5, crowded at base of stem,

falcate, glaucous and glabrous, slightly undulated, long,

ciliate on edge all around, longer than fl. -stalk: pedun-
cle glabrous, finely dotted,
perianth open campanulate,
slightly sweet-scented, 2 in.
long, dark scarlet with black
basal blotch margined all
around with yellow; inner
segments rounded, outer
acute; anthers purple; fila-
ments flattened, black, not
bearded. — This species is
referred by Baker without
hesitation to T. Gesneriana,
but the plants in the trade
as T. Armena differ as indi-
cated above.

25. platystigma, Jord.
Height 18 in.: stem slen-
der, glabrous : lvs. 3-4, very
much undulated: peduncle
glabrous : perianth campan-
ulate, 2 in. long, violet-
scented, magenta-red; seg-
ments obovate-oblong; claw

JMl.Tulipasylvestris.known blue tinted with a yellow
spot in the middle; filaments
not bearded: anthers violet-
colored: ovary prismatic:

stigmas very large and undulated. France.

26. Maximowiczii, Regel. Lvs. erect: peduncle gla-
brous: perianth crimson, with a black basal blotch;
segments obtuse, ending in a short, sharp point; an-
thers light purple; filaments linear, not bearded. East-
ern Bokhara, 1889. Closely allied to T. linifolia, from
which it differs in having outer bulb-tunic hairy at apex
(not woolly), erect lvs. and sharp-pointed perianth-seg-
ments. Gt. 38:1307. G.C. III. 19:757.

Group VI. Outer bulb-tunic woolly at apex inside.

a. Filaments bearded at base 27. Lownei

AA. Filaments not bearded.

B. Perianth crimson or scarlet, with a

distinct basal blotch 28. linifolia

29. montana
bb. Perianth yellow •, without basal blotch.30. Batalini

27. L6wnei, Baker. Height 2-4 in.: stem glabrous,
sometimes 2-headed: lvs. 2, lanceolate, acuminate, fal-
cate, glabrous: peduncle slender, glabrous: bud slightly
nodding; perianth funnelform, small, white with a
bright yellow basal blotch, tinged outside with light pur-
ple or purplish pink, inner segments wider; stamens
yellow: ovary narrowed at collar: stigmas very small.
Mts. of Syria and Palestine, 1874.

28. linifolia, Regel. Stem somewhat shining, some-
times 2-headed: lvs. 7, linear and grass-like, spirally
arranged, spreading, glabrous: perianth open-campanu-
late, small, bright scarlet; basal blotch bluish black;
inner segments oblanceolate, outer ovate and slightly
wider; anthers pinkish; pollen gray; filaments bluish
black : ovary pyramidal : stigmas very small, yellowish
white. Bokhara.

29. montana, Lindl. Height 4-8 in. : lower lvs. ob-
long-lanceolate, acuminate, undulated, very glaucous :
peduncle glabrous: perianth campanulate, lSi-2m. long,
2 in. across, deep crimson, paler outside; segments
ovate or oblong, flat, acute, the inner often obovate ob-
tuse; filaments purplish: ovary prismatic: stigmas
small. Mts. of Persia. B.R. 13:1106. -Var. Julia,
K.Koch. Dwarf, from Caucasus. Not more than 3-4 in.

TULIPA

1873

tall: lis. bright red, 1 in. or less long; all 6 segments
obovate and obtuse.

30. Batalini, Regel. Height 5 in.: stem glabrous:
lvs. 5, crowded into a sort of whorl just below middle of
stem, linear-lanceolate, glabrous, slightly undulated:
perianth campanulate, slightly funnelform; segments
oblong-ovate, obtuse, sometimes deeply incised on the
edge near the top; filaments linear, terete, yellow:
ovary elliptie-oblong, compressed, trigonous: stigmas
coroniform. Eastern Bokhara, 1889. Gt. 38:1307. G.C.
III. 19:759.-One of the early Tulips.

2602. One of the acuminate-petaled forms —
Turkish-garden ideal (X Ja). No. 21.

Group VII. Outer bulb-tunic everywhere woolly inside.
A. Filaments bearded at base.

b. The filaments flattened 31. biflora

bb. The filaments cylindric 32. Clusiana

AA. Filaments not bearded.

b. Perianth bright yellow, with

obscure basal blotch or none. 33. Biebersteiniana
bb. Perianth bright scarlet, with
a distinct black or purplish
basal blotch margined with

yellow 34. Oculus-solis

35. praecox
bbb. Perianth with outer segments
rich, bright purple or pur-
plish red broadly margined
with white: inner segments
yellowish white '. 30. Leichtlini

1874

TULIPA

31. biilora, Linn. Height 3-G in.: stem glabrous or
slightly pilose, usually 2- or 3-fld., rarely 4- or 5-fld.:
lvs. often 2, sometimes 3, linear, long: perianth fun-
nelform-campanulate, 1 in. long, 2 in. across, pale yellow
or white inside, tinged with green or red or even pur-
plish outside; segments acute: filaments flattened,
ciliated at base: ovary narrowed at collar: stigmas
small. Mts. of Central Siberia and the Caucasus. B.R.
7:535. B.M. 0518.

32. Clusiana, Vent. Height 12-18 in.: stem slender,
glabrous: lvs. 4-5, very long and narrow and folded
double, linear-acuminate, pendent: peduncle slender,
tinged with brown directly under fl.: perianth small,
when open 2 in. across, funnelform-campanulate, very
fragrant, bright lemon-yellow tinged with green out-
side, or white flushed with red; segments acute; claw
hirsute on edge; stamens yellow; filaments cylindric,
densely bearded at base: ovary pyramidal: stigmas
small, tinged with red. Portugal, through Mediterranean
region to Greece and Persia. B.M. 1390.

2603. Tulipa acuminata (X%).

33. Biebersteiniana, Schult. f . Height 6 in. : stem
slender, glabrous: lvs. 2-4, crowded together, long,
channeled, glabrous, slightly ciliated on edge; bud
slightly nodding; perianth open-campanulate, 2% in.
long, bright yellow tinged with scarlet-pink on edges
and sometimes green outside; at base a brownish yellow
discoloration; inner segments obtuse, outer acute;
anthers gray; pollen yellow; filaments yellow: ovary
prismatic: stigmas yellow, undulated. Asia Minor.

34. 6culus-8dlis, St. Aman. Height, 12-18 in.: stem
slender, glabrous: lvs. 3-4, lorate-lauceolate, acute,
glabrous: perianth funnelform-campanulate, 2%-3 in.
long, 4% in. across, scentless, erect; segments very
acute, the inner ones often less so; anthers yellow;
filaments purple: ovary prismatic. South of France,
Italy and Switzerland. B.R. 5:380 (as T. Gesneriana) .
— Var. Lorteti, Baker. A slight variety, the basal spot
■oblanceolate and black. Marseilles. Var. Lycica, Baker.
Stem 6-8 in. long: lvs. crowded: perianth-segments all
acute, inner oblanceolate-oblong; apex subdeltoid; blotch
black; anthers and filaments dark purple. Lycia, Asia
Minor. Var. Aleppica, Baker. A form with fls. con-
siderably smaller than W. European type, with a smaller
black basal blotch. Asia Minor, Syria and Palestine.

35. prsecox, Tenorc. Height, 12-18 in.: stem slender,
glabrous: lvs. 3-5, lorate-lanceolate, acute,' undulated
at margin: periauth campanulate, 2-3 in. long, 3 in.
across, erect, scentless: basal blotch purplish black,
margined with yellow; segments widely imbricated,
outer slightly longer, acute, puberulent at apex; inner
shorter, obtusely cuspidate; anthers yellow; filaments
long, dark purple, glabrous: ovary prismatic: stigmas

TULIPA

pubescent, reddish. Italy and Southern France; also
Algeria, Greece, Syria, Palestine and Persia. Very
closely allied to last, and figured as such in B.R. 3:204;
14:1143; 17:1419. — One of the oldest known species.

3G. Leichtlini, Regel. Height 9-18 in.: stem glabrous:
lower lvs. linear-lanceolate: perianth between campanu-
late and funnelform, outer segments narrow and acute,
inner much shorter and obtuse at apex. Kashmir. Gn.
40:819.

Group VIII. Outer bulb-tunic always hairy at base
inside around root crown, and usually furnished
with a few scattering hairs above, but sometimes with-
out them.

A. Stem and lvs. pubescent 37. suaveoleua

AA. Stem and lvs. glabrous.

b. Leafy only at base of stem.

c. Lvs. lanceolate 38. australis

CO. Lvs. linear or lorate 39. viridiilora

bb. Leafy to middle of stem or above.
c. Perianth uniformly dark scar-
let with a bright yellow basal

blotch 40. fulgens

CC. Perianth uniformly with a
blackish basal blotch, bordered

with bright yellow 41. macrospeila

CCC. Perianth variable, but rarely
with a bordered dark basal
blotch 42. Gesneriana

37. suaveolens, Roth. Early Garden Tulips. Height
3-6 in.: lvs. 3-4, mostly at base of stem, lowest lorate-
lanceolate and broad: perianth campanulate, 1-2K in.
long, erect, fragrant, bright red or yellow or variegated :
segments all acute; filaments glabrous; anthers yellow:
ovary prismatic: stigmas very large. Southern Russia
and Southern Europe, but possibly only a naturalized
form of old introduced Turkish garden varieties. F.S.
12:1223. B.M. 839.

38. australis, Link. Height 12-18 in.: stem slender:
lvs. 2-3, crowded together at lower portion of scape,
channeled : bud nodding; perianth 1% in. across, funnel-
form-campanulate, yellow, outside reddish; segments
oblanceolate-oblong acute, at apex slightly puberulent;
anthers yellow; filaments flattened, bearded at base:
ovary narrowed at collar. Savoy, France, Spain, Portugal
and Algeria. B.M. 7171. Gn. 45:905.

39. viridifldra, Hort. (?). Outer bulb tunic glabrous
except around root-crown, where there is a dense fringe:
stem glabrous and glaucous : lvs. lorate-lanceolate, un-
dulated, glabrous, glaucous, edges slightly ciliated near
base: fl. large, soft green, edged with yellow or white.
Gn. 32:625. — Garden form. Bears some resemblance to
a Parrot Tulip.

40. Iiilgens, Hort. Garden form. Height 8-18 in.:
lvs. 3, lanceolate or ovate, very wavy: perianth - seg-
ments all oblong ovate, acute; anthers yellow; pollen
yellow; filaments white, flattened, glabrous : ovary
prismatic: stigmas small, not wavy.

41. macrospeila, Baker. A supposed hybrid of un-
known origin: height 10-18 in.: lvs. 3-4, long and nar-
row, lowest long -lanceolate, flat, pendent: peduncle
wiry: perianth campanulate, slightly funnelform, emit-
ting a heavy, sweetish, unpleasant odor, bright crimson
to cerise or cherry red, wTith a distinct, nearly black
cuneate basal blotch broadly margined with yellow or
yellowish white at top; segments obtuse or outer some-
times acute, outer reflexed, inner erect; filaments di-
lated, white at base, black, violet or striated above,
glabrous: ovary prismatic, creamy white: stigmassame
color, large, slightly undulated.

42. Gesneriana, Linn. Common Garden or Late Tu-
lips. Figs. 2594-2600. Height 6-24 in. : stem erect: lvs.
3-4 or more, lower lorate-lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate,
often undulated, glaucous, pubescence variable : pe-
duncle erect: perianth campanulate, 1-2?.* in. long, in-
odorous, bright red or vari-colored, when bright red,
with only an obscure basal blotch, which is usually yel-
low, but may be dark or even blackish or mixed, some-
times white; segments all obovate -oblong, obtuse,
broadly rounded at apex, often with a small cusp in the

The Turnips {B

Plate XLVI. Flat Turnips and Rutabagas

re the two tubers showing in front and on the left. The Rutabagas {Brassica
trie) are the three top-shaped tubers, with many roots

TULIPA

center; filaments glabrous, flattened: ovary prismatic:
stigmas large and usually crisped. Origin uncertain.
Introduced from the Turkish gardens in 1554. Long
since hybridized and cultivated out of all semblance to
any wild forms. Supposed original form (Baker) inB.M.
6439 (as T. Schrenki). Darwin tulips (Fig. 2597) are a
recent strain of long-stemmed, late, self-colored tulips.

TURNIP

187;

2604. Tunica Saxifraga, Flower about natural size.

Var. Drac6ntia, Baker (Fig. 2599). Parrot Tulip.
Similar in habit : perianth usually yellow and red
striped and splotched; segments deeply cleft and la-
ciniately dentate. F.S. 21:2211 (as T. Turcica).

Var. spathnlata ( T. spathuUta, Bertol.). This differs
from the type in its larger fls. of a brilliant red color,
with a large purplish black blotch at the base of each
of the segments. Italy. — Probably the largest of the
wild Tulips. Catalogued by many bulb growers as " T.
G. vera."

Var. Strangewaysiana, Reboul. Very large, brilliant,
dar.k scarlet flowers, with a handsome dark basal blotch.
One of the naturalized Tulips found without disposi-
tion to vary in fields near Florence, Italy. F. 1880:65.

Var. alho-oculata, Krelage. Deep campanulate fl.,
with a slight sweetish mawkish odor, bright red, with a
distinct white basal blotch ; inner segments obtuse,
outer acute; filaments white.

T. fldva, Hort.. Krelage. is "often confused with vitellina in
gardens, though perfectly distinct. Flava is yellow, very ro-
bust, tall, and at least a fortnight later in blooming. Vitellina
is almost white when old." Imperfectly known.— T. lanata,
Regel. Dwarf: lis. large, goblet-shaped, rich vermilion, with a
large black spot at the base of each of the segments. Imper-
fectly known.— T. Persica, Willd.. is a synonym of T. patens,
Agardh, a Siberian species not known to the trade. It has fls.
about 3 in. across, greenish outside, wli it ish inside, with a yellow
eye. The outer segments are narrower. It is figured in B.M. 3887
as T. tricolor. T. Persica of the trade has been confused by the
Dutch with T. Breyniana. Linn., the proper name of which is
Rfflometra Columellaris, Xalisb. Bteometra is a monotypic
genus native to South Africa. There are no true Tulips in
South Africa. The important generic distinction between
Bseometra and Tulipa lies in the dehiscence of the capsule;
that of the former is septieidal, of the latter loculicidal.
Bieometra is figured in B.M. 767 as Melanthium unitlorum. It
is a dwarf plant 4-6 in. high with funnel-shaped fls. about 1 in.
across, yellow within, tinged with deep brownish red outside.
The segments are oblong and subequal. Although a native of
the Cape, the plant is supposed to be hardy.

Arnold V. Stubenrauch.

TULIP, BUTTERFLY. Calochortus. Tulip Poppy.
Hunntmannia. Tulip Tree. Liriodendron.

TUNA. Opuntia Tuna.

TUNICA (Latin, a tunic or coat, from the imbricated
involucre). Caryophyllacew. Small slender herbs with
linear opposite leaves, with habit of Gypsophila, but
botanically more nearly allied to Dianthus. From Di-
anthus they differ in smallness, the central flower of
the cluster not bracteate, the calyx top-shaped or cylin-
drical rather than short-tubular and 5- or 15-ribbed, the
calyx-teeth obtuse; petals 5 and styles 2. There are
about 10 species in Southern Europe and in Asia. T.
Saxifraga, Scop. (Fig. 2604), apparently the only spe-
cies in cultivation in this country, is a tufted spreading
hardy species suitable for rockwork and blooming in
summer and fall (see bottom p. 737). It is a wiry-
stemmed perennial, growing 6-10 in. high: fls. small,
with rosy white, lilac or pale purple notched petals. A
recent novelty is a double flowered variety. It is more
compact and dwarf than the type, and the fls. last
longer. Tunicas are propagated by seeds or division.
T. Saxifraga has become adventive in some parts of
the east. l. jj. g.

TUPA. See Lobelia.

TUPELO. See Nyssa.

TURK'S HEAD. Melocactus communis.

TURNIP (Plate XLVI) is a name somewhat loosely
applied to two species of vegetables. In this country,
and apparently properly, it is applied to vegetables
characterized by thick light-fleshed roots that are usu-
ally more or less flattened or at least not greatly elon-
gated, with leaves that are hairy and not glaucous.
These vegetables belong to the species Brassica Sapa
(see page 178). In the term is sometimes included the
Swedisli Turnip or Rutabaga, a plant that is character-
ized by having a more uniformly elongated-oval yellow-
fleshed tuber with roots springing from its lower portion,
a thick elongated leafy neck, and glaucous-blue leaves
that are not hairy. This plant, however, is considered
to be Brassica campestris. Whether these two species
exist separately in wild nature is not positively known,
but they appear to be well defined under cultivation.
Both species tend to run wild in old fields and to lose
their thickened roots. They are then sometimes, though
erroneously, known as charlock. The nativity of these
species is unknown, but they are almost certainly

2605. Turnip— Brassica
Rapa.

2606. Rutabaga— Brassica
campestris.

European or Asian in origin. Characteristic tubers of
these two plants are contrasted in Figs. 2605 and 2606.
The former is commonly known here as "flat turnip"
and the latter as rutabaga or merely "baga." According
to Vilmorin, the plant that we know as Rutabaga is
known to the French as chou-navet and in England as
Swedish Turnip and turnip-rooted cabbage.

1876

TURNIP

The culture of Turnips and Rutabagas is very simi-
lar, except that the Rutabaga requires a longer season
in which to grow. The Rutabaga is nearly always grown
as a main - season crop, whereas the Turnip may be
sown very late for winter use or very early for late
spring or summer use. Usually the flat Turnip is not
grown during the hot weather of summer. In the north-
ern states it is sown from the middle of July to the mid-
dle of August for late crop, or on the first approach of
spring in order that tubers may be had for the early
vegetable market. The late or winter crop is ordinarily
used for storing in cellars and also for feeding, where-
as the early crop is often sold in bunches in the open
market, and later by the basket or bushel.

The Turnips and Rutabagas are hardy; that is, the
young plants can withstand some frost. They are cold
weather plants and demand loose, moist soil. Usually
the seeds are sown in drills which stand from 10 to 20
inches apart. In the drills the plants are thinned until
they stand from 6 to 10 inches apart, depending on the
variety that is to be grown. For general field operations
the rows are sometimes placed as far as 30 inches
apart, in order to allow horse tillage. Sometimes the
late or winter crop is raised from seed sown broadcast,
but this method gives good results only when the soil
is well supplied with moisture, very thoroughly tilled
beforehand and is free from weeds, since subsequent
tillage is impossible. The seeds of Turnips and Ruta-
bagas are of similar size, two or three pounds being
required for broadcasting to the acre. When sown in
drills one-half or one-third this amount may be suffi-
cient. The yields will sometimes reach 1,000 bushels
to the acre, although the average is much less than
this.

The Turnip needs no special care as to cultivation.
The greatest difficulties are the root maggot, which is
the larva of a small fly, and the flea beetle. The mag-
got may be killed by injecting bisulfide of carbon into
the soil about the roots before the grubs have burrowed
deeply into the tissues. In general field operations,
however, this treatment is impracticable and one must
rely on growing the crop in fields which are not in-
fested with the maggot; that is, rotation is the chief
recourse. The flea beetle may be kept in check by
spraying the plants with Bordeaux mixture, or perhaps
better by sprinkling them with Paris green diluted with
landplaster (one part by bulk of Paris green to 50 of
plaster).

Rutabagas have firmer and richer flesh than the Tur-
nips. They are usually more prized for consumption in
winter, and Turnips are usually more popular in the
spring and early fall markets. Rutabagas are also more
prized for stock-feeding. They yield heavily, are rich
and succulent and keep well in any ordinary cellar.
Rutabagas started in the middle or last of June in the
northern states will reach their full growth by October.
They are usually not harvested until heavy frosts have
come. The roots of Rutabagas and Turnips sometimes
persist through the winter, even though they have
been solidly frozen, and send up flower-stalks in the
spring; but unlike salsify and parsnips the roots
should not be left in the ground to freeze if they are to
be used. L. H. B

TURNIP, INDIAN. A,

>l/t triph/ftht .

TURNIP-ROOTED CELERY. See Celeriac.
TURPENTINE TREE. Syncarpia latiMia.

TURPINIA (Pierre J. F. Turpin, a French botanist

and author). Celastracece. About 8 species of trees or
shrubs from the tropical regions of the world, with
opposite abruptly pinnate or rarely simple leaves and
small white flowers in spreading terminal or axillary
panicles. Fls. hermaphrodite, regular; calyx 5-cut, per-
sistent; petals 5, roundish, sessile; stamens 5: ovary
sessile, 3-lobed, 3-loculed: fr. subglobose indehiscent.

argnta, Seem. A tender shrub: lvs. simple, ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate, serrate: fls. white, becoming
yellowish. China. B.R. 21:1819. -Advertised inS. Calif.
F. W. Barclay.

TWISTED STALK

TURRffiA (Turra, 1607-1688, botanistof Padua, Italy).
Meliaceoz. About 30 widely scattered species of tropical
trees and shrubs with alternate, stalked, entire or lobed
lvs. and long white fls. in axillary clusters. Calyx 4-5-
toothed or parted; petals 4-5, long and free; staminal
tube 4-5-toothed; disk none: ovary 5-, 10- or 20-Ioculed:
ovules 2 in each locule, superposed. T. heterophylla, in-
troduced to S. Florida by Reasoner Bros., is probably
not in cultivation. It was said to be a native of Natal.
The plant described as T. heterophylla in Flora Capen-
sis was probably imperfectly diagnosed and should be
known as T. floribundti, as explained in the Flora of
Tropical Africa.

a. Fls. solitary or impairs, axillary.

heterophylla, Sm., not Sonder. Lvs. more or less
obovate-cuneate, 3-lobed above, varying to subentire:
fls. 14-% in. long. Upper Guinea. B.R. 30:4 (as T.
lobata). — Not cult.

AA. Fls. clustered at ends of branches.

floribunda, Hochst. (heterophylla, Sond.). Shrub:
foliage falls away before flowering season: lvs. ovate,
acute or produced into a short obtuse point, undivided
or 3-lobed: Ms. clustered at ends of branches: peduncles
and calices silky tomentose. Natal. ^y# jj

TURTLE-HEAD. Species of Chelone.

TUSSILAGO (Latin, tussis, cough, and ago; referring
to the medicinal use of the lvs.). Oompdsitae. Here be-
longs the Coltsfoot, the flowers of which look much
like the dandelion. It resembles the dandelion in having
scapes bearing solitary yellow flower-heads composed
of rays, but the scapes are scaly and the heads are
smaller, lighter colored and borne in early spring before
the "main crop" of dandelions. Also the flowers close
up in the hot sunshine towards noon, contrary to the
custom of dandelions. When the fruit is mature, they
hang their heads prettily. The Coltsfoot has a downy
head of fruit, but it is not as large, round and attrac-
tive as a dandelion's. After the flowers have lost
their beauty, the leaves appear. They are heart-shaped
and rounded at first, but as they grow they become
more and more angled. They are covered with a soft
cottony matting which diminishes toward the end of
the season. The Coltsfoot is generally considered rather
coarse and plebeian, and it is rarely offered for sale,
except by collectors of wild plants. It spreads too
fast to be a denizen of the flower garden, but it is
desirable for wild gardening operations. It grows
naturally in moist places and thrives on steep raw
banks in the stiffest clay. A mass of its soft, cot-
tony foliage is a pleasant and restful sight in early
summer. The variegated form is more commonly culti-
vated than the type. Tussilago fragrans, the "Winter
Heliotrope," is a Petasites, which see. The leaves of
the Coltsfoot are said to be used in making cigars which
are smoked iu cases of asthma.

Tussilago is a genus of one species. It is more closely
related to Petasites than to Taraxacum. For generic
description, see Gray's Manual and Brittonand Brown's
Illustrated Flora.

Farfara, Linn. Coltsfoot. Described above. Spreads
rapidly by underground stems. Fls. in March. Native
to Europe, India and northwestern Asia. Naturalized
in America. Gn. 23, p. 113.

Var. variegata, Hort., has lvs. margined and more or
less blotched with white or yellow. Gn. 37, p. 435.
Lowe 56. yfm jvx

TUTSAN. Hypericum Andr
TWAYBLADE. Liparis liliifolice.
TWIN FLOWER. Linncea borealii
TWIN LEAF. Jeffersonia.
TWISTED STALK. Streptopus.

TYPHA

1877

TYDiEA. Now included in Isoloma.

TYPHA (ancient name). Typhacere. Cat-tail. Reed
Mace. A genus of about 10 species of marsh plants with
creeping rootstoeks and erect, l'ound stems, with long,
linear sheathing leaves and monoecious flowers in
densely crowded, terminal spikes which are subtended
by a fugacious bract.

The following are hardy aquatic or bog perennial
herbs of easy culture in wet soil or in water. They
spread rapidly and are likely to become too plentiful
unless care is taken to pull such of them tip as are not
wished before they become firmly established. Forms
intermediate between the following two species some-
times occur.

A. Staminate and pistillate spikes contiguous.
latifdlia, Linn. Fig. 2607. Stem stout, 4-8 ft. high:
lvs. wider than in the following species, usually 1 in.
wide: pistillate spikes becoming about 1 in. in diam.
June, July. N. Amer., En., Asia. B.B. 1:02. R.B.
20:190. V. 2:197.

aa. Staminate and pistillate spikes separated.
angustiidlia, Linn. Stem more slender than T. lati-
folia, 5-10 ft. high: lvs. usually less than % in. wide:
spikes usually longer than in T. latifolia and much nar-
rower, being about % in. in diam. June, July. N.
Amer., especially in the east and also Eu. and Asia.
B.B. 1:03. G.M. 32:779. F.W.Barclay.

2607. Cat-tail — Typha latifolia.

u

ULEX (ancient Latin name of this or a similar
plant). Legumindsce. Furze. Gorse. Whin. Orna-
mental, much-branched shrubs with dark green spiny
branches, usually almost leafless, and showy yellow,
papilionaceous flowers which are axillary and often
crowded at the ends of the branches. The Furzes are
shrubs of various regions and not hardy north, but un-
der protection they survive the winters in New England.
They are valuable for covering dry sandy banks and
also well suited for seaside planting. On account of
their dark green branches they have the appearance of
evergreen plants and they are very showy when cov-
ered with their yellow flowers. They are also sometimes
used for low hedges. They prefer sandy or gravelly
porous soil and a sunny position, and should be sown
where they are to stand, as they do not bear transplant-
ing well. Prop, by seeds sown in spring or by green-
wood cuttings under glass; vars. and rarer kinds also
by grafting in spring in the greenhouse on U. Europaus.
A genus of about 20 species, native of W. and S.
Europe and N. Africa, closely allied to Cytisus and
chiefly distinguished by the deeply 2-lipped calyx.
Very spiny shrubs: lvs. mostly reduced to scales,
only vigorous shoots near the ground bearing
fully developed lvs. : fls. axillary at the end of the

EuropSeus, Linn. Furze. Gorse. Fig. 2608. Much-
branched, very spiny and rigid shrub, 2-4 ft. high;
branchlets striped, villous when young: lvs. scale-like
or narrow lanceolate, pubescent: fls. axillary, 1-3,
crowded at the end of the branches and forming ra-
cemes; corolla bright yellow, about % in. long, fra-
grant; calyx yellow, pubescent: pod oblong, K in. long,
villous, dark brown. April, June and often again in
Sept., Oct.; in Calif, almost the whole year. W. and
S. Eu. F.S. 5, p. 441 h.— There is a variety with double
flowers. None of the other species, which are all more
tender, seems to be in the trade in this country.

Alfred Eehder.

ULMAEIA (derived from Ulmus; alluding to the re-
semblance of the foliage of the common European spe-
cies to that of the elm). Syn., Filiphidula. Rosacea?.
Meadow Sweet. Hardy herbaceous perennials with
rather large pinnate or paluiately lobed leaves and
white, pink or purple flowers in showy
terminal corymbs, borne on erect
leafy stems rising 1-10 ft. from a
rosette of radical leaves. They bloom
in early summer or midsummer and
are very handsome border plants.
Most of them delight in a rather
moist and rich soil and are especially
decorative if planted on the borders
of ponds and brooklets, but U. Fili-
pendula prefers drier situations and
likes full sun, while most of the
others also thrive well in partly
shaded positions. U, purpurea
should be mulched during the winter
in the North. Prop, by seeds sown
in fall in pans or boxes and kept in
the cool greenhouse, or sown in spring;
also by division of older plants. Nine
species in N. Asia and Himalayas, N. Amer-
ica and Europe. Perennials with fibrous or
tuberous rootstock: lvs. stipulate, inter-
ruptedly odd -pinnate, the terminal 1ft.
often much larger and palmately lobed :
fls. in cymose corymbs; calyx - lobes and
petals usually 5; stamens 20-40, with the
filaments narrowed toward the base; car-
pels distinct, 5-15, 1-seeded, indehiscent.
Ulmaria has usually been united with Spi-
raea, but is very distinct in its herbaceous
habit, pinnate, stipulate lvs. and indehis-
cent 1-seeded akenes.

INDEX.

(Including names under Spiraea, s. L.=Supplementary list).

alba, 5.
albicans, 2.
angustifolia, S. L.
aurea, 6.
Oamtschatica, 4.
digitata, :i.
elegaus, 5.

Filipendula, 1.
flore-pleno, 1, 6.
gigantea, 4.
ht'rapetala, 1.
lobata, 2.
palm.lta. 2, 3, 5.
palustris, 6.

pentapetala, 6.
purpurea, 5.
rubra. 2.
Ulmaria, 6.
venusta, 2.
vestita, s. L.

2608.

-Ulex Europaus (X %)

branches; pods small, usually few-seeded. The Furze
is sometimes cult, as a winter fodder plant in Europe,
the green sprigs of one year's growth being eaten. The
fls. yield a yellow dye.

(18

■ous, almost alike, small, pinnate.ly
lobed,
1. Filipendula.Hill. (Spiro?a . Filipe'ndula, Linn. Fili-
vindula hexapitala, Gilib.). Meadowsweet. Drop-
wort. Fig. 2609. One to 3 ft. high, with tuberous root-
stock, glabrous: radical lvs. 6-20 in. long; lfts. sessile,
oblong, pinnately lobed and serrate, 1 in. long: lis. in a
loose corymb, white, about % in. across, with usually 6
petals: akenes about 12, pubescent, semi-cordate. June,
July. Europe, W. Asia and Siberia. -Var. fldre pleno
has" double flowers, and is common.

ULMARIA

ULMUS

1879

AA. Lfts. few, the terminal one much larger and pal-
mat ely S-9-lobed.
B. Lateral lfts. 3-5-lobed.
2. rubra, Hill (Spircea lobata, Gronov. Spircea pal-
mata, Linn. Filiplndula lobata, Maxim.). Queen of
the Prairie. Height 2-8 ft., glabrous: terminal lft.
large, 7-9-parted, with oblong, acuminate incisely ser-
rate lobes; lateral lfts. smaller, 3-5-lobed, on the upper
lvs. missing, green on both sides, only pubescent on the
veins beneath: Hs. pink, in a rather large paniculate
cyme: akenes 6-10, glabrous. June, July. Pa. to Ga.,
west to Mich, and Ky. Ho. 2:145. — Beautiful. Var.
venusta.Hort, Fls. deep pink orcarmine. Var. albicans,
Hort. Fls. light pink, or almost white. R.B. 3:169.

2609. Ulmaria Filipendula (plant about 2 feet high).

3. palmata, Focke (Spircea palmata, Pall. Filipe'n-
dulce palmata, Max. Spiraea digit at a, Willd.). Height
2-3 ft.: lvs. whitish tomentose beneath or glabrous;
terminal lfts. 7-9-parted; stipules large, semi-cordate:
fls. pale pink at first, changing to white: akenes 5-8.
July. Siberia, Kamschatka and Sacchalin. — This spe-
cies is but rarely cult.; the plant common under the
name Spircea palmata belongs to F. purpurea.

bb. Lateral lfts. none, or few and ovate.

4. Camtschatica, Rehd. (Spircea Camtschdtica, Pall.
Spircea gigantea, Hort. Filipindula Camschdtica,
Maxim.). Height 5-10 ft. : lvs. glabrous or villous be-
neath, often with rufous veins; terminal lft. very large
cordate, 3-5-lobed, with broadly ovate, doubly serrate
lobes, lateral lfts. usually none; stipules large, semi-
cordate: fls. white: akenes usually 5, ciliate. July.
Manchuria, Kamschatka.

5. purpurea, Rehd. (Spircea pa tmclta, Thunb. Fili-
pindula purpurea, Maxim.). Height 2-4 ft., glabrous:
terminal lft. very large, cordate, 5-7-lobed, with oblong,
acuminate, doubly serrate lobes; lateral lfts. none or
few, oblong -ovate; stipules narrow: fls. carmine or
deep pink, in large paniculate cymes with crimson pe-
duncles and stems: akenes usually 5, ciliate. June-
Aug. Japan. B.M. 5726. I.H. 15:577. F.S. 18:1851.
Gn. 17:36. — This is undoubtedly the finest species of
this genus. It is also sometimes grown in pots and
forced. Var. alba, Hort., has white fls. and var. ele-
gans, Hort., white Us., with red stamens and usually
several lateral lfts.; the latter is said to be a hybrid.
R.B. 4:7.

6. pentapetala, Gilib. (JJ. palustris, Moench. Fili-
pindula Ulmaria, Maxim. Spircea Ulmaria, Linn.).
Queen of the Meadows. Height 2-6 ft. : lvs. glabrous
and greeu on both sides or whitish tomentose beneath;
terminal lfts. 3-5-lobed, 2-4 in. long, lateral lfts. smaller,
ovate, coarsely doubly serrate: fls. white, in rather
dense paniculate cymes: akenes about 10, semi-cordate,
almost glabrous, twisted. June-Aug. Europe, W. Asia
to Mongolia; naturalized in some places in the eastern
states. B.B. 2:224. — Var. aurea variegata, Hort., has
the lvs. variegated with yellow. Var. Slore pleno. Fls.
double.

V. angnstifblia, Rehd. (Spira?a angustifolia, Turcz. Filipen-
dula angustifolia, Maxim.), .similar to F. lobata: fls. white:
lvs. glabrous or whitish tomentose beneath. Dahuria, Man-
churia.— F. vestita, Rehd. (Filipendula vestita, Maxim. Spi-
raaa vestita, Wall.). Similar to F. Camtschatica, but only 1 ft.
high and lvs. grayish tomentose beneath: fls. white. Hima-
layas. B.R. 27:4 (as S. Kamschatica, var. Himalensis).

Alfred Rehder.

OLMUS (ancient Latin name of the Elm). Urticdcea;,
tribe Ulmece. Elm. Ornamental deciduous, rarely half-
evergreen trees, sometimes shrubby, with alternate,
short-petioled, serrate lvs. and with inconspicuous, gen-
erally greenish brown flowers appearing mostly before
the leaves. Most of the cultivated species are hardy
north, but U. crassifolia and alata are tender ; U.
parvifolia and U. serotina are of doubtful hardiness,
although they have persisted near Boston. The Elms
are mostly tall and long-lived trees and very valu-
able for park planting and for avenue trees, espe-
cially U. Americana, which is the favorite tree for
street planting and as a shade tree for dwelling houses
in the northeastern states. It is the most characteristic
tree of this region and one of the most beautiful. Its
habit is at once majestic and graceful, and the wide-
spreading head, borne usually at a considerable height
on a straight and shapely trunk, affords ample shade
and shelter. Besides the American Elm several other
species are used as avenue trees, as Ulmus fulva, ra-
cemosa and the European U. campestris and scabra.
Of U. campestris, thevars. Clemmeri, Cornubiensis and
vegeta are among the best for street planting; of U.
scabra, the vars. Belgica, Donri ami Pitteursi. In the
southern states U. serotina, crassifolia and alata are
sometimes used as avenue trees. There are several
vars. of striking and peculiar habit, as U. scabra, var.
fastigiata and U. campestris, var. monumentalis, with
narrow columnar head; U. scabra, var. horizontalis,
with horizontal limbs forming widespreading tiers; U.
scabra, var. pendula, with long, pendulous branches.
U. campestris, var. umbracnlifera, with a dense, glo-
bose and rather small head, may be used as an avenue
tree for formal gardens. Several species and vars. are
interesting in winter on account of their branches being

2610. Flowers of Ame
ican Elm — Ulmu
Americana (X %).

2611.

Fruit of Ulmus

Americana.

(X2.)

furnished with broad corky wings. The foliage of most
species turns pale yellow in fall, but that of the Eu-
ropean species remains green much longer.

Unfortunately many insects and fungi prey upon the
Elm, especially on the American Elm. One of the most
destructive is the elm leaf -beetle, which destroys the
foliage. The Canker-worm is also serious; to keep it
from doing damage, band the trunks a few feet above

1880

ULMUS

ULMUS

the ground with cloth covered with a sticky substance,
which prevents the ascent of the wingless female. Spray.
A borer, Saperda tridentata, sometimes does consider-
able damage to the wood. The Elms grow best in rich
and rather moist soil, and the American Kim especially
requires such a soil to attain its full beauty, but some
species, :i* U. racemosa :m<l U. alata, do well in drier
situations. Elm trees are not difficult to transplant,
:unt rather large trees may be moved successfully if the
work is done carefully. Thej' bear pruning well, but
generally do not need much attention of this kind.

Propagated by seeds ripening usually in May or June
and sown at once. Most of the seeds will germinate
after a few days, but some remain dormant until the
following spring. Increased also by layers, which are
usually put down in autumn and are fit to be removed in
one year. A moist and rather light soil is best for this
method. Trees raised from layers are said to bear seed
less early and less profusely and are therefore espe-
cially recommended for street trees, as the foliage of
trees that fruit slightly or not at all is larger and more
abundant. Dwarf forms of U. campestris and also U.
parvifolia and pumila may be raised from greenwood
cuttings under glass, the cuttings growing most readily
if taken from forced plants. fj. campestris and some
of its vars. are also propagated by suckers. In nurseries
most of the vars. are propagated by grafting, either by
budding in summer or by whip- or .splice-grafting in
spring outdoors or on potted stock in the greenhouse.
U. Americana, campestris and scabra are used for
stocks.

About 18 species of Uiinus are known, distributed
through the colder and temperate regions of the north-
ern hemisphere, in North America south to southern Mex-
ico, but none west of the Rocky Mts., and in Asia south
to the Himalayas. Trees with watery juice : lvs. short-
petioled, usually unequal at the base, with caducous
stipules: fls. perfect or rarely polygamous, apetalous, in
axillary clusters or racemes; calyx campanulate, 4-9-
lobed, with an equal number of stamens (Pig. 2610) :
ovary superior, with a 2-lobed style, usually 1-loculed
and with 1 ovule: fr. a slightly compressed dry nutlet,
with a broad, rarely narrow membranous wing all
around. Figs. 2011—16. The wood is heavy, hard and
tough and often difficult to split. It is especially tiseful
in the manufacture of wagon-wheels, agricultural im-
plements and for boat-building. The inner mucilaginous
bark of the branches of U. fulva is used medicinally
and that of some Chinese species is made into meal and
used for food. The tough inner bark of some species
furnishes a kind of bass which is sometimes woven into
a coarse cloth, especially that of U. campestris, var.
laciniata, in Japan.

alata, 4.

fastigiata, 6, 7.

Red, 5.

alba, 1.

Feathered, 1.

Rock, 3.

American, 1.

fulva, 5.

Rosseelsii, 7.

Americana. 1.

glabra, 6, 7.

rubra, 5.

Antarctica, 7.

Guernsey, 7.

Rueppellii, 7.

argenteo-variegata,

Heyderi, 5.

Sarnu-nsiS, 7.

7.

horizontalis, 6.

sativa, 7.

asplenifolia, 6.

Japouica, 7.

scabra, 6.

atropurpurea, 6.

Koopmanni, 7.

Scotch, 6.

aurea, 1.

laciniata, 6.

serotina, 11.

Belgica, 6.

lsevis, 2, 7.

Slippery, 5.

Berardi, 7.

latifolia, 7.

Sibirica, 5, 8.

Camperdoivni, 6.

Louis Van Hontte,

stricta, 7.

campestris, 7.

7,

suberosa, 7.

carpi m folia, 7.

major, 7.

superba, 6.

Cedar, 10.

microphylla, 7, 8.

surculosa, 7.

Chhicnsis, 9.

tricuspis, 6.

ciliata, 2.

montana, 6, 7.

tridens, 6.

Clemmeri, 7.

Monumental, 7.

triserrata, 6.

concavmfolia, 7.

monumentalis, 7.

Turkestanica, 7.

Corky barked, 1, 7.

myrtifolia, 7.

nmbraculifera, 7.

Cornish, 7.

nana, 16.

vegeta, 7.

Coraubiensis, 7.

nitens, 7.

eorylifolia, 7.

parvifolia, 8, 9.

vulgaris, 7.

crassifolia, 10.

pedunculata, 2.

Wahoo, 4.

crispa. 6.

pendula, 1, 6, 7, 8.

Water, 1.

cucullata, 7.

pinnata-ramosa, 8.

Webbiana, 7.

Dampieri, 6.

Pittenrsi, 6.

Wheatleyi, 7.

Dova?i, G.

pumila, 8.

White, 1.

effusa, 2.

purpurea, 6.

Winged, 4.

elliptica, 5.

pyramidalis, 6.

Wredei, 6.

Exoniensis, 6.

racemosa, 2, 3.

Wych, 5.

A. Blooming in spring, before the lvs.:
calyx not divided below the middle,
B. Fls. on slender pedicels, droop-
ing: fr. ciliate.
c. Fr. glabrous except the ciliate
margin: branches without
corky wings 1.

cc. Fr. pubescent : branches often

with corky icings 3.

Americana

pedunculata

BB. Fls. short -pediceled in dense
clusters, not pendulous .
0. Buds covered with rusty hairs,
obtuse: fr. pubescent in the

middle

cc. Buds glabrous or pale pubes-
cent: fr. quite glabrous.
D. Lvs. doubly serrate, very un-
equal at base

scabra
campestris

pumila

parvifolia
crassiSolia
serotina

dd. Lvs. simply serrate, small,

almost equal at the base... 8.
AA. Blooming in the axils of this year's
les. in summer or fall: calyx di-
vided below the middle.
B. Lvs. simply serrate, small: fr.

glabrous 9.

BB. Lvs. doubly serrate: fr. pubescent. 10.
11.

1. Americana, Linn. ( U. alba, Rafin.). White Elm.
Water Elm. American Elm. Figs. 2610, 2611, 2617,
2618. Tall, wide-spreading tree, attaining 120 ft., usually
with high, light gray trunk, limbs gradually outward-
curving with pendulous branches : branchlets pubescent
when young, glabrous in fall: buds acute, glabrous:
lvs. obovate-oblong, very unequal at the base, acumi-
nate, doubly serrate, pubescent when young, at length
glabrous and rough above, pubescent or almost glabrous
beneath, 3-6 in. long: fls. in many-fld. clusters; stamens
7-8, exserted: fr. oval or elliptic, veined, deeply notched,
incision reaching to the nutlet. Newfoundland to Fla.,
west to the base of the Rocky Mts. S.S. 7:311. Em.
2:322. G.F. 3:443, 467; 6:175. Mn. 7, p. 125; 8, p. 71.
V. 14:79; 20:10. M.D.G. 1900:392-394. -One of the fa-
vorite avenue trees in the northeastern states. The Elm
varies considerably in habit, and the following forms
have been distinguished. The "vase form": the main
trunk separates at 15 to 30 ft. into several almost equal
branches, which diverge at first slightly and gradually,
but at the height of 50-70 ft. sweep boldly outwards and
form a broad, fiat head, with the branches drooping at
the extremities. This is the most beautiful and also
the commonest form. Fig. 2617. The "plume form " is
much like the foregoing, but the trunk is less divided
and the limbs form few feathery plumes or rarely one.
The "weeping-willow form" usually has a rather short
trunk with limbs curving outward more rapidly and
with long and very slender pendulous branches, forming
usually a broad and round head. The "oak-tree form"
is distinguished by its limbs spreading abruptly and in
sharp turns and the branches being usually less pendu-
lous. The name "Feathery" or "Fringed" Elm is ap-
plied to trees which have the limbs and the main trunk
clothed with short, somewhat pendent branchlets thrown
out usually in clusters at short intervals. This may ap-
pear in any of the forms named, but is most conspicuous
in trees of the plume form. Fig. 2618. There are a few
named varieties in nurseries: Var. aurea, Temple, with
yellow foliage, found in Vermont by P. L. Temple; var.
nana, Hort., a dwarf, compact form, which may perhaps
not belong to this species, and var. pendula, Ait., with
slender pendulous branches.

2. pedunculata, Poug. ( V. Icevis, Pall. U. effilsa,
Willd. U. eili&ta, Ehrh. U. racemdsa, Borkh., not
Thomas). Tree, attaining 100 ft., with spreading
branches, forming a broad open head: branchlets pu-
bescent, usually until the second year: buds glabrous,
acute: lvs. oval or obovate, very unequal at base, acu-
minate, sharply doubly serrate, usually glabrous above,
pubescent beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls. slender-pediceled;
calyx with 6-8 exserted stamens : f r. ovate, notched, the

ULMUS

ULMUS

1881

2612.

incision not reaching the nutlet. Middle Europe to
western Asia. — Rarely cultivated and with less valuable
wood. The trunk and the limbs are, as in the Ameri-
can Elm, often clothed with short branchlets.

3. racemdsa, Thomas, not Borkh. Cokk Elm. Rock
Elm. Fig. 2612. Tree, attaining 100 ft., with short
spreading branches, forming an oblong round-topped

head: branchlets pubescent usually
until the second year and mostly ir-
regularly corky winged
when older: buds acute,
pubescent: lvs. oval to ob-
long-obovate, unequal at
the base, shortly acumi-
nate, sharply and doubly
serrate, glabrous or some-
what rough above, pubes-
cent beneath, 2-4 in. long:
fls. in slender pendulous
racemes ; calyx with 5-8
exserted stamens: fr. oval

Ulmus racemosa. or obovate, with a shallow

(X 2.) notch at the apex, pale,

pubescent, %-% in. long.

Quebec to Tennessee, west to Nebraska. S.S. 7:312.

4. alata, Michx. Wahoo or Winged Elm. Fig. 2613.
Tree, attaining 50 ft., with spreading branches forming
an oblong, round-topped or rather open head: branches
usually with 2 opposite very broad wings; branchlets
almost glabrous: buds acute, glabrous: lvs. ovate-ob-
long to oblong-lanceolate, often falcate, acute or acumi-
nate, doubly serrate, subcoriaceous, glabrous above,
pubescent beneath, 1%-V-A in. long: fls. in short, few-
fid, racemes; stamens'usually 5: fr. elliptic-ovate, with
narrow wing and with 2 incurved horns at the apex,
villous, V?. in. across. Va. to Fla., west to 111. and Tex.
S.S. 7:313. — Handsome round-headed tree, sometimes
used as an avenue tree in the southern states; not
hardy north.

5. fiilva, Michx. ( XT. rubra , Michx.). Slippery Elm.
Red Elm. Figs. 2C14, 2615. Tree, attaining 70 ft., with
spreading branches, forming usually a broad, open,
flat-topped head : branchlets pubescent: lvs. obovate to
oblong, very unequal at base, long-acuminate, doubly
serrate, of firm texture, very rough above, pubescent
beneath, 4-7 in. long: lis. in dense clusters; stamens
5-9: fr. orbicular-oval, little notched at the apex, % in.
across. Quebec to Fla., west to Dakotas and Tex. S.S.
7:314. Em. 2:334.— The reddish brown pubescence of
the bud-scales is very conspicuous in spring, when the
buds are unfolding. An allied species similar in foliage
and fr. is XJ. elliptica, Koch ( P. Hejderi, Spath. U .
Sibirica, Hort.), a native of western Siberia, Turkes-
tan and Persia, with longer and larger lvs. and grayish
pubescent buds.

2614. Fruit of Slippery El

ixy,i.

6. scabra, Mill. (U. montana, With. U. gHbra,
Huds.). Wych Elm. Scotch Elm. Fig. 2616. Tree,
attaining 100 ft., with spreading branches forming an
oblong or broad round-topped head; without suckers:

branchlets pubescent: buds pubescent, rather obtuse:
lvs. very short-petioled and unequal at base, broadly
obovate to oblong-obovate, abruptly acuminate or some-
times 3-lobed at the apex, sharply and doubly serrate,
rough above, pubescent beneath, 3-6 in. long: fls. clus-
tered; stamens 5-6, little exserted : fr. oval or roundish
obovate, little notched at the apex, with the seed in the
middle, %-l in. long. Europe to Japan. — A variable
species of which many forms are cultivated; the follow-
ing are some of the most important: Var. atropurpurea,
Spath. With dark purple foliage. Var. Belgica, Hort.
Of vigorous growth, forming a broad pyramidal head;
lvs. dark green. Var. crispa, Loud. ( U asplenifdlia,
Hort.). A rather slow-growing form with narrow ob-
long curved lvs. incisely serrate with twisted teeth,
giving the margin a fringed appearance. Var. Dam-
pieri, Koch. Similar to var. fastigiata, but with slen-
der branches, smaller and lighter foliage. Var. Dam -
pieri Wredei, Hort. Differs from the foregoing by its
yellow young leaves. M.D.G. 1898:160. Var. Dovfei,
Hort. Of vigorous growth and upright pyramidal habit.
Var. fastigiata. Loud. ( U. pyramhlalis, Hort. U . Exo-
niensis, Hort.). Of columnar habit with strictly up-
right branches and somewhat twisted, broad dark green
leaves. Var. horizontalis, Kirchn. With horizontally
spreading limbs and more or less drooping branches.
Gn. 17, p. 539. M.D.G. 1901:163. Var. laciniata, Trautv.
Lvs. broadly obovate, 3- or sometimes 5-lobed at the
wide apex, large, light
green: branches little
pubescent, light -col-
ored. E. Asia. Var.
nana, Hort. Dwarf
form. Var. pendula,
Loud. {U. Camper-
downi, Hort.). Cah-
perdown Elm. Fig.
2619. With long pendu-
lous branches, the
limbs often spreading
horizontally. Gn. 40,
p. 158. Var. Pitteiirsi,
Hort. Pyramidal tree
of vigorous growth
with deeply serrate lvs. often purplish when unfolding.
Var. purpurea, Koch. Lvs. purple when young, chang-
ing to dark green. Var. superba, Hort. Of vigorous
growth, with large and long, dark green leaves. Var.
tricuspis, Koch. ( U. triserrata or trldens, Hort.). Lvs.
obovate, 3-lobed at the apex.

7. campestris, Smith ( V. snberdsa, Willd., V. surcu-
Usa, Stokes). English Elm. Tree, attaining 100 ft.,
with spreading branches forming an oblong round-
topped or sometimes open head, usually producing
suckers : branches little pubescent when young or gla-
brous, sometimes becoming corky: buds acute, pubes-
cent or glabrous: lvs. distinctly petioled, broadly ovate
to ovate-oblong, unequal at the
base, acuminate, doubly serrate, ^k^^fe-a

usually glabrous and smooth ^S^wsmwHHS
above at length, pubescent or ^gjgSSjB^'**'''*
glabrous beneath, l%-5 in. long: i^''.i%,f£-
rls. short-pediceled; stamens 4-6:
fr. obovate, with the nutlet much
above the middle, reaching almost
the incision at the apex. Middle
Europe and northern Africa to
Japan. Em. 2:336. M.D.G.
1900:577. — This tree is often
planted as an avenue tree; it
succeeds very well and fine old
trees may be occasionally seen

in the northeastern states. The 2617- .°Pe of m™ n.at
foliage remains green several
weeks longer than that of the
American Elm. U. campestris is
still more variable than the fore-
going species and four vars., very distinct in their ex-
treme forms and sometimes considered distinct species,
can be distinguished.

Var. vulgaris, Planch. ( U. suberbsa, Ehrh. U. «il-
nor, Mill.). Small tree or shrub, with often corky
branches: lvs. broadly oval or rhombic obovate, rough

2615.

Ulmus fulva.

(X2.)

2616.

Ulmus scabra.

(X2.)

-sa^Sggg^

ural forms of the
American Elm — the
vase-form type.

1882

ULMUS

above, pubescent beneath, 1-3 in. long: fls. with 5-6
stamens: fr. obovate to oblong-obovate.

Var. major, Planch. ( U. major. Smith, not Reichb.
U. saDva, Mill. U. latifblia, Hort.). Large tree:
lvs. rather long-petioled, ovate to ovate- or obovate-ob-
long, usually glabrous and smooth or sometimes slightly
rough above, pubescent beneath, 2-5 in. long: fls. with
usually 4 stamens; fr. broadly obovate.

2618. A Feathered Elm— Ulmus Americana.

Var. Iaevi3, Spach ( CI. nUens, Monch. CI. glAbra,
Mill., not Huds. U. carpinifblia, Lindl.). Tree with-
out suckers: branches spreading, sometimes pendulous,
not corky: lvs. ovate or obovate to obovate-oblong, gla-
brous and smooth above, glabrous or pubescent only at
the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls. distinctly petioled,
with 5-6 exserted stamens : f r. obovate.

Var. Japbnica, Sarg. in herb. Tree, attaining 80 ft.:
branches light yellowish gray, covered with short pu-
bescence when young: petioles densely pubescent, % in.
long: lvs. oblong-obovate, glabrous above, grayish pu
bescent beneath, 4-6 in. long: fls. almost sessile. Japan.
G.F. 6:327. — This form very much resembles the Ameri-
can Elm in habit, foliage and pubescence, but the fls.
and fr. are like those of CI. campestris; it may prove to
be a distinct species.

The following are the most important horticultural
forms : Var. Antarctica, Arb. Kew. fShrub or small
tree, with slender often pendulous branches: lvs. slen-
der-petioled, obovate, incisely doubly serrate, some-
what curled, 1-2K in. long. Var. Antarctica aurea,
Hort. ( CI. campestris aurea, Morr. U. Sdsseclsii,
Hort. ) . Similar to the preceding but with yellow lvs.
Var. Berardi, Sim. -Louis. Bushy shrub, with slender,
upright branches: lvs. oblong to narrow-oblong, with
few coarse teeth, %-l in. long; it belongs, perhaps, to
Zelkowa. Var. Clemmeri, Hort. Narrow pyramidal tree
with spreading short branches and oval, somewhat
rough lvs. Var. C'ornubiensis, Loud. (var. Sarniensis,
Loud. U. WhiatUyi, Hort. U. strMa, Lindl.).
Guernsey Elm. Cornish Elm. Tree, with short as-
cending branches forming a dense, narrow pyramid:
lvs. rather small, broad, dark green, obtusely serrate.
Var. coryliiolia purpurea, Hort. Lvs. large, purplish
when unfolding, becoming bright green with reddish
petioles, slightly rough above, pubescent beneath. Var.
cucullata, Loud. (Var. concavmfdlia,hou&.). Lvs. curled,
somewhat like a hood. Var. microphylla pendula, Hort.
With small lvs. and pendulous branches. Var. monu-
mentalis, Rinz (CI. fastigiata, Hort.). Monumental
Elm. Of columnar habit: lvs. rather short-petioled,
with broad often almost simple teeth somewhat rough
above. Var. myrtifdlia purpurea, Hort., with small
broad lvs. purplish when young, dark green later,
sharply serrate and somewhat rough above. Var. pen-
dula, Hort. With pendulous branches. Var. Rueppellii,
Hort. Of compact habit, with corky branches and small
foliage. Var. suberdsa. Loud. English Corky-barked

ULMUS

Elm. Branches corky: lvs. rather small and rough
above. Var. suberdsa alata, Hort., has very broad
corky wings and var. suberosa pendula, Hort., has corky
pendulous branches. M. I). G. 1901: 166. Var. umbracu-
lifera, Spath. Shrub or tree, with slender branches
forming a dense, round head: lvs. small, obtusely ser-
rate, rather smooth. M.D.G. 1900:579. Similar forms
are U. Turkestdnica, Hort., and U. Kobpmanni, Hort.
Var. vegeta, Dipp. ( U. mont&na, var. vegita, Loud.).
Of vigorous growth, witli bright green, large, oblong-
obovate lvs., somewhat rough above. Supposed to be a
hybrid of U. campestris, var. la-vis and U. scab7-a, and
has more the habit of the latter. Var. viminalis, Loud.
(U. scabra, var. viminalis, Koch. (J. striata, Hort.).
Small tree, with slender spreading branches: lvs. elliptic
to oblong, incisely serrate, 2-3 in. long. Var. Webbiana,
Hort. Lvs. small and broad, somewhat curled, dark
green. There are also several variegated vars., of
which var. argenteo-variegata, with the lvs. striped
and spotted white, and var. Louis van Houtte, with yel-
low foliage, sometimes spotted green, are the most cul-
tivated.

8. pumila, Linn. (U. microphylla, Pers. V. Sibirica,
Hort.). Small tree or shrub, with slender pubescent,
sometimes pendulous branches: lvs. oval-elliptic to el-
liptic-lanceolate, short-petioled, acute, firm, dark green
and smooth above, pubescent when young beneath, %-2
in. long: fls. short-pediceled; stamens 4-5, with violet
anthers: fr. obovate, with the nutlet somewhat above
the middle, incision at the apex reaching about half way
to the nutlet. Turkestan to Siberia and N. China. — A
graceful small hardy tree. Var. pendula, Hort. (Cl.par-
vifblia pendula, Hort. Pldnera repevs, Hort.), has
slender, more pendulous branches. U .pinnato-rambsa,
Dieck, with the slender branches very regularly pin-
nately branched, is probably only a form of this species.

9. parviidlia, Jaeq. (CI. Chine"nsis, Pers.). Chinese
Elm. Half-evergreen small tree or shrub, with spread-
ing pubescent branches: lvs. ovate to obovate or oblong,
very short-petioled and little unequal at base, acute or
obtusish, subcoriaceous, glabrous and glossy above, pu-
bescent beneath when young, usually glabrous at
length, %-2 in. long: fls. short-pediceled in clusters;
stamens 4-5, much exserted: fr. oval to elliptic, notched
at the apex, with the seed in the middle, %-% in. long.
July-Sept. N. China, Japan. — Has proved hardy near
Boston.

10. crassifdlia, Nutt. Cedar Elm. Tree, attaining 80
ft., with spreading limbs and slender, often pendulous
branches, often furnished when older with 2 opposite
corky wings: lvs. short-petioled, ovate to ovate-oblong,

2619. Camperdown Elm— Ulmus scabra. var. pendula

usually very unequal at the base, obtuse or acute,
doubly and obtusely, sometimes almost simply serrate,
subcoriaceous, somewhat rough and lustrous above, pu-
bescent beneath, 1-2 in. long: fls. in few-fld. very short
racemes; stamens 5-8, little exserted: fr. oval-elliptic,
pubescent, notched, % in. long. Aug. Miss, to Ark. and
Tex. S.S. 7:315.-Tender north.

11. ser6tina, Sarg. Tree, with short spreading and
pendulous branches, often furnished with irregular
corky wings: lvs. oblong to obovate, unequal at the
base, acuminate, doubly serrate, glabrous and lustrous
above, pubescent on the veins beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls.

ULMUS

in K-l in- long pendulous racemes; calyx 5-6-parted to
the base: fr. elliptic, deeply notched, densely ciliate,
XA in. long. Sept. Tenn. to Ga. ; sometimes planted in
avenues in Ga. ; has proved hardy at the Arnold Ar-
boretum, Boston.

U. Kiaki, Sieb.=Zelkova Keaki.— V. Yerschafteltii, Hort.=
Zelkova Japonica, var. Verschaffeltii. ALFRED Rehdek.

UMBELLULARIA (from Latin umbella, a sunshade;
having reference to the form of the inflorescence).
Laur&cece. California Laurel. A mouotypic genus,
comprising a single Pacific coast tree with alternate,
simple, exstipulate lvs. : fls. small, greenish, in simple
pedunculate umbels, which in the bud are surrounded
with an involucre of 6 caducous bracts; petals none;
stamens 9; filaments with an orauge-colored gland at
base; anthers opening by uplifted valves: fr. a sub-
globose or ovoid drupe with hard endocarp. Propagated
by seeds.

URAEIA

1883

gent describes it as "one of the stateliest and most
beautiful inhabitants of the North American forests,
and no evergreen tree of temperate regions surpasses
it in the beauty of its dark dense crown of lustrous
foliage and in the massiveness of habit which make
it one of the most striking features of the California
landscape and fit it to stand in any park or garden."
Joseph Bdrtt Davy.
UMBRELLA LEAF. See Diphylleia.

UMBRELLA PINE. Sciadopitys.

UMBRELLA PLANT or UMBRELLA PALM.

s alternifoliiis.

Cy

2620. California Laurel— Urnbellularia Califomica (XM,

Californica, Nutt. (Oreoddphne Califdrnica, Nees).
Fig. 2620. Handsome evergreen tree, 20 to 30 or even
80 to 90 ft. high, with erect or suberect slender branches,
conical outline and dense foliage: lvs. containing a
highly aromatic and volatile essential oil, and burning
vigorously in the camp fire, even while green: fls. fra-
grant: drupes at first yellowish green, becoming purple
when ripe. Dec. to May. — One of the most abundant
and characteristic of Californian trees, common in moist
places, particularly along streams in the Coast Range
foothills and mountains, and attaining its greatest
size in the cool, fog -moistened alluvial valleys of the
coast of northern California and southern Oregon; it is
but rarely seen in the drier interior valleys of the state.
It often crowns the highest points of the coast range
hills, up to about 2,500 feet altitude and far from the
nearest spring or other visible sign of moisture, but in
such cases the rock strata are nearly vertical and easily
penetrated by the long roots which are able thus to
reach hidden supplies of water. In such places it usu-
ally forms dense clumps or thickets of shrubs or small
trees which are frequently shorn by the cutting ocean
winds as though by a gardener's shears, suggesting its
adaptability for clipped -hedge and wind-break work.
The wood takes a beautiful polish and is considered
"the most valuable wood produced in the forests of
Pacific North America, for the interior finish of houses
and furniture," for which purposes it is extensively
used. It is also used in boat-building for jaws, bits,
cleats, cross-trees, etc. The branches are occasionally
used for poles for chicken -roosts, as the strong odor,
pervading wood and bark as well as leaves, is said to
keep away lice. The leaves are used for flavoring soups
and blancmanges but are too strong to give as agreeable
a flavor as those of Laitrus nobilis or Primus Lauro-
cerasus. The tree is sometimes cultivated for ornament
in south European parks and gardens. Professor Sar-

UNGNADIA (Baron Ungnad, am-
bassador of Emperor Rudolph II to
the Ottoman Porte, who in the year
1576 introduced the common horse
chestnut to western Europe by send-
ing seeds to Clusius at Vienna).
Sapind&cew. A genus of one species,
the Mexican Buckeye, a small tree
closely related to the horse chestnut
but with foliage like a hickory, the
lvs. being alternate and pinnate, and
rose-colored fls. which are borne in
small lateral clusters or simple
corymbs, appearing with the lvs. in
early spring. The seed, or "bean,"
has a sweet taste, but is considered
emetic and poisonous. The fruit
does not have a prickly husk like
the horse chestnut; it is a smooth,
leathery capsule and strongly 3-
lobed. The fls. are about % of an
inch across, polygamous, 4-petaled, and the staminate
ones have 8 stamens. For fuller account, see Sargent's
Silva.

specidsa, Endl. Spanish or Mexican Buckeye.
Commonly a slender deciduous shrub, 5-10 ft. high or
sometimes a small tree: wood brittle: lvs. alternate,
odd -pinnate; lfts. 5-7, ovate - lanceolate, acuminate.
Common in southwest Texas ; winter-kills in northern
Texas at a temperature of zero. S.S. 2:73. F.S.
10:1039. Gn. 19, p. 309. -Int. by P. J. Berckmans.

W. M.
UNICORN PLANT. Martynia proboscidea.

UNlOLA (an ancient Latin name of some unknown
plant, derived from unus, one, and said to have been
applied by Linnfeus to this genus on account of the
union of the glumes). Graminew. Perennials with
creeping rootstocks. Species 5, all American. Spike-
lets broad and very flat, in loose panicles, several fid.,
with some of the lower glumes empty; glumes keeled,
nerved, pointed, but awnless. Cultivated for the orna-
mental panicles, which are. suitable for dry bouquets.

latifdlia, Michx. Spike-grass. Fig. 2621. Culms 2-4
ft.: lvs. broad and flat, often 1 in. wide: spikelets large
and thin, at maturity drooping on slender pedicels,
forming a very graceful and ornamental panicle. Pa. to
Kan. and southward. — Often grown in hardy borders.
One of the best of our hardy native, perennial grasses.

paniculata, Linn. Sea Oats. Culm taller, 4-8 ft. : lvs.
narrow and convolute: spikelets narrower, upright on
short pedicels, forming an elongated panicle. Sand-
hills along the seashore of the southern states.

A. S. Hitchcock.

URARIA (Greek oura, tail, referring to bracts).
Leguminbsa. Eight species of perennial herbs with
woody bases, all of which are accounted for in the Flora
of British India. They have 1-9 lfts. and very mimei-
ous, small or minute fls. in racemes. Standard broad:
wings adhering to the obtuse keel; stamens diadel-
phous: ovary sessile or short-stalked, few-ovuled: style
indexed: pod of 2-6 small, turgid, 1-seeded, indehiscent
joints, often placed face to face.

The following species is the most desirable of the
genus. It grows about 5 ft. high and is crowned by
a single terminal raceme sometimes 2 ft. long, densely

1S84

URARIA

crowded with 200 or more pea-shaped fls. each % in.
long. In the Flora of British India this plant is erro-
neously said to ascend the Himalayas to an altitude of
9,000 ft. A corrected account of this plant is found in
B.M. 7377, from which source one infers that the plant
is not hardy. The first plants flowered in Europe
bloomed in September and the annual stems then died
down to the base. Seeds of this plant have been im-
ported by a northern amateur who has a winter home
in Florida.

criuita, Desv. Erect, little - branched, subshrubby
perennial, 3-6 ft. high, distinguished from other species
by having its upper lvs. composed of 3-7 oblong lfts.
and pedicels clothed with long bristles. Lfts. 4-6xl>2-2
in.: racemes dense, 1 ft. loug, 1-1% in. thick; standard
ovate, violet-purple within, pale blue outside: wings
pinkish. Bengal to Assam, eastward through Burma
to China, south to Malacca and the Malay Islands to
Timor Laut, but not Australia and not indigenous in
Ceylon. B.M. 7377. Yf M

2621. Uniola latifolia ( X Ji)

1SKII.)

URCE6CHARIS (hybrid name, suggesting that the
plant is a hybrid between Urceolina and Eucharis).
Amaryllidacece. The only species, Urceocharis Cli-
brani (see Fig. 2G22) is a tender winter -blooming bul-
bous plant with broad lvs. a foot long and half as wide
and large, white, bell-shaped, 6-lobed flowers, a dozen
or so in an umbel, and each 2 in. across. The plant is a

URCEOLINA

hybrid, introduced about 1892, between Urceolina pen-
dula and Eucharis grandiflora, or in gardener's lan-
guage Urceolina aurea and Eucharis Amazonica. A
flower of the hybrid and of each of its parents is shown
in Fig. 2622. The hybrid gets its white color from Eu-
charis, the flowers of Urceolina being yellow. The
shape of its flower is so singular a mixture of the two
as to be very different in appearance from either. The
hybrid lacks the beautiful stamina! cup of Eucharis,
and has a distinctly bell-shaped perianth. The showy
part of Urceolina is the urn-shaped portion of the flower,
the spreading tips being very short. The perianth of
Eucharis is funnelform, the spreading portion being
large and showy. The perianth-tube and ovary of the
hybrid are like those of Urceolina, the ovary being
deeply 3-lobed instead of globose as in Eucharis. The
pedicels are ascending, as in Eucharis, not pendulous
as in Urceolina. The appendages at the base of the
stamens are more distinctly marked than in either of
the parents.

The parents of Urceocharis belong to the Pancratium
tribe, characterized by having the stamens appendaged
toward the base and often united into a distinct cup.
Twelve of the 17 genera in this tribe are from the An-
des and 8 of these, including Eucharis and Urceolina,
have broad and petioled lvs. and the ovules are super-
posed. Eucharis and Urceolina have a long, slender
tube which is suddenly swollen above. The flowers of
Eucharis are white and those of Urceolina colored, but
the essential difference between the two genera lies in
the stamens, which are minutely appendaged in Urceo-
lina, while in Eucharis they are quadrate and sometimes
united to make a cup.

This bigenerie hybrid was introduced to the trade
under the name of Eucharis Clibrani, but the changes
wrought in the structure of the flower by the cross are
so great that Dr. Masters was justified in giving the
plant a new genus.

Clibrani, Mast. (Eucharis Clibrani, Hort.). Tender
bulbous hybrid of Urceolina pendula and Eucharis
grandiflora, with petioled lvs. 1x1% ft. and umbels of
white bell-shaped 6-lobed fls. each 2 in. across and a
dozen in an umbel. Anthers depauperate. Blooms in
early winter. For 'culture, see Urceolina. G.C. III.
12:215; 20:251. Gn. 44, p. 459. G.M. 35:790. -Int.
about 1892 by Messrs. Clibran, Oldfield Nurseries, Al-
trincham, England. yy jj

URCEOLINA (Latin, pitcher; alluding to the piteher-
or urn-shaped flowers). Amaryllidacece. A genus of H
species of South American bulbous herbs, with thin ob-
long to long-lanceolate, petioled leaves and a naked
scape bearing an umbel of pendulous red or yellow
flowers. Perianth-tube often narrow and often some-
what stem-like at the base, suddenly dilated ; stamens
inserted at or below the throat of the tube, indistinctly
appendiculate at the base.

The species of Urceolina are attractive plants and
easily grown, flowering every year, but for some reason
they are rather scarce. The bulbs are about 3 in. across
and during the growing season have 1 or 2 lvs. The
plants flower in December. After flowering the bulbs
may be removed from the stove to the intermediate
house and placed in a spot where they will be kept dry.
Just before growth begins in the spring the bulbs
should be taken out of the pots and the exhausted soil
removed. The bulbs may then be replaced, one bulb in
a 5-in. pot, using clean pots, plenty of drainage material
and a rich, light, porous soil. Place the top of the bulb
level with the soil. Remove the pots to the stove, and
as soon as growth begins water freely. In the fall when
the lvs. turn yellow, water sparingly and finally with-
hold water altogether. The flower scapes appear a few
weeks after the lvs. disappear.

a. Fls. red.

miniata, Benth. & Hook. (Pentldndia miniata, Herb.).
Bulb about 114 in. through: lvs. produced after the fls.,
short-petioled, about 1 ft. long, IM in. wide, narrowed
at both ends: scape over 1 ft. long: fls. 2-6, bright
scarlet. Andes of Peru and Bolivia. B.R, 25:68. R.B.
23:49. — Offered by Dutch bulb-growers.

URCEOLINA

aa. Fls. yellow.

pendula, Herb. ( U. aiirea, Lindl. ) . Bulb about IK in.
through: lvs. 1-2 to a stem produced after the fls., ob-
long, acute, 1 ft. long by 4-5 in. broad: scape about 1 ft.
long: fls. 4-6, bright yellow tipped with green. Andes
of Peru. B.M. 5464. G.C. III. 12:211.

P. W. Barclay and Robert Cameron.

URERA (meaning not obvious). Urticacece. About
18 species of shrubs and small trees, rarely subshrubs,
native to tropical regions, with alternate lvs., entire or
variously cut, palmately or pinnately nerved, and nu-
merous small fls. borne in cymes which are often re-
peatedly forked. DC. Prod. vol. 16, part 1, pp. 88-98
(1869). The following has been offered in America as
an ornamental greenhouse shrub.

URSINIA

1885

2622. At the left, Eucha

grandiflora ; next, Urceolina pendula ; at the right, the hybrid
Urceocharis Clibrani. All half size.

alceaBiolia, Gaud. ( Vrtica Oaracasana, Jacq.). Tree
or shrub: lvs. broadly ovate, acuminate, basal sinus
wide and open, crenate-dentate: fls. dioecious, in regu-
larly dichotomous cymes ; male cymes 4-6 times dichoto-
mous, stinging or not, rose-colored: female fls. many
times dichotomous, the fls. solitary or in 3's. Trop.
America. ^r, M.

URGlNEA (from the name of an Arabian tribe in
Algeria). Liliaceae. The Sea Onion, known to drug
stores by the name of Squill, and to gardens as Urginea
maritima, is a bulbous plant native to the Mediterranean
region, which grows 2 or 3 ft. high and has a long ra-
ceme of small, whitish, 6-parted flowers. The raceme is
often m ft. long and contains 50-100 or more fls. each
% in. across. It has the same style of beauty as Orni-
thogalum pyramidale but unfortunately it is only half-
hardy. As an ornamental plant it is little known in
America. The name seems not to appear in American
catalogues, but the Dutch bulb-growers offer the bulbs
in at least 5 sizes. A plant erroneously called Sea Onion
is Ornithogalum eaudatum. There is considerable dif-
ference of opinion as to when the Sea Onion blooms,
but the plant is generally considered an autumn bloomer,
and it is clear that the leaves appear after the flowers.
In England the plant is said to have flowered as early
as July and August. Baker writes that the lvs. appear
in winter. Some English cultivators say the lvs. appear
as early as October and November ; others say not until
spring. The plant grows near the seashore and inland,
in dry sandy places from the Canaries to Syria. It is
also found in South Africa, which is unusual, as the
North and South African species of any genus are not
usually identical.

The proper name of the Sea Onion is Urginea Scilla.
The plant is closely related to the genus Scilla, but in
the opinion of the undersigned it is much closer to Or-
nithogalum, especially in habit, inflorescence and color

of flowers. The seeds of Urginea are numerous in each
Iocule (in the Sea Onion 10-12), strongly compressed
and winged; in Ornithogalum and Scilla they are not
compressed or winged aud in Scilla they are solitary or
few in each Iocule. Urginea is a genus of 40 species of
bulbous plants native to the eastern hemisphere. Typi-
cally, the species have narrow or lorate lvs. which fol-
low the fls., and racemes of numerous whitish, rarely
pale yellow or rosy fls., each segment of which is keeled
with green or purplish. Monographed by J. G. Baker in
Latin in Journ. Linn. Soc. 13:215 (1873). At that time
Baker recognized a total of 24 species, but in Flora
Capensis 6:462 (1896-97) he describes 27 species from
South Africa alone.

The bulbs of Urginea are collected in large quantities in
the Mediterranean region forthe drug trade. They some-
times attain a maximum weight of 15 pounds. The bulbs
contain about 22 per cent of
sugar and are used in Sicily
in the manufacture of whis-
key. Squills have emetic
and cathartic properties.
Syrup of squills is a popu-
lar croup medicine. The
bulb, as it appears in the
wholesale drug market, has
been deprived of its outer
scales and cut into thin
slices, the central portions
being rejected.

Scilla, Steinh. ( U. mari-
tima, Baker). Sea Onion.
Squill. Height 1-3 ft.:
bulb 4-6 in. thick : lvs. ap-
pearing after the fls., lance-
olate, somewhat fleshy and
glaucous, glabrous, l-\%
ft. long, 2-4 in. wide above
middle : racemes 1-1K ft.
long, \-l% in. wide, 50-
100-fld.: fls. K in. across,
whitish, with the oblong
segments keeled greenish
purple. Autumn. Cana-
ries to Syria, S. Africa.
B.M. 918 (as Ornithogalum Squilla). ^y_ jj_

TJRSINIA (John Ursinus, of Regensburg, 1608-1666
author of "Arboretum Biblicum"). Comp6sita>. Here
belongs the hardy annual known to the trade as Spheno
gyne speciosa. It grows about a foot high, has finely
cut foliage and yellow or orange flower-heads lK-r
across. The heads have about 22 rays. Both yellow and
orange-colored flowers are sometimes found on the same
plant. When well managed it blooms all summer. It is
supposed to be a native of the Cape. It has been in
cultivation since 1836 but was not correctly described
until 1887. It is much praised by connoisseurs, though
it is not known to the general public. It seems to have
enjoyed a longer continuous period of cultivation than
many other showy composites, in which the Cape is
wonderfully rich, particularly in subshrubby kinds. In
Flora Capensis, vol. 3 (1864-65), Sphenogyne and
Ursinia are treated as separate genera, the distinctions
being as follows: the akene is cylindrical in Spheno-
gyne, but obovate or pear-shaped in Ursinia, distinctly
tapering to the base: the pappus is uniseriate in the
former, biseriate in the latter, the inner series consist-
ing of 5 slender white bristles. In the course of time
these distinctions have been dropped and Sphenogyne
included in Ursinia.

Ursinia is a genus of about 60 species, all native to
S. Africa. One species, U. annua, is also found in
Abyssinia. The species are annuals, perennials or sub-
shrubs : lvs. alternate, serrate, pinnatifid or usually
pinnatisect: rays the same color on both sides or pur-
plish brown beneath : involucre hemispherical or
broadly campanulate: akenes often 10-ribbed. For fur-
ther particulars, see Flora Capensis, vol. 3. There are
said to be many other desirable species besides the fol-
lowing:

pulchra, N. E. Br. (SphenSgyne speeidsa, Knowles
& Westc). Annual, 1-2 ft. high, with lvs. bipinnately

1886

URS1NIA

UTAH

dissected into linear lobes and yellow or orange fl.-
heads 2 in. across: rays about 22, 3-toothed, spotted
purple-brown at base: stem glabrous, branched: lvs.
alternate: scapes nearly leafless, about five times as
long as lvs.: involucre 4-rowed; scales increasing in
size from the base, outer rows with a brown scarious
border, inner with a white scarious border. F.C. 2:77.
P.M. C:77. G.C. III. 4:356. Gn. 44, p. 217. B.H.
1843:445. "W. M.

distance from the canon increases, though still suffi-
ciently strong to prevent the cold air from settling and
producing frost. So marked is their influence upon the
occurrence of frosts that it is no uncommon tiling after
a cold night in the spring or autumn to find that while
the plantations in the districts influenced by the canon
winds have come through without injury, yet just
around a spur of the mountain out of reach of the wind,
the blossoms have nearly all been injured. Perhaps in

URTICA ( Urticacece) is the genus containing the net-
tles. For U. Viiracaaitna, see Urera. U, nivea is
Ramie or Silver China Grass, properly Bahmeria nivea,
which see. As Ramie is a fiber plant, not a horticul-
tural subject, it is not fully treated here, the student
being referred to the publication of the office of Fiber
Investigations, U. S. Dept. Agric, Washington, D. C.

UTAH, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 2C23. While the
area in Utah devoted to fruit-growing is very small
compared to the area of the whole state, there are few
states in the Union which surpass Utah in the number
of kinds grown. Beginning in the northern part of the
state, in the vicinity of the agricultural college at Lo-
gan, the fruits of the cooler temperate regions flourish,
most varieties of apples and pears succeeding well,
many sorts of plums and cherries thriving and even the
hardier peaches giving a fair number of crops as com-
pared to the years of failure. The chief difficulties here
are, first, the short season, which does not admit of the
ripening of fruits that require more time for their de-
velopment than the Concord grape, for example, and
second, the great liability to late spring and early au-
tumn frosts.

Throughout the entire state the annual rainfall is
very light, and what little precipitation there is falls for
the most part during the winter season in the form of
snow, so that practically no fruit is grown within the bor-
ders of the state without irrigation, and this is a factor
which determines to a very great extent the sections
and even the particular localities devoted to fruit-grow-
ing. The conditions in the Cache valley illustrate this
point. This region is a mountain valley lying in the
heart of the Wasatch range of the Rocky Mountains in
the northern part of the state, and is some 60 miles
long by 12-18 miles wide. The soil of this entire valley,
with the exception of a few alkali areas and some boggy
districts, is well suited to fruit-growing, but the rivers
which furnish the water for irrigating all enter the val-
ley from the eastern side, and as the land slopes from
both sides to the center of the valley it is impossible to
conduct the water on to much land that might otherwise
be profitably used for fruit. Artesian wells supply-
water to some lands to which the river waters cannot
be brought, but here again the difficulty is that com-
paratively few sections of the state are blessed with the
possibility of having artesian wells.

The earlier Mormon settlers of the state inaugurated
a system of irrigating canals, which, considering the
means at their command, were wonderfully effective.
More recently, the Bear River Canal Company of the
northern part of the state and several other large cor-
porations have expended great sums of money in putting
in dams and digging canals, by means of which large
areas of land which had previously grown nothing but a
good quality of sage-brush have been changed into good
farms. In order to increase the sale of these lands
many orchards have been set. These operations have
served as a wonderful stimulus to the fruit-growing
industry.

In all the northern portions of the state where late
frosts are likely to occur and injure the fruit crop, what
are known as the "canon winds," become very import-
ant factors in the success of fruit plantations. These
winds begin blowing daily about eight o'clock in the
evening and continue all night and until six to nine
o'clock the next morning. They are almost as regular
as clockwork. They come from the canons and blow
with such force as to necessitate thick wind-breaks to
protect all orchards within a mile or two of the canon's
mouth. But gradually they spread out over the lower
lands in a fan-shaped area, their force lessening as the

D A H O

fl J} ':;;ii' i W Y ° ■

V---J- -vir--' L-.

i ss§? "s 1 — '

THLift^-

2623. Map of Utah.
Shaded parts show horticultural areas.

time satisfactory varieties may be developed which will
bloom late enough to avoid this danger, but as yet the
problem of frosts is even more difficult to solve than
that of water.

Another factor which has contributed in the past
toward restricting the areas devoted to fruit is the
manner in which the early settlements in the state were
located. The pioneers settled in villages, each man
being allotted a small piece of land on which the home
was built and the garden and small family orchard
established. Then on the outskirts of this village, and
extending sometimes as far as ten miles from it, were
located the farms proper, which were allotted to the
residents of the village, so that even in what may be
called the strictly farming districts of the state the peo-
ple lived in villages and drove out to cultivate their
farms. Naturally the fruit plantations which needed
the personal and constant oversight of the owner to in-
sure a crop or at least a harvest, were confined to the
plantation in the village and the farm was given over
to grains and hay crops. It is only in the comparatively
few districts where the village system did not obtain, or
within more recent years when it has been somewhat
abandoned, that the larger available areas of the farms
have encouraged the planting of larger orchards.

So far as most insect pests are concerned, the Utah
fruit-grower is neither more nor less fortunate than his
brothers of other states. It is true there was a time
when the somewhat isolated position of the state seemed
to warrant the belief that it would escape from the in-
roads of many of the pests which troubled growers else-
where, but with the advent of better transportation

UTAH

facilities and the increase of truit plantations, the
standard insect enemies have one after another entered
the borders of the state. But, on the other hand, in the
matter of fungous diseases the state is singularly fortu-
nate, there being in most sections comparatively little
trouble from them. Doubtless the dry atmosphere of
Utah is responsible for this.

It seems probable that the state will never enjoy a
large local market, though the mining industry will in-
sure a fair one, but its mountain climate seems to give
a superior quality to the fruit grown and with the more
general adoption of better methods there is no reason
why fruit-growiug in Utah should not take its place as
one of the chief branches of the agriculture of the
state. F. C. Sears.

Another View of Utah.— In Cache valley, apples,
pears, American plums and sour cherries do exceedingly
well. Peaches are grown there in a small way. The
temperature in winter is often lower than 20° below
zero, and that, together with late frosts, is the reason of
the failure of the peach crop. In 1899-1900 the lowest
temperature was 10° below zero, and the following win-
ter the lowest temperature was about 2° below zero, and
each of these winters was followed by a full crop of
peaches.

In the valley next south of Cache valley, peaches and
apricots are grown very successfully at Brigham City.
At Ogden there are a few of the European grapes, but
they are protected during the winter by being laid down
and covered with earth. Even with this protection the
vines are badly damaged by freezing, as is indicated
by large, corky swellings often called black knot of the
grape. Sweet cherries and native grapes do very well
in certain localities in this section. There are a few
hardy almond trees near Ogden. Farther south, at
Provo, there is at least one vineyard of Vinifera grapes
in which the vines are pruned similar to the Californian
system, except that the trunks are only a few inches
high. These vines are protected with a covering of
earth during the winter. Apples and pears do very well
from Cache valley in the north, through the portions
mentioned above, to Provo, and for some distance far-
ther south. It is very probable that all hardiest varie-
ties of apples and pears would do well in Beaver, Iron
and Sevier counties, but as yet very little has been done
with them because of the long and extremely cold win-
ters. In many portions of these counties the elevation
is 0,000 feet.

The climate of Washington county, in the south-
western corner of the state, is very mild, but is not so
mild as that of most of southern California. The tem-
perature in winter occasionally reaches zero. Vinifera
grapes, figs, pomegranate and almonds grow there suc-
cessfully without artificial protection. No attempt is
made to grow oranges and lemons. Peaches and apri-
cots grow to perfection in this region when any atten-
tion is given to the trees. This section was Utah's most
noted fruit district from ten to twenty years ago, but
so little care has been given to fruit trees that the
orchards have gone to ruin. At present the principal
occupation there is the growing of alfalfa and stock,
but the improved methods of fruit-growing will prob-
ably be practiced soon. For further notes on fruit-
growing in Utah, see Hedriek, Proc. Amer. Pomological
Society, session of 1899, p. 225. q p Close.

UTEICULARIA (Latin, a little bag or sMn; referring
to the bladders). Lentibulariacew. Bladderwort.
Utricularia is a genus of herbaceous plants possessing
little bladders which trap small aquatic animals. The
bladders have a valve-like door through which the ani-
mals enter when looking for food or when trying to
escape from other creatures. The bladders are most
numerous and effective in the species which float in
stagnant water. They are fewer in the marsh-inhabiting
species. The terrestrial kinds often have minute, de-
formed and useless bladders. The aquatic species are
characterized by much dissected lvs. with thread-like
segments, a type of foliage seen in the water crowfoot
and other floating plants of widely different families.
They are quite devoid of roots. The terrestrial kinds
are common in the tropics and are characterized by
erect foliage of the ordinary type. These often form

119

UTRICULARIA

1887

little tubers by which they may be propagated. Our
native aquatic species propagate themselves by seeds
and also by winter-buds. (A winter-bud of another
aquatic plant is figured under Elodm, p. 528).

The aquatic species are sometimes cultivated in
aquaria, but their flowers are not showy, nor are those
of any of the hardy kinds. The showy species are the
terrestrial and epiphytic kinds of the tropics. These,
for complexity of floral structure, beauty of color and
lasting qualities, vie with certain orchids. In fact, they
are generally grown by orchid lovers in orchid houses.
Perhaps the most desirable of the genus are U. mon-
tana, jBndresii and longifolia, each of which represents
a different color. Well-grown baskets of these plants
have numerous scapes a foot or so high bearing 5-20
fls., each l%-2 in. across. In general, sueh plants are
grown in warm houses, U. Endresii requiring a stove
temperature, while some of the others may thrive in an
intermediate house. As a class they are grown in bas-
kets, near the light, using a compost of fibrous peat
and sand. The plants are kept constantly wet during
the growing season and until the fls. are gone. During
the winter they are rested, being kept in a cooler place
and given just enough water to keep the tubers from
shriveling. «

The epiphytic species deserve a word. Those who
are familiar with bromeliaceous plants know how the
water gathers in the axils of the leaves. These bronie-
liads are themselves often epiphytic, perching on high
trees in moisture-laden tropical jungles. In the minia-
ture ponds supplied by the leaf-axils of Vriesia and
other bromeliads live certain Utricularias with fully
developed and effective bladders. Occasionally they
send out a long "feeler" or runner-like shoot which

2624. Utricularia longifolia (X !4).

finds another bromeliad and propagates another Blad-
derwort.

Utricularias have numerous slender, wiry scapes bear-
ing one or many flowers. Calyx large, 2-parted or 2-
lobed: corolla with a spur which is usually long and
curved under the fl. ; posterior lip erect, entire, emargi-
nate or 2-fid; anterior lip often large, broad and showy,
spreading or reflexed, entire, crenate or 3-lobed, or the
middle lobe various. About 150 species.

1888

UTRICULARIA

A. Habit aquatic: foliage dissected into
numerous thread-like segments: Irs.

floating vulgaris

aa. Habit terrestrial or epiphytic: foliage
entire, erect.
B. Color of fts. white, with a yellow

palate montana

BB. Color of fls. yellow, with an orange

palate bifida

BB. Color of fls. pnrple, violet or lilac,
with a yellow palate.
B. Lvs. broader than long.
c. Shape of Irs. reniform.

D. Fls. pale blue or lilac janthina

dd. Fls. rose-colored reniiormis

cc. Shape of lvs. obcordate Humboldtii

BB. Lvs. long and narrow, linear, ob-
long or lanceolate.

c. Fls. pale lilac Endresii

cc. Fls. violet-purple longiiolia

vulgaris, Linn. Hardy native aquatic plant, with
crowded, 2-3-pinnately divided floating lvs. % in. long,
provided with numerous bladders aud yellow fls. K in.
long or more, borne in 3-20-fld. racemes. June-Aug.
Brooks and ponds, Eu., Asia, N. Amer. B.B. 3:191.
Gn. 28, p. 403.— Advertised by American aquatic spe-
cialists and collectors of native plants.

montana, Poir. Tropical American epiphyte, with
clusters of tubers %-% in. long, minute, deformed,
useless bladders and large white fls. with a yellow
palate, the fls. 1-4 on a scape, each IK in. across. Lvs.
4-6 in. long, elliptic-lanceolate. Trunks of trees, West
Indies and S. Amer. B.M. 5923. F.S. 19:1942. I.H.
18:64.— A lovely species.

bifida, Linn. Terrestrial species from tropical Asia,
with minute bladders and small yellow fls. resembling
a diminutive Linaria or Butter and Eggs. Lvs. densely
matted, erect, thread-like, 1-2 in. long: fls. yellow, with
an orange pale, 3A in. long, 5-8 in a raceme: pedicels
drooping in fruit. India, Malaya, China, Japan, Phil-
ippines. B.M. 6689. — Once cultivated at Kew.

janthina, Hook. Epiphytic Brazilian species growing
in the leaf -axils of a bromeliad (Vriesia), with kidney-
shaped lvs, and beautiful pale blue or lilac fls. 1^ in.
across, ornamented by 2 vertical yellow lines on the
palate edged with dark violet. Lvs. with stalks 4-6 in.
long and blades 2-4 in. across : scape about 6-fld. : up-
per lip hemispheric, arching: lower lip transversely
oblong, entire. B.M. 7466. -Int. by Sander, 1892.
"Janthina" is the same as "ianthina," meaning violet-
colored.

reuifnrmis, A. St. Hil. Brazilian species found in
sphagnum bogs, having kidney-shaped lvs. and rose-
colored fls. with 2 darker lines on the palate: upper lip
truncate, emarginate; lower lip 3-lobed, the lateral
lobes broad, the midlobe much 'shorter and scarcely
produced. Brazil. — Once advertised by John Saul, but
probably lost to cultivation. Very large for the genus,
the lvs. %-l ft. long and scapes 1K-2 ft. high.

Humboldtii, Schomb. Guiana species, with long-
stalked, cordate or obcordate, mostly solitary lvs. and
dark purple-blue fls. 2K in. across, with a triangular
lower lip. Scapes about 5-fld. F.S. 13: 1390. -One of
the showiest species. Commonly cult, in Eng., appar-
ently not in America.

Endresii, Reichb. Epiphytic Costa Rican species,
with tubers about % in. long, solitary lvs. and pale lilac
fls. l%-2 in. across, with a yellow palate: lvs. 1-3 in.
long, narrowly elliptic-lanceolate: scape about 5-fld.
B.M. 6656. Var. majus, Hort., was offered by Pitcher
& Manda, 1895.— A deciduous species found at altitude
of 2,000 feet.

longiiolia, Gardn. Fig. 2624. A Brazilian species, the
typical form of which is perhaps not iu cultivation. U.
Forgetiihia, Hort., introduced by Sander, is said by the
Kew authorities to be a form of this species and the same
as the plant figured in Gn. 52:1132 (adapted in Fig. 2624)
under the erroneous title of U. latifolia. It has beauti-
ful violet-purple fls. nearly 2 in. across, with a yellow

palate. ^'Lvs. lanceolate, erect: scapes 12-20-fld. and fls.
last well. G.C. III. 13:713. W. M.

UVULARIA (Latin, uvule, palate, referring to the
hanging flowers). Liliaceo?. Bellwort. "Wild Oats'
in some parts. A genus of two species of very grace
ful woodland, perennial herbs native to North America
The plants grow about 15 in. high, with a number ol
clustered slender stems which are forked and leaf
bearing mainly above. The foliage is of a delicate green
which with the terminal, narrow, bell-shaped, drooping
flowers make the plants elegant though not showy.
The species are perfectly hardy and easy of cultivation
in any light, rich soil and a shady situation. They do
well north of a wall in a well-prepared border and in
such a position they far exceed the plants of the woods
in luxuriance. Strong roots may be slowly forced for
spring flowering. For distinction from Oakesia, see
that genus, to which some of the plants commonly
known as Uvularias are referred.

2625. Bellwort — Uvularia perforata (X %)

a. it's, pubescent beneath.
grandiflora, Sm. Stems 1-1K ft. high, with 1 or 2
lvs. below the fork: lvs. oblong, oval or ovate, some-
what acuminate: fls. pale yellow, 1-1J£ in. long; seg-
ments tisually smooth on both sides: stamens exceeding
the styles: capsule obtusely 3-angled, truncate. May,
June. Rich woods, Quebec to Minn, south to Ga.,
Tenn. and la. B.B. 1:409.

aa. Lvs. not pubescent beneath.
perfoliata, Linn. Fig. 2625. Stems more slender than
in U. grandiflora, with 1-3 lvs. below the fork: lvs.
oval, oblong or ovate: fls. pale yellow, about 1 in. long;
segments glandular papillose within; stamens shorter
than the styles: capsule obtusely 3-angled, truncate.
May, June. Rich woods, U. S.

J. B. Keller and F. W. Barclay.

VACClNIUM (classical Latin name of the European
Whortleberry; etymology uncertain). Ericaceae. In-
cluding Bilberry, Blueberry, Huckleberry, Whor-
tleberry, Cranberry. Branching shrubs, creeping
vines or small trees, sometimes epiphytes : lvs. alter-
nate, evergreen or deciduous, coriaceous or membra-
naceous: rts. small, white, pinkish or reddish, in lateral
racemes or terminal clusters, sometimes solitary in the
axils, mostly nodding on slender-bracted pedicels and
bearing blue, black or red berry-like fruits, mostly edi-
ble; calyx 4-5-toothed, adherent to the ovary, persistent,
forming a crown-like appendage to the fruit; corolla
various in shape, usually campanulate, cylindraceous
or urn-shaped, rarely subglobose, 4-5-toothed or cleft;
stamens twice as many as the lobes of the corolla, dis-
tinct, included within the corolla-tube or exserted; an-
thers often 2-awned at the back, the cells separate and
prolonged upward into tubes at the apex, opening by
terminal pores or chinks; pistil single, with a 4-5- or
8-10-loculed ovary, which is glabrous or hirsute. Flowers
borne in spring with or before the leaves; berries ripe
in summer and autumn, sweetish or sometimes acid,
mostly edible. The genus includes about 125 species of
wide geographic distribution, extending from the arctic
circle to the high mountains of the tropics; most com-
mon in North America and the Himalayas. With very
few exceptions (e. g., I*. erythrinum in Java and Emir-
nense in Madagascar) the genus is unrepresented in the
southern hemisphere and in the lower regions of the
tropics.

There is much confusion in the popular names ap-
plied to these fruits. The terms "Bilberry" and "Whor-
tleberry" usually mentioned as "common names" by
American writers are seldom or never heard among
the common people in this country ; while "Huckle-
berry " is often used indiscriminately for plants of
this genus and for the Gaylussacias. In the central
states the term "Huckleberry" is usually applied to
V. corymbosum, while "Blueberry" is given to the low-
growing species, like V. Canadensis and Pennsylraiii-
cum. In New England, "Huckleberry" is reserved for
species of Gaylussacia, while "Blueberry" is applied to
the lower growing species as above, and "High-bush
Blueberry " to V. corymbosum. The red-berried species
are, in general, referred to as "Cranberries."

Among the plants which lend tone to the landscape
in October and November by reason of their bright
foliage, many of the species of Vaccinium may be in-
cluded,—the brilliant red, crimson and orange colors
often persisting much longer than the bright-hued
leaves of a majority of other plants. Of the ornamen-
tal species none are more strikingly beautiful late in
the autumn than the common High-bush Blueberry, V .
corymbosum. When well grown it is a stout, thick,
spreading bush 8-10 ft. high. The plant is beautiful
when in flower; the fruit is attractive and of the best
quality, and the bright scarlet and crimson effects in
late autumn, rivaling the sumach in brilliancy, are un-
surpassed. As an ornamental plant the species deserves
a place in every garden. V. Pennsylvanicum also
brightens waste places for a short time, but drops its
f 'liage too early to be worthy of planting as an under-
shrub. The same is true of V. Canadense, which is in
many respects similar. V. staminenm, though early
deciduous, is attractive when in bloom and throughout
the summer, by reason of its graceful habit. Though
usually found on gravelly soil, it will thrive in any
good garden soil, and it is one of the very few orna-
mental shrubs specially suited for densely shaded situa-
tions. It has the peculiarity of never forming a true
flower-bud, the blossom being open from the first. I'.
arboreum forms an irregular shrub too diffuse and
straggling to be of value except in masses at the South.
V. hirsutmn is as beautiful in its autumn coloring as is
V. corymbosum and, like that species, retains its foliage
late in the season. I'. Vitis-Idaa and uliginosum, with

their shining box-like foliage, are effective as edging
for the shrubbery border.

In the wild state the Blueberry was originally wor-
thier of notice than was the blackberry, raspberry or
currant, but the natural supply is so abundant that
little attention has been given to garden cultivation.
At the Maine Agricultural Experiment Station syste-
matic work is in progress, and several instances of suc-
cessful amateur cultivation are recorded from Massa-
chusetts. The plants of some species are very suscep-
tible of improvement under good cultivation; the best
in order of merit being V. corymbosum, vacillans and
Canadense. The bushes should be transplanted in the
fall and treated much the same as currants. Any good
garden soil is suitable.

Of all the American species used for food, the most
important are, V. corymbosum, Pennsylvanicum, Cana-
dense and vacillans . The first of these, the High-bush
Blueberry, or Swamp Blueberry, or "Huckleberry " of
the middle west, is of firm texture, good size and ex-
cellent flavor. The shrub is easily transplanted, grows
rapidly on any good soil, and more than any other spe-
cies shows a marked tendency to vary in the size,
shape and quality of its fruit. It is the natural starting
point in attempts to add the Blflieberfry to the list of
cultivated fruits. During the past few years it has re-
ceived considerable attention as a garden fruit, espe-
cially in New England. The other species named grow
mostly on uplands,— I'. Pennsylvanicum, especially, on
dry sandy "barrens" — and form the bulk of the Blue-
berry crop as seen in the cities or at the canning fac-
tories.

In many of the northern and eastern states — particu-
larly in New England, New York, New Jersey, Michi-
gan and the mountain districts of Pennsylvania and
West Virginia— there are many thousand acres of land,
worthless for agricultural purposes, which after the pine
is removed send up an abundant growth of Blue-
berry bushes, alders, poplars, gray birches and spireas.
These lands are, for the most part, considered as public
property and are recklessly burned over by irresponsi-
ble parties to promote the growth of the Blueberries.
In New England, particularly in Maine, the manage-
ment of such lands has been systematized and Blue-
berry canning has become an important industrial
operation. In some instances the whole business is un-
der the management of the landowners, but in most
cases the land is divided into several tracts, each of
which is leased to some responsible party who assumes
the whole care of burning, keeping off trespassers, har-
vesting and marketing the fruit; the owner, in such
cases, receiving as rental one-half cent per quart for all
fruit gathered. Pickers receive lJ^-3 cents per quart.
Those who lease the land and haul the fruit to canning
factory or station for shipment receive %-l cent per
quart. These rates are determined in accordance with
the market value of the crop.

Every year a certain section of each lease is burned
over. This burning must be done very early in the
spring, before the soil becomes dry; otherwise the fire
goes too deep, the humus is burned from the ground
and most of the bushes are killed. Many hundred acres
on what should be the best part of the Blueberry plains
have thus been ruined. The method most commonly
used in burning a given area is for the operator to pass
around the section to be burned, dragging after him an
ordinary torch or mill-lamp. He then retraces his steps
and follows over the burned area, setting new fires in
the portions which have escaped and back-firing if
there is danger of spreading unduly over areas which
it is desired to leave unburned. A device occasionally
used consists of a piece of K-inch gas-pipe, bent near
the end at an angle of about 60°. The end opposite the
bent part is closed with a cap or plug and in the other
end, after filling the pipe with kerosene, is placed a
plug of cotton waste or tow. This device is by many

(1889)

1890 VACCIN1UM

considered superior to the lamp or torch, as it is more
easily handled. Each section of the lease is usually
burned over every third year. In this way the birches
and alders are subdued and the Blueberries spring up
quickly and bear a maximum crop the year following
the burning.

The Blueberries have an advantage over other small '
fruits in that they will stand shipment better and will
keep longer than the others, with the exception of cur-
rants and gooseberries. By far the largest proportion
of the fruit is taken to the factories for canning. Early

2626. " Buckboard " used in Maine to carry Blueberries
from the fields to the cannery.

iu the season, however, before the factories are opened,
a considerable [amount is shipped to the larger cities
for use while fresh. This fruit is usually shipped in
quart boxes, as shown in Fig. 2627.

All of the early fruit is picked by hand and only ripe
berries are gathered. Later in the season, particularly
on "old burns," i. e., on areas which will have to be
burned over the next year, the fruit is gathered with a
"blueberry rake." This is an implement somewhat simi-
lar to the cranberry rake in use on Cape Cod, and may
be likened to a dust-pan, the bottom of which is com-
posed of stiff parallel wire rods. See Pig. 2628. The
fruit may be gathered much more quickly and more
cheaply by means of the rake. The bushes are, how-
ever, seriously injured by the treatment. In no case
should the rake be used in gathering the High-bush
Blueberries. As the berries are gathered they are
passed through a fanning mill to eliminate leaves and
twigs before being sent to the canning factory. At the
factory they are again submitted to a much stronger
winnowing. This is the only preparation required for
market.

The financial importance of the Blueberry Industry
is very difficult to estimate at the present time. In
Maine the canning of Blueberries is largely in the
hands of a few packers. The largest of the factories has
a daily capacity of 700 bushels and the average annual
output is 8,300 cases of 2-dozen cans each, represent-
ing 6,250 bushels of fresh fruit. The average price per
case for the canned fruit is $1.90. The value of the
annual product of this one factory is not far from
$15,000. The total canned product of Maine's "Blue-
berry barrens" in 1899 was about 50,000 cases and the
price per ease was $2.20, making the value of the Blue-
berry crop in this one small section considerably more
than* $100,000. In northern Michigan the annual ship-

2627. A quart box of fancy Blueberries, prepared for market.

ments are from 3,000-5,000 bushels. In New Jersey,
Pennsylvania and West Virginia large quantities of the
fruit are gathered from the plains and mountains, but
the work is not systematized.

White or pinkish fruits, instead of the usual deep
blue-colored berries, are not uncommon in certain lo-

VACCINIUM

calities. In some cases these are albino forms; in others
the color is due to a fungus. Albino forms of V. Myr-
tilliix were recorded as early as 1578 by Dodoens. The
other species thus far recorded are: V. Vitis-Idaa,
Pennsylvanicum, corymbosum and vacillans. It is
probable, however, that many other species exhibit this
variation. No special reason can be assigned for this
difference in color. The white forms are found growing
(usually in colonies) by the side of the normal type. If
exposed to full sunlight, the fruit is very likely to have
a blush cheek, or even to be of a scarlet color. The al-
bino forms must, however, be carefully distinguished
from the "white berries" caused by the presence of a
fungous growth (Sclerotinia baccarum).

Propagation.— In the past one chief drawback in the
dissemination of the Blueberries has been the difficulty,
or supposed difficulty, of propagation. The few nur-
serymen who have offered them for sale have usually
depended upon the native heaths and pastures for their
supply of plants, rather than upon the nursery rows.
The results have been most discouraging, and the Blue-
berries, though among the finest of fruits, are almost
unknown iu cultivation.

In the case of the cranberries, propagation is effected
almost exclusively by cuttings (see Cranberry). With
the Blueberries, grafting is easily performed, and in this
way specially choice individuals may be perpetuated.
For general purposes, however, seedlings or division
may be used. Propagation by seed naturally requires
care and skill, but is entirely feasible. The method fol-
lowed at the Arnold Arboretum, and at the Maine Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, where for several years
seedling Blueberries have been grown, is essentially as
follows: Seed-pans or boxes about 4 in. deep are half
filled with potsherds and
covered with a layer of
sphagnum, after which a
compost consisting of one-
third each of fibrous peat,
well - rotted sod and fine
sand, is used; the whole be-
ing firmed with the hand or
with a mallet. The seed,
washed free from the pulp
of freshly gathered fruit, is
then sown thickly, pressed
down lightly and covered

with a slight sprinkling of sphagnum. The boxes
are placed in a coldframe until January, when they
are brought to a house with a temperature of 55°-60°
and a range of 10° higher by day. As the young
seedlings appear, the sphagnum is gradually removed
and a quantity of compost sifted in among the plants.
The young plants are treated like other delicate seed-
lings, and handled about, twice during the first season.
After Sept. 1 they are hardened off and later removed
to a coldframe for winter, the frames being protected to
retain the foliage as late as possible and covered with hay
or litter during the winter. The next spring the plants
are set about 6 inches apart in a well-prepared bed and
shaded until thoroughly established. Clean tillage is
given during the season. At the approach of winter, a
few inches of loam between the plants to prevent heav-
ing is the only protection required. The following
spring, or two years from seed, they may be planted out
permanently. Seed which is kept until dry and then
sown, even if given the best of care, will seldom germi-
nate until the second year. The low Blueberry ( V.
Pennsylvanicum) will usually fruit in three to four
years from seed; but V. corymbosum requires four to
six years. See Bull. 76, Maine Exp. Sta.

2628. Blueberry rake.

albiflorum, is.

angustit'olium, 10, 11.
arljoreuui, 24.
arbusoula, 10.
atrococcum, 19.
cssspitosum, 10.
C'anadense, 13.
Constablari, 18.
corymbosum, 18.
crassifolium, 20.
erythrinum, 22.

INDEX,
erythrocarpon, 5.
fuseatum, 17, 18.
hirsutum, 14.
macrocarpon, 3.
melanocarpum, 25.
Myxsinites, 7.
myrtilloides, 15.
Myrtillus, 9.
nigrum, 12.
nitidum, 6.
ovalifolium, 16.
ovatum, 23.

Oxycoccus, 1.
pallidum, 18.
parvifolium, 4.

Pennsvlvanicum,

11.
Sprengelii, 7.
stumineum, 25.
tenettum, 17.
uliginosum, 21.

VACCINIUM

Botanical Classification. -In the following scheme
the species are separated on the basis of natural char-
acters. When two closely related forms occur over
wide range in latitude, however, the assigned dif-
ferences are liable to fail at some point. The key
will be found useful in determining herbarium speci-
mens.

a. Ovarii 4-5-loculed(rarely 8-10-
loculed in V. Vitis-Idota).
b. Stamens long-exserted.

c. Filaments villous 5. erythrocarpon

CO. Filaments puberulent.
D. Stems very slender,

creeping 1. Oxycoccus

dd. Steins stouter, with as-
cending branches 2. macrocarpon

BB. Stamens included.

C. Filaments glabrous or pu-
bescent.
D. Corolla commonly 4-

lobed: stamens 8 21. uliginosum

DD. Corolla commonly 5-
lobed: stamens 10.
E. Plants dwarf, a foot or
less high.
F. BranchesnotangledAO. caespitosum
FF. Branches sharply

angled '. 0. Myrtillus

EE. Plants taller, 1-12 ft.
high.
F. Margins of leaves

sharply serrulate.Vb. myrtilloides
ff. Margins of leaves
entire (except in
V. ovalifolium).
G. Length of Ivs. 1-

2 inches 10. ovalifolium

GG. Length of Ivs. %-

% inches 4 parviiolium

CC Filaments pilose.

D. Twigs red. Here prob-
ably belongs 22. erythrinum

DD. Twi<is not red.

E. Stamens 10: ovary 5-
loculed.
f. Bronchitis pubes-
cent 23. ovatum

ff. Br a n c h lets g la -

brous 20. crassifolium

ee. Stamens 8: ovary 4-

loculed 3. Vitis-Idaea

aa. Ovary 10-loculed (sometimes
imperfectly so).
B. Anthers with 2 awns on the
back.

c. Stamens included 24. arboreum

OC. Stamens erserted 25. stamineum

BB. Anthers awnless.

c. Foliage evergreen, coria-
ceous.
D. Calyx-teeth roundish

and very dense 6. nitidum

DD. Calyx-teeth acute 7. Myrsinites

cc. Foliage deciduous (some-
times tardily so insouth-
ern forms).
D. Corolla cyliudraceous . .17 '. virgatum
dd. Corolla short and usu-
ally broad.
e. Bin nrh lets hirsute. ..14. hirsutum
ee. Branch lets glabrous
or glaucous (except
in V. Canadense).
F. Lvs. glaucous and
pale beneath.

a. Fruit blue 8. vacillans

GG. Fruit black 12. nigTUui

FF. Lvs. strongly pubes-
cent both sides.. A3. Canadense
FFF. Lvs. glabrous, often
hairy on midrib
beneath.

VACCINIUM

1891

G. Ma rg i u of Irs.
bristly -serru-
late 11- Pennsylvanicum

GG. Margins of Irs. en-
tire or at most

cthatr.

H. Berry b I ue,

glaucous 18. corymbosum

hh. Berry black,

not glaucous. 19. atrococcum

Horticultural Classification.— The following key
to the more commonly known species is based upon
horticultural or garden characters:
A. Species cultivated chiefly for
fruit.
B. Color of fruit red.

c. Stems slender, trailing:
lvs. evergreen.

D. Apex of leaves acute 1. Oxycoccus

DD. Apex of leaves obtuse or

retuse 2. macrocarpon

cc. Stems stouterthough creep-
ing: brandies erect,

tufted 3. Vitis-Idaea

CCC. Stems erect, much taller,
2-10 ft.
d. Lvs. small^/i-Yi in. long. 4. parvifolium
dd. Lvs. larger, l%-8 in.

long 5. erythrocarpon

BB. Color of fruit blue or black.

c. Plant low, %S ft. high.

D. Foliage evergreen.

E. Lvs. small, %-% in.

long (">. nitidum

ee. Lvs. larger, %-l in.. 7. Myrsinites
dd. Foliage deciduous.

E. Surface of I vs. gla-
brous.
F. Lvs. pale beneath,
not shining above.
(See also No. 12.
Here might be
sought V. corym-
bosum, var. palli-
dum, No. IS.) 8. vacillans
FF. Lvs. not paler be-
neath, shining, at
least above. (Ex-
ceptions : No. 12
always paler be-
neath; No. 11
rarely paler be-
neath.)
G. Fls. solitary in
the axils.
H. Branches

sharply an-
gled !). Myrtillus

HH. Branches not

angled 10. caespitosum

GG. Fls. in fascicles

or short racemes.

H. The lvs. not

palerbeneuth.il. Pennsyl vanicum.
hh. The lvs. paler

beneath 12. nigrum

EE. Surface of the Ivs.
hairy.
F. Ovary and fr. glau-
cous 13. CanadenBe

FF. Ovary and I r. hir-
sute 14. hirsutum

cc. Plant taller, 8-12 ft
spreading .
D. Fls. solitary in axils.

E. Lvs. sharply serrate. 15. myrtilloides
ee. Lvs. entire or slightly

s, rr it lute 10. ovalifolium

DD. Fls. in racemes or co-
rymbs.
E. Baceines elongated on

naked branches 17. virgatum

1892

VACCINIUM

VACCINIUM

ee. Racemes shorter.

F. Corolla cylindric:

fr. blue 18. corymbosum

ff. Corolla urn-shaped:

fr. blmk 19, atrococcum

a a. Species cultivated chiefly for
ornament.
B. Plants low, 1-2 ft. high.
c. Stems creeping, with
branches erect, or as-
cending.

D. Lvs. small, shining 20. crassifolium

dd. it's. larger,pale orglau-

cescent 21. uliginosum

CO. Stems erect: twigs red .. ..22. erythrinum
BB. Plants taller, t-20 ft. high.

c. Foliage evergreen, rigid. .23. ovatum
0C. Foliage deciduous.

D. Surface shining above,
more or less pubescent

beneath 24. arboreum

dd. Surface paler above,

glaucous beneath 25. stamineuni

ddd. Surface bright green
both sides. (Here
might be sought No. 5.) 5. erythrocarpon

1. Oxyc6ccus, Linn. Small Cranberry. Cranberry
■of the Old World. Slender creeping plants with short,
filiform stems 4-10 in. long: lvs. ovate acute or acumi-
nate, M in. long, with revolute margins: pedicels 1-4,
terminal: corolla deeply 4-parted, the lobes reflexed;
anthers exserted, with very long terminal tubes: berry
red, globose, %-% in. in diam., 4-loculed. Sphagnum
swamps in subarctic and alpine regions. — Though
smaller, its fruit is by many considered superior to that
of the next.

2. macrocarpon, Ait. Larger American Cranberry.
Stems slender, creeping, elongated (1—4 ft.), the flower-
ing branches ascending: lvs. oblong or oval, obtuse or
retuse, %-% in. long, whitened beneath: pedicels sev-
eral, axillary and lateral: berry red or reddish, globose
or pyriform, %-l in. long. N. America. B.M. 2586.
Em. 2:456. See Cranberry.

2629. Cowberry or Mountain Cranberry — Vaccinium
Vitis-Idaea (X about J;;).

3. Vitis-IdaBa, Linn. Cowberry. Mountain Cran
berry. Foxberry. Fig. 2629. Plants low (6-10 in.)
lvs. coriaceous, persistent, obovate or oval, %-% in
long, dark green and shining above, with blackist
bristly points beneath: fls. in short, terminal raceme
corolla white or rose-colored, 4-cleft: berries dark red,
acid, rather bitter. Arctic regions, south to coast of

New England, Minn, and Brit. Col. B.B. 2:580. L.B.C
7:616 (as var. major) ; ll:1023(var. minor).— The fruits,
which are rather larger than currants, acid and some-
what bitter when uncooked, are largely used in the more
northern regions for tarts, jellies and preserves, or as a
substitute for the common cranberry. According to
Macoun, the fishermen's families along the Gasp6 coast
and the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence gather
the fruit of this species in large quantities for their
own use and for sale, calling it "Low-bush Cranberry."
Throughout the whole of northern Canada hunters and
trappers, as well as the native Indians, have frequently
to depend upon it for food. It is valuable for the shrub-
bery border, where the strong contrast of the dark green
foliage and the bright-colored persistent fruit is very
striking.

4. parvifdlium, Smith. Shrub, 6-12 ft. high, strag-
gling, with slender, green, sharply angled branches:
lvs. oblong or oval, obtuse, entire, dull or pale, %-%
in. long: fls. solitary in the axils; corolla globular,
nearly white; calyx 5-lobed: berries light red, rather
dry. "Northern Calif, to Alaska. — Off ered by only one
nurseryman. T. J. Howell, of Oregon, characterizes the
fruit as "of good flavor, excellent for tarts," while Gray
says "rather dry, hardly edible."

5. erythrocarpon, Michx. Shrub, erect, divergently
branching, 1-4 ft. high: lvs. oblong-lanceolate, acumi-
nate, serrate, thin, 1K-3 in. long: pedicels solitary,
axillary, bractless: corolla flesh - colored, K in. long,
4-cleft, revolute: berries globose, % in. in diam., light
red, turning to deep blue-black at full maturity, watery,
slightly acid, scarcely edible. July. Higher Allegha-
nies, Va. to Ga. B.M. 7413.

6. nitidum, Andr. A diffusely much branched shrub,
with smooth brauchlets: lvs. thick, coriaceous, shining
above, obovate or oblong: fls. in fascicles on short ra-
cemes, the almost persistent bracts as well as the
roundish or obtuse calyx-teeth reddish; corolla short -
campanulate, 5-toothed: berry "somewhat pear-shaped,
black." Fla. and Ga. —Near to or passing into I'. Myr-
sinites.

7. Myrsinites, Lam. Low, evergreen shrub erect or
decumbent: lvs. exceedingly variable, %-l in. long, en-
tire or serrulate, sometimes denticulate, mostly shining
above; bracts and calyx-teeth acute or acutish: berries
"globose, blue." Sandy pine barrens N. Car. to Fla. and La.
B.M. 1550 (as V. nitidum, var. decumbens). -The differ-
ence between this species and the preceding is obscure.
The chief points of distinction seem to be that V. Myrsi-
nites has puberulent branchlets, prominently veined lvs.
and acute calyx-teeth and bracts, while V. nitidum has
smooth branchlets, smaller and faintly veined lvs., with
obtuse or roundish calyx-teeth and bracts. Grown as a
pot-plant in coolbouses in England under the name of
I'. Sprengelii.

8. vacillans. Kalm. Low Blueberry. Blue Huckle-
berry. Erect, glabrous : lvs. obovate or oval, entire or
sparingly serrulate: fls. in rather loose clusters, gener-
ally on leafless summits of twigs; corolla campanulate
or cylindraceous, contracted at the mouth : berries large,
blue, with much bloom, of excellent flavor, ripening
with V. Canadense. Dry, sandy, or rocky places, N.
Amer. B.B. 2:579. Em. l:454.-One of the most com-
mon species of the northern and central states, particu-
larly west of the Alleghanies. The fls. are quite showy,
while the fruit is particularly valuable.

9. Myrtillus, Linn. Whortleberry. Bilberry. Low
shrubs, glabrous: lvs. ovate or oval, serrate, conspicu-
ously veined, %-% in. long: calyx almost entire: ber-
ries black, nodding. Mountainous regions, N. Amer.,
Eu., Asia. — The most widely distributed species and
very generally used as an article of diet and in the mak-
ing of drinks, particularly in the Old World. It is from
this species that the common name Whortleberry is de-
rived. Not of special importance in America.

10. caespitdsum, Michx. Dwarf Bilberry. A dwarf
tufted shrub, 3-12 in. high, nearly glabrous throughout:
lvs. obovate, obtuse or acutish, serrulate, shining on
both sides: fls. solitary; corolla obovoid, pink or white,
slightly 5-toothed (rarely 4-toothed): berries large,
globose, blue with bloom, sweet. N. Amer. B.B. 2:576

VACCINIUM

B.M. 3429— It is doubtful if varieties can be distin-
guished. Var. arbuscula, Gray, passes into tbe ordinary
form; while vars. angustifolium, Gray, and cuneifblium,
Nutt., are found to be simply forms produced by shade.
The last form, particularly, is common in New Eng-
land, and early in the season the lvs. are of the ordinary
obovate type, while later they become elongated.
Recommended by Warren H. Manning for the rock

VACCINU'M

1893

11. Pennsylvanicum, Lam. Low Blueberry. Fig.
2630. A dwarf shrub, 6-15 in. high: lvs. membrana-
ceous, oblong-lanceolate or oblong, distinctly serrulate
with bristle-pointed teeth, mostly shining on both sides
but often hairy on midrib beneath: fls. on short pedi-
cels; corolla campanulate-cylindrical, short: berries
large, globose, bluish black with bloom, sweet, the
earliest to ripen north. N. Amer. B.M. 3434. B.B.
2:578. Em. 2:456. Rep. Me. Exp. Sta. 1898:171. -Var.

2630. Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum — Low Blueberry (XK).

angnstifdlium, Gray. A dwarf form, with more decid-
edly lanceolate lvs. Lake Superior and northward.—
This species is extremely variable in size and shape
of fruit and flowers, but with the exception of the va-
riety noted and the black - fruited form often asso
ciated with it, which is set off as Y. nigrum, the varia
tions do not appear sufficiently constant to warrant mak
ing separations. In general, the plant is of low, semi
prostrate habit, is extremely prolific and thrives on dry
sandy hills. It furnishes the bulk of the Blueberries
found in the eastern markets. When mown down or
burned, the new erect shoots produce, the following
year, a long, spike-like mass of bloom and fruit which
may be stripped off by handfuls. Because of its charac-
ter and early-ripening habit, it is known on the Blue-
berry plains as "Early Sweet" or "Low Sweet."

12. nigTum, Britton. Low Black Blueberry. Low
shrub, similar to V. Pennsylvanicum, and often asso-
ciated with it: lvs. oblong-lanceolate to obovate, finely
serrulate, green above, pale and glaucous beneath : fls.
few in the clusters, white or cream-colored, appearing
earlier than those of I". Pennsylvanicum: berries rather
small, black without bloom. Dry rocky soil, N. Amer.
B.B. 2:579. Rep. Me. Exp. Sta., 1898:171. -This species
is distinguished from the preceding by the glaucous
under surfaces of the leaves and by the characteristic
shining black fruit. It is usually found in colonies in
the same situations as V. Pennsylvanicum : but occa-
sionally the two species will be found intermingled.

13. Canadense, Richards. Canada Blueberry. Erect
shrubs, 1-2 ft. high, the crowded branchlets downy
pubescent: lvs. oblong-lanceolate or elliptical, entire
downy on both sides: corolla short, open-campanulate
greenish white, often tinged with red : berries globose
or oblate, blue with much bloom, of excellent flavor
Low woods, Hudson Bay to Bear Lake and the north
ern Rocky Mts.; south to New Eng., mts. of Pa. and
111. B.M. 3446. B.B. 2:578. -This species, commonly
known as "Velvet Leaf " or "Sour Top " because of the
character of its foliage and the somewhat acid fruit,
usually grows in rather moist, rocky, not swampy, lo-
calities. The fruit is larger and more acid than the
other low forms and matures from one to three weeks
later. It is not so popular in the general market as the
sweeter kinds, but it is verj' prolific and its lateness in
ripening is a point in its favor.

14. hirsutirm, Buckley. Hairy Huckleberry. Bear
Huckleberry. Low shrub, 1-2 ft. high: stems green,
grooved, obscurely 4-angled, those of the current year
covered with stout, spreading white hairs: lvs. ovate,
entire and, together with the pure white campanulate
corolla, the calyx and the dark blue globose fruit, hirsute.
Very local in N. C, Ga. and Tenn. G.F. 2:365. -This
species, discovered about 1840, was lost sight of for half a
century until rediscovered by Sargent and transferred
to the Arnold Arboretum. It is readily distinguished by
the hairy flower and fruit. The fruit is described as
fully as large as that of Gayhtssacia resinosa, shining
black, and of an agreeable flavor. Under cultivation
not so densely hairy as in the wild state. Gives prom-
ise of being valuable under cultivation as one of the
latest of its kind to ripen, — at the Arnold Arboretum
the best period of fruitage being the middle of August,
berries remaining into September.

15. myrtilloides, Hook. An erect, branching shrub,
mostly glabrous throughout, the twigs slightly angled:
lvs. oval, oblong or ovate, acute, serrate, membranous,
green on both sides but not shining, 1-2 in. long: calyx
entire; corolla depressed-globular, j-ellowish or green-
ish white: berries large, oblate, black, rather acid.
Lake Superior westward. B.M. 3447.— The berries are
large, %-% in., oblate, with broad calyx, of excellent
flavor; much relished by the natives of the northwest.

16. ovalifolium, Smith. A slender, straggling,
branched shrub 3-12 ft. high, with slender more or less
angled branchlets: lvs. oval, obtuse, glabrous, green
above, glaucous beneath : fls. solitary, on short, re-
curved pedicels; corolla globose-ovoid: berry large,
zi-% in., bluish purple, with bloom. Woods, Quebec to
Mich., Ore. and Alaska. B.B. 2:577. — This species is
very abundant in the northwest, forming a large part
of the undergrowth along the southern coast of Alaska
(Funston). The berries, rather larger than peas, are
collected in great quantities by the Indians, who use
them fresh and dry them for winter. The exception-
ally large berries and vigorous habit of this species
suggest its value for cultivation and particularly for
crossing with the low -growing species, such as V,
Pennsylvanicum and Canadense.

17. virgatum, Ait. A shrub 3-12 ft. high, with slen-
der green branches, the young twigs puberulent: lvs.
narrowly oval-oblong, acute, often mucronate, entire or
minutely serrulate, green and glabrous above, pale or
glaucous beneath, %-2 in. long: fls. in short racemes
on naked twigs, appearing before the lvs.; corolla
nearly cylindrical, white or pink: bracts small, decidu-
ous: berry black, with or without bloom. Swamps,
southern Va. to Fla. and La. B.B. 2:577. B.M. 3522.
B.R. 4:302 (as V. fuscatum).— The distinction between
this species and the next is very slight. It is probable
that, possibly excepting var. tenellum, this is only a
southern form of V. corymbosum and should be re-
duced to varietal rank.

Var. tenellum, Gray (V. teniUwm, Ait., not Pursh).
A low form, mostly less than 2 ft., with smaller lvs.
and nearly white fls. in short, close clusters. Southern
Va. to Ark., Fla. and Ala. — Probably a distinct species.

18. corymbosum, Linn. High -bush Blueberry,
Swamp Huckleberry. Fig. 2631. A tall, straggling
shrub, 4-12 ft. high, with yellowish green warty branch-

1894

VACCINIUM

VALERIANA

lets which later turn brownish: lvs. ovate or oblong to
elliptical - lanceolate, usually entire: fls. in short ra-
cemes on naked twigs; corolla ovate to urn-shaped, or
oblong-cylindrical, white or pinkish : berries blue-black,
with much bloom, of excellent flavor. Moist woods or
swamps, N. Amer. Em. 2:454. American Agriculturist
1886:364. B.B. 2:577.— Exceedingly variable, and nu-
merous gradations unite the several varieties. V. co-
rymbosum is one of the most valuable species both for
fruit and as an ornamental shrub. It thrives in the gar-
den and is readily susceptible of improvement by culti-
vation.

Var. amcenum, Gray ( V. amcenum, Ait.). A form
with bristly ciliate, serrulate leaves, bright green on
both sides, shining above, often pubescent on veins be-
neath. Mainly in the Middle Atlantic states. B.B.
5:400. B.M. 3433 (as V. corymbosum).

Var. pallidum, Gray ( F. pallidum, Ait. V. albiflo-
rum. Hook. V. C6nstabhei, Gray). A pale and glaucous
or glaucescent form, with or without some pubescence:
ovary more completely inferior, generally low, other-
wise resembling var. amcenum. Common in mountain-
ous regions southward. B.M. 3428. B.B. 2:579.

Var. fuscatum, Gray ( I'. fuscatum, Ait.). A tall form
with the mature and entire lvs. fuscous-pubescent be-
neath : fls. virgate, somewhat spicate on the naked
flowering twigs. Ala. and Fla. to La. and Ark.

19. atroc6ccum, Heller (V. corymbosum, var. atrocic-
cum, Gray). Black Blueberry. A branching shrub
with shreddy bark, similar to V. corymbosum: lvs. oval
or oblong, dark green above, densely pubescent be-
neath, entire, acute, often mucronate: fls. in short ra-
cemes, appearing with the lvs.: berry black, without
bloom, sweet. Moist woods and swamps, northeastern
N. Amer. B.B. 2:578.

20. crassifdlium, Andr. Slender, trailing shrub
stems 2-3 ft. long, glabrous: lvs. small, K-K in. long
oval or narrowly oblong, sparsely serrulate or entire
shining: fls. few, almost sessile, in small, axillary clus
ters, nearly white or tinged with red: berries black
Sandy bog's, N. C. to Ga. B.M. 1152. - Useful for the
shrubbery border south.

2631. High-bush Blueberry — Vaccinium corymbosum.
(spray X K).

21. uligindsum, Linn. Bog Bilberry. A stiff, much-
branched shrub K-2 ft. high: lvs. thick, obovate or
oval, obtuse or retuse, K-l in. long, nearly sessile: fls.
2-4 together, or sometimes solitary ; calyx 4-parted,
sometimes 5-parted; corolla urn-shaped, 4- or 5-lobed,
pink; stamens 8-10: berries bluish black, with bloom.
N. Amer., Eu., Asia. B.B. 2:576. -The plant is useful
for the shrubbery border in cold, wet locations, and its
fruit, though of poor quality, is used for food by the
natives of the northwest.

22. erythrinum, Hook. An erect, glabrous, evergreen
shrub with bright red twigs: lvs. ovate, obtuse, coria-
ceous, entire: fls. in long, 1-sided, terminal racemes;

corolla cylindraceous, 5-toothed, K in. long, purple,
reddish. Mountainous regions, Java. B.M. 4688. J.H.
III. 34:39. — Sent to England in 1852 and since grown by
various nurserymen as a greenhouse pot-plant. It is a
strong plant, furnishing an abundance of bloom in Dec.
and Jan. Not remarkable, but worthy a place in collec-
tions. A very distinct type.

23. ovatum, Pursh. An erect, rigid, evergreen shrub,
3-8 ft. high, with pubescent brauchlets: lvs. very numer-
ous, thick, shining, ovate or oblong, acute, seriate: lis.
numerous, in short, axillary clusters, followed by dark
purple fruit of agreeable flavor. Vancouver's Island to
Monterey, Calif. B.R. 16:1354. — A distinctly western
species, and one of California's most beautiful hedge
plants, but not well known. V. ovatum is very tena-
cious of life and bears pruning well; propagated from
suckers, cuttings and seeds, which last it bears freely.

24. arboreum, Marshall. Parkleberry. Sparkle-
berry*. Spreading shrub or small tree, 6-25 ft. high,
with glabrous or somewhat pubescent branchlets : lvs.
thinnish, coriaceous, smooth and shining above, obovate
to oblong, entire or obscurely denticulate: fls. profuse,
axillary and leafy racemose; corolla white, 5-lobed:
berry small, globose, rather astringent. Sandy soil
along river banks, Fla. and Tex. to N. C. and 111.
L.B.C. 19:1885. B.M. 1607 (as V. ditfusum). B.B.
2:580. — It forms an irregular shrub too diffuse and
straggling to be of value except in masses, for which
purpose it is useful at the South.

25. Btamineum, Linn. Deerberry. Squaw Huckle-
berry. A divergently branched shrub, 2-5 ft high,
with pubescent or glabrous twigs: lvs. oval to oblong-
lanceolate, acute, entire, pale, glaucous or sometimes
slightly pubescent beneath, 1—1 in. long, K-l K wide: fls.
very numerous, in large leafy-bracted racemes ; corolla
green, 5-cleft; anthers and style exserted: fr. large,
globose or pyriform, greenish or yellowish, few-seeded,
almost inedible. Dry woods and thickets, N. Amer.
B.B. 2:580.

Var. melanocarpum, Mohr. Southern Gooseberry.
Shrub, 2-3 ft. high, branched from near the base: lvs.
as in the type: fls. in loosely 4-8-fld. elongated racemes:
berries twice the size of the typical form, shining black,
with a juicy purple pulp, sweetish, with slightly tart,
flavor. S. States. — Probably a distinct species. Will
thrive on any good, well-drained soil and is a valuable
shade-enduring ornamental shrub. yy-t jt, Munson.

VAGAEIA (meaning obscure). Amaryllidacea>. A
single species, a bulbous autumn-flowering plant from
Syria with strap-shaped leaves produced after the flow-
ers, which are quite freely produced in 6-8-fld. umbels
on naked scapes about 1 ft. high : perianth-tube short,
funnel-shaped at the apex; segments equal, lanceolate,
stamens inserted on throat of tube; filaments quadrate:
ovary globose, 3-loculed, with 2-3 ovules in each locule.

parvifldra, Herb. Bulb globose, about IK in. through :
fls. white. Offered by European bulb-growers.

F. W. Barclay.

VALERIAN. See Valeriana. Greek V. is Polemo-
nium. Bed V. is Cenfratitlius.

VALERIANA (Latin valeo, to be strong, in allusion
to medicinal uses). Valerian. Valeriandcew. A large
genus (probably more than 150 species) of widespread
herbs, mostly of the northern hemisphere. Less than
a dozen species are North American. The Valerians
are erect-growing, mostly tall perennials, with strong-
smelling roots, and bearing many small white, pink or
rose-colored flowers in terminal cymose or cymose-pani-
culate clusters. Corolla tubular or trumpet-shaped, the
limb nearly equally 5-toothed or lobed, the tube usually
swollen at the base; stamens 3: ovary 1-loculed (by
abortion), bearing an entire or somewhat 2-3-lobed
style, ripening into an akene : calyx of bristle-form
lobes: lvs. opposite, various.

The Valerians in the American trade are hardy per-
ennials of easiest culture. Only V. officinalis is well
known. This is one of the characteristic plants of old
gardens, being prized for the spicy fragrance of its
numerous flowers in spring. It spreads rapidly from

VALERIANA

VALERIANELLA

1895

ill#§lsl

suckers arising from the roots, soon forming large
colonies. The common species are often grown from
seeds. V. alba and V. rubra of the trade are no doubt
Centranthus ruber.

A. Bootsiocks horizontal or ascending, with small

fibrous roots.
R. Stem-leaves (at least the lower ones) pinnate or

pinnatelij lobed.
officinalis, Linn. Common Valerian. Garden He-
liotrope. Cat's Valerian. St. George's Herb. Fig.
2632. Somewhat pubescent: stem erect, simple below
but somewhat branching above, 2-5 ft.: lvs. all pinnate,
with several to many
lanceolate to linear
acuminate toothed or
notched leaflets: fls.
numerous, whitish,
pinkish or lavender,
very fragrant. Eu-
rope, N. Asia. — The
medicinal valerian is
obtained mostly from
the roots of this spe-
cies.

Phu, Linn. Gla-
brous, usually less
tall than the above:
root - lvs. simple ;
stem - lvs. lobed or
bearing 5-7 entire
leaflets: fls. whitish.
Caucasus. Var. au-
rea, Hort., has young
shoots golden yellow.
didica, Linn.
Marsh Valerian.
About 1-2 ft.: root-
lvs. oval, elliptic or
spatulate and entire,
long - stalked ; stem-
lvs. mostly pinnate
with entire leaflets
or divisions, the ter-
minal leaflet oval or
oblong and the lat-
eral ones smaller and
narrower: fls. mostly
unisexual, the sterile
ones the larger, all
pale rose color. Eu-
rope, in moist soil.

Sitchensis, Bong.
A foot or less, the
rootstocks thick and
ascending : root-lvs.
ovate or oblong, sim-
ple or somewhat
lobed ; stem - lvs.
mostly 3-5-foliolate,
the divisions or leaf-
lets orbicular to ob-
long-ovate: fls. white,
very fragrant, in contracted cymes, the corolla about
% in. long. Rocky Mts. to Alaska. G.F. 9:515.— A very
early bloomer.

bb. Stem-leaves not compound nor lobed, but some-
times dentate.
montana, Linn. Usually one ft. or less high, glabrous
or nearly so: root-lvs. oblong, oval or orbicular-oblong,
usually obtuse, somewhat dentate; stem-lvs. lanceolate-
acuminate, dentate or nearly entire : fls. bright rose,
dioecious. Eu. L.B.C. 4:317.

aa. Bootstocks perpendicular, branching below.
edulis, Nutt. Two-4 ft., glabrous or nearly so: root-
lvs. oblanceolate or spatulate with margined petiole,
entire to pinnatifid; stem-lvs. few, sessile, parted into
linear or lanceolate divisions: fls. Yellowish white, in
an elongated panicle, more or less dioecious. Ohio to
Arizona and British Columbia, in wet or moist lands.—

2632. Garden Heliotrope —Valeri-
ana officinalis (X%).

The roots are eaten by Indians. The leaves are thickjsh
and strongly veined.

The African or Algerian Valerian is Fi'dia Cornucbpice,
Gaertn. (Valeriana C'ornueopiie, Linn. Valerianella Conm-
eopise, Loisel.). It is an Algerian annual used for salad, after
the manner of corn salad. It does not appear to be in the
Amer. trade. Glabrous, branching, 1% ft. or less high: lvs.
oval-oblong, thickish, simple, somewhat toothed, those of the
stem clasping: fls. long-tubular, pink, in terminal clusters.
Cult, as for corn'salad, although it endures loss eohl. It thrives
well in warm weather when not allowed to suffer for water.
B.R. 2:155. — V. tripteris, Linn., of Europe, appears to have
been offered in this country, although little known here: about
1 ft. tall, glabrous: radical lvs. oval or cordate, dentate: stem-
lvs. with 3 leaflets or lobes, the terminal one large: fls. rose-
eolored, polygamous. L H B

VALERIANELLA (diminutive of Valeriana). I'ale-
rian&cecv. Including Corn Salad or Fetticus. A
genus of nearly 50 species of annual, dichotornously
branched herbs, with a basal rosette of entire lvs. and
small white, bluish or pinkish fls. borne in terminal
cymes, which form compact globular or flatfish clus-
ters. Corolla nearly regular, 5-lobed; stamens 3: fr.
3-loculed, 2 of the locules being empty. These plants
are mostly native to the Mediterranean region. V. oli-
toria is the common Corn Salad and V. eriocarpa the
Italian Corn Salad. To the account given in this work
at page 376, the following may be added :

Corn Salad is both a salad plant and a pot-herb,
chiefly the former. The name "Corn Salad" is prob-
ably derived from the fact that the plant grows spon-
taneously in the grain fields of Europe, large quantities
of it being gathered in early spring. It is rather taste-
less compared with lettuce, and is little known in
America. Abroad it is prized as a fall and winter salad.
It is a cool-season crop, grown like lettuce and matures
in 6-8 weeks. Plants should stand about 6 in. apart in
the row. An ounce of seed should give 2,000-3,000
plants. The following description of the varieties is
derived from Vilmorin's Vegetable Garden.

olitdria, Mcench. Corn Salad. Lamb's Lettuce. Fet-
ticus. Fig. 2633. An "autumnal annual " herb, the seed of
which ripens in April or May, soon falls to the ground,
and germinates in August. The plant makes its growth
in the fall and flowers the following spring. In cultiva-
tion the seed is generally sown in early spring or late
summer. The plant forms a dense rosette of spoon-
shaped lvs. which grow in a decussate fashion, and has
an angular, forking stem bearing small bluish white
fls. in terminal clusters. Eu., Orient. — The Round-
Leaved variety has much shorter lvs. than the

2633. Valerianella olitoria— Corn salad.

common type and they are half -erect instead of spread-
ing, and less prominently veined. This kind is the
one grown almost exclusively for the Paris market.
The Large-Seeded variety is more robust than the
common type and the seed is nearly twice as large.
Lvs. marked with numerous secondary veins. Much
grown in Holland and Germany. The Etampes variety-
has very dark-colored lvs., which are often undulate
or folded back at the margins. Lvs. narrow, promi-
nently veined, thicker and more fleshy than the other

1896

VALERIANELLA

VALLOTA

kinds and specially suited to cold weather and long dis-
tance shipment. The cabbaging variety differs from
the others in forming a heart or head of fine flavor.
Unfortunately it is the least productive type, but it
bears shipment well.

eriocarpa, Desv. Italian Corn Salad. Distin-
guished from the common species by the lighter color
of the lvs., which are slightly hairy and somewhat
toothed on the edges towards the base. The plant is
native to the south of Europe, where it is highly es-
teemed because it does not run to seed as quickly in a
warm climate. It is undesirable for northern climates.

W. M.
VALLISNEEIA (Antonio Vallisneri, 1GG1-1730, Italian
naturalist). HydrocharidaeecB. About 4 species of
aquatic plants, including the well-known Eel-grass or
Tape-grass. This is found in fresh water all over the
world. It is a submerged plant with linear lvs. %-6 ft.
long, depending on the depth of the water. The lvs.
originate in a tuft at the bottom of the water, and the
plant spreads by runners sent out from these tufts.
Eel-grass is usually found in quiet waters. It has no
horticultural rank, except as an aquarium plant. Like
many other aquarium plants, it has special interest for
students of botany. The pistillate fls. are borne on very
long spiral threads and come to the surface as shown in
Pig. 2034. The staminate fls. are borne on very short
stalks near the bottom of the water. At the proper time
the staminate fls. break away from their stalks and rise
to the surface of the
water. As they float
about, some of the pol-
len is conveyed to the
pistillate fls.. and in
this haphazard way the
blossoms are fertilized
and seed is produced.
Both kinds of fls. are
very small, and they are
borne on separate plants.
Eel-grass is readily col-
lected, or can be pro-
cured from dealers in
aquarium supplies or
from collectors of native
plants. The plant is
sometimes called "wild
celery," because it is
said to impart a celery-
like flavor to wild ducks
that feed on it. For ge-
n e r i c characters, see
Gray's Manual or Brit-
ton and Brown's Illus-
trated Flora.

spiralis, Linn. Eel-
grass. Tape - grass.
Fig. 2634. Hardy sub-
merged aquatic plant :
lvs. thin, linear, 5-
nerved, sometimes ser-
, Sept. B.B. 1:93.

2634. Eel-grass -Vallisneri
spiralis. (Reduced.'

rate near the apex: lis. white.
R.B. 20, p. 194. V. 4:157.

Wm. Trickek and W. M.
VALLdTA (Pierre Vallot, French botanist; wrote an
account of the garden of Louis XIII in 1623). Amaryl-
lidacecv. The Scarborough Lily, Vallota purpurea,
is a South African representative of the American genus
Hippeastrum, popularly known as "Amaryllis." It is a
bulbous plant with large, red, funnel-shaped, 6-lobed
flowers, blooming in September and later. A pair of well-
grown specimens in large pots or tubs make a showy
ornament for the porch. Plants have been grown
with over 50 flower trusses, each truss bearing an um-
bel of 4-9 fls., the individual fls. being 3^1 in. or more
across. Vallota is a genus of only one species and is
distinguished from Hippeastrum by the seeds being
winged at the base. The tube of the flower is longer
than in the typical Hippeastrums and at the base of
each perianth-segment is a cushion-shaped callus some-
what different from the minute scales or distinct neck
that is often found at the throat of a Hippeastrum.

Other generic characters: Perianth erect; tube broadly
funnel - shaped ; segments equal, ascending, broad,
connivent; stamens inserted below the throat: ovules
many, superposed: stigma capitate: seeds black, com-
pressed. It has recently been proposed that Vallota be
considered a subgenus of Cyrtanthus. The latter is a
group of about 20 species of plants with fls. of various
colors and naked at the throat. Cyrtanthus proper and

2635. Scarborough Lily — Vallota purpurea.
(From a specimen 2 feet high)

the subgenus Monella have beautiful pendulous fls. in
umbels, but the plants are not as easy to grow as Val-
lota. It has been suggested that they be crossed with
the more robust Vallota in the hope of combining their
varied colors and pendulous grace with the strong con-
stitution of the Vallota. Such a process would be simi-
lar to the one by which the noble race of Hippeastrum
hybrids has been given to the world. Vallota is un-
doubtedly related to Cyrtanthus through the subgenus
Gastronema, which has erect fls. and differs chiefly in
the stamens. Of this subgenus C. sanguineus is in the
trade now. The best form of Vallota seems to be the
variety magnified,

purpurea, Herb. Scarborough Lily. Fig. 2635.
Bulb large: lvs. appearing with the fls., strap-shaped,
1J-2-2 ft. long, dying down in autumn: peduncle hollow,
slightly 2-edged, 2-3 ft. long: fls. scarlet. Gn. 30, p. 245;
42, p. 273. R.H. 1870:50 ( V. grandi flora). A.F. 9:211.
Gng. 2:361. A.G. 1893:81. -The typical form has scapes
about 1 }4 ft. high and blood-red fls. 2% in. across. Var.
major, Hort., is 3 ft. high and has fls. over 3 in. across.
B.M. 1430 (Amaryllis purpurea). Var. minor, Hort., is
smaller than the type in all parts. B.R. 7:552 (Amaryl-
lis purpurea, var. minor). Var. eximia, Bull., has fls.
4 in. across, with whitish, feather-like blotches on the
base of the perianth-segments. Var. magmfica, Hort.,
is probably the best and most robust form: fls. 5 in.
across, with a white eye. Colors said to be brighter
and more uniform than in any other kind. Gn. 30:244.
G.C. III. 3:240. w. M.

The Scarborough Lily is generally rated as a green-
house bulb, but it can be grown by the amateur who has
no glass, provided the plant can be kept over winter in
a well-lighted cellar. Many people have had no success
with Vallota. Such failures are generally due to the
plants being kept too dry during winter. Although
Baker says the leaves die down at the Cape in autumn,
the plant acts like an evergreen in cultivation. Unlike
the majority of bulbous plants, the Vallota should never
be dried off but kept moderately moist about the roots
throughout the year. The Vallota is also strongly op-
posed to interference with its roots. It is possible to
preserve a flowering specimen in most luxuriant health

VALLOTA

VAN DA

1897

for three or four years without repotting, simply by
applying liquid manure to the roots occasionally during
the summer. The culture of Vallota is not difficult
when its peculiarities are understood. Several years
are needed to work up a good plant to the specimen
size. A Vallota bulb is about twice as large as a hya-
cinth. For the first potting use a light soil, with a little
sand at the base of the bulb, and place the bulb a dis-
tance below the surface equal to its own diameter. Use
as small a pot as possible at every stage; shift only
when the soil is well filled with roots and be careful to
break no roots when shifting to a larger pot.

The final potting is an important operation, as the
plant is not to be disturbed again for three or four
years. Drainage should be ample and perfect. It is
essential that the potting soil be of a strong, permanent
nature and rich in plant-food. A good compost consists
of turfy loam, fibrous peat and old cow manure in equal
parts. Add a little sand and charcoal. Avoid repotting
until it is strictly uecessar)T, and do so only when it is
necessary to increase the number of plants or when
there is danger of the roots breaking the pot. For ama-
teurs the best time to repot the plants is directly after
the flowering period. Use the greatest care in handling
the roots. Allow the bulbs to project a little beyond the
surface.

Some gardeners prefer to repot Vallota in June or
July when root action has started, but before the flower
stems have pushed up. Vallota likes full sunshine at all
times of the year. The plant will stand a few degrees
of frost in winter. Beware of over-potting; it is better
to have the bulbs crowd one another out of the pot.
Amateurs sometimes raise Vallotas in the window-gar-
den, one bulb in a 0-inch pot with 1 or 2 flower-stalks,
but a large specimen is well worth years of care. The
Scarborough Lily has been cultivated by rich and poor
for over a century. Its popular name is supposed to
have been derived in the same way as the Guernsey
Lily, — a Dutch bark having been wrecked off the coast
of England, some bulbs washed ashore and become
established as garden plants. Vallota is considerably
grown for the London market, and it is said that some
growers succeed in blooming their plants twice the
same year, in winter and summer. At the Cape, the
species is said to be native to peat bogs, which fact
would account for the special winter treatment which it
needs. In California the plant blooms at various times
of the year. Michael Bakkek.

VANCOUVEHIA (after Capt. George Vancouver, com-
mander of the Discovery in the voyage to our north-
west coast in 1791-95). Ber-
beriddcea?. A genus of 3
species of low, hardy peren-
nial herbs native to our Pa-
cific slope. Shade - loving
plants, with slender creep-
ing rootstocks and radical
2-3-ternately compound lvs.
somewhat like maidenhair
or rue and rather small
white or yellow flowers in
an' open panicle on a naked
scape. Sepals 6, in 2 se-
ries, obovate, petal-like, re-
flexed, soon falling; petals
6, linear - spathulate; sta-
mens C: follicle oblong,
membranous, unequally 2-
valved: seeds arillate. Van-
couverias demand a rich
soil in rather shady posi-
tions. They are not showy
plants, but have foliage of
an elegant and refined type.

A. Lvs. thin, membranous: fls. whitish.

hexandra, Morr. & Decne. About 1 foot high: root-
stock woody, slender: lfts. roundish, mostly angulately
3-lobed and cordate : scape naked or 1-lvd. : panicle simple
or loose-branched: fls. white or cream-colored. May,
June. Coniferous woods, Brit. Col. to N. Calif, near the
coast. Gn. 30, p. 263.

AA. Lvs. rather thick: fls. yellow.
chrysantha, Greene ( V. hexandra ,var. aiirea, Rattan).
About 1 ft. high: lfts. evergreen, sub-3-lobed, usually
whitened and pubescent beneath : inflorescence sub-
racemose: fls. somewhat larger than in I", hexandra.
Offered by Pilkington & Co., of Oregon, in 1892.

F. W. Barclay.

VANDA (native name in India). Orchidacea;. One
of the most attractive genera of East Indian orchids,
nearly all species having large, handsome flowers. In
habit they are dwarf and short - stemmed or tall and
branched, sometimes climbing to a considerable height.
The erect species form compact plants, with stems and
branches well clothed with 2 opposite rows of leaves.
Species like V. teres have a loose, straggling habit.
Lvs. flat or channeled and keeled or terete, sometimes
fleshy and deeply channeled ; apex pointed, Iobed or
toothed: fls. in racemes from the axils of the lvs.;
sepals and petals similar, spreading, narrowed at the
base almost to a claw; lahellum firmly united to the
column, spurred, lateral lobes small, erect, middle lobe
spreading; pollinia on a common stipe. About 20 spe-
cies, natives of India and the Malay Islands.

Heinrich Hasselbring.

Notwithstanding the various conditions surrounding
the different species of Vanda in their natural habitats,
the plants may nearly all be cultivated successfully
under the same general treatment. When a general
collection is grown a house of east and west exposure
will be found best suited to the wants of Vandas. The
plants require plenty of light and do not need any
shade from November until the middle of February. A
house of east and west aspect will require less shading
during late fall and early spring than one of southern
exposure, and there will be fewer ill effects from direct
solar heat at all times. From February until November
shading will be necessary, but it should never be too
heavy or black spot is likely to appear. The winter
temperature should range from 60° to 65° F. by night
and 70° to 75° by day, with a gradual increase of ten
degrees during the summer months. A few degrees
more with solar heat and ventilation will do no harm.

The atmosphere must be kept moist by damping the
benches and paths freely once or twice a day, and ven-
tilation should be given whenever possible in greater
or less degree according to outside conditions. Espe-
cially during wet, cheerless weather is ventilation im-
portant, even if fire heat has to be applied to retain the
desired temperature. Vandas may be grown well in

2636. Vanda caerulea ( X y&).

either pots or baskets, but the latter are preferable, as
they admit air more freely to the roots, whereby they
are not so liable to decay from overwatering during se-
vere weather.

The best potting or basketing material consists of
chopped live sphagnum moss freely interspersed with
large pieces of charcoal. This material should be
pressed in rather firmly about the roots, leaving a con-

1898

VANDA

VANDA

vex surface when finished. A plentiful supply of water
is essential at all seasons with copious syringing over
the foliage in bright weather. The compost should
never be allowed to remain dry for a long time.

V. tricolor and species like it grow very well among
foliage plants in the warmhouse, where their large
aerial roots, which are freely emitted from the sides of
the stems, may ramble among the foliage and thereby
retain moisture a long time after syringing. A few
species, such as V. Amesiana, Y. cosrulea and V.
Kimballiana, with one or two other alpine species, re-
quire about ten degrees cooler temperature, but other-
wise similar treatment to other species of the genus.

Stock is increased by removing a foot or more of the
leading growth with a sharp knife, allowing several
roots to remain attached to each growth and basketing
them in the usual manner. These new pieces should be
frequently syringed overhead until they become es-
tablished or they are likely to shrivel. The old stems
will nearly always send out several new growths.

The principal insect enemies to Vandas are several
species of scale, which breed fast in a dry atmosphere.
They can be kept in check by syringing with strong
tobacco water and by sponging the plants with a 20
per cent solution of alcohol. j;. jt_ Grey.

index.

Amesiana, 1.".. Hookeriana, 18. Roxburghii, 11.

Andersoni, 17. illustre, 14. Sanderiana, 20.

Bensoni, 8. insignis, 9. Schroederiana, It.

Boxalli, 1, 5. Kimballiana, 16. spathulata, 3.

Cathcarti, 19. lamellata. 4. splendens, 10.

caerulea, 6, 11. limbata, 12. suavis, 10.

caruleseeus, 1. Mariottiana, 13. superba, 10.

Oorningii, 10. Parishii, 13. teres, 17.

Denisoniana, 7. parviflora, 2. tessellata, 11.

densiflora, 14. Patersoni, 10. tricolor, 10.

grandis, 10. Robinsoniana, 10. Veitehii, 10.

A. LabeUum spurred.

b. Lvs. flat, or channeled and keeled,

toothnl or lobrd at the apex.
C. Racemes loose: labellum with
lateral lobes.
D. Fls. 1-1% in. across.

e. Color blue 1. caerulescens

ee. Color yellow 2. parviflora

3. spathulata
eee. Color while or pale yellow,
but streaked and shaded

with brown 4. lamellata

5. Boxalli
DD. Fls. 2 in. or more across
[sometimes less in JYos. S
and 11).

e. Color blue 6. caerulea

ee. Color u-hite 7. Denisoniana

eee. Color white or yellowish,
but spotted with purple
or brown.
F. Middle lobe of the label-
lum dilated, reniform. 8. Bensoni
9. insignis
ff. Middle lobe slightly di-
lated, truncate or emar-

ginate.
Apex emarginate or

2-lobed 10.

11.

tricolor
Roxburghii
GG. Apex truncate and ob-

sciirclii niiierniiate. ..12. limbata
FFF. Middle lobe shorter than

the sepals. flaoelliform.lZ. Parishii
cc. Raceme dense, cylindrical: la-

bclhiin without lateral lobes . .14, densiflora
bb. Lvs, semi -terete and deeply

channeled, pointed 15. Amesiana

16. Kimballiana

bbb. Lvs. terete 17. teres

18. Hookeriana

AA. Labellum not spurred 19. Cathcarti

20. Sanderiana

1. caerulescens, Griff. Stem 1-2 ft. high: lvs. 5-7 in.
long, deeply channeled, truncate and 2-lobed at the apex:

racemes many, slender and'pendulous, each bearing about
12 fls. : fls. 1 in. across; sepals and petals obovate, sub-
acute, undulate or twisted, pale lilac-blue; labellum
shorter than the sepals, middle lobe cuneate-obovate,
with a delicate 2-lobed tip, violet with fleshy dark blue
ridges, side lobes small, dark blue. Spring. Burma.
B.M. 5884. P.M. 1877:256. G.C. 1870:529.-Color varies
from blue to nearly white. Var. B6xalli, Reichb. f.
Fls. pale violet or nearly white: disc of the labellum
deep violet with white lines on the sides. B.M. 0328.

2. parvifldra, Lindl. Stem 4-6 in. high: lvs. strap-
shaped, 4-8 in. long, unequally obtusely 2-lobed: ra-
cemes erect, mauy-tid. : fls. small, yellow; sepals and
petals obovate-spatulate; labellum shorter than the se-
pals, middle lobe obovate, dilated, truncate and 2-lobed
at the apex, yellow below, white above, spotted and
dashed with purple and having thick fleshy ridges.
Himalayas. B.M. 5138 (as Aeridcs Wightianum).

3. spathulata, Spreng. Stem 2 ft. high: lvs. 2-4 in.
long, obtusely 2-lobed: peduncle robust, 12-18 in. tall,
few-fid.: fls. 1% in. across, golden yellow; sepals and
petals oblong-spatulate, flat; labellum as long as the
sepals, clawed, side lobes very small, broadly obovate,
middle lobe sub-orbicular, obscurely 3 fid. Ceylon,
India.

4. lamellata, Lindl. Lvs. channeled, leathery, ob-
liquely and acutely bifid at the apex: fls. pale yellow,
stained with red ; sepals and petals obovate, obtuse,
undulate, the lower sepal larger and somewhat incurved;
middle lobe of the labellum obeuneate, retuse, auricu-
late, having a pair of red elevated plates and 2 red tu-
bercles just below the apex. Aug. -Nov. Philippines.

5. Bdxalli, Reichb. f. ( Y. lamellata, var. Bdxalli,
Reichb. f. ). Stem tall, with long recurved lvs.: raceme
longer than the lvs., bearing 14-20 fls.: sepals white,
with the lower margins of the lateral pair sepia-brown;
petals white, with violet streaks which are also found
on the sepals, pandurate with large lamellae and square
auricles, mostly lilac. Nov., Dec. Philippines. G.C.
II. 15:87. Gn. 19:574.

0. caerulea, Griff. Fig. 2636. Stem 1-2 ft. high: lvs.
rigid, linear, 6-10 in. long, obliquely truncate and
toothed at the tip: raceme 1-2 ft. long: fls. 3-4 in.
across, pale blue; lateral sepal obovate; petals broadly
obovate, clawed; labellum less than one-third the length
of the sepals, dark blue, linear-oblong, side lobes small,
rounded, middle lobe with 2 thickened ridges. Late
autumn. India. F.S. 6:609. I.H. 7:246. Gn. 21:254;
31, p. 566; 47, p. 145; 50, pp. 59 and 418; 52, p. 410.
R.B. 17:265. G.C. III. 3:41; 7:17; 11:272. Gng. 3:135.
G.F. 3:77. A.F. 6:685. F.R. 1:371. R.H. 1881:290 (var.
grandiftora).— This is considered to be one of the best
species in cultivation. The fls. are often tessellated.

7. Denisoniana, Benson & Reichb. f. Stem short:
lvs. linear, 6-10 in. long, recurved, deeply notched at
the apex: peduncles short, stout, bearing 4-6-fld. ra-
cemes: fls. white, 2 in. across; sepals and petals waved
and twisted, the lateral sepals broadly obovate, falcate;
petals clawed, spatulate: labellum longer than the se-
pals; side lobes large, subquadrate; middle lobe pan-
duriform, with 2 orbicular, diverging, terminal lobes.
Summer. Burma. B.M. 5811. I.H. 19:105. F. 1869, p.
250. G.C. II. 24:105. A.F. 6:607.

8. Bensoni, Batem. Stem about 1 ft. high, very leafy:
lvs. linear, leathery, 6-8 in. long, obliquely toothed at
the apex: fls. 2 in. across, 10-15 in a raceme, 1-1% ft.
long; sepals and petals obovate, obtuse, clawed, white
outside, yellowish green with numerous brown dots in-
side; labellum violet, with white spur and side lobes,
middle lobe terminating in a reniform, bifid apex. Sum-
mer. Burma. B.M. 4612. F.S. 22:2329. G.C. 1867:180.

9. insignis, Blume. Stem erect: lvs. linear, 10 in.
long, apex with 2 or 3 teeth: raceme rather short, 6-10-
fld. : fls. 2-2K in. across; sepals and petals obovate,
fleshy, the petals narrower, ochraceous brown, with
darker brown blotches inside, almost white on the out-
side; labellum pandurate, the apical lobe being broadly
reniform, concave, white tinted with rose. Summer.
Malaya. B.M. 5759. Gn. 25:168.-Var. Schroederiana
has yellow fls. with a white labellum. Gn. 25:168.

VANDA

VANDA

1399

10. tricolor, Lindl. Stem branched, tall, erect and
leafy: lvs. strap -shaped, 10-12 in. long, channeled:
raceme drooping, longer than the lvs.: fls. 2-3 in.
across; sepals obovate, attenuated at the base, yellow
with numerous brownish crimson spots; petals similar
to the sepals in form and color but narrower; labellum
about as long as the sepals, lateral lobes small, rounded;
middle lobe lyrate, notched, purple, with elevated lines.
F.S. 6:641. I.H. 42, p. 161. B.M. 4432. -Var. suavis,
Hort. ( V. siiavis, Lindl.). Ground color of the fls.
white; sepals and petals spotted with purple; labellum
deep purple. Fls. irregular from March to May. Java.
B.M. 5174. F.S. 5, p. 510; 6:641. Gn. 3, p. 103; 23, p.
134 (as V. tricolor) ; 31, p. 242; 47:1010. I.H. 42, p. 162.
G.C. II. 22:237 (var.) ; III. 7:133 and 135. Var. Veitchii,
Hort. Fls. with rather large spots of deep rose; label-
lum deep rose. R.B. 20:145. Var. Patersoni, Hort.
Sepals and petals creamy white, heavily spotted with
brown; labellum magenta-crimson. Gn. 23:375. Var.
Cdrningii, Hort. Sepals and petals bright yellow, spot-
ted with deep crimson and bordered with rose-purple on
both sides: labellum deep violet. Vars. Robinsoniana,
grandis, splendens and superba are also advertised.

11. R6xburghii, R. Br. ( I', tessellata, Hook.). Stem
1-2 ft., climbing: lvs. narrow, complicate, 6-8 in. long,
2-3-toothed at the apex: racemes erect, 6-8-fld.: fls.
greenish yellow, tessellated with olive-brown inside,
white outside; sepals and petals subequal, clawed, obo-
vate, waved; labellum nearly as long as the sepals,
lateral lobes small, acute, middle lobe panduriform,
violet, truncate. May-Aug. Bengal. B.R. 6:506. B.M.
2245. F.S. 2:2; 6, p. 330. I.H. 32:579 (var. rubra).
P.M. 7/265. — Var. cserulea is advertised.

12. limbata, Blume. Stem about 3 ft. high : lvs. linear,
keeled, 6-8 in. long, unequally bifid at the apex: racemes
10-12-fld., 6-8 in. long on peduncles of equal length: fls.
2 in. across; sepals and petals spatulate, bright cinna-
mon, tessellated, bordered with golden yellow, white
suffused with lilac outside; middle lobe of the labellum
oblong-pandurate, truncate, mucronate, pale lilac. June,
July. Java. B.M. 6173.

brown; sepals broadly ovate-oblong; petals orbicular;
labellum one-half as long as the sepals, white striped
with orange at the base; lateral lobes rounded, middle
lobes flabelliform. Summer. Moulmein, India.— Var.

2637. Vanda K

13. Parishii, Reichb. f. Stem very short: lvs. few,
8-10 in. long, 2-3 in. wide, obtusely 2-lobed: raceme
drooping, 6-8-fld., on a short peduncle: fls. 2 in. across,
fleshy, greenish yellow, freely spotted with reddish

2638. Vanda teres (detached flower Xl-5).

Mariottiana, Reichb. f. Sepals pale mauve with numer-
ous darker blotches outside, petals mauve; both sepals
and petals are mauve inside; labellum, white at base,
with yellow spots and mauve lines.

14. denaifldra, Lindl. (Saccolabium giganthim, Lindl.).
Stem short, thick : lvs. very thick, 6-12 in. long, notched :
raceme dense, cylindrical, about as long as the lvs., nod-
ding: sepals white, cuneate-ovate, subacute; petals nar-
rower, with few purple spots at the base; labellum
cuneate, obtusely 3-lobed, with two pubescent ridges at
the base, terminal lobes bright shining purple. Winter.
Burma. B.M. 5635. F.S. 17:1765.- Var. illustre, Reichb. f.
Raceme and fls. larger: sepals and petals spotted with
purple; labellum bright purple. I.H. 31:517.

15. Amesiana, Reichb. f . Stem very short and stout :
lvs. fleshy, rigid, almost terete, with a groove down the
center, 6-12 in. long: raceme simple or branched, erect,
1-2 ft. long and bearing 20-80 fls.: fl. l%in. across, white,
with rose-colored ridges on the labellum, sepals and
petals ovate-oblong, obtuse; labellum with a broadly
cuneate, undulate middle lobe, having 5 ridges converg-
ing into a reflexed callus, side lobes small, rounded.
Flowers at various seasons. India. B.M. 7139. J.H. III.
29:491; 33:271. A.F. 6:441.

16. Kimballiana, Reichb. f. Fig. 2637. Stem 6 in.
high, probably climbing to a great height: lvs. 6-10 in.
long, terete, with a deep, narrow furrow: peduncle
slender, 6-10 in. long, bearing a drooping raceme 8-10
in. long: fls. 2-3 in. across; petals and dorsal sepal ob-
ovate-spatulate, lateral sepals very much larger, oblong,
falcate, all pure white; labellum smaller than the lat-
eral sepals, middle lobe orbicular, notched, rose-purple
with darker veins, margin erosely toothed, lateral lobes
small, yellow; spur 1 in. long, curved. Autumn. Burma.
B.M. 7112. Gn. 37:747. R.H. 1897:352. Gt. 45:1428 and
p. 338. J.H. III. 20, p. 41; 29, p. 53. G.C. III. 6:335;
17:69. A.G. 1891:89.

17. teres, Lindl. Fig. 2638. Stem long, climbing:
lvs. terete, 6-8 in. long: peduncle 6-12 in. long, bearing
a 3-6-fld. raceme: fls. 4 in. across; sepals nearly orbic-
ular, white tinged with rose; petals a little larger, deep
rose; side lobes of the labellum broad, incurved, yellow
spotted with crimson, middle lobe exceeding the sepals,
fan-shaped, reniform, purple or rose-colored. May-

1900

VANDA

Sept, Burma. B.M. 4114. B.R. 21:1809. P.M. 5:193.
K.H. 1856:421. Gt. 43:1404. G.C. II. 20:273; III. 27:307.
S.H. 2:385. Gn. 42:876.— A plant of straggling habit,
but with very beautiful fls. Var. Andersoni, Hort., has
fls. larger and more highly colored.

18. Hookeriana, Reichb. f. Stem and Ivs. terete, as
in V. teres, but the latter only 2-3 in. long, and slender:
fls. 3-5 in. across; dorsal sepal and petals white, dotted
with purple; lateral sepals narrower, oblong or some-
what obovate, white; labellum as large as the rest of
the flower, side lobes incurved,
white and purple, middle lobe fan-
shaped, with 3 large lobes, white
spotted with purple. Sept.
Borneo. I.H. 30:484. Gn. 23:370.
G.M. 40:645. -In cultivation the
racemes are usually 2-fld.

19. Cathcarti, Lindl. Stem 1-2
ft.: Ivs. linear-oblong, 6-8 in. long,
unequally bifid at the tips: ra-
cemes longer than the Ivs., 3-6-
fld.: fls. IVi in. across, orbicular
in outline ; sepals and petals
nearly equal, orbicular -oblong,
concave, pale straw-colored, trans-
versely streaked with numerous
narrow red-brown lines; labellum
shorter than the sepals ; lateral
lobes quadrate,
incurved, wThite
with red streaks;
middle loberen-
iform, margin
white, slightly
crenate, center
thick, yellow
with a crenate
border. Spring.
Himalaya. B.
M. 5845. P. S.
12:1251. G.C.
1870:1409. Gn.
19, p. 351; 33, p.
224; 42, p. 276.
— Found near
waterfalls,
where it is al-
ways kept
damp.

20. Sanderi-
ana, Reichb. f.
Stemveryleafy:
Ivs. rigid, fleshy,
recurved, 1 ft.
long, strap -
shaped, trun-
cate, with 2-3
teeth at the
apex : raceme
bearing about
12 fls. each 5 in.
across, with the
broad sepals
and petals over-
lapping: sepals
orbicular, the
dorsal one
smaller, pale
lilac, dotted at the base, the lower pair tawny yellow
veined and tessellated with brownish crimson; petals
smaller, rhomboid obovate, colored like the dorsal sep-
als; lateral lobes of the labellum forming a cup -like
base, middle lobe subquadrate, reniform, much smaller
than the sepals, dull crimson. Sept. Philippines. B.
M. 6983. I.H. 31:532. R.H. 1885:372. Gn. 25:426; 32, p.
399; 49, p. 88; 50:480. J.H. III. 35:55. G.C. II. 203:440.
Gng. 6: 115.— A very remarkable free-flowering species.

Synonyms and imperfectly known species : V. B&temanni,
Lindl. = Vandopsis lissochiloides. — V. Oathartica, Hort., is
presumably an error for V. Cathcartii (No. 19 above).— V.
gigantea, Lindl. =Vandopsis Rigantea. — V. Lowei, Lindl. =Re-
nanthera Lowei. — V. N iemanU.—V. prwmdrsa.

Heinrich: Hasselbring

2639. Vanilla plant.— Vanilla plan
The detached flowers were about 4 inches across
(The pod X %.)

VANGUERIA

VAND6PSIS (like Vanda). Orchid Acece . Includes
2 or 3 species which until recently have been united
with Vanda or with Stauropsis. They are distinguished
from allied genera by the labellum, which is firmly
united with the column, not spurred, concave at the
base, with the terminal lobe compressed laterally. In
appearance these plants resemble robust Vandas, with
which they are usually classed for horticultural pur-
poses. Treatment the same as for Vanda.
lissochiloides, Pfitz. (Vanda Batemanni, Lindl.).
Stem 4-5 ft. high: Ivs. strap-shaped, obliquely
emarginate, 2 ft. long: raceme tall, erect, bear-
ing 20-30 fls. : sepals and petals obovate, yel-
low, spotted with brownish crimson, purple
outside; labellum crimson-purple. July-Sept,
Philippines. B.R. 32:59. F.S. 18:1921.

gigantea, Pfitz. [Vdnda gigantia, Lindl.).
Stem pendulous: Ivs. 1-2 ft. long, thick, flat,
obtusely notched: raceme 10-15 in. long, de-
curved, many-fld.: fls. 3 in. across,
golden yellow, blotched with cinna-
sepals and petals spatulate-ob-
ovate; labellum white. Burma. B.
M. 5189. I.H. 8:277. R.H. 1874:290.
HErNKICH Hasselbeing.

VANGUfiRIAf Voa-Vanguer, Mad-
agascar name of V. Madagascarien-
sis). Rnbiilcea. The Voa Vanga
of Madagascar is a tropical fruit that
has been recommended by the Ameri-
can Pomological Society as worthy of
cultivation in southern Florida. The
fruit is imperfectly described in
horticultural writings. It is said to-
be a delicious berry % in. thick,
but in Mauritius it becomes 1%
in. thick. It is a globose drupe,
shaped something like an apple
and contains 5 large "stones"
or bony pyrenes. The plant is a
shrub 10-15 ft. high. The spe-
cies is widely spread in the
tropics of the Old
World. It was intro-
duced to American
horticulture by A. I.
Bidwell, of Orlando,
Fla. In 1887 Van De-
man reported that the
shrub grew exceed-
ingly well, sprouting
readily from the roots
when frozen down. It
has probably never
fruited in America.
It grows readily from
imported seeds.

Vangueria is a ge-
nus of 20 species na-
tive to the warmer
parts of Asia and
Africa. Shrubs or
trees, sometimes
spiny or somewhat
climbing in habit:
Ivs. opposite or rarely
pseudo-verticillate in
4's, oval: fls. small, white or greenish in axillary clus-
ters; calyx 5- or 4-lobed, lobes deciduous or rarely
persistent; corolla hairy or not outside, usually fur-
nished inside with a ring of defiexed pilose hairs; lobes
spreading or reflexed; stamens 5, rarely 4; disc fleshy
or depressed : ovary 5-3-loculed ; stigma capitate •
ovules solitary: fr. drupaceous; pyrenes 5-3 in number
or putamen 5-3-loculed.

Madagascariensis, ,T. F. Gmel. (F. e"dulis, Vahl.)
Glabrous shrub, 10-15 ft. high: Ivs. very large, oblong,
obtuse or acute, membranous, short-petioled: fls. in
copious, peduncled, axillary dichotomous cymes ; co-
rolla funnel-shaped, J4 in. long, with 5 spreading deltoid
teeth. Madagascar. ^y# jn

VANILLA

V ANlLLA (Spanish, little sheath orpod). Orchidacea>.
Vanilla. Climbing orckidswhose branched stems ascend
to a height of many feet. The nodes bear leaves or scales
and aerial roots in alternate arrangement. Pis. in axil-
lary racemes or spikes, without an involucre at the top
of the ovary; sepals and petals similar, spreading; la-
bellum united with the column, the limb enveloping the
upper portion of the latter; column not winged. About
20 species in the tropics.

The most important species is V. planifolia , the Va-
nilla of commerce. It is a native of Mexico, but is now
widely cultivated in the West Indies, Java, Bourbon.
Mauritius and other islands of the tropics, its chief
requirement being a hot, damp climate. The plants are
propagated by cuttings varying in length from 2 to
about 12 ft., the longer ones being the more satisfac-
tory. These are either planted in the ground or merely
tied to a tree so that they are not in direct connection
with the earth. They soon send out aerial roots, by
which connection with the soil is established. They are
usually trained on trees so that the stems are supported
by the forked branches, but posts and trellises are also
used as supports. In most places where Vanilla culture
is carried on pollinating insects are lacking and the
flowers must be pollinated by hand. Plants bear their
first fruit about three years after setting. They then
continue to fruit for 30 or 40 years, bearing up to 50
pods annually. The Vanilla pods are picked before
they are ripe, and dried. The vanillin crystallizes on
the outside. For a full description of Vanilla cul-
ture and methods of curing the pods, see Bull. No.
21, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, Div. of Botany, by, S. J.
Galbraith. Vanillin is also made from other sources
by chemical means. The genus was monographed in
1896 by B. A. Bolfe in Journ. Linn. Soc, vol. 32.

planifdlia, Andrews ( V. aromdtica, Willd. in part).
Fig. 2G39. Common Vanilla. Vanilla Bean (from
the pods). Tall climbing herbs with stout stems:
Ivs. thick, oblong- lanceolate, acuminate, with short,
stout petioles: fls. yellow, large, in axillary racemes of
20 or more blossoms; sepals and petals oblanceolate;
labellum trumpet-shaped, with small, reflexed, crenulate
lobes. Winter. A native of Mexico but widely cultivated
throughout the tropics and in greenhouses. B.M. 7167.
L.B.C. 8:733. G.C. III. 25:213. Gn. 57, p. 35.

aromdtica. Sw. Stem angular: Ivs. broadly ovate,
with a bluntish point, contracted at the base: fls. green-
ish and white. Jamaica, Colombia, Trinidad.

Heinrich Hasselbring.

VANILLA PLANT. Trilisct, odoratissima; see, also,
Vanilla, above.

VARIEGATION. This term is usually applied to a
class of variations, especially in leaf coloration, in which
the leaves become striped, banded, spotted, blotched,
etc., with yellow, white, red and various other colors in
connection with the normal green of other portions of
the leaves. In the case of yellow and white variegation,
the term albinism is sometimes used, especially when
the plants are largely marked with white or yellow, as
in Abutilon Sellowianum, Pelargonium zonale, and va-
riegated forms of Eitonymus Japonicus, Hydrangea
hortensis, Hedera Helix, Panax Victoria? and others.

Among the dracronas, caladiums and codiasums, be-
sides the white variegation, there are developed beauti-
ful reds, pinks, yellow, etc. As a rule, the term varie-
gation is not used in cases of color variation in which
only the surface of the leaf is involved, as in many of
the begonias, sansevierias (.ST. Guineensis and S. Zey-
lanica), Alocasia cuprea, Cissus discolor, and others.
Fig. 2641. In many such plants the markings are due
in part to hairs, scales, or air in the cuticle or epider-
mal cells, as in Sansevieria and Begonia. In some be-
gonias, many varieties of Calathea (as C. ornata, var.
albo-lineata) , etc., the epidermal cells develop decided
and definite color variation, though the changes do not
usually involve the mesophyll or inner cells of the loaf.
In some genera, however, especially Calathea, we find
all gradations between purely epidermal variegation and
changes involving the deeper layers of the leaf, as in
C. Veitchii and C. Makoyana. The same is true of

VARIEGATION

1901

many other genera. Different kinds of variegation are
shown in Figs. 2640-1.

True variegations may be distinguished from ordinary
colorations, bleaching, chlorosis, etc., by the fact that
the colored areas are usually quite sharply defined.
They do not gradually blend into each other, but have
definite boundaries. Cells in the variegated areas are
found, as a rule, to contain the same chlorophyll bodies
(chromatophores) as the ordinary green cells of the
plant. However, in the variegated parts, the green color
is not developed, and the chromatophores are often
smaller or are somewhat swelled and vacuolate. In the

2640. Varieeat

Abutilon.

case of chlorosis, due to the lack of iron, or yellowing
due to the lack of light, a leaf will quickly develop its
normal color if given the proper conditions. This is
not the case, however, in variegated leaves. While the
intensity of whatever color the chromatophores may
have can be varied by light and food, a variegated cell
can never be changed by these means to a normal cell.

The chlorophyll granules (chromatophores) appear to
have lost entirely, in many cases, the power to make
starch and sugar from the carbonic acid gas in the air,
and in other cases this power is very greatly reduced.
Iu practically all cases, however, when the chromato-
phores are not destroyed, they retain the power to con-
vert sugar into starch and they thus store up starch in
their tissues from the sugar manufactured by the
healthy cells of the leaf.

White or albino variegation is of course due to a lack
of any coloring in the chromatophores, and some-
times to the entire absence of these bodies. The cells
seem to have lost completely the power of making
chlorophyll. These albicant variegations are to be
looked upon as the more extreme forms of variegation,
and usually arise through a feeble or atrophied condi-
tion of the plant. Seedlings raised from parents both
of which are variegated in this way are usually very
weak. High feeding and favorable conditions of
growth, while they will not cause a variegated plant to
return to its normal condition, will often stimulate the
development of a normal green shoot that takes most
of the nourishment and thus causes the starvation and
disappearance of the albicant parts. In other cases, as
in codiaaums, modified chlorophyll is made. Large yel-
lowish oil -like drops occur in the substance of the

1902

VARIEGATION

chroniatophores, and the various
changes that these undergo, as the
leaf becomes older, produce the re-
markable and beautiful colorations
of this group of plants. The col-
oration here, as in dracaBnas and
caladiums, is intensified by strong
light and nourishing food. The
more of the modified chlorophyll
there is produced and the more
rapid the changes in the modified
chlorophyll brought about through
the action of light and the acids
and oxidizing ferments of the
leaves, the more highly developed
will be the colors, though here
again high feedingis likely to cause
the plant to revert to its normal
condition.

Variegated plants or parts of
plants are usually of slower growth
and smaller than green plants of
the same variety or the green parts
of the same plant.

Causes of Variegation. —Varie-
gation occurs either by bud-varia-
tion or by variations in seedlings.
In the former, a variegated branch
is likely to appear on an otherwise
perfectly normal plant. Such varie-
gations are easily reproduced by
budding, grafting or cuttings, but
generally do not develop again
from seeds produced on such
branches. On the other hand,
when variegation develops in seed-
lings, the seeds of such plants usu-
ally give a number of variegated
individuals, even the cotyledons
being sometimes affected. In
some cases the proportion of varie-
gated plants from seeds is very
large and can be increased by selec-
tion. As a rule, the form of spot-
ting or marking is not constant in
seedlings, often being very differ-
ent from die parent. In certain
groups of plants, which
have for many years been
selected on account of
the horticultural value of
these markings, the
variegated condition has
become almost a fixed
feature of the plant, as
in drac;enas, caladiums,
codia?ums, etc. While
the plants of these genera
are not usually propa-
gated from seeds, still
when they are so propa-
gated, a large number of
seedlings show more or less varie-
gation.

Darwin and many of the earlier
investigators believed that these
variations were started in the
plant by unfavorable nutritive con-
ditions, and much has been written
on the subject as to whether or not
variegations should be considered
as diseased conditions.

The question as to whether a
variegated condition could be
transmitted to normal plants by
budding and grafting has also
been much disputed, but the weight
of evidence indicates that in many-
cases such transmission certainly
takes place. This has been thought
to indicate the presence of some
micro-organism, living either para-
sitically or symbiotically in the

Kinds of variegation. Sansevier:
above and Caladium below.

VARIEGATION

plant, and causing the
known as variegation.

Investigations conducted by the
writer on the so-called mosaic dis-
ease of tobacco, which is a form
of variegation, and also on many
other forms of ordinary variega-
tion, show quite conclusively that
the disease is not caused by micro-
organisms, but is due to a de-
ranged condition of the nutrition of
the cells. Without going into the
details of the matter, it may be
said that the condition is charac-
terized physiologically by a marked
increase in the oxidation processes
in the cells, caused by the presence
of an abnormal amount, or an ab-
normal activity, of oxidizing fer-
ment in the protoplasm. This fer-
ment prevents the movement of
food substances, especially starches
and nitrogenous materials. The
decrease of the latter is especially
marked, and it is probably on ac-
count of the lack of sufficient ni-
trogenous food that the cells do
not develop normally. The young
growing buds and dividing cells
require highly organized albumi-
noid foods. They do not make
use, to any extent, during the pro-
cess of growth and cell division,
of the ordinary nitrates which are
built up into nitrogenous foods by
the mature cells. The oxidizing
ferments, though normal constitu-
ents of all cells, prevent, when
they become excessively active, the
proper nutrition of the dividing
cells, and it is a curious fact that
when these ferments are extracted
from plant tissues and injected
into the young buds of healthy
tissues, they will, in the case of
tobacco at least, cause the buds so
treated to develop into variegated
shoots. The ferment in
question passes readily
through the cell-walls of
the plants and it thus be-
comes evident how such
changes could be trans-
mitted by grafting and
budding, though no para-
sitic organisms of any kind
are connected with the
matter.
Another method of producing
variegation of tobacco is by cutting
the plant back severely during
rapid growth. The new shoots
have to develop with a small sup-
ply of elaborated nitrogenous food,
the larger part being removed in
the severe cutting back. Shoots
thus developed nearly always show
variegation. The same thing is
true of many other plants, espe-
cially the potato, tomato, mulberry,
etc. In fact, it appears that a
plant is likely to show variegation
whenever it is so treated that the
growing buds or the forming buds,
or the seeds, have to develop un-
dersuch conditions that the ferment
content of the cells is increased
beyond the normal amount, and
the reserve foods stored are in
small amount.

These changes must, therefore,
be considered as pathological in
their nature, as the vitality and

VARIEGATION

VASES

1903

vigor of the plants are reduced as a result. It is further
evident that the initial causes of variegation may be
quite diverse, some of the most usual being seed of
low vitality; unsuitable nourishment, especially a lack
of elaborated nitrogen ; rapid growth in very moist
soil; severe injury to the roots during a period of rapid
growth of the upper parts of the plant; severe cutting
back, etc.

Though started at first through the influence of envi-
ronment, variegation, when of value horticulturally,
has in many cases been increased and fixed by selection
till it has become almost a specific character in some
groups of plants.

Autumnal Coloration,— A word might be said in this
connection regarding autumnal coloration. The produc-
tion of color in autumn foliage is, as is well known, due
in part to the gradual destruction of the chlorophyll
when the leaves have reached maturity and approach
the period of death, and in part to the action of acids
on anthocyanin as described below. Many of the de-
structive changes which take place in the chlorophyll
are oxidation processes, the same as occur in the
cells of highly colored variegated plants, and physio-
logically they are not very different from the changes
occurring in Calathea, Caladium, Codiseum, etc. The
approach of maturity in the leaf, and the coming on
of cool weather in autumn, stimulates the production of
oxidizing ferments, and the action of these and the
acids of the cell-sap upon the chromogen, or color con-
tents of the leaves, especially the chlorophyll and
anthocyanin, causes many of the brilliant colors of
autumn foliage. There is a popular belief that these
colors are due to cold weather or frosts; but while
frosts, if they are light, hasten the solution and de-
struction of the chlorophyll, they cannot be looked upon
as more than hastening changes which would occur in
time without them. Even in the tropics, some foliage
before it matures becomes highly colored, and on the
Japanese maples the writer has observed beautiful
autumnal colorations in July in the region of Washing-
ton.

In practically all deciduous trees, bushes, etc., before
the maturing and falling of the leaves, all of the valu-
able food materials, such as sugars, albuminoids, etc.,
pass from the leaves through the vascular bundles into
the twigs and branches so that they are not lost to the
plant. When the leaves finally fall they are therefore
nothing but mere skeletons, containing waste materials.
In the passage, especially of albuminoid matters, from
the leaves to the stems, it is necessary that the ma-
terials be protected from the strong action of light, and
it is believed that part of the coloration of maturing
leaves serves this purpose.

A coloring material, or chromogen, known as anthocy-
anin, is always present in such cases, and develops
beautiful reds when the cell-sap is acid, blue when no
acids are present, and violet when there is only slight
acidity. This, in connection with the disorganizing
chlorophyll, causes the various mixtures of yellow,
brown, violet, red, orange, etc., of autumnal coloration
as described above. In very young leaves of many
plants, such as Ailanthus qlandulosa, Juglans regia,
Vitis, Cissus, and many other plants, this same antho-
cyanin is developed as a protection to the albuminoid
materials traveling to the young cells. Such protective
colorations have to be distinctly separated from varie-
gations. In evergreen leaves, during the winter, the
chlorophyll granules are protected by the development
of anthocyanin, forming a brownish or reddish tinge in
the cell-sap. This is especially prominent in many
conifers.

While, as stated above, these protective and in some
cases transitory colorations should be cleariy distin-
guished from variegation, it is an interesting fact that
they develop when the conditions for active nutrition are
unfavorable, and may in many cases be produced in
maturing leaves by starving the plants or permitting
them to become sufficiently dry to check growth.

Chlorosis.— This term is usually applied to those
cases of the production of yellow or white foliage caused
by a lack of some nutrient salt, such as iron, potash,
lime, phosphoric acid, etc. The most common cause of
chlorosis, or yellowing, is due to the lack of iron. In

120

such cases, the disease is readily cured by either spray-
ing the foliage with a dilute solution of iron sulfate or
other iron salt, or watering the roots with the same.
Even within a few hours the chromoplasts will begin to
turn green, and the plant goes on making starch and
sugar from the carbon dioxid of the air in the normal
manner. A lack of phosphoric acid sometimes causes a
similar trouble, which is cured by the addition of this
nutrient substance to the soil. Numerous cases are on
record of yellowing of foliage due to excess of soluble
lime in the soil. Grapes are especially sensitive to an
excessive amount of lime, and turn yellow readily as a
result of its action. Soils which contain too much mag-
nesia in proportion to lime also often cause a yellowing
of foliage of plants growing in them. All causes of this
kind can be readily distinguished from variegation by
the fact that all the young leaves produced under such
conditions become yellowish or white and are not mot-
tled or marked as in variegated plants. Moreover, the
condition is readily corrected by furnishing the proper
nutrition, and usually all plants growing in such soils
show the same trouble. Albert P. Woods.

VARNISH TREE. Kalreuteria paniculata, Ailan-
thus 'j/'iudulosa, Rhus vernicifera, and other plants.

VASES. Such vases as are shown in Fig. 2642 are
common features of formal gardening. All matters
concerning their manufacture or beauty are clearly
outside the province of this work, but every gardener
who purchases such a vase is interested_ in certain
practical horticultural features of its construction. It
is imperative that the vase have a hole at the bottom
for drainage, otherwise the soil will become sour. It
is desirable that the rim of a vase be rounded, as a
sharp edge cuts the vines that trail over it and are
swayed by the passing
wind. Many of the
old-fashioned stone
vases 4 or 5 ft. high
were made with a bowl
too shallow for the
good of the plants.

Vases are generally
stationed in conspic-
uous positions near
buildings, where they
receive daily attention
from all, including the
gardener. It is neces-
sary to water them
every morning during
hot weather, and it is
therefore desirable to
have the water supply
near at hand. A water-
ing cart is often used
in taking care of vases.
Vases are often placed
in the sunniest situa-
tions, but they can also
be used in partially
shaded spots. On the
north side of a build-
ing in a shady place
sheltered from the
high winds small palms
may be used in vases,
together with Rex be-
gonias and Pandanus
Veitchii.

The plants used in vases should be of a firm texture,
and resistant to drought, dust and occasional high
winds. Cannas, ferns and foliage plants that are likely
to be cut or whipped by the winds are necessarily ex
eluded. The first thought should be given to a center-
piece. This should usually be some plant of a rather
stiff, formal or architectural nature. Cordyline indivisa
and C. australis are excellent for the purpose. They
should stand well above the other plants. Around the
edges vines are used, especially periwinkles, green
and variegated, nasturtiums and Senecio mikanioides.
Another choice plant for this purpose is Helichrysvm

^-zMk.

2642. Stone flower vase 4 or 5
feet high, used in formal gar-
dening.

1904

VASES

petiolatum, known to gardeners as Gnaphalium lana-
tum. This is an "everlasting" plant which is not truly
a vine; it does not flower in vases but is valued for
its silvery foliage and pendulous habit. Between the
center piece and the rim of drooping vines are used
such standard plants of medium height as gerani-
ums, dusty millers, petunias and the common bedding
material, as Lobelia Urinus, coleus, achyranthes and
acalypha. Centaurea Cineraria and O. gymnocarpa are
also useful plants for vases.

The soil in a vase may vary from 6 to 18 inches in
depth. It should be a strong, solid compost, about 3
parts of loam to one of manure. If the bowl seems too
shallow and becomes filled with roots add a top-dress-
ing of well-rotted manure, or of moss with a little bone
meal added. Such a mulch will add plant-food and
conserve moisture.

Considerable forethought and taste may be required
to keep the vases attractive during early spring, in the
interval after the last frost and time when the tender
bedding material is set out. Pansies have been sug-
gested for this period, and make a good effect when
seen from above. A better effect can be produced by
using conifers in pots which have been wintered in a
frame. These may be bordered with pansies if the gar-
dener thinks best and can find the time at this season.

Rustic vases are much less expensive than stone,
iron or earthenware ones and in some situations are
very suitable. It is an excellent idea to elevate a rustic
vase on a cheaply constructed pedestal of tree trunk
or boards, which will soon be hidden by Ampelopsis
Veitchii. Robert Shore.

VAUX, CALVERT (1824-1895), an American land-
scape gardener. Together with Frederick Law Olm-
sted he planned Central Park, New York, the proto-
type of large, accessible, nature-like city narks. The
following account of his life-work is taken with slight
changes from an obituary notice by Win. A. Stiles
in Garden and Forest 8:480: Calvert Vaux was born
in London in 1824. He had achieved success in ar-
chitecture before the age of twenty - four, when he
came to America as business associate of Andrew Jack-
son Downing. At the time of Downing's untimely death
in 1854 the two men were designing and constructing
the grounds about the capitol and Smithsonian Institu-
tion, the most important work of the kind that had yet
been attempted in America. Meanwhile, the gathering
sentiment in favor of spacious and accessible city parks
which had found expression in the eloquent letters of
Downing at last secured, through legislative action, the
purchase for a public pleasure-ground of the rectangu-
lar piece of ground now known as Central Park, New
York. In 1858 the city authorities selected, out of thirty-
three designs offered in competition for the new park,
the one signed "Greensward," which was the joint work
of Frederick Law Olmsted and Calvert Vaux, and Cen-
tral Park as we know it to-day is the realization of this
design in its essential features. This was the earliest
example in this country of a public park conceived and
treated as a consistent work of landscape art, and the
first attempt in any country to plan a spacious pleasure-
ground which should have the charm of simple natural
scenery while it met the requirements of complete in-
closure by a compactly built city. No one can read the
original plan as presented for competition without feel-
ing how thoroughly an experience of nearly half a cen-
tury has justified the forethought of the young artists,
or without a sense of gratitude to them that our first
great park, which has to such an extent furnished a
stimulus and a standard to other American cities for
similar undertakings, was a work of such simplicity,
dignity, refinement and strength. It may be added
that this "Greensward" plan, together with other re-
ports on Central Park, on Morningside and Riverside
Parks, in New York, on parks in Brooklyn, Albany,
Chicago, San Francisco and other cities, both in this
country and the Dominion of Canada, by the same
authors, contain a consistent body of doctrine relat-
ing to public pleasure - grounds which is unique and
invaluable, Calvert Vaux was a member of many im-
portant commissions, and he acted as landscape gar-
dener for the Niagara Falls Reservation, but for more

VEGETABLE GARDENING

than thirty years his best work and thought were stead
ily given to the parks of New York city. He had the
genuine creative faculty which gave the stamp of origi-
nality to all his work, and a severity of taste which pre-
served it from anything like eccentricity or extrava-
gance. As a city official he was a model of intelligent
zeal and sturdy integrity. Several times he resigued
his lucrative position rather than see his art degraded,
but he was always quickly reinstated by a demand of
the people. To Calvert Vaux, more than to any other
one man, New York owes a debt of gratitude for the
fact that Central Park, in spite of attacks on every side,
has been held so secure against harmful invasion and
has been developed so strictly on the lines of its origi-
nal conception.

In private life Calvert Vaux was a man of singular
modesty, gentleness and sincerity. He lacked the graces
of manner and magnetism of social intercourse which
carry many men in various walks of life to a brilliant
position that much exceeds their real merits. Never-
theless, he had many accomplishments and culture of
the best type. It is a sad and singular coincidence that
both Downing and Vaux met their death by accidental
drowning. The career of Calvert Vaux is an inspiring
one for all struggling young artists and for all public-
spirited citizens in America who are laboring in the
work of civic and village improvement. Amid the
changing policies of municipal governments, the life-
work of Calvert Vaux is a shining example. ^r jj

VEGETABLE FIRE-CRACKER. See Brevoortia Ida-
Maia. V. Hair. See Tillandsia usneoides. V. Horse-
hair. Fiber of Chamcerops humilis. V, Ivory. Nuts of
Phytelephas.

VEGETABLE GARDENING. In horticultural usage
a vegetable is an edible herbaceous plant or part thereof
that is commonly used for culinary purposes. The pro-
duct may or may not be directly associated, in its de-
velopment, with the flower. This definition does not
clearly include all the products which ordinarily are con-
sidered to be vegetables. Some vegetables, as melons,
are properly dessert articles. Only usage can delimit
the term. What are considered to be vegetables in one
country may be regarded as fruits in another country.
However, the use of the term is so well understood
that there is no difficulty in making proper application
of it in common speech.

All the art and science that has to do with the grow-
ing of these plants is popularly known as vegetable-
gardening. Recently a Latin-made term, olericulture,
has been invented to designate the industry, the word
being coordinate with pomology and floriculture. It
is not likely, however, that this term will ever come
into general use, although it may be useful in formal
writings. Vegetable-gardening is ordinarily considered
to be a branch of horticulture rather than of agri-
culture. However, a number of crops may be either
horticultural or agricultural subjects, depending on the
extent to which they are grown. When grown in estab-
lishments that are devoted primarily to a horticultural
business, squashes, pumpkins, potatoes and tomatoes
are usually regarded as horticultural commodities ; but
when they are grown on farms where mixed husbandry
is practiced and are made a part of the general farm
system in rotation, with equal propriety they may be
called agricultural crops. There are certain vegetable-
gardening crops that are practically always associated
with a horticultural rather than an agricultural busi-
ness. They are such as demand intensive culture and
are used for special markets. Of such are lettuce, par-
sley, cauliflower and radish. Some of the crops may be
classified as horticultural or agricultural, depending
upon the uses for which they are to be employed. For
instance, beans that are grown for the green pods are
horticultural subjects, but if the same varieties were to
be grown for the mature seed for selling in the general
market, they would be known as agricultural products.
In like manner turnips may be horticultural subjects
when grown in small areas for home use, but agricul-
tural subjects when grown on large areas for stock-
feeding.

VEGETABLE GARDENING

There seems to be a growing tendency in this country
for vegetable-gardening to become a part of general
farming schemes. A generation ago a large part of the
vegetable-gardening for profit was conducted in rela-
tively small areas by men who devoted their entire time
to the business. At present much of the vegetable-
gardening enterprise is merely an adjunct to farming
proper. This is in part due to the development of the
canning industry, because of which enormous quanti-
ties of certain products, as of tomatoes, are desired. It
is partly due also to the extension of agriculture into
the newer regions whereby lands are discovered that
are particularly well adapted to the growing of special
commodities; as, for example, the raising of squashes in
some of the prairie states and the recent extension of

VEGETABLE GARDENING

1905

Census, 1890. According to a bulletin issued by that
census the investment in commercial or purely truck-
gardening interests of the country lying beyond the
immediate vicinity of large cities amounted to more
than $100,000,000. More than half a million acres of
land were devoted to the industry and nearly a quarter
of a million of people were employed. After paying
freights and commission, the products of these estab-
lishments brought to their owners more than $76,-
000,000.

Vegetable-gardening may be divided into two great
categories, depending on the disposition that is to be
made of the products ; namely, market-gardening or
truck-gardening, of which the purpose is to make money
from the industry; and home- or amateur-gardening, in

2643. Onion-growing on Hat lands in southern New York, the houses being the homes of the workmen.

melon-growing into Colorado. Long-distance transpor-
tation has revolutionized vegetable - gardening in this
country. See Packing. Whilst there has been great
progress in the industry, our vegetable-gardening has
not developed so widely from the European ideals as
our pomology has. Yet tomatoes, sweet corn, water-
melons and sweet potatoes are probably grown more
extensively here thau elsewhere in the world.

Vegetable-gardening is an important business wher-
ever there are large cities, because the markets are
close at hand. The second most important factor in
determining the location is climate, since earliness
of/product usually increases the profits. A third in-
fluence in the geography of vegetable - gardening is
the soil. Usually soils of a light and loose character, or
those that are said to be "quick," are preferred, because
the plants may be started early in the spring and they
also grow and mature rapidly. Because such soils
are so frequently employed for vegetable - gardening
purposes, gardeners have come to be very free users of
stable manure and concentrated fertilizers. In recent
years the vegetable - gardening areas of the eastern
country have rapidly extended along the Atlantic sea-
board as far as the keys of Florida. In these southern
localities vegetables can be secured in advance of the
northern season and when the best prices are reigning.
The development of transportation facilities has made
this enterprise possible. The southern Mississippi val-
ley region is also developing a large vegetable-garden-
ing interest since it is tapped by trunk lines of railroad
running to the north and east. Well-marked vegetable-
gardening areas are those on Long Island, N. Y., and
about Norfolk, Va., where special industries and prac-
tices have developed. Fig. 2643 shows an onion-grow-
ing community in southeastern New York.

The most recent published statistics of vegetable-gar-
dening in the United States are those of the Eleventh

which the purpose is to raise a supply for the family
use. Whilst the same principles of selection of soil
tillage and fertilizing apply to both these categories
these kinds of gardening are unlike in the general meth
ods of procedure. The market-garden is ordinarily lo
cated where the climate and soil influences are favorable
Every effort is made to secure uniformity and great pro
ductiveness of crop, and it is usually desirable that the
crop come into the market somewhat quickly and then
give place to other crops. In the home-garden the cli-
mate and the soil are largely beyond the choice of the
gardener, since these matters are determined by the
location of the homestead. The general effort is to se-
cure products of high quality and to have a more or
less continuous supply throughout the season. In mar-
ket - gardening emphasis is usually placed on a few
crops, whereas in home - gardening it is placed on a
great variety of crops.

The old-time home vegetable-garden was generally
unsuited to the easy handling of the soil and to the effi-
cient growing of the plants. Ordinarily it was a small
confined area in which horse tools could not be used.
The rows were short and close together, so that finger
work was necessary. The custom of growing crops in
small raised beds arose, probably because such beds are
earlier in the spring than those that are level with the
ground (Fig. 1528). With the evolution of modern til-
lage tools, however, it is now advised that even in the
home-garden finger-work be dispensed with as much as
possible. Some of the very earliest crops may be grown
in raised beds to advantage, but in general it is better
to secure earliness by means of glass covers or by
ameliorating the entire soil by underdrainage and the
incorporation of humus and by judicious tillage. See
Tillage and Tools. For farm purposes particularly it is
desirable that the rows be long and far enough apart to
allow of tillage with horse tools. If the vegetable-gar-

1906

VEGETABLE GARDENING

VEGETABLE I iARDEXIXG

den were placed between the farm buildings and the
outlying parts of the farm, the cultivator could be run
between the rows when going and coming. In this way
nearly all finger-work could be avoided and a greater
quantity and better quality of vegetables could be
secured. Compare Figs. 1528, 2645.

Vegetable-gardeners are usually large users of stable
manure. Near the large cities the manure is bought in

car-load lots, and it is used every year. The reason for
this is the necessity of improving the physical texture
of the land so that it will be loose, open and mellow, be
early or "quick," and hold an abundant supply of mois-
ture. In intensive vegetable-gardening there is no
"resting " of the land and no green crops to be plowed
under. The vegetable matter, therefore, has to be sup-
plied almost entirely by barn manures. In the larger
and less intensive vegetable-growing farther removed
from large cities, general agricultural practices can be
employed to better advantage, such as rotation and
green-manuring. Vegetable - gardeners generally use
largely, also, of concentrated fertilizers. These mate-
rials may be employed for either or both of two pur-
poses : to start off the plants quickly in the spring, or to
add plant-food for the sustenance of the plants duringthe
entire growing season. Ordinarily the former use is the
more important in vegetable-gardening, since it is nec-
essary that the plants start quickly in order that early
crops may be secured. Many times fertilizer is used in
amounts far in excess of the
needs of the plant in mere plant-
food, in order to give the plants
a strong and vigorous start and
thereby enable them to make
the most of themselves. If the
plants are not well established
when hot and dry weather
comes there is likely to be lit-
tle profit in them.

In intensive vegetable - gar-
dening it is important to start
many of the crops under glass
and to transplant the young
plants to the open as soon as
settled weather comes. This is
particularly true of tomatoes,
very early lettuce, sweet pota-
toes, egg plants, peppers and
the early crops of celery, cab-
bage and cauliflower. In the
northern states muskmelons
and sometimes watermelons
and cucumbers are started un-
der glass, being grown in pots,
boxes or upon inverted sods,
whereby they are more readily
transferred to the open. For-
merly the plants were started
under hotbed or coldframe
structures, but of late years
there has been a great increase
in the extent of glass houses

or forcing-houses. In these structures conditions can
be controlled better than in hotbeds, and they are per-
manent investments. However, hotbeds and coldframes
are still exceedingly important adjuncts to the vege-
table-garden, chiefly because they are not permanent
and thereby can be moved when the person shifts to
oJier land, and because the space that they occupy can
be utilized for outdoor crops later in the season. Much
vegetable-gardening in large cities is prose-
cuted on rented lands; therefore it may not
be profitable to invest in such permanent
structures as forcing-houses. The first cost
of hotbeds is also less than that of forcing-
houses, and this is often a very important
item. Fig. 2(i4(i. For management of glass
structures, see Hotbeds, Greenhouse, Forcing.
There are great numbers of insect and
fungous pests that attack the vegetable-gar-
den crops. General remarks under Insects,
Fungus, Insecticides, Fungicide and Spray-
ing will apply to these difficulties. The spray
pump has now come to be a necessary ad-
junct to any efficient vegetable-garden. How-
ever, there are mauy difficulties that are be-
yond the reach of the spray, particularly
those that persist year by year in the soil
or which attack the roots rather than the tops.
For such difficulties, the best treatment is to
give rotation so far as possible and to avoid
carrying diseased vines back on the land the
next year in the manure. Even the club-root of cabbage
can be starved out in a few years if cabbages or related
plants are not grown on the area. Any treatment that
conduces to the general vigor and well-being of the plant
also tends to overcome the injuries by insects and fungi.
In its best development vegetable-gardening is essen-
tially an intensive cultivation of the land. Often it is
conducted on property that is too high-priced for ordi-
nary farming. Land that demands a rent on one thou-
sand dollars an acre is often used for vegetable-gardens
with profit. There is also intense competition near the
large cities. These circumstances force the gardener to
utilize his land to the utmost. Therefore, he must keep
the land under crop every day in the year when it is
possible for plants to live or grow. This results in va-
rious systems of double-cropping and companion-crop-
ping, whereby two or more crops are grown on the land
the same season or even at the same time. Market-
gardening is usually a business that demands enter-
prise, close attention to details and much physical labor.

A better way of £

VEGETABLE GARDENING

If, with his knowledge of vegetable-growing, the gar-
dener combines good business and executive ability,
and an intimate knowledge of market conditions, he
should be able, however, to make it a profitable and at-
tractive business. Although the outlay is likely to be
large, the returns are direct and quick. Pig. 2044.

There is a large literature devoted to vegetable-gar-
dening, although the greater part of it applies chiefly to
amateur or home-growing. Leading current books on
the general subject of vegeta-
ble - gardening are those by
Greiner, Green, Henderson,
Rawson and Landreth. For
California one should consult
Wickson's "California Vegeta-
bles in Garden and Field," and
for the Atlantic south, Rolf's
"Vegetable - Growing in the
South for Northern Markets."
There are many books devoted
to special topics, and there are
many others which in their
time were of great practical
value, but which are now chiefly
known as recording the history
of the epoch in which they were
written. Only one American
work has been devoted to de-
scriptions of varieties of vege-
tables, as the works of Down-
ing, Thomas, and others have
to varieties of fruits. This work
is Fearing Burr's "Field and
Garden Vegetables of America,"
Boston, 1803, and the abridg-
ment of it in 1866, called "Gar-
den Vegetables and How to
Cultivate Them." A full list of
the American vegetable - gar-
dening literature may be found

in Bailey's "Principles of Vegetable-Gardening" (1901).
Persons who desire a cyclopedic account of vegetables
should consult Vilmorin's "Les Plantes Potageres," the
first edition of which is published in London as "The
Vegetable Garden." L H, B.

Vegetable Growing in California. It is an interest-
ing fact that though California's horticultural promi-
nence now rests upon fruit products, the first attrac-
tion to the new state, after the gold discovery, was
the wonderful growth of garden vegetables. The re-
ports of immense size, of acreage product and of prices
secured, were almost incredible because so much in ad-
vance of ordinary standards, but the statements were so
fully authenticated that many were drawn to California
by them. These horticultural pioneers, however, soon
found that immigrants from Asia and the Mediterranean
region could, by their cheap living aud by doing their
own work, cut under American growers who had to
employ high-priced labor, and so the latter retired from
the field, leaving the opportunity to the frugal and
thrifty foreigner. Thus vegetable-growing, from an
American point of view, came into disrepute and largely
retains such disadvantage at present. The result is
that the American largely avoids market - gardening,
while Asiatics and South Europeans are thriving on it.
There has been a reflection of the same disfavor upon
farm growing of vegetables for home use, and our farm-
ing population, including the fruit-growers who should
know and do better, is largely dependent upon alien
vegetable peddlers or products of canneries instead of
fresh home-grown esculents, which would be cheaper and
inexpressibly better than canned ortransported supplies.

Fortunately there are indications that this state of af-
fairs is changing. The uprising during the last decade
of a large industry in growing vegetables for overland
shipment and for canning seems to have clothed the
plant-cultures involved in this trade with new dignity
and importance which is attractive to American growers.
Cabbage, cauliflower and celery for eastern shipment,
peas and asparagus for canning and for shipment, to-
matoes for canning, etc., have all become large special
crops, while some other plants, like Lima beans, which

VEGETABLE GARDENING

1907

are chiefly grown in gardens elsewhere, have become field
crops in California covering very large acreage. Such
enterprises attract American citizens and are changing
the popular conception of the dignity and opportunity
of vegetable-growing. A measure of this influence, as
well as of the extent of the product, may be had in the
statistics of the year 1900. In that year there were
shipped out of the state by rail and sea 51,400 tons of
green vegetables. The product of canned vegetables in

2546.

of hotbeds.

1899 was: tomatoes, 583,061 cases; peas, 25,966 cases;
asparagus, 105,881 cases; beans and other vegetables,
38,523 cases. Nearly all the vegetables included in the
above trade are of the higher classes, potatoes and
onions only moving in considerable quantities when ex-
ceptionally high prices prevail in the East. In addition
to the foregoing there is the bean shipment to eastern
markets, which reached a total of 73,150,000 pounds in
1895, but has been less each year since then because of
partial drought in the chief bean districts.

California conditions affecting vegetable-growing are
wide and various. Nowhere else perhaps is it more es-
sential that certain things should be done just at the
right time and in the right way. If these requirements
are fairly met the product is large and fine; if they are
neglected the failure is sharp and complete. This fact
has given rise to the impression that California is a
hard place to grow vegetables, which is not true unless
one lacks local knowledge or the nerve to apply it. One
of the, chief causes of failure is in following seasons
and methods which have yielded success under condi-
tions prevailing in the states east of the Sierra Nevada
mountains. If one begins garden-making in the spring-
time the plants do not secure deep rooting, which is
necessary to carry them to success in the dry season,
and the garden is likely to be a disappointment. If, on
the other hand, all the hardier vegetables are sown in
succession from September until February or March
there will be continuous produce through the winter
and into the early summer. The chief shipments of
vegetables from California are made during the late fall
and winter and are taken right from the ground to the
cars without protection or storage. Tender vegetables,
like corn, beans, tomatoes, etc., can, however, be grown
in the winter only in a few frostless places. They
must either be pushed to a finish in the fall or sown
early in the spring and carried into the dry summer as
far as necessary either by natural moist land or by irri-
gation. There are, however, a few localities where to-
matoes will fruit early in the spring from fall plantings,
and peppers will live through the winter and bear a
second season's crop on the old plants.

The possession of an irrigation supply is the secret of

1908

VEGETABLE GARDENING

YFNIItlFM

full satisfaction in California vegetable-growing, but a
small amount of water, it' skilfully applied, will work
wonders. Irrigation will enable one to have something
crisp and delicious in the garden every dav in the vear
in the California valleys. It is true, however, that niuch
can be done without irrigation by beginning at the open-
ing of the rainy season in September, growing the har-
dier vegetables while moisture is ample even on the
drier lands during the late fall and winter, and keeping
the lower lands well plowed and cultivated to prevent
evaporation until the tender vegetables can be trusted

in tl pen air, and continuing cultivat assiduously

afterwards so that moisture can be retained as long as
po ibl. for them. That this is thoroughly practicable
is seen in the fact that the large Lima bean product is
grown almost entirely without irrigation from plantings
made as late as .May and the whole growth of the plant
is achieved without a 'hup of water except that stored
in the soil. The same is true of the corn crop: perfect
corn can be grown without a drop of rain or irrigation
from planting to husking, in siu'h cases, however, tin-
winter rains are retained in the soil by cultivation. If
winter growth is made by rainfall, summer growth can
be had on the same land l.v irrigation. In this wa\ irri-
gation bei - eminenth desirable in uring ail-the-

year growth, which cannot be had In rainfall. With
good soil and abundant irrigation it is possible to secure
four crops in rot at ion during the year— the hard} plants
in the fall and winter months; the tender plants in the
spring and summer. Of course the adjustment of all

these means to desired ends requires it I perception

and prompt action, and explains why those who have
been accustomed to plant at a fixed date and do
Little but cut weeds afterwards may find it loud to get
the best results in California. And yet the Californian
grower has great advantages in his deep, rich soil, in
freedom from diseases which thrive in a humid atmos-
phere and in an exceedingly long growing season.

Local adaptations for different vegetables are some-
times quite sharply drawn and selecti f lands for

large specialty crops must be made with reference to
them. The result is that the earliest vegetables come
from a practically frostless valley near Los Angeles;
almost all the Lima ln-ans are grown on a roast plain in
Ventura and Santa Barbara counties; the celen for
eastern shipment is nearly till grown on the peat lands

of Orange county; the cabbage comes largely fr San

.Matt untv; asparagus and tomatoes from Alameda

county and river islands of Sacramento and San Joa-
quin counties, etc. Smaller areas of these products and
others not mentioned are more widely scattered, but
everywhere the local soil, exposure and climate are
chief considerations.

There is prospect of great increase in all the vege-
table products of California. Fresh and dried vegetables

enter largely int.. < an traffic with distant Pacific ports.

Interstate trade is constantly increasing and canned
vegetables are contracted in advance to European dis-
tributors as well as to dealers in all the Americas.

E. J. WlCKSON.

VEGETABLE MARROW. See page 1713.

VEGETABLE ORANGE is Cucumis Melo, var. Chito.
V. Oyster. See Salsify. Vegetable Pomegranate is ('»-
chwon Melo, var. fh ntosus. Vegetable Sponge. See
Lit f fa.

VEITCHIA (.Tames Witch, of Chelsea, famous Eng-
lish nurseryman). PalmAcew. About 4 species of pin-
nate palms native to the Fiji Islands and New Hebrides.
The genus belongs to that portion of the Areca tribe
characterized by a parietal ovule which is more or less
pendulous and 'tis, spirally disposed m the branches of
the spadix, and is distinguished from Hedyseepe and
allied genera by the following characters: sepals of the
male lis. chartaceous, connate at base: female Us. much
larger than the males. It is doubtful whether any spe-
cies is now in cultivation. V. Joannis, II. Wendl., was
cult, in the early eighties. The leaf segments have a
wide and rather shallow notch at the apex or are ob-
liquely truncate. The sheath petiole and rachis tire a

-lark I.I I color and covered when young with a gray

tomeiitum interspersed with lanceolate, thin, dark red

rale

Fr. 'J1;, x 1'4

.iil-ellipsoid, orange, with a
red t.ase. u.r. 11. L'n :'.'n,-,. K.ll. 1883, p. 344. It has
been conjectured that Keiltia I'm, Houttei advertised in
1895 by American dealers may he :, species of Veitchia.
The genus is imperfectly known, and nothing further
can he said at present of Kentin lee Houtti i .

VELTHfilMIA (after the Count of Veltheim, 1741-
1801, Hanoverian promoter of botany). Liliaeete. Three
specie, of tender autumn-blooming bulbs from South
Africa with dens,- clusters of pendulous, tubular dow-
ers p. in. long, resembling those of the Poker Plant
lKniphoii.il, though not in color. The plants grow
about 1\. ft. high and bloom toward the end of I ictober.
Two species are offered by Dutch bulb-growers. They
are not showy but are of easy culture. They are prac-
tically unknown in America. Generic characters : peri-
anth withering and persistent; tube long, cylindrical;
segments 6, very short, ovate; stamens inserted at the
middle of the tube; anthers dehisce introrsely: ovules
J. collateral, placed near the middle of the locules:
capsule large, membranous, top-shaped, acutely 3-cor-
liere.l. loculicidally 3-valved. These plants have a large
tunicated bulb 2-3 in. thick. The cretins is monographed
in Flora Capensis, vol. i;. For culture, see Bulbs.

a. Lvs. green, 2-8 in. broad.
viridifolia, Jacq. Lvs. oblong-lorate, wavy-margined,
finally 1 ft. long: -cape mottled with purple ; raceme
very dense. 3-6 in. long, 25-30-fld.: lis. 1'4-I'... in. long,
yellow or reddish, with greenish tips. L.B.C. 13:1245.
B.M. 501 (Aletris Capensis).

aa. Lvs. glaucous, i', in. broad.
glafica, Jacq. Lvs. oblanceolate-lorate, acute, glau-
cous: -.ape less stout: rls. "yellow or bright red," ac-
cording to Faker. P.M. 1091 (fls. white, dotted red to-
ward the tips i ; 3456 ( fls. reddish purple, dotted yellow
above). yy. jj.

VELVET BEAN. Uucuna prurient, var. utilis.
See also Bull. 104, Ala. Exp. Sta., by J. F. Duggar.

VELVET PLANT. Gynura aurantiaca.

VENETIAN or VENICE SUMACH. Ehus Cotinus.

VENlDIUM (name not explained by its author).
Compdsita;. The plant listed in one of the largest
American catalogues of dower seeds as F. calendula-
ceum is so little known in America that the following
account of it as a garden plant is adapted from tin. 21,
p. 405. It is a graceful single-flowered composite which
nourishes under tin- ordinary treatment accorded
half -har.lv annuals, making a compact, rounded mass
■1 ft. high and :t ft. wide, and "covered for several

months isecutively with black-eved golden blossoms,

resembling those of the pot marigold, though much
brighter and more refined." "There is considerable
diversity in its seedlings both as regards habit ami the
size, shape ami shading of its blossoms, and careful
selection in seed-saving is needful in order to secure
the host forms. It is admirably adapted for cutting,
as the flowers ..pen ami shut as regularly as when
on the plant." This species lias also been treated as a
greenhouse perennial, continuing P. bloom until near
midwinter. The llow.T-hea.ls are fully '_' in. across.

Venidium is a genus of 18 species of Smith African
herbs, 7 of which are annual, tin- others perennial. Ge-
neric characters : rays female: receptacle honeycombed,
mostly nu.le. involueral scales in several rows, the
...iter narrower and h< rbaceous, inner scarious: akenes
glabrous, dorsally 3-5-winged or ridged, the lateral
ridges inflexed, tin- medial straight, narrower: no hairs
from the base of the akene: pappus either none or of 4
very minute, unilateral scales. Monographed in Flora
Capensis, vol. :: 1 1864-65).

decurrens, Less. Diffuse, canescent perennial, 1-2 ft.
long: lvs. mostly lyrate, the terminal lobe ovate or
roundish, sinuate-lobed or repand, at first, cobwebbed,
afterwards nu.le ami punctate above, white-tomentose
beneath: petiole 2-2% in. long, amply eared at base,
the ear .1. current, along the stem.

VENIDIUM

Var. calendulaceum, Harvey ( V. calendulaceum,
Less.), differs in having the petioles not earetl at the
base or with only a small ear. B.H. 1857, p. 123. Gn.
21, p. 405. — Opinions differ as to its merits. Some con-
sider it coarse and weedy ^y_ jj_

VENTILATION. See Greenhouse Management, p. 694.

VENUS' FLY-TRAP. Diona>a muscipula.

VENUS' HAIR. Adiantum Oapillus-Veneris.

VENUS' LOOKING-GLASS. Specularia Speculum.

VENUS' or VENICE SUMACH. Rhus Cotinus.

VEPRIS. See Toddalia.

VERATRUM (ancient name of Hellebore). Liliacea .
False Hellebore. A genus of about 10 species of tall,
perennial herbs from the tem-
perate regions of the northern
hemisphere with short, thick,
poisonous root - stocks and
rather stout simple stems
bearing many broad, plicate

leaves and terminated by a - i

long, branched or simple pan-
icle of numerous black-pur- i
pie, white or greenish flowers.
Perianth-segments 6, persis-
tent, spreading ; stamens 6,
attached at the base of the
segments: capsule ovoid, 3-
lobed, 3-loculed : .seeds flat,
broadly winged.

Veratrums are striking foli-
age plants, of easy culture in
moist shady positions. In
the open sunlight or in dry
ground the foliage is liable to
burn and decay prematurely.
They may be propagated by
division or seeds.

A. Fls. whitish or greenish.

B. Perianth-segments crisped-

dentate.

album, Linn. European
White Hellebore. A hardy
perennial 3-4 ft. high: root
short, fleshy: lvs. green, pli-
cate; radical lvs. 1 ft. long,
oblong, 5-6 in. wide, firm in
texture : panicle 1-2 ft. long,
dense : fls. whitish inside,
greenish outside; segments oblong - spatulate, crisped-
dentate; pedicels almost none. June, July. Eu., N.
Asia.

bb. Perianth-segments serrulate or entire.

vlride, Linn. American White Hellebore. Indian
Poke. Fig. 2647. A hardy perennial, 2-7 ft. high : root-
stock 2-3 in. long: lvs. plicate, acute, the lower oval,
about 1 ft. long, the upper gradually smaller: fls. yel-
lowish green; segments oblong or oblanceolate, ciliate,
serrulate; pedicels 1-3 lines long. July. North America.
B.B. 1:408. B.M. 1096 (Helonias vir'ide).

Calif6rnicum, Durand. Stem very stout, 3-7 ft. high:
lvs. ovate-acute, the upper ones lanceolate but rarely
acuminate: perianth-segments broadertharj in V. viride,
obtuse, whitish with a greener base. Colo, and Wyo. to
N. Calif, and Ore. -Int. 1883 by Pringle and Horsford.
The long panicle of whitish, bell-shaped, drooping fls.
is followed by ornamental fruits or capsules.

aa. Fls. blackish purple.
nigrum, Linn. A hardy perennial often 2^1 ft. high,
somewhat bulbous at the base : lower lvs. oblong pli-
cate, 1 ft. long, 6-8 in. wide, narrowed at the base;
upper leaves lanceolate: panicle narrow: fls. blackish
purple; segments oblong, obtuse. June. Eu., Asia.
B.M. 963. j_ g Keller and F. W. Barclay.

VERBASCUM

1909

VERBASCUM (old Latin name of the Mullein used
by Pliny). Scrophulariacea. Mullein. A genus of over
a hundred species, mostly coarse, woolly, weedy yellow-
fld. biennials native to the Mediterranean region. Con-
sidering the fact that the familiar Mullein ( V. Thap-
sus) is everywhere known and despised in America,
the popularity of the genus in English wild gardens is
highly surprising. Over 30 kinds are cultivated, and
some of them have been pictured many times. A little
study of the group shows how much pleasure can be
missed by any one who persists in one point of view.
The English farmer has no dread of the Mullein. The
Mullein is actually a favorite border plant in England,
especially for the back row and for shrubberies. One
connoisseur after growing many kinds of Verbascums
discarded them all except the common species. The
plant probably came to America from England, certainly
from Europe, but not long ago it was sold in England
under the name of "American Velvet Plant." The
"Soldierly Mullein" has often been praised by Ameri-

2647. False Hellebore— Veratrum viride
Showing the handsome foliage of early spring when the leaves

are about a foot high.

can writers for its sturdy habit and resistance to
the wintry winds; and even a Mullein has its poetic
moment, for the young rosette of leaves in the early
morning is undeniably beautiful.

There are a few true perennials and some subshrubs
among the Verbascums, but the species mentioned below
(except No. 17) are believed to be biennials. Yellow is
the dominant color, with pale yellow and white variations.
The origin of the other colors is explained under No. 12
below. Mulleins usually self-sow freely. Their large
symmetrical rosettes are very satisfactory the first year,
especially in the case of the silvery-leaved species.
The second year they send up stalks 2-10 ft. high and
give scattering bloom over a long season, in some cases
June to Nov., being at their best in August. The best
species are V. phceniceum (see No. 12), V. Olympicum
(No. 17) and 1". phlomoides (No. 3), the last two de-
serving special notice.

The Olympian Mullein is the showiest of all Verbas-
cums because of its short season of bloom. It is pecu-
liar in the fact that three and sometimes four years are
necessary to bring it into bloom. Meanwhile it makes
noble tufts of silvery foliage, the lvs. often attaining
3 ft. in length. The species is the best of the candela-
brum type, by reason of its great height (6-10 ft.) and
the symmetrical branching of the spike. The fls. are
produced in multitudes for three weeks and they are

1910 VERBASCUM

smaller than in V. phlomoides. The plant has the dis-
advantage of being sensitive to wetness, its soft,
woolly lvs. damping off in wet situations over winter.

V. phlomoides, though less popular than the preced-
ing, is probably the best of all the yellow-fid. species.
It has the advantage over
V. Olympicum of being a
true biennial of easier cul-
ture with larger lis. and a
longer season of bloom, ti-
10 weeks, and even then if
\3k/ cut half way down it will

throw out lateral bloom in
late autumn.
Generic description: bien-
*W nial herbs, rarely perennial

or suffruticose, more or less
woolly: racemes or spikes
terminal, simple or
\"^ fSj£ \ffl branched: pedicels clustered

'**;'n^r Sv or solitary: calyx 5-cut or

5 -parted; corolla with al-
most no tube, rotate, rarely
concave, with 5 broad lobes ;
stamens 5, affixed at base
of corolla ; style entire :
TviivJfc-S^S. ovules numerous: capsule

j , , > ^ J^Pji\ , j / >•/>. "^~-^l globose ovoid or oblong. DC.
~;T35?V^,&' \*'S' A '' V,:i-4^ Prod., vol. 10. Boissier
.^ijfe^'' Flora Orientalis, vol. 4. Gar-
tlllJK^ ^Bfc den 27, p. 172 ; 41, p. 551.
American trade names are :
V. Chaixii, nigrum, Olym-
2648. Verbascum Thapsus, picum, pannosum, phlomo-
the common mullein. ides, phwnicenm.

INDEX.

album, 13. LinnaH, 1. pyramidatuni, 15.

Blattaria, 9. longifolium, 4. rubiginosum.lt;.

blattarioides. 8. Lychnitis, 18. Schraderi, 1.

Boerhaavii, 11. macrumm, 2. semi-lanatuni, lib

canescens. 1. nigrum, 13. sinuatuin, 14.

Chaixii, 19. niveum, 10. thapsifornie, 2.

collinum, 1. Olympicum, 17. Thapso-floccosum, I.

crassifolium, 5. orientate, 19. Thapso-niyrum, 1.

cuprenm, 12. ovalifolium, 7. thapsoides, 1.

densiflorum, 6. longifolium. 4. Thapsus, 1.

ferrugineum, 12, 16. pallidum, 1. vernale, 13, 19.

Freynianum, 19. pannosum, A. virgatum, 8.

glabrum, 8. phlomoides, 3. viscidulum, 8.

Lamotei, 1. phceniceuin, 12.

A. Anthers of the longer stamens ad-
n a t e - decurrent . Section I.
Thapsus.
b. Fls. clustered. (Group 1. Eu-
thapsus.)
c. Anthers short-decurrent : co-
rolla concave at the throat. 1. Thapsus
cc. Anthers longer adnate-decur-
rent: corolla flattened out.
d. The fls. scarcely pediceled.

E. Stem-lvs. long-decurrent. 2. thapsiforme
ee. Stem-lvs. short-decurrent. 3. phlomoides
dd. The fls. spicate, pedicels
sometimes as long as or
longer than the calyx.

E. Lvs. very long 4. longifolium

ee. Lvs. moderately long.

F. Filaments glabrous... 5. crassifolium
ff. Filaments white-
woolly 6. densiflorum

bb. Fls. solitary or nearly so.

c. Plants w oolly. ( Group 2.

Spectabiles.) 7. ovalifolium

CO. Plants glabrous. (Group 3.
Blattaria.)

D. Pedicels in 2's or S's 8. virgatum

dd. Pedicels solitary 9. Blattaria

AA. Anthers all kidney-shaped unit of
about equal size. Section II.
Lychnitis.
b. Macemes simple, or s I ig h 1 1 y
branched.
c. Calyx rather large.
D. Teeth of calyx ovate 10. niveum

VERBASCUM

DD. Teeth of calyx linear-lan-
ceolate 11. Boerhaavii

CO. Calyx small.

D. Fls. purple 12. phoeniceum

dd. Fls. yellow 13. nigrum

bb. Racemes branched or pani-
cled.
o. Clusters of fls. finally remote. 14. sinuatum
CC. Clusters ot fls. near together.
D. Pedicels rarely as long as

calyx 15. pyramidatum

dd. Pedicels as long as calyx
or longer.
E. Plant green and nearly

glabrous 16. rubiginosum

ee. Plants more or less

woolly.

F. Filam e nt s w hite-

woolly.

G. Tomentum fleecy:

lvs. tomentose on

both sides 17. Olympicum

GG. Tomentum mealy:

lvs. greenish above. IS. Lychnitis
FF. Filaments purple-
woolly 19. Chaixii

1. Thapsus, Linn. Common Mullein. Fig. 2648.
Familiar weed in woods and in uncultivated fields, 2-6
ft. high, densely woolly, with large oblong root-lvs. and
long racemes of yellow flowers. Eu., Orient, Hima-
layas. B.B. 3:143. Gn. 28, p. 148. -Natural varieties
have been observed with pale yellow and white fls. and
hybrids with V. sinuatum , Lychnitis, nigrum, etc.
Other variations are: inflorescence dense or lax, simple
or branched: fls. large or small: wool dense or loose:
filaments glabrous or pilose. The following European
trade names are said to be referable to this species:

V. eanescens, Linnxei, pallidum, Schraderi, and thap-
soides, all nearly synonymous; V. collinum, Lamottei,
Thapso-floccosum and var. Gordoni, Tliapso-nigrum.

2. thapsiforme, Schrad. European species with yel
lowish tomentum and narrowly decurrent stem-lvs.
Var. macrurum, Benth. (V. macrurum, Ten.), has
white tomentum and more widely decurrent leaves.

3. phlomoides, Linn. A clasping-lvd. species valued
for its long season of bloom. It has clustered fls. with
pedicels shorter than calyx. Naturalized in Mass. Gn.
40, p. 561; 41, p. 555.

4. longifdlium, Ten. ( V. panndsum, Vis. & Pane),
Italian species known by its very long root-lvs., long
interrupted racemes which are somewhat branched, the
lower clusters of fls. spicate.

5. crassifolium, Hoffni. & Link. Spanish plant, with
long-decurrent lvs., spicate raceme, clustered lvs., flat-
tened corolla and glabrous filaments. — One of the few
species that thrives in a light, sandy soil.

6. densifldrum, Bertol. Italian mountain species
known by its decidedly yellow wool and long dense
racemes.

7. ovalifolium, Sims. Showy Caucasian species with
fls. 1J<3 in. across. Distinguished by its oval, white-
woolly lvs. and solitary, sessile flowers. B.M. 1037.
B.R. 7:558 (as V. formosum).

8. virgatum, With. ( V. blattarioides, Lam.). This
and the next are two of the very few Verbascums that are
green throughout. I'. glabrum, Willd., and V. viscidu-
lum, Pers., represents its glabrous and sticky-pilose
variations. Cosmopolitan.

9. Blattaria, Linn. Moth Mullein. Blattaria is from
blatta. cockroach, which the plant is said to repel.
Plant is frequented by moths, whence popular name.
Native of Europe and N. Asia; naturalized in America.
One of the few green-leaved Verbascums, distinguished
from V. virgatum by solitary pedicels. Fls. rarely white.

10. niveum, Ten. Imperfectly known Italian species
with white wool, very dense raceme of solitary, sub-
sessile fls. and a 5-parted woolly calyx having ovate
lobes.

VEKBASCUM

11. Boerhaavii, Linu. Beautiful large-fid. Mediterra-
nean species with copious, snow-white deciduous wool
and clusters of sessile flowers.

12. phaeniceum, Linn. {V. ferrugineum, And.). Pur-
ple Mullein. Very distinct and desirable species, being
practically the only purple-fid, species in cultivation and
parent of nearly ail varieties and hybrids having shades
of purple, violet, rose, pink and lilac. The white-fld.
form is also common. It is a species of southeastern
Eu. and Asia. The name phamiceum was doubtless
suggested by the Phoenician purple and not by the na-
tivity of the plant. The species grows about o ft. high,
and is one of the few green species, the Ivs. being nearly
glabrous or ouly pubescent. Lvs. ovate : fls. long-
stalked, solitary, about 1 in. across, which open poorly
in sunshine, preferring damp weather. The species
should, therefore, be placed where only the morning
and evening sun strike the flowers. L.B.C. 7:037. Gn.
22, p. 377; 27:481: 46, p. 519. A.G. 1892:630. -Var.
cupreum, Benth. ( V. cupreum, Sims), is a garden hy-
brid raised from seeds of V. ovali folium, showiug in-
fluence of V. phcenicnm in its copper-colored fls. It has
long been a favorite. B.M. 1226.

13. nigrum, Linn. A common European species, with
stem angled above, lvs. nearly glabrous above, long ra-
ceme rarely branched and purple woolly filaments. Gn.
27, p. 173; 41, p. 551 (var. album, showing the wonderful
improvement made by cultivation). V. vernale, Wierz.
& Rochel, is referred to this species by Index Kewensis.

14. sinuatum, Linn. Mediterranean species 2-3 ft.
high, with sinuate-pinnatifid root-lvs., divaricate, pyra-
midate panicles and lax, remote, many-fid. clusters.

15. pyramidatum, Bieb. Tall and beautiful species,
with doubly crenate lvs. nearly glabrous above, pyrami-
date, canescent panicle, violet-woolly filaments and a
very distinct calyx. Caucasus.

16. ruhiglndsum, Waldst. & Kit. Stem glabrous or
pubescent above: lvs. green, crenate: racemes lax,
branched: pedicels 2-3, rarely solitary, twice or many
times as long as calyx.— Var." Serrugineum, Benth. ( V.
ferruglneumt Mill.), has a long, simple raceme: lis. a
little larger and longer than in I'. phceniceum, and usu-
ally in pairs. Either a natural or garden hybrid.

17. Olympicum, Boiss. Tall Grecian species, 3-5 ft.,
white-woolly: lvs. tomentose on both sides: panicles
with a few very long, erect branches : clusters many-
fld.: fls. 1 in. across, filaments white-woolly. The gar-
den merits of this species are discussed above. Gng.
1:273. Gn. 30, p. 213; 31, p. 125; 38, pp. 55, 60; 41,
p. 555; 47, p. 147.

18. Lychnitis, Linn. Tomentum slight and mealy:
lvs. greenish above, crenate : panicles pyramidate, erect-
spreading: clusters lax, many-fid.: fls. yellow, rarely
white.

19. Chaixii, Vill. ( V. orientate, Bieb.). Lvs. green or
tomentose beneath, crenate, lower ones cuneate at base,
truncate or incised: racemes panicled . filaments purple-
woolly. V. vernale of the trade belongs under I", ni-
grum instead of here, as commonly stated. Gn. 27, p.
172.— Vara, semi-lanatum and Freynianum, Hort., are
hybrids. Often attains 10 feet, and acts like a true per-
ennial on warm soils. ^y jj_

VERBENA (ancient Latin name of the common Eu-
ropean vervain, V. officinalis), Verb&naceaz, Verbenas
rank very high among garden "annuals." Their clusters
of showy and often fragrant flowers are borne in constant
succession from June till frost. They vary from white
through lilac and rose to purple and dark purplish blue,
with shades of pink and pale yellow. The clusters are
about 2 in. across and contain a dozen or more fls. each
%-% in. across. The fls. have a tube and 5 spreading
lobes, each lobe being notched at the apex.

When special colors or named varieties are desired
it is necessary to propagate Verbenas by cuttings. To
propagate a particularly choice variety by cuttings,
shorten back the plants about September 1, keep them
well watered, and by the end of the month there will be
plenty of quick, tender growth suitable for cutting.
Put the cuttings in the propagating house or even in
flats with some soil in bottom and sand on surface.

VERBENA

15) 1 1

Place the flats in a coldframe, and keep them moist
and shaded until the cuttings are rooted. When rooted,
transfer to flats in a cool, light house until after New
Year's. Then pot them, using 2^-inch pots, and allow
a temperature of 50° F., which will soon give plenty of
material for additional cuttings. Verbenas increased
from cuttings tend to flower early, and those propagated
in February or March will require at least one pinch-
ing. When planting-out in beds for summer bloom,
bend the plant over nearly to the horizontal, so that
the new growth will spread along the surface of the
soil. These shoots will quickly take root, thereby
covering the ground. The old method was to peg the
plants down.

In propagating general stock, sow the seed in Febru-
ary and pot into 2-inch pots as soon as the seedlings are
up an inch. A temperature of 45-50° will answer, but
they should have full light. There is no place equal to
a mild hotbed for young Verbenas. About April 15
plunge the pots in a few inches of soil in a mild hotbed.
Lift them now and then and rub off the roots which go
through the bottom of the pot, in order to check growth
and hasten flowering. Customers want to see them in
flower before buying, and most of them wait till the end
of May. However, Verbenas can be plauted out early
in May, as a slight frost will not injure them.

Verbena is a genus of about 110 species, one Mediter-
ranean, the others American and often weedy. Herbs
or subshrubs, decumbent or erect: lvs. opposite, rarely
in 3's or alternate: spikes terminal, densely imbricate
or long and distant-fld., sometimes corymbose or pani-
cled: corolla-tube straight or incurved; limb somewhat
2-lipped, lobes 5, oblong or broader, obtuse or refuse;
stamens 4, didynamous: ovary 4-loculed, 1-ovuled. DC.
Prod. 11:535-556 (1847). tv"m. Scott and W. M.

The following account of Verbenas is extracted from a thesis
by J. H. Coweu, whose untimely death deprived American horti-
culture of a most promising worker. Mr. Cowen was a grad-
uate of the Colorado Agricultural College and had been an as-
sistant in the horticultural department there. After two years'
work at Cornell University he received the degree of Master of
Arts in June, 1900, and was elected to the fellowship in the
College of Agriculture. A few days later he was notified of his
election to the chair of horticulture in the state of Washington
and also at Colorado. He accepted the position at his alma
mater. The day before Ids intended departure he was stricken
by appendicitis. He died July 12, 1900. The work in Colorado
was very much to his heart. It was his native state. He knew
the people and the conditions. No man was ever better fitted
for the work he expected to undertake.

It was Mr. Cowen's intention to recast his thesis in cyclo-
pedic form. The following account has been changed as little
as possible. The botanical part at the end Hs entirely recast,
but the readable portion contains Mr. Cowen's own words,
with a few slight verbal changes and some omissions.

In 183G Loudon styled the Verbenas "a genus of
weedy plants." The lapse of a few years was sufficient
to prove this remark to be inapplicable in many cases,
for on the plains and prairies of South America grew
a number of species of such surpassing beauty as to
set at naught all preconceived notions of the inherent
ugliness and "weediness" of the genus.

Introduction of Parent Species, 1S2G-1S3S. -The first
of this noble race to be introduced was Verbena chama>~
dryfolia, a dazzling scarlet. This species has bad a
profound influence upon the "selfs" of I'. hybrida, par-
ticularly the scarlets, and is one of the predominant
parent species of the "compactas."

The second important South American species to be
introduced was Verbena phlogiflora, in 1834. The flow-
ers are inclined to rose or purple rather than to scarlet,
and, according to early plates, are more regular; they
are elevated on longer peduncles and the cluster is
oval or oblong instead of flat or merely convex. This
species and V. chamcedry folia seem to be the principal
parents of the various red, scarlet and rose-colored
forms in cultivation.

Verbena incisa flowered in England for the first time
in 1836. This species is characterized by rosy or pur-
plish, rather regular flowers, borne in a flat or slightly
convex cluster. The corolla is strikingly lighter colored
below than above. The leaves are much more deeply
cut than in the two preceding species. The habit of
growth resembles that of ]'. phlogi flora, hut is rather
tall and weak, three feet high in cultivation. This spe-

1912

VERBENA

VERB EX A

cies was doubtless used in hybridizing, but its distinc-
tive characters are now practically obliterated in the
forms of V. hybrida.

Verbena teucrioides is a species of strikingly differ-
ent characters from the three preceding and one which
has exerted a most profound influence upon many
races of V. hybrida. Five plants flowered in Ireland in
July or August, 1838. This species is easily distin-
guishable by its spikes of white flowers, which emit a
rich .jessamine fragrance, its recurved, coarsely crenate,
sessile leaves, and its stiff upright habit of growth.
The characters of V. teucrioides are apparent in many
forms of our V. hybrida, notably so in many of the
blue "oculatas." Of the four species thus far men-
tioned, V. teucrioides alone is still cultivated in a dis-
tinct specific form.

These four species seem to be the only ones which
have had a marked and permanent influence upon our

improve it that a great number of horticultural varieties
soon appeared and English varietal names gradually
superseded the unwieldy quasi-botanical ones. All the
species, except V. teucrioides, seem to have soon lost
their specific identity and to have completely merged in
V. hybrida. The additions made through the four or five
years following 183C were astonishing, as we find in
1840 upwards of 40 kinds enumerated, while in 1844 a
single list contained the names of over 200 varieties.

In 1839 Robert Buist, Sr., of Philadelphia, introduced
the leading forms to America. Robert Buist, Jr., states
positively that these were obtained from England. It
is sometimes erroneously stated that Buist obtained
seeds directly from South America. He seems to have
been for years the leading Verbena grower and hy-
bridizer in America. It is impossible from the meager
American literature, to discern any striking difference
between the trend of development in America and in

2649. The four prototypes of the garden Verbenas, faithfully redrawn from early colored plates.

From left to right: T. chama-dry folia, chief parent of the reds;
the rosy and purple colors; and V. teucrioides, a white flower which
fragrance of the hybrid Verbenas.

present races of Verbena. I', tenera and V. Aubletia
have probably been used occasionally by florists in hy-
bridizing, but they belong to a different section of the
genus, some of their hybrids seldom produce seeds and
their influence, if any, has been slight and transient.

With the successful introduction of V. teucrioides in
1838, Verbena lovers had a most promising start for the
development of a splendid group of garden plants.
They possessed four species, the great variability of
which gave opportunity for limitless selection, and the
close affinities of which afforded the most favorable op-
portunities for profitable hybridizing. I", chamozdry-
folia provided one of the richest scarlets in nature, V.
vhlogiflora and V. incisa provided various tints of
rose and purple, V. teucrioides gave white with a rather
elusive [suggestion of yellow. V. chamoydry folia was
of prostrate habit; V. teucrioides was stiff and upright;
the other two species were intermediate. V. teucrioides
was possessed of a rich perfume.

Early Period of Hybridizing and Selection, 1838-
1S48. — Selection and hybridizing had already begun in
1838 and had been rewarded with the production of
"several excellent varieties." The first of these were
given trinomial Latin names. The Verbena gained
popularity so rapidly and so many efforts were made to

Britain. In his "Directory" of 1845, Buist mentions the
fact that some of the better varieties have flowers as
"large as a dime, far outvying those cultivated a few
years ago." In 1854 he speaks of new varieties of "per-
fect formation" and "flowers as large as a quarter dol-
lar," and as "good as the titled English varieties."
Doubtless the Verbena was developed to a higher degree
of perfection as an exhibition flower in Britain than in
America.

Period of Greatest Popularity, 1S48-1S68. -The Ver-
bena was fast winning favor as one of the most popu-
lar of bedding plants. Its history as an exhibition plant
began about 1850 and reached its zenith in 1868, when
the Verbena was at the greatest height of popularity.
It was in this year that the Royal Horticultural Society
of England awarded premiums to 17 varieties. Its
height of popularity as a bedding plant was reached
some years before this, possibly as early as 1800, for
there seems to have been a growing opinion unfavor-
able to it as a bedding plant as early as 1861.

Period of Decline and Partial Recovery, 1S6S-1900.-
About 1870 the Verbena took a precipitous decline in
public favor. There were many causes that conspired
to its downfall, but chief among these were:

(1) A number of other plants captured the capricious

VERBENA

VERBENA

1913

admiration of flower- lovers. A host of showy-flowered
and zonal pelargoniums wTere offered to the public.
Henderson says that in 1870 he sold 20,000 pelargoniums
and that in 1875 he sold 100,000. In many bedding ar-
rangements the Verbena was wholly superseded by the
pelargonium. The tuberous-rooted begonias and Phlox
Drummondii likewise contributed to the neglect of the
Verbena, the latter of the two largely superseding it as
an exhibition plant. In the west of England, however,
the Verbena continued to be used to a slight extent as
an exhibition plant up to 1889.

(2) About this time (1870) the Verbena was beset witli
unusually destructive insects and diseases. These
troubles were not new, for as early as 1844 it was rec-
ognized that there was difficulty in preserving plants
over winter on account of the attacks of mildew and of
greenfly, but the reward was sufficient compensation for
the required vigilance. It is probable that the highly
artificial conditions and "coddling" to which tbe Ver-
bena was subjected during the period it was used so
extensively as an exhibition plant, contributed to weaken
its constitution and thereby to heighten the destructive
influence of the mildew and aphid.

The prospects for the Verbena have somewhat im-
proved within recent years. The German varieties
maintained their constitutions better than the English
ones, and the American climate seems better suited to
the Verbena than the European. Owing to the long
recognized difficulty of "wintering over," the treatment
of the Verbena as an annual has come into practice and
its success is most gratifying. With tbe improvement
of the habit of growth by the evolution of a race of
"compactas " and by the fixing of tbe various colors so
that they will come true from seed, the Verbena has
gained a new lease on present and future popularity.

The form and size of the individual flower and of the
flower-cluster have been closely associated and have had
a concomitant evolution. By observing Fig. 2649 it is
apparent that in the prototypes of our present garden
forms of Verbena hybrida the individual flowers are
irregular, the upper lobes of the corolla being nar-
rower, large vacant spaces occur between the lobes, and
the flowers are relatively small. I", chamadry folia is
the most irregular, V. incisa and V. teucrioides are
somewhat less irregular, while I', phlogiflora (if the
artist was true to his subject) bad nearly symmetrical
lobes. In none of these species were tbe corolla-lobes
expanded strictly in a plane at right angles to the tube.
The flower-cluster of V. chamadry folia was likewise
very defective, from the florist's standpoint, in that
considerable portions of tbe space were unoccupied,
giving to his eye a ragged, unfinished appearance. V.
incisa and phlogiflora were appreciably better in this
respect, while in V. teucrioides the flowers were unsat-
isfactorily scattered along a sparse spike. The Verbena
fancier soon established in bis mind an ideal of "pip"
and "truss," toward which he constantly selected. This
conception doubtless changed from decade to decade,
but the essential features remained fairly constant.
This ideal type is admirably exemplified in Fig. 2050,
which is a reproduction of an apparently idealized litho-
graph of 1872. The individual flowers are over an inch
in diameter, the lobes are geometrically symmetrical
and fill the space perfectly, but do not crowd. The
flower-cluster is of graceful, oblate-oval form, with no
unoccupied spaces and yet not overcrowded.

Though the Verbena breeder probably never com-
pletely realized the ideal flower and cluster, this ideal
has had a most significant influence. The greatest
progress in improving the size and form of the individ-
ual flower and of the flower-cluster was made during
the fifties and sixties, especially during tbe period in
which the Verbena was used as an exhibition plant.
This is quite natural, because exhibition plants are seen
at close range, and the English gardeners of this period
were very formal in their tastes. On the other hand,
such a high degree of symmetry is not sought in flowers
used for bedding and for borders. They are seen at
greater distances. Abundance of bloom and depth of
color are of greater importance. It is probable that the
best Verbenas of to-day would hardly come up to the
standard of those grown by the English gardeners of
1868 if judged by formal symmetry.

The Verbena has little tendency to "sport" toward
the production of double flowers. However, such forms
occasionally occur among seedlings.

Development of the Eye. — The only "eyed" effect ob-
servable in the prototypes of V. hybrida was that pro-
duced by the palisade of white hairs in the throat and
the yellowish color of tbe inside of the tube. At present
we have numerous races of "oculatas" with distinct
white or yellowish eyes of various sizes. Two different
kinds of color markings are spoken of as "eyes;" viz.,
dark centers and lemon or white centers. In this dis-
cussion the term is applied only to the latter. In a list
of 48 select varieties published in 1848 several are de-

2650. An ideal type of Verbena.
Adapted from an English colored plate of 1872.

scribed as having dark centers, two have lemon eyes,
and two have white or "light" eyes. It seems evident
from the plates of this period, however, that these
"light" or "white" eyes were very small and would now
be unworthy of the name. The "clear yellow eye " of
"Lord Leigh" is probably the largest distinct eye
produced prior to 1863. Previous to this time many
varieties had been admired for their dark centers which
were doubtless very pleasing; since 1863 less attention
seems to have been given to the dark centers and more
to the development of distinct white or lemon-colored
eyes. The recognition of a distinct class of oculatas
does not seem to antedate 1870, and it is the impression
of the undersigned that the French and German Verbena
fanciers deserve most of the credit for the recent de-
velopment of the important oculata class. The ideal
oculata of to-day has a clear, distinct, white eye of
only medium size. Very large eyes are not so pleasing.
They have a tendency to give a "chopped " appearance.
Beds. — The first stem parent, V. chamcedry folia, had
red flowers, and red in its various modifications of crim-
son, scarlet, rose, etc., has been predominant through-
out the entire history of the Verbena. Every accessible
list of varieties from 1845 to the present shows a pre-
ponderance of reds. Robinson's Defiance, a brilliant
crimson, very popular in the fifties, has left so strong
an influence as to give the class name "Defiance" to
numerous varieties and strains, some of which are
doubtless direct derivatives of this historic variety.

1914

VERBENA

Whites, and the Matter of Fragrance. — Of the four
prototypes, V. teucrioides alone was white, or white
with a shade of pink or an imitation of yellow. Among
the hybrid Verbenas there have been, from the first, a
few prominent white varieties; but there is no period
during which the proportion of whites exceeded about
one in eight, or one in ten. Whites are more frequently
fragrant than other colors. Good reds are seldom or
never fragrant, pinks occasionally so, mauves, purples
and blues frequently so. A rich jessamine fragrance
was one of the noteworthy characters of I". teucrioides*
Whites in many, perhaps a majority of cases, show
foliage and pubescence characters of V. teucrioides.
This is especially true in plants propagated from seed.

*&L

2651. Old style (

style of color mark

Blues and Purples. — It seems that different shades
of purple were occasionally represented in the wild
forms of V. incisa and phlogi flora; however, there
were no distinctly blue ones, and in the early history of
the Verbena there is a dearth of blue varieties. WTe
tind in the Florist of 1854, that "Bluebeard" is "really
blue" and that "a good blue has long been wanted,
most of the so-called blues being of a blue-purple
color." Subsequent to the fifties the number of blue
varieties recorded in lists appreciably increase, but
they by no means equal the reds, being little if at all
in excess of the number of whites. Our best blues of
to-day (for example Blue Boy) are of a deep, royal
purple (per Ridgeway's color plates) rather than really
blue. A great variety of tints and shades of purple are
represented. In the blue varieties which the writer has
grown, especially the ones from European seed, there
has been a striking resemblance to V. teucrioides in foli-
age, pubescence, habit of growth, etc. They also resem-
ble this species in having many that are very fragrant.

Yellow. — A good yellow has been the dream of many
a Verbena lover, but it is doubtful whether the dream
will ever be fully realized. Garten flora of 1890 reports
a V. hybrida lutea, but it is not constant and the yellow
is dim. Gartenfiora of 1896 reports that V. teucrioides
lutea, Vilm., was produced from V. teucrioides, that it
is "bright yellow," and that it will be "joyfully received
by Verbena lovers."

VERBENA

The Striped Varieties. — Two classes of so-called
striped Verbenas have arisen: one sort having the me-
dian portion of each lobe of the corolla of a dark color,
usually red or rose, and the margin white; the other
sort having irregular stripes, dots and dashes of red,
rose or purple upon a white ground color. See Fig.
2051. The former class seems to have originated with
the British florists somewhat previous to 1849, and was
the most popular "striped" class with them for many
years after the introduction of the second class of
striped ones. The true striped or Italian Verbenas were
introduced into France and England from Italy about
1862. Cavagnini Brothers, of Brescia, are given the
credit of having originated this unique race. It is the
general opinion of writ-
ers that the Italians are
derivatives in part of
V. tenera. Surely the
foliage of the Italian va-
rieties portrayed in Flora
des Serres and of striped
varieties now grown
shows no "pinnatitid
laciniate " foliage of V.
tenera. Neither has the
undersigned been able to
find any evidence of the
anther appendages of I'.
tenera. However, it is
impossible to determine
with certainty the paren-
tage of hybrids on struc-
tural characters alone.
The true explanation
may be that the V. pul-
chella which is said to
have been used, was not
V. tenera, Spreng., but
some form of V. hybrida,
Hort. The striped va-
rieties are unstable and
have a strong tendency
to revert to " selfs,"
whether propagated by
seed or by cuttings. In
the writer's own experi-
ence, a seedling with
blue and white striped
corolla reverted in four
generations of cuttings,
so that some of the
plants produced only
flowers that were solid
blue ; others, flowers
that were white with
only an occasional small mark of blue. Striped Ver-
benas afford excellent opportunity for the study of bud-
variation.

Production of Leaf- Variegation {yellow foliage).—
Comparatively little attention has been given to leaf-
variegation among the Verbenas. However, a number
of varieties having leaves variegated with yellow were
introduced about 1865, during the period when varie-
gated plants were so popular. At present we have a
strain of yellowish leaved Verbenas which come true
to this character from seed.

Development of the Gompactas.— Early in the history
of the Verbenas their "straggling and uncontrollable"
habit of growth was lamented. Considerable pegging
was necessary in order to keep the plants in any de-
sired position and repeated efforts were made to secure
bedding varieties of closer, more upright habit. Con-
siderable progress was made by British florists during
the sixties. Most of the progress, however, has been
made subsequent to 1870 and the German Verbena
growers of Erfurt deserve much of the credit for the
production of this splendid little race that has done so
much to help restore the Verbena again to popularity.
Compactas have been fixed in various colors so that
they will come true from seed. In most botanical char-
acters they resemble V. chatneedry folia and phtogi flora.
Development of Treatment as Annuals. Seed- Fixing.
— When the Verbenas were first introduced they were

Verbena

VERBENA

propagated to a considerable extent by separating the
prostrate, rooting branches and potting them. This
method was soon abandoned in favor of propagation by
cuttings. Verbenas root very readily and they were
grown from cuttings almost exclusively up to 1880, ex-
cept that seed propagation was employed for the pro-
duction of new varieties. During all this pe-
riod, as a consequence of much fortuitous and
intentional hybridizing, and of no effort hav-
ing been made to fix varieties, seedlings were
very variable and untrue to parent varieties.
Soon after the decline of the Verbena in 1868-
70 seed propagation was more extensively
employed. It obviated the very troublesome
experience of wintering over stock plants,
which were so susceptible to attacks of mildew
and aphis. Soon efforts were made to fix
strains that would come true to color and habit
from seed. This has been most successfully
accomplished, and the Verbena is gaining
much of its popularity through treatment as an
annual. Seeds are sown in March. The plants
are hardened off in a coldframe and set out in
the latter part of May. They flower profusely
from June to October. Striped varieties are
not easily fixed.

Summary of Present Horticultural Types
(V. hybrida).— It is impossible to satisfac-
torily classify the hybrid garden Verbenas ac-
cording to their botanical derivation. They
are conveniently classed according to color of
flowers into: (1) Selfs, or one-colored varieties;
(2) Oculatas. or eyed varieties; and (3) Ital-
ians, or striped varieties. As to habit they may
be divided into: (1) Standards, those of the
ordinary loose, spreading growth; and (2)
Compactas, which are much reduced in stature
and of more condensed form. Verbenas now
in cult, are shown in Figs. 2652-4.

VERBENA

1915

subincisely serrate, serrations often unequal, strigose
above, below hairy, especially on nerves: peduncles
elongated, ascending: spikes solitary, capitate: bracts
lanceolate-subulate, ciliate: calyx hirsute canescent,
sparingly glandular, more than twice as long as the
bracts: corolla crimson, limb irregular. — Occurs in two

Aubletia, 9.

hipimiatitida, 8.
Canadensis, 9.
ehannedryfolia,
Drummandii, 9.
erinoides, 7

INDEX.

incisa, 3.
Lamberti, 9.
Melindres, 1.
inelindroides, 1.
montana, 8, 9.
multifida.,1.

plilo^illora, 2.
puh-luila, G,7, 8.
tenera, 6.
b'uri'ioides, 4.
Tweedieana, 2.
venosa, 5.

A. Connective of the upper anthers
not appendaged.
B. Clusters not panicled. Proto-
types of the Garden Verbenas
( V. hybrida,Hort. Fig.2S52).

c. F Is. scarlet 1. chamsedryfolia

CC. Fls. rose or purple.

D. Clusters oval to oblong :

I vs. saw-toothed 2. phlogiflora

DD. Clusters flat or convex: Ivs.
more deeply and sharply

cut 3. incisa

ccc. Fls. white 4. teucrioides

bb. Clusters panicled 5. venosa

AA. Connective of the upper anthers
furnished with a glandular ap-
pendage.
B. Fls. violet or rosy purple.
c. Bracts half as long as calyx:

plant a snbshrub 6. tenera

CC. Bracts about as long as calyx
or a little shorter: plant

annual 7. erinoides

bb. Fls. lilac: plants annual.

c. 1/vs . twice pinnati fid 8. bipinnatifida

cc. Lvs. once pinnati fid '.). Aubletia

1. chamaedryfdlia, Joss. (V. Melindres, Gill. V.
melindroides, Cham.). Fig. 2649. Characterized by red
fls. in flatfish clusters, oblong, coarsely scalloped,
nearly sessile lvs. and rather stiff pubescence. Stems
slender, forking, creeping at base, hirsute: branches
somewhat ascending: lvs. oblong or ovate, base broadly
cuneate, contracted into the short petiole, crenate or

2652. The common garden Verbena — V. hybrida (XI).

rather distinct forms: var. Melindres has oblong to ob-
long-lanceolate lvs., which are unequally incised-serrate.
This form is less hirsute and is more graceful and vig-
orous. It was the form first introduced to cultivation.
Var. melindroides has shorter, broader lvs. and is more
hairy. Different forms occur over southern Brazil,
Uruguay, Paraguay, and the whole of the Pampas.
B.R. 14:1184. L.B.C. 16:1514. B.M. 3333. P.M. 1:173.
B. 3:129.

2. phlogifldra, Cham. ( V. Tweedieana, Niven). Fig.
2649. Characterized by rosy or purple fls. in oblong or
oval clusters; resembles No. 1, but has more upright
habit, softer pubescence and larger, longer-pointed,
distinctly petioled lvs. Stems ascending: branches
rather erect, much subdivided, angled, retrorsely hirsute :
lvs. oblong or lanceolate-triangular, acute, base entire,
cuneately long-attenuate into the evident petiole, un-
equally subincised serrate, somewhat venosely rugose,
strigose above, below hairy or strigillose pubescent:
spikes terminal, pedunculate, many-fld., oval to oblong:

1916

VERBENA

VERBENA

2653. Verbena teucrioides, as

cultivated to this day (X %).

The spike elongates still further.

bracts short-ovate to subulate-lanceolate: calyx twice as
long as bracts, covered with short pubescence inter-
spersed with short capitate glandular hairs. Southern
Brazil and Uruguay. B.
M. 3541. P.M. 4:5. B.
2:60.

3. incisa, Hook. Fig.
2649. Rosy or purple-fid.
species with lvs. more
deeply cut than in the
two preceding. Whole
plant hairy - pubescent ;
stems ascending;
branches erect: lvs. ob-
long-triangular, base
cuneately truncate or
subcordately attenuate
into the evident petiole,
pinnatifld-lobed or deep-
ly serrated and incised,
upper lvs. sublanceolate,
sessile, incisely pin-
natifld: spikes terminal,
pedunculate, subternate,
flat or convex : bracts
ovate: calyx 4 times as
long as bracts, short-
hairy, sprinkled with
glandular hairs: corolla-
tube glandular -pubes-
cent, thrice as long as
calyx; limb large, rose-
purple, paler beneath,
obovate lobes deeply emarginate. Southern Brazil,
Paraguay and northern Argentine Republic. B.M. 3628.

4. teucrioides, Gill. & Hook. Figs. 2649, 2653. Char-
acterized by fragrant white fls. in very long clusters.
Stems cespitose, rooting at base, ascending, terete,
openly and copiously hirsute: lvs. ovate to oblong-tri-
angular, base entire, sessile or nearly so, obtusely ser-
rate, margins revolute, veiny-rugose, glandular-pubes-
cent above, subtomentosely liispidulous on veins below:
spikes terminal, solitary, glandular, hairy, lax, 5-9 in.

long: bracts subulate - lanceolate,
ciliate; calyx nerved, twice as long
as bracts; corolla yellowish white
or pinkish, long exserted, twisting
in age, fragrant. Southern Brazil,
Uruguay, Argentine Republic,
Chile and Peru. P.M. 5:243. B.M.
3694.

5. vendsa, Gill. & Hook. Fig.
2654. Differs from all other culti-
vated kinds by panicled inflores-
cence and tuberous roots. Her-
baceous perennial, 1 foot high :
stems simple, rhizomatic, creeping
at base, ascending, 4-angled, hairy :
lvs. rigid, oblong to oblong-lanceo-
late, the subcuneate base entire
and h al f -clasping,
acute at apex, un-
^> equally subincisely
*?V /3FBA5 /»• dentate, the teeth

«fc I jffi/ \f yU openly acuminate,

v*V I -jHc ; / nerves prominent, hir-

Vvi Y ./Wx JLhffi sute below: spikes in

a close terminal pani-
cle, subternate, lateral
ones pedunculate, fas-
tigiate and finally cyl-
indrical: bracts subu-
late, ciliate, often pur-
plish, exceeding the
hairy calyx : corolla
lilac or bluish purple
to nearly sky-blue, very
thinly villous without;
tube slender, thrice as
long as calyx: fr. 1
line long, copiously fuscous outside, dorsal ridges 5.
Southern Brazil and Argentine Republic. B.M. 3127.—

Tubers may be kept indoors over winter, or species
propagated by seeds sown in greenhouse in January.

C. tenera, Spreng. (V. pulchilla, Sw., not Hort.).
Herbaceous perennial: stems cespitose, decumbent,
rooting; branches slender, 4-angled, ascending, sparsely
hairy: lvs. decurrent into the short petiole, 3-parted
and again pinnatifid into acute, linear, entire, subrevo-
lute divisions, sprinkled with short hairs: spikes ter-
minal pedunculate: calyx elongated, strigose pubescent
or hairy, sprinkled at angles with short stipitate patella-
form glands, twice as long as bracts; corolla rose-violet;
anther appendages barely exserted, claviculate, subre-
curved. Southern Brazil and LaPlata region.

7. erinoldes, Lam. ( V. multifida, Ruiz and Pav. V.
ptdehUla, Hort., in part). Moss Verbena. Annual
or perennial : stem strigose hairy or somewhat hirsute,
branching, decumbent, rooting: branches ascending:
lvs. ovate in outline, cuneate base decurrent into the
petiole, deeply 3-parted and the divisions pinnatifid
into narrow linear acute lobes, subrevolute on mar-
gins, strigose especially on nerves: spikes terminal,
solitary, pedunculate, soon elongating and relaxing,
canescent hairy: bracts lanceolate, acuminate, spread-
ing, one-half as long to as long or longer than the calyx;
corolla rather small, shortly exserted, lilac, bearded
within ; anther appendages exserted, rather short.—
Said by Dr. Gillies to be "one of the commonest plants
on the Alps of Clile and Mendoza . . . varying ex-
tremely in color of flowers, in stature and in degree in
which the leaves are cut." In some individuals the fls.
are said to be scarlet, in others blue or purple. Forms
assignable to this species occur also in the southern
states of Brazil. The species is probably a composite
one as now recognized. B.R. 21:1766 (as (". multifida,
var. contracta). Variable but unique species character-
ized by distinct, finely cut foliage and rosy lilac to deep
purple fls., but the clusters and individual fls. are too
small to make it popular.

ne plant of Verbena vc-
, too young to show the
characteristic panicled ar-
rangement of clusters (X?a).

2655. Verbena Aubletia (X Vs.).

8. bipinnatifida, Nutt. (V.pulekillaot some German
seedsmen. V. niontana, Hort., in part). Perennial,
prostrate and rooting at base; stems stout, upright,
branched, 6-18 in. high: lvs. rather thick, petioled,
1-2H in. long, scabrous above, ovate in outline, bipin-
nately parted or 3-parted into numerous oblong, rather
acute lobes 1-3 lines broad: spikes solitary, dense to
rather lax, at first capitate, becoming 2-4 in. long in fr. :
corolla 5-8 lines long, purple or lilac, limb 4-5 lines
broad, lobes emarginate to obcordate; throat of corolla
provided with a palisade of short hairs; upper stamens
bearing each a small oval to oblong purplish gland.
Texas to Neb. and Col. — Flowers become bluish purple
in drying.

VERBENA

VERMONT

1917

9. Aubletia, Jacq. (V. AubUtia, var. Drummondii,
Lindl. V. Canadensis, Britton, l". Drummondii,
Hort. F. Ldmberti, Sims. K. montana, Hort., in
part). Fig. 2G55. Perennial, pubescent, with rather stiff
hairs or glabrate: branches slender and ascending from
a sometimes creeping rooting base, 0-18 in. high: lvs.
ovate or ovate-oblong in outline, 1-3 in. long, truncate,
broadly cuneate or subcordate at base and the petiole
more or less margined, incisely lobed and toothed, often
deeply 3-cleft: spikes peduncled, dense, short and capi-
tate in early flower, becoming 2-4 in. long in fruit:
bracts subulate, mostly shorter than the calyx— these
and the calyx densely glandular pubescent : calyx-teeth
unequal, filiform-subulate; corolla 6-10 lines long, from
bluish purple or lilac to rosy purple or white, frequently
approaching blue in dried specimens; limb %-'% in.
broad, lobes oblong or obovate, emarginate and more or
less revolute near the sinuses, throat provided with pali-
sade of short white hairs: upper anthers bearing each
a light brown, oblong gland which is barely exserted.
Colo, and Mex. eastward across the continent. B.B.
3:72. B.M. 308:2200. B.R. 4:294; 23:1925. -Reported
as producing many garden and spontaneous hybrids.
Garden forms are of stouter habit, less inclined to
root at base; lvs. larger, dark shiny green above, more
conspicuously veiny, clusters and individual fls. larger,
and the color variation more striking. Many forms have
a rich spicy fragrance quite different from that of the
hybrid Verbenas. On account of the robust, healthy
nature of V. Aubletia it has been frequently recom-
mended in horticultural literature as desirable for hy-
bridizing with the hybrid Verbenas to improve their
constitution. The cross would probably be too radical
for best results. It is to be regretted that this charming
species which is thought well of in Europe should be
neglected in its native America.

_ V. bracteata and hastata, two weedy North American spe-
cies, have also been offered for cultivation, but they have small
garden value. Descriptions are easily obtained.

J. H. Cowen.

VERBENA, LEMON. Lippia.

VERBENA, SAND. See Abronia.

VERBESiNA (probably a meaningless alteration of
Verbena). Compdsitw. Crownbeard. About 50 spe-
cies of American herbs, annual or perennial (some
tropical species shrubby), with alternate or opposite,
often decurrent lvs. and corymbose or solitary heads of
yellow or white flowers; rays sometimes wanting, pis-
tillate or neutral: akenes flattened or those of the rays
3-sided, their margins winged or not; pappus of 2 (1-3)
awns, sometimes with 2 or 3 intermediate scales.

About half a dozen hardy perennial Verbesinas have
slight rank as garden plants, but the competition among
yellow-fld. autumn-blooming composites is so great that
Verbesinas have little chance. The following species is
a robust and rather coarse plant, growing 4-8 ft. high,
and suitable only for the wild gardens and the back row
of the hardy border. It is doubtless of the easiest cul-
ture. It blooms from Aug. to Oct., and has numerous
yellow fls. K-l in. across in flatfish clusters.

occidentalis, Walt. ( V. SiegesMckia, Michx.). Hardy
perennial herb, 4-8 ft. high: lvs. ovate (uppermost ob-
long-lanceolate), acuminate, serrate, the larger ones
8 in. long, contrasted into a marginal petiole: rays
styliferous and usually fertile: awns of pappus not
hooked. Dry hillsides, eastern U. S. B.B. 3:430.

W. M.

VERMONT, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 2656. Ver-
mont has no reputation as a horticultural state, either
amongst her own citizens or outside her boundaries, yet
there is not one important fruit or vegetable crop of
the temperate zone, not even excepting apricots and
peaches, which cannot be grown to perfection here.
With the exception of apricots, peaches and sweet cher-
ries all the temperate fruits can be produced in great
perfection. The only reason which can account for the
non-development of Vermont's horticultural resources
is the fact that the possibilities are not appreciated by
her land - owners. Vermont farmers are extremely

conservative and slow to make a change in their meth-
ods of farming, so that the signal success of the few
who have taken up fruit-growing makes but small im-
pression on the many who are still busy making butter
and growing hay, potatoes, and little patches of grain.

The home markets for fruit and vegetables are unu-
sually good. Strawberries rarely sell for less than
12K cents a quart, and the average price for good
fruit is probably nearer 15 cents. Blackberries usu-
ally bring 10 cents and raspberries 10-12% cents.
Cherries are hardly to be bought, though sour cherries
thrive and cherry pie is popular. The price for cherries
is always $3 to $4 a bushel. Good vegetables sell equally
well. With such favorable markets, supported by nu-
merous small manufacturing villages and a horde of
summer boarders, horticultural industries certainly
ought to thrive.

The horticultural regions of Vermont are, roughly,
three. The first and most important is the Chatnplain
valley district, including several large islands in Lake
Champlain. This region reaches off toward Montreal on
the north ; and the general character of its horticulture
is much like that in the St. Lawrence valley between
Montreal and Lake Ontario. Winter apples are the
most important crop in this section. The second region
lies in the southwestern part of the state and belongs
to the upper Hudson valley. Apples will grow readily
when attended, but they are seldom cared for. Greater
success is secured with small fruits, the growing of
which is greatly encouraged by the large annual immi-
gration of summer residents. The third district com-
prises the valley of the Connecticut. It is the least de-
veloped of the three, horticulturally. The reason for
this fact is not plain. Soil and climate are admirably
adapted to all sorts of fruits. Even peaches are suc-
cessfully grown in orchards. The few men who are
growing plums, cherries, strawberries, etc., are proving
every year that the Connecticut valley in Vermont is
naturally as much a fruit region as any other.

The apple crop offers the single semi-exception to
the statement that Vermont has no horticultural repu-
tation at home. There are a few commercial apple or-
chards in the Champlain valley which grow as fine
apples and yield as handsome cash profits as any or-
chards in America. Grand Isle county, made up of land
lying in Lake Champlain, has the principal reputation
for apples. The best orchards and the best orchard-
ists are found there; but Addison county ships about
double the quantity of apples.

The varieties of apples grown for market are princi-
pally Greening, Spy, Baldwin and Fameuse. Next to
these come Mcintosh, King, Ben Davis, Spitzenburgh,
Seek-no-further and Arctic. A few old orchards con-
tain many of the old-time favorites, such as Fall Har-
vey, Dutch Mignonne, Gilpin, Grimes Golden, and the
like. But such collections are few and uncherished.
The modern commercial varieties are the only ones in
repute.

Vermont has had some experience with the Russian
apples. In fact, Dr. T. H. Hoskins, of Newport, on the
northern boundary of the state, has been one of the most
famous experimenters with the Russian importations.
Nevertheless the Russian varieties have made small
impression on the pomology of the state.

Plums are grown just enough to prove that they will
succeed admirably. Lombard, Green Gage, Bradshaw,
the Damsons and other old-fashioned sorts still retain
the preference of conservative Vermonters, though
other growers are planting chiefly of the Japanese va-
rieties, especially Burbank and Abundance. In the
northern and mountain towns only the Americana and
Nigra types are hardy enough ; but even these are sel-
dom grown.

Among cherries Morello, Montmorency and Richmond
are favorites. Raspberries are mostly red, the black-
caps being seldom grown. Cuthbert is the leading
variety, though Schaffer and Columbian are gaining
friends rapidly. Blackberries are not carefully grown
usually. Fine blueberries are picked from the fields in
considerable quantities. Early varieties of grapes can
be ripened for home use, Concord, Worden, Moore
Early, Green Mountain and Delaware being leading
varieties.

1918

VERNONIA

Y O R K *V

2656. Outline of Vermont.

Truck gardening is practiced, of course, in the neigh-
borhood of all the principal cities; but it cannot be said
to be a well-managed business. Those crops which
grow in special perfection are beans, potatoes, peas,
tomatoes, salsify and parsnips. Those which cannot
be grown, or which are, as a rule, unsuccessful, are
melons, okra, sweet potatoes, turnips and Lima beans.
Special crops which are sometimes grown in quantities
for export are seed peas, white beans and onions.

On account of the long, cold winters and the short,
cloudy days of that season, greenhouses are operated at
a great disadvantage. The production of hothouse vege-
tables is, therefore, very small, and florists find it diffi-
cult to grow roses and lilies, or even violets and carna-
tions, at a profit.

The Vermont Horticultural Society was organized
December 3, 1896. It is, therefore, a young, though an
active and useful society. pt a. Waugh.

VERNONIA (after Wm. Vernon, an English botanist
who traveled in North America). Compdsita. Iron-
weed. A genus of nearly 500 species of perennial herbs
or rarely shrubs, with alternate, pinnately veined leaves
and usually purple or rose flowers borne in the follow-
ing species in terminal cymes. The genus is widely
scattered about the world, but is possibly most plentiful
in South America. The following species are native of
the United States, and are hardy perennial herbs of at-
tractive appearance, with rather large heads of purple
flowers in terminal clusters in late summer or early
fall.

Heads not glomerate, several- to many-fid.: involucre
of dry or partly herbaceous, much -imbricated bracts:
corolla regularly 5-cleft into narrow lobes: akenes

mostly 10-costate, with a truncate
apex and a cartilaginous, callous
base: pappus double (at least in
American species). Vernonias are
of easy culture in any good, rich
border, being easily propagated by
division.

A. Heads 50-70-flowered.
Arkansana, DC. Stem 8-10 ft.

high: lvs. linear-lanceolate, 4-12 in.
long, alternate-acuminate: peduncles
not branched: involucre green, the
filiform tips often reddish. Plains,
Mo., Kan. to Texas. Julv-Sept. B.
B. 3:302.

aa. Reads 15-40-fld.

B. Lvs. narrowly linear.
0. Plant about 1 ft. Jiigh.

Lindheimeri, Gray & Engelm.
Stem excessively leafy up to the in-
florescence: lvs. lJ^-3 in. long by
1-2 lines wide, with revolute mar-
gins : fls. in a corymbiform cvme.
July-Sept. Rocky hills, W. Texas.

CC. Plant 8-4 ft. high.
Lettermani, Engelm. Stem fas-
tigiately and cymosely much
branched at the summit: lvs. 2-4
in. long, only 1 line wide, margins
not revolute: fl. -heads numerous,
K in. long, 10-14-lld. July-Sept.
Sandy soil, Arkansas.

bb. Lvs. not narrowly linear.
c. Bracts of involucre tipped with
slender awns.
Noveboracensis, Willd. Fig. 2657.
Stem 3-6 ft. : lvs. oblong to oblong-
lanceolate, 3-9 in. long: heads in an
open cyme : involucre commonly
brownish or dark purplish : Hs.
rarely white, usually in moist soil.
July-Sept. B.B. 3:302. -The more
common species of the eastern
United States.

cc. Bracts not owned.

D. Plant tomentose.

Baldwini, Torr. Stem 2-5 ft. high: lvs. lanceolate to

ovate-lanceolate, 4-8 in. long: bracts greenish acute or

acuminate, tips spreading or reflexed. Fls. earlier than

most species, in July and

Prairies,
to Tex.

■^life

August,
ern Mo.
3:302.

DD. Plant glabrous.
E. Lvs. thin.

altissima, Nutt. Stem
5-10 ft. high: lvs. veiny
lanceolate or lanceolate-
oblong, 4-12 in. long :
bracts obtuse or merely
mucronate-tipped,
closely appressed. July-
Sept. Western Pa. to
111., La. and Fla. B.B.
3:303.

E. Lvs. thickish.

fasciculata, M i c h x .
Stem 2-5 ft. high: lvs.
somewhat obscurely
veined, linear to oblong-
lunceolate, 3-6 in. long:
heads numerous and
crowded on the branches
of the cyme: bracts ob-
tuse or some of the upper mucronate-acute, closely ap-
pressed. July-Sept. Ohio and Ky. to the Dakotas and
south to Texas. B.B. 3:303. p. w. Barclay.

2657. Isolated specimen clump
of Ironwee d — Vernonia
Noveboracensis.

VERONICA

VERONICA (after St. Veronica). Scrophulariacem.
Speedwell. The Speedwells are mostly herbs, with a
few exotic shrubs, best known by their usually long ra-
cemes of small blue flowers. About 200 species, mostly
in the northern hemisphere, a few species in the tropics
and southern hemisphere. In New Zealand they are a
dominant feature of the country. Plants in cultivation
are mostly hardy at the North, usually low-growing and
occasionally prostrate. Lvs. opposite, rarely verticillate
or alternate: fls. in axillary or terminal racemes and
bracted; calyx 4-5-parted; corolla usually blue, rarely
pink or white, wheel-shaped or salver-shaped, the
lateral lobes or the lowermost one commonly narrower
than the others; stamens 2, exserted, one on each side
of the upper lobe of the corolla; style entire, subcapi-
tate: capsule flattened, obtuse or notched at apex, 2-
f urrowed : seeds few or many.

All are showy, free-flowering plants, used, except the
shrubs, as garden perennials or annuals, and are propa-
gated by seeds, the perennials also by division, the
shrubs by cuttings in spring or summer. They succeed
in any good garden soil in a sunny situation. The
lower-growing forms are good rock-plants; the taller are
adapted to the herbaceous border. The shrubby forms
are greenhouse plants or grown only in warmer parts of
the country, particularly California, where they are
everblooming, and where they do well along the coast
even in exposed places by the sea. The shrubby species
are mostly natives of New Zealand. They are well re-
viewed in The Garden 45, p. 50G, and 28, p. 292. Some
of them have enjoyed a considerable popularity in Eng-
land, where they are generally seen in cool conserva-
tories, but they survive the winters outdoors in the
most favored parts of the British Isles. The first hy-
brid was raised in 1848 by Isaac Anderson-Henry (then
Isaac Anderson), a noted hybridizer. This gentleman
continued his experiments for several years, using V.
speciosa, salicifolia and elliptica. His work was con-
tinued by others, and most of the hybrid Veronicas of
to-day have the parentage above indicated, with the
blood of V. speciosa generally much in evidence. If a
collective name for Veronica hybrids is desired, V. spe-
ciosa var. hybrida is the best name for the whole group.
Unfortunately all these hybrids are unfit for general
cultivation out-of-doors in northern climes, but a hardier
race will probably be secured by using V. Traversii and
its allies, which have been introduced more recently.
Some of these are V. Colensoi, Rakaiensis, anomala,
monticola and pimeloidcs,— all unknown to the Ameri-
can trade. A third and still hardier group of the New
Zealand Speedwells is the truly alpine group known as
Whipcord Veronicas. These should be quite hardy in
northern rockeries. They are unknown in America now.
The best of the group is said to be V. eupressoides,
var. variabilis, known to English trade as V. sali-
comoides. Others in cultivation are V. Hectori, Arm-
strongi and lycopodioides.

Veronica was monographed by Bentham in Latin in
DC. Prod. 10:458-491 (1846), 158 species being then
known. An excellent account of cultivated Veronicas is
found in Vilmorin's Blumengartnerei.

INDEX.

alba, 12, 18.

gentianoides, 12.

Purple Queen

alpina, 11.

Hendersoni, 4.

repens, 13.

alpestris, 9.

Hulkeana, 1.

rosea, 17, 18.

anu'thi/sthia, 16.

inrperialis, 4.

salicifolia. r>.

Andersonii, 4.

mean a, 14.

serpyllUului, !

Anstiiaca, 25.

Japoniea, 10.

speciosa, 4.

Buxbauraii. 7.

longifolia, 17.

spicata, 18.

Candida, 14.

macrocarpa, 6.

spuria. 16.

Chama?drys, 23-

montana, 20.

subsessilis, 17

circn'oides, 19.

officinalis, 21.

Syriaca, 8.

crenulata, 17.

paniculata. 16.

Teucrium, 24.

decussata, 3.

pectinata, 22.

Traversii, 2.

elegans, 16.

pirinata, 15.

villosa. 17.

elliptica, 3.

prostrata, 24.

Virginica, 10.

foliis variegatis, 1

A. Plants slirubby, all from New
Zealand and all with opposite
leaves; tender in the North.
b. Margin of lvs. coarsely sen-ate..
BB. Margin of lvs. entire.
c. Pairs of lvs. crowded.

D. Racemes subterminal !

121

VERONICA 1919

dd. Hacemes axillary .'I. elliptica

CC. Pairs of lvs. rather distant 4. speciosa

D. Height S-fi ft.: lvs. 1-1% in.
wide.
dd. Height 10-15 ft. or more: Irs.
4S lines wide.
e. Capsule scarcely twice as

long as calyx 5. salicifolia

EE. Capsule about three times

as long as calyx 6. macrocarpa

aa. Plants hardy herbs.
B. Duration annual.

o. Height a foot or less: fls. blue.

d. Hacemes axillary 7. Buxbaumii

dd. Racemes terminal 8. Syriaca

cc. Height i-i ft.: fls. whitish 9. serpylliiolia

BB. Duration perennial.

0. Lvs. in whorls of 4-7: corolla
sa leer-shaped, tube longer

than Urn b 10. Virginica

CC. Lvs. usually opposite, occa-
sionally alternate.
d. Racemes terminal,
E. Habit creeping : plants
S-12 in. high.

f. Capsule oblong 11. alpina

FF. Capsule roundish or
broader than long.
G. Apex of capsule

slightly notched 12. gentianoides

GG. Apex of capsule deeply

notched 13. repens

EE. Habit upright : plants
stronger growing and
taller.
F. Foliage and stem white-
woolly 14. incana

FF. Foliage nearly glabrous:
lvs. large, dentate.
a. Lower lvs. pinnatisect. 15. pinnata
aa. Lower lvs. merely ser-
rate or crenate.
H. Hacemes panicled. .10. spuria
HH. Hacemes solitary or
few.
i. Lvs. lanceolate ...17. longifolia
II. Lvs. ovate-oblong.. 18. spicata
DD. Racemes axillary.

E. Habit low and creeping.

F. Lvs. narrow 19. circaeoides

ff. Lvs. broader.

a. The racemes few-fid... 20. montana
GG. The racemes many-fid.
H. Fls. pale blue,

rarely pink 21. officinalis

HH. Fls. deep blue, white

center 22. pectinata

ee. Habit taller, more upright.

f. Calyx 4-parted 23. Chamsedrya

FF. Calyx 5-parted.

G. Lvs. more or less den-
tate 24. Teucrium

GG. Lvs. deeply pinnat if id. 25. Austriaca

1. Hulkeana, F. Mueller. Showy lilac-fld. species,
readily distinguished by its serrate lvs. and terminal
racemes. Slender, erect, sparingly leafy, straggling
shrub, 1-3 ft. high, with branching stems: lvs. 1-1 %
in. long, in sparse pairs, ovate or oblong, obtuse or
acute, coarsely serrate, smooth, leathery : raceme slen-
der, terminal, branching, spreading, 4-10 in. long: fls.
sessile, lilac: capsule small, longer than broad, twice
exceeding the sepals. Summer. Mts. and rocky places.
New Zealand. B.M. 5484.

2. Traversii, Hook. f. White-flowered shrub about 2-3
ft., of special interest as being hardy in Ireland and
parts of England. A smooth, much-branched shrub:
lvs. linear or linear-oblong, entire, smooth, opposite,
sessile, thick, %-l in. long, numerous: racemes axil-
lary, large: fls. many, small, white or mauve: capsule
acute, 3-4 times exceeding the calyx. All summer.
New Zealand. B.M. 6390. Gn. 32, p. 217.

1920

VERONICA

3. elliptica, F.Tst. | I". decussdta, Soland.). Remark
able for its white tis., which are large for the genus
%-% in. across. Small or tree-like: lvs. oval or oblong
elliptic: racemes axillary, few-fid.: fls. white or flesh
colored. New Zealand and antarctic regions. B'.M
212. J.H. III. 35:225. — Not advertised in America now,

4. specidsa, R. Cunn. A half-hardy bushy branching
shrub, 3-0 ft. high. Stout and very smooth, the branches
angled : lvs. obovate - oblong, subsessile, thick and
smooth, 2-3 in. long: racemes axillary, densely fid.:
fls. blue to violet, with rose, red or white varieties:
capsule exceeding calyx. Banks of streams, New Zea-
land. B.M. 4057. K.II. 1844:60. Andersonii, Lindl. &
Paxt. ( V. Mlndersonii, Hort. ), a hybrid of V. salic-
ifolia and speciosa, is a summer bedding plant and also
a greenhouse subject. It grows 18 in. high : lvs. oblong,
sessile, entire, thickish: racemes axillary: fls. bluish
violet. F.S. 5:658. Fig. 2658.

Var. imperialis, Boneharlat ( V. imperialis, Hort.),
has large, dense spikes of "amaranth-red" or crimson-
purple flowers. F.S. 22:2317. The excellent "Veronica
Purple Queen" is alleged to be a hybrid of V. Traversii
and V. Hendersonii and to have violet-blue fls. with a
white center. The handsome plate Gn. 45:900 shows no
trace of V. Traversii nor of white center. The plant is
close to V. speciosa. In some catalogues V. Hender-
sonii and V. subsessilis are said to be synonymous, but
this is a gross error.

5. salicifdlia, Forst. Strong, half-hardy, glabrous
shrub with flattened branchlets, approaching a tree
in size and habit: lvs. lanceolate, subsessile, entire,
smooth, 2-3 in. long, pointed: racemes axillary, densely
fld.: fls. bluish to white, large, pedicelled: capsules
large, longer than broad, pointed, exceeding the sepals.
New Zealand, where it is a graceful tree 10-15 ft. high.
Gn. 20, p. 107; 28, p. 293; 34, p. 349.

0. macrocarpa, Vahl. Young branches glabrous : lvs.
sessile, lanceolate, entire, acute, smooth: racemes
densely fld. : fls. bluish to white: capsule ovate-oblong,
thrice exceeding the calyx. With habit and lvs. of V .
salici folia. Mts., New Zealand.

2658. Veronica Andersonii (X Yz). No. 4.

7. Biixbaumii, Tenore. Prostrate annual, with elon-
gated slender pubescent stems, the lower branching
and often rooting: lvs. ovate, subcordate, coarsely
crenate-serrate, pubescent, shortly petioled, % in. long,
the lower opposite, the upper alternate and similar:
racemes axillary: fls. small, blue, scattering, on long
pedicels, of long duration: capsule broader than long,
very widely notched, exceeded by the sepals. April-
Sept. Fields, middle and S. Europe, Asia and natural-
ized in N. Amer. F. 1840, p. 112.

VERONICA

8. Syriaca, Roem. & Schult. Ascending, diffusely
branched pubescent herb, 0-12 in. high: lvs. ovate or
ovate - lanceolate, incised or dentate, smooth ; lower
petiolate, upper subsessile, K in. long: raceme termi-
nal, slender, 4-0 in. long: fls. blue, with thread-like
pedicels 14 in. long: capsule broader than long, notched
two-thirds of its length, exceeding the sepals. June.
S. W. Asia. R.H. 1897, p. 311.

9. serpyllifdlia, Linn. [V. alpistris, Hort.). Thyme-
leaved Speedwell.. St. Paul's Speedwell. Slender,
ascending, nearly smooth plant, growing irregularly in
clumps 2-4 ft. high, the base prostrate and rooting:
lvs. ovate or oblong, crenate, %-% in. long, smooth,
variable: racemes loose, with conspicuous bracts; fls.
pediceled, whitish or pale blue with deeper stripes:
capsule wider than long, obtusely notched, exceeding
or equal to the sepals. May-July. Roadsides and fields,
Asia, Eu., N. Afr., N. and S. Amer.

10. Virgfnica, Linn. (Leptdndra Tirginica, Nutt.).
Great Virginian Speedwell. Culver's Root. Erect,
simple, somewhat pubescent herb 2-0 ft. tall: lvs. in
whorls of 4-0, lanceolate, 2-4 in. long, smooth above,
pubescent below, acutely serrate, short-petioled: ra-
cemes terminal, erect, long, dense: fls. many, white or
pale blue, short-pediceled: capsules longer than broad,
pointed, twice exceeding the calyx. Aug. -Sept. East-
ern states. — Free-growing herb. Likes rich soil and
much sun. While stiff and coarse, it is bold and stately.
Var. Japdnica. Of similar character but a month
earlier. Japan.

11. alplna, Linn. A slender, delicate plant growing
from a creeping stock, branching at the base, becoming
ascending or upright, the flower-stems often solitary,
2-6 in. high: lvs. opposite, occasionally alternate, sub-
sessile, elliptic or oblong, entire or dentate, about K-l
in. long, of varying size, the lowest small, orbicular: ra-
ceme short, spiciform, dense: fls. small, blue or violet:
capsule H in. long, oblong, longer than broad, hairy,
exceeding the calyx. Mts. of Eu., middle and N. Asia
and alpine and arctic regions in America. B.M. 2975.—
Adapted to the rock-garden. Blackens when dried.

12. gentianoides, Vahl. Gentian-leaved Speedwell.
Erect, slender, tufted species 0-24 in. high, according
to soil and position, from creeping roots and leafy stems
below broadening above into a spicate raceme : lvs. obo-
vate or oblong, some lanceolate or linear, thickish en-
tire or small crenate, smooth, 1K-3 in. long; root-lvs.
more or less in rosettes; upper lvs. bract-like, smaller
and narrower: raceme elongated, leafy, many -fld.,
hairy : fls. pale blue, with darker streaks on long pedi-
cels: capsule nearly round, slightly notched, exceeding
the calyx. Wet alpine fields, S. E. Eu. B.M. 1002. -A
hardy species in any soil or location, shade-enduring
though not necessarily shade-loving, blooming early.
Prop, by division. Forms a mat and makes a good
ground cover for bare spots in midsummer. Also a
valuable border plant. One of the earliest. Var. fbliis
variegatis is a dwarf form with variegated lvs. used in
formal bedding. Another variety has longer flower-
stems and larger fls. which are light lavender. Var.
alba has white flowers.

13. repens, DC. Creeping Speedwell. Prostrate,
slender, compact plant growing in dense masses : lvs.
%-% in. long, ovate, slightly crenate, shining green
and moss-like: racemes slender, few-fld.: fls. nearly
white, with a trace of blue: capsules broader than long,
deeply notched, exceeding the sepals. May. Forests of
Corsica. Hardy in Mass. — Grows in the sun. Will cover
the ground where grass does not grow, forming a sod in
a short time. Prefers moist corners but thrives on a
moderately dry soil.

14. incana, Linn. ( V. Candida, Hort.). Hoary Speed-
well. Strong, upright or ascending, white-woolly
plant 12-18 in. high, with many sterile matted branches
and fewer fertile erect branches: lvs. opposite, acute,
lower oblong, upper lanceolate, 1-3 in. long, white-to-
mentose: racemes erect, numerous, 3-0 in. long: fls.
many, blue, short-pediceled: capsule longer than broad,
thick, exceeding the woolly calyx. July-Sept. Fields
and mountain regions, N. Asia, and southwestern
Eu.— Resembles V. spicata in habit. Has a good

VERONICA

VERONICA

1921

appearance both in and out of bloom. Useful in the
rockery, border or geometrical garden.

15. pinnata, Linn. Strong, upright plant 2-3 ft. high,
glabrous or pubescent: lvs. sparse or somewhat clus-
tered, finely cut, the lower pinnate with spreading seg-
ments, the upper pinnatitid, thickish, shining, smooth:
racemes slender, many-fld., elongated: fls. blue. June,
July. Open mountain lands, Russia.

10. spuria, Linn. ( !'. paniculata, Linn. I', amethys-
Una, Willd.). Bastard Speedwell. Upright, slender,
densely pubescent species 2 ft. high: lvs. mostly oppo-
site or ternate, 1 in. long, linear, acute, serrate-crenate
toward the apex, entire below, smooth, narrowed at the
base, thickish: racemes numerous, panicled, long,
densely many-fld.: fls. blue, pediceled: capsule nearly
round, thick, exceeding the sepals. May, June. Woods,
southeastern Eu. and southern Russian Asia. — Becomes
weedy late in the season. Var. elegans, Voss. Lvs.
pubescent on both sides: habit much branched and
more slender than the type. A form with variegated
lvs. and flesh-colored fls. is known to the trade as V.
elegans carnea variegata.

17. longifdlia, Linn. Strong, leafy, upright, densely
growing species 2/2 ft. high, with usually a smooth
stem: lvs. lanceolate or oblong-acuminate, sharply ser-
rate, lower opposite, upper more or less verticillate,
pubescent below, very acute, 2%-4 in. long: racemes
long, erect, spieiforiu, dense: fls. lilac, numerous:
capsules longer than broad, notched, a little exceeding
the linear sepals or sometimes exceeded by them. Be-
comes black in drying. July-Sept. Wet fields, middle
and eastern Eu. and northern Asia. — Much cultivated
and hybridized. Has several varieties. A fine border
plant and the most common species, growing and flow-
ering freely in any good soil. Var. subsessilis, Mii|.
Fig. 2659. More erect, compact and robust than the
type, 2-3 ft. high, growing in elurups with numerous
side branches and of a good habit: lvs. 2-4 in. long, ac-
cording to the richness of the soil: spikes longer and
fls. larger than of the type and of an intense lustrous
blue. Aug.-Oct. Japan. B.M. 6407. R.H. 1881:270. G.C.
II. 10:788. A good border plant and considered the best
Speedwell. Best in deep, rich soil in an open position.

Var. rosea, Hort. (I7, rosea, Hort. ), a probable va-
riety with pink fls., 2 ft. high and much branched.
Hardy in Mass. Prop, by division and cuttings.

Var. villdsa ( V. villbsa, Schrad. V. crenutaia,
Hoffm.). A Siberian form with narrower lvs. than the
type and large blue fls. Lvs. serrate or doubly notched
or incised.

18. spicata, Linn. Ascending or erect, slender stems
2-4 ft. high, growing from a shortly creeping, almost
woody rootstock: lvs. lanceolate, lance-oblong or the
lower ovate, opposite or verticillate, crenate, downy,
1X-2 in. long, thick: racemes long, upright, densely
many-fld.: fls. pediceled, clear blue or sometimes pale
pink; stamens very long, purple: capsule longer than
broad, notched, thick, exceeding the broad hairy sepals.
June-Aug. Hilly pastures, Eu. and N. Asia. — Thrives
in an open soil away from shade. Regarded as one of
the better border Speedwells. Var. alba has white fls.
Var. rosea, Hort., has showy pink fls. in early autumn.

19. circseoides, G. Don. Low, trailingperennial. grow-
ing in a dense mass: lvs. lanceolate, crenate toward the
apex, small, dark green, numerous: racemes many,
6 in. high: fls. small, dark blue. May, June. Switzer-
land.—Rare. Considered one of the best. Valuable as
a ground cover, as a rock plant or at the front of a her-
baceous border.

20. montana, Linn. Mountain Speedwell. Slender,
trailing, hairy plant, 12-18 in. long, rooting from the
stem: lvs. ovate, petioled, coarsely crenate, hairy,
sparse: racemes slender, few-fld., on long pedicels:
capsule large, broader than long, slightly notched, ex-
ceeding the hairy sepals. May, June. Moist woods,
temperate Europe.

21. officinalis, Linn. Common Speedwell. Fluellen.
Groi-nd-Hele. Prostrate, leafy native with a pubescent
stem rooting at the nodes, slender, 6-18 in. long: lvs.
elliptic, oblong or broadly oblong, K-l in. long, hairy,
serrate at base, evergreen, retaining color where most

exposed: racemes slender, densely many-fld.: fls. pale
blue, rarely pink, sessile: capsule broader than long,
wedge-shaped, broadly notched, hairy, exceeding the
hairy sepals. May-July. Forests and mountains of
Eu. and N. Araer. — Grows under trees and in shade
where no grass will grow, covering the ground with a
permanent sod. Spreads rapidly and is easily grown.
Prop, by cuttings.

22. pectinata, Linn. Scalloped-leaved Speedwell.
Prostrate, white-pubescent, hairy, spreading plant root-
ing at the nodes, the ascending branches producing
single elongated racemes: lvs. obovate or oblong-linear,
sometimes pinnatitid, crenate, narrow at the base, ses-

2659. Veronica longifol:

subsessilis (X li).

sile, pubescent, ]4 in. long: racemes elongated, many-
fld. : lower bracts like lvs. : fls. deep blue with a white
center: capsule large, longer than broad, notched, pu-
bescent, thick, exceeding the sepals. May, June. Dry,
shady hills. Asia Minor. — Suitable to dry spots in a
rock-garden. Grows in almost any soil and position.

23. Chamaedrys, Linn. Angel's Eyes. Bird's Eyes.
Germander Speedwell. Slender, compact, pubescent
species 12-18 in. high, densely ascending from a creep-
ing base: lvs. broadly ovate, sometimes narrower, sub-
sessile, crenate or incised, rounded or cordate at base,
hairy, thick, IK in. long- racemes 3-0 in. long: fls.
large, blue, long-pediceled : capsule longer than broad,
widely notched, exceeded by the sepals. May, June.
Woods and roadsides, N. and mid-Europe and Canaries.
Adventive in this country.— A good border plant.

24. Teucrium, Linn. Hungarian Speedwell. Saw-
leaved Speedwell. Stems produced from rhizomes,
the sterile prostrate, the floral ascending or erect, white-
pubescent, 1 ft. high : lvs. lanceolate or oblong, crenate,
sometimes somewhat pinnate, sessile: racemes several,
elongated: fls. large, blue, numerous: capsule longer
than broad, slightly notched, thick, exceeding the se-
pals. June. Middle and S. Eu. and Middle Asia.— V.
prostrita, Linn., formerly considered a separate spe-
cies by reason of its narrow lvs. and prostrate sterile
stems, is connected with V. Teucrium by intermedi-
ate forms. V. prostrata is stili used in the trade for a
plant with light blue fls. B.M. 3683 ( V. prostrata. var.
siituri i(cfolia).

1922

VERONICA

VIBURNUM

25. Austriaca, Linn. Strong, upright perennial 18-21
in. high, with woolly sterns: lvs. mostly deeply pinnati-
fid, rarely entire or dentate, 2-3 in. long, linear to ovate,
the lobes linear or suboblong, narrow at the base: ra-
cemes elongated, loosely many-fid., spreading: lis. large,
blue: capsule longer than broad, slightly acutely
notched, exceeded by the calyx. S. E. Eu. and Asia
Minor. — A border plant.

The following trade names cannot be accounted for by the
writer: V. marmorata. — V. rupestris of the American trade is
apparently not V. rupestris of the botanists. This name was first
used by Salisbury in 1796 and is a synonym of V. frutieulosa,
a plant with terminal racemes. V. rupestris of the trade has
axillary, many-fld. racemes. It is a low plant with woody hori-
zontal stem and erect flowering branches 4 or 5 in. high with
strict racemes of purplish fls. borne in June and a 4-parted ca-
lyx. The capsule is obcordate. This plant has been offered by
Rochester nurserymen ever since 1894 and was cult, at Harvard
Botanic Garden as far back as 1883. Lvs. narrowly oblong, en-
tire or serrate, %-l in. long: calyx segments strongly unequal:
pedicels longer than calyx: stem pubescent: lvs. sparsely fili-
ate, short-petioled.— V. scabriuscula, John Saul.— V. stevice-
fdlia, John Said. — Y. verbenncea, a name unknown to Kew
authorities in 1901, has been offered by Rochester nurserymen
since 1894. Lvs. short-stalked, narrowly elliptic, serrate in
upper half: racemes lateral. j^_ Phelps Wtman.

VERSCHAFFELTIA (Ambroise Verschaffelt, 1825-
1886, distinguished Belgian horticulturist ; founded
L'lllustration Horticole at Ghent in 1854 and intro-
duced many choice plants, particularly palms and other
foliage plants). Palmacea>. A genus of only 1 species,
from the Seychelles, allied to Dypsis but the former is
armed and the latter not. The two genera are alike in
having G stamens and a ruminate albumen, but in Ver-
schaffeltia the ovary is 1-loculed, while in Dypsis it is
3-Ioculed.

Verschaffeltia is a tall palm, spinose throughout or at
length spineless, the slender ringed trunks arising
from epigeous roots : lvs. terminal, recurved ; blade ob-
long or cuneate-obovate, bifid, plicate -nerved, usually
laciuiate nearly to the rachis; segments incised; mid-
rib and nerves strong, scaly; petiole half -cylindrical;
sheath long, scaly, deeply split: spadix 3-6 feet long,
paniculately branched, long-peduncled, recurved, scaly,
its rachis long, and branches and branchlets spreading,
slender: spathes 2 or 3, long, sheathing, the lower per-
sistent, the upper deciduous: fls. very small: fr. glo-
bose, smooth, 1 in. long.

spl6ndida, H. Wendl. Caudex 80 ft. high, 6-12 in. in
diam., very spiny when young, with many aerial roots:
lvs. 5-8 ft. long ; petiole 6-12 in. long, pale green;
sheath 2K-3% ft. long, white-granular; blade cuneate
obovate, bright green, 4-7 ft. long, 3-5 ft. wide, bifid,
deeply incised on the edges. I. H. 12:430; 43:31. P.R.
2:483. R.H. 1869, p. 148.

V. melanochcetes, H. Wendl. See Roscheria. \y# jj#

VERVAIN. Verbena.

VESICARIA (Latin, bladder; referring to the shape
of the pods). Crueiferoz. About 20 species of widely
scattered herbs with racemes of large, rarely small, yel-
low or purple flowers of various forms. Sepals equal
at the base or laterally subsaccate: silique globose or
inflated, many-seeded, and with a slender style: lvs.
entire, wavy or pinnately cut. The genus has small
horticultural standing, but some of the hardy peren-
nials are said to be well adapted for rockwork and of
easy culture. Some are like wall flowers; others re-
semble alyssum. Both seeds and plants of V. sinuata
are offered by American dealers, but the plant is imper-
fectly known. DeCandolle says it is an annual or bien-
nial, while Koch says it is perennial or subshrubby.
In the American trade it is considered an early-flower-
ing yellow annual, about 1 ft. high, blooming in May
and June.

sinuata, Poir. Lvs. softly tomentose, oblong-lanceo-
late, narrowed toward the base, sinuate-dentate or sub-
entire. Spain.— According to DeCandolle the petals
finally become whitish. xy, jj

VETCH. See Vicia.

VETCH, CROWN. Coronilla. Vetch, Milk. Astrag-
alus.

VETRIS. See Salix.

VIBURNUM (the ancient Latin name). Caprifolia-
cece. Ornamental, deciduous or evergreen shrubs,
rarely small trees with opposite, petioled and entire,
dentate or lobed lvs. and with white fls. in showy
cymes, followed by decorative red'or blackish berry-like
fruits. The Viburnums rank among our most valuable
ornamental shrubs. Besides showy flowers and decora-
tive fruits they possess handsome foliage which mostly
assumes a bright fall coloring. The plants are of good
compact habit. Most of the deciduous species are hardy
north, but 1'. macroceplialum, var. sterile and V. obova-
tum are tender; also V, tomentosum, Wrigktii, phlebo-
trichum, cotinifolium, nudum and dilatatum are not
quite hardy farther north than New England. Of the
evergreen species V. Japonicum is the hardiest and
stands some degrees of frost. The Viburnums are well
suited for borders of shrubberies or planting along
roads, and the more showy ones are handsome as single
specimens on the lawn. They are mostly medium-sized
shrubs, 5-10 ft. high, but Viburnum Lentago, prunifo-
Hum and rufidulum sometimes grow into small trees,
30 ft. high, while V. acerifolium hardly reaches 5 ft.
The most decorative in fruit are V. Opulus, dilatatum
and Wriglttii, with scarlet or red berries which remain
a long time on the branches. Besides the Snowball
forms, V. dilatatum. tomentosum, Sieboldi,prunifolium,
rufidulum. molle and dentatum are very handsome in
bloom. Varieties with all the flowers of the cymes ster-
ile and enlarged are known in the case of Opulus, to-
mentosum and macroeephalum, the Common, the Japa-
nese and the Chinese Snowballs. The foliage of most
species turns purple or red in fall, that of V. Opulus
and acerifolium being especially brilliant. V. dilata-
tum and phleootrichum assume a dull yellow color. V.
macroeephalum and Sieboldi keep the bright green of
their foliage until late in autumn. The Viburnums are
not very particular as to soil and position, but most of
them prefer a rather moist and sunny situation. Some,
as V. acerifolium, Lantana, dilatatum, Tinus, pubes-
eens and prunifolium, grow well in drier places, while
V. alnifolium and paueiflorum require shade and a po-
rous soil of constant moisture. I'. acerifolium does well
under the shade of trees in rocky and rather dry soil.

V. Tinus is often grown in pots and thrives in any
good loamy and sandy soil. With a little heat it may be
forced into bloom at any time in the winter; if not in-
tended for forcing, it requires during the winter a tem-
perature only a little above the freezing point and even
an occasional slight frost will not hurt it. The Common
and the Japanese Snowball are also sometimes forced
and require the same treatment in forcing as other
hardy shrubs.

Prop, by seeds sown in fall or stratified ; also by
greenwood cuttings under glass, especially 1'. tomento-
sum, macroeephalum , molle, cassinoides and the ever-
green species; V. dentatum and Opulus grow readily
from hardwood cuttings and all species can be increased

2660. A layer of Viburnum Opulus. the Common
Snowball.

by layers (Fig. 2660); grafting is also sometimes prac-
ticed and V. Opulus, dentatum and Lantana are used
as stock.

About 100 species in N. and C. America and in the
Old World from Europe and N. Africa to E. Asia, dis-
tributed as far south as Java. Shrubs or sometimes
small trees, with opposite stipulate or exstipulate lvs.;
fls. small in terminal paniculate or mostly umbel-like

VIBURNUM

VIBURNUM

1923

cymes; calyx with "> minute teeth ; corolla rotate or
campanulate, rarely tubular; stamens 5: ovary usually
l-loculed: fr. a drupe with a one-seeded, usually com-
pressed stone. In several species the marginal lis. of
the cymes are sterile and radiant; such are U. maero-
cephalum, tomentosum, Opulus, Sarg&nti and alnifo-
liunt, and of the three first named garden forms are
known with all lis. sterile and enlarged.

Alfred Rehder.

A&Wik

Sieboldi (XX).

The familiar Snowball of delightful memory seems to
he doomed. It is too much trouble to try to keep off the
aphids. Fortunately its place can be taken by a Japa-
nese species that is even more satisfactory. Fig. 2603.
The berries of the Japanese species, V. tomentosum, are
a brilliant scarlet, changing to black. The foliage of this
Snowball is also remarkably beautiful. The leaves are
olive-green with brownish purple or bronzy margins,
and their plicate character makes them very distinct
and attractive. The bush is entirely free from insect
pests. The single and double forms of the Japanese
species differ in the same way that is shown in Figs.
2664 and 2666. Unfortunately they have been confused
in many nurseries, and only the trained eye can tell
them apart in the nursery row. The double or Snow-
ball type is, of course, the one destined to the greater
popularity, though the single form is a shrub of great
value, especially for large estates and parks. The dou-
ble form is known to nurseries as Viburnum plicatum,
but its proper name is T. tomentosum, var. plicatum.
While it is hardy in New England, it is not a shrub that
can be transplanted as easily as many other species.
Hence it should be transplanted every second year in
the nursery until it is sold. The double form may be
propagated by cuttings of half-ripened wood in close
frames, or by layers, which in some soils would better
remain two years. French nurserymen propagate it by
layering. The layers seem to suffer from winter and,
to be on the safe side, it is best to cover them well with
moss or leaves when the ground is somewhat frozen, so
that the frost may be kept in until spring. The clusters
are about as big as oranges and pure white. They are
in great demand for Decoration Day in New York.

The single form, unlike the double, is easily trans-
planted. It is also readily propagated by layers or cut-
tings. Both kinds are hardy in the North and make
compact bushes 6-8 ft. high.

J. W. Adams and W. M.

INDEX,

acerifolium, 26. lantanoides , 13, 14. pubescens, 24.

alnifolium, 13. latifolium, 1, 5. purpureum, 4.

Americanum, 28. laurifolium, 4. pyrifolium, 9, 11.

AngKcum, 7, Lauruslinus, 4. reticulation, 1.

angustifolium, 7. Lentago, 9. rigidum, 5.

Aiealmcki, 3. lucidum, 4. rosaceum, 28.

Airafuki, 3. maeroeephaluin, 12. roseum, 28.

cassinoides, 8. macrophyllum, 17. rotumlit'olium, 10.

Olaytoni, 7. molle, 22. ruftduhmi. 10.

cotinifolium, 15. multratvm, 15. rufo-tomentosum,10,

cuspidatum, 16. nanum, 28. rugosum, 5, 14.

Demetrionis, 23 . Nepalense, 22. Sandankwa, 2.

dentatum, 21. nitidum, 7. Sargentii, 29.

dilatatum, 18. nudum, 7. scabrellu m , 22.

edule. 28. obovatum, 6. Sieboldi, 1, 17.

erosum, 25. odoratissimuin, 3. sguamatum, 8.

ferrugineum, 10. opuloides, 28. sterile, 28.

Fortunei, 12. Opulus, 28. strictum, 4, 5.

Froebeli, 4. Oxycoecus, 28. suspensum, 2.

grandiflorum, 4. parvifolium, 16. Tinus, 4.

Hanceanum, 22 and paucinorum, 27. tomentosum, 16.

suppl. list. phlebotrichum, 20. trilobum, 28.

hirtum, 4. pirifolium, 9, 11. variegatum, 4.

Japosicum, 1,16, 17. plenum, 16. Tetteri.il.

Keteleeri, 12. plicatum, 16. virgatum, 4.

lavigatum, 6, 21. prunifoUum, 9, 10, Wrightii, 19.
Lantana, 14. 11.

A. Lvs. penninerved, not lobed.
B. Cymes paniculate, broadly
pyramidal or semi-globose.

C. Foliage deciduous 1. Sieboldi

co. Foliage evergreen.

D. Corolla with cylindrical

tube 2. Sandankwa

dd. Corolla rotate-campanu-

late 3. odoratissimum

BB. Cymes umbel-like, flat (ex-
cept in the Snowball forms.
See JVos. 12, 16, 28.)
C. Secondary veins curving and
anastomosing before reach-
ing the margin: margin
entire or finely serrate.
D. Foliage persistent, entire.
E. Branches and lvs. gla-
brous or slightly pu-
bescent 4. Tinus

ee. Branches and lvs. hir-
sute 5. rigidum

dd. Foliage deciduous.

E. Brandies and Ivs. gla-
brous or ferrugin-
eously scurfy.
f. Lvs. entire or slightly
undulate-dentate.
G. Cymes sessile: lvs.

small 6.

gg. Cymes peduncled... 7.

obovatum

nudum

cassinoides

ff. Lvs. finely and
sharply serrate:
cymes sessile, sub-
tended by the upper
leaves.
G. Petioles mostly with
wavy, rather broad

margin 9. Lentago

GG. Petioles without or
with narrow, not
a-avy margin.
H. Winter-buds and
petioles rusty-
pubescent 10

hh. Winter-buds and

petioles not

rusty -pubescent. 11.

E. Branches ami Irs. stel"

latepubescent: winter-

buds naked 12.

CC. Secondary veins prominent,

ending in the points of the

teeth.

d. Winter-buds naked: lvs.

with usually numerous

small teeth.

rufidulum

prunifolium

macrocephalum

1924 VIBURNUM

e. Cymes with the margi-
nal fls. sterile and

enlarged 13.

EE. Cymes with all the fls.
fertile.
F. Hays of cymes usu-
ally 7: cymes flat. .14.
ff. Kays of cymes iisnu lly
5: cymes somewhat

convex 15.

DD. Winter-buds protected by
scales : teeth rather
coarse, usually less than
25 on each side.
E. Petioles without stipules.
F. Cymes with the margi-

alnifolium

Lantana
cotinifolium

nal fls

sterile

i lid

enlarged 16.

tomentosum

FF. Cymes with all fls.

fertile and alike.

a. Fr.red: Ivs. rounded

or broadly cuneate

at the base.

H. Foliage evergreen.

Japonicum

HH. Foliage deciduous.

i. Petiole %-Vi in.

long: fls. al-

most sessile.

K. Lvs. pubescent

on both sidt s . is.

dilatatum

kk. Lais. almost gla-

brous 19.

Wrightii

n. Petioles H-M in.

long: fls. jo di-

ce led, with

pur pie calyx.. 20.

phlebotrichu

QG. Fr. bluish black :

les. cordate or

rounded at the

base.

H. Branches and les.

dentatum

hh. Branches and Ivs.

beneath jmbes-

cent 22.

molle

ee. Petioles with stipules,

sometimes rather

small and caducous.

F. Lvs. 1 ong-petioled:

blades to SH in.

broad 23.

Demetrionis

FF. Lvs. short-pet ioled:

blades to 1% in.

broad.

0. Cymes short-pedun-

cled, dense 24.

pubescens

GG. Cymes long-pedun-

erosum

AA. Lvs. palmately SS-nerved, usu-

ally S-loped, slender-petioled.

b. Fls. all perfect.

C. Habit strictly upright: fr.

acerifolium

CC. Eabil struggling: fr. scarlet .27

pauciflorum

ibb. Marginal fls. sterile, radiant. 28.

Opulus

29.

Sargentii

1. Sieboldi, Miq. Fig. 2601. Deciduous shrub, attain-
ing 10 ft., with stout branches, pubescent when young:
lvs. oval to oblong-obovate, coarsely crenate-serrate ex-
cept toward the base, acute, dark green and shining
above, paler and stellate-pubescent beneath, 3-6 in.
long : fls. white, rotate-campanulate, in panicles 2K-4
in. broad: fr. oblong, changing from pink to bluish
felack. May, June. Japan. G.F. 2:559. — Hardy shrub of
vigorous growth with handsome dark green foliage,
large for the genus, exhaling a disagreeable odor when
bruised. The fruits drop soon after ripening. It is
known in some nurseries as V. Japonicum, V. lati-
folium or V. Japonicum lati folium. Var. reticulatum,
-Rehd. ( V. reticulatum, Hort. ). Smaller in every part:

VIBURNUM

lvs. of lighter green, less pubescent: half-hardy. Var.
variegatum, Hort. Lvs. variegated with white.

2. Sandankwa, Hassk. ( V. susjn'iisnin , Hort.). Ever-
green shrub, attaining 6 ft., with slender warty
branches: lvs. oval to oval-oblong, acute or obtusish,
usually remotely crenate-serrate toward the apex, shin-
ing and dark green above, paler beneath, glabrous, 2-4
in. long: fls. white, tinged pink, in dense semi-globose
panicles becoming IK in. high; corolla % in. long, with
cylindric tube twice as long as limb: fr. red, subglo-
bose. June, July. Loochoo Isl. B.M. 6172.— Tender.

3. odoratissimum, Ker. ( V. Awabucki and Awaficki,
Hort.). Evergreen upright shrub, attaining 10 ft., with
stout warty branches, glabrous: lvs. elliptic to elliptic-
oblong, acute, remotely serrate toward the apex or en-
tire, shining and bright green above, paler beneath,
glabrous, 3-6 in. long: fls. pure white, fragrant, in
broadly pyramidal panicles 4 in. high; corolla rotate-
campanulate: fr. red, changing to black. May, June.
India to S. China and Japan. B.R. 6:456. — Tender.

4. Tinus, Linn. ( I'. Lauriistinus, Hort. Tlnus lau-
rifdlius, Borckh.). Lackustinus (or Laurestinus).
Bushy, 10 ft., with glabrous or somewhat hairy branches :
lvs. ovate-oblong or oblong, acute, dark green, shining
and glabrous above, pubescent beneath usually only on
the veins, 2-3 in. long: fls. white or pinkish white
slightly fragrant: cymes somewhat convex, 2-3 in
broad: fr. ovoid, black, rather dry. May-Aug., or
in the greenhouse in early spring and winter. Med
iterranean region. B.M. 38. — Handsome free-flower
ing shrub, often cult as a pot-plant north. Var,
Frcebeli, Nichols. Compact form with light green
lvs. and pure white fls. Var. hirtum, Ait. Lvs. pubes
cent beneath and ciliate. Var. lucidum, Ait. ( 1'. lucidum
Mill. V. g ra ml i flora in , Hort.). Lvs. and cymes larger,
more tender and not adapted for forcing. Gn. 15,
196. Var. purpureum, Hort. Lvs. suffused with a dull
purple tinge. Var. strictum, Loud., not Ait. Of erect
and fastigiate habit. Var. virgatum, Ait. Lvs. oblong-
lanceolate, pubescent on the margin and on the veins
beneath. Var. variegatum, Hort. Lvs, variegated.

5. rigidum, Vent. ( 1". rugdsum, Pers. V. latifblium,
Hort. V. Tlnus, var. strictum, Ait.). Shrub, attaining
6 ft., with spreading hirsute branches : lvs. broadly ovate
to ovate-oblong, acute or obtusish, pubescent on both
sides when young, almost glabrous above at length and
wrinkled, 3-6 in. long: fls. pure white: cymes large,
3^1 in. broad: fr. oval, bluish black. May-July. Canary
Isl. B.R. 5:376. L.B.C. 9:859. B.M. 2082. A.G. 1893:456,
— Less handsome and less free-flowering than the pre
ceding species.

6. obovatum, Walt. ( V. lacigatum. Ait.). Shrub, at
taining 8 ft., with spreading branches: lvs. almost ses
sile, obovate to oblanceolate, obtuse or refuse, coria
ceous, glossy, entire or obscurely crenate toward th(
apex, K-1% in. long: fls. white, in sessile cymes 1-2 in
broad: fr. oval, black. April-June. Va. to Fla. L.B.C
15: 1496. -Tender.

7. nudum, Linn. ( V. nudum, var. Claytoni, Torr. &
Gray). Upright shrub, sometimes attaining 15 ft. : lvs.
oval to obovate or oval-lanceolate, acute or obtuse, usu-
ally entire and somewhat revolute or obscurely crenu-
late, thickish, scurfy on both sides when young, gla-
brous above at length: fls. white or yellowish white:
cymes rather long-peduncled, 3-5 in. broad: fr. globose,
pink at first, changing to dark blue. June, July. Long
Island to Fla., west to Ky. and La. B.M. 2281. -Not
quite hardy north. Var. nitidum, Zabel (var. angusti-
fblinm, Torr. & Gray. V. nitidum, Ait. V. Anglicum,
Hort.). Lvs. smaller and narrower, more shining above
and firmer.

8. cassinoides, Linn. (V. nudum, var. cassino)des,
Torr. & Gray. I'. sguaniiituiii, Willd.). White Rod.
Appalachian Tea. Upright shrub, 2-6, occasionally 12
ft. high: Ivs. oval or ovate to oblong, acute or bluntly
acuminate, usually obscurely dentate, almost glabrous,
rather thick, dull green above, 1-3 in. long: fls. and fr.
almost like those of the preceding species, but peduncle
shorter, usually shorter than cyme; blooming a little
earlier. June, July. Newfoundland to Manitoba and
Minn., south to N. C. G.F. 9:305. Em. 2:411 (as V.

VIBURNUM

nudum).— A good shrub for borders of shrubberies;
hardy.

9. Lentigo, Linn. Sheep -berry. Nanny -berry.
Pig. 2662. Shrub or small tree, attaining 30 ft., with
slender branches: winter-buds long -pointed: petioles
mostly with wavy margin : lvs. ovate, acuminate, gla
brous or scurfy at the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls
white : cyrnes sessile, 2-5 in. broad : f r. oval, bluish black
with bloom. May, June. Hudson Bay to Manitoba, south
to Ga. and Miss. S.S. 5:223, 224. -Hardy, large, often ar
borescent shrub, keeping its fruits until spring. Some
times as V. prunifolium and pyrifolium in gardens A
garden hybrid, originated in Germany, is V. Vitteri
Zabel ( V. Lentago X nudum), similar in habit to this
species but the cymes on short peduncles over % in
long.

10. rufidulum, Raf. ( V. prunifdlium, var. ferrugl
neum, Torr. & Gray. I*, ferrugineum and rufo-tomen-
tosuni, Small). Large shrub or small tree, attaining 25
ft. or more, with rather stout branches : winter-buds
scarcely pointed, obtuse, rusty-pubescent: petioles often
with narrow margin, rusty tomentose: lvs. elliptic to
obovate, usually obtuse, glabrous and shining above
rusty-pubescent on the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls
pure white: cymes 3-5 in. broad: fr. oval, dark blue
glaucous, % in. long. April-June, later than the follow
ing species. Va. to Fla., west to 111. and Texas. S.S
5:225 (as V. prunifdlium, partly).— Handsome arbor'
escent shrub with dark green shining foliage, showy
fls. and decorative fr. ; has proved hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum, Boston.

11. prunifdlium, Linn. ( 1'. pyrifdlium, Poir.). Black
Haw. Stag-bush. Shrub or small tree, attaining 15
ft., with spreading, rather stout branches: winter-buds
short- pointed, glabrous or reddish, pubescent: lvs.
broadly oval to ovate, acute or obtuse, glabrous or
nearly so, 1-3 in. long; petioles often with narrow mar-
gin, glabrous: fls. pure white: cymes sessile, 2-4 in.
broad fr. oval to subglobose, bluish black and glaucous,
little over % in. long. April-June. Conn, to Fla.,
west to Mich, and Tex. A.F. 12:1100. Gng. 5:310.

12. macrocephalum, Hort. Shrub, attaining 12 ft. and
occasionally more with spreading branches: lvs. short-
petioled, oval to ovate-oblong, rounded at base, acute,
denticulate, almost glabrous and dark green above,
stellate-pubescent beneath, 2^ in. long: fls. yellowish
white, in peduncled cymes, 3-5 in. across, with the mar-
ginal fls. sterile and radiant. May, June. China.— Var.
Keteleeri, Nichols. ( I". Keteleeri, Carr.). The typical
form with only the marginal fls. sterile and enlarged;
has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum. R.H. 1863,
p. 270. Gn. 45, p. 423. Var. sterile, Dipp. ( V. Fdrtunei,
Hort.). Chinese Snowball. AH the fls. sterile, form-
ing a subglobose ball, sometimes 7 or 8 in. across. B.R.
33: 43. F.S. 3:263, 264. R.H. 1858, p. 350. Gn. 34, p.
348; 45, p. 422; 56, p. 82. G.C. III. 25:suppl. June 3.-
A very showy variety, but not hardy north.

13. alnifdlium, Marsh. ( T.lantanoldes, Michx.). Hob-
ble-bush. American Wayfaring Tree. Low shrub,
sometimes 10 ft. high, with wide-spreading, often pro-
cumbent branches, scurfy-pubescent when young: lvs.
orbicular or broadly ovate, cordate at the base, short-
acuminate or acute, irregularly serrulate, minutely pu-
bescent or almost glabrous above, scurfy pubescent be-
neath, 3-8 in. broad: fls. white: cymes sessile, 3-5 in.
broad; marginal fls. enlarged and sterile, long-pediceled:
fr. ovoid-oblong, dark purple. May, June. New Bruns-
wick and Mich, to N. C — Handsome shrub, with very
large foliage, assuming a deep claret-red in fall.

14. Lantana, Linn. Wayfaring Tree. Upright
shrub or sometimes small tree, attaining 20 ft.: young
branches scurfy-pubescent: lvs. ovate or oblong-ovate,
usually cordate at base, acute or obtuse, sparingly stel-
late-pubescent and wrinkled above, tomentose beneath,
denticulate, 2-4 in. long: fls. white: cymes dense, 2-3 in.
broad, with usually 7rays: fr. ovoid-oblong, bright red,
changing to almost black. Mav, June. Eu., W. Asia.
A.G. 18:453 and F.E. 9:593 (as V. lantanoides). -Hardy
shrub, especially for drier situations and limestone soil.
Var. rugdsum, Hort. With larger and very wrinkled

VIBURNUM

1925

lvs. and larger cymes. There are a number of other
vars., including some with variegated leaves.

15. cotinifdlium, D. Don (V. mu.ltrb.tum, C. Koch).
Shrub, attaining 6 ft., with spreading branches, tomen-
tose when young: lvs. orbicular-ovate to ovate, cordate
or rounded at the base, usually obtuse, crenulate-den-
tate or almost entire, wrinkled above and nearly gla-
brous at length, tomentose beneath, 2-5 in. long: fls.
white, tinged with pink, in cymes 2-3 in. broad, with
usually 5 rays ; corolla rather larger, funnelform-cam-
panulate, tube longer than limbs : fr. ovoid-oblong, red,
changing to black. May, June. Northwest Himalayas.
B.R. 19:1650. G.F. 5:245. -Not quite hardy north, re-
quiring protection near Boston.

2662. Viburnum Lentago. Nearly full size.

16. tomentosum, Thunb. (V. plicatum, Miq.). Strong-
growing shrub, attaining 8 ft., with spreading branches,
tomentose when young: lvs. broadly ovate to oblong-
ovate, sometimes obovate, acute or abruptly acuminate,
dentate-serrate, dark green and almost glabrous above,
stellate-pubescent beneath, sometimes only on the veins,
l%-4 in. long: cymes 2-3 in. broad, long-peduncled;
sterile fls. long-pediceled: fr. ovoid, red, changing to
bluish black. June. China, Japan. S.Z. 1:38. G.F.
4:594, 595. A.F. 12:1101. Gng. 5:311. M.D.G. 1898:400.
S.H. 2:502.— A beautiful hardy shrub, with handsome
foliage and showy fls.; the fruits, too, are decorative,
especially before they change to black. In some nur-
series erroneously named V. Japonicum. Var. cuspi-
datum, Sieb. & Zucc. ( V. plicatum, var. parvifolium,
Miq.). Lvs. elliptic to oblong, long-acuminate, 1-2 in.
long. Of slow growth and blooms sparingly. Var. pli-
catum, Maxim. ( V. plicatum, var. plenum, Miq. V. pli-
catum, Thunb.). Japanese Snowball. Fig. 2663. All
fls. sterile, forming large, globose balls 2%-3 in. across.
F.S. 3:278. B.R. 33:51. A.G. 18:357. Gng. 1:263.
V.M. 6:294. M.D.G. 1898:401. S.H. 2:503, 505. Var.
rotundifdlium, Hort. Much like the preceding var., but
lvs. broader and blooming about 2 weeks earlier. There
is also a variegated form.

1926

VIBURNUM

VIBL\>.."UM

17. Jap6nicum, Spreng. (V. macroph-gllum, Blume).
Upright shrub, to 6 ft., with glabrous branches: Ivs.
broadly or rhombic -ovate to oblong-ovate, acute or
shortly acuminate, remotely dentate except at the base,
3-6 in. long: rls. in short-peduncled, glabrous cymes
2-4 in. broad: fr. globose, red. June. Japan. — Hand-
some large-leaved shrub, but not hardy north. Ever-
green.

2663. Viburnum tomentosum, var. plicatum — Japanese
Snowball, V. plicatum of gardens (X %).

18. dilatatum, Thunb. Upright bushy shrub, attain-
ing 10 ft., with the branches hirsute when young: lvs.
roundish or broadly ovate or obovate, usually abruptly
short-pointed, coarsely toothed, pubescent on both
sides, 2-5 in. long: lis. pure white, in short-stalked
cymes, 3-G in. broad; corolla pubescent outside: fr.
ovate, scarlet, % in. long. May, June. China, Japan.
B.M. 6215. G.F. 4:150. M.D.Q. 1899:241, 242. A.F.
15:123. — Handsome hardy free - flowering shrub, espe-
cially decorative with its numerous scarlet fruits re-
maining a long time on the branches.

19. Wrightii, Miq, Upright shrub, to 10 ft, high, with
the branches almost glabrous: lvs. almost orbicular or
broadly obovate to ovate, abruptly acuminate, coarsely
dentate, almost glabrous except on the veins beneath,
3-5 in. long: Ms. rather large, white, in usually short-
stalked, 2-4 in. broad cymes; corolla glabrous outside:
fr. globose, red. May, June. China, Japan. — Hardy
shrub, similar to the preceding, but of less dense habit,
with larger fruits in nodding cymes.

20. phleb6trichum, Sieb. & Zucc. Upright shrub, at-
taining 5 ft., with glabrous branches: lvs. ovate to ob-
long, acuminate, dentate except at the base, glabrous
above, with long appressed hairs on the veins beneath,
2-3 in. long: lis. white, with purple calyx, mostly
slender-pediceled and nodding, in few-fid., long-pedun-
cled cymes: fr. globose. May, June. Japan, China.—
Not quite hardy north.

21. dentatum, Linn. Arrow-wood. Upright bushy
shrub, attaining 15 ft., with glabrous branches: lvs.

rather long-petioled, orbicular to ovate,
acute or shortly acuminate, coarsely den-
tate, glabrous or pubescent only in the
axils of the veins beneath, l!-™-3 in. long:
fls. in long-peduncled, glabrous cymes,
2-3 in. broad: fr. sub -globose, bluish
black, glaucous. May, June. New Bruns-
wick to Minn., south to Ga. G.F. 10:332.

Em. 2:414. — Handsome native
^.__. shrub, thriving best in moist

soil. r. Irrigatum of some

■ ■ i Hi" • I-:. ll"i \ n ... Iih i. in,

what larger lvs. and seems to
bloom later.

22. m611e, Michx. (V. sca-
br&llum, Chapm. V. Nepa-
Mnse, Hort.). Similar to the
preceding, but branchlets,
cymes and under side of lvs.
stellate - pubescent: lvs.
larger, with stouter petioles,
dark green : peduncles
stouter: teeth of calyx more
prominent: fr. large and more
pointed : blooms 2-3 weeks
later. Mass. to Fla. and Tex.
G.F. 4:30.- Handsomer than
the preceding on account of
its larger darker green foliage and more
robust habit. In gardens sometimes con-
founded with V. pubescens and sometimes
found under the erroneous name of V.
Hanceanum. See supplementary list.

23. Demetridnis, Deane & Rob. Shrub,
attaining 12 ft. : lvs. orbicular or broadly
ovate, cordate, shortly acuminate, coarsely
dentate, pubescent beneath or almost gla-
brous, IVi-AVi in. long: cymes long-peduncled, puberu-
lous, about 2li in. broad: fr. oblong, almost K in. long.
Mo. B.B. 3:231.

24. pubSscens, Pursh. Bushy shrub, 3-6 ft. high, with
slender, upright branches: lvs. oval to ovate, rounded
or cordate at base, acute or acuminate, coarsely dentate,
almost glabrous above, pubescent beneath, 1J-2-2K in.
long: cymes short-peduncled, dense, \%-2% in. broad:
stamens exceeding the corolla about one-half: fr. oval,
almost black, slightly flattened. June, July. Quebec
to Ga., west to Manitoba and 111. G.F. 3:125. A.F.
12:1101. Gng. 5:311. — Handsome shrub of compact
habit.

25. erdsum, Thunb. Upright shrub, attaining 6 ft,,
with slender, much-forked branches: lvs. oblong-ovate
oroblong-obovate, narrowed toward the base, acuminate,
dentate-serrate, pubescent beneath at least on the veins,
2-3% in. long: cymes 2M-3 in. broad, rather loose,
long-peduncled: stamens little or not exceeding the
corolla: fr. subglobose, red. May. Japan, China. G.F.
9:85.

20. acerifdlium, Linn. Dockmaokie. Shrub, attain-
ing 5 ft., with slender, upright branches: lvs. orbicu-
lar or ovate, 3-lobed, with acute or acuminate lobes,
coarsely dentate-serrate, pubescent or at length almost

VIBURNUM

glabrous, 2-5 in. long: fls. yellowish white: cymes long-
peduncled, terminal, l%-3 in. broad: fr. almost black,
ovoid. May, June. New Brunswick to Minn., south to
N. C. Em. 2:414. — It grows fairly well in drier situa-

VICIA

1927

2664. Viburnum Opulus (X %).
Single form of the common Snowball as it grows :

i the wild.

tions under trees. The foliage assumes a handsome
dark purple fall color.

27. paucifldrum, Raf. Straggling shrub, attaining 5
ft.: lvs. orbicular to oval, coarsely dentate, with 3 short
lobes above the middle or often without, glabrous or
slightly pubescent beneath when young, 2-3% in. long:
cynies few-fld., small, on lateral, short, usually 2-lvd.
branchlets: fr. scarlet, subglobose. June. Labrador to
Alaska, south to Vt. and Colo, in the mountains. G.F.
3:5.— It does not usually succeed well in cultivation;
requires shade and moist porous soil.

28. Gpulus, Linn. ( 1". Americ&num, Mill. Y.trilobum,
Marsh. V. opuloides, Mtihl. V. Mule, Pursh. V. Oxy-
cdccus, Pursh.). Cranberry-bush. High Cranberry.
Figs. 2664, 2665. Shrub, attaining 12 ft., with rather
smooth light gray branches and stems: lvs. broadly
ovate, 3-lobed, with coarsely dentate-serrate, acumi-
nate lobes, pubescent or almost glabrous beneath, 2-4
in. long: fls. white, in peduncled cymes, 3-4 in. broad:
fr. subglobose to oval, scarlet. May, June. New Bruns-
wick to Brit. Col., south to N. J. and Ore.; also in Eu.
and Asia. — Handsome native shrub, very decorative in
fruit, which begins to color by the end of July, remains
on the branches and keeps its bright scarlet color until
the following spring. The berries are not eaten by birds.

Var. nanum. Jacq. A very
dwarf, compact, small-
leaved form ; flowers but
very rarely. Var. sterile,
DC. ( V. rbseum, and rosh-
ceum, Hort.). Guelder
Rose, Snow -ball. Fig.
2666. All fls. sterile, form-
ing large, globose heads.
Gng. 1:9. Gn. 56, p. 83.—
This is a very showy var.,
but it lacks the decorative
fruits. There are also
variegated forms of the
type and of the sterile va-
riety. The American Cran-
berry-bush is considered
by some botanists a dis-
tinct species under the
n a m e V, Americanw m ,
Mill., but differs little from
the European form, chiefly
by the more vigorous
growth, by the petioles
having a shallow rather broad channel and small glands,
and by the shorter peduncles and shorter stamens.

29. Sargentii, Koehne. Similar to the preceding, of
more upright, denser habit: bark of stems darker, fis-
sured and somewhat corky, young branchlets with prom-

2665. Fruits of Viburnum
Opulus (X K).

inent lenticels: lvs. of thicker texture, pubescent or
glabrous beneath, the upper lvs. with much elongated
and usually entire middle lobe and small, short, spread-
ing lateral lobes; petioles with large glands: sterile
fls. larger, sometimes to 1% in. across; anthers purple:
fr. globose, in usually upright cymes. N. China, Japan.

— Introduced under the name Viburnum Opulus from
Pekin. It does not seem to fruit as profusely as V.
Opulus.

V. Burejceticum, Herd. & Kegel (V. Burejanum, Herd.).
Similar to V. Lantana. Lvs. narrower toward the base, vena-
tion like that of V. macrocephalum: cyme with 5 rays: fr.
pinkisli or yellowish. May. June. Eastern Siberia, Amurland.
Gt. 11:384.— T. cordifblium, Wall. Similar to V. alnifolium,
but cymes without radiant fls.: lvs. narrow: blooming before
the lvs. Himalayas.— I'. Dahftricum, Pall. Shrub, attaining
6 ft.: lvs. broadly ovate to oval, lK_2%in.: fls. funnelform,
in short, small panicles: fr. finally black. Dab.ur. to W. China.

— V. densiflorum, Chapm. Closely allied to V. acerifolium.
Lower: lvs. smaller, l-2in., with mostly shorter lobes ornone:
cymes denser. W. Fla.— V. elltptimm. Hook. Shrub, attain-
ing 5 ft., allied to V. acerifolium, but lvs. not lobed, oval to el-
liptic-oblong : fr. oblong-oval, almost % in. long. Wash, to
Calif.— V. furcdtum, Blume. Closely allied to V. alnifolium.
but of upright habit and stamens shorter than corolla. Jap.,
China. — V. Hancednum, Max. Allied to V. tomentosum: lvs.
broader, with few teeth above the middle. S. China. Tender.
Seems not in cultivation. See No. 22.— V. orientale. Pall. Al-
lied to V. acerifolhim: shrub, attaining 4 ft.: lvs. witn simple,
not fascicled hairs on the veins beneath and not glandular
dotted beneath: fr. red. June, July. W.Asia. Gt. 17:567.

Alfred Rehder.

2666. Snowball— Viburnum Opulus, var, sterile (X %).

All the fertile flowers are changed to sterile, showy ones.

VlCIA (classical Latin name). Vetch. Tare. More
than 100 species of herbs, mostly climbing, with pinnate
foliage, closely allied to Lathyrus, Pisum and Lens, but.
differing in minute floral characters: wings adhering to
the keel; style very slender, with beards or hairs all
around the upper part or only at the apex; pod flat, 2-
many-seeded, 2-valved and dehiscent, the seeds either
globular or tlattish; stamens diadelphous (9 and 1).
Flowers mostly blue or violet, sometimes yellowish or
white. The Vicias are widely spread in the northern
hemisphere and some of them in South America. About
two dozen species occur in North America, some of the
species introduced. Most of the Vicias are weedy or in-
significant looking plants, but a few are grown for the
bright flowers, others of late for green-manure crops
(see Cover-Crops) , and one ( V. Faba ) is a garden bean.
The species are mostly cool-season plants of easy cul-
ture. The interest in the Vetches in this country is
mostly for their value as soil covers and for foliage. V.
sativa and I'. villosa are the important species here at
present.

1928

VICIA

VICTORIA

a. Plant s'.iff and erect, usually bearing no tendrils,
cultivated for the beans (Faba).

Faha, Linn. (Faba vulgaris, Moench. F. sativa,
Bernh.j. Broad Bean. Windsor Bean. English
Dwarf Bean. Figs. 190, 191, Vol. I. Strong, erect an-
nual, 2^ ft., glabrous or nearly so, very leafy: leaflets
2-6, the lower ones not opposite on the raehis, the ter-
minal one wanting or represented by a rudimentary
tendril, oval to elliptic and obtuse or mucronate-pointed :
fls. in the axils, dull white and with a large blue-black
spot; pods large and thick, from 2 or 3 inches even to
18 in. long, the seeds large and often flat. Probably na-
tive to northern Africa and S.W. Asia. — Much grown in
the Old World, but the hot dry summers prevent its
cultivation in most parts of the U. S. It is grown suc-
cessfully in parts of Canada, particularly in the mari-
time provinces. The plant is grown mostly for cattle
feeding, although the beans may be used, both full
grown and immature, for human food. This bean has
been cult, from prehistoric times and its nativity is in
doubt. The plant is hardy and seeds should be sown
early, when the season is cool.

aa. Plant weak, usually climbing by means of ten-
drils that represent leaflets.
b. Fls. about % in the axils, sessile or nearly so.

sativa, Linn. Spring Vetch or Tare. Annual or bi-
ennial, not surviving the winter in the North, more or
less pubescent, 2-3 ft. high: Ifts. 7 pairs or less, ellip-
tic, oblong or oblanceolate, mostly truncate and apieu-
late at the top, the tendril part of the leaf extended:
fis. usually 2 in each axil, about 1 in. long, purplish:
pods 2-3 in. long when mature. Eu., and naturalized
in some parts of the U. S. — Much cult, abroad as a for-
age plant; in this country grown for similar purposes
and also somewhat as a cover-crop for orchards. Seeds
sometimes used for making Hour. There is a white-
seeded and also a large-seeded variety.

llosa. the Hairy Vetch (X1,).

eb. Fls. several to many in peduncled clusters.

C. Blossoms small and usually not very showy, mostly

bluish, in loose often 1-sided clusters: plants

grown mostly for forage or in wild gardens.

D . Leaflets usually less than 9 pairs.

villdsa, Roth. Hairy or Winter Vetch. Fig. 2GC7.

Annual or biennial (sometimes perennial?), enduring

the winters in the North, villous-pubescent : lfts. 5-7 or

more pairs, elliptic-oblong, rounded at the tip hut usu-

ally ending in a very minute point: fls. violet-blue, in
long 1-sided axillary racemes. Eu., Asia. — Now con-
siderably used as a cover-crop.

Americana, Muhl. Perennial, nearly or quite gla-
brous: lfts. elliptic to oblong, obtuse or sometimes
emarginate at the apex: fls. purplish, about % in. long,
in few-fld. loose racemes. Moist lands across the conti-
nent and as far south as Ky. — Has been offered by
dealers in native plants.

Caroliniana, Walt. Perennial, nearly or quite gla-
brous: lfts. oblong to linear-oblong, usually obtuse or
emarginate: Ms. nearly white, K in. or less long, in
several- to niany-fld. loose racemes. Minn, and Kans.
eastward. — Has been offered.

oroboides, Wulf. (Orobns lathy roldes, Sibth. & Sm.).
Perennial, 2-3 ft. tall: lvs. 3-5 pairs, oval-lanceolate,
very acute: fls. handsome, violet-blue, small, in 2 or 3
short clusters each axil.

dd. Leaflets usually 9 or more pairs on full-sized lvs.

gigantea, Hook. Perennial, pubescent, high-climb-
ing: lfts. £10-15 pairs, narrow-oblong, obtuse and mu-
cronulate: fls. about }i in. long, pale purple, in 7-18-
fld. racemes. Calif, and north. — Has been offered by
dealers in natives.

Cracca, Linn. Perennial, usually pubescent: lfts.
9-12 pairs, thin, linear to oblong, mucronate: fls. pur-
plish, about Vi in. long in a rather dense raceme.
Across the continent and south to Ky. ; also in Eu. and
Asia. — Offered by some dealers.

Gerardi, Vill. Described as a hardy annual: pubes-
cent: !lfts. numerous, narrow-oblong, very obtuse but
with a short mucro: fls. violet, small, in short racemes.
S. Eu. — Offered by seedsmen as a flower-garden sub-
ject.

cc. Blossoms red and showy, in dense spikes or spike-
like racemes: flower-garden subject.

hilgens, Batt. Annual, 3-5 ft., pubescent: lfts. 8-12
pairs, oblong or lance-linear, mucronate: fls. small, red
or nearly scarlet and purple-striped, in a compact ra-
ceme or spike. Algeria. — Recently introduced.

L. H. B.

VICK, JAMES (Plate XLII. seedsman and editor, was
born at Portsmouth, Eng., Nov. 23, 1818, and died at
Rochester, N. Y., May 16, 1882. He came to America
at the age of 12, learned the printer's trade, and in 1850
became editor of the " Genesee Farmer," then published at
Rochester by Luther Tucker and subsequently absorbed
by "The Cultivator." In 1853 he purchased Downing's
magazine, "The Horticulturist," and published it for a
time, the editor being Patrick Barry. In 1860 Vick en-
tered the seed business and his trade soon grew to large
proportions. For about 20 years his name was a house-
hold word, being associated especially with flowers. In
1878 he founded "Vick's Magazine," which is still pub-
lished. Vick's personality was thoroughly amiable, and
his letters in " Vick's Magazine " to children and to garden
lovers everywhere show the great hold he had on the
hearts of the people. \y. M.

VICTORIA (in honor of Queen Victoria). Nympha>-
Acece. Royal Water-Lily. This remarkable aquatic
genus may lie recognized by its huge, round, floating
leaves often 6 feet or more in diameter, witli the mar-
gin turned up at right angles to the water surface to a
height of 3-8 inches, making a basin-like object. The
fls. (12-18 in. across) are nocturnal, opening on two suc-
cessive days about 4.30 P. M. and remaining open until
the middle of the following morning. The first evening
the inner floral lvs. remain loosely closed over the
stigma, the flower is pure creamy white, and exhales a
delicious fragrance somewhat resembling a rich pine-
apple; the second evening the floral lvs. spread widely
open, and the color changes to pink or even a deep red.
The ovary is inferior, densely prickly, and surmounted
by a short, broad tube, on the sides and summit of
which the floral lvs. are situated. Sepals 4; petals 50-
70, obtuse, oblong-ovate to sublinear, rather thin and
delicate in texture; staminodia about 20; stamens 150-
200, linear-lanceolate: paracarpels about 25, forming a
ring of thick, fleshy bodies between the stamens and

VICTORIA

the styles: carpels 30-40; stigma forming a broad, ba-
sin-like depression, 2-2>£ in. wide, in the midst of the
flower, with a central conical continuation of the floral
axis, the basin filled with fluid on the first evening of
opening: carpellary styles broad and fleshy in the lower
part, produced upward to a fleshy, subulate, incurved
process about % in. long. In fruit all of the floral Ivs.
have decayed away, leaving the basal tube of the torus
at the top of a great prickly berry, half the size of one's
bead. The seeds are greenish or brownish black, about
the size of a pea. The genus is represented by 2 well-
defined species, inhabiting still waters of South Amer-
ica from British Guiana to Argentina.

In its native haunts Victoria grows in 4-6 ft. of water,

VICTORIA 1929

spite of the cup-like form of the leaves, water from rain
or other sources does not remain on the surface ; it
doubtless runs down at once through the tiny perfora-
tions. This would be an indispensable protection to the
leaf against fungous foes and in the function of assimi-
lation.

A single leaf, by its buoyancy, tnay sustain a weight
of 150 or 200 pounds. Not the least remarkable feature
of these leaves is their rate of growth. Caspary found
the maximum growth in length to be about 1 inch per
hour when the leaf is just expanding; the surface in-
creases 4 or 5 sq. ft. in 24 hours, and a plant will pro
duce in 21 to 25 weeks 000 or 700 sq. ft. of leaf-surface.
A great development of heat has been observed in the

*< "/.* *5 * ..

2668. Victoria regia. the giant "" -^z^r- — -~^i

Water-lily ot the Amazon.

in great patches miles in extent, and is perennial. The
tuberous rhizome stands erect in the mud, where it is
anchored by innumerable spongy roots which spring
from the bases of the Ivs. in groups of 10-30 or 40. The
tuber may be as much as 6 in. in diameter and 2 ft.
long. It decays below as it grows above, The Ivs.
are arranged in 55-144 order, and the flowers arise in
a parallel but independent spiral of the same order
(Planchon). Each leaf after the first seedling leaf has
a broadly ovate, fused pair of stipules, these organs
serving to protect the apex of the stem. The petioles
and peduncles are terete, about 1 in. in diam., covered
with stout, fleshy prickles, and traversed internally by
4 large, and a number of smaller, air canals. The pet-
ioles attain to a length much greater than the depth of
the water, so that the Ivs. can adjust themselves to
changes of the water-level, though Banks states that
they may be completely submerged in times of flood.
The gigantic Ivs. are covered beneath with a close net-
work of prickly veins, the larger of which project an
inch or more from the leaf -surf ace; the tissues are full
of air-spaces and canals, thus buoying up the mass of
cellular matter. Besides many stomata on the upper
surface of the leaf, which open'into the air-chambers of
the mesophyll, there are innumerable tiny depressions,
in each of which one can see with a hand-lens that the
leaf is perforated with a fine hole; these holes were
termed by Planchon "stomatodes" (F.S. 6:249). He
considered them to be useful as air-holes to let out
gases which, rising from the water or mud, might bo
caught in the deep meshes of the netted veins on the
nnder side of the leaf. It is also to be noted that, in

opening flowers of Victoria. About 8 P.M., when the
anthers are shedding their pollen (in second-day flow-
ers), the stamens may reach and maintain a tempera-
ture 10° F. above that of the surrounding air.

Though doubtless known to Spanish traders and mis-
sionaries, and certainly of use to savages as food in
quite early times, Victoria was first noticed botanically
by Haenke in Bolivia about 1801 ; but he died in the
Philippines without recording his discovery. Bonpland,
the companion of Humboldt, also saw it, near Corrientes,
Argentina, in 1819, but still it was neglected. In 1832
Poeppig found it on the Amazon, and described it as
JEuryale Amazonica. D'Orbigny saw the plant in 1827
at Corrientes, and in 1833 in Bolivia, and several years
later published accounts of his find. Robert H. Schom-
burgk, finding it again in 1836 on the Berbice river in
British Guiana, sent home specimens and figures from
which Lindley in 1837 (published in 1838) established
the genus Victoria and described the species V. regia.
This name has settled upon the northern species, while
the one found at Corrientes was named in 1840, by
d'Orbigny, V. Cruziana in honor of General Santa
Cruz, of Bolivia.

The struggle to bring the "Queen of Water-lilies"
into captivity began with Schomburgk. He removed
living plants from inland lakes and bayous to Demerara,

1930

VICTORIA

VICTORIA

British Guiana, but they soon died. In 1840 Bridges
obtained seed in the Bolivia locality, province of Moxos,
and scut them in a jar of wet clay to England. Out of
22 seeds obtained at Kew, three germinated and grew
vigorously as small seedlings until October, but died in
December. In 1848 dry seeds were sent to England
from the Essequibo river, alongwith rhizomes, the latter
in Wardian cases; the rhizomes rotted, and the seeds
refused to germinate. In 1849 an expedition from
Demerara succeeded in bringing back to that town
thirty-five living plants, but these all died. Finally
some seeds were sent to Kew from British Guiana in
bottles of fresh water by two English physicians, Rodie
and Luckie. The first sending arrived Feb. 28, 1849,
and on Nov. 8 a plant flowered at Chats worth; the
blossom was appropriately presented to Queen Victoria.
From this stock Victoria regia was distributed to gar-
dens in Europe, Asia and America. Van Houtte, of
Ghent, first flowered it on the continent, and Caleb Cope,
of Philadelphia, was the earliest successful cultivator
in this country. His gardener was the late Thomas
Meehan. The first flower opened Aug. 21, 1851.

The next notable importation of seed from South
America was sent by Edward S. Rand, Jr., from Para,
Brazil, to Mr. Sturtevant, then at Bordentown, N. J.
The resulting plants proved to be slightly different from
the former type, and were called V. regia, var. Randii.
It is doubtless the same form that was described by
Planchon as V. Amazonica, and retained with grave
doubts byCaspary; subsequent cultivation has shown it
not even varietally distinct from V. regia of British
Guiana. In 1894, however, Mr. Tricker received seed of
quite another species, which was provisionally named V.
regia, var. Trickeri; it is much more amenable to out-of-
door culture than the older type, and has received a well-
deserved popularity. Specimens grown from seeds sent
by Mr. Tricker to Kew were regarded simply as garden
forms of V. regia, but recent investigation by Mr. Tricker
and the writer shows that it is truly the V. Cruziana of
d'Orbigny, dried specimens of which (including seeds)
had been sent to Paris over GO years before. Its far south-
ern habitat (27° S.) explains its hardiness. The large
starchy seeds of this species are used as food in Para-
guay under the name of Ma is del Agua, "water-corn."
For much interesting information on Victoria, see
Hooker, B.M. 4275-78; Planchon, in F.S. 6:193-224, etc.;
Caspary in Flora Brasiliensis 4, part 2, p. 143 et seq.
In 1854 John Fisk Allen published in Boston a quarto
work (pages 21 x 27 in.) with colored plates, entitled:
"Victoria regia; or the great water lily of America.
With a brief account of its discovery and introduc-
tion into cultivation : with illustrations by William
Sharp, from specimens grown at Salem, Massachusetts,
U. S. A."

regia, Lindl. (including V. regia, var. Rdndii) . Fig.
2668. Lvs. sparingly pubescent beneath, upturned mar-
gins reddish, 3-8 in. high : fls. becoming dull crimson the
second evening; sepals prickly almost or quite to the
tips: prickles of the ovary about two-fifths in. (10-11
mm.) long: seed elliptic-globose, nearly % in. long, less
in diam. (7-8 mm. long, 5%-6 mm. diam.) : raphe indis-
tinct; operculum elliptic-orbicular, with the micropyle
at its center and hilum at the margin. British Guiana,
Amazon and tributaries. B.M. 4275 (poor); 4276-78
(incorrect in some details). F.S. 6:595-602. Kerner,
Natural History of Plants, pi. XI. Tricker, Water Gar-
den pi. 1 and 2; p. 21, 35. Caspary, Fl. Brasil. 4, part
2, pi. 38, fig. 15 (seed).

Cruziana, d Orbigny (known in cultivation as I".
regia, var. Trickeri, and V. Trickeri). Lvs. densely
villous beneath, upturned margins green, 6-8 in. high:
fls. becoming deep red-pink the second evening; sepals
prickly only at base, smooth above: prickles of ovary
over XA in. (15-16 mm.) long, crowded: seed subglobose,
about % in. (7K-9nim. (indiam. ; raphestout; operculum
elongate-ovate, with hilum and micropyle equidistant
from the margin. Parana river and tributaries, Para-
guav. Tricker, Water Garden, pi. 1; pp. 51, 55. Caspary,
Fl. Brasil. 4, part 2, pi. 38, fig. 16 (seed).-Introd. by
Wm. Tricker in 1894. Henry S. Conahd.

Victoria regia at first was cultivated at a great ex-
pense in conservatories and tanks built especially for

the purpose. Then it was grown in artificially heated
ponds in the open air. The Victoria is largely grown in
private and public gardens throughout the United
States at the present time, together with tropical nym-
pha?as, and in some cases without artificial heat, but this
method of culture is uncertain and often unsatisfactory.

For many years but one type of Victoria was known,
but in 1886 Mr. E. D. Sturtevant, of Bordentown, N. J.,
introduced another form that produced a deep crim-
son flower; it also possessed darker foliage and the
upturned rim was deeper. It was known as Victoria
Randii. Having grown this variety and the original for
several seasons in the open air, the writer is unable to
discern any difference, and two seasons ago be decided
to drop V. Randii. In 1894 the undersigned received
seed of what is now known to the trade as V. Trickeri.
This is by far the best kind for out-of-door culture.
Moreover, it can be grown where V. regia fails to grow,
as it revels in a temperature of only 75°-80°.

Victoria regia is now considered of easy culture. Its
requirements are heat, light and a rich, mellow loam in
abundance. The seed should be sown during February
and March. The temperature of the water should range
between 85° to 90° F. The seed may be planted in pots
<>r seed-pans and placed in shallow water. A tank 8-12
in. deep, having a metal lining, copper preferred, is
very serviceable for seedlings and young plants. Where
sufficient heat is not attained from the heating pipes, an
addition can be made by the use of an oil-lamp. It is
altogether unnecessary and unnatural to tile or chip the
seed to assist or hasten germination. The seedlings will
appear in about twenty days, though occasionally a few
may appear in ten days. These should be potted off
singly into 2%-in. pots, using fine, loamy soil. The
water temperature for the young plants should be the
same as directed for the seed pots. As soon as the
young plants acquire their first floating leaf they will
doubtless be benefited by repotting. From the very be-
ginning, as sprouted seeds, they should be kept steadily
growing, repotting at intervals, until they are planted
out in their summer quarters. As the young plants ad-
vance they will require more space, so that the leaves
are not crowded and overlap each other.

To raise plants of 1". Trickeri is altogether a different
matter. The seed will not germinate in a high tempera-
ture; 65° to 70° is sufficient. The seed may be sown in
February, but there is a great uncertainty as to how
long one must wait for the seedlings to appear, and also
as to what percentage of seeds will germinate. As soon
as the seedlings appear they should be treated like seed-
lings of V. regia, except as to temperature, which should
be kept as above stated for seedlings and small plants,
and as the season advances may be raised to 75° and
80°. The rationality of the cool treatment here advo-
cated is borne out by the fact that early in June quanti-
ties of seedlings appear in the pond in the open where
a plant has grown the preceding season, the seed hav-
ing remained in the pond during the winter. Planting
in summer quarters may be done early in June or when-
ever it is safe to plant out tender nympha?as, that is,
when the pond is not artificially heated. Where it is
desired to plant out in indicated ponds it is not safe to
plant before the middle or latter end of June. The con-
ditions of the weather, earliness or lateness of the sea-
son, locality, etc., must all be taken into account.

The best results are to be obtained from an artificially
heated pond, or pits in the pond specially constructed
to start the Victorias, these pits to be heated by hot
water or steam and covered with frames and sashes.
By this method plants may be set in their summer
quarters early in May and heat applied until the middle
of June, or rather a temperature of 85° maintained until
the advent of summer weather.

Very gratifying results are obtained when the Vic-
toria is grown under glass, as it is thus grown in sev-
eral places in the United States, notably at Schenley
Park. Pittsburg, and Allegheny Park; also at "Grey-
stone," the estate of Samuel Untermyer, Esq., Yonkers,
N. Y. ; also at many notable gardens in Europe. Plants
grown under glass usually attain to larger dimensions,
as they are protected against climatic changes and the
elements, besides enjoying more of a tropical atmos-
phere. There is. however, more than one disadvantage.

VICTORIA

VILLAGE IMPROVEMENT

1931

Setting aside the costly construction, labor, etc., it is by
no means inviting even on u warm day to spend many
minutes in such a structure. Compare this with a nat-
ural pond and its surroundings and a cool shady seat
where these gorgeous plants may be viewed at leisure.

Whether grown indoors or out, these plants are only
annuals, and seedlings are of necessity raised every
spring. They form no tubers as do the tender nym-
phsaas, or rootstock as do the hardy nymphasas.

Few, if any, insects are troublesome on these plants.
The worst is the black fly or aphis. The use of insec-
ticidea should not be resorted to, as they are most
likely to damage the foliage. The safest remedy is to
introduce a colony or two of the well-known "lady bug."
They and their larvaa will soon clear off all the aphides
without any injury to the plant. Wii. Trickee.

VfGNA (Dominic Vigni,Paduan commentator on Theo-
phrastus in the seventeenth century) is a leguminous
genus of 30 or more species, closely allied to Fhaseolus.
It is distinguished under Cowpea in Vol. I. TheCowpea
is known both as V. Catjang, Walpers, and V. Sinensis,
Endlicher. The former name, however, dates from 1839
and the latter from 1848, and the former should be used.
The Cowpea is an annual bean-like rambling vine with
three rhomboid-ovate stalked leaflets, the lateral ones un-
equal-sided, the petioles long. The flowers are bean-
like white or pale, borne two or three together on the
summit of a long axillary peduncle. The pods are slen-
der, usually curved, a few inches to a foot or more long.
Seeds small, kidney-shaped, bean-like, white or dark,
usually with a different color about the eye. The Cow-
pea varies much in stature, and particularly in the
color of the bean. It is possible that more than one spe-
cies is concerned in these horticultural forms.

The nomenclature of the cultivated varieties of Cow-
peas is almost hopelessly confused. Formerly the name
Cowpea was restricted to the buff-colored or clay pea,
but now it is commonly used generically. The word
< lowpea is an Americanism. Common generic terms now
in use in the South are "black-eye pea" and "cornfield
pea."

While the Cowpea is now used mostly for animal food
and green-manuring, the pea itself is also a good human
food and has been so used for many years. For table use
the peas are usually gathered when the pods begin to
change color, although the dried peas are also exten-
sively used. As long ago as 1855 an excellent essay on
Cowpeas was written by Edmund Ruffin (Essays and
Notes on Agriculture, Richmond, 1855). l H. B.

VIGUIERA (Dr. A. Viguier, botanist of Montpellier,
France). Compdsitoe. About 60 species of herbaceous
or somewhat shrubby plants, found in the warmer parts
of the world, especially America. The following is a
native of Lower Calif, and is iffered in S. Calif. It is a
tall, bushy plant with silvery foliage and small yellow
fls. like single sunflowers, but borne in ample corymbs.
The plant blooms both winter and summer. For generic
characters see Gray's Synoptical Flora or Bot. Calif.

tomentdsa, Gray. Shrub or branching subshrub : lvs.
opposite, subcordate, serrate, tomentose on both sides,
3-5 in. long: heads corymbose: akenes villous, with 2
long awns and many small scales. yv. jj_

VILLAGE IMPROVEMENT AND CIVIC IMPROVE-
MENT. An improvement association is an organiza-
tion of persons who band themselves together in or-
der to promote the civic beauty and hygiene of the
town wherein they live. Such associations have no
legislative power outside their own bodies, yet they
may rightfully use their influence to promote laws af-
fecting the general welfare. The secret of their suc-
cess in the long run is in educating public opinion to
demand good officials, and then in cooperating with the
officials, not antagonizing them. A few notable associa-
tions are composed entirely of women. Those of Hones-
dale, Fa., and Fetaluma, Cal., are good examples. Other
associations equally noted are composed of both sexes,
Bar Harbor, Me., and Stockbridge, Mass., having ex-
amples of the best type of mixed associations. The
Merchants Association of San Francisco, with a mem-

bership of more than a thousand, is an excellent exam-
ple of an effective society composed wholly of men.
Experience has taught the older organizations that a
juvenile auxiliary is a valuable adjunct. These juvenile
branches are worked through the public schools, and
their promotion is the most practical way known of
teaching civics.

These associations are organized by one or more in-
terested persons calling a meeting and electing officers.
The officers are president, vice-president, recording and
corresponding secretaries, a treasurer, and an executive
committee, all elected annually. The duty of the last is
to plan the work, make the contracts and expend the
funds. The funds are raised by annual dues of the
membership, by contributions and by entertainments.

2669. Glimpse of a village street in a community where the
idea of village improvement flourishes, showing that
a central lawn with border planting is adapted even
to small areas.

The usual and most successful mode of work done by
these associations is to form as many committees as
are desired, and place every member of the association
on one of these committees. Each committee has a
chairman, who calls its meetings independent of any
meetings of the central body. This placing of each
member upon a committee assures the working inter-
est of the entire membership.

In large cities it has been found best to have section
or ward organizations, which work for the especial
needs of their ward or section, while delegates from
these sections are elected to the central body, which
works for the general good of the whole city. Denver,
Col., Oakland and San Francisco, Cal., and the famous
Woman's Civic Club of St. Paul, Minn., work upon
these lines. The standing committees are never quite
alike in any two associations. They necessarily vary
with the needs of the community.

While the avowed object of these associations is the
improvement and ornamentation of public streets and
highways, the cleaning and beautifying of premises,
school yards, library grounds, railway stations, and
other public buildings, the formation of parks and the
preservation of natural beauties, yet in an association
of progressive, broad-minded people, much kindred
work naturally creeps in. For example, the Montclair,
N. J., association has ten standing committees and con-
stitutional power to add special committees as need
arises. The names of these committees are as follows:
stint, sanitary, finance, humane, railroad, children's
auxiliary, park, preservation of natural beauties, pre-
vention of cruelty to children, prevention of cruelty to
animals.

The work of committees may be well set forth by
specific examples from the Montclair society. Under
the supervision of the street committee, galvanized
iron barrels were placed at intervals along the main

1932

VILLAGE IMPROVEMENT

VILLAGE IMPROVEMENT

thoroughfares for the reception of rubbish, such a*
paper, and fruit rinds. Shopkeepers are asked to keep
their premises in good order. If they do not comply
with the request, the Town Improvement Association
sends a man with a wheelbarrow (the latter labeled T.
I. A.), and with broom and hoe a general housecleaning
takes place. After two or three visits of the T. I. A.
man, the proprietor generally takes the hint and at-
tends to his premises himself. Tin- sanitary committee
reports to the health board any nuisance. The milk sup-
ply has been carefully looked after, the dairies inspected,
and a map showing the locations of all the dairies placed
on file iu the office of the town clerk, where it may be
seen by any householder who cares to examine it. The
finance committee looks after the funds. Annual dues
are fifty cents a member. The work of the humane
committee is to inspect the police station, see that it is
kept in sanitary condition, and the prisoners properly
treated. The railroad committee keeps a watchful eye

3670. A vista of improved backyards in Dayt

upon the stations and sees that they are as neat as pos-
sible and the surroundings made attractive. The chil-
dren's auxiliary is formed of eleven hundred school
children, who have pledged themselves to "work to-
gether to make Montclair a happier place in which to
live, by doing everything we can to make the town
more healthful and beautiful." The different classes
from the school take charge of the flower-beds around
the buildings, attend to the planting and keep them in
order. All this fosters early the love of attractive sur-
roundings, engenders habits of neatness, and devel-
ops local pride and patriotism.

The committee for the preservation of natural beau-
ties has rmich to keep it busy. Its members watch the
fine trees of the town, and if any are splitting, the
owners are notified to mend them. Dead trees are cut
down, and the owners of unsightly fences are requested
to remove them. The burning of hedge-rows is forbid-
den, as it destroys the wild flowers and leads to forest
fires. The duties of the committees for prevention of
cruelty to children and animals are self-explanatory.
They are auxiliary to the state association, and have
full power to act. The park committee takes charge of
any waste pieces of ground, generally at the intersec-
tion of roads, keeps them in order, and plants shrub-
bery or makes flower-beds, as the case may be.

Montclair boasts of the most lramanely equipped jail
in the state, with a separate apartment for women, and
a sanitary and padded cell for the insane. The com-
mittee for the prevention of cruelty to animals has
placed the sign posts, "Please uncheck your horses
going up this hill," at the top and bottom of the moun-
tain road. The paving of the plaza in front of the rail-
way station is due to the efforts of the railway committee,
which visited the officials at least once a month for
three years before the work was undertaken.

Newton Center and Stockbridge, Mass., contend for

the honor of forming the first improvement association.
Newton Center's association claims to be older by a
year than the Laurel Hill Association of Stockbridge.
The latter organization was founded in 1853 through
the efforts of Miss Mary Gross Hopkins, afterwards
Mrs. J. Z. Goodrich, and was caused by overhearing the
caustic comments of a summer visitor upon the untidy,
unhygienic condition of the village and its undesira-
bility from these causes as a summer residence. Miss
Hopkins reported the visitor's remarks to her towns-
people, and after a year's agitation the Laurel Hill Asso-
ciation of Stockbridge was formed. The first year $1,000
was raised, 400 shade trees planted, the village green
put in order and prizes offered for the longest and best
strip of sidewalk. The offer of these prizes, together
with a reward for the detection and punishment of any
one caught destroying any of these improvements, had
such a marvelous effect in arousing civic pride in the
appearance of the village that interest in the associa-
tion has never failed. The beauty of the
village had much to do with the selec-
tion of the famous Lenox neighborhood,
part of which pays taxes in Stockbridge.
So pleased were the townspeople and
summer visitors with the work of the as-
sociation that it became necessary to ob-
tain a state charter before the association
could legally inherit the funds, parks and
other gifts to the value of more than one
hundred thousand dollars left in its
charge.

Bar Harbor, Maine, regards its im-
provement association in the light of a
commercial investment. The summer
visitors demand that the village be kept
clean and pretty, and they give liberally
to the association. This association makes
paths over the island and keeps them in
repair. It also keeps patrols on these
paths in summer to put out camp-fires,
well knowing that if the forests are de-
stroyed the charm of the island would be
greatly lessened.

The value of an improvement society's
work as a commercial investment is
clearly perceived by Europeans. The
Schwarzwald Improvement Society of Germany num-
bers 3,500 members, who are assessed an annual due
of $1.25. This association was formed for the purpose
of "making the Black Forest known and accessible to
the public, of preserving and protecting ruins, of im-
proving pleasure-grounds, erecting pavilions, towers,
etc., and generally promoting intercourse." There are
thirty-nine sections in this immense association, each sec-
tion working for its own interest after the manner of the
American ward associations. Both the German and Eng-
lish associations work to attract capital to their towns.
River-sides are made into a continuous parkway through
the town, paths are opened to points where beautiful
views may be had, and cards in the hotels and public
buildings draw visitors' attention to these matters, and
to the fact that comfortable seats will be found in these
places. German children are urged to be polite to
strangers, and in London the public schools have or-
ganized a League of Courtesy. English laws do not
permit the pollution of streams by sewage or factory
waste, and in Europe good roads and clean streets have
for so long been a national and municipal concern that
they are looked upon as a matter of course. In general,
European associations are not obliged to consider these
problems, but are free to turn their attention to the
promotion of civic beauty in all its various forms.

It is the leading men and women of each country who
are promoting these associations. The society called
Scapa, the mission of which is the checking of the abuse
of public advertising, has more than one thousand
members enrolled, some of them memhers of Parlia-
ment. The work of this notable society has attracted
the favorable attention of almost every government in
Europe.

In America, the "National League of Improvement
Associations " was organized at Springfield, Ohio, Oct.
10, 1900. It is now known as the "American League for

VILLAGE IMPROVEMENT

Civic Improvement." The object of the organization,
as stated in the constitution, "shall be to bring into
communication for acquaintance and mutual helpful-
ness all organizations interested in the promotion of
outdoor art, public beauty, town, village and neighbor-
hood improvement." The headquarters of the national
organization are at Springfield, Ohio.

As in Europe, the commercial possibilities of the work
are beginning to appeal to the American business man.
Large owners of real estate and tenant houses are
adopting as business methods some of the special fea-
tures of improvement associations. Commercial clubs
and boards of trade are awakening to the fact that a
cleanly and beautiful city containing tine boulevards,
riverside drives and parks, public baths and swimming
pools, is as much of an inducement to new Arms desir-
ing to locate as is a cash bonus or good shipping
facilities. Firms and good citizens seeking new loca-
tions and finding these advantages are assured without
further search that the schools will be good, the resi-
dence district fine, and that a minimum of undesirable
residents will be found. Nurserymen, florists and
dealers in paint are the first to reap material benefit
from the formation of these associations. Usually the
first step in improving property is the planting of trees
and flowers, then the house receives a coat of paint. It
is an excellent idea for an improvement association to
encourage floral shows, with prizes to schools and
school children, for through the latter medium the in-
fection of beautifying is carried into homes that can be
reached no other way.

These associations in no way interfere with the work
of the city officers. Rather they supplement it by do-
ing the things for which the town laws make no provi-
sion. The officers of towns having one or more of these
associations find the enforcement of laws made easier,
and should a large sura be needed for necessary im-
provements, they are likely to find an intelligent public
knowledge upon the subject in place of the oftentimes
exasperating stupidity.

The results obtained from an active and prosperous
association are manifold. These societies make far better
citizenship: they create an intelligent civic pride. They
make possible practical civics in the public schools.
The commercial benefits of such work appeal to the lib-
eral and progressive element among all business men.
Jessie M. Good.

The limitations of space do not allow an historical
sketch of the various movements culminating in the
organization of the American League for Civic Improve-
ment, nor a list of the various periodicals which are de-
voted partly or wholly to the work. A great work for
village and civic improvement is done by general agen-
cies as well as by the special societies devoted to the
work. An analysis of these complex social forces is be-
yond the scope of this Cyclopedia, but the following out-
line sent, by Charles Mulford Robinson, author of "The
Improvement of Towns and Cities," will be found very
suggestive. The work outside the special societies may
be roughly summarized as that done. — I. By committees
(1) Of women's clubs (a) local, (b) federated; (2) Of
boards of trade, etc.; (3) Of real estate exchanges. II.
By political organizations, in securing better officials.
III. By the organizations of these officials, (1) The
American Society of Municipal Improvements, (2) The
League of American Municipalities, (3) The State
Leagues of Municipalities. IV. By corporations, (1)
Model communities, (2) Improvement of home grounds,
neighborhoods. V. By individuals (1) For private pro-
fit, (2) Out of public spirit. L H. B.

VILLARSIA nymphoides is the plant described at
p. 925 of this work as Limnanthemum nymphoides. The
plant is probably to be referred to Limnanthemum pel-
tatum, however. To the list of pictures add Gn. 48:1036
and 48, p. 300.

VIMINARIA (Latin, vimen, a slender twig or withe,
alluding to the branches). Legumindsw. A single spe-
cies, an Australian shrub with rush-like stems and long,
wiry "leafless" branches, i.e., the leaves for the most
part reduced to long, filiform petioles, although at the

VINCA

1933

ends of the more vigorous or lower branches a few oval or
lanceolate Its. are often found. The rather small flowers
are pea-shaped, orange-yellow and are produced in long,
terminal racemes. Calyx-teeth short; petals on rather
long claws; standard roundish; wings oblong, shorter
than the standard; keel slightly curved, as long as the
wings; stamens free: ovary nearly sessile; style fili-
form: pod ovoid-oblong, usually iudehiscent: seeds
1-2.

denudata, Smith. The name Leafless Rush-broom has
been proposed for this. Leafless yellow-fld. shrub, at-
taining 10-20 ft., formerly cult, in European green-
houses as a small tender shrub: Ivs. 3-8 in. long: pod
2-3 lines long. Australia. B.M. 1190. P.M. 14:123.—
Offered in S. Calif. F. w Barclay.

VlNCA (pervinca, old Latin name of Periwinkle,
used by Pliny). Apocynaeea?. A genus of 10 species
including the common Periwinkle or Trailing Myrtle,
Vinca minor. This is one of the commonest and best
plants for covering the ground in deep shade, especially
under trees and in cemeteries. It is a hardy trailing
plant with shining evergreen foliage and blue, salver-
shaped, 5-lobed fls. about an inch across, appearing in
spring or early summer. It forms a dense carpet to the
exclusion of other herbs. It thrives best in moist, half-
shaded positions, but will grow in the deepest shade
even in poor soil, especially if it be stony. It is a capi-
tal plant for clothing steep banks, covering rocks and
carpeting groves. It can be planted successfully on a
large scale any time from spring to fall during mild
or rainy weather. It is propagated by division or by
cuttings, as seeds very rarely mature. The Periwinkle
will live in city yards under trees where grass will
not thrive. V. minor is the commonest and perhaps
most variable species. Varieties with white, purple
and double fls. are kept in most nurseries, as also a
form with variegated foliage.

Vinca major is larger in all its parts than the com-
mon Periwinkle and not so hardy. It is well known to
florists. A variegated form of it is seen in nearly every
veranda box in the country.

V. rosea is a tender plant of erect habit which is
used chiefly for summer bedding. It grows about a foot
high and has rosy purple or white fls. with or without a
reddish eye, and often 2 in. across. The plants bloom
continuously from the time they are set out until frost.
It can be grown in large masses for public parks with
somewhat less expense than geraniums. Mr. Strom-
back, head gardener of Lincoln Park, Chicago, has re-
corded his experience with Vinca. rosea in Florists' Re-
view 1:141 as follows: The seed is sown in Jan. or
Feb. in flats of sandy soil in a temp, of 65°-70°. When
the seedlings show the second leaf, they are pricked
out about an inch apart iu trays of the same soil, and
when the little plants have 5 or 6 lvs. they are potted
into 2-in. rose pots, and later shifted to 3-in. pots. The
majority are bedded out from the 3-in. pots. The soil
of the bed should be a sandy loam if possible, and the
plants will not do well in a very heavy soil. In bedding,
set the plants about a foot apart. They require more
water than a geranium, and when the bed is watered it
should be given a good soaking and then left alone for
a few days. The plants require no trimming.

The amateur will find Vinca rosea a satisfactory
window plant that can be grown with little trouble from
seeds started as late as April, but of course such plants
will not bloom as early as the bedding stock propagated
in Jan. or Feb. V. rosea is the largest flowered Vinca,
and it seeds freely. ^y jj

Vinca major and varieties are the most useful of the
genus to the commercial florist. Some plants from
2-inch or 3-inch pots should be planted out in May.
They will make large plants by September. For decorat-
ing purposes, some of these plants can be lifted and put
in 5-inch pots and will winter in a very cool house. To
obtain useful sized plants in 3-inch pots the following
spring for veranda, box and vases, cuttings should be
put into sand end of September. The long trailing
growths will give an abundance of material. Always
make the cutting with two eyes, choosing neither the
hard growth at base nor the very soft tips. They root

1934

VINCA

slowly but surely in about a month, and until February
will do very well in a 2%-mch pot. About the middle of
February shake off the soil and give them a 3-inch pot,
and they will make a fine growth bv middle of May. In

VINCA

dark purple fls. ; aurea variegata, with golden variega-
tion; csBrulea, with single blue fls.; plena, with double
blue fls.; rosea, with single rosy fls.; purpurea plena,
with purple double fls. Gn. 50:1078. Some of these are

Running Myrtle. Natural size.

growing these trailing Vincas in pots the principal point
to observe is never to let them want for water.

William Scott.

Vinca is a genus of herbs or subshrubs, erect or pro-
cumbent: lvs. opposite: fls. rather large, axillary, soli-
tary; corolla salver-shaped, with a narrow throat which
is pilose inside or thickened-calloused; stamens in-
cluded above the middle of the tube; carpels 2, distinct;
stigma annular, thick, viscid; ovules 6-many in each
carpel, in 2 series: follicles 2, erect or divergent. The
genus may be divided into 2 sections: 1. Pervinca, in
which the anther-cells are short and divided by a wide
connective; 2. Lochnera, in which the anther-cells are
normal. V. rosea belongs to Section 2; the others men-
tioned below are included in Section 1.

alba, 1, 4.
argentea, 1.
atropnrpurea, 1.
aurea, 2.
Bride. The, 1.
caerulea, 1.

elegantissima,l,2.

herbacea, 3.
major, 2.

oculata, 4.
plena, 1.

purpurea, 1.
reticulata, 2.
rosea, 4.
variegata, 2.
varius, 4.

A. Trailing herbs, hardy or nearly so, only the short
flowering stems ascending: fls. produced in spring
or early summer, mostly blue or white. European
species.

B. Foliage evergreen.

C. Lvs. ovate or oblong-ovate: corolla-lobes wedge-
shaped: calyx glabrous.

1. minor, Linn. Cosimon Periwinkle. Blue, Run-
ning or Trailing Myrtle. Fig. 2071. Hardy evergreen
trailing herb, in all country gardens and running wild
in cemeteries and shady places, the blue-fld. or typical
form being commonest. Often called "Myrtle "but the
classic myrtle is Myrtus communis. Very rarely pro-
duces seed, but spreads freely by creeping sterile stems
which root at every joint. Lvs. ovate or oblong-ovate,
glabrous and shining, barely 1% in. long: petiole very
short, with 2 glands near the apex: calyx-lobes lanceo-
late, glabrous; corolla -lobes wedge-shaped, obtusely
truncate. Eu.

The following horticultural varieties are advertised in
America: Var. alba, with single white fls.; alba plena,
with double white fls. ; alba variegata, with single white
fls. and variegated foliage; argentea variegata, with
silvery variegation ; atropurpurea compacta, with single

advertised without reference to V. minor, as if they
were good species, thus V. cwrulea and purpurea. V.
elegantissima alba belongs here, also "The Bride," a
white variety with a pink center.

cc. Lvs. subcordate-ovate : corolla-lobes obovate: calyx
ciliate.
2. major, Linn. Larger Periwinkle. Larger in all
its parts than V. minor, not quite hardy north, and root-
ing only at the tips of the sterile stems. Lvs. broader
below the middle than in V. minor, subcordate-ovate,
often 2-3 in. long, ciliate; petiole with 2 glands near the
apex : fls. blue ; calyx-lobes narrowly linear, ciliate ;
corolla-lobes obovate. Eu. — This species is much sub-
ject to mealy bug. The va-
riegated forms are popular
for veranda boxes and
hanging baskets. Some are
blotched with yellow, oth-
ers are margined. Here
seem to belong V. aurea
marginata and V. aurea
maculata, Hort. V. major,
vars. variegata and reticu-
lata, are also advertised.
Var. elegantissima, Hort.,
is a handsome form with
lvs. bordered and blotched
with yellowish white. It
seems to be common with
the florists, although it is
rarely, if ever, advertised
in American trade cata-
logues. It is one of the
best forms for vases for
baskets and for decora-
tion indoors. The sprays
should be allowed to grow
long, in order to develop
their characteristics. Cut-
tings should be struck
early in the fall and if kept
growing steadily will make
satisfactory specimens in
five-inch pots. It is a good
idea to plant this variety
in the front part of a sunny
greenhouse bench where

2672. Vinca rosea.
(X nearly K).

the long sprays may reach down to the walk. As a
window -box plant it has the merit of withstanding
considerable neglect.

VINCA

BB. Foliage deciduous, or Jess evergreen.

3. herbacea.Waldst. & Kit. Herbaceous Periwinkle.
Hardy trailing herb, which generally loses its foliage in
winter, sends up short flowering stems in spring, fol-
lowed by sterile creeping stems which root at the tips.
The fls. are purpler than in the common Periwinkle,
later, and the corolla-lobes are narrower: Its. elliptical
or lanceolate, margin revolute, ciliate; petiole with 2
glands near the middle: calyx-lobes narrowly lanceo-
late, ciliolate; corolla-lobes oblong-obovate, dimidiate.
Eastern Eu., Asia Minor. B.M. 2002. B.R. 4:301.

AA. Tender, erect subshrub (herb IV.), with rosy or
white fls. produced ail summer.

4. rosea, Linn. Madagascar Periwinkle. Fig. 2672.
Tender, erect, everbloomiug plant, somewhat shrubby
at the base, cosmopolitan in the tropics: lvs. oblong,
narrowed at base, veiny: petiole glandular at the base,
fls. with a very small orifice, rosy purple or white, the
latter with or without a reddish ej'e; calyx-lobes linear,
corolla-lobes dimidiate-obovate, mucronulate. Gn. 36,
p. 455; 43, p. 389. V. 13:49; 16:49. B.M. 248. F.R.
1:141. — This is commonly called the "Madagascar Peri-
winkle," but V. rosea is probably not native to the Old
World, while the only species of Vinca that is really na-
tive to Madagascar, viz., lr. lancea, is not in cultiva-
tion. The plant is sometimes called "Cape Periwinkle "
and "Old Maid." The three main types should be
known as V. rosea, V. rosea, var. alba, and V. rosea,
var. oculata, the latter being a white flower with pink
or red center. As a matter of fact, these appear in
American catalogues as V. alba, V. alba pura, V. alba
nova, V. oculata and V. varius, the latter being a trade
name for seed of mixed varieties. yy# jj

VINCET6XICUM. The Mosquito Plant or Cruel
Plant, known in the trade as Vincetoxicum acumina-
tum and V. Japonicum, is Cynanehum acuminatifo-
Uum, which see.

VINE-CACTUS. Fouquieria splendens.

VINE, GLOKY. Clianthus.

VINE PEACH. See under Cucumis Melo.

VINE, PIPE. Aristolochia Sipho.

VINE, SILK. See Periploca Grcaca.

VINE, WONGA WONGA. Teeoma australis.

VINES. In horticultural parlance, a vine is a weak-
stemmed, more or less tall-growing plant that needs to
have the support of some rigid object to hold it above
the earth. Many plants that are grown for their eco-
nomic uses are vines, although they are ordinarily not
so classified in horticultural works; for example, some
of the beans, the hop and the sweet potato plant. When
vines are mentioned in horticultural writings, plants
that are used for ornament are commonly understood.
In general literature the term "vine." when used spe-
cifically, designates the grape. Sometimes vegetable-
gardeners, when speaking of vines, mean cucurbita-
ceous plants, as melons, cucumbers and squashes.

Vines belong to many natural orders and represent
very many types of plant beauty. The larger part of
them are useful in horticultural operations as screens
for covering unsightly objects or for shading verandas
and summer houses. Many of them are shrubs, the plant
body being woody and persisting year after year; others
are perennial herbs, dying to the ground but the root
persisting from year to year, as some dioscoreas; others
are true annual herbs, as morning-glories. Some of
them are valued chiefly for foliage, as the Virginia
creeper, Japanese ivy, grapes and the true or English
ivy; others are prized largely for their flowers, as morn-
ing-glories, moonflowers and scarlet runners. Vines
represent all degrees of hardiness or tenderness; they
are also of various heights and differ in rapidity of
growth ; therefore it is impossible to make a list of vines
that shall apply to the whole country.

122

VINES

1935

Vines are really climbing plants. They get up in the
world in three general ways: by scrambling or clam-
bering over other plants without any special devices
for aiding them in the ascent; by twining about the
support; by ascending by means of special organs, as
roots or tendrils. The larger number of cultivated
climbing plants belong to the last two categories.
However, there are many useful climbers amongst
the scramblers, as, for example, some of the long-
stemmed roses. These plants usually have to be tied to
a support unless they are allowed to ramble at will over
some expanded surface, as the top of a bush or a broad
stone wall.

Each species of twining plant has its own direction of
winding about the support, and the species follows this
direction under all ordinary circumstances. Some of
them, as the hops, wind about the support in the direc-

2673. Hop (Humulus Japon-
icus), twining from the
observer's right to his
left, or with the sun.

2074. Morning-elory, twining
from the observer's left
to his right, or against
the sun.

tion of the movement of the sun, or from the observer's
right to his left. Fig. 2673. Others, as the morning
glory, twine in a direction opposed to the daily move-
ment of the sun, or from the observer's left to his right.
Fig. 2674. The constancy of these directions of climb-
ing was observed long ago. It is interesting to know
that Paul Dudley, Chief Justice of Massachusetts,
made this observation as long ago as 1724 and reported
it to the Royal Philosophical Society. A full discussion
of this and related topics concerning climbing plants
may be found in Darwin's book, "The Movements and
Habits of Climbing Plants."

The special organs by means of which plants climb are
of many kinds. In general they may be referred to three
general categories: roots, as the trumpet creeper and
ivies; coiling petioles or leaf-stalks, as the clematis
(Fig. 487) and the nasturtium; tendrils. The tendrils
are of various morphological origin. Some of them, as

1936

VINES

VINES

of the grape, are modified branches or stems; others,
as those of the pea and cobtea, are modified leaflets; still
others, as in some species of lathyrus, are modified stip-
ules. True tendrils are always definitely arranged with
reference to the position of the leaves. The young ex-
tended tendril usually swings about in a circle or ellipse,
its end being somewhat bent or coiled. When this end

2675. The coiling of tendrils; a sho
ready to grasp a support; b, sh
tendril-branches and the straie
where the direction of the coi
banana (Sicanai.

the tendril hooks
s the coiling of the
it not-coiled spaces
i reversed. Cassa-

strikes a support it fastens itself securely, and then the
plant is drawn to the support or held to it by the coiling
of the tendril. This coil also serves as a spring whereby
the plant is held to its support during winds. The con-
tinuous coiling of the tendril in one direction would
twist the tendril in two; therefore, tendrils usually coil
in more than one direction, one part of the length being
coiled from right to left and another part from left to
right. Some of these phenomena may be seen in Fig.
2675, which represents the tendrils of one of the Cucur-
bitaceee. All members of this family, as cucumbers,
melons, pumpkins and wild balsam apple, are excellent
subjects on which to observe- these phenomena.

Of the very many vines that may be used with good
results in the open air in the North the following are
common and therefore to be commended. Many green-
house vines can also be used in the open during the
summer, but these are not included in the present list.

aa. Top shrubby.

Ampelopsis quinque folia, Virginia creeper. Figs. 80,
1866. The best single vine for covering buildings and
arbors, since it is perfectly hardy and thrives under
many conditions. Plants should be selected from vines
of known habit, as some individuals cling much better
than others.

Ampelopsis tricuspidata (A. Veitchi). Fig. 2076;
also Fig. 81, Vol. I. A neater and handsomer vine than
the Virginia creeper, clinging closer, but it is often in-
jured by winter in exposed places, especially when
young. It is best adapted to stone and brick buildings.

Clematis of various species. C. paniculata and C.
Virginiana are best for general use.

Tecoma radicans, trumpet creeper.
Vitis or grapes of various species. The wild species
are preferable. Fig. 2677.

Hedera Helix, true ivy. Fig. 1023. The English ivy
does not endure the bright sun of northern winters.

Hardy in middle states, and often does well on the north
side of buildings farther north.

Actimdia arguta. Fig. 29. One of the best arbor
vines.

Akebia quinata. Figs. 56, 57. Graceful and pretty.

Lonicera sempervirens, L. flava and other honey-
suckles. L. Japonica (or L. Halliana) is half evergreen
in the North and is popular.

Aristolochia macrophylla, Dutchman's pipe. Figs.
138-140. A robust grower, with enormous leaves. Use~
ful for covering verandas and arbors.

Celastnts scandens, waxwork or false bittersweet.

Wistaria Sinensis and W. speciosa. Figs. 2475,
2476.

aa. Top dying to the ground, or nearly so, in winter.
Some are annuals.

Menispermum Canadense, nioonseed. A small but
attractive native twiner useful for wild gardens.

Hamulus Lupulus and H. Japonicus. The former is
the common perennial hop; the latter is a sturdy and
useful annual.

Dioscorea divaricata, yam, Chinese potato, cinnamon
vine. The large, deep-seated tuberous roots withstand
freezing. Climbs high, but does not produce foliage
enough to cover unsightly objects. Dioscorea villosa is
a small but handsome native species

Pueraria Thiinbergiana, (known also as Dolichos Ja-
ponicus), while not yet common, deserves to be better
known. It is an herbaceous perennial in the North, but
makes a woody top in the South. Very vigorous grower.

Phaseolus multiflorus, scarlet runner bean, Dutch
case-knife bean. Red- and white-fld. varieties. Peren-
nial in the South. Tender.

Ipomosa, various species. Moonflowers and morning-
glories belong here. Some are perennials far south; all
useful and interesting. Tender.

Trop(polum majus, nasturtium. Tender annual.

T. peregrinum, canary-bird flower. Tender annual.

Lathyrus odoratus, sweet pea. Hardy annual.

Thunbergia alata. Tender annual.

Dolichos Lablab, hyacinth bean. Tender annual.

Cardiospermum Halicacabum, balloon vine. Tender
annual.

Adlumia cirrhosa, Allegheny vine. Tender perennial.

Coba?a scandens. Tender. l jj g

Vines for the South. I. Dectduous. Ampelopsis tri-
cuspidata and quinquefolia are exceedingly popular for
covering brick walls, stumps, or dead trees. Being de-
ciduous, they are free from the objection of evergreen
ivies, whose foliage often accumulates dust and is a harbor
for sparrows* nests. A. arborea retains its black ber-
ries all winter; the form with variegated foliage is most
desirable. — Berchemia scandens has small, greenish
flowers; not showy, but of rapid growth in moist soil.
— Celastrus scandens is desirable for its orange-colored

2676. Ampelopsis tricuspidata

stone building.

capsules and scarlet seeds, which are retained during a
part of the winter. — Centrosema Virginianum, a twin-
ing herb, is a very desirable small vine. The large,
pea-shaped lavender flowers are produced from May
until autumn. — Clematis. The best native species are
C. crispa, with dark bluish purple campanulate flowers,
C. coccinea with scarlet campanulate flowers, and C
holosericca, conspicuous for the silky plumose tails of
the akenes. All these are herbaceous and lose their
stems during winter. Of the hybrid garden varieties

VINES

1937

which retain their stems there are only a few that can
stand the long, dry summers of the middle South. The
most resistant are G. Jackmani, Fairy Queen, ffenryi,
lanuginosa, Otto Froebel, Duchess of Edinburgh, vein-
Una, but all should be planted where free from the direct
glare of the afternoon sun.— Decumaria barbara, a tall
climber usually found in rich moist bottoms and bear-
ing numerous fragrant white flowers, is a very showy
plant.— Lycium Barbarum is frequently used for trel-
lises; the red berries, which are retained during winter,
are its main attraction. — Passiflora incarnaia is often
a troublesome weed in newly cultivated lands, but its
flowers are remarkably showy and the lemon-like fruits,
called may-pops south, are edible, the seeds being coated
with a mucilaginous acidulated pulp. P. lutea has very
small greenish yellow flowers and also a very small,
purple-colored fruit.— Periploca Gro?ca is of exceedingly
rapid growth, and when covered in spring with myriads
of flowers is an attractive plant for trellises or rustic
summer-houses. —Pueraria Thunbergiana is a most
vigorous climber, a single plant frequently
covering an enormous space. The pea-
shaped flowers appear in spring, are of a
violet color and very fragrant. No better
plant can be found for covering a large
space in a short time. It is excellent for
covering dead trees. — Tecoma grartdiflora
is one of the best exotic climbers, with
very large and showy orange-red flowers,
which are produced from spring until
autumn. It can be trained with a single
stem if supported for a few years. Sev-
eral forms differ only in the size and
color of the flowers, as coccinea, deeper
red ; speciosa flora, yellowish ; hybrida,
blood-red. The native species,?1, radicans,
is frequently considered a nuisance south
in cultivated fields, but when trained to a
pillar or frame few of our native climbers
are as desirable.— Wistarias. Al-
though the Japanese species fre-
quently produces clusters more
than a yard in length, the Chin-
ese species is the favorite, being
cultivated in purple, white and
double forms. The double flow-
ers are very full and of a beauti-
ful shape, but the variety is un-
fortunately a shy bloomer. Our
native species, W. speciosa, is
superseded by an improved Eu-
ropean form. Var. magnified has
flowers of a light lavender-blue,
which are produced at intervals
during the summer. Its growth
is unusually vigorous,

II. Evergreen. Akebia !o-
& a to, with its large leaflets in 8's,
yields an abundance of banana-
shaped mucilaginous fruit, found
in the markets of Japan, but
here considered of indifferent
value. A very robust climber.
The "five -leaved akebia," A.
quinata, is one of the most valu-
able rapid-growing climbers.—
Bignonia capreolata, or Cross
Vine, is found in rich woodlands:
flowers brown -red, with yellow
throat: blooms in spring. — Clem

most an evergreen, as it retains its foliage nearly all
winter. Flowers are produced in the greatest profu-
sion during midsummer and are very fragrant. One of
the most desirable climbers. — Cocculus Carolinus
twines to a height of 10-15 feet. When covered during
winter with a profusion of coral-red berries there is no
climber that is more graceful. Once known, in higher
latitudes it would prove to be one of the most attractive
greenhouse plants.— Elcsagnus pungens, var. reflexa,
or Japan oleaster, in good soil frequently makes a
growth of 8 to 10 feet. The brownish bark contrasts
wHl with the bright srreen and silvery reflexed leaves,
while the clove-shaped flowers are very fragrant. Ex-

cellent for covering arbors. — Ficua pumila, although
considered a tender exotic plant, has withstood severe
cold weather and is very desirable for covering brick
work, especially near the soil.— Gelsemhim sempervi-
rens, the Carolina yellow
jasmine, is the glory of
southern woods in spring,
when plants climbing
upon lofty trees are cov-
ered with myriads of gol-
den yellow funnel-shaped
flowers that are exceed-
ingly fragrant. The form
with double flowers has
the additional merit of
blooming during a
much longer period
than the type, and
when cultivated in
a cool greenhouse

paniculata is al-

2677.
A grape-vine arbor.

; are produced during winter. — Hedera, Of the
many varieties of this genus there are few of the
variegated - leaved that stand the southern summers,
but the Irish and Algerian, the latter with unusually
large leaves, are hardy and desirable. — Jasminum
nndiflorum expands its bright yellow flowers in late
winter and is valued as the earliest harbinger of
spring; it is frequently used as a hedge plant when
supported by a wire. J. officinale has white flowers
during April and May. J. Reevesi and J. Intmile,
with yellow flowers borne in summer and autumn, are
great favorites.— Kadsura Japonica is valued chiefly
for the reddish tint of its autumn foliage. The small
white flowers are rather inconspicuous. — Lonicera.

1938

VINES

VINES

The following native species are all desirable; viz., L.
sempervirens, with scarlet and orange flowers, and L.
flava, with bilabiate buff -yellow flowers. In many sec-
tions of the South are found large patches of the exotic
species, L. Japonica, vars. flexuosat Ghinensis and JIul-
liana'j these are frequently troublesome, as they choke
out surrounding plants. Its Var. aureo-retieulata, with
its attractive foliage, and L. Periclymenum,'v$,T. Belgica,
which yields a continuous crop of pink and buff flow-
ers, are the most valuable of the exotic sorts. — Ipo-
moza. I. Bonariensis {Sellowii) and Leari are the best
of the tuberous section, the roots remaining sound dur-
ing winter if slightly covered with litter. /. pandit-
rata, known south as Indian bread, is frequently found
in large quantities in newly cleared rich oakwood lands,
the tubers often weighing 10 to 15 pounds. It is very
showy with its large white flowers and purple inner
tube. — Passiffora. Both Arc-en-ciel, with flowers com-
bining white, citron and blue, and Constance Elliott,
with pure white flowers, are perfectly hardy and pro-
fuse bloomers. — Eases. Of the climbing varieties there
is a great profusion. Most varieties are either perfect
evergreens or retain their foliage nearly all winter.
The White and Yellow Banksias are wonderfully attrac-
tive in early spring when laden with innumerable small
violet-scented flowers, while the climbing Tea, China,
Noisette and Bourbon yield a profusion of variously
colored flowers from early spring until winter. The
Wiehuraiana section will hardly become popular, as
plants bloom only in spring, while the Cherokee and Ma-
cartney are still used for making evergreen hedges.—
Smilax. Of the many species growing south, the S.
laurifolia is highly valued for its large, shiny leaves;
it is of great decorative value for ornamenting ball-
rooms. Other kinds are desirable both for leaves and
berries. — Trachelospermum jasminoides is an excel-
lent white -flowering climber. The variegated form
does not grow as tall, but ils foliage becomes beauti-
fully tinted with gold and red iu fall.

III. Halp-Hakdy Climbers. During the summer,
southern homes are frequently adorned with a class of
climbers that farther north are suitable only for green-
house culture. Some of the best are mentioned below:
The Antigonon, Aristolochia and Tecoma here men-
tioned will stand the winter if the soil is covered with
a coat of straw or leaves. The stem dies down in fall,
but the new growth appears vigorously in spring. The
others need greenhouse protection north of Savannah,
Ga. Antigonon leptopus. Flowers in long racemes of
a beautiful pink color and produced from June until
frost. — Aristolochia elegans. This blooms profusely
from July until frost. The flowers are tubular, but the
limb is perfectly flat and curiously marked and laced with
purplish maroon. — Bignonia. B. vennsta is at home in
the extreme South. It is a gorgeous climber. In early
spring or even as early as February it is covered with
large bunches of bright orange - colored flowers. B.
speeiosa will stand the winters of southern Georgia and
produces its purplish colored flowers in early spring.—
Bongainvillea glabra, var. Sanderiana. Those who
have seen this plant in Florida when in full bloom must
agree that it is not surpassed by any other climber.
The brilliancy of the climber is beyond description.
Hardy south of Jacksonville.— Teooma Gapensis. Flow-
ers in clusters of a beautiful orange-red color. Hardy
as far as Savannah. p. j, Bekckmans.

Vines for Conservatories or Greenhouses. Flowering
vines and climbers, when skilfully trained over the
roofs, supports and sides of conservatories and other
plant houses, add greatly to the attractiveness of such
places. From the uumber of vines in cultivation good
choice may be had both for cool or warm houses, and
to suit every aspect, as well as for flowering at all sea-
sons. Annual, bulbous and tuberous-rooted vines may
be grown in pots or small tubs, but permanent hard-
wooded flowering vines must have ample root room.
However, in some cases, as with the strong-growing
hignonias and thunbergias. the root space must lie
limited, or there will be an immense growth at the
expense of flowers.

When possible, the strongest growing vines may be
planted under the greenhouse stages and the stems and

branches trained up from the back to the sides and
roof. In most modern greenhouses, however, the space
underneath the plant stages is taken up by the heating
pipes. To overcome this difficulty boxes made of one-
inch cypress 5 feet long, 1% feet wide and 1 foot deep
are very suitable. These should be well drained,
painted olive-green, and placed in convenient positions
on the plant stages. In planting young vines the soil

3678. Vines — Ipomcea Leari (X%).

should be broken and not sifted; neither should the
boxes be filled with soil at the time of planting, but the
vine should be planted in a central mound and the box
gradually filled as the plant grows. This practice is
stimulating to the vines and tends to maintain the de-
sirable qualities of the soil. Most vines may be trained
on wires, which should lie either galvanized or copper
and of sufficient strength to support heavy vines. The
wires should be spaced not more than 1 foot apart, and
fastened in a horizontal position. The space between
the wires and glass should be not less than 18 inches or
the vines may freeze in winter.

Some judicious thinning of the growth is generally
necessary in order that the vines may receive sufficient
light and air. The vines should not be tied in too closely,
but allowed their natural habit of growth as far as pos-
sible in order to obtain the best effects.

A few of the most desirable kinds for conservatory
and cool greenhouse follow, detailed culture of which
may be found under their respective headings in this
work. Lapageria alba and rosea, producing bell-shaped
wax flowers of exquisite beauty, are well adapted for
the back wall or north side. Their worst enemies are
snails, which eat the young stems as soon as they push
through the soil. Tecoma jasminoides, a strong-grow-
ing vine, produces clusters of jasmine-like flowers.
Luctilia gratissima makes one of the rarest and most
beautiful coolhouse trellis plants. The cymes of rose-
colored or pink flowers are produced in the greatest
profusion during the early winter months. Its worst
enemy is mealy bug. Dipladenias are excellent sum-
mer-flowering, tuberous-rooted vines, and their gorgeous
flowers well repay the attention given them. Ficus pu-
mi la is an excellent subject for covering walls, either
in cool or warm houses. Sofanam jasminoides is a
strong-growing vine producing clusters of jasmine-like
flowers of white or lilac colors. The well-known Mare-

VINES

VINES

1939

chal Niel rose, the Cherokee rose (B. Sinica) and the
Banksian rose, R. Banks ice, are all excellent as con-
servatory and cool greenhouse climbers.

The following are among the choicest for warm house
culture: Allamauda Schottii and A. Hendersoni are
perhaps the best of the allamandas. They have no in-
sect enemies and are of easy culture. Among aristo-
lochias, A. elegans is the choicest, though A. ornitho-
cephalus and A. labiosa are curious. Bougainvillaea
speciosa and glabra are handsome stove climbers, and
should be included in every collection. They are of
easy culture and will flower profusely if given a light.

i perhaps too
uld be in
le of the

warm position. Cle rod en droit Thou
well known to require any comnn
every collection. Thuribergia ion,
handsomest of the thunbergias. It should be grown
where it will be somewhat shaded during the warmer
parts of the day, as the petals are so delicate that they
fade quickly. Among passitloras the scarlet-flowered
P. racemosa is excellent; also P. alato-ccsrulea. Their
worst enemy is mealy bug. Hoyas, Stephanotis and
Plumbago Capensis are all good. Pothos celatocaulis ,
sometimes catalogued as Marcgravia paradoxa, is a
good plant for climbing trunks of palms or tree ferns
or damp walls. Cissus discolor and Asparagus pin-
mosus are both excellent for training up the supports
of plant houses. Solarium Wendlandii is one of the
best and showiest vines. Edward J. Canning.

Vines for Southern California. The following list of
vines for this section places them very nearly in their
proper order as far as popular demand is concerned.
One much -used vine, the ivy geranium, is purposely
omitted for lack of knowledge as to its proper place in
the list, the demand for this vine being somewhat
spasmodic. The ivy geranium, being hardy here, is
used for a great variety of purposes, as hanging bas-
kets, hedges, and for climbing up the sides and on
the roof of a house. Passitloras are unpopular here by
reason of the numerous caterpillars that infest them at
certain times of the year. Of this list Solarium Wend-
landii is probably the most tender, with the bougain-
villeas a close second. For the covering of unsightly
objects in the least possible time, Ipomcea Leari (Fig.
2678) easily takes first place and the loniceras will rank
next. Several species of jasmines are worthy of men-
tion, but space forbids, as the list could easily be ex-
tended to 109 or more. Vines occupy an important
place in the horticulture of southern California, as in
other warm and sunny countries.

Bougainvillea, all species; Bignonia venusta; Sola-
num Wendlandii ; Lonicera, several species; Ipomcea
Leari, Fig. 2678; Tevoma Bicasoliana; Jasminum gran-
diflorum; Bignonia Tweed/ ana; Sola num Seaforthia-
num, var. azareum; Wistaria Sinensis; Wistaria Si-
nensis, var. alba; Solanum jasminoides; Tevoma gran-
di flora; Tecoma jasminoides ; Phaseolus Caracalla;
Tecoma filiei folia; Harden be rgia monophylla; Hard-
enbergia Comptoniana ; Mandevilla suaveolens, Fig.
2679; Hoya carnosa ; Clianthus puniceus ; Akebia
quinata ; Kennedy a nigricans ; Muehleiibevkia com-
plexes; Physianthus albens; Various tacsonias; Figs.
2457, 2458, 2680. Ernest Braunton.

Vines for Middle California. — The number of species
of climbing plants cultivated in California for orna-
menting town and country homes is large, but on ac-
count of the newness of the country and the recentness
of introduction of many of them, few species are com-
monly seen. In middle California (taking the San Fran-
cisco neighborhood as a center) the following are most
extensively grown as a covering for porches, arbors and
houses: (1) Ampelopsis tricuspidata,(2) Rosa Banksio?
and other species, (3) Clematis Jackmani and other
varieties, (4) wistarias, (5) tacsonias and passifloras,
(6) Lonicera Japonica, var. Hal liana.

For house adornment the tacsonias are not to be rec-
ommended, on account of their rampant and dense
growth, which tends to keep the building damp and cold
in winter. The Lady Banks rose is a general favorite
on account of its evergreen habit and the abundance of
blossoms which it produces in spring. Wistaria Chi-
nensis is an old and well-tried friend. In spite of a'

somewhat untidy habit of growth and need of yearly
training and trimming, it is probably as much loved in
California as in its native land, Japan, on account of
the exuberant, lavish freedom with which it showers its
wealth upon us in the form of immense trusses of fra-
grant flowers. Hall's Honeysuckle has such fragrant
blossoms, is so easily reproduced by cuttings and
blooms so freely and for such a long period, that it is
more commonly grown in country places than perhaps
any other vine.

The following lists are not intended to be complete,
but rather suggestive; they are believed to include all
the species generally grown in middle California. They
are thrown into special-purpose groups.

Si ction 1. — For houses and places where dense growth
would be objectionable. This list does not include all
the species at present grown in such places, as several
that are frequently so grown have proved unsatisfac-
tory.

2679. Mandevilla suaveolens.

Tall, ,

•overing the
Hardy.

side of a house.

Akebia quinata. Figs. 56, 57.
Ampelopsis heterophylla,
Ampelopsis quinauefolia.

Fig. 80.
Ampelopsis quinquefolia, var.

Engelmanni.
Ampelopsis t ricuspidata.

Figs. 81, 82.
Araujia sericofera (consult

Physianthus),
Bignonia Tweediana,
Roussingaultia baselloides.

Fig. 250.
Clematis Henryi. Fig. 488.
Clematis Jackmani. Fig.

489.
Clematis kermesina,
Clematis moutana.
Clematis pauiculata. Figs.

485, 486.
Dolichos Hgnosus,
Gelsemium sempervirens,
Holbcellia latifolia,
Ipomcea Bona-nox. Fig. 1170.
Iponicea Mexican a,

Jasminum grandiflorum,

Jasminum humile,

Jasminum miditforum,

Jasminum officinale,

Kennedya rubieunda,

Lantana Camara. Fig. 1239.

Lonicera Caprifolium. Fig.
1316.

Lonicera Japonica, var. Hal-
liana. Fig. 1314.

Lonicera Japonica, var.
aureo-reticulata.

LoniceraPericlymenum. Fig.
1315.

Mandevilla suaveolens. Fig.
2679.

Ma

ndia Barclai

ubescens.
Maurandia scandens. Fig.

1378.
Melothria punctata,
Periploca Grseca,

Plumbago Capensis. tig.

1860.
Rosa Banksise,

1940

Kosa laevigata. Figs. 2166

2167.
Rosa, various species.
Solatium jasminoides,
Stauntonia hexaphylla. Fig.

2395.
Tecoma grandiflora,

Allamanda Hend>

61.
Antigonon leptopus,
Bignonia venusta. Fig. 235.
Bignonia speciosa,
Bougainvillaea glabra. Fig.

249.
Bougainvillea glabra, var.

Sanderiana,
Bougainvillaea speetabilis.
Bougainvillaea speetabilis,

var. lateritia.

Tecoma jasminoides.
Tecoma Thunbergii.
Tecoma radicans.
Wistaria Chinensis,
Wistaria speciosa,
Wistaria multijuga.

Buddleia Madagascariensis,
Eccremocarpus scaber,
HeHotropium Peruvianum.

Fig. 1032.
Hoya earnosa,
Lapageria rosea. Fig. 1240.
Lapageria rosea, var. alba,
Phaseolus Carraealla,
Solanum Wendlandii. Fig.

2342.
Tecoma australis.

AA. Low-growing climbers suitable for planting along
fence or wall or the base of a tree, or for massi

b. Hardy.

Asparagus medeoloides. Fig.

152.
Oliauthus puniceus,
Convolvulus luteolus, var.

purpuratus,
Convolvulus macrostegius,
Ipomuea purpurea. Fig. 1167.
Ipomoea Quamoclit. 1166.
Jasminum humile,
Lantana Cainara. Fig. 1239.

Asparagus lueidus,
Asparagus plumosus,
Asparagus plumosus, va:

tenuissimus. Fig. 156.
Asparagus Sprengeri. Fig.

153, 154.
Fieus pumila,

Lathyruslatifolius. Fig. 1243.
Lathyrus odoratus,
Lathyrus sylvestris,
Maurandia Barclaiana,
Muehlenbeckia complexa,
Pelargonium peltatum. Fig.

1702

HeHotropium Peruvianum.

Fig. 1032.
Lathyrus splendens,
Lyciuni Richii,
Manettia bieolor. Fig. 1359.
Pereskia aculeata,
Russellia juncea,
Tropseolum Canariense.

manicata 'XH).

Section 2. For arbors, porches and trellises where a

dense and rapid growth is desirable.

a. Hardy.

b. Evergreen.

Cobaea scandens. Fig. 502. Pelargonium peltatum. Fig.

Ipomoea Leari. Fig. 2678. 1702.

Passiflora eserulea. Fig. 1653. Tacsonia mixta,

Tacsonia mollissima.

Pueraria Thunbergiana.

aa. Tender.

Tacsonia manicata. Fig.

2680.
Tacsonia Van Volxemii.

3. For tree -trunks, unsightly poles, etc. — For such
places the English ivy, Hedera Helix, is one of the
very best plants; it can be used with advantage to
cover the trunks of eucalypts and to prevent the un-
sightly shedding of the bark without injury to the tree.
The English ivy seems to be thoroughly at home in the
coast climate of middle California. Clematis montana
can be used with good effect to climb up among the
branches of Cupressus sempervirens or Chamcecyparis
Lawsoniana, against the dark foliage of which the
white flowers of the Clematis contrast beautifully.
Roses are often treated in the same manner. Ampelop-
sis quinquefolia is sometimes made to climb a rugged
old specimen of Cordyline australis, and, often reach-
ing the tufts of leaves which crown the short branches
of the latter, the young lianas of the creeper hang
down in beautiful festoons. In Golden Gate Park, Tac-
sonia Fxoniensis has been allowed to wander at will
over the rounded heads of live oaks (Quercus agrifo-
lia)t T. mollissima is sometimes used iu the same
way.

4. For slopes, retaining walls and banks of creeks.
— For long, sloping banks nothing has yet been found
more effective than English ivy, which withstands the
dryness of a warm southern exposure without irriga-
tion. Pelargonium peltatum, Tropceolum majus, Junip-
erus Chinensis, var. procumbens, and J. Sabina, var.
prostrata, are also used satisfactorily.

Along the banks of creeks, Senecio mikanioides
(here called German ivy), Vinca major and Zebrina
pendnla are frequently used, growing with the great-
est luxuriance. The German ivy has escaped from
these special situations and has established itself as
a denizen in several places.

For low retaining walls and fences,
English ivy is sometimes used, but is
not nearly as effective as the following,
all of which are met with:

Ficus pumila,
Fragaria Oalifornica,
Fragaria Chiloensis,
Fragaria Indica,
Fuchsia procumbens,
Linaria Cymbalaria.
Lotus Bertholetii,
Mahernia glabrata,
Pelargonium peltatum.
Sollya heterophylla,
Tropeeolum majus.

Of the above, Pelargonium peltatum
is by far the most satisfactory and most
freely used; in fact, it may be consid-
ered one of the characteristic features
of gardening in middle California.

5. For fences. — Vines are frequently
used to form live hedges by planting
them thickly alongside a fence. The favorites for such
situations are Jtosa l&vigata, Muehlenbeckia complexa,
Lycium Richii, Pelargonium peltatum, the hardy tac-
and Solanum jasminoides. Convolvulus pur-
puratus and C. macrostegius can also be used to ad-
vantage in this way, and even Trop&olum majus is
sometimes requisitioned for the purpose.

For 6- or 8-foot woven wire fences, around tennis-
courts, etc., nothing has been found more satisfactory
than the delicate tracery of Eccremocarpus scaber and
the maurandias; Tropceolum Canariense may also be
used, but is less satisfactory because an annual and
requiring a shady place. Tpomcea purpurea and /.
Quamoclit may also be used for this purpose.

Joseph Burtt Davy.

VINICULTURE. Wine-making and the subjects as-
sociated therewith. The subject is not primarily horti-
cultural. It is essentially manufacture. The growing
of the grapes is Viticulture. See Grape and Vitis.

VIOLA

ViOLA (classical name). I'iol&cece. Violet. There
are probably 150 species of Violets. They are widely
distributed perennial or rarely annual herbs (or even
subshrubs) with interesting irregular flowers on 1- or
2-flowered axillary peduncles. They are plants of the
northern and southern temperate zones. About 40 spe-
cies are native to North America north of Mexico. The
flowers are 5-merous as to envelopes and stamens :
sepals all similar, persistent with the fruit: corolla
irregular, the lower petal spurred, the others similar
but usually not alike ; stamens short and included, the
anthers more or less coherent and two of them with an
appendage projecting into the spur : fr. a capsule,
3-valved, with several to many globular seeds. Some
of the species (particularly the common eastern V.pal-
mata) have cleistogamous flowers, which are borne at
the base of the plant (often under the mold) and are
pollinated in the bud. The structure of the corolla of
the Violet is shown in Fig. 2681. In Pig. 2682, repre-
senting the same species, the cleistogamous flowers are
shown at a a.

Three species of Viola are well known in gardens.
The Common Sweet Violet is V. odorata. From this
the florists' Violet, in many forms, has been evolved.
The Pansy is V. tricolor. See Pansy. The Horned or
Butterfly Violet is V. cornuta. These are all European
species, and are cow considerably modified by cultiva-
tion.

Many of the native Violas are offered by dealers in
hardy plants, but only V. pedata and V. pa Imata (with
its var. cucullata) are really known to any extent as
garden plants; and even these are not frequently seen.
V. pedata, the Bird's-foot Violet, is a most worthy spe-
cies, and it will some day, no doubt, be the parent of an
important garden race. It is very variable even in the

VIOLA 1941

Greene and others, and, moreover, the kinds are so
many, they are not described in this account; but a list
of those which are or have been offered in the trade is

2681. The structure of the corolla of Viola palmata
var. cucullata. Somewhat enlarged.

wild state. Since the native species are really not hor-
ticultural subjects, and the descriptions of them are so
easily accessible in the writings of Gray, Britton,

2682. The two kinds of Violet flowers.— the common showy
flowers at the right, natural size, and the cleistoga-
mous flowers at a a (X %). Viola palmata var. cucullata.

given below as a matter of record. In the nomencla-
ture of this list, the monograph of Gray has been fol-
lowed (Gray's Syn. Flora, vol. 1, pp. 195-204).

Violets are easy to grow, particularly if an effort is
made to imitate the conditions under which they natur-
ally occur. Some of them are woods species, others
swamp species, and others inhabit dry plains. They
are propagated readily by means of division and in
some species by runners. Sometimes seeds are used,
but not commonly. Many species that grow mostly to
single stems in the wild make large full clumps when
given good opportunity in the garden. Fig. 2683.

A. Plant perennial.

B. Spur short and obtuse.

hederacea, Labill. {JSrpetion renifdrme, Sweet. E.
hederaceum, petiolare and spathuldtitm, G. Don). Aus-
tralian Violet.
Tufted, and creeping
by stolons, glabrous
or pubescent : lvs.
reniform or orbicular
or spatulate, small,
entire or toothed,
usually not equaling
the scapes : fls. small,
usually blue, some-
times white, the spur
almost none. Aus-
tralia.—Offered in S.
Calif.

odorata, Linn. Sweet Violet. Pigs. 2684, 2688-90.
Tufted, somewhat pubescent, producing stolons: root-
stock short: lvs. cordate-ovate to reniform, obtusely
serrate, the stipules glandular: fls. blue, fragrant (run-
ning into white and reddish purple forms), the spur
nearly or quite straight and obtuse. Eu., Afr. and
Asia. — It runs into many forms, varying in stature,
size of flowers and color. There are double-flowered
forms. The parent of florists' Violets.

bb. Spur long and acute.

cornuta, Linn. Horned Violet. Bedding Pansy.
Plant tufted, glabrous or nearly so, producing evident
stems with long peduncles in the leaf-axils : lvs. cor-

2683. Clump i

let of the eastern states. — Viola
palmata, var cucullata.

1942

VIOLA

VIOLET

date-ovate and usually acuminate, obtusely serrate, the
Btipules large and laciniate: fls. large, pale blue, the
obovate- obtuse petals standing well apart, the spur
halt or more as long as the petals and acute. S. Eu.
B.M. 791. — Frequently seen in gardens and much prized
for its large, bright flowers. Good for spring bloom.
Hardy. There are several colors, represented in Alba,
Purpurea, Mauve Queen and Papilio. The last has
very large flowers, violet in color, with small dark eye.
Fig. 2685.

aa. Plant annual, or imperfectly perennial in culti-
vation.

tricolor, Linn. Pansv. Heartsease. Figs. 1634,
1635. Glabrous or nearly so, the stems becoming long
and branched: lvs. cordate or round-cordate, those of
the stem becoming lanceolate, all stalked and crenate-
dentate, the stipules
large and laciniate:
fls. large, usually
about three colors
represented (except
in highbred self va-
rieties), the spur
short aud inconspic-
uous. Eu. — When
strayed from culti-
vation, the flowers
become small and
lose the markings
characteristic of the
highbred Pansies. A
small - flowered field
form, thought by
some to be indige-
nous to this country
as well as to Europe,
is var. arvGnsia, DC.
See Pansy.

Following are
North American Vi-
olas that have been
offered to the trade:
A. Blue Violets
(sometimes m li-
ning into white
and striped
forms).

BecJcwithii, Torr.
& Gray. Nevada,
Calif., Oregon.

Canadensis, Linn.
Very pale violet or
almost white. Gen-
erally distributed.

canina, Linn., var. Muhlenbergii, Trautv. (V. canina,
var. sylvestris, Regel). Minn., east. Var. adunca,
Gray ( V. adunca, Smith). Mostly western.

cognata, Greene. Offered in Colorado.

ttallii, Gray. Calif, and Oregon.

pahnata, Linn. { V. cucnllata,vax. palmata, Hort.).
Eastern states.

Var. cwullata, Gray ( V. cucullata, Ait. V. obliqna,
Hill). Figs. 2681, 2682. On the Atlantic slope. By Brit-
ton & Brown regarded as a distinct species for which

2684. Viola odorata (X 1

Hill s name
Aiton's V. cat'
the northeasti
striped form l
There are for

(176'.l)

■d rath.

than

ibliqu

t« (17S9). The commonest Violet in
states. 1'. obliqua, var. striata, is a
in the trade, and not uncommon wild,
known as vars. pieta and variegata.
One of the most variable species in stature, form of
leaves, and color of flowers. It is easily colonized in
the garden.

pedata, Linn., Bird's-foot Violet, and one of the hand-
somest species. Sandy soil, Atlantic states and we>t to
Ind. Terr, and Minn. It runs into very distinct forms.
Var. bicolor, Pursh. Two upper petals much darker.
Var. alba, Hort. Flowers nearly white.
rostrata, Muhl. Michigan, east.

sagittata, Ait. Minn, and Texas, east. Var. picta,
Hort., has striped flowers.

Selkirkii, Pursh. Northeastern states and Canada.
trinervata, Howell. Washington.

aa. White Violets.

blanda, Willd. Fig. 2686. Low places, across the
continent. Pretty little species, fragrant. Var. reni-
folia. Gray. Northeastern states and Canada.

lanceolata, Linn. Nova Scotia to Florida and Texas.

primulw folia, Linn. Canada to Florida and Louisiana.

striata, Ait. Yellowish white. Mo., east.

aaa. Yellow Violets,
glabella, Nutt Rocky Mts. to Calif, and Alaska.
lobata, Beuth. Calif., Oregon.
Nuttallii, Pursh. Kans. to Calif, and north.
pedunculata, Gray. California seeds are gathered for
export.
pubescens, Ait. Fig. 2687. Dakota, east and south.
rotundi folia t Michx. Nova Scotia to N. Car.
sarmentosa, Dougl. Idaho to British Columbia and
Calif.

Sheltonii, Torr.
Calif, to Washington.
L. H. B.

VIOLET. Commer-
cial Cultivation. —
The Violet probably
ranks third in com-
mercial importance
among florists' flow-
ers in America. It
has risen greatly in
horticultural import-
ance within recent
years. The Violet
season is only about
seven months, while
the season of roses
and carnations is
fully nine months.
As with the other
leading flower crops,
— roses, carnations
and chrysanthe-
mums, — the Violet
requires very close
attention the year
round. Though Vio-
lets require no stak-
ing, tying or disbud-
ding, other laborious
\ practices are neces-

\ sary. The status of

O Violet culture has

been below that of
the other important
florists' flowers as
regards general care and efficiency of management,
and consequently quality of product. For many years
a crop worth millions of dollars annually was raised
with scarcely any discussion in the trade papers con-
cerning methods. There are national societies devoted
to the rose, carnation and chrysanthemum, but none to
the Violet. So low had the interest sunk in Violet cul-
ture on its professional side that the "Violet disease"
was spoken of by the florists as if it were only one
thing, whereas there are at least eight distinct and im-
portant kinds of troubles that devastate Violet plants. At
last the tide has turned. The various diseases have been
investigated by scientists, especially those of the Divi-
sion of Vegetable Physiology and Pathology, in the U. S.
Department of Agriculture, and there is considerable
free literature available concerning the nature of these
diseases and the methods of controlling them. The
wonderful success of certain Violet specialists has awak-
ened general interest and emulation. Violet culture now
receives something like its proper share of attention in
the trade papers. The practical expeiiments in Violet
culture by Galloway and Dorsett, based upon a knowl-
edge of plant diseases, the introduction of the cyanide
method of fumigation, a rigorous system of plant-breed-
ing and a close study of actual market conditions have
had an important influence in raising the standard of
commercial Violet culture.

There is a popular impression that Violets are an easy

VIOLET

1943

2685

la cornuta var. Papilio (X J^).

crop to grow. This is true only of blooms of ordinary
quality and only as regards the total amount of work
required per year as compared with a crop of roses, car-
nations or chrysanthemums. The best Violets are pro-
duced only under the best conditions, and it is a singu-
lar fact that many persons who have thought they had
mastered Violet culture after a few years' success have
failed subsequently. The Violet is still everywhere
grown by local florists, but good Violet culture has been
the latest to attain a high degree of specialization. The
present status of the subject is admirably presented in
Galloway's Commercial Violet Culture, New York, 1899.
Varieties.— From Viola odor at a, a species indigenous
to Europe, parts of Asia and Japan, many cultivated
sorts, both single and double, and of different colors,
have been derived. The varieties most highly prized
and of the greatest commercial value to American flor-
ists are, in the order named: of the double varieties,
Marie Louise (Fig. 2G88), Farquhar, Imperial, New York
(Fig. 2690), and King of Violets, dark blue flowers; Lady
Hume Camnbell, Neapolitan (Fig. 2089) and De Panne,
light blue;'Swanley White (Fig. 2G91), Queen of Vio-
lets and Belle de Chatenay, white, and Madame Millet,
Odorata Rubra and Double Red, red or pink. Of the
single sort the varieties most highly prized are, in the
order named: California, Princesse de Galles, Luxonne
and La France, purple; White Czar and Rawson's
White, white, and single red or pink.

Propagation. — In commercial Violet growing, plants
are propagated chiefly in four ways: (lj By cuttings 3
or 4 in. long, made from well-developed runners and
rooted in clean, sharp sand; (2) by divisions, made by
taking up the old plants, usually after flowering has
ceased, and separating them, all divisions with old roots
and hard woody stems being discarded, and the young,
well-rooted ones transplanted 3 or 4 in. apart each way,
and watered and shaded fur a few days, until they are
well established, when they can be lifted with a ball of
earth and set where desired; (3) by cuttings made from
young, unrooted crowns or divisions of the old plant
removed during the winter or spring without disturbing
the flowering plant, aud rooted in clean, sharp sand, as
in the case of runners; (4) by removing well-rooted
young divisions, crowns or offshoots, without disturb-
ing the flowering plant and caring for them the same as
divisions made in spring.

Soil. — As a rule, Violets do well in any good, well-
enriched soil. The best results, however, are obtained
from soil prepared from sod taken from a rather heavy,
sandy loam that is well drained aud capable of retaining
and giving up an abundance of moisture at all times.
The soil to be used in the Violet house, stationary frame,
or in pots, should be prepared the previous fall. From
a suitable loam, strip off the sod to a depth of 3 or 4 in. ;
compost this with well-rotted manure, preferably cow
manure, and pile in alternate layers of from 6 to 8 in.
of sod and 2 to 3 inches of manure. In this condition

3687. Viola pubesccns (X %).

2686. Viola blanda (X 1).

let it stand exposed to the weather until spring, and
then, just before it is to be used, chop down and add
pure bonemeal at the rate of 27 ounces per cubic yard of
soil, after which work over several times, or until the
whole is thoroughly pulverized and mixed, when it is
ready for use. For movable frame culture, scatter from
1 to 2 in. of well-rotted manure over the sod in the fall,
then turn under by spading or deep plowing, and in
that condition let it stand exposed to the action of the
weather until spring. Just before planting time plow
again, top-dress with pure bonemeal at the rate of 6
ounces per square yard of soil, and harrow or work over.

Methods of Culture. — Among American florists four
methods of growing Violets are in common use; viz.,
field and house culture, house culture, frame culture
with or without artificial heat, and pot culture, the extent
to which they are used being in the order named.

Field and house culture: Early in the spring the young
plants are set in the field and cultivated during the sum-
mer. Some time in September or October they are lifted
with a ball of earth and transplanted into beds or benches
in the house, where they bloom during the winter.

House culture: The plants are grown under glass,

either on benches or in solid beds, during the entire

season. This method should take the place of all

others, for with it the very best conditions and closest

.attention can be given the plants at all times, and as

1944

VIOLET

a rule the results obtained are much better than from
any other method.

Frame culture with or without artificial heat: The
young plants are placed either directly in the frames,

2689. Neapolitan (XI).

2688. Violet. Marie Louise (XI).

where they are to grow and flower,
or else in beds, where they are cul-
tivated during the summer and the
frames placed over them in the fall,
or as soon as they require protection;
or they are grown in the field as
in the case of field and house cul-
ture, and transplanted to the frames
some time in September or October.
This method is still used to consider-
able extent by commercial growers,
especially in regions where the temperature seldom if
ever falls below zero for any length of time. Amateur
growers usually adopt this method because of its sim-
plicity and inexpensiveness.

Pot culture: The young rooted cuttings are planted
in thumb-pots and gradually shifted to larger sizes as
growth demands until they are in 7-in. pots. Here they
are kept and flowered, or the plants are taken up from
the field in the fall and put into 7- or 9-in. pots, accord-
ing to the size and vigor of the plants. This method is
seldom used in commercial growing, being expensive,
inconvenient and usually unsatisfactory.

Time of planting: This varies somewhat with differ-
ent growers and in different sections. Generally, how-
ever, the best results are obtained where planting is
done in early spring. Plants set out at this time get
well established, and as a rule are stronger, healthier
and 'more vigorous than those set out later, when the
weather is usually hot and dry.

Proper distance in planting: As a rule, the double
Violets are planted 8 or 9 in. apart in rows 10 in. apart,
and the single ones 12 in. apart in rows 12 to 18 in.
apart, the distance depending somewhat on conditions
and varieties. Planting too close is liable to induce
disease, and too far apart is unprofitable.

Care and management: The plants should be kept
free from all weeds, runners and old decaying leaves,
and the earth should be frequently stirred, care being

VIOLET

taken not to injure the roots of the plants. During the
summer the temperature should be kept as low as pos-
sible and in the winter as nearly as possible at 45° to 50°
F. at night and 50° to 60° in the daytime. The ventila-
tion of the houses should receive careful attention at
all times, so that an abundance of fresh air can be sup-
plied to the plants when needed. Watering is a difficult
problem, usually taxing to the utmost the best judg-
ment of the grower. No fixed rules can be laid down
as to the proper amount to apply or when to apply it,
this depending upon a number of factors, such as the
character of the soil, temperature and moisture of the
atmosphere, amount of light, etc. As a rule, however,
the soil should be kept moist at all times, and the wa-
tering should be thorough, but never to such an extent
as to cause the soil to remain saturated for any consid-
erable length of time.

Violet Houses and Frames (Fig. 2692). — There is
probably little choice between any of the standard
styles of greenhouses, provided certain features are
observed in their construction. Provision should be
made for supplying an abundance of fresh air, either
from the sides or top, whenever it is needed, the venti-
lators being so arranged as to be easily operated either
from within the house or from the outside, the inside
arrangement to be used in general ventilation of the
houses, the outside whenever fumigation with hydro-
cyanic acid gas is necessary. The arrangement and
location of the house should be such
as to secure the maximum amount
of sunshine during December and
January, and the minimum amount
during the growing season, when it
is necessary to maintain as low a
temperature as possible so as to in-
sure good, vigorous, healthy-grow-
ing plants. The location of the
house and the direction in which it
should run depend largely on the

2690. txew York (X 1)

section of the country, the character of the ground
on which it is to be erected, and the style of house
selected. Generally speaking, the even - span house
should run north and south, the three-quarter span and
the lean-to east and west. The best site for the house
is a level piece of land or one sloping gently to the
south. Three kinds of greenhouse framework are in
common use in this country; viz., wood, wood and
iron, and iron. On account of its comparative cheap-
ness and durability the wood and iron framework is
coming into general use.

VIOLET

VIOLET

1945

The Violet frames, which are either stationary or
movable, are made of rough boards, and are about 5 ft.
10 in. wide, of any desired length, from 12 to 15 in.
high in front and 18 to 20 in. high at the back. The
best location for the frames is a piece of ground slop-
ing to the south, with a wind-break of some kind to the
north and northwest to protect them during
the winter from the cold winds.

Marketing is one of the most important fac-
tors connected with commercial Violet-growing
and is seldom understood in all its details.
The grower should be thoroughly familiar
with the many needs and requirements of the
market and be able to supply these demands,
for upon his ability to do this depends largely
his success or failure from a financial stand-
point. Violets are prized chiefly for their deli-
cate perfume, and as this diminishes in propor
tiou to the length of time they are picked, the
best market, other things being equal, is the
one which requires the least possible delay be-
tween picking the flowers and placing them in
the hands of the customer.

The crop may be disposed of at retail or
wholesale or through a commission merchant.
Each method has its advantages and disadvan-
tages, and in deciding which one to adopt the
grower must be guided by existing conditions.
He must in any event have a thorough knowl-
edge of the requirements of the market as re-
gards quality of the flowers, size, shape and
arrangement of the bunch, and should at all
times exercise the utmost care in picking, packing and
shipping, so that the flowers may reach the customer
in the best and most attractive condition. The kind
of bunch varies from year to year, and each large city
is likely to have its own style. The various styles are
wonderfully exact in their requirements and great skill
is required to bunch the flowers properly.

Diseases. The cultivated Violets are subject to a

pox, is the most widespread and destructive known in
America. It attacks principally the foliage, normally pro-
ducing definite circular whitish spots, frequently with
concentric rings, of a darker shade, very often with alight
central portion resembling the bite or sting of an insect.
Cercospora viola'.. Phyllosticta viola?, Septoria viola?,

2691. Swan

number of diseases, each of which is characterized by
one or more distinct symptoms. The principal diseases
ar.' ;is follows, their destnu-tiveness being in the order
in which they are discussed:

Spot disease (A Item aria viola?). — This disease,
also called the disease, leaf-spot, leaf-rust and small-

etc, produce spots very similar in outline and appear-
ance to those caused by Alternaria viola?, but only
under conditions peculiarly favorable to these fungi do
they cause any serious loss. For recent information on
this disease, see "Spot Disease of the Violet," Bull. 23,
Div. Veg. Physiology and Pathology, U. S. Dept. Agric.

Root rot (Thielacia basicola, ). — This disease is very
troublesome and destructive in some localities espe-
cially to young plants that are transplanted during hot,
dry weather. It causes the browning or blackening of
the parts attacked and the final death of the plant.

Wet rot {Botrytis sp.). — This fungus attacks leaves,
detioles, flower-stalks and flowers, causing a wet or soft
rot. It is sometimes very destructive, especially with
large plants growing in a damp, stagnant atmosphere,
where there is insufficient ventilation and light.

Leaf-fading or yellowing. — This is induced by a va-
riety of conditions, but as yet little that is definite has
been ascertained regarding its cause.

Remedies. — It is difficult to exterminate any of the
diseases named after they once gain a foothold. How-
ever, they can be held in check and often entirely pre-
vented by selecting and propagating exclusively from
strong, vigorous, disease-resistant plants, and by keep-
ing them in the best possible growing condition. Care-
ful attention must be given to watering, cultivation and
ventilation, and the dead and dying leaves and all run-
ners should be destroyed as fast as they appear.

Animal Enemies. — Although Violets are attacked by
a number of insects and other animal enemies, ouly a
few do sufficient injury towarrant discussion here.

Aphides (Aphis ? sp. and Rhopatosiphum viola?).—
These pests are generally known as the green and the
black aphis or the green and the black fly. They cause
the young, growing parts to curl and twist, resulting
in a stunted, ill-formed plant. They work their way
into the young, unopened flower-buds, and, thrusting
their bills through the overlapping petals, feed on the
juice. Each puncture produces a greenish white blotch
on the petal and the flower becomes dwarfed, distorted
and worthless for market. Aphides can be easily con-
trolled by fumigating with hydrocyanic acid gas, and
this is the method of treatment which should come into
general use. To each cubic foot of space in the house
or frame use .15 gram of 98 per cent cyanide of potash
for double varieties and .10 gram for single varieties.
Handle the cyanide and gas with utmost care, as both
are very poisonous. Divide the total amount of cyanide
into as many equal parts as there are jars used, which
bitter should be one for every 50 to 75 lineal feet of a
house 12 to 18 feet wide. Put each part into a 2-pound

194C

VIOLET

VIRGINIA

mauila paper bag and this into a second bag. Attach
each package to a string or wire so arranged as to allow
it to be lowered from the outside of the house into its
respective jar. Pour into each jar an amount of water
about equal to the bulk of cyanide in the bag, add com-
mercial sulfuric acid until steam is evolved, then from
the outside lower the bags into the jars beneath. Fumi-
gate double varieties thirty minutes and single varieties
twenty minutes, after which open ventilators from out-
side, leaving them open at least sixty minutes before
entering the house (for full information, see Circular
37, Dept. of Agric, Div. of Entomology). Aphides may
also be combated by using tobacco in some one of its
many forms, but tobacco is likely to weaken the leaves
and make them more liable to the attack of fungi, and
on this account is very objectionable.

Red spider (Tetranychus telarius).— This pest lives
on the under surface of the leaves, and when present in
sufficient number causes considerable damage. It is
widely distributed on a great variety of plants, and
when established in the Violet
house is most difficult to com-
bat. It can be held in check, and
often the plants may be kept en-
tirely free from it, by frequent
syringing with clear water un-
der a pressure of 20 to 30 pounds
per square inch. Care must be
taken to syringe early in the
morning and on bright days,
so that the plants may dry off
before night. Neglect may be
the means of inducing disease.

VIRGINIA CREEPER is Ampelopsis quinque folia.

VIRGINIA, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 2693. His-
torically Virginia horticulture began with the earliest
settlers, plantings being made on Jamestown Island in
1607. The London Company sent vines in 1019 and
scions and trees in 1622 which were rapidly dissemi-
nated, so that before 1700, orchards of considerable
size had been planted. As the settlers pushed west-
ward into the Piedmont section, favorable results with
the tree fruits became more common. In this section
Thomas Jefferson took an active interest in horticul-
ture, and from the vicinity of "Monticello," apples
first won their supremacy in the markets of the world.

Virginia is separated into six main physical divisions
known as Tidewater, Middle Virginia, Piedmont, The
Valley, Blue Ridge and Appalachian. These are sec-
tions of varying width, extending northeast and south-
west through the state, with marked variations in soil,
altitude and climate.

c>"' '

2693. Map of Virginia. Showing the six regions of interest to farmer anil fruit-grower.

Eel worms, or nematodes (Anguillula sp.). — This
causes swellings on the roots of the plants known as
root galls. Another species attacks the buds, causing
them to "go blind." There is no known method of ex-
terminating these pests, but their injurious effects may
be reduced to a minimum by adopting the methods
recommended for controlling fungous diseases.

Gall fly (Diplosis violico la ), violet sawfly (JSmphyhia
Canadensis), greenhouse leaf tier (Phlyct&nia rubi-
galis) and several species of cutworms (Agrotis et al ).
— In some parts of the country the larva? of these in-
sects injure the plants to some extent by feeding on
the foliage. Fumigating with hydrocyanic acid gas is
the best means of combating them.

Slugs, snails, sow bugs, etc. — Under certain condi-
tions these pests do considerable damage, especially to
the flowers. They also can be controlled by the hydro-
cyanic acid gas treatment. p jj Dorsett.

VIOLET, AFRICAN. Saintpaulia. V.. Damask or
Dame's, is H esperis matnmalis. V.,Dog. Viola canina.
V, Dog's Tooth. Erythronium Dens-Cani.s. V., Water.
See Hotto,:i,t.

VIPER GOURD. Tricliosanthes Angelina.

VIPER'S BUGLOSS. See Eehium.

VIRGfLIA Iutea. See Cladrastis tinctoria.

VIRGINIA COWSLIP or V. Lungwort = Mertensia
pulmonarioides.

Orcharding.— It is in the larger fruits that Virginia
horticulture has won most renown. The present pro-
duction of apples is about 500,000 barrels, the bulk of
which is produced in The Valley and Piedmont sections.
Piedmont, Virginia, with a varying altitude of 500 to
over 1,000 feet, and a soil ranging from dark red to
black, is famous as the producer of the most perfect
type of Albemarle Pippin and Winesap apples. Situated
in mountain coves, and on hillsides in many instances
barely arable, these orchards enjoy specially favored
conditions, and yield almost fabulous returns, an in-
dividual tree having produced $100 worth of fruit in a
season though practically uncared for. In this section
the apple probably reaches its greatest development of
tree growth, with a maximum of 9 ft. 5 in. in circum-
ference of trunk; 90 ft. spread of branches, and a yield
of 130 bus. at one picking. The Valley leads in apple
production, and here the largest orchards are found with
40.000 or more trees under one management. Limestone
in formation and with an altitude of from 500 to 2,500
feet, this section is admirably adapted to fruit culture. It
grows York Imperial and many other apples to perfection.

The Blue Ridge and Appalachian sections, with alti-
tudes of from 2,000 to 4,000 feet and rich limestone
soils, have been practically undeveloped horticulturally,
but so far as tested are a field of rich promise. Among
the cultivated fruits of Virginia the apple takes first
rank. Early May. Red June. Early Harvest and Yellow
Transparent as the leading first earlies, open the sea-
son the latter part of June and carry the season into-
July, when the succession is taken up by Sweet Bough,

VIRGINIA

VII EX

1947

Astraehan, Maiden's Blush, Summer (^ueen and Pen-
nock, followed l>v Bonum, Smoke House, Fall Pippin,
Fallawater, Sweet Winter Paradise, and Virginia
Beauty as leading fall apples, and concluded by York
Imperial, Albemarle Pippin. Ben Davis and Winesap,
which extend tin- season through winter.

The planting of pears for commercial purposes has
largely increased with the introduction of Kieffer, Le
Conte and others of this type, while Seckel, Bartlett,
and Duchess remain the favorites for garden purposes.
In peaches the varieties largely planted are Sneed,
Alexander, Greensboro, .Mountain Rose, Early Rivers,
Bishop Earlv, Chinese Cling, Crawford Early and
Late Elberta, Slump the World, Heath Cling, Levy
Late, Bilyeu October and Albright Winter. It is the
general experience that in early peaches white-fleshed
varieties do best. Sweet cherries probably grow to
greater perfection in Virginia than elsewhere east of
the Rocky Mountains, $60 worth of fruit from an indi-
vidual tree in a season being no unusual occurrence.
The most popular varieties are Early Purple, Black
Tartarian, Napoleon Windsor and Gov. Wood. It is
considered among observant growers that Mahaleb is a
failure as a stock for sweet cherries for orchard pur-
poses in Virginia, and the most successful stock is the
Mazzard, which grows with such luxuriance as often to
become a striking feature of a Virginia landscape.

With the advent of the Japanese types, the plum in-
dustry is taking on renewed life and plum orchards of
considerable size are being planted. Red June, Abun-
dance, Yellow Japan, Burbank, and Wickson have
proved profitable about in order named. Satsuma pre-
serves well. The Damson and a blue plum of the
"Horse" plum type are very commonly disseminated
throughout the state. The latter reproduces itself in
the same manner as the Damson, and seems to be ex-
empt, from black knot. Only a few trees of the last two
kinds are grown at any one place, but the aggregate of
fruit is considerable. Nearly all the pome and stone
fruits adaptable to this climate are grown in the state,
but few on a commercial scale except as noted.

Vineyards.— That section of Piedmont Virginia near
Charlottesville has taken the lead in grape-growing,
and extensive vineyards of wine grapes have been
planted, and a wine cellar established, whose product
has been favorably compared with the best French
wines of same character.

Small fruits. — Raspberries are grown in sufficient
quantities to supply local demands, with Cuthbert as
the leading variety. The same may be said as to goose-
berries and currants, with Houghton and Downing popu-
lar varieties of the former and Cherry and Fay of the
latter. Strawberries are grown extensively in a number
of localities both for local and distant markets, with
the vicinity of Norfolk the center of production. From
Norfolk they are shipped by boat- and train-loads, and
"the patches" are often 100 acres or more in size.
Blackberries and dewberries are furnished so bounti-
fully by nature that stimulus for cultivation is held in
check, as is the case so far as home consumption goes
with many other fruits, for from early spring strawber-
ries, service berries, dewberries, blackberries, huckle-
berries, Mazzard cherries, haws, wild grapes, plums,
seedling apples, pears and peaches follow each other in
such reckless profusion in field and forest that all who
wish have but to pluck to eat. Commercially, however,
the horticulture of Virginia is making rapid strides in
methods and increased plantings.

Trucking.— Tidewater ranks first in its trucking and
small fruit interest. With its mild climate, tractable
soil, abundatice of labor, thorough transportation facili-
ties, low freight rates, and nearness to great eastern
markets, it has in the last 36 years become the " Market
Garden of the World," the section adjacent to Norfolk
producing over six millions of dollars worth of truck
per annum. See Vegetable Gardening.

Nurseries.— The 50 or more nurseries in the state are
well distributed, with the largest establishments at the
junction of the Tidewater and Middle Virginia sections.
These nurseries comprise plants of from 350 acres
down. The apple is their leading specialty.

Floriculture and landscape gardening have been prin-
cipally confined to the larger cities of the state, where

there has been a rapid increase of glass acreage in re-
cent years devoted mainly to the production of roses,
carnations, violets, and chrysanthemums as cut-flowers.
The soil and climate of Middle Virginia have been found
especially favorable to violet production and in Louisa
county. 25 or more growers are devoting especial effort
to violet culture. The interest in landscape gardening
is gradually on the increase. (jE0, g. Murrell.

VIRGINIA STOCK. Matthiola.

VIRGIN'S BOWER. Clematis.

VISCARIA. See Lychnis.

VlSCUM is mentioned under Phoradendron.

VlSNEA ( after a Lisbon merchant) . Temstr&miacece.
A genus of one species confined to the Canary Islands.
It is a large evergreen shrub or small tree resembling
in a general way a tea plant or camellia. The specific
name Mocauera was given by the younger Linnaeus be-
cause the fruit was supposed to be the "mocan" of the
aborigines, which was made into a kind of syrup and
used to a considerable extent. The fls. are only three-
eighths of an inch across, not very numerous and much
shorter than the lvs., but they are very sweet-scented.
It has recently been offered in S. California.

Sepals 5, imbricated ; petals 5, imbricate, connate at
base; stamens indefinite: ovary 3-loculed, slightly im-
mersed in the torus: ovules 3 in each locule, pendulous
from the apex; fr. an indehiscent berry included by the
enlarged and fleshy calyx, which is adherent to the base.

Mocanera, Linn. f. Tender evergreen shrub, 6-9 ft.
high, of compact habit and with dark green, shining
leathery foliage: lvs. short-petioled. ovate-lanceolate,
serrate: fls. solitary, white, pendulous. Canaries.

W. M.

VlTEX (ancient Latin name for this or a similar
shrub). Verbenaceee. Ornamental deciduous or ever-
green trees or shrubs with opposite, digitate or
rarely simple leaves and usually with small white, blue,
violet or yellowish flowers in axillary cymes often dis-
posed in large, terminal panicles. Most of the species
are inhabitants of tropical and subtropical regions and
only a few can be cultivated outdoors in temperate re-
gions. The hardiest seems to be V. incisa, which stands
most ordinary winters as far north as Massachusetts.
V. Agnus-castus is hardy as far north as New York, in
sheltered positions. These species are particularly val-
uable for their late-appearing flowers. They grow in
almost any kind of soil and prefer rather dry, sunny
situations. None of the tender kinds seem to be in cul-
tivation in this country. They thrive in a sandy com-
post of peat and loam. Propagated by seeds sown in
spring and by greenwood cuttings under glass; also by
layers.

About 60 species are known, distributed through the
subtropical and tropical regions of both hemispheres,
few in the temperate regions. Lvs. opposite, digitate,
wTith 3-7, rarely with one leaflet: fls. in often panicled,
few- to many-fld. cymes: calyx campanulate, usually
5- toothed ; corolla tubular -funnelform, with 5-lobed,
oblique and slightly 2-lipped limb; stamens 4, 2 longer
and 2 shorter ones: fr. a small drupe, with a 4-celled
stone. Some species, particularly V. altissima and V
Leucoxylon in S. Asia are important timber trees.

Agnus-castus, Linn. Chaste-tree. Hemp-tree.
Monk's Pepper-tree. Shrub or small tree, with a strong
aromatic odor, grayish tomentose : lvs. long-stalked;
lfts. 5-7, lanceolate, acuminate, narrowed at the base
into a short stalk, entire or with few coarse teeth, gray-
ish tomentose beneath, the middle one 3-4 in. long, the
fls. in dense, sessile clusters, forming terminal, often,
panicled racemes 5-7 in. long: corolla usually pale or
lilac, grayish outside, % in. long; stamens and style
exserted. Julv-Sept. S. Eu., W. Asia. Mn. 2, p. 44.
-Var. alba, Hort. ( I'. albi flora, Hort.). Fls. white.
Var. cserulea, Hort. Fls. blue.

incisa, Lam. (T. laeiniata, Hort.). Fig. 2694. Simi-
lar to the preceding: lfts. incisely serrate or almost

1948

VITEX

VITIS

pinnatifid, grayish tomentulose beneath, the middle one
2-3 in. long, the smallest ones often entire: fls. smaller,
scarcely )^ in. long, in more slender and looser terminal
panicles; stamens shorter than limb; throat villous.
July. Aug. N. China. Mongolia. B.M. 364 (as V. Ne-

26<M. Vitex incisa (X%).

gundo). Less showy in bloom than the preceding spe-
cies, but a graceful shrub of loose and open habit, with
handsome foliage.

V. ilicifdlia, A. Rich. Lvs. simple, short-stalked, oval, spiny-
toothed: fls. in long-stalked, axillary, many-fid. cymes. Cuba.
— V. Idndeniy Hook. f. Lfts. 3-5. elliptic or elliptic-obovate,
glabrous: fls. pale violet, in few-tid., axillary, long-stalked
beads. Colombia. B.M. 6230.— V. Negimdo, Linn. Closely al-
lied to V. incisa, but lfts. entire or crenately serrate, larger:
fls. purple, somewhat larger. Tropical and subtropical Asia.—
V. trifblia, Linn. Lfts. usually 3, obovate or obovate-oblong,
obtuse, entire: fls. blue, in terminal panicles. S. Asia, Poly-
nesia. Var. unifoliolata, Schauer. With a solitary short-
stalked leaflet. Alfred Rehdek.

VITICULTURE. See Grape and Vitis.

VtTIS (classical Latin name). Vine. Grape. Vitacece
or Ampelidece. A widespread genus of mostly tendril-
bearing climbing vines, most abundant in temperate
countries. In its stricter limitations, the genus in-
cludes less than 50 known species, but some authors
unite Cissus and Ampelopsis with it, when it includes
some 250 species. The latest monographer (Planchon,
DC. Monogr. Phaner. 5), refers thirty or more species
to Vitis in the main account and in the addendum, and
more than 200 to Cissus. North America is particularly
rich in Vitis, not only in number of species but in the
widespread distribution and the abundance of the
plants. Prom our native species have been developed
the outdoor Grapes of this country except those of
California and the extreme southwest (which are Vitis
vinifera). For an account of the evolution of these

native cultural varieties, see Grape; also Bailey's
"Sketch of the Evolution of Our Native Fruits."

Many of the species of Vitis are excellent ornamental
plants, when it is desired to cover arbors, porches or
trees. All of them are readily grown from seeds, and
most of them from hardwood cuttings. Only a few of
the native species are regularly in the trade; but with
the possible exception of V. Treleasei they have been
offered for sale to experiment stations and amateurs by
T. V. Munson, of Texas, who is a well-known authority
on both the botany and horticulture of the Grape. The
popular interest in these species is primarily pomologi-
cal; for, although the fruit may not be directly use-
ful, the species give promise of development through
hybridization and plant-breeding, and some of them
afford useful stocks on which to graft kinds that do not
resist the phylloxera or root-louse. The following dis-
cussion includes all the species native to North America.
north of Mexico; it is adapted from the writer's account
in Gray's Synoptical Flora, vol. 1, 420-430. These
American Grapes are very difficult to distinguish in
many cases; hence the subjoined descriptions are very
full in order to bring out the contrasting characters.
Some of the best recent systematic writing on Ameri-
can Vitis is from French sources, since the American
species have come into prominence in France as phyl-
loxera-resisting stocks for the Wine Grape. See, for
example, the works of Millardet, and Viala and Ravaz;
also "Ampelographie Universelle," by Viala and Ver-
morel, now publishing.

As understood by Gray, Vitis is distinguished as fol-
lows: Plants climbing by the prehension and coiling
of naked-tipped tendrils. Flowers polygamo-dicecious
(i.e., some individuals perfect and fertile, others sterile
with at most only a rudimentary ovary), 5-merous; co-
rolla calyptrately caducous, — the petals in anthesis cast
off from the base while cohering by their tips (Fig.
2695): hypogynous disk of 5 nectariferous glands alter-
nate with stamens : style short and thick, or conical:
berry pulpy; seeds pyriform, with contracted beak-like
base.

aestivalis, 22.

angulata, 5.
antarctica, 1.
araneosus, 22.
argentifvlia, 23.
Arizonensis , 18.
Arizoniea, 18.
Baileyana, 15.
Baudirtiana, 1.
Berlandieri, 16.
bicolor, 23.
Blancoi, 24.
Blandi, 27.
Bourquiniana, 22.
hracteata, 22.
Californica, 19.
candicans, 25.
canescens, 17.
Caribaea, 24.
Champini, 12.
cinerea, 17.
Coignetiffi, 2.
cunlifolia, 14.
oriacea, 25.

INDEX.

dissecta, 7.
diversifolia, 22.
Doaniana, 21.
fcetida, 14.
Foexeana, 8.
Floridana, 5, 17.
Girdiana, 20.
glabra, 18.
glauca, 22.
(Ioin;i/lndeS, 4.
Helleri, 14.
hypoglauea, 3.
Illinoensis, 9.
Labrusca, 27.
Linsecomii, 22.
Longii, 11.
microsperma, 12.
Missouriensis, 9.
vwno.s/ierma, 13.

Nuevo-Mericana, 11.
occidentalis, 22.
odoratissima, 9.
palmata, 13.
pettata, 5.
precox, 9.
pterophora, 4.
pull ana, 14.
rotundifolia, 5.
riparia, 9.
rubra, 13.
mpestris, 7.
sempervirens, 14.
Simpsoni, 26.
Sotonis, 11.
sylvestr,

taut

a, 5.

Mu

Hi iciihi

a, 6.

nuscadina, 5.
MustiUKjejisis, 25.
Nortmii, 22.

tenuifolia, 9.

Treleasei, 10.
verrucosa, 5.
vinifera. 28.
Virginiana, IS
vulpina, 5, 9.

2695. Grape flowers, enlarged.

1, shows the bud; 2, shows the petals or "cap"
falling; 3, shows the flower in full bloom, the petals
having been cast off. In all the flowers the minute
calyx is seen, and in 2 and 3 the disk is shown inside
the base of the stamens.

VITIS

VITIS

1949

l)

2)
.3,4)

The structure of the key to the following
when standing alone, is as follows:
A Species grown wholly for ornament:

Old World (Nos

B. Lvs. simple, cissus-like (No.

bb. Lvs. simple, vitis-like (No.

bbb. Lvs. with S-5 Uts (Nos,

AA. Species grown primarily for their
pomological interest: all New

World except No. 28 ( Nos.

B. Skin separating from the pulp (Nos.

c. Bark not shredding ( Nos.

CO Bark shredding ( Nos.

r>. Green-leaved Grapes (Nos.

E. Vnlpina-like (Nos.

F. Lvs. broader than long (No.

FF. Lvs. ovate (Nos.

G. Diaphragms thin (Nos.

QG. Diaphragms very thick.. (No.

EE. Cordifolia-like (Nos.

F. Plant strong and climbing. (Nos.

G. Young shoots terete (No.

GG. young shoots angled... . (Nos
FF. Plant scarcely climbing .. .. (No.
eee. Orbicular-scallop - leaved spe-
cies (No.

DD. Colored-leaved Grapes (Nos

E. Mature lvs. only flocculent or
cobwebby or glaucous be-
neath '. (Nos,

F. Ends of growing shoots

white-tipped (Nos.

ff. Ends of shoots rusty-tipped. (Nos
ee. Mature lvs. densely tomentose

beneath .' (Nos

F. Tendrils intermittent (Nos

FF. Tendrils continuous (at

every joint) (No.

BB. Skin and pulp firmly cohering... (No.

A. Species grown wholly for ornament, recently intro-
duced from various parts of the Old World.
B. Lvs. simple, cissus-like.

1. antarctica, Benth. (Cissus antarctica. Vent.
Vitis Baudiniana, P. Muell. Cissus Baudinidna,
Brouss.). Vigorous tall woody climber, the young
growths red-hairy or sometimes glabrous: lvs. ovate to
oblong, on hairy petioles, toothed, glandular in the
axils of veins beneath : fls. greenish, tomentose, in
short cymes, the petals 4 and falling separately: berry
globular. Australia. B.M. 2488. — Offered in southern
California and said to be suitable for covering rocks
and walls.

bb. Lvs. simple, often lobed, vitis-like.

2. Coignetiae, Pulliat. Very strong-growing vine, cov-
ering trees and arbors with a thatch of heavy showy
foliage: branches floccose-tomentose when young: ten-
drils intermittent: lvs. cordate -orbicular, with 3-5
lobe -like points, the margins shallowly apieulate-
toothed, dull above, thickly gray-pubescent beneath:
thyrse stalked, short: fr. globular, about % in. in diam.,
practically inedible, although said to be eaten after
being frozen by the Japanese. N. Japan. On. 49, p. 48;
50, p. 449. R.H. 1898, p. 426-28. -One of the best of all
strong-growing vines, and hardy in the northern states.
Its foliage becomes brilliant scarlet in the fall, whence
it has been called the "Crimson Glory Vine." In gen-
eral appearance it much resembles Vitis Labrusca. It
is not yet well known. It grows readily from imported
seeds. It can also be propagated by layering and by
grafting on other stocks. Named for Mine. Coignet,
of Lyons, France.

bbb. Lvs. with S-o leaflets.

3. hypoglauca, F. Muell. (Cissus liypoglaiicn. Gray).
Foliage handsome and persistent, dark green above and
glaucous beneath; leaflets usually 5, obovate to elliptic,
acuminate, stalked, entire or toothed towards the apex:
fls. yellowish : fr. rather small and nearly globular.
Australia. -Offered in S. Calif.

4. pter6phora. Baker ( V. gongy tides, Lynch, not
Baker). A most remarkable species, the branches bear-
ing cylindrical or club - shaped tubers at their ends,
which fall and produce new plants: tall, climbing by
means of long forking disciferous tendrils, the stem
winged and hairy: lvs. large, of 3 lfts., which may be
again lobed, the stipules large and purple on one side,
the petiole winged: cyme pedunculate: floral envelopes
of a thickened calyx and 4 minute petals. Brazil. G.C.
II. 19:53. B.M. 6803. Gn. 55. p. 170. -Offered in S.
Calif.

2696. Vitis rotundifolia. the Muscadii
the South (X %).

AA. Species grown primarily for their pomological
(fruit) interest, all native except No. 28.

B. Skin of the mature berry usually separating freely

from the pulp (Nos. 5-27).

C. Bark bearing prominent lenticels, never shredding:

nodes without diaphragms: teyidrils simple:
flower-clusters small and not much elongated:
seeds oval or oblong, without a distinct stipe-like
beak. (Muscadinia.)

5. rotundifolia, Michx. ( V. taurhia, Bartram. V. vul-
plna, Authors, not Linn. V, muscad'tna, anguldta, ver-
rucisa,peltata,Floridana,H&l.). Muscadine, Southern
Fox Grape, Bullace or Bullit or Bull Grape. Fig.
2696. Vine with hard, warty wood, running rampantly
even 60 to 100 ft. over bushes and trees, and in the
shade often sending down dichotomous aerial roots: lvs.
rather small to medium (2 to 6 in. long), dense in tex-
ture and glabrous both sides (sometimes pubescent
along the veins beneath), cordate-ovate and not lobed,
mostly with a prominent and sometimes an acuminate
point (but somewhat contracted above the termination
of the two main side veins), the under surface finely
reticulated between the veins, the teeth and the apex
angular, coarse and acute, the basal sinus shallow,
broad and edentate; petiole slender and (like the young
growth) fine-scurfy, about the length of the leaf-blade:
tendrils (or flower-clusters) discontinuous, every third
node being bare: fruit-bearing clusters smaller than the
sterile ones, and ripening from 3 to 20 grapes in a
nearly globular bunch: berries falling from the clusters
when ripe, spherical or nearly so and large ( %-l in. in
diameter), with very thick and tough skin and a tough
musky flesh, dull purple in color without bloom (in the
Scuppernong variety silvery amber-green), ripe in
summer and early autumn: seeds K-% in. long, shaped
something like a coffee berry. River banks, swamps,
and rich woodlands and thickets, S. Delaware to N. Fla.
and -"est to Kans. and Texas.

1950

VITIS

6. Munsoniana, Simpson. Mustang Grape of Florida.
Bird or Everbearing Grape. Very slender grower,
preferring to run on the ground or over low bushes,
more nearly evergreen than the last, flowering more or
less continuously: Ivs. smaller, thinner, and more shin-
ing, more nearly circular in outline and less prominently
pointed, the teeth broader in proportion to the blade and
more open or spreading: clusters larger and more
thyrse-like: berries a half smaller than in the last and
often more numerous, shining black, with a more tender
pulp, acid juice, no muskiness, and thinner skin: seeds
half smaller than in the last. Dry woods and sands,
Florida, at Jacksonville, Lake City, and southwards,
apparently the only Grape on the reef keys; also in the
Bahamas. -Difficult to distinguish from V, rotundifolia
in herbarium specimens, but distinct in the fleld.

VITIS

in. in diam.), purple-black and somewhat glaucous,
pleasant-tasted, ripe in late summer: seeds small and
broad. Sandy banks, low hills and mountains, District
of Columbia and S. Pa. to Tenn., Indiana, Mo., and
S. W. Texas.

Var. dissecta, Eggert, is a form with more ovate lvs.
and very long teeth, and a strong tendency towards ir-
regular lobiug. Mo.

ff. Lvs. ovate in outline, with a mostly well-marked

sinus.

a. Diaphragms (in the nodes) thin: young slioots not

red: lvs. not deeply lobed.

8. monticola, Buckley ( V. Texana, Munson. V

Foexea-na, Planch). Sweet Mountain Grape. Fig.

2697. Vitis monticola (on the left) and V

ce. Bark without distinct lenticels, on the old wood
separating in long thin strips and fibers: nodes
provided with diaphragms: tendrils forked:
flower-clusters mostly large and elongated: seeds
pyriform. (Euvitis.)

D. Green-leaved Grapes, mostly marked at maturity by

absence of prominent white, rusty, or blue tomen-
tum or scurf or conspicuous bloom on the lvs.
beneath (under surface sometimes thinly pubes-
cent, or minute patches of floccose wool in the
axils of the veins, or perhaps even cobwebby) :
foliage mostly thin: tendrils intermittent, i. e.,
every third joint bearing no tendrils (or inflores-
cence). V, cinerea and V, Arizonica are partial
exceptions and might be looked for in dd (Nos.
7-19).

E. Vulpina-like Grapes, characterised by thin light or

bright green mostly glossy Ivs. (which are gener-
ally glabrous Inlaw at maturity except perhaps in
the axils of the veins and in V. Champini), with
a long or at least a prominent point and usually
long and large sharp teeth or the edges even
lagged (Nos. 7-13).

F. Lvs. broader than long, with truncate-oblique base.

( V. Treleasei might be sought here.)
7. rupestris, Scheele. Sand, Sugar, Rook, Bush, or
Mountain Grape. Shrub, 2 to 6 ft. high, or sometimes
slightly climbing, the tendrils few or even none, dia-
phragms plane and ratherthin: lvs. reuiformto reniform-
ovate (about 3 to 4 in. wide and two-thirds as long),
rather thick, smooth and glabrous on both surfaces at
maturity, marked by a characteristic light glaucescent
tint, the sides turned up so as to expose much of the
under surface, the base only rarely cut into a well-
marked sinus, the margins very coarsely angle-toothed,
the boldly rounded top bearing a short, abrupt point
and sometimes 2 lateral teeth enlarged and suggesting
lobes : stamens in fertile fls. recurved laterally or rarely
ascending, those in the sterile fls. ascending: cluster
small, slender, open and branched: berries small (M-%

2097. A slender trailing or climbing plant (reaching 20
to 30 ft. in height, with very long and slender branches
the young growth angled and floccose (sometimes gla
brous), the diaphragms plane and rather thin: lvs
small and thin (rarely reaching 4 in. in width and gen
erally from 2 to 3 in. high), cordate-ovate to triangular
ovate, with the basal sinus ranging from nearly trun
cate-oblique to normally inverted U-shaped, rather dark
green but glossy above and grayish green below, when
young more or less pubescent or even arachnoid below,
the blade either prominently notched on either upper
margin or almost lobed, the point acute and often pro-
longed, margins irregularly notched with smaller teeth
than in V. rupestris : clusters short and broad, much
branched : berries medium or small (averaging about
% in. in diara.), black or light-colored, seedy, sweet:
seeds large (about 54 in. long) and broad. Limestone
hills in S. W. Texas. — This species has been the sub-
ject of much misunderstanding.

9. vulpina, Linn. (V. riparia, Michx. V. odoratis-
sima, Donn. V. Illinohisis and I'. Missourihisis,
Prince'? V. tenuifdlia , Le Conte 't V. cordifdlia, var.
riparia. Gray). Riverbank or Frost Grape. Figs.
2697, 2098. A vigorous tall - climbing plant, with a
bright green cast to the foliage, normally glabrous
young snoots, large stipules, and plane very thin dia-
phragms: Ivs. thin, medium to large, cordate-ovate,
with a broad but usually an evident sinus, mostly show-
ing a tendency (which is sometimes pronounced) to 3
lobes, generally glabrous and bright green below, but
the veins and their angles often pubescent, the margins
variously deeply and irregularly toothed and sometimes
cut, the teeth and the long point prominently acute :
fertile fls. bearing reclining or curved stamens, and the
sterile ones long and erect or ascending stamens: clus-
ters medium to large, on short peduncles, branched
(often very compound), the fls. sweet-scented: berries
small (less than }4 in. in diam.), purple-black with a
heavy blue bloom, sour and usually austere, generally
ripening late (even after frost) : seeds rather small and
distinctly pyriform. New Brunswick, according to

VITIS

VITIS

1951

Macoun. to N. Dak., Kans. ami Colo, and south to W. Va.,
Mo. and N.W.Texas. B.M 2129. -The commonest Grape
in the northern states west of New England, abundant
along streams. Variable in the flavor and maturity of
the fruit. Forms with petioles and under surfaces of
lvs. pubescent sometimes occur. Occasionally
hybridizes with V. Labrusca eastward, the hy-
brid being known by the tomentose young
shoots and unfolding leaves, and the darker foli-
age, which is marked with rusty tomentum along
the veins of the less jagged leaves.

Var. precox, Bailey, is the June Grape of
Missouri, the little sweet fruits ripening in July.

10. Treleasei, Munson. Plant shrubby and
much branched, climbing little, the small and
mostly short (generally
shorter than the lvs.) ten-
drils deciduous the first year
unless finding support, in-
ternodes short, the dia-
phragms twice thicker
(about one -sixteenth in.)
than in V. vulpina and shal-
low-biconcave: stipules less
than one-fourth as large as
in V. vulpina: lvs. large
and green, very broad-ovate
or even reniform - ovate
(often wider than long
thin glabrous and shining
on both surfaces, the basal
sinus very broad and open
and making no distinct an-
gle with the petiole, the
margin unequally notch -
toothed (not jagged as in V.
vulpina) and indistinctly 3-
lobed, the apex much shorter
than in V. vulpina: fertile
fls. with very short, recurved
stamens, sterile with as-
cending stamens: cluster
small (2 to 3 in. long) : ber-
ries ^3 in. or less thick, black
with a thin bloom, ripening
three weeks later than V.
vulpina when grown in the
same place, thin-skinn
pulp juicy and
sweet: seeds
small. Brewster
county, S. W.
Texas and New
Mexico to Brad-
sbaw Mountains.
Arizona. - Little
known, and pos-
sibly a dry-coun-
try form of V.
vulpina. In habit it sug-
gests V. Arizonica, var. gla-
bra, from which it is dis-
tinguished, among other
things, by its earlier flower-
ing and larger leaves with
coarser teeth and less
pointed apex.

11. Longii, Prince ( V.
Soldnis, Planch. V. Nuevo-
Mezicana, Lemm.). Differs
from vigorous forms of V,
vulpina in having floccose
or pubescent young growth :
lvs. decidedly more circular
in outline, with more angu-
lar teeth and duller in color,
often distinctly pubescent
beneath: stamens in fertile
fls. short and weak and
laterally reflexed, those in sterile fls. long and strong:
seeds larger. N.W.Texas and New Mexico. — Regarded by
French authors as a hybrid, the species V. rupestris,

123

vulpina, candicans and cordifolia having been sug-
gested as its probable parents. It is variable in char-
acter. In most of its forms it would be taken for a com-
pound of V, rupestris and V. vulpina, but the latter
species is not known to occur in most of its range. It

J698. Vitis vulpina (or V. riparia). Natl
Probably the most widespread of American nati-

was very likely originally a hybrid between V. rupestris
( which it sometimes closely resembles in herbarium
specimens except for its woolliness) and some tomentose

1952

VITIS

species (possibly with V. Arizonica or

V. Doaniana), but it is now so widely
distributed and grows so far removed
from its supposed parents and occurs
in such great quantity in
certain areas, that for tax-
onomic purposes it must
be kept distinct. It is not
unlikely that it has origi-
nated at different places
as the product of unlike
hybridizations. Late
French writers designate
the jagged leaved forms as

V. Solonis, and the den-
tate forms as V. Nuevo-
Mexicana. This interest-
ing Grape was found some
thirty years ago by Engel-
mann in the Botanic Gar-
den of Berlin under the
name of Yitis Solonis,
without history. Engel-
mann guesses (Bushberg
Cat. ed. 3, 18) the name to
be a corruption of
"Long's." It is probable
that the plant was sent to
European gardens as Vitis
Long II — very likely from
Prince's nursery — and the
name was misread on the
label. The original name,
which was duly published by
Prince with description, may
now be restored.

Var. microsperma, Bailey
( V. Selonls, var. micro -
spe'rma, Munson), is a very
vigorous and small - seeded
form, which is very resistant
to drought. Red River, N.
Texas.

12. Champini, Planch. Prob-
ably a hybrid of (*. ritpestris
or V. Berlandieri and V.can-
dicans, bearing medium to
large reniform or reniform-
cordate Ivs. which are var-
iously pubescent or cobwebby
but become glabrous, the
growing tips mostly white-to-
mentose: berries very large
and excellent. S. W. Texas.
A, G. 1891: 579. — In some places
associated with V. candicans,
Berlandieri and monticola
only, and in others with the
above and V. ritpestris. Often
composing dense thickets in
the wild.

GQ. Diaphragms very thick
and strong; young
shoots bright red: Ivs,
often strongly lobed,

13. rubra, Michx. ( V. mono-
spe'rma, Michx.). Red or
Cat Grape. A slender but
strong -growing vine, with
small, long -jointed angled
red glabrous herb-like shoots
and red petioles: Ivs. small
to medium, ovate-acuminate,
dark green and glossy, some-
times indistinctly pubescent
on the nerves below, the

sinus obtuse, the blade either nearly continuous in out-
line or (commonly) prominently lobed or even parted,
coarsely notched : stamens in the sterile fls. long
and erect: clusters loose and long-peduncled, branched,
the fls. opening very late : berries small and late

2699.
Vitis cinerea (above )
and V. Berlandieri.

(XX.)

Var.
and gr

Var.
holdin
times

VITIS

(%-s/s in. in diam. ), black without bloom,
with little juice and commonly contain-
ing but a single seed, which is large and
broad. Illinois and Missouri to Louisiana
and Texas. G.F. 2:341.—
A handsome plant. V.
palmata, Vahl, founded
on Virginian specimens,
is probably V. vulpina,
although it is sometimes
made to replace the name
V. rubra.

ee. Cordi folia - like
Grapes, with thick-
ish and dull-colored
orgrayish green h'S.
often holding some
close, dull pubes-
cence below at ma-
turity and the shoots
and Ivs. nearly al-
ways more or less
pubescent when
young, the teeth
mostly short, the
point mostly rectang-
ular and conspicu-
ous (Nos. 14-18).
F. Plant strong and climb-
ing, with stout, per-
sistent tendrils.
G. Young shoots terete,
and glabrous or very
soon becoming so.
14. cordifolia, Michx. ( V.
pull Aria, LeConte). True
Frost Grape, Chicken, Rao-
coon, or Winter Grape. One
of the most vigorous of Amer-
ican vines, climbing to the
tops of the tallest trees, and
sometimes making a trunk 1
or 2 ft. in diam. : diaphragms
thick and strong: Ivs. long-
cordate, triangular - cordate
with rounded base, or cor-
date-ovate, undivided but
sometimes very indistinctly
3-lobed or 3-angled, the basal
sinus rather deep and narrow,
the margin with large, acute
teeth of different sizes and
the point long and acute, the
upper surface glossy and the
lower bright green and either
becoming perfectly glabrous
or bearing some close and fine
inconspicuous grayish pubes-
cence on the veins; petioles
long: stamens erect in the
sterile fls. and short reflexed-
curved in the fertile ones :
clusters long and very many-
dowered, most of the pedicels
branched or at least bearing
a cluster of fls.: berries nu-
merous and small (about %in.
in diam.), in a loose bunch,
black and only very slightly
glaucous, late and persistent,
with a thick skin and little
pulp, becoming edible after
frost : seeds medium and
broad. In thickets and along
streams from Pa. (and proba-
bly S. New York) to E. Kan.,
Fla. and Texas,
ioetida, Engelm., has fetidly aromatic berries,
iws in the Mississippi valley.
eempervirens, Munson. A glossy-leaved form
its foliage very late in the season: Ivs. some-
uggesting forms of V. rubra. S. Fla.

VITIS

Var. Helleri, Bailey. Lvs. more circular (i. e., lacking
the long point), and the teeth round-obtuse and ending
in a short mucro. Kerr count}', S. Texas, 1,600 to 2.000
feet.

go. Young shoot.? angled, and covered the first i/rar
ivtth tomentum or wool.

15. Baileyana, Munson ( V. Virginiana, Munson, not
Lam.). 'Possum Grape. Less vigorous climber than
V. oordifolia, rather slender, with short internodes and
very many short side shoots: lvs. frequently smaller,
the larger ones shortly but distinctly 3-Iobed (lobes
mostly pointed and much spreading), bright green
but not shining above, gray below and pubescent at

VITIS

1953

2700. Vitis California ( X i

•-fifth).

maturity only on the veins, the point only rarely pro-
longed and often muticous, the teeth comparatively
small and notch-like and not prominently acute, sinus
more open; petioles shorter and often pubescent; floral
organs very small, the stamens reflexed in the fertile
fls. : pedicels short, making the bunch very compact:
berries about the size of V. cordifolia, black and nearly
or quite bloomless, late: seed small and notched on top.
Mountain valleys, 800 to 3,000 ft. altitude, southwestern
Va. and adjacent W. Va. and W. N. C, Tenn. and N.
Ga. ; also at common levels in the uplands of west-cen-
tral Ga. — The eastern counterpart of t\ Berlandieri.

16. Berlandieri, Planch. Mountain, Spanish, Fall
or Winter Grape. Fig. 2699. A stocky, moderately
climbing vine, with mostly short internodes and rather
thick diaphragms: lvs. medium large, broadly cordate-
ovate or cordate-orbicular (frequently as broad as long),
glabrous and glossy above, covered at first with gray
pubescence below but becoming glabrous and even
glossy except on the veins, the sinus mostly inverted-
U-shaped in outline but often acute at the point of in-
sertion of the petiole, the margin distinctly angled above
or shortly 3-lobed and marked by rather large, open,
notch-like acute teeth of varying size, the apex mostly
pronounced and triangular-pointed: stamens long and as-
cending in the sterile fls., laterally recurved in the fertile
ones: clusters compact and compound, mostly strongly
shouldered, bearing numerous medium to small (Jain.
or less in diam.), purple and slightly glaucous very late
berries which are juicy and pleasant-tasted: seed (fre-
quently only 1) medium to small. Limestone soils along
streams and hills, S. W. Texas and Mex. — Well marked
by the gray-veined under surface of the leaves.

17. cinerea, Engelm. Sweet Winter Grape. Fig.
2699. Climbing high, with medium to long internodes
and thick and strong diaphragms: lvs. large, broadly
cordate-ovate to triangular-cordate-ovate (generally
longer than broad), the sinus mostly wide and obtuse,

the margin small-notched (teeth much smaller than in
V. Belandieri) or sometimes almost entire, mostly dis-
tinctly and divaricately 3-angled or shortly 3-lobed
towards the apex, the triangular apex large and promi-
nent, the upper surface cobwebby when young but be-
coming dull dark green (not glossy), the under surface
remaining ash-gray or dun-gray, webby-pubescent: sta-
mens in sterile fls. long, slender and ascending, in the
fertile ones short and laterally recurved: cluster mostly
loose and often straggling, containing many small black
berries, these only slightly, if at all glaucous, ripening
very late, and after frost becoming sweet and pleasant:
seeds small to medium. Along streams, mostly in limy
soils, central 111. to Kans. and Texas; also N. Fla. ; also
in Mex. — Readily distinguished
from V. aestivalis by the triangu-
lar-topped sharply 3-lobed ash-
gray lvs. and the gray tomentum
of the young growth.

Var. Floridana, Munson. Grow-
ing tips rusty-tomentose, as are
sometimes the veins on the under
sides of the leaves: cluster longer-
peduncled and more compound.
Manatee co. , Fla. ; and apparently
also in Ark.; possibly a com-
pound with V. aestivalis, but the
lvs. have the characteristic shape
of V. cinerea. Not to be confounded with any form of
V. Caribaa, because of the lobed triangular-topped lvs.
and much larger teeth.

Var. canescens, Bailey. A form with rounded or heart-
like lvs., the upper half of the leaf lacking the triangu-
lar and 3-lobed shape of the type. St. Louis, Mo., and
S. 111. to Texas.
FP. Plant scarcely climbing, the tendrils perishing
when failing to find support.

18. Arizdnica, Engelm. [V. Arizone~nsis, Parry).
Canon Grape. Plant weak, much branched, with short
internodes and thick diaphragms, branchlets angled:
lvs. mostly small, cordate-ovate and with a prominent
triangular-pointed apex, the sinus broad or the base of
the blade even truncate, the teeth many and small and
pointed or mucronate, the margin either continuous or
very indistinctly 3-lobed (or sometimes prominently
lobed on young growths), the leaves and shoots white-
woolly when young, but becoming nearly glabrous with
age: stamens ascending in sterile fls. and recurved in
the fertile ones: bunches small and compound, not
greatly, if at all, exceeding the lvs., bearing 20 to 40
small black berries of pleasant taste: seeds 2 to 3, me-
dium size. Along river banks, W. Texas to New Mex.
and Ariz., mostly south of the 35th parallel, to S. E.
Calif, and northern Mex.

Var. glabra, Munson. Plant glabrous, with glossy and
mostly thinner and larger lvs. In mountain gulches,
with the species and ranging northwards into S. Utah.
Distinguished from V. monticola by its triangular-
pointed and small-toothed lvs. Probably a form of V.
Treleasi.
EEE. Orbicular-scallop-lvd. species of the Pacific coast.

19. Calif6rnica, Benth. Fig. 2700. A vigorous species,
tall-climbing upon trees but making bushy clumps
when not finding support, the nodes large and dia-
phragms rather thin: lvs. mostly round-reniform (the
broader ones the shape of a horse's hoof-print), rather
thin, either glabrous and glossy or (more commonly)
cottony-canescent until half grown and usually remain-
ing plainly pubescent below, the sinus ranging from
very narrow and deep to broad and open, the margins
varying (on the same vine) from finely blunt-toothed to
coarsely scallop-toothed (the latter a characteristic
feature), the upper portion of the blade either perfectly

. continuous and rounded or sometimes indistinctly
3-lobed and terminating in a very short apex: bunches
medium, mostly long-peduncled and forked, the numer-
ous small berries glaucous-white, seedy and dry but of
fair flavor: seed large (M to 5-16 in. long), prominently
pyriform. Along streams in central and N. Calif, and
S .Ore. — Lvs. becoming handsomely colored and mottled
in fall.

1954

VITIS

dd. Colored-leaved Grapes, marked by thick ,,, at least
firm foliage, tin Irs. prominently rusty or white-
tomentose or glaucous-blue. I', cinerea, I . Art-
zonica,and possibly t'.Californica might I; sought
here; and late-gathered forms of 1'. bicolor might
bi looked for in i> (p. 1950).

E. Lis. only floeeulent or cobwebby or glaucous below

„ I,, ,< fully grown [t. . .. not con red with n thu I; ,
dense, felt-like tomentum, except sometimes in I.
Doaniana). [Nos. 20-24.)

F. Wliite-tipped Grapes, comprising species with tin

ends ol tin growing shoots and tin under surface

,,i th, Irs. whitish or gray.
2n. Girdiama, Munson. ValleyGrape. Strong, climb-
ing vine, with thick diaphragms: Ivs. medium to large and
rather thin, broadly cordate-ovate, with a rather deep and

narrow sinus and nearh contii us or obscurely 3-lobed

outline (sometimes marked!) 3 lobed on young shoots),

VITIS

large [''- in. and less in .Ham.], black, glaucous berries
of excellent quality : seeds large [h-% in. long), dis-
tinctly pyriform. Chiefly in N. W. Texas, but ranging
from Greer Co., Oklahoma, to beyond the Pecos river in
New Mexico. G.F. t):«5. -The species varies greatly
in pubescence, some specimens being verj nearly gla-
brous at maturity and others denselj wbite-tomeutose
The plant would pass at once as a hybrid of I', vulpina
and I', candican.i, except that the former does uol often
occur in its range. It is very likely a hybrid, however,
and I", candicaus seems to be one of the parents.

ty-tipped G
..„,., thi unt

"lih

imp,

tin

ml

color) the i/o,, in, sh

and tin mature Ivs.

or sometinn s >'. - om,

22. aestivalis, Miehx. i r

in I', bi-

si, below,

is, oceidentalis and
i, Prince. I'. La-
■1. I", liracleuta and
Si mmi r, Bi nth. or
tall-climbing \ ine, w ith
es, thick diaphragms,
oles: Ivs. mostly large,
lecoming rather thick,
cordate in outline, the
I lobes often over

the teeth many and small and acute, tin- apex short-
triangular or almost none, tin- under surfi remaining

closely ashy-tomeutose: clusters large and very com-
pound, each one dividing into three or four nearly equal
sections, which are in turn shouldered and thyrse-like:
berries small, black and slightly glaucous, the" skin thin

but tough, pulp finally b ming sweet: seeds medium

in size, pyriform. S. Calif., south of th,' 36th parallel.
-Differs from V. Californica in (he in. .re pubescent
shn.,ts and foliage, smaller and sharp teeth, decompound

clusters, smaller less gla us berries, and smaller

seeds. SI ts of I". t'o 1 1 forma often hear Ivs. with

small and muticous teeth, and such s| imens without

the ft. -clusters are difficult to distinguish from this
species. Si, me of th,- forms which have been referred
to V. Girdiana are apparently hybrids with the wine
drape, V. en lifer,,; ami al best tin- plant is imperfectly
understood and its merits as a species are yet to be
determined.

21. Doaniana, Munson. Plant vigorous, climbing
high or remaining bushy if failing to find support, with
short internodes and rather thin diaphragms : Ivs. blu-
ish green in cast, mostly large, thick ami linn, cordate-
ovate or round-ovate in outline, bearing a prominent
triangular apex, the sinus either deep or shallow, the
margins with very large, angular, notch-like teeth and

more or less prominent lobes, the under surf: usually

remaining densely pubescent ami the upper surface
more or less floccose: cluster medium to small, bearing

tors mostly long and long - pe, lunch .1 . not
greatly branched or even nearly simple (mostly
interrupted when in flower), bearing small (':,
in. or less in iliani.l, black, glaucous berries,
which have a tough skin and a pulp ranging
from dryish and astringent to juicy and sweet: seeds
me. limn size ( '., in. or less long), two to four. South-
ern New York 1.. central Fla. an. I westward to the Mis-
sissippi and Missouri. - A marked type among American
Grapes, being readih distinguished from other species
by the re hlish fuzz of the under sides of the leaves.

Var. glaiica, Bailey ( I'. Llncecumii, var. glaiica,
Munson). I. vs. and mature woo, I glaucous-blue on the
ho.lv beneath, hut the veins rusty: berries and seeds
larger, s, W. Missouri t.. X. Texas. -Much like V. bi-
eolor, but Ivs. thicker and more pubescent below, and
tips ,,f shoots rusty-tomentose.

Var. Linsecomii, Munson ( I'. diversifdlia Prince.
V. I. ins, co, „ii, Buckley). Post-oak, Pine-wood, or
Turkey Grape. More stocky than V. cpstivalis, climb-
ing high upon trees hut forming a bushy clump when
not tin. Img support: Ivs. densely tomentose or velvety
heh.w: berries large i',:-:i in. in diameter), black and
glaucous, mostly palatable: seeds mostly much larger
than in I". aestivalis (often % in. long). High post-oak
(Qnercus stellata) lands, S. W. Missouri to X. Texas
and E La.-Verv likely derived from the a-stivalis tvpe
through adaptation t.. dry soils and climates. Perhaps

worth i gnition as a geographical species. The name

..f this i. rap.- was spelled I, ins mil by Buckley, with

whom the name originated. The name of the person
.ted was spelled Li

Mr

il,

■ 1 il,.

..f the drape. Ib.w-ever, Buckley's spelling should per-
sist, as a matter of nomenclatorial priority.

Var. Bourquiniana, Bailey ( I'. Bourquiniana, Mun-
son). A domestic offshoot, represented in such culti-
vated van, lies as 1 1 erl leinont and l,e Noir, differing
from I', wstivalis in its mostly thinner leaves which
i like the young shoots) are only slightly red-brown
below, the pubescence mostly cinerous or dun-colored
or the un.l.r surface sometimes blue-green: berries
large and pi icv, black or amber-colored. — A mixed tvpe,
some of il prbbahlv a direct amelioration of I. irxlic-
e/o.and some hybridized with the wine Grape ( V. vini-
fcrn). Much cultivated south.

VITIS

23. bicolor, LeConte ( V.argentifdlia^hmson). Blue
Grape, or Summer Grape of the North. Fig. 2701. A
strong, high-climbing vine, with mostly long internodes
and thick diaphragms, the young growth and canes
generally perfectly glabrous and mostly (but not alway
glaucous - blue, tendrils
and petioles very long:
Ivs. large, round cordate-
ovate in outline, glabrous
and dull above and very
heavily glaucous - blue
below, but losing the
bloom and becoming dull
green very late in the
season, those on the
young growth deeply li-
ft-lobed and on the older
growths s h a 1 1 o w 1 y 3-
lobed, the basal sinus
running from deep to
shallow, the margins
mostly shallow- toothed
or sinuate - toothed (at
least not so prominently

notch-toothed as in V. aestivalis): cluster mostly long
and nearly simple (sometimes forked), generally with
a long or prominent peduncle: the purple aud densely
glaucous berries of medium size (Kin. or less in diam. I,
sour but pleasant-tasted when ripe (just before frost):
seeds rather small. Abundant northwards along streams
and on banks, there taking the place of V. aestivalis.
Ranges from New Eng. and 111. to the mountains of
W. North Carolina and to W. Tenn. — Well distinguished
from V. mstivalis (at least in its northern forms) by the
absence of rufous tomentum, the blue-glaucous small-
toothed leaves, and long petioles and tendrils. It has
been misunderstood because it loses its glaucous char-
acter in the fall.

24. Caribaea, DC. Fig. 2702. Climbing, with flocculent-
woolly (or rarely almost glabrous) and striate shoots:
tendrils rarely continuous: Ivs. cordate-ovate or even
broader and mostly acuminate-pointed, sometimes ob-
scurely angled above (but never lobed except now and
then on young shoots), becoming glabrous above but
generally remaining rufous-tomentose below, the mar-
gins set with very small, macro-tipped sinuate teeth:
cluster long and long-peduncled, generally large and
very compound: berry small and globose, purple: seed
obovate, grooved on the dorsal side. A widely distributed
and variable species in the American tropics, running
into white leaved forms (as in V. Blancoi, Munson).
Little known in the United States: La., Lake City,
N. Fla., swamp near -lacksonville, Fla.

ee. Lvs. densely to-
mentose or felt-
like beneat h
throughout the
season, the cov-
ering white or
rusty white.
P. Tendrils intermit-
tent {every third
joint with neither
tendril nor in-
florescence oppo-
site the leaf).
25. candicans, En-
gelm. ( V. Mustangin-
sis, Buckl.). Mustang
Grape Plant strong
and high climbing, with
densely woolly young
growth (which is gener-
ally rusty-tipped I, and
very thick diaphragms:
lvs. medium in size
nging from reniform-

VITIS

1955

cate), deeply 5-7-lobed (with enlarging rounded sinuses)
on the strong shoots and more or less indistinctly lobed
or only angled on the normal growths, the margins
wavy or sinuate-toothed: stamens in the sterile As.
long and strong, those in the fertile fls. very short and

270.*. Vitis Caribeea(X %).

and more or less poplar-like,

ovate to cordate-ovate or triangular-ovate, dull above
but very densely white-tomentose below and on the
petioles, the basal sinus very broad and open or usually
none whatever (the base of the leaf then nearly trun-

2703. Vitis candicans, var. coriacea (X %).

laterally reflexed: cluster small, mostly branched, bear-
ing a dozen to twenty large {% in. or less in diam.)
purple or light-colored or even whitish berries, which
have a thick skin and a very disagreeable fiery flavor:
seeds large, pyriform. E. Texas, mostly on limestone
soils.

Var. coriacea, Bailey( V. cor idee a, Shuttl.). Leather-
leaf or Calloosa Grape Fig. 2703. Differs from the
species chiefly in bearing much smaller (about % in.
in diam.) thinner-skinned and more edible Grapes with
mostly smaller seeds, and perhaps a less tendency to
very deep lobing in the lvs. on young shoots and pos-
sibly rather more marked rustiness on the young
growths. Florida, chiefly southward, in which range
various Texan plants reappear. — The more agreeable
quality of the fr. is probably the result of a more
equable and moister climate.

26. Simpsoni, Munson. Distinguished by mostly
much-cut lvs. on the young shoots and comparatively
thin, large and large-toothed ones on the main shoots,
rusty -white tomentum below and very prominently
brown-tomentose young growths, — the character of the
lvs. and Tomentum varying widely, the foliage some-
times becoming almost blue-green below. Fla. — This
is likely a hybrid of V. aestivalis and V. candicans, var.
coriacea. Some forms of it are very like V. Labrusca,
and might be mistaken for that species.

PF. Tendrils mostly continuous (a tendril or inflor-
escence at every node).

27. Labrusca, Linn, f V. Bldndi, Prince). Fox
Grape. Skunk Grape. Figs. 949, 950, Vol. II. A strong
vine, climbing high on thickets and trees: young shoots
tawny or fuscous, with much scurfy down : lvs. large
and thick, strongly veined (especially beneath), broadly
cordate-ovate, mostly obscurely 3-lobed towards the top
(on strong growths the sinuses sometimes extending a
third or even half the depth of the blade, and rounded
and edentate at the bottom) or sometimes nearly con-
tinuous in outline and almost deltoid-ovate, the petiolar
sinus mostly shallow and very open (ranging to narrow
and half or more the length of the petiole), the margins
shallowly scallop-toothed with mucro-pointed teeth (or
sometimes almost entire), and the apex and lobes acute,
the upper surface dull green and becoming glabrous
but the lower surface densely covered with a tawny-
white, dun-colored or red-hrown tomentum: stamens
long and erect in the sterile fls. and (in wild forms)
short and recurved in the fertile ones: raceme short
(berries usually less than 20 in wild types), generally

1956

VITIS

VITTARIA

simple or very nearly so, in anthesis about the length
of the peduncle: berries large and nearly spherical,
ranging from purple-black (the common color) to red-
brown and amber -green, generally falling from the
pedicel when ripe, variable in taste hut mostly sweetish
musky and some-
times slightly
astringent, the skin
thick and tough:
seeds very large and
thick. New England
and southwards in
the Alleghany re-
gion and highlands
to west-central
Georgia. Not known
to occur west of E.
New York in the
North, but reported
from S. Indiana.—
The parent of the
greater part of
American cultivated
Grapes. It is often
confounded with V.
cestivalis in the
South, from which
it is distinguished
by the habitually
continuous tendrils,
the more felt- like
lvs. which are not
floccose, and espe-
cially by the small-
toothed lvs., very
short clusters and
large berries and
seeds.

2704.
vinifera ( X J£).

bb. Skin and pulp firmly cohering in the ripe fruit.

28. vinifera, Linn. Wine Grape. European Grape.
Fig, 2704. Young growth smooth or floccose, the plant
not so high climbing as most American species: ten-
drils intermittent: lvs. mostly thinnish, rounded, with
a deep sinus and the basal lobes usually overlapping,
tomentose or glabrous beneath, the margins coarsely
notched or jagged: clusters large and long, the berries
usually oval or oblong, although many varieties are glob-
ular-fruited. Probably native to the Caspian or Cau-
casus region and western India. Var. laciniosa, Hort.,
has much-cut foliage; handsome. Gn. 54, p. 425. — Cult,
from the earliest times, and the Grape of history. Now
greatly varied. The hothouse Grapes, as Black Ham-
burg, Barbarossa, are of this species; also the vineyard
Grapes of California. Not hardy in the northern states
and very subject to phylloxera (root-louse) and mildew.
Kegel, a Russian botanist, considered the Wine Grape
to be a hybrid of two species that he characterized as V.
Labrusca and V. vulpuia, but this view is not accepted.

V. Amurensis, Rupr., is nmeh like V. vinifera, sometimes
grown abroad for the purple tint of its young growth. Gn. "»4,
p. 425.— Y. Iiaitiesii, Hook. (Cissus Bainesii, Planch., and by

him referred to C. Currori). A most remarkable species, the
trunk being condensed into a turnip-like body a tVw inches in
diam.: lvs. mostly compound, the 3 lfts. dentate, lvs. all borne
on short, succulent branches: tendrils none: ris. greenish, in
clusters usually raised above the leaves. S. Afr. B.M. 5472.—
V. heternphyUa, Thuiib.=Ampelopsis hetemphylla.— V. inn'.n-
Starts, Miq.=Ampelopsis triruspidata.— Y. Jajn'mica, Thunb.
See Cissus Japonica. — V. lanata, Roxbg. Vigorous species
with large, cordate-ovate lvs., with small apiculate teeth and
very white- tomentose beneath. China. Assumes handsome
color in fall.— V. Lindeni, Hort. See Cissus Lindeni.— V. Pag-
nuccii, Romanet (Ampelopsis Davidiana, Mott. Ampelovitis
Davidiana, Carr. Yitis Da vidian a, Hort in part ■'). Climbing:
tendrils intermittent: lvs. mostly small, very various, some-
times 3-5-foliolate but usually only 3-lobed or even ovate-cor-
date and the margin nearly or quite continuous, the edges mu-
cronate-dentate, whitish beneath. China. Has much the as-
pect of an Ampelopsis.— V. Rtmtaneti, Romanet ISpinovitis
Davidii.Carr.? Ampelovitis intermedia, Carr. Yitis Davidiana,
Hort. in part ?). Stems very hairy or almost spiny, the hairs
glandular and purplish; tendrils intermittent: lvs. large, cor-
date-orbicular, shallowly 3 lobed, strongly crenate-deutate, be-
coming nearly or quite glabrous above, hairy beneath: flusters
3-4 in. long, the berries black, small, edible. Vigorous vine
from China, little known in this country and its hardiness in
the northern states not yet tested. R.H. 1885, p. 55. 1S9. :232
(variegated form said to belong to this species). Apparently
closely allied toV Coignetiap, from which the hairiness distin-
guishes it— V. rutilans, Carr., R H. 1890:444, belongs with V.
Romaneti.— Y. srrjamrfiiha, Maxim., is Ampelopsis serjansefo-
lia. Gn. 54, p 427.— V. striata, Miq., see Cissus striata.— V.
Thvnbergii, Regel, is V. Amurensis.— Y, tricuspidata, Lyneh=
Ampelopsis tricuspidata. l jj( g

VITTADfNIA (Dr. C. Vittadini, an Austrian who
wrote on fungi 1826-1842). Compdsitce. About 14 spe-
cies of perennial plants, natives of Australia, New Zea-
land, S. Amer. and Hawaiian Islands. Herbs, with a
thick caudex, or branching subshrubs: lvs. alternate,
entire or variously cut: heads rather small, with a yel-
low disk and white or blue rays, terminal, solitary or in
loose, leafy corymbs: involucre of several rows: rays
pistillate, numerous, crowded, in more than one row:
akenes narrow, compressed or flat, with or without ribs
on the faces: pappus of numerous, often unequal capil-
lary bristles. The genus is closely related to Erigeron,
differing in habit and in the appendages of the style-
branches, those of Erigeron being short, while those of
Vittadinia are awl-shaped.

Vittadinia triloba of the California trade is said by
Dr. Francescbi, of Santa Barbara, to be "a charming
dwarf plant, well suited for rockeries, borders and
hanging baskets; covered with myriads of daisy-like
white flowers." However, V. triloba of the trade is not
I\ triloba of the botanists; the latter is a synonym of
V. australis, of which a description taken from Flora
Australiensis is here given for comparison. The plant
known to the California trade as V. triloba has been
examined by J. Burtt Davy, who sends the following
account: " V. triloba, Hort., not DC, the Mexican
Daisy, is really an Erigeron and should be known as
Erigeron mucronatus, DC. Fig. 2705. It is a much-
b ranched perennial, fi-12 in. high: lvs. alternate, vari-
able, Vi-l in. long, from linear-subulate or lanceolate to
ohovate or oblanceolate-cuneate, entire, toothed, or3-sev-
eral lobed: peduncles 1-2 in. long, solitary: heads daisy-
like, about % in. diam.; rays numerous, narrow, white
above, purple on the back, especially in age; style-tips
obtuse. A useful border-plant, looking best in a roaas
or as an edging; drought-resistant, hardy and becom-
ing naturalized near San Francisco; readily propagated
by cuttings. The freshly broken stems smell strongly
of Prussic acid. Fls. July-Sept."

australis, A. Rich. ( V. triloba, DC, not Hort.).
Herbaceous plant of uncertain duration. 1 ft. high or
less, tomentose: lvs. obovate or spatulate to linear-
cuneate, entire or coarsely 3-toothed or lobed: heads
solitary: rays narrow: said to be revolute (which may
apply only to dried specimens). Australia, Tasmania.
— Has 4 distinct botanical varieties. y\\ M.

VITTARIA (Latin, a fillet or head-band). Polypo-
diaceee. A genus of ferns with narrow, grass-like foli-
age, growing pendent from trees. V, lineata, Swz., is a
tropical American species which is found as far north
as central Florida, where it grows on the cabbage pal.
metto. Rare in cultivation. l. m. Underwood.

VOLKAMERIA

VOLKAMERI A Consult Clerodendron.

VKIESIA (named for Dr. W. de Vriese, of Amster-
dam). Bromelidcece. Often spelled Vriesea, but not so
spelled by Lindley, who founded the genus. According
to Mez (DC. Monogr. Phaner. 9), 84 species are to be
referred to this genus. They are very like tillandsias,
with which they are united by Bentham & Hooker and
others. The chief technical difference is the presence
in Vriesia of 2 ligules or a single cleft or emarginate
ligule on the inside of the base of petals. Culturally
Vriesias are like tillandsias. They run to forms with
marbled and banded leaves. They are tropical Ameri-
can stiff-leaved plants, with mostly distichous spikes
bearing large and showy bracts. Several species have
been introduced in recent years, and many
garden hybrids have been produced. Few
kinds are offered in the American trade, and
only these kinds are described here. For
other kinds, see the monographs of Baker
and Mez; also the Kew List of introductions
for 187G-1896. For culture, see Tillandsia.

A. Stamens longer than the petals.
B. Inflorescence branched.

Saunrtersii, Morr. (Tilldndsia Saundersii, C Koch.
Enchollrion Saimdersii, Andre1). About 1% ft. high
when in bloom : lvs. many in a rosette, rather short,
strongly recurving, grayish and somewhat white-dotted
above, spotted with red-brown beneath: fls. in a
branched open inflorescence, sulfur-yellow, cylindrical
inform. Brazil. I. H. 20:132.

bb. Inflorescence simple,
c. Bracts of inflorescence strongly imbricate.

splendens. Lem. ( V. specidsa, Hook. Tilldndsia
spUndens, Brongn. T. picta, Hort. T. zebr\na, Hort.,
in part). Fig. 2706. Strong-growing plant, with broad,
strong, arching-ascending lvs. 1 ft. or more long, which
are bright green and marked with dark brown trans-
verse bands: spike with densely imbricated bright red-
acuminate bracts, the scape spotted: fls. exserted, yel-
lowish white. Guiana. B.M. 4382. F.S. 2:107; 6, p. 162.
R.H. 1846:41. — One of the best and most showy species.
A robust form is var. major, Hort. — See Supplementary
List below for additional note on V. zebrina.

cannata, Wawra ( V. brachystachys, Regel. Tilldnd-
sia carinata. Baker). Fig. 2707. Lvs. rosulate, about
6 in. long, the base sheathing, mucronate at the tip,

VRIESIA

1957

Bracts of infloresc

mote, not imbricate.
guttata, Lind. & Andre1 (Tilldndsia guttata, Baker),
Lvs. rosulate, erect-arching, short and rather broad,
mucronate, olive-green with irregular spots of brown-
purple: bracts farinose, rose-colored, the scape slender:
fls. yellow. Brazil. I.H. 22:200.

somewhat glaucous, not spotted: spike with wide-
spreading nearly divaricate acuminate bracts which are
scarlet at the base and yellowish green at the end: fls.
protruding, pale yellow. Brazil. B.M. 6014.

2706. Vrie:

psittacina, Lindl. (Tilldndsia psittac)na, Hook.).
About 1 ft. high when in bloom: lvs. rosulate, 6-10 in.
long, dilated at the base, yellowish green: fls. large,
yellow with green tips, scattered on a distichous spike,
the bracts red at the base and vellow at the top. Brazil,
B.R. 29:10, where the genus'is founded. B.M. 2841.
R.H. 1855:221.— A showy species when in bloom.

aa. Stamens shorter than the petals.
B. Lvs. not barred, mottled or tessellated.

heliconioides, Lindl. ( V. billula, Hort. Tilldndsia
heliconioides, HBK.). Dwarf and tufted, with many
rosulate recurving or arching lanceolate lvs. (about 12
in. long), which are bright green above and purple
tinged beneath. Scape overtopping the
foliage, simple and erect, with wide-spread-
ing distichous boat-shaped bracts that are
light red at the base and greenish at the
tip, showy : fls. white. Colombia. I. H.
30:490. G.C. 11. 21:140.

bb. Lvs. tessellated (marked in small
checker-work ) or minutely variegated.

tessellata, Morr. ( Tilldndsia tesselldta,
Lind.). Lvs. short and rather broad, rosu-
late, dilated at base, short-pointed, rather
stiff, channeled, tessellated with green and
yellow: inflorescence paniculate, the green-
ish bracts remote: fls. vellow. Bra-
zil. I.H. 21:179. R.H. 1889, p.
573.

fenestralis, Lind. & Andre1 (Til-
ldndsia fenestrdlis, Hook. f.).
Robust, densely tufted, the lvs.
stout ( 1-2 ft. long) and recurved,
brown-tipped, with many dark green veins and cross
veins: inflorescence a simple stout spike 1% ft. long
and bearing green-spotted bracts : fls. pale yellow.
Brazil. B.M. 6898. I.H. 22:21?,.

1958 VRIESIA

BBB. Lvs. marled with strong transverse bands.

hieroglyphica, Morr. {Til land sin hieroglyphica,
Bull. I. Lvs. many, rosulate, stout, recurved, short-
acute, very strongly aud irregularly marked and
banded with dark green above and brown-purple be-
neath: inflorescence paniculate, the bracts broadly el-
liptic-ovate, the fls. yellowish. Brazil. I.H. 31:514; 42,
p. 318. R.H. 1891:400. -A very striking and showy
plant. Sometimes known as a Massangea.

V fulffida, Hort., has been catalogued in this country. It is
a garden hybrid (V. incurvata X Dnvali). It has short green
lvs. and an exserted simple snike with distichous bright red

VRIESIA

imbricated bracts. I.H. 35:67.- r. glaucophylla. Hook., is re-
ferred to Ttllaiidsia fascicukita.— F. iniisdU-a, Cogn is Guz-
mania, for which BeeTillandsia. It is also known as aMassan-
gea (see p 99'2).— F. zebrlna, Hort., is sometimes V. splendens
and sometimes t'ryptantlms z.matus. For the latter see dis-
cussion under Tillandsia and Fig. 2515. L H B

VULNERARIA. V. Anthyllis. Scop., is Anthyllis
Vulneraria, which see in Vol. I. The other Vulneraria*
are referred to the same genus.

VYENOMUS is another spelling tor JSuonymus

2707. Vncsla cannata.

w

WAAHOO. WAHOO, or BURNING BUSH is Euomi-
ro«s atropurpureus. Ulmus alata, the Winged Elm, is
also called Whahoo or Wahoo.

WAFER ASH. Ptelea trifoliata.

WAHLENBERGIA grandifldra. See Platycodon.

WAITZIA (P. A. C. Waitz, born 1708, state physician
to the Dutch at Samarang, Java; wrote on Javanese
plants). Compdsitw. Includes one of the rarer "ever-
lasting flowers," a half-hardy annual which grows about
\y<i ft. high and bears flat-topped clusters of yellow
flower-heads, with a golden disk. The clusters are
about 5 in. across, and the heads 2 in. across, the showy
part being the involucral bracts, which are arranged in
4 or 5 series, and are petal-like in character but of
stiffer texture than ordinary petals. Waitzia is a genus
of 7 species of Australian herbs, mostly annuals: lvs.
alternate, linear or nearly so: fl. -heads in terminal
corymbs or rarely in oblong, leafy racemes: involucre
various in outline, the bracts overlapping in many rows,
all colored and petal-like: receptacle flat, without scales:
anthers provided with tails of microscopic size: akenes
somewhat compressed, glabrous or papillose, termi-
nating in a slender beak; pappus of capillary bristles
usually cohering at the base, simple, barbellate or plu-
mose. The genus is distinguished from Helipterum and
Helichrysum by the beaked akenes. Flora Australien-
sis, vol. 3.

grandifldra, W. Thompson. (The authorship of this
species is credited to Naudiu by Index Kewensis.)
Half-hardy everlasting or "immortelle," annual, ex-
ceeding 18 in. in height: lvs. lanceolate, long-acumi-
nate, sessile, green above, slightly villous beneath,
prominent midrib beneath: fls. yellow, in terminal
corymbs. F. 1865:41, where itwas originally described.
Probably the most desirable of the genus. It seems to
have replaced W. aurea, the favorite of the previous
generation, being larger-fld., more robust, and rather
easier of cultivation. ^y jyj

WALDSTEtNIA (Franz Adam, Count of Waldstein-
Wartenburg, born 1759 at Vienna; wrote with Kitaibel
an illustrated work on rare plants of Hungary; died
1823). Bos&ceir. The Yellow or Barren Straw-
berry, Walsteinia 1ragarioid.es, is a little plant that
looks much like a strawberry plant, but it has yellow
flowers and bears no edible fruit. It is a hardy North
American tufted perennial herb, about 4 in. high, with
glossy lvs. composed of 3 wedge-shaped lfts. and 5-
petaled fls. less than XA in. across. It comes with the
first rush of spring, and continues to bloom until sum-
mer. There is no satisfaction in growing only a few
plants of this wild flower. The plant is appropriate to
the rockery, where every effort should be made to in-
duce it to form a dense mat. Masses of the Yellow
Strawberry have been used with good effect for edging
shrubbery borders, and the plant is listed by several
nurserymen.

Only 4 species of Waldsteinia are well known. They
are hardy, creeping, perennial, strawberry-like plants:
lvs. alternate, mostly basal, long-stalked, entire, lobed.
3-5-cut or with 3-5 lfts., the lfts. crenate or incised:
scapes bracted, bearing 2-5 yellow fls.: petals 5, obo-
vate, about as long as the calyx-lobes; stamens indefi-
nite : carpels 2-b": akenes obliquely obovoid, dry or
slightly fleshy. Natives of north temperate zone.

fragarioides, Tratt. Fig. 2708. Popular description
above. Pubescent or nearly glabrous: lfts. dentate or
crenate except at the base, 1-2 in. long: scapes corym-
bosely 3-8-fld. : akenes 4-6. May, June. Woods and
shaded hill-sides, New England to Minn, and Ind.,
along the Alleghanies to Ga. B.B 2:218. R.H. 1890, p.
510. B.M. 1567 and L.B.C. 5:408 (both as Dalibarda
fragarioides). ^r jj

WAKE ROBIN.

America, Trillium

In England Arum maculatum In

WALDMEISTER is Asperula odorata.
WALKING-LEAF FERN is Camptosorus.
WALL CRESS or ROCK CRESS is Arabis.
WALL FERN. Polypodium vulgare.
WALLFLOWER. Consult Cheiranthus Cheiri.

WALLlCHIA (Nathaniel Wallich, 1786-1854, Danish
botanist; wrote on plants of India). Palmacew. Three
species of Himalayan palms, one of which, the first de-
scribed below, is cult, outdoors in S. Fla. and S. Calif,
and in Eu. under glass, and the second, while not ad-
vertised in America, is believed to be in a few northern
greenhouses.

Low palms, cespitose, with short branching caudices,
or in 1 species tall: lvs. densely fasciculate, terminal,
distichous, scaly, unequally pinnatisect: segments soli-
tary or the lowest in groups, cuneate at the base, ob-
long-obovate or oblauceolate, erose-dentate, the terminal
one cuneate; niidnerve distinct; nerves flabellate;
margins recurved at the base; petiole slender, laterally
compressed; sheath short, split, with the margins deeply
crenate: spadices short-peduncled, the staminate droop-
ing or recurved, ovoid, much branched, densely fld., the
pistillate looser, erect; spathes very numerous, slender-
coriaceous, the lower ones the narrower, tubular, the
upper ones cymbiform, entire, imbricated: fls. medium,
yellow: fr. ovoid-oblong, red or purple. Stove palms.
For culture, see Didymosperma.

Wallichia is allied to Didymosperma, Arenga and
Caryota, differing in having 6 stamens instead of an
indefinite number. Caryota is the only one of this
group with ruminate albumen. Didymosperma has a
cup-shaped, 3-lobed calyx, and in Arenga the calyx
has 3 distinct sepals.

S708. Yellow, or Barren Strawberry— Waldsteinia
fragarioides (XM).

disticha, T. Anders. Caudex 10-15 ft. high, 5-6 in. in
diam.; naked: lvs. distichous, 6-10 ft. long, alternate,
erect; lfts. 1-2 ft. long. 2-21... in. wide, fascicled, linear,
narrowed to the base, truncate and denticulate at the

(1959)

1960

WALLICHIA

apex, with a large tooth on each side ahove the middle,
glaucous beneath; petiole and sheath short, scurfy: lvs.
disposed in a % spiral: fls. in many spiral series. Him-
alaya.

caryotoides, Roxb. (Harina caryotoldes, Bueh.-Ham.
Didymospfrma caryotoldes, Hort. ). Lfts. oblong or
linear-oblong, pandurifornily excised and acutely
toothed, white beneath. F. 1874, p. 161. R.H. 1870, p.
368.

W. porphyrocdrpa. Mart. See Didymosperma.

Jared G. Smith.

WALL PEPPER. Sedum acre.

WALNUT is a name applied to any species of the ge-
nus Juglans. The Walnut of history is Juglans regia
(Fig. -7011), a native of southeastern Europe and re-
gions beyond. Etymologically, the word Walnut signi-
fies a nut that comes from a foreign source. It is inter-
esting to note that in this country Juglans regia is
known as English Walnut, apparently because the im-
ported nuts are likely to reach us by way of England.
In eastern North America, the word Walnut usually
applies to the native Juglans nigra (Figs. 2710, 1193),
although it sometimes, but erroneously, designates the
large-fruited hickories. A related species, the butter-
nut (J. cinerea, Figs. 2711, 1194) is sometimes called
White Walnut. The Black Walnut (J. nigra) is often
planted on roadsides and about yards, but it is scarcely
a horticultural product yet. A very similar species in
California is Juglans C'alifornica (Fig. 2712), which
makes a fine large tree and often bears excellent nuts.
The eastern J. nigra was early introduced into Califor-

2709. Juglans regia. the Walnut of commerce (X M).
Often known as the " English " Walnut.

nia and it seems now to be common. In fact, it is some-
times difficult to distinguish the two species. The Cali-
fornian species attains a height of 50 ft., making a broad-
topped handsome tree. Commercial Walnut culture is
concerned with J . regia, and this culture is practically
confined to California. The species is hardy even as

WALNUT

far north as parts of New York, and in the Middle and
Southern states it often bears well, but its culture is
not attempted on a large sc.ale in the East. The Japan-
ese Walnut, J. Sieboldiana (Figs. 1196-8) is now be-
coming known in the East, and it is perfectly hardy in
central New York. It is a handsome tree, but it prob-
ably will not become an important fruit tree. For the
species of Walnuts, see Juglans. l jj g

2710. Black Walnut — Juglans nigra (X %).
On the right is the bare nut; on the left the husk not removed.

Walnuts in Southern California. Fig. 2713. The
Walnut industry in certain limited areas of California
occupies a place second only to the growing of citrous
fruits. About 6,000 tons will be exported from Califor-
nia the present season (1901), which will be worth
f. o. b. California more than one million dollars.

Commercial Walnut culture is confined to four south-
ern coast counties of California— Santa Barbara, Ven-
tura, Los Angeles and Orange. For this there are good
and sufficient reasons. Although called the "English"
Walnut in this country, the climate of England is not
very well suited to its production, and the greater part
of the product in that country is used in the manufac-
ture of pickled Walnuts. The Walnut is fairly hardy
when dormant, but very tender when growing. There-
fore, no place subject to late spring frosts can grow Wal-
nuts with success. The extension of Walnut culture into
the more northern coast counties of California must be
done by planting varieties which lie dormant until the
time of the spring frosts is past. The immature nut is
also very tender, and cannot endure very hot weather.
Even in the coast counties a small percentage of the crop
is often destroyed by hot weather, and the hot interior
valleys of southern California, or places very distant
from the ocean, do not produce Walnuts. The area of
successful production is still further limited by the
requirement of well-drained and deep alluvial soil for
the tender rootlets. Any soil of a clayey nature or
underlaid with a bard clay subsoil will produce only
stunted trees, while on soil where the water comes
nearer than twenty feet of the surface the trees will
grow only a few years, hardly long enough to produce
a full and profitable crop.

In nursery practice the nuts are scattered at a dis-
tance of about 1 ft. in drills 4 ft. apart, late in the fall,
in soil that has been deeply plowed. As soon as a suffi-
cient number of the plants break through to distinguish
the rows, the cultivator is run through to kill the weeds.
The young seedlings are irrigated and cultivated fre-
quently during midsummer, the object being to force
them as much as possible and yet harden them before
winter. During the first year the seedlings reach a
height of %-2 ft. The taproot, however, grows down
from 5-8 ft. If grown in the nursery the second year,
they are treated in the same manner, and usually reach
a height of 8-12 ft. Of late years the practice of graft-
ing has been growing in favor. The 1-year-old seed-
lings are root - grafted, just as they stand in the row.
The grafts will grow about 8 feet in one year. Grafting
is much more successful than budding. When trees are
budded, ring-buds are used, and the tie is a strip of
waxed cloth.

The trees are planted in orchard form at either 1 or 2
years of age, preferably the latter. They are usually
set in squares 50 ft. apart. The trees make very little

WALNUT

growth the first year, many of them not more than 6
inches. After this the growth is rapid. The trees are
tied to stakes with strips of cloth, since they are very
tender when growing, and the swaying of the tree by
the wind quickly causes any other tie to cut through
the bark. Walnut trees are pruned very little. At first
small limbs are allowed to start about
the trunk, but later these are pruned off
to a height of i feet. Some of the longer
growths are shortened back while the
trees are young; and after they are older
tin- low limbs which bend down in the way
of cultivating are removed.

The Santa Barbara Softshell begins to
bear the third year from planting, but
does not produce profitable crops before
the fifth or sixth year. Precocity in bear-
ing is not a desirable quality in Walnuts,
since no Walnut tree will produce a prof-
itable crop until it attains sufficient size
to support it. Hardshell trees do not
bear as young, and they are not regular
bearers.

Walnut orchards in California receive
thorough tillage. They are heavily irri-
gated in winter, and plowed about 8 in.
deep in the spring. After this they are
irrigated and cultivated until the nuts be-
gin to fall, — about the 1st of September.
Late irrigation fills out the nuts and
causes the hull to open readily. Heavy
fogs are also desirable during harvesting.
The nuts are shaken down and picked up.
They are then spread in trays about 5
in. deep until dry, when they are bleached
and shipped to market. Walnuts were
formerly bleached with fumes of sulfur,
but this was found injurious to the nut.
They are now usually (lipped in a solution
of chloride of lime (chlorinated lime) and
sal-soda, to which a sufficient amount of
sulfuric acid has been added to set free the chlorine.

The majority of Walnut-growers are organized into
local associations. Representatives of these associa-
tions form the executive committee of the Southern
California Walnut-Growers' Association. This execu-
tive committee provides the form of contract which
the local associations may enter into with brokers,
and fixes the price. The local associations are man-
aged in several ways. In some the growers bleach
their own crop, while in
others the association performs
this work at its own packing
house.

The Walnut tree has very few
pests. The red spider some-
times attacks the trees, but it is
SJ'-l^^.i^'.'^fyfl not considered a serious pest.
V*Slfr '.*^OT'K °f late years a bacterial growth
' has developed to a considerable
extent which is more serious.
This attacks and destroys the
immature nut and the small
limbs of the tree.

Arthur Staley.
The Walnut in Central
California. Walnut -growing
is quite rapidly extending in
both the coast and interior val-
ley regions of Central California
and is also successfully accom-
plished in favorable situations
in the foothills up to an eleva-
tion of 2,000 ft. There are also
many instances of thrifty and
prolific trees in northern Cali-
fornia and southern Oregon.
This northward extension of
successful Walnut growing is
conditioned upon the use of the
best French varieties and the
rejection of the varieties popu-
lar to the chief commercial dis-

WALNUT

1961

tricts in southern California, viz., Prffiparturiens, May-
ette, Chaberte, Parisienne, Frauquette, etc. These va-
rieties are hardier in resistance of frost and leaf-burn
from summer heat. They are largely root-grafted upon
the seedlings of the California Black Walnut in the nur-
sery and are also being top-grafted upon old native trees.
E. J. Wickson.

J -VTj

2711. Juelans cinerea of
the eastern states.
(X %.)

The California Wild Wal

Walnut Bacteriosis. — Chief among the more serious
diseases of Jitglans regia m the United States is a bac-
terial blight of the nut, branch and leaf of that tree.
This blight now has its greatest development along the
Pacific coast, especially in Orange and Los Angeles
counties, California. The germ which causes this dis-
ease is a newly described species of Pseudomonas (P.
juglandis). Different effects of the disease are shown
in Fig. 2714.

The organism of Walnut bacteriosis winters in the
fallen nuts, in the diseased tissues of affected branches,
and especially in the pith cavity of the latter. New in-
fections occur as soon as spring growth begins, taking
place near the growing point of branches, in the open-
ing leaves, and upon the young and tender nuts. The
finer lateral veins of the leaves and the adjoining par-
enchyma are destroyed, and the midrib is often af-
fected. The injury resulting from infection of the branch
will largely depend on the tenderness of the latter at
the time and point of infection. If the tissue is tender
a canker-like spot will be eaten through to the pith, or
the entire end of the shoot may be destroyed. If the nut
is infected while small, its complete destruction usually
follows, the digestive action of the germ involving hull,
shell and kernel. Nuts infected early in the season
mostly fall when small, while later infections frequently
result only in the destruction of the hull and the black-
ening of the outer layers of the shell, the tissues hav-
ing become too hard for the further progress of the dis-
ease. As in the case of pear blight, rapidly growing
trees are more subject to injury than those making a
slower and hardier growth. The spread of the micro-
organism through infected branches is generally only
local — it rarely extends more than a few inches from
the point of infection. A marked blackening of the in-
jured parts results from the rapid oxidation of the tan-
nic acid they contain, though this is not distinctive
of injury from this disease. Pseudotnonas juglandis
is actively motile; hence fogs, rain or dew aid in its
spread and increase the number of infections. The
water of irrigation mny carry the germ for miles.

The destruction of the tissues of the Walnut is effected

1962

WALNUT

by means of two ferments or enzyms secreted by the
organism. One is a diastatic ferment which converts
the starch of Walnuts into grape sugar; the other is a
peptonizing ferment which digests the proteids of the
cells. The action of these ferments becomes manifest
in the development of a water-soaked band immediately
surrounding the margin of the blackened infected spot
it the disease is active, and this appearance readily dis-
tinguishes this malady from all other injuries to the
nut or branch. As the secretion of the two ferments
depends largely upon a temperature of (15° to 75° F., a
much lower temperature is unfavorable to the destruc-
tive action of the blight upon the tissues, and when
such low temperature prevails the infected points are
likely to be cut out through the action of the cells of
the Walnut.

The losses from Walnut bacteriosis are often heavy,
especially in individual orchards or special localities.
A loss of 50 per cent of the crop is not uncommon, and

2713. Walnut orchard in Southern California

occasionally as high as 80 per cent of the nuts are
affected in badly diseased orchards.

The treatment of this Walnut disease has been found
to be difficult, but the spraying of the dormant tree has
shown a considerable saving when Bordeaux mixture
is used. It has also been learned that the hardshell
Walnuts are comparatively free from this disease, and
that certain softshell varieties are so nearly free that the
grafting of nursery stock from these resistant trees is
contemplated for new orchards. As no species of Wal-
nut except J. reqin has thus far shown this disease
undernatural conditions, many hybridizations have been
undertaken in hope of obtaining resistant and satisfac-
tory trees by this means Newton B. Pierce.

WALNUT, INDIAN. Aleurites triloba.

WAND PLANT. Galax aphylla.

WANDERING JEW. Zebrina pendnla and Trades-
cantia flumittensis. Also Sazifraqa sarmentosa.

WABATAH. Telopea speciosissima.

WARDER, JOHN ASTON, physician, author, horti-
culturist and forester, was born at Philadelphia, Jan-
uary 19, 1812. His early life was spent in a suburban
home, where he evinced a love of nature which he cher-
ished through life. Bartram and Darlington were among
his neighbors and he met in his father's house men like
Audubon, Michaux and Nuttall. In 1830 his parents
moved to Springfield, Ohio, where he helped clear up a
farm and first became interested in agricultural sciences
and comparative anatomy. He was graduated at Jeffer-

WARDIAN CASES

son Medical College, Philadelphia, in 1836. He settled!
in Cincinnati in 1837 and began the active practice of
medicine. He was early elected a member of the school
board and did faithful service for many years, making
it his business to travel through the eastern states and
cities to study systems of teaching in order to intiodnce
improved plans into the Cincinnati schools. He was
actively interested in and a prominent member of the
Cincinnati Astronomical Society, The Western Academy
of Natural Sciences, the Cincinnati Society of Natural
History. He was one of the founders of the Cincinnati
Horticultural Society and the Wine-Growers 'Association.
He was also prominent in the old Cincinnati College
and afterward in both the Ohio and Miami Medical Col-
leges. He was for many years president of the Ohio
Horticultural Society and vice-president of the Ameri-
can Pomological Society. He was among the first to
draw public attention to the improvement of public
grounds, private parks and cemeteries. The present
interest in landscape gardening in this
country is largely due to his eftoits and
writings. He was interested in estab-
lishing the famous Spring Grove Ceme-
tery, one of the earliest and best of land-
scape or lawn cemeteries, and was one
of the first residents of Clifton, whence
he moved to a farm near North Bend,
Ohio, formerly owned by President Har-
rison. There he spent most of his time
in testing varieties of fruit and methods
of culture, and prepared numerous prac-
tical papers for horticultural societies
anil other readers, and in fact established
a private experiment station.

In 1850 he began the publication of
the Western Horticultural Review,
which continued four years. In one
number is contained the first descrip-
tion of the Catalpa speciosa, now recog-
nized as one of the valuable forest trees.
His report of the Flax and Hemp com-
mission, published by the government
in 1805, was the result of much patient
study and investigation. "Hedges and
Evergreens" appeared in 1858. "Ameri-
can Pomology — Apples," published in
1867, was the result of more than 16
years of careful study, aided by hun-
dreds of correspondents in various parts of the cen-
tral states. It is still considered a standard authority
on description and varieties of apples, containing a
table of varieties and synonyms of over 1,500 names.

A report upon Forests and Forestry was the result of
his visit to the World's Fair at Vienna in 1873. as United
States Commissioner. In 1875 he issued a call for a
convention at Chicago to form an American Forestry
Society, which organization was completed at Phila-
delphia in September, 1876. The public was not yet im-
pressed with the importance of the subject, but this
pioneer association gave impetus to the plans for united
effort. In 1879-80, with the approval of various socie-
ties, Dr. Warder memorialized Congress, asking for a
commission for the study of forestry in Europe, but
general interest was not thoroughly aroused until,
largely through his efforts, the American Forestry Con-
gress held its meeting in Cincinnati in April, 1882. He
was honorary president of the Ohio State Forestry So
ciety, prepared strong memorials to Congress on behalf
of the forests and was shortly afterward appointed
agent of the Department of Agriculture to report upon
forestry of the northwestern states. He was devoted
in his interest in all which concerns rural life and in-
dustry; his efforts had a great and marked effect on the
horticulture and outdoor art of the great central states.
Death ended an active and useful life July 14. 1883.
R. H. Warder.
WARDIAN CASES are nearly air-tight glass cases
used for transporting growing plants on long sea voy-
ages. For this purpose they furnish the best and safest
method. They furnish the necessary light, protect the
plants from salt spray and foul gases, and require a
minimum of care, as the plants need no watering.
They maintain nearly uniform conditions of tempera-

WAKD1AN CASKS

WASHINGTON

1963

ture, moisture anti atmosphere. Similar cases are also
used iu greenhouses for growing filmy ferns, dwarf foli-
age plants and other small specimens that require a very
moist and close atmosphere. They were invented about
1S;JG by X. B. Ward, who wrote a book of 95 pages "On
the Growth of Plants in Closely Glazed Cases," pub-
lished at London in 1842.

WARCZEWICZSLLA. See Zy~
gopetalum.

WARREA (named for Frederick
Warre, who discovered the first
species in Brazil). Orchidia " .
Lvs. few. long, plicate: scape tall,
br acted, bearing a raceme of termi-
nal showy rls. : sepals and petals
subequal, concave, the lateral se-
pals united with the base of the
column : labellum not spurred,
united with the base of the column,
undivided, concave, with longitud-
inal ridges: column without ap-
pendages: pollinia 4, with a nar-
row stipe. Plants with the habit
of small forms of Phaius. They
require the same treatment as that
genus.

bidentata, Lindl. ( W. Lindeni"
(\na, Henf. ). Labellum regular,
slit at the end: ridges convex, the
central ones thinner and deeper:
bracts one-fourth as long as the
pedicels. Sept. Venezuela and
Colombia. A. F. 6:055.

W. cyanea, Lindl. =Aganisia cyanea.
Heixrich Hasselbring.

WASHINGTON, HORTICUL-
TURE IN. Fig. 2715. Thestateof
Washington may be said to have
two distinct climates, that to
the west of the Cascades, and
that to the east of this range of
mountains. The climate of
western Washington may, gen-
erally speaking, be said to be
very temperate. There are no
very great variations in temper-
ature. The summers are cool,
and in some parts somewhat
■dry. The winters are warm, or
at least not cold. In some
parts of western Washington
the rainfall is abundant,
amounting to 70 or SO inches;
in other parts the annual rain-
fall does not exceed 25 inches.
Those portions of western
Washington not bounded on
the west by the Olympic moun-
tains are subject to a much
greater rainfall than those parts
lying immediately east of these
mountains. Thus, parts of Jef- 2714.
ferson county and of Island
county are comparatively dry,
even though on what is known as the wet side of the
mountains. The whole of western Washington is a vast
forest; yet there are numerous valleys iu which trees
do not grow. The natural forest growth is coniferous,
except along the watercourses, where there is a consid-
erable growth of deciduous trees, such as alder, poplar,
willow, etc. In a few places scattering specimens of
nak, ash and maple are found. Vast areas of land
have been reclaimed from the sea, or at least from
Puget Sound, and these tide-lands are amongst the
best in the state. The summers are comparatively
bright and dry. the winters wet and almost sunless

In eastern Washington a wholly different condition
exists. The summers are bright, the temperature high,
and during the months of June, July and August prac-

Bacteriosis of the Walnut, as shown
and leaves. See page 1961.

tically rainless. Eastern Washington has a varying
rainfall. Those portions immediately east of the Cas-
cade range have a very scanty rainfall, but as we near
the eastern borders of the state the rainfall becomes
greater. In and near the Yakima valley, the rainfall is
from 4-G in. per annum. As we go east the rainfall be-
comes greater, until at the eastern
borders of the state it is about 22
inches, quite sufficient in this cli-
mate to produce good crops. Al-
titude has a marked influence on
the climate of eastern Washington.
In the valleys of the Columbia and
Snake rivers, from 400 to GOO feet
above sea-level, the summers are
long and hot, and in these portions
severe frosts are not felt. In these
low valleys the tenderer fruits
grow to perfection, but of these
there are only a few thousand
acres. There are two large val-
leys; viz., the Walla Walla and the
Yakima, each having an altitude
of about 1,000 feet, where the win-
ters are more severe, and where
fruit trees often suffer in bud and
twig, and where vegetation is at a
standstill for a longer period in
winter than in the lower altitudes.
All lauds in eastern Washington at
a lower altitude than 1,500 feet
must be irrigated to produce crops.
The larger portion of eastern
Washington, and especially that
bordering on Idaho, is high, rang-
ing from 1,800 to 2,600 feet above
the sea. It is in these high por-
tions that there is rainfall suffi-
cient to raise good crops without
irrigation.

The whole state is rolling. The
Cascade range cuts the state into
two very unequal parts, the
larger part lying to the east.
The watercourses, for the
most part, run in deep canons,
and the table-lands are any-
thing but level. The soil varies
from the deep basalt clay loams
to the volcanic ash, and to the
sand and silica soils of the
river bottoms. The higher
lands grow the hardy fruits to
perfection ; the river bottoms
grow the peach, apricot and the
grape, while midway between
these is grown a great variety
of fruits, garden products and
alfalfa. The best wheat lands
are the heavy clay soils at an
altitude of about 2,000 feet.

Fruits. -The state of Wash-
ington is fast coming to the
front in fruit production. There
are now planted within its bor-
ders about 80,000 acres of fruit.
Whitman county, on the eastern
border, has an acreage of 8,000
planted to fruits, mostly apples and prunes. Clark
county, on the west of the range, is the greatest prune
producer. The Puyallup valley, close to the Puget
Sound, is the leading small - fruit section, but the
whole state is adapted to many of the fruits. The
counties producing the largest amount of fruit are
Walla Walla. Yakima, Whitman, Clark, Spokane and
Kittitass. The islands of Whidbey and Orcas are fa-
mous for their fruits. Of the 80,000 acres in fruit now
growing within the state, 25,000 acres are in prunes,
mostly Italian, 40,000 in apples, and the remainder in
plums, cherries and grapes.

Prim ps. — The Italian prune (Fellenberg plum) is
planted in great numbers on both sides of the state.
Clark county has not less than 5,000 acres planted to

. fruit ;

11104

WASHINGTON

WASHINGTON

this fruit, and is still planting more. Then- is no other
portion of the United States, and perhaps not in the
world, where this varietj is so largely planted. There
is a demand for a large, somewhat acid prune, and the
Italian is satisfactory. The demand is growing and new
markets are constantly being opened up.

The French prim,- (Ageu, Prune d'Agen, Petite, etc. I,
is planted in considerable numbers, but nothing like the
Italian. Washington seems to be unable to compete w ith

that which comes from the low warm valleys of the
Snake, the Columbia, Walla Walla and Yakima. The
Bartlett is the great summer pear, followed closelj by
Flemish Beauty. For fall and winter, Aujou, Olairgeau,
Easter and Winter Nelis are largely grow n. Pears have
been successfully shipped from the Pacini to

Liverpool and London
ceiving the same attenl
yet a number of acres ar

planting of p,

plan,,

n's is nut re-
ig ,il' apples,

iSKlUGTOH.

|.|, HI

Unfortunately

i- a li.i

ideral le

but e

|ila

Wash

, to illustrate the general physical features.

'■ surplus fruit,
be plums are

shippers.

al demand for
■ I u an til y of
eat quantities
waste under
ii- varieties
are Washing-
Jeff, rson, Peach, Pond,
ihanl and the Damsons.
In rrit s. - Sweet cherries
w to great perfection in all
ions of the state, but espe-
ly so iii the Puget Sound
on anil in the warm valleys
he east side. Some m w
eties, natives of the coast,
ibly Bing, Lambert and
•riling, give great promise,
alrea.lv are leaders in the
kets of the West. The sour
ieties alsn grow and 5 ield

Sweet

,d p,

California in the production of this fruit. Neverthele
it is fairly profitable in Washington, yielding about t
same number of pounds to the tree as the Italian, at
sidling in the eastern markets a
the Italian usually sells for more
much larger.

The Silver prune, or Cue Plum (Coe Golden Drop/,
is a large, handsome prune when well prepared and
always brings the top market price, selling for two or
three nuts per pound more than Italian or French.
Not a great many are planted, ami in some cases the
prune-growers work their silver prunes over to Italians.
There are numerous varieties of prune planted on the
coast, but none in so great quantities as the Italian.
Much of the fruit of this prune is shipped green, i. <-.,
in a half-ripe condition. This Ends its way to the most
.-astern markets, and some of it even to England. The
fruit of the Italian stands shipment well, better than
any other variety. .Must large growers have evaporators
in their orchards, and the most of the fruit is preserved
in this way.

Apples.— The late-keeping winter apple undoubtedly
leads all other fruits in the total acreage now planted
in the state. The counties shipping the greatest
quantity are Whitman, Walla Walla. Yakima and Spo-
kane. The varieties mostly planted are Ben Davis,
Gano, Northern Spy, Wagener, Esopus, Arkansas,
Jonathan, Yellow Newtown ami Baldwin. The lower
warm valleys grow the long season apples, like Yellow
Newtown and Esopus, to perfection, while the higher
altitudes are best adapted to a shorter season fruit,
like the Wealthy ami the Gravenstein. All apples color
finely, and are very fair in ap
off years, but there seem t..
years, though tin- crops an- 1
in the middle or eastern s,
amongst the most profitable

in tin- warm val

1,000 feet. SHUT

an altitude of al

i-ys at

altitude not

greatest perfe

,1.. be

Hill feet

nuch
high lands

„l to he p,

-,1 spots. In tl

all
( I'iti.

Cherries have been
table, vet few new plantations are be-
am for this is probably to he found in
it being almost impossible to get the
care for a large crop of cherries,
planted to the same extent here as in
li.lille stat.-s. The native varieties do
so far north, except in a few fa-
iw warm valleys of the Snake and

s seel,, to ,|o Well. K V o , , the Etl-

" i In-ii- grows to perfection, ami
special winter protection. These
fairly profitable, tin- local market

l-iel

Coll.

ropi

usually rei
(Ihl Worlc
usually b(

Sum 1 1 Fruits. — The raspberry, blackberry, dewberry,
strawberry ami gooseberry all do well in the state, in
some sections of western Washington these fruits are
grown in great quantities ami an- mostly shipped to the
Montana markets. While the prices realized an- not
large, the crops are so abundant that small-fruit farm-

ing pi

tin

.f Puget So
turns from

atisfact.u-y.

the coast counties ami on some
Where suitable land is found
erry culture are said to be very

There are fe
be full years and slin
uch more constant thai
tes. Apple [.'rowing i
if tin fruit industries

Many large orchards have been planted that tire not yet
in bearing. At present the state grows much more fruit
than it can consume.

Pears. — Pears are grown to great perfection in almost
every part of the state, but there is no finer fruit than

lulifloiver and Cabbage Seed.— The production of
these seeds is now carried on in an extensive way on
Laconner Flats (reclaimed tide-lands) on Puget Sound.
The demand is good, and the crop profitable. Cabbage

ami 0111011 seed is produced in great quantities.

Bulbs.— At Whatcom. Whatcom county, an attempt is
now being made to cultivate what are known as Holland
bulbs. There are two establishments engaged ingrow-
ing hyacinths, tulips, narcissus, etc., and the results
dsing. Tulips make great numbers of offsets,
cinths propagate freely by the same methods
practice. 1 in Holland.

Horticulture, as an occupation, may be said to be
profitable within the state. It is true, markets are at a
great distance, but the mines in Idaho, .Montana and

e pn

Plate XLVIII. Washingtonia filifera, the most characteristic palm in California

WASHINGTON

British Columbia take great quantities of fruit and
vegetables. Shipments of perishable fruits have not
always been found to be profitable, but the state is fast
settling up, and the outlook for the horticulturist is very
bright. J. A. Balmer.

WASHINGTON GRASS. See Cabomba.

WASHINGTONIA (named for George Washington).
Palm&ceie. Tall palms, with the robust trunks clothed
above with remains of the sheaths and petioles: lvs.
terminal, ample, spreading, orbicular, flabellately pli-
cate, lobed nearly to the middle: segments induplicate,
filamentous on the margins: rachis short: ligule large,
appressed: petiole long, stout, plano-convex, very spiny
along the edges; spadices long, copiously paniculately
branched, glabrous: branches slender, rlexuous; spathes
long, membranous, split, glabrous : fls. white : fr.
small, ellipsoid, black. Species 3. Ariz., S. Calif, and
Mexico. Plate XLVIII.

filifera, Wendl. (Brahea filamentdsa, Hort. B. fil-
ifera, Hort. Pritehdrdia filamentdsa, Wendl. P.
filifera, Hort.). Weeping Palm. Figs. 2716, 2717.
Stem cylindrical, 20-40 ft., enlarged at the base (2-3 ft.),
covered with persistent petiole bases; petioles 2-5 ft.
long, 1-2% in. wide at the summit, glabrous, plano-con-
vex, the rather thin margins with stout, hooked spines;
ligule large, glabrous, lacerate; blade circular, tomen-
tose on the margins of the 40-60 segments, 3-5 ft. in
diam., cleft on the upper side nearly to the middle,
gray-green; segments margined with numerous fibers
6-12 in. long. S. Calif., W. Ariz. Gn. 25, p. 393. G.C.
III. 12:591. R.H. 1876, p. 372; 1895, pp. 153-155. G.P.
6:535. Gt. 1896:5.— IT. filifera is perhaps the most
characteristic palm of California. Its immense straight
bole and shaggy collar of derlexed dead leaves make a
striking and picturesque object. This collar of old
leaves usually burns fiercely in the dry season.

robusta, H. Wendl. ( Washingtdnia Sotidra?, Hort. in
part). Stem more robust: petiole shorter and more
densely spiny, the young plants with yellow spines and
black-violet sheaths and petioles, at length brown;
blade light green, 3 ft. long by 3% ft. wide; segments
60. Western Mex. G.P. 38:49. R.H. 1885, p. 403.

Sondrae, Wats. Stem 25 ft. high, 1 ft. in diam.: lvs.
3-4 ft. in diam., somewhat glaucous, very filiferous;
petioles 3 ft. long, very slender, 2 in. wide at base, %in.
at apex, floecose-hairy along the margins and with stout
curved spines: fr. % in. long, edible. Mex.

Jared G. Smith.

Further Notes on Washingtonia. — Our nursery
catalogues show that the identity of the three species of
Washingtonia is a matter of conjecture in the minds of
growers. In middle California there are two distinct
types in general cultivation: (1) the one having very
filamentous deeply cleft leaves, long (3-5 ft.) petioles
with yellow margins and spines, which is the Colorado
Desert species, W. filifera, Wendl.; it is less hardy in
San Francisco than W. robusta, suffering from cold
winds and fogs and often rotting at the center of the
growing part. (2) The species with more robust habit,
the growing part of the stem shorter and therefore more
distinctly conical, dark leaf-sheaths, short, stout petioles
with brown, often very dark margins and spines, and
shorter, more rigid, less deeply cut and often less fila-
mentous leaf-blades, which is the one from Mexico and
Lower California, W. robusta, Wendl. ( W. Sonorce,
Hort. Calif, in part). This dark color of the petiole
margins and spines is equally noticeable in the young
as well as in older specimens. Comparative study of
the inflorescence may perhaps establish this palm as a
mere geographical variety of W. filifera, but we have
not been able to study flowering specimens. It is cer-
tain that a part of the material offered by nurserymen
under the name of Washingtonia Sonora? is really W.
robusta. Its greater hardiness in the climate of San
Francisco shows that Washingtonia robusta is by far
the most desirable species for cultivation along the
coast of middle California.

The following data give evidence that many of the
specimens in cultivation in the San Francisco bay re-
gion have originated from Mexican seed and are not, as

WASHINGTONIA

1965

is sometimes suggested, mere cultural varieties devel-
oped from seed of the typical form of the Colorado
Desert. According to Charles Abraham, for many
years proprietor of the Western Nursery, San Francisco,
seed of Washingtonia robusta was introduced some
twenty-five years ago by Mr. Sressovitch, a commission
merchant of San Francisco, from the coast of Mexico
near Guaymas. Of the trees raised from this seed there
is a specimen at Abraham's nursery, and Mr. Abraham
states that there is a fine one in the grounds of St.
Ignatius College, San Francisco, and another at the
Crocker residence in Sacramento. The latter has al-
ready matured seed, from which Mr. Abraham has
raised a young plant. In the old Bolton garden at
Greenwich and Jones streets, San Francisco, there were
growing until this year several well-marked specimens.
According to Miss Lizzie Bolton, these were raised from
seeds presented to her mother, Mrs. James R. Bolton
(formerly Mrs. Estrada) by friends who brought them
from Mazatlan. These specimens are now in Mr. Abra-
ham's possession. A third importation of seed was made
by Mr. John Rock, manager of the California Nursery
Co. at Niles, but we do not know whence it came.

Washingtonia SonorCB is rarely seen in cultivation,
though frequently mentioned in nurserymen's cata-
logues, and it is certain that much of the material of-
fered under this name is really W. robusta. In his
"Flora of the Cape Region of Baja California," in Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci., series 2, vol. 3, pp. 109-182, Mr. T. S.
Brandegee records that Washingtonia Sonorce occurs at
La Paz and San Jose% and notes that "a species of
Washingtonia is abundant in the canons of the moun-
tains and may be this one." A few years ago Dr.
Gustav Eisen is reported to have collected seeds of a
Washingtonia at La Paz, which were handed to a gar-
dener in San Francisco for propagation; some of the
seedlings were obtained by Mr. Abraham, but only one
survived ; this specimen shows the characteristic slender

2716. Youne plant of Washingtonia filifera.

petiole and glaucous leaf of the true W. Sonora;. This
species appears to be much less hardy under cultivation
than W. robusta.

From the above notes it would appear that both W.

1966

WASHINGTONIA

Sonorai and W. robusta are found along the Pacific slope
of Mexico, on the mainland or on the peninsula of Baja
California. While the type locality of the former is
given as Guaymas, on the mainland of Mexico, the few

2/17. Old tree of Washinetonia filifeia.

specimens in cultivation have come from the peninsula,
and though the type locality is not certainly known,
most of the specimens in the trade apparently came
from Guaymas and Mazatlan on the mainland.

In cultivation in California Washingtonias respond
gratefully to an abundance of water during the dry sea-
son. It is a mistake to suppose that because they are
desert plants they will thrive without moisture; on
the borders of the Colorado desert, where they grow in
abundance and luxuriance, they occur beside saline or
brackish springs. j Jos BcKT Davy.

WATER ALOE. Stratiotes aloides. W. Arum is a
name sometimes applied to Calla pahistris. W. Beech.
Carpinus Caroliniana. W. Caltrops, or Water Chestnut.
Trapa nutans. W. Chinkapin, or Chinquapin. Nelumbo
luteu. W. Cress. See Cress and Nasturtium officinale.
W. Hyacinth. See JBichhornia.

WATERING. An abundant and convenient supply
of pure, fresh water should always be a first considera-
tion in locating a garden or greenhouse. Having this,
the next matter is knowing how to use it, for here,
good gardeners say, lies nine-tenths of the elements of
success. Certain it is, especially in the indoor cultiva-
tion of plants, that more depends upon knowing when
to give or withhold water than upon any other single
matter. The art of watering is unteachable; it requires
experience, judgment, skill. Some knowledge of the
commoner facts of vegetable physiology, physics and
soil physics will be helpful, but even then experience
"will be necessary. Two common types of watering-

WATERING

cans are shown in Fig. 2718. In American gardens,
however, watering is usually performed with a hose
from a stored water supply.

General Rules.— A fairly safe guide is: never water
plants until the soil has become dry, though not
"powder-dry," and then give them a thorough soaking.
Plants dislike a continuously wet soil. In the care of
plants in earthenware vessels, a useful test is to thump
the jar. If it rings the soil is dry; if the sound pro-
duced is dull the soil is sufficiently moist. Such rules,
however, are only for the novice. They presuppose
activity of growth, and take into account only one con-
sideration aside from this, and that is the condition
of the soil as regards moisture. The experienced gar-
dener reads his practice in his plants and the conditions
under which they are being kept. The following sug-
gestions are based upon the most important considera-
tions.

Actively growing plants may be watered very freely,
as a rule, whereas in a dormant or semidormant state
the same plants will require only occasional water-
ings.

Soft-stemmed or rapid-growing plants ("soft-wood"
and "hard-wood" plants), and those with large leaves,
need, as a rule, an abundance of water when growing
actively. Hard-wood or slower-growing plants, with
smaller leaves, must be watered with greater care. Soft-
wooded plants, with some exceptions, may at times even
flag somewhat for want of water, and recover without
permanent injury when a fresh supply is given. Hard-
wooded plants, as camellias, azaleas and heaths, on
the other hand, suffer permanent injury from becoming
too dry. It is safest to allow no plant in active growth
to flag.

The amount of foliage affects the plant's capacity for
using water. Plants which have been cut back, or
which from disease, insects or other causes, have lost
most of their foliage, must be kept drier until they
have regained their foliage.

Unhealthy plants are benefited, as a rule, by being
kept rather dry until they begin to show signs of re-
newed vigor.

Small cuttings, or any plants freshly potted or newly
transplanted, are not in condition to use much water
until the root-hairs have attached themselves to the
soil-particles and growth has begun. A thorough wa-
tering at the time of potting or repotting the plants,
especially if they are subsequently shaded for a few
days, is usually sufficient until they have become
established.

The character and bulk of soil should be kept in
mind. Porous and warm soils dry out much sooner,
while the heavier clay soils are in danger of becoming
water -logged and sour, unless watered with care.
When there is a large mass of soil in proportion to
root development, as in the case of greenhouse beds
newly set with young plants, care must be used ir»
watering until the soil is occupied with roots.

Serious trouble often begins in the greenhouse from
a heavy watering at the beginning of a period of dark,
muggy weather. Not only does such watering do dam-
age to the soil and roots, but the excessive humidity of
the air about the plants and its weakening effect upon
their tissues, invites the attacks of various mildews,
fungi and insect pests.

The time of day is important. In the greenhouse ic
winter free ventilation is usually impossible. At night
there is a tendency toward a damp atmosphere.
Careful florists, therefore, water in the early part of
the day at this season, so that the house will have
become somewhat dried out by nightfall. It is seldom
advisable to let plants go into the night with wet foli-
age. It gives the fungi a chance. Especially hazardous
is it to water cutting benches or boxes of young seed-
lings late in the day in the winter season. The various
damping-off fungi find under such treatment the condi-
tion suitable for their development. Excessive humidity
on the interior of a closed plant-house is most likely to
occur in moderate weather. During severe weather the
condensation upon the glass is large and renders the
air of the house drier. During summer, when there is
free ventilation, the watering may advantageously be
done late in the day. Midday watering at seasons when

WATERING

the sunshine is very bright is often followed by scald-
ing of the foliage unless the plants are well shaded.
Ferns, Rex begonias, Chinese primroses and vichardias
are among plants easily injured in this way.

Consider the temperature. The temperature at which
the plants are kept, the position of the heating pipes,
the amount of light, and the freedom of ventilation per-
missible, need to be kept in mind in watering plants in
glasshouses. It is better, as a rule, to have the water-
ing conform to these conditions ; but frequently the prac-
tice must be reversed.

Experiments by the writer show, beyond question,
that the temperature of water used in watering plants
exerts a marked effect upon the growth, flowering and
fruiting of plants. It is now held that, in general, the
water should be of a temperature close to that of the
air in the house where the plants are growing, or about
10° P. below.

Watering may be indirect. Shading the glass of
greenhouses in summer with some suitable material is
much practiced by florists for the purpose of sheltering
plants from too great intensity of light, and for the
purpose of reducing evaporation and transpiration.
Certain kinds of plants, as palms, and some kinds of
ferns, require this; also newly potted plants. Syring-
ing of walks, by reducing the temperature and increas-
ing the humidity of the air, also tends to reduce trans-
piration and save watering. Watchfulness and atten-
tion to ventilation are necessary, however, to avoid
excessive humidity, which tends toward a soft watery
growth and extreme sensitiveness and susceptibility to
disease.

Vessels to contain plants should always be provided
with openings at the bottom for perfect drainage.
This, in a measure, is a safeguard against overwater-
ing. Investigation has shown that a soil which is kept
continuotisly wet through bad drainage or otherwise is
rapidly impoverished through loss of nitrogen. A fer-
mentation is also set up in the roots, which through the
formation of alcohol and other products, results in their
destruction.

While a constantly wet soil is always very objec-
tionable, thoroughness in watering as often as the
plants need water is of the greatest importance. When
enough water has been supplied there will be more or
less dripping from the bottom of the pot. It is a good
plan to leave a space of 1K-2 in. or more at the top of
the pot for the reception of water. This space should
be so large that when filled, the supply of water in soak-
ing downward will penetrate to the bottom of the vessel.

See, also, Greenhouse Management, p. 696.

WATERMELON

1967

2718. Watering

The can on the left, flattened on the sides, is gen-
erally preferable. It can be carried in greenhouse
walks and in narrow rows. The long spout enables
the operator to apply the water directly to the roots;
and the greater force of the discharging water makes
a better spray from the rose.

ments, some of the advantages of this method of apply-
ing water. The essential features of this system are
a water-tight bench, with earthenware tile placed in
rows upon the bottom either crosswise or lengthwise to
the bed. Soil is placed about and over these. Openings
into the runs of tile are left at convenient points.
Water poured into these openings runs along the length
of the tile and is carried outward and upward into the
soil by capillarity— thus moistening the soil from below
upward. In beds over 50 ft. long a fall of 2 in. to every
50 ft. is recommended. See Pigs. 1182-3, Vol. II.

J. C. Arthur has experimented with a plan which, in
many respects, is an improvement upon the "tile sys-
tem." Here porous brick, having the lower edges
cracked off, are placed edgewise and close together over
the bottom of the bench. The shattered edge of one
brick meets that of its neighbor. A network of channels
is thus formed over the bottom of the bed, whereby
water is distributed over the entire bottom. Capillarity
carries the water upward, through the layer of bricks to
the soil resting upon them. The amount of water ap-
plied at a given time is indicated by a gauge near the
edge of the bench. This consists of a U-shaped tube,
placed at some convenient place, having one end in-
serted through and on a level with the bottom of the
bench; the other rises an inch or so higher outside
the edge of the bed. Carnations and lettuce have given
excellent results grown by this method of subwatering.

Subwatering in connection with flower-beds and
borders in the open ground has also proved very ad-
vantageous. It tends to prevent the formation of a
crust on the surface of the soil, and keeps it loose
and porous, carrying the soluble plant-foods upward
instead of downward. For further notes, consult the
article Irrigation.

Watering Lawns and Flower-Beds. — In watering
beds in the open ground, and lawns, the chief thing is
thoroughness. Superficial waterings induce the forma-
tion of roots near the surface. Neglect and subsequent
drought then prove more disastrous than ever. The
evening is the best time for surface sprinkling. Wa-
tered in the heat of the day, grass and various other
plants are likely to have the foliage injured. Ordina-
rily it is better to avoid watering beds of plants in the
open ground if possible or delay it until really neces-
sary, and then water thoroughly. Ernest Walker.

Plunging.— While it is true that most of the water
given to the plant passes through the soil and escapes-
from the hole in the bottom of the pot, yet much that
is left in the soil, — which is considerable if the soil
is saturated as it should be,— is evaporated from
the porous sides of the earthenware pots. In warm
sunny weather plants in small pots, standing on a bench,
dry out very quickly. This can be avoided by plung-
ing the pots in some material, as coal ashes, tan bark,
or, better than all, spent hops. When plunged to the
rims, only half of the surface watering is needed, and
the advantage of less watering is shown by a marked
improvement in the health and vigor of the plants.
Such a benefit is this plunging that plants which would
otherwise need a shift into a size larger pot, can be car-
ried along another month in perfect health. This ap-
plies more particularly to quick-growing, soft-wooded
plants, geraniums more especially, for these are quickly
exhausted by too frequent waterings.

William Scott.

WATEELEAF. Hydrophyllum. W. Lemon. See Pas-
siflora lauri folia. W. Lettuce. Pistia Stratiotes. W.
Lily. See Nymphaa. W. Milfoil. Myriophyllum. W.
Oak. tyuercus nigra, commonly known as Q. aquatica.
W. Oat. Zizania aquatica. W. Plantain. Alisma
Plantago. W. Plants. See Aquatics. W. Heed. Arundo.
W. Pest. Elodea Canadensis. W. Shield. Brasenia
peltata. W. Soldier. Stratiotes aloides. W. Thyme.
Elodea Canadensis. W. Weed. Elodea Canadensis.

Subwatering . — A method of watering known as "sub-
watering" has been made use of in recent years for
supplying moisture to plants growing in beds. W. J.
Green, of the Ohio Experiment Station, was one of the
first in this country to point out, as the result of experi-

124

WATERMELON. Figs. 2719-20. Plate XLIX. The
Watermelon (Citrullus vulgaris, which see) is a native
of the warmer parts of Africa. It is a tender annual. It
has been cultivated from prehistoric times. It reaches
its highest development in warm and sunny climates.

1968

WATERMELON

WATERMELON

There is probably no country in which the Watermelon
is grown to such a large extent as in the United States.
All the central and southern states can grow Water-
melons to perfection, and there are some of the short-
season varieties that thrive well as far north as Ontario.
It is always important that light and "quick" soils be
selected for the Watermelon, but this is particularly
true in the northern part of the country, since the plants
must secure a very early start and grow rapidly in
order to mature in the short seasons. It is probable
that a well-matured Watermelon raised in the North has
as good quality as one grown in the South. Some
persons believe that seeds from melons grown for
several generations in the North give earlier and better
results in the North than southern-grown seeds; but
the subject yet needs further experiment. However,
the Watermelon is generally not so adaptable to the
northern parts of the country as the muskmelon is, and is
not so largely grown. The Watermelon can be so cheaply
grown in the South and the West, and it transports so
readily, that there is practically no Watermelon growing
for profit in the northern states. Nearly every home
garden can grow its own supply. The seeds may be
sown directly in the open ground; or, in the northern
sections, it is better to start them indoors in transplant-
ing boxes or on sods, as explained under Muskmelon
and Transplanting. It is well, also, in the northern
states, to use rather freely of some quickly available
fertilizer in the hill, in order to start the plants off
early. If the lands are loose and leachy and likely to
dry out, or, on the other hand, if they are hard and
tend to become lumpy, it is well to make "hills" by
mixing one or two large shovelfuls of manure with the
earth; but it is important that this manure be short
and well rotted and then very thoroughly mixed with
the soil. If the manure is coarse and not well in-
corporated with the soil, the hill is likely to dry out and
the fertilizing elements are usually so tardily available
that the plant does not get a quick start. The smaller-
growing varieties may be planted as close as 6 x 8 feet,
but it is customary not to plant them closer than 8 feet
either way. In the South, where general field practice
is employed, the melons are usually planted about
10 feet apart. The flea beetle and the striped cucumber
beetle are likely to be serious on the young plants.
Hand-picking and thorough spraying with Bordeaux
mixture and Paris green are the most available
remedies. In the northeastern states, the Georgia
Watermelon is chiefly known, although nearly all parts
of the South grow the melon with satisfaction. Lately
very large melon industries have developed in Colo-
rado. A very large part of the United States is really
well adapted to the commercial growing of the Water-
melon.

The common Watermelons are used as dessert fruits.
However, there is a race of hard-fleshed very firm
melons that are used for the making of preserves (Fig.
2720). Since these are used for the same purposes as
the true citron of commerce, they are commonly known
as citrons. They come true from seed. l H. B.

Watermelon Culture in Georgia. —The Watermelon is
the only important fruit or vegetable that has no valu-
able by-products. Its saccharine matter cannot be
profitably converted into sugar. Its enormous reservoir
of juice or sap refuses to be turned into vinegar or
■wine, as putrefactive instead of acetic or alcoholic
fermentation results. For this reason, also, it does not,
like the cantaloupe, produce a good brandy when dis-
tilled. Its substance cannot be successfully used in
animal nutrition — serving, at best, as a mere diuretic or
digestive.

Habitat and Distribution.— Throughout the entire
tertiary region of the Atlantic and Gulf states, from the
seacoast to a curved line marked by the Piedmont
Escarpment which sweeps diagonally southwest from
Richmond to Vicksburg on the Mississippi — throughout
this vast area— "the land of the long-leaf pine" (and of
the wiregrass)— the Watermelon flourishes unrivaled,
attaining there its serenest, fullest perfection. And of
this area Georgia in particular is noted as producing
not only the bulk of the crop shipped to northern trade
centers, but the choicest selection as well.

To a certain limit perfection in the melon is found'
to directly parallel latitude — regulated and modified,
of course, by the corrections imposed by isotherms,
geological formation and local conditions and environ-
ment. Every mile traveled southward from New Eng-
land toward this limit, which corresponds, practically,
to the boundary between Georgia and Florida on the
Atlantic slope and to the Brazos river in Texas, the
possibilities of the melon enlarge — its size improves, its-
sugar content increases, its flavor refines and intensi-
fies. Beyond the limit southward, deterioration again
begins, progressing with even greater rapidity than in
the opposite direction, or northward from the climactic
or focal "line of perfection;" so it happens that the
melon of extreme South Florida or of the Rio Grande^
country is little if any superior to its colder and more
impassive sister of New Jersey or Long Island. In this,
the melon but follows a fixed morphological rule, prom-
inently emphasized by many familiar products of the
garden and orchard.

The "line of perfection" referred to — which, indeed,
is ultimately reducible to a focal "point" of perfection
— is, like the center of population, liable to change as
conditions and methods vary or improve under local
development. At present this point or center may per-
haps be located with more reason at Valdosta, in South
Georgia, near the Florida line, than anywhere else.
Augusta, however, in eastern Georgia, was formerly
considered the great center of southern melon produc-
tion—its very "throne of empire"— and was, for many
years, noted for shipping the largest, choicest and most
succulent specimens found in the markets of the North
and West.

Varieties.— Twenty years ago, and for many years
previous, the tempting if rather startling announce-
ment, "Augusta Rattlesnakes" could be seen invitingly
placarded over every progressive ice-dealer's door in all
of the big cities of the land. Then crept in the "Kolb.
Gem," an Alabama product, somewhat superseding,
though not displacing the famed "Rattlesnake" as &
market favorite, and the public began to prefer the
round to the oblong form, though still partial to the
"striped rind."

In ante-bellum days, besides the Rattlesnake only two
varieties obtained general recognition at the South for
excellence — the Lawton and Cuba melons, with their
evolved offspring— the former dark green, the latter
belonging to the white or gray type ( pale green rind
with delicate, darker green tracery) but both of them
of oblong shape. These were in great measure gradually
displaced by the Georgia (or Augusta) Rattlesnake, and
it, as stated, was in turn forced to partially yield prec-
edence to the Kolb Gem. The round or ovoid form
became fully established in public favor by the later
advent of the "Jones " type, which soon dominated the
market, its refreshing dark green color proving par-
ticularly attractive. Selections of this strain, culminat-
ing with Duke Jones, Lord Bacon and others, have
finally brought the melon up to its highest perfection,
though the Girardeau innovations from Florida, such as
Florida Favorite, New Favorite and Triumph, still con-
test their supremacy, while the older standards, as
Rattlesnake, Sugarloaf, Sheephead, Scalybark and the
like are by no means "back numbers."

Nor have the North and West been altogether idle in
the work of development, many of the best of the recent
introductions and some of the older strains coming
from these sections. Indiana, for instance, gives us
Sweetheart and Hoosier King; Cuban Queen, Delaware
and Boss come from the Middle States; while Virginia
contributes Jordan Gray Monarch.

Many points combine to form the ideal melon. The
scale of excellence for the southern type is probably
about as follows:

Per oent

Shipping capacity 35

Size 25

Productiveness 15

Quality 10

Earliness 8

Shape 4

Color of flesh 2

Color of rind, or marking ]

Total 100

WATERMELON

WATERMELON

1969

As southern melons are intended, primarily, for sale,
a hard, thick rind, with firmness and solidity of flesh,
is a paramount requisite, as it makes a safe shipper and
long keeper.

Unfortunately, quality, which is based mainly upon a
high sugar content, is generally inseparable from a thin
rind and tender flesh — contradictory features to those
requisite for a good shipper. This accounts for the
relatively inferior quality of such melons as Rattle-
snake, Kolb Gem and Jones, which are grown, of
course, for distant markets. The metropolitan seldom
realizes the supreme lusciousness which it is possible
for some of the best local varieties in the South to

2719. A Georeia Watermelon.

attain unless he has been lucky enough to test them in
the field. Even a Lord Bacon, "the best of the shipping
melons, cannot stand table comparison with Ramsay,
Dixie, Jordan Gray Monarch, Kleckley Sweets, Mclver
Sugar, Phinney Early or Mountain Sweet.

Shape is of minor consideration, if only ordinary
symmetry or freedom from distinct deformity is pre-
served, as preference appears to be divided between the
round or ovoid and elongated forms, while the marking
or color of rind is of still less moment; although of
late a solid green tint seems to find a readier market
than either the striped or "gray" marking, while an
irregular, blotched surface, as with Scalybark or Moun-
tain Sprout, though attached to good quality and size,
is distinctly objected to.

With regard to color of flesh, the public is united in
demanding a deep red or crimson heart, with few seeds;
for white or golden-fleshed varieties have never found
favor. They are generally regarded as wanting in
character or insipid, although some melons of this type
unquestionably attain superior quality.

Little difference is observable between varieties in
their capacity to resist disease and insect depredation.
Vigor of growth depends mainly upon individual cul-
tural methods and little upon variety; nor is there much
marked difference in time of maturity between the dif-
ferent strains.

Of all the physical features enumerated, size and
shipping capacity are by far the most important — to-
gether aggregating 60 per cent of the requisites for an
ideal type. Size is almost as necessary as resistant
rind, and it is fatal to attempt to ship small melons.
Results would be far better if stricter culling should be
universally followed.

To summarize: For shipping purposes the following
varieties may be confidently listed as superior, in the
order named: Lord Bacon, Kolb Gem, and Georgia
(preferably Augusta) Rattlesnake.

For table or family: Jordan Gray Monarch, Sibley
Triumph and Seminole.

For early melons: Memphis, Augusta Sugarloaf and
Augusta Rattlesnake.

For late melons: Boss, Scalybark and Sweetheart.

Culture. — While the Watermelon is extremely cosmo-
politan and will readily accommodate itself to a variety
of soils, and, particularly in its own best region — the
"Wiregrass"— will submit to an infinity of rough and
unscientific treatment without rebelling, yet a warm,
light, gray, sandy soil is its delight, especially when
supplemented by a strong clay subsoil that will daily

yield its modicum of moisture, little by little, when
called on. Like the cat and the grape, the melon cannot
bear" wet feet." Still, the soil should not be too dry.
Sufficient capillarity must exist to keep the roots of the
plants well supplied with their proper amount of mois-
ture—though not enough to evaporate the entire reser-
voir of water in the subsoil into the atmosphere. A
soil too rich in humus is not desirable. Sufficient nitro-
gen for its use can be supplied artificially where it does
not exist naturally. A surplus may, and generally does,
produce larger melons, but at the expense of quality.
They will prove soft, watery and insipid — poor ship-
pers, and with a small percentage of sugar. Therefore,
an ideal location for a melon plat on a small scale will
be found on the site of an abandoned cowlot, or an old
garden spot. "Second bottoms "—the accumulated de-
tritus of hillsides — serve admirably, but creek bottoms
or heavy muck of any sort would be no more admissible
for the melon than for grapes or peaches.

Rotation of crop area is all-important. Never should
two crops of melons occupy the same plat with an inter-
val of less than three years between them. In that
time, insect depredators, attracted by the first melon
crop, will probably have become exterminated, and the
drain from the soil of specific plant-food (especially
potash) will also have been, to a great extent at least,
made good.

Preparation of the land should be thorough, but not
necessarily deep. The roots of the melon extend quite
a distance under ground laterally, but close to the sur-
face. The deeper the land is broken, the deeper the
roots will be induced to penetrate, disturbing their nor-
mal habit and producing surplus vine at the expense of
fruit. But because shallow plowing is permissible, for
that very reason the surface pulverization should be
thorough and effective. What is saved on the siibsoiler
should be expended on the harrow. After breaking,
two harrowings, one with a cutaway, the other with an
Acme harrow, should follow. This leaves the plat in
excellent condition, especially if a crop of cow-peas has
been grown on the land the previous year, as is always
advisable.

The richer the soil or the higher the fertilization, the
more luxuriant will be the resulting growth of vines.
Hence, the distance apart at which the "hills" should
be located must correspond. On very rich land 12 feet
apart each way is none too much: indeed, many growers
prefer this distance even on poor land. It is entirely a
matter for individual control. Probably 10 x 10 feet is
the distance most frequently employed, and in no case
should it be less than 8x8, and this very rarely. What-
ever the distance, the land should be checked in squares,
locating the hills equidistant in both directions.

Whatever the distance adopted, the plat, after its
final "freshening up" with the harrow, is "laid off"
with cross furrows made by a light "scooter" plow.
Then, in one direction, with a wide "shovel" plow, an
opening furrow is run in which the fertilizer is drilled
and thoroughly mixed with a scooter— two trips to the
row— on which four furrows are next "listed" with a
turn-plow, thus forming the bed for planting, which
will warm up sooner than the surrounding soil. The
"middles" are broken out later.

Many growers still cling to the obsolete practice of
dragging up the dirt with a hoe into individual hills at
the intersection of the furrows, and therein concentrat-
ing the manure, as in garden squash culture, instead of
employing the more modern and economical "continu-
ous beds." Where compost is used on a small scale
this may be excusable; but it is not only preferable,
but on a large scale necessary, to drill commercial ferti-
lizers.

A crop of cow-peas the previous year is the best
preparation that can be given an area intended for
melons. It leaves the soil well stored with nitrogen,
light, porous and easily worked. In midwinter or early
spring, according to latitude, the manure, if commercial
fertilizer is employed, should be put in; compost or
stable droppings sooner, to insure partial decomposi-
tion by planting time. Stable manure, however, is
always variable in its content of plant-food, and there-
fore for mare reliable results connnercial fertilizers are
preferable, particularly when operations are conducted

1970

WATERMELON

WATERMELON

on a large scale. The following formula will be found

to be well adapted to the average soil:

Ll.s.

Nitrateof soda -"'i'"

High grade superphosphate 1,200

Sulfate of potash (or muriate of potash) 300

2.000
This is rather a high grade formula and will analyze:

Per cent

Nitrogen (ammonia equivalent 4.0 per cent) :; ::

Phosphoric acid (available) 8.4

Potash (K2O) 7.5

It may be used advantageously at the rate of from
400 to 800 lbs. per acre; the maximum amount, bow-
ever, will rarely be justified. An extra finish of nitrate
of soda— say a thimbleful per hill — applied just after
the plants are well up, will give them a good start.

Planting is performed by hand and the seed put in
quite shallow. Seeds should not be spared. Field mice,
pigeons, poultry, crows, cockroaches and other depre-
dators frequently prevent a perfect stand where but
few seed are used, and the time lost thereby, when re-
planting is necessitated, can never be regained. Twenty
seeds to the hill is not too many— preferably rather
more than less — each seed pushed down separately into
the mellow soil with the forefinger to the depth of an
inch or less. They should on no account be placed
deeper. This forces the marauding agency — whatever
it may be — to discover and destroy each seed in succes-
sion, which gives some a chance to escape; whereas, if
planted together in a mass, so soon as the pocket was
found the seed would all be scattered or devoured at
once. The process of planting as described seems slow
and laborious, but it really takes much less time than

2720. The Prese

its details indicate. ,On dry soil, during a time of
drought, it is sometimes necessary to put a "hoe-dab"
of earth on each hill, after planting, to serve as a mulch
and to induce germination. This is removed before the
cotyledons of the young plants appear.

In addition to starting uuder glass and transferring
to paper (Neponset) pots, in order to have the young
plants ready for permanent planting as soon as all dan-
ger of frost is over, the growth of the vine, after final
transplanting, may be forced by artificial means. A
section of small sewer-pipe or tiling is embedded per-
pendicularly in the hill and nightly draughts of water
(liquid manure, if desired, weak, with a solution of
phosphates) fed the plant. This stimulates rapid
growth in early spring and development of root sur-
face. When acid phosphate is used in solution, the
fruit is also said to increase rapidly in size, quantity
and quality. Careful thinning to one or two melons per
vine will also hasten their growth and development.

"Christmas" melons — should any one care for as cold
cheer at that season — may be had by selecting a thick-
rinded variety, as Kolb Gem, planting late in June,
handling carefully when pulled, and storing in some
dry, yielding substance, like cottonseed hulls, in a cool

cellar where the temperature is uniform and can never
drop below freezing.

After the plants are up they are at first thinned down
to three or four to the hill, and subsequently to one, or
at most two. One vigorous root system, well attended
to. will usually succeed in extracting from the soil as
much plant-food as will two, and will give a better
account of it, also, on "settling day."

Cultivation is commenced early and should cease
early. It is effected with either the five-tootbed or
eleven-toothed cultivator or with scooter and "heel-
scrape," and should invariably be shallow, except for
the first plowing after planting, when the middles are
customarily "run out" with a turn-plow or "twister."
"Laying by," or the cessation of cultivation, should
occur as soon as the vines cover the ground well. Vines
are never turned at any stage, if it can be avoided, and
under no circumstances after "laying by." Nor is the
land ever plowed in the early forenoon. To prevent the
wind from rolling and tumbling the vines, a thin broad-
casting of cow-peas is usually made at the last plowing.
They serve also, later, to partially shade the melons
and leave the soil in excellent condition for the next
crop.

Marketing. — Large areas for shipment are always
located directly on some line of railroad — if possible,
with a spur or side-track into the plantation. The
heaviest servitude attached to melon culture is the
initial haul, which should invariably be on springs. A
mile's jolt in a springless vehicle discounts profits
more severely than a thousand-mile journey, subse-
quently, in a ventilator car— the mode of shipment now
almost exclusively employed where a water route is not
convenient. Profits also largely depend on two other
considerations: judicious and severe culling, and the
proper selection of a market. The first measure cannot
be practiced too severely. Undersized fruit is unsal-
able, and the car-load average is invariably gauged by
the smallest melons it contains, as the strength of a
chain is measured by its weakest link. Nothing under
sixteen pounds should ever leave the field, and it would
be better to limit the minimum weight to twenty pounds.
Anything over thirty pounds ranks as large, over forty
quite large, and melons reaching fifty pounds are of
the first rank, although it is not uncommon to meet with
monsters of sixty, seventy or even eighty pounds,
while occasionally a phenomenally big one tops the hun-
dred mark. It is believed that the largest melon on
record (officially) attained the weight of 124 pounds.
This was grown near Decatur, Ga., some twenty years
ago — outside the established "Melon Belt."

In shipping, the smaller melons should occupy the
floor of the car, with the larger forming the upper tiers
— not for the purpose of deception or for the sake of
appearance, but because the smaller sizes better with-
stand jolting and pressure and there is also less loss if
they are injured.

As the importance of avoiding glutted markets is
self-apparent, and the judicious selection of his point of
shipment means to the grower success or failure, it
follows that shipping associations are almost an absolute
necessity — the ordinary planter who depends on his in-
dividual judgment generally "going to the wall." The
"Shippers' Unions," however, are usually able to cope
successfully with the problem and manage to distribute
the season's crop over the country in such manner as to
leave a living profit to the planter. Yet the industry is
now by no means so remunerative as formerly. Supply
seems to more than equal demand, and great complaint
is made by the grower of excessive freight charges,
while the transportation lines insist that their rates at
present figures are not profitable. And yet the grower
still continues to plant his melons, the railroads to
haul, and the public to purchase them!

Affections and Remedies.— After a stand is once ob-
tained—spontaneously and promptly — and this, when
all is said, is perhaps the main problem underlying suc-
cessful melon culture — its affections are comparatively
few and simple. Indeed, the Watermelon may be said
to be free from any vital disease, and its maladies are
almost entirely confined to those resulting from the at-
tacks of a few insect pests, as follows:

1. The melon worm (Marunronia hyalhtata). — A.

Plate XLIX. Watermelons.— The Orange variety

WATERMELON

WATSONIA

1971

small moth, the larvze of which, light, yellowish
greeu caterpillars about an inch long, destroy only the
leaves of the Watermelon, but both the foliage and
fruit of the cantaloupe or muskmelon. They are
"chewers," not "suckers."

2. The melon louse (Aphis goasypii).— This attacks
the foliage, only, in the form of the adult — a small
winged green fly, viviparous, whose wingless progeny
attain maturity in about a week from birth, and begin
to reproduce.

3. The striped cucumber beetle (Diabrotica vittata).
— A small black and yellow-striped beetle, a quarter
of an inch long, appearing in spring and attacking the
young plants as they emerge from the ground, its larva}
at the same time destroying the roots.

4. The flea beetle (Crepidodera cucumeris). Dimin-
utive, like all of its kind, but very active, feeding
on the young plants in spring, after maturing under
rubbish and stones. The adult insect eats the upper
surface of the leaves, in irregular patches, and the
larvse are said to burrow their way through the interior
of the leaf structure under the surface.

Remedies: The commercial grower is generally pre-
pared to accept the fact that none of these pests is
going to neglect him, and therefore makes his prepara-
tions to combat all, separately and collectively, and so
plans his schedule as to cover the entire list. The fol-
lowing is a detail of the operations advised:

1. Apply a pinch of nitrate of soda to each hill as
soon as the young plauts are up to insure full vigor and
power of resistance to all enemies as they arrive upon
the scene.

2. For the melon worm, striped cucumber beetle and
flea beetle, spray with Paris green — 4 ounces to 50 gal-
lons of water— for two or three sprayings, at intervals
of a week apart.

3. Spray intermediately, at intervals of a week (mid-
way between the arsenite applications) if the melon
louse is found to have located on the plants, with a

1 to 20 mixture of kerosene and water (using Weed kero-
sene attachment to sprayer) or with kerosene emulsion,
same strength. Whale-oil soap, 1 lb. to the gallon, may
be substituted for the kerosene treatment in ordinary
cases, but when obdurate resort must be had to carbon
bisulfide, a teaspoonful to the hill, in box-tops, clam-
shells or cheap vessels of any kind, under canvas-
hooped covers. This remedy is unfailing, but somewhat
troublesome, and is only justified when the commercial
grower is fighting desperately for his crop and liveli-
hood. A detail of the methods of preparing the
remedies here suggested may be obtained from the
article on Insecticides, in Vol. II of this work, which
see- Hugh N. Starnes.

WATSdNIA (Sir Wm. Watson, M.D., 1715-1787. elec-
trician and professor of botany at Chelsea), Iridacece.
A genus of 16 species of tender bulbous plants, one
from Madagascar, the others from the Cape of Good
Hope. They bloom from July to September and have
scarlet, rose or white 6-lobed flowers, with usually a
long, slender tube which is bent near the base. Wat-
sonias are very much like Gladioli, having the same
kind of a conn, the same sword-shaped, rigid lvs., the
same kind of a spike and the same season of bloom. It
is, therefore, a great mistake to suppose that they are
suited only to greenhouse cultivation. The main dif-
ferences between Watsonia and Gladiolus, from the
horticultural as well as botanical points of view, are the
longer tube and regular flower of Watsonia; three of
the six perianth-segments in Gladiolus being usually
different in size, shape and direction of spread. An im-
portant botanical difference is that the style-branches of
Watsonia are simple, while those of Gladiolus are bifid.

Great interest has been aroused in Watsonias recently
by the introduction of the "White Watsonia," known to
the trade as W. Ardernei. The plant might be roughly
described as a white Gladiolus. It is likely to receive
considerable attention within the next few years. It
grows 3 or 4 ft. high, strong specimens being branched,
and bears about a dozen fls., each2!-2-3 in. long and about

2 in. across. The purity of its color and its value for
cutting make it of exceptional interest to florists. There
are other white -fid. forms of Watsonia, but none of

them seem to be in the American trade. Pure white is
tlie exception in the iris family, while it is a com-
mon, if not dominant, "color" in the lily and amaryllis
families.

The White Watsonia has acquired so many names
that a short historical sketch of the plant is desirable.
All the stock in the trade at present is supposed to be
descended from plauts cultivated by H. W. Arderne, of
Cape Town. The original bulb was found 80 miles away
in a peat bog amongst thousands of the common pink-fld.
kind. In Oct., 1892, Mr. Arderne had 400 spikes in
bloom ami in March, 1803, some of his plants were pic-
tured in The Garden Tinder the name of Watsonia alba.
However, a pure white-fid. form had been previously
found near Port Elizabeth and a bulb sent to J. O'Brien,
of Harrow, flowered in England in 1889 and was then
fully described as W. iridifolia, var. O'Brieni, the
name adopted in this work. In the recent discussions
of the plant the fact has been overlooked that T. S.
Ware, of Tottenham, cultivated a white variety in 1880,
it being figured in The Garden for that year as Wat-
sonia alba. A nearly white form was cultivated in Eng-
land as early as 1801, but the tube was pinkish outside
and there was a rosj' spot at the base of each perianth-
segment.

William Watson, of Kew, was the first to emphasize
the close horticultural parallel between Watsonia and
Gladiolus and to urge the whole group upon the atten-
tion of the plant-breeder. This suggestion, coming from
the man who may be said to have created the modern
Cape Primrose or Streptocarpus, should result in an-
other fine race of hybrids before many years. However,
the Watsonia "bulb" is not so easily and safely stored
as that of Gladiolus.

Generic characters: perianth with long, curved tube,
the lowest and narrowest part ascending a short dis-
tance above the calyx; the tube is then dilated into a
cylindrical or funnel-shaped portion which bends down,
usually at a sharp angle; segments equal, oblong, spread-
ing; stamens unilateral, arcuate, inserted below the
throat of the tube. Baker, Handbook of the Iridese.
Flora Capensis, vol. 6.

alba, 4.

coecinea, 6.

iridifolia, 4.

aleiroides, 1.

densiflora, 5.

Meriana, :t.

angnsta, 2.

fulgens, 2.

O'Brieni, 4.

Ardernei, i.

humilis, 7.

rosea, 8.

A. Upper part of tube cylindrical or nar-
rowly funnel-shaped.
b. Length of p< rianth-segments %-H in.l. aletroides
bb. Length of perianth-segments %-l in.
c. Stems lull, S-4 ft., often branched.
d. Spikes In.r, ItS-gO-fld.

E. Fls. scarlet 2. angnsta

ee. Fls. rose-red or white.

f. Lvs. %—% in. wide: spikes

about U-fhl 3. Meriana

FF. LVS. Wider: spikes denser,

about ISO-fid 4. iridifolia

dd. Spikes densi , S0-50-tld 5. densiflora

cc. Stems shorter, mostly 1-2 ft., un-
branched.

d. Tube l%-2 in. long 6. coecinea

dd. Tube Hi-1% in. long 7. humilis

aa. Upper part of tube short and broadly

funnel-shaped 8. rosea

1. aletroides, Ker. Bright scarlet or pale pink-fld.
species, 1-2 ft. high, remarkable for the short perianth-
segments: stem simple or branched: spikes 6-12-fld.
B.M. 533 (rosy scarlet, splashed with cardinal, the inner
segments white at the tip).

2. angiista, Ker. [W. iridifblia, var. ftilgens, Ker.).
Scarlet-fld. species distinguished from W. Meriana by
the color of the fls. and by the shape of the perianth-
segments. In W. angusta the segments are decidedly
acuminate, while those of W. Meriana are more nearly
oblong and come to a point suddenly. Also the style of

W. angusta reaches to the tip of the perianth-segments,
while in W. Meriana it does not. B.M. 600. Gn. 17:230
(as W. Meriana, var. coecinea), 44:923.

1972

WATSONIA

WESTRINGIA

3. Mariana, Mill. This seems to be the dominant
species of the genus and hence the most variable and
the one most interesting to the plant-breeder. In its
widest sense it includes W. iridifolia, but for horti-
cultural purposes it will be convenient to consider the
latter a distinct species. W. Meriana is best restricted
to the commonest type at the Cape, which is a rose-fld.
species 3—1 ft. high, the stem usually branched, lvs.
%-% in. wide and the spikes 12— 20-fld. This is the
plant figured in B.M. 418 as Antholyza Meriana. Gn.
17:230 is more typical in color. The white-fld. form,
which is rarer in nature, is treated under W. iridifolia.
Baker says that there are scarlet-fid. forms of this spe-
cies, but he gives them no name, and it is probable that
all such should be referred to W. angusta.

4. iridifdlia, Ker. This is treated by Baker as a va-
riety of W. Meriana characterized by broader lvs. than
the type: fis. closer aud more numerous, white or pink-
ish. For horticultural purposes it will be convenient to
treat it as a distinct species and restrict the name to
the pink or rose-colored type.

Var. O'Brieni, N. E. Br. ( W. alba. Hort. W. O'Brleni,
Mast. W. iridifdlia, var. olh.Wni. Robinson. W. A rder-
nei, Hort. W. Meriana, var. alba, Hort.). White
Watsonia. A variety with pure white fls. discussed
above. Gn. 17:230; 43, p. 229; 51, p. 284. J.H. III.
29:219. G.G. III. 11:305; 19:143. A.G. 20:573.

5. densifldra, Baker. This very distinct and hand-
some rose-colored species more nearly resembles a
gladiolus than any other by reason of the density and reg-
ularity of its pyramidal inflorescence. Stems unbranched,
2-3 ft. high: spikes a foot long: fls. bright rosy red.
B.M. 0400.— There is a choice variety with pure white
fls. Var. alba, Hort., was introduced as early as 1891.

6. coccinea, Herb. This showy scarlet -fld. species
differs from W, Meriana in its stem being shorter and
unbranched, the spikes fewer-fld. and the styles a trifle
longer. Stem 1 ft. high: spikes 4-6-fld. B.M. 1194 ( W.
Meriana variety).

7. humilis, Mill. This species has rose-red fls. ap-
parently the same size and color as W. densiflora but
only 4-0 in a spike and the stem only a foot or so high.
B.M. 631. -A variegated form figured in B.M. 1193 as
W. roseo-alba has a spike of 8 flesh-colored fls. with
broad bands and splashes of scarlet.

8. rosea, Ker. Robust rose-colored species, growing
4-0 ft. high and the fls., though fewer than those of II".
densiflora, are perhaps capable of greater size. Spikes
about 15-fld. B.M. 1072.

W. argiita, Hort. John Saul. 1603. is presumably a catalogue
error, as no such name appears in Baker's latest monograph.

W. M.
WATTLE. See Acacia.

WAX BEKKY. Symphoricarpus. W. Flower. See
Hoya. W. Palm. Consult Diplothemium. W. Plant.

Hoya carnosa. Waxwork. Ce/astrus scandens.

WAYFARING TREE. Viburnum Lantana.
WEATHER PLANT. See Abrus.

WEEDS. It would have been a sorry thing for agri-
culture if there had been no weeds. They have made
us stir the soil, and stirring the soil is the foundation
of good farming. Even after we have learned that
crops are benefited by the stirring of the land, we are
likely to forget the lesson or to be neglectful of it un-
less the weeds constantly remind us of it. Necessity is
always the best schoolmaster; and of these necessities,
weeds are amongst the chief.

A weed is a plant that is not wanted. There are,
therefore, no species of weeds, for a plant that is a
weed in one place may not be in another. There are,
of course, species that are habitual weeds; but in their
wild state, where they do not intrude on cultivated
areas, they can scarcely be called weeds. The common
pigweed and the purslane are sometimes vegetables, in
which case potato plants would be weeds if they grew
among them.

The one way to destroy weeds is to practice good

farming. Judicious tillage should always keep weeds
down in cultivated lands. In idle lands weeds are likely
to be a serious nuisance. In sod lands they are also
likely to take the place of grass when for any reason the
grass begins to fail. The remedy for weeds in grass
lands, therefore, is to secure more grass. In order to
do so, it may be necessary to plow the land and reseed.
In some cases, however, it is only necessary to give the
land a light surface tillage, to add clean and quickly
available fertilizers and to sow more grass seed. This
is the fundamental remedy for weeds on lawns. If such
weeds are perennial, as dandelion and plantain, it is
advisable to pull them out; but in order to keep them
out, a stiffer sod should be secured. The annual weeds
that come in the lawn the first year are usually de-
stroyed by frequent use of the lawn mower.

Foul lands may usually be cleared of weeds by a
short and sharp system of rotation of crops, combined
with good tillage in some of the crops of the series.
When the land for any reason is fallow, — as when it is
waiting for a crop, — surface tillage with harrows or
cultivators will serve to keep down the weeds and to
make the land clean for the coming crop. Often lands
that are perfectly clean in spring and early summer
become foul in the fall after the crops are removed.
Cleaning the land late in the season, therefore, may be
one of the most efficient means of ridding the land of
weeds. Coarse and rough stable manure, which is not
well rotted, may also be a conveyer of weed seed. The
seeds of weeds are sometimes carried in the seed with
which the land is sown, particularly in grass and grain
seeds.

It does not follow that weeds are always an evil, even
when they are abundant. In the fall a good covering of
weeds may serve as an efficient cover-crop for the
orchard. They are likely to entail some extra care the
next year in order to prevent them from gaining a
mastery, but this extra care benefits the orchard at the
same time. It is, of course, far better to sow the cover-
crop oneself, for then the orchardist secures what he
wants and of the proper quantity and at the right sea-
son; but a winter cover of weeds is usually better than
bare earth.

From the above remarks it will be seen that weeds
are scarcely to be regarded as fundamental difficulties
in farming, but rather as incidents. In the most inten-
sive and careful farming the weeds bother the least.
There should be a careful oversight of all waste areas,
as roadsides and vacant lots. Experience has shown
that the greatest difficulty arises on commons and waste
land, not on farms.

Weeds are often troublesome in walks, particularly in
those made of gravel. If the walk were excavated two
feet deep and filled with stones, rubble or coal ashes,
weeds cannot secure a foothold. It is particularly im-
portant that gutters be not laid directly on the soil, else
they become weedy. There are various preparations
that can be applied to walks to kill the weeds, although,
of course, they also kill the grass edgings if carelessly
applied. Strong brine, applied hot, is one of the best
(1 lb. of salt to 1 gal. of water). There are also prepa-
rations of arsenic, vitriol, lime and sulfur.

L. H. B.

WEEPING TREES. Consult Frees.

WEIGELA. Referred to Diervilla.

WEST INDIA RATTLE BOX. Crotalaria retusa.

WESTERN CENTAURY. Kesperochiron.

WESTRlNGIA (.T. C. Westring, physician and au-
thor). Labiatw. An Australian genus of 11 species of
shrubs with entire whorled leaves and solitary, 2-lipped,
white or purple-spotted flowers in the leaf -axils or rarely
in terminal heads. Calyx bell-shaped, o-toothed; corolla
with a short tube and dilated throat: the upper lip flat
and broadly 2-lobed, the lower 3-lobed: fertile stamens
2r staminodia 2, short.

rosmarinifdrmis, Sm. Victorian Rosemary. A bushy
shrub with the branches and under side of the leaves
silvery white with appressed hairs: lvs. in whorls of 4,

WESTRINGIA

WEST VIRGINIA

1973

oblong-lanceolate to linear, Ja-l in. long: fls. white,
axillary, almost sessile; calyx 'A lines long; corolla not
twice as long as the calyx. Sandy hills, near the sea-
coast. Australia. — Offered in S. Calif.

F. W. Barclay.

WEST VIRGINIA HORTICULTURE (Fig. 2721), like
that of most other states, had its beginning as a side
issue of the usual operations of the farm. In fact, even
to-day it is considered as a sort of complement to grain-
growing or stock-raising in most sections of the state.
In some localities where towns have sprung up as the
result of coal, oil or railroad operations, the demand for
vegetables and small fruits has been largely met by
local producers. The market-garden work, aside from
the growing of watermelons, peas and tomatoes, is such
as has been encouraged by the growth of the neighbor-
ing towns. Melon-growing, which has an extensive
acreage along the Ohio river bottom, is the only branch
of vegetable-gardening which seeks markets outside the
state. What has been said of vegetable-gardening ap-
plies equally well to small-fruit culture, but the tree
fruits — notably apples and peaches — fall under quite a
different category.

The apple industry in West Virginia is chiefly of two
characters and has two regions, — the lower, and the north-
ern Ohio valley counties of the state. The former region
gives considerable attention to the production of early
apples for the northern markets. Several early harvest
varieties are grown, Yellow Transparent, Red Astrachan
and Pomme Royal predominating; these are followed
by Maiden Blush, Grimes Golden and Rome Beauty.
Because of the favorable climate in this region, the pro-
duction of this class of fruits has grown to be a profit-
able, although not a large industry. The northern Ohio
river valley counties, including what is known as the
Northern Panhandle, and the counties in the eastern part
of the state, bordering on the Potomac, form the present
areas for the commercial growing of winter apples.

The Hancock county orchards (northern end of Pan-
handle) are unique in storage facilities. Here nearly
every grower with any considerable acreage (fifty or
more acres) is provided with a storage-house, so that in
seasons of greatest fruit production there is sufficient
capacity for storing the crop. Previous to the fall of 1896
all the houses were constructed of stone and provided
with ice chambers for maintaining artificial cold. In
18% one house was built of wood on the principle of
confined air between walls constructed of wood and
paper. In this house, which has been used two years,
no ice is carried, and good results have followed. These
houses are of various capacities, ranging from 2,500 up
to 35,000 barrels.

The plan most in vogue is to have the fruit removed
from the trees by expert pickers, placed in barrels in
the orchard, headed and then transferred immediately
to the storage-house. In general, the barrels are stored
in tiers on the side. They are left in this position until
shipping season arrives, which usually begins in March
or early April and extends well into May. Before ship-
ment each barrel is opened, the contents placed in a
sorter and the fruits carefully assorted and graded.
The barrels are stenciled with the grower's trade-mark
and with the grade of the fruit. Through a series of
years these practices have been strictly adhered to and
as a result the fruit, the bulk of which goes south and
west, has a reputation in the markets to which it finds
its way. This region along the upper Ohio is peculiar
also in possession of a variety suited to its climate
and to the practices of the growers. This is known as
the Willow Twig, an apple of good size, good appear-
ance and fair quality, a long keeper and a good cooker.
Willow Twig and Ben Davis yield the greater part of
the crop of this region, although among varieties of
minor importance the Rome Beauty and Bentley Sweet
are some of the best.

The varieties chiefly grown in the eastern counties
differ quite as much from those of the Hancock region
as do the varieties of New York. In the eastern coun-
ties York Imperial or Johnson Fine Winter is the va-
riety upon which most dependence is placed. It is not
only a sure cropper, but is a good market variety, pos-
sessing high color with good flavor and fair keeping

qualities. It is one of the ten varieties included by
Taylor in his export list. This variety, placed in store
in October, can be moved from the cold room in Feb-
ruary, with little or no shrinkage from loss of moisture
and an equally small loss from decay. Ben Davis here,
as well as in Hancock county, forms a valuable second,
although the crop is better in the northern than in the
eastern counties. Among fall varieties for both sections
of i-he state none exceeds the Grimes Golden. This
apple, as well as the Willow Twig, is a native of the

Commercial apple

|M8 Com'l. apple and

peach areas.
Ulillllllll Suited to apples.

Peach districts.

2721. West Vireinia, to illustrate the pomoloeical regions.

state. Another apple belt in which young orchards give
much promise lies at the extreme southern border of
the state.

Peaches thrive in various sections of the state. In
fact, hardly a locality is without its supply; but strange
to say, in many instances the trees are chance seedlings,
and the quality of the fruit is correspondingly low. In
the five counties bordering upon the Potomac, however,
the industry has grown to important commercial pro-
portions. The orchards under the control of the Alle-
gheny Orchard Company aggregate nearly 150.000 trees.
Besides this there are numerous private enterprises
with orchards ranging from 500 to 5,000 trees. The
most successful orchards are situated upon the first
terrace of the mountain, Usually three to five miles
from the Potomac, and at an elevation of from 900 to
1,500 feet above tide. The soil is gravelly in nature,
resulting from the breaking down of shale and sandy
rocks. The methods of the Orchard Company above
mentioned mark a new era in the manner of handling
the peach crop. Instead of sending their product to
some commission house to be again scattered over the
country to the small towns, this company has a head
office in the city of Cumberland, and from there, as a
distributing point, peaches go direct to the dealers in
the small towns and cities, the commission of the mid-
dleman is saved, the retailer gets a fresh product direct
from the orchard, and the consumer is provided with a
better article.

In West Virginia, where lack of transportation is
often an obstacle, canneries are valuable as furnishing
a market for horticultural products. In the city of
Wheeling there are three extensive pickling and can-
ning factories where large quantities of cucumbers,
tomatoes and onions, as well as various fruits, are pre-
pared for winter consumption. In Martinsburg, in con-
nection with the cold storage house already mentioned,
a modern cannery of large capacity is operated, which
furnishes an annual market for the products of both
orchards and gardens. Besides these there are several
smaller concerns which confine their packing to one or
at most to two vegetables, tomatoes being the favorite.

11)74

WEST VIKGIN1A

WIGANDIA

It becomes evident that a state with the limited terri-
tory of West Virginia must have some other compensat-
ing feature to render it capable of such varied products.
A glauce at its geographical location, at the varied alti-
tudes and exposures, is sufficient to account for the va-
riety of climate. Persimmons, papaws and watermelons
thrive on the lowland, cranberries on the mountain
glades, and in the higher altitudes the huckleberry finds
a congenial home. Huckleberries are annually gathered
in great quantities both for domestic uses and for ship-
ment. Certain local areas are expressly adapted to the
cultivation of sweet cherries, others to pears of the
better sorts, and nearly every corner of the state fur-
nishes ideal conditions for the blackberry and dewberry
— the Lucretia dewberry being a native.

Tbe mountainous character of the state has been a
barrier to cheap railroad construction, and as a result
facilities for moving perishable products are not good,
and to-day hick of railroad facilities is the greatest
check to commercial horticulture. l q, Corbett.

WHAHOO or WINGED ELM is Ulmus alata.

WHEAT. See Triticum.

WHEAT, INDIA. Fagopyrum Tataricum.

WHIN. See Ulex.

WHIPPLE A (Lieut, [afterward General] A. W
Whipple, commander of the Pacific Railroad Expedi
tion from the Mississippi to Los Angeles in 1853-54)
Saxifraghceas. A genus of one species, a trailing sub
shrub with clusters of small white fls. which soon be
come greenish. The clusters have 4-9 fls. and the petals
are a little more than a twelfth of an inch long. The
plant blooms in March and April and is native to wroods
in the Coast Ranges of Calif. W. modesta, Torr., was
offered in the East for western collectors in 1881, but
the plant is horticulturally unknown. It is fully de-
scribed in Bot. Calif, and in Jepson's Flora of Western
Middle California.

WHITANIA. Catalogue error for Withania.

WHITE ALDER. Sometimes applied in America to
Olethra alni folia. White -and- Blue Flower is Cuphea
Llavea. White Cedar. Chamcecyparis spha-roidea. See
also Thuya. W. Cup. Ifieremberaia rirulnris. W.
Hellebore. Veratrum. W. Thorn. Cratu-niix. Whiteweed.
Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum. Whitewood. Tulip-
tree and Linden (Liriodendron, Tilia).

WHITFIELDIA (after Thomas Whitfield, intrepid
naturalist who made several explorations into tropical
western Africa and brought hack many choice plants).
Acanthaceoe. A genus of 2 species of tropical African
herbs, one with white, the other with brick-red flowers.
The latter is a bushy evergreen plant with numerous
branches terminated by racemes of about 8 dull red fls.
each an inch long. The calyx and corolla and often the
large bracts are all colored alike. This species has been
considered a desirable stove plant, and the first speci-
men known to cultivation bloomed from October to
March. It is, however, practically unknown in Amer-
ica. It has been catalogued in the American trade, but
seems to be little known.

Generic characters: calyx 5-parted ; segments colored,
oblong or lanceolate; corolla-tube swelled almost from
the base, or slender and cylindrical below and abruptly
inflexed above, widening into a bell -shaped throat;
lobes 5, ovate or oblong-lanceolate; stamens 4, didyna-
mous.

lateritia, Hook. Tender, evergreen, red-fld. subshrab
about 3 ft. high: lvs. opposite, entire, ovate or oblong
ovate, wavy: corolla between bell- and funnel-shaped.
Western Ti-op. Afr. B.M. 4155. F.S. 1:36. W. M.

WHITLAVIA. See Phacelia.

WHITLOW GRASS. Draba.

WHITLOW-WORT. See Paronychia.

WHORTLEBERRY. See Vaccinium.

WIDDRINGTONIA (Capt. Widdrington, formerly
Cook, who traveled in Spain). Conif&roz. W. Whytei,
M. Wood, is a coniferous tree from southeastern Africa,
probably not hardy N. It grows at an altitude of
5,000 to 7,000 ft. on Mt. Milanji in Nyassaland and is
known as the Milanji Cypress or Cedar. Seedlings of it
were first cultivated in 1894 at Kew, and plants have
recently been offered in Calif. According to Davy, it is
proving to be quite hardy near San Francisco. The
wood is dull reddish white, strongly aromatic, and locally
used for furniture and for doors and windows. The tree
attains a maximum height of 140 ft., with a girth of
")'.> ft. at a point 6 ft. above the ground, the trunk being
clear for 90 ft. The species has glaucous, linear, juniper-
like foliage and a cone smaller than a chestnut and longer
than broad. Widdringtonia is considered by Bentham
and Hooker as a subgenus of Callitris. Franceschi, how-
ever, reports that it has proved quite delicate to raise
in S. Calif.

WIGANDIA (Johannes Wigand, Pomeranian bishop;
wrote on plants in 1590). HydrophyUacea. About 7
species of tall, coarse perennial herbs or subshrubs
native to mountainous regions from Mexico to the
Argentine Republic. The fls. are 5-lobed, mostly violet,
1-1% in. across and borne to the number of 30 or more
in lax, terminal, cymose panicles. Wigandias are chiefly
valued as foliage plants for subtropical bedding, because
of their very showy character. Their leaves are cov-
ered with stinging hairs, similar to nettles. Many large
specimens may be seen in California, but the plants
are considered to be rather coarse and straggling.

2722. Wifrandia Caracasana (X %).

They are generally raised from seed every year, the
seed being started indoors as early as January. The
plants attain a height of 6-10 ft. in a single season.
They are unsatisfactory greenhouse plants, as they do
not grow vigorously indoors. The roots may be kept
over winter in a frostless place and stock may be se-
cured in spring by cuttings.

Wigandias have large, alternate, wrinkled lvs. with

WIGANDIA

WILDER

1975

doubly crenate margins and lax, terminal, cyniose pani-
cles, the branches o£ which are 1-sided spikes or ra-
cemes: calyx - segments linear; corolla broadly bell-
shaped, with a short tube and 5 spreading lobes; stamens
5, usually exserted: styles 2, distinct at base: capsule
2-valved: seeds small and numerous, pitted-wrinkled.

The species of Wigandia are endlessly confused in
current reference books, as well as in the trade, and
Index Kewensis reflects the general perplexity. The
following account is based upon Andrews revision of the
genus in K.H. 1861:371, with an important change in
the name of one species which requires a somewhat
tedious explanation. In respect to W. urens, Andr6
follows the previous revision by Choisy in DC. Prod.
10:184. The name Wigandia urens was first used by
Kunth, who applied it to a Mexican plant. Before this,
however, another plant of the same family but a native
of Peru had been called Hydrolea urens. Now when
Choisy came to monograph the whole family he trans-
ferred Hydrolea urens to the genus Wigandia and called
it Wigandia urens, Choisy. He, therefore, had to in-
vent a new name for the Mexican plant, and this be
called Wigandia Kunthii. Choisy's action would be
approved by the radical school of American botanists,
but not by the international rules of nomenclature
known as the Paris Code of 1867. Hence it is necessary
to give the Peruvian plant a new name, and it is here
called IF. Peruviana. The "common" or English names
suggested below may be convenient in explaining the
difficulties of the genus. (Kunth=HBK. )

A. Color of fls. lilac or violet.

B. Spikes 1-sided but IB-ranked, the
fls. pointing in two directions.

c. Plant with rusty hairs macrophylla

cc. Plant without rusty hairs Peruviana

bb. Spikes 1-sided but not t-ranked,
the fls. all pointing in one direc-
tion.

C. Capsule densely hairy urens

CC. Capsule slightly hoary -pabes-

ce ut Caracasana

aa. Color of fls. wine-red Vigieri

macrophylla, Cham. & Schlecht. Large-leaved
Wigandia. Tender Mexican perennial plant, attaining
a blight of 6 ft. or more in a season when treated as a
subtropical bedding plant : plant covered with two
kinds of hairs, long white, stiff, spreading, prickly ones
and short rusty hairs: only the lower surface of lvs.
covered with a thick, white felt : spikes 1-sided, 2-
ranked: fls. violet, with a white tube. R.H. 1861:371.—
The above is Andre's conception of the species, but
some writers would make it a variety of W. urens,
Kunth. The lvs. attain nearly 3 ft. in length under per-
fect conditions. Lvs. oval-elliptic, base more or less
heart-shaped.

Peruviana ( IT. urens, Choisy, not Kunth.). Peruvian
Wigandia. Tender Peruvian subshrub, distinguished
by the absence of rusty hairs and by the 2-ranked spikes
of violet flowers. Very hispid with long, stiff, spread-
ing hairs: lvs. 5-6 in. long in their native place, ovate-
cordate, covered with a white felt below. R.H. 1867, p.
470 (same as N. 4:208; doubtful).

urens, Kunth, not Choisy (W. Kunthii, Choisy).
Mexican Wigandia. Tender Mexican subshrub, distin-
guished by its 1-sided but not 2-ranked spikes of violet
fls. and densely hairy capsule. Very hispid: lvs. ovate-
cordate, pilose on both sides, rusty hairy above.

Caracasana, Kunth. Venezuelan Wigandia. Fig.
2722. Tender Venezuelan subshrub, distinguished by
its 1 -sided but not 2-ranked spikes which are revolute
at the apex and by the capsule which is merely hoary-
pubescent. Hairy: lvs. elliptic-cordate, hairy on both
sides, rusty-hairv above: fls. pale violet or lilac. B.M.
457.". I adapted in Fig. 2722). B.R. 23:1966. P.S. 8:755
(page 17). Gn. 4, p. 503; 8, p. 198. R.H. 1859, p. 653.
(The first three pictures are authentic — The lvs. are
longer and more acute than those of W. urens. It
is probable that the plants cult, under this name are
really IT. macrophylla. Andre' found it so in 1861, and
the trade is conservative about changing names.

Vigieri, Carr. Imperfectly described species of un-
known nativity. Carriere merely said it was a silvery
plant instead of somber and glutinous "like W. Cara-
casana " (by which he perhaps meant W. macrophylla).
Nicholson says the fls. are lilac-blue, passing through
vinous red to fawn-color before fading. In the Ameri-
can trade the red color of the fls. is considered distinc-
tive. N. 4:209. vy. jj.

WIKSTR(EMIA (after a'Swedish botanist). Thyme-
loeacece. W. pauciflora is offered by importers of Japa-
nese plants. "From its bark the celebrated Japanese
copying paper is made." Wikstrcernia is a genus of
about 20 species of trees or shrubs native to tropical
and eastern Asia, Australia and the Pacific islands.
Lvs. opposite, rarely alternate: fls. hermaphrodite, in
terminal racemes or spikes; periantb-ttibe long; lobes
4, spreading; stamens 8, in 2 series; filaments short;
disc of 1-4 scales: ovary villous, 1-Ioculed; style short;
stigma large, globose: fr. fleshy and naked or more or
less included in the base of the perianth.

canescens, Meissn. ( W. pauciflora, Franch. & Sav.).
Small shrub, 1-3 ft. high: lvs. 1-3 in. long, thin, alter-
nate and opposite, oblong-lanceolate: perianth 3—4 lines
long: fr. silky. Himalayas,, Ceylon, China,

WILDER, MARSHALL PINCKNEY (Plate XLI),
distinguished amateur pomologist and patron of horti-
culture, died at his home near Boston, Dec. 16, 1886, in
his eighty-ninth year. He was born at Rindge, N. H.,
Sept. 22, 1798. His inherited love of country life soon
showed itself, and at the age of sixteen he chose farm
work in preference to a college course. At twenty-seven
he moved to Boston, where he was long known as a pros-
perous merchant and president of many societies and
institutions. His active interest in horticulture may be
dated from 1832, when he purchased a suburban home at
Dorchester, where he lived for more than half a cen-
tury. His pear orchard at one time contained 2,500
trees, representing 800 varieties. During his life he
tested 1,200 kinds of pears and in 1873 he exhibited 404
varieties. He produced several new pears. In 1844 he
introduced the Anjou. He imported many fruits and
flowers new to America, and from 1833 to the end of his
life he was constantly contributing to the society exhibi-
tions the products of his garden. He carried a camel's
hair brush in his pocket and was always hybridizing
plants.

He delighted in floriculture, and his camellia collec-
tion, comprising at one time 300 varieties, was the best
in America. He raised many new kinds of camellias,
though he lost 500 seedlings by fire. His Camellia
Wilderi he sold to florists for $1,000. He also had a
notable collection of azaleas. As early as 1834 he pro-
duced a double California poppy. Among the many
floral novelties which he was first to import, cultivate
or exhibit in America were Diervilla rosea (1851),
hardy kinds of Azalea mollis (1874), Cissus discolor
(1854), "the harbinger of the infinite variety of orna-
mental-leaved plants now so generally cultivated and
admired," Clematis cozrulea, var. grandiflora (1841),
Lilium. lancifolium, var. album, the first of Japanese
lilies, Gladiolus floribundus (1836), and Onciilium
flexuosum (1837), a plant of which bore ninety-seven
fully expanded flowers and was the first orchid reported
at any American exhibition. The Marshall P. Wilder
rose makes his name familiar to a later generation.

Wilder's greatest services to horticulture were in-
timately connected with the Massachusetts Horticultural
Society and the American Pomological Society. Of the
former he was a member for fifty-six years, and presi-
dent from 1841 to 1848. He was one of the founders of
the American Pomological Society, and with the excep-
tion of a single term was its president from its organi-
zation in 1848 until his death in 1886.

Wilder was an organizer. He is counted one of the
founders of the Massachusetts Board of Agriculture
and of the Massachusetts Agricultural College, and of
the United States Agricultural Society (1852). He was
president of the last from its foundation until 1857. and
from 1868 until his death he was president of the New
England Historic Genealogical Society. At twenty-six
he was a colonel, and in 1857, after declining the nomi-

1976

WILDER

WILD GARDEN

nation four times, he was elected commander of the
Ancient and Honorable Artillery Company. He was a
trustee of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
At one time he was president of the state senate.
In masonry he held all degrees, including the thirty-
third. It is said that when Wilder was 27 there were
no horticultural societies in America, and that he lived
to see more than 1500 societies devoted to horticulture
and kindred subjects.

In 1883 Marshall P. Wilder urged upon the American
Pomological Society the necessity of a reform in the
nomenclature of fruits. He took an active part in the
great work that followed.

Wilder's personality was most engaging, being char-

cultural Society $1,000, to encourage the production of
new American varieties of pears and grapes. Wilder
wrote no book, but his occasional contributions and
presidential addresses make a notable body of writings
when gathered together into the bound volume presented
by him to the library of the Massachusetts Horticultural
Society. "The Proceedings at a Banquet given by his
Friends to the Hon. Marshall Pinckney Wilder * ** »
to Commemorate the Completion of his Eighty-fifth
Year," is a stately memorial of 116 pages published in
1883. The best account of him seems to be that by the
secretary {Robert Manning) of the society, in Trans.
Mass. Hort. Soc. 1887: 20-39, from which the present
article has been chiefly compiled. t^ ]yi

2723. A Wild Garden.

acterized by geniality, dignity, tact and conservatism.
Horticulturists remember with what graciousness he
met and recognized the younger men of merit at the
meetings of the American Pomological Society. He was
by nature a peacemaker, and in the early days when
the conflicting interests of the Massachusetts Horticul-
tural Society and the Mount Auburn Cemetery required
separation, he was an important factor in solving the
complicated and delicate problem. The settlement of
this difficulty laid the foundations of the unparalleled
wealth of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society.
Wilder was a man of habit. Until he retired from busi-
ness it was his life-long practice to rise early, devote
the morning to books, garden and orchard, the middle
of the day to business and the evening to family and
study. He was married three times and had fourteen
children, only five of whom survived him. He was
sitting in his chair at home and engaged in conversation
when death came to him instantly.

The portrait of him in Plate XLI was considered
by Mr. Wilder to be his best likeness. At his death
he left the American Pomological Society $1,000 for
Wilder Medals for objects of special merit and $4,000
for general purposes. He left the Massachusetts Horti-

WILD GARDEN. Pigs. 2723-28. Wild gardening is
that form of floriculture which is concerned with plant-
ing in a nature-like manner colonies of hardy plants that
require a minimum of care. A wild garden is not to be
thought of as a garden run wild, nor should it be con-
fused with the promiscuous sowing of flower seeds. "No
form of gardening," says Wm. A. Stiles, "gives greater
and more lasting pleasure than that which aims to nat-
uralize wild or garden plants in positions where they
will appear to be growing naturally and without the in-
tervention of the gardener's art." A wild garden should
be so planted and tended as to give "that appearance of
untamed luxuriance, of careless and unstudied grace
which suggests perfect freedom."

Both the idea and the name of wild gardening origi-
nated in the early seventies with William Robinson, of
London, first editor of " The Garden " and author of many
important books on floriculture. The idea came as a
reaction against formal gardening in general and par-
ticularly the extravagant use of tender bedding plants
to the exclusion of hardy herbs of less gaudy charac-
ter and of simpler and less expensive cultivation. The
idea spread rapidly in England and is steadily gaining
in America. It appeals to the wealthy amateur with

WILD GARDEN

plenty of land and to all persons who deiight in making
nature-like pictures with the help of plants. It may
also be in keeping in many small and humble areas.
The plants in a wild garden require less care than those
«ultivated according to any other system. The main
work is that of establishing the plants. If they are the
right kind they will soon become colonies. All that re-
mains to do is to remove brambles, thistles and other
uncomfortable weeds and occasionally check the exuber-
ance of the too vigorous species. On the other hand,
wild gardening demands the highest intelligence and
taste, close sympathy with nature, and that rare and
precious quality— enjoyment of common and every-day
things.

There is no finer feature of autumn landscape in
America (so far as herbaceous growth is concerned)
than the roadside asters and goldenrods. Yet when
William Robinson conceived the idea of wild gardening,
these lovely flowers were banished from the English
hardy borders. In such an environment they waxed too
strong and crowded out many slender-habited plants
of delicate beauty. It seemed a pity to exclude these
American plants from English estates. The important
question was to find a proper environment for them.
In the wild garden such plants require less care than
in the hardy border, and they present nature-like
effects, and are in place.

Asters and goldenrods are only two examples of the
class of plants for which the wild garden was created.
There are literally thousands of hardy plants from all
over the world that will take care of themselves when
once established in wild gardens. Many of these plants
are unfit for intensive cultivation. They will never be-
come general garden favorites. Some of them crowd
out weaker-growing plants. Many of them have their
"dramatic moment" and then lapse into the common-
place or unsightly. Others are too tall or rank or coarse
or weedy for conspicuous and orderly positions. Again,
many plants are insignificant as individuals but very
effective in masses. There are hundreds of interesting
plants that fail when measured by the conventional
standards. Their foliage may be ill-smelling, sticky or
prickly, but usually their flowers are too small or their

WILD GARDEN

1977

\M0I\1

2725. Sacaline naturalized in ;
This hardy herb grows 8 to 10 feet hi

wild garden.
h in a single season.

2724. Silphium perfoliatum.
Allied to the Compass Plant. Both are tall herbs, excellent for wild gardens

season of bloom not long enough. The garden gate is
locked against them all.

Among our common native plants that revel in the
wild garden are yarrow, Joe-Pye-weed, milkweed,
rudbeckias, compass plants, sunflowers and a host
of other perennial yellow-flowered composites, Bounc-
ing Bet, bed-straw, evening primrose, St. John's-
wort, lupines, button snakeroot, certain lilies, Oswego
tea, orange hawkweed, asters, bugbane, goldenrods. All
such plants tend to improve wonderfully when the strug-
gle for existence is somewhat eased for them. Nor does
this list exclude such treasures as the forget-me-nots,
cardinal-flowers, blue flags, water lilies, pitcher plants
and other marsh and aquatic subjects which properly
belong to the moist or bog garden,
though that is merely a department
of the wild garden. Then there are
the vines; and what wonders can be
accomplished in a wild garden with
wild grape, clematis, Virginia
creeper, perennial pea, trumpet
creeper and bitter-sweet! Think,
too, of all the spring flowers and
delicate woodsy things, — anemones,
columbines, moss pink, Jack-in-the-
pulpit, bloodroot.hepatica, Solomon's
seal, dutchman's breeches, ferns,
trilliums and violets! Evidently
there is sufficient material for a wild
garden composed exclusively of
American plants, and naturally such
material is least expensive. But the
wild garden spirit is essentially cos-
mopolitan. Many of the exotics can
be raised from seed, for it is not
necessary that all the subjects be
perennial. Some of the exotic mul-
leins, for example, are bold and
striking plants; nearly all of them
are biennial, but they resow them-
selves. Finally there is a vast num-
ber of rare plants that are dear to
the heart of the collector, but their
names mean nothing to the uniniti-
ated. The native shrubs and trees
may also have their places in the
wild garden.

-.%,'">

1978

WILD GARDEN

WIND-BREAKS

While the wild garden was created to make a place
for plants outside the garden proper, it does not ex-
clude the garden favorites. For example, an individual
larkspur, foxglove or harebell in rieh garden soil often
grows so tall and slender as to require staking, and
stakes are always objectionable. In the wild garden a
lusty colony of any of these species may be self-support-
ing. All the leading border favorites can be used in
the wild garden — peony, poppy, phlox, larkspur, iris,
columbine and the rest. The tall-growing plants that
are used in the back row of borders are nearly all suit-

borders, preferably well towards the rear of the place.
However, there are degrees of wild gardening, and it is
often in place against the rear buildings or even against
the rear of the house. Figs. 2723, 2728.

Everyone who desires a wild garden should own a
copy of that charming book "The Wild Garden," by
Wm. Robinson. The latest edition, illustrated by Alfred
Parsons, is the most desirable. The wild garden
should not be confined to "wild" things, but may well
include many exotics. In this way the wild gardeD be-
comes something more than an epitome of the local
flora; and there is practically no limit to its in-
terest and development. vp jj_

WILD ALLSPICE. See Benzoin. W. Balsam-
Apple or Wild Cucumber. Echinocystis lobata.
W. Ginger. Asa rum. W. Hyacinth,' in England
Seilla iiut'uis; in America, Camassia Fraseri.
W. Indigo. Baptisia tinetoria, Ipomcca pandu-
■ata.

WILLOW. See Salix.

FLOWERING. See
WILLOW HEKB. Epilobium.

WILLOW, DESERT

Chi lops is.

2726. Jerusalem Artichoke, one of the perennial sunflowers.

A nuisance in cultivated ground, but often useful in the
wild garden.

able for wild gardens, — Polygonum SacJialinense (Fig.
2725), Bocconia cordata. Cimicihiga racemosa, Hera-
cleum, Arundo (Fig. 2727), Rheum, hollyhocks, sil-
phiums (Fig. 2724) and perennial sunflowers (Fig. 2726).
There are only three tests which a candidate for the
wild garden must pass. — hardiness, vigor and interest,
for of course every cultivated plant should have some-
thing to make it worth while.

To the many amateurs who wish to cultivate a few
colonies of flowers in a small space, the naturalizing of
free-growing hardy things is especially attractive. Give
the wild flowers a bed by themselves. Avoid mixing
cultivated and wild plants in the same border, for the
hand of the stranger may "weed out" the wild things in
favor of the others.

The place of the wild garden is somewhere near the

WILLOW, VIRGINIAN. Itea Virginica.

WIND-BREAKS, in horticultural usage, are
plantations of trees or other plants designed to
:?£? check the force of the wind or to deflect it to
»M5Jh other directions. Wind-breaks are often of the
greatest use, and at other times they are detri-
mental. In regions of very strong prevailing
winds, they may be necessary in order to pre-
vent positive injury to the plants. This is true
along seashores. In the (fry interior regions,
wind-breaks are often useful, also, to check the
force of dry winds that would take the moisture
from the land. In other cases, they are employed
for the purpose of sheltering the homestead in
order t<- make it more comfortable for human
occupancy: such wind-breaks are usually known
under the name of shelter-belts.

Whether wind-breaks shall be used for orchard
plantations, depends wholly on circumstances. In
regions of very strong prevailing winds, as near
large bodies of water or on the plains, such breaks
are usually necessary on the windward side <>f
the orchard. However, if the prevailing winds
are habitually warmer than the local tempera-
ture, the winds should not be stopped or wholly
deflected, but they should be allowed to pass
through the windbreak with diminished power in
order that, while their force may be checked, they
may still prevent too low temperature. In re-
gions that are very liable to late spring and early
fall frosts, a tight wind-break is usually a disad-
vantage, since it tends to confine the air— to make
it still — and thereby to increase the danger of light
frosts. If windbreaks are employed in such instances,
it is best to have them somewhat open so that atmos-
pheric drainage may not be checked. In most regions,
the greatest value of the windbreak for orchard plan-
tations is to protect from the mechanical injuries that
result from high winds and to enable workmen to pursue
their labors with greater ease. The lessening of wind-
fall fruit is often sufficient reason for the establish-
ment of a windbreak. Usually very cold and very dry
winds should be turned from the orchard; very strong
winds should be checked ; temperate winds should
nearly always be allowed to pass through the orchard,
if their velocity is not too great; care must be taken to
allow of adequate atmospheric drainage.

Wind-breaks for orchards require much land, and
crops near them are likely to suffer for lack of food and
moisture, and also from shade. In small places, there-
fore, it maybe impossible to establish large wind-breaks.
It is well to plant the wind-break at some distance from

WIND-BREAKS

WIND-BREAKS

1979

the last row of orchard trees, if possible. It is usually
best to use native trees for the wind-break, since they
are hardy and well adapted to the particular climate.
Wind-breaks often harbor injurious insects and fungi,
and care must be taken that species of trees liable to
these difficulties be not used. In the northeastern
states, for example, it would be bad practice to plant
the wild cherry tree, since it is so much infested with
the tent caterpillar. In some cases, very low wind-
breaks may be as desirable as high ones. This is true
in the open farming lands in the dry regions, since it
may be necessary only to check the force of the wind
near the surface of the ground. Wind-breaks only two
or three feet high, placed at intervals, may have this
effect. Pence-rows sometimes act as efficient wind-
breaks. Along the sea-coast, gardeners often plant low
hedges for the purpose of protecting the surface of
the garden. Along the Atlantic coast, the California
privet is considerably used. This is ikgustrum ovali-
folium, a Japanese plant. In parts of California, one of
the mallow tribe {Lavatera assurgenti flora, Fig. 2730)
is used for this purpose. Farms in the open windy
country may be efficiently protected by belts of wood-
land, or if the country is wholly cleared, rows of trees
may be established at intervals of a quarter or half
mile across the direction of the prevailing winds.
Fig- 2729. L. H. B.

Wind-breaks in Middle California. — The most common
wind-break seen in middle California is composed of
a tall thick hedge of Monterey Cypress [Cuprensus
macrocarpa), either clipped close or allowed to grow
naturally; it withstands heavy winds better than almost
any other heavy foliaged tree and is rapid in its growth.
The Osage orange was at one time somewhat exten-
sively planted as a wind-break, but is now rarely met
with.

The Italians and Chinese, who have almost complete
control of the truck-gardening industry in and around
San Francisco, make extensive use of a Californian
tree-mallow, Lavatera assurgentiflora, Fig. 2730 — as a
wind-break and protection from the drift-sand, which is
such a prominent feature of the outskirts of the city.
This plant is indigenous to some of the islands off the

coast of southern California and, probably, was intro-
duced into the San Francisco peninsula by the Mission
Fathers, as the pioneers of 1851 and '52 report that it was

2727. The Giant Reed— Arundo Donax.

A tall plant of striking habit suitable for wild gardens and
borders.

then growing spontaneously and iu great abundance on
the sand dunes where the city now stands. This Lava-
tera proves to be well adapted to the peculiar conditions
under which it is cultivated; it stands long seasons of

2728. A small wild garden at the

1980

WIND -BREAKS

drought and heavy winds, bears close trimming, makes
a rapid and dense growth, and continues in bloom
almost throughout the year.

When larger wind-breaks are required, to resist the
force of heavy and steady winds sweeping over the

WINTER PROTECTION

WINDMILL FINGER GRASS. See Chloris.
WINDOW GARDENING. See House Plants.

WINEBERRY. Bubus phce.ni.cola

HA

2729. Wind-breaks running across the direction of the prevailing

interior plains through mountain passes, the manna
gum, Eucalyptus viminalis, is used with advantage;
this species suffers much less from strong wind than
the more tender blue gum, Eucalyptus Globulus, which
is used for the same purpose iu the more equable
climate of the Coast Range hills. Both the red gum,
Eucalyptus rostrata, and the Lombardy poplar, Populus
nigra, var. Italica, are used iu the vineyard region near
Fresno, to check the force of the periodic north-winds.
Arundo Donax is also frequently grown around vine-
yards, particularly in the immediate vicinity of water.
The olive, European walnut, tig and almond are fre-
quently planted for the outside row of an orchard of
deciduous fruit trees, to act as a partial wind-break.

Arundo Donax makes a charming shelter-hedge for
a suburban garden, being light and graceful in appear-
ance and not too exclusive, while answering all neces-
sary purposes by providing a certain amount of privacy.
Joseph Burtt Davy.

WINDFLOWEE, Anemone.

2730. Lavatera assureentiflora, a native plant much
for low wind-breaks in California.

WINTER ACONITE. ErantUs hyemalis.

WINTER BERRY. Ilex reticulata.

WINTER CHERRY. Physalis Allcekengi.

WINTER CRESS. Barbarea.

WINTER GARDEN. In England, a very large glass,
structure suited for trees and plants that are not quite
hardy and require only a small amount of artificial heat
in winter. Winter gardens are especially adapted to
strong-growing plants from Australia and the Cape, as
acacias and araucarias. Himalayan rhododendrons, ca-
mellias and the hardier palms and tree ferns are also
favorite subjects. The term "winter garden" is practi-
cally unknown in America. The word is sometimes used
as synonymous with glass-house or conservatory.

WINTERGREEN. Gaultheria and Pyrola.

WINTERGREEN, FLOWERING. Polygala pauci-
folia.

WINTER PROTECTION, or preparing plants to with-
stand tlie winter (Figs. 2731-2742 ). All plants are usu-
ally hardy in their own habitat, but many become tender
when removed to a colder climate, requiring artificial pro-
tection. A permanent covering of snow furnishes ideal
protection, hut unfortunately our American winters are
very changeable. Continued, steady cold is seldom in-
jurious, but the alternate freezing and thawing towards,
spring are often fatal, the damage varying according as
the situation is wet or dry and the soil light or heavy.
For example, shallow-rooted plants, as Lobelia cardi-
nalis, will often be thrown out of the ground in clayey
soil. Such damage may be prevented by placing sods
over the plants. Qaillardias will winter safely in light,
well-drained soils with ordinary protection, but perish
if wet and heavy. The remarks in this paper are meant
to apply in the vicinity of Chicago.

Winfer covering intercepts the sun's rays and retards
premature activity. It is as essential "to keep in the
cold " during temporary warm spells as it is to retard ex-
cessive depth of frost. More damage is generally done
in February and March than earlier. Roses and other
shrubs may be prepared for the winter any time from
the last half of November until well into December,
but anything of an herbaceous nature may be covered
much earlier. Where field mice are troublesome it is
well to defer covering until after a good freeze, so that
these nibblers may seek other winter quarters. Rabbits
are fond of the Japan quince. Spiraea Van Houttei,
Ev.onym.us alatus and some others, and often damage
newly planted material the first winter. When the-

WINTER PROTECTION

WINTER PROTECTION

1981

branches are beyond their reach, protect the trunk with
straw, tar paper or burlaps, which will also prevent
sun -blistering. If the shrubs are in groups or low-
branched, run wire netting around them. Fall-planted
material should be better projected against frost than
established plants of the same species. All the Japa-
nese flowering forms of the plum, peach and cherry
tribes should have their roots mulched four or more
inches deep. The fatal damage in the winter of 1898-99
was at the roots, not overhead. Figs. 2731, 2732 show
protection by means of straw and boughs; 2733-35, pro-
tection inside of boxes, barrels and wire netting.

Plants with evergreen foliage, like Heuchera sangui-
nea, are safer with a covering that will not mat down
and rot the foliage or injure the crown. The danger is
in open, wet seasons. Forest leaves are excellent for
winter covering, provided they do not mat down. Oak
leaves are good, but those of elm, maple and other
trees that shed their foliage early are soft and mat too
much. Leaves may be held in place by evergreen boughs,
brush, or tops of bushy perennials like our native as-
ters, or coarse strawy material. When leaves are used
iu barrels or boxes, the top of the package should be
water-tight, and the leaves dry when put in. This pre-
caution is not essential in all cases, but it is a safe rule
to follow. Tar paper is comparatively cheap and comes
handy in many phases of winter covering. Gather the
leaves when they are dry, and store under shelter until
wanted. Save vines like those of Clematis paniculata
and pole limas ; they are good for covering climbing
roses that are almost hardy. These keep off the bright
sun when the plants are in a semi-frozen condition,

place an old wooden shutter or anything to shed rainf
placing leaves or manure over those that remain.
Where permanent wind-breaks, such as plantations of

2731, Straw overcoats for roses.

shield them from the drying winds, and retard prema-
ture starting of the flower-buds. Forsyth ia suspensa
trained as a climber on a south wall is benefited by
such covering, or by burlaps, as its sheltered position
induces activity too early and its flowering buds become
a victim to late frosts. Any rhizomatous iris, such as
the German iris, should be planted where surface drain-
age is ample, and in the case of young plants, or those
recently divided, not covered with heavy manure, or
they are likely to decay in wet weather. Cover such
plants with light material. Old established plants
seldom need protection. Pyrethrum roseum requires
similar conditions and treatment. All lilies except the
hardiest, such as L. tigrinum, elegans, Canadensis,
superbum, Philadelphicum, speciosum, tenui folium,
etc., are best covered by a mound of ashes — wood or
coal — which retains an even temperature. The other
iilies may be mulched with manure and L. candidum
with leaves. Eremurus in all its species, and Alstro-
meria aurantiaca , require a deep box of leaves and the
surrounding soil well mulched. An inverted V-shaped
trough placed over .iuch low edging plants as Veronica
circceoides and Thymus Serpyllum, var. montanus, is
beneficial. It is well to take up a few plants of Manarda
didyma, the double perennial sunflower, and Thymus
Serpyllum, and winter them in a coldframe, over which

2732. A tender tree bound with branches of hemlock.

The protected tree is a specimen of Gordonia about 10 feet high,

at Arnold Arboretum, Boston.

evergreens, buildings or solid fences, do not exist, tem-
porary ones should be made of boards, evergreen
boughs, corn-stalks, etc., to protect arboreal plants that
are not qviite hardy, e. g., in this climate Halesia
tetrapterctj and in the eastern states Magnolia grandi-
flora, hollies, etc. Place the wind-break at the sides to-
wards the prevailing winds, generally north and west,
and at the sunny side of any evergreen that browns.
The boughs or stalks may be attached to wire netting
or to cords fastened to stakes.

The so-called retinosporas may have placed over
them an empty box open at the top. Shrubs that are
still more tender should be boxed, the box having a
tight top and ventilation at the sides. In all cases
mulch well at the roots. Magnolia Soalangeana. M.
speciosa and plants of similar degrees of hardiness
may have their branches tied in and empty casks placed
over them, one sitting partially inside the other, and
held in place by stakes. Put a cone-shaped covering
over the top to shed the snow. Or poles may be set
close to the tree, wigwam fashion. Wrap these with
burlaps, or wind string around them for the straw to-
lean against, and in both instances wrap with straw.

The so-called hardy climbing roses, such as the Seven
Sisters and Prairie Queen, which are hardy without
protection but are benefited by it, Wichuraiana and
its hybrids, Paul Carmine Pillar, Russell Cottage.
Crimson Rambler, Thalia, and Lord Penzance Sweet-
brier hybrids, if against a wall, may have clematis or

Pf&i

•*#&{£**

2733. One way of protecting young rhododendrons.

The space inside the wire netting is filled with autumn leaves

1982

WINTER PROTECTION

other vines placed thickly over them; or if in an open
exposed situation, they may be wrapped in straw. Fig.
2731. Better still, hill up the soil quite high at the roots,
— to prevent breaking and to afford protection and drain-
age,—and extend the mound in the form of a gradually
diminishing ridge. Bend the canes along the ridge,
choosing a time when there is no frost in them, and
cover with soil or sod. If the presence of a lawn pre-

liiiMif ^

2734. Protecting plants by covering with a box, inside which
are placed leaves or straw.

vents this method, lay on the grass and cover with a
water-tight box filled with leaves. Canes will rot di-
rectly under an open knothole. In the spring allow
them to remain prostrate some time after uncovering to
inure them gradually to the change and to induce the
lower buds to strengthen. Hybrid perpetuals, the ten-
der forms of moss roses, Hermosa, Clothilde Soupert,
and the dwarf polyanthas, may be wrapped, boxed or bent
over and covered with soil. Those in beds may be bent
over, the tops tied to the base of their neighbors, lead
tags bearing numbers fastened to each plant, and a
record taken of their names, and all summer labels
stored to prevent loss when removing the leaves in the
spring. Make a solid frame around them, higher at
one end, and fill with leaves so as to cover the plants.
Lap the roof boards; they will shed water and allow
ventilation. In the spring remove the leaves, replace
the top for a few days, but let the sides remain for a
week or so to shield from cold winds. Keep the plants
prostrate until cut back. The tenderer Teas are
placed in coldframes or similar places. No manure is
used until spring, as there is no moisture to wash it in.
Tree peonies and yuccas should have an empty box
placed over them, large enough to prevent the plant
from touching the wood. Hibiscus Syriacus, diervillas,
deutzias — except D. Lemoinei and t>. parviflora which
are hardy — Itea Virginica, Cornus Mas, etc., are
wrapped in straw, and when the wrappings exceed four
feet in height they should be staked to prevent high
winds from toppling them over. Rhododendrons and
Azalea mollis when planted out are taken up, the roots
given a good soaking in a tub, and replanted in cold
pits, or in boxes placed in a coldhouse or pits. In the
spring, another hath is given them and the soil firmly
pounded around them before replanting. This is essen-
tial for continued vigor. Cut all vines of the clematis
to within one or two feet of the ground and lay them
down, first mounding the soil a few inches if surface
drainage is not good and cover with ashes, boxed leaves,
or soil, or mulch well and wrap the canes with straw.
If close to a porch or steps, do not let the swept snow
stay over them, unless well protected, as this snow
solidifies and excludes air. If, as some now think, the
broken outer skin of the hybrid forms,— Jackmani,
etc., — subjects them to disease, then these varieties
should not be bent over, but staked and wrapped. It is
best not to cut the foliage of the eulalias or the Japan
iris, as it, of itself, is a good protection, but manure at
the base is essential. Cut down Aruniln Donax, cover
heavily with any material, and cover all with tar paper
or water-tight shutters. Place half-rotted leaf-mold
over fern beds, narcissi, English and Spanish iris or
any early -blooming bulbous plant, or a light-strawy
covering that is easily removed. Fine old manure a few
inches thick is good and can remain. Place a good coat-
ing of stable manure around the trees on the lawn, and
when they have been established any length of time

WINTER PROTECTION

bear in mind that the feeding roots extend out as far
as the branches do. The soil under them has a double
duty to perform -to sustain both the tree and the grass.
Place short stakes around groups of platycodons, As-
clepias tuberosa, or any other plants that are late to ap-
pear in the spring. Otherwise they may be overlooked
in the spring and injured by digging. Examine all la-
bels and see that none are cutting into the limbs of
trees. Replace all rotten or defaced ones in the bor-
ders, using heavy labels, as thin ones often break off
and are carried away when the surplus manure is re-
moved. Cypress is a good material for labels. A good
label for young trees and shrubs is made of a thin sheet
of copper. The name is written with a stylus. The
label is fastened to a copper wire ring 3 or 4 inches in
diameter, placed around the trunk and allowed to lie on
the ground. Such a label is durable, unobtrusive and
requires no attention for fear of cutting the wood, nor

can it be lost.

W. C. Egan.

Pits, Cold Pits, Storage Pits and Plant Cellars (Figs.
2730-2742) are structures, with the greater part sunk
beneath the surface of the ground, built for the pur-
pose of protecting plants in winter without continued
tire heat. They are employed almost exclusively for
storing dormant plants. They are not suitable for stor-
ing growing plants any length of time, neither are they
houses in which to grow plants. They should face the
south and be sheltered against north winds by build-
ings or other wind-breaks. Owing to their position they
should be put in well-drained ground only and well pro-
tected against surface water. A well-designed frame-
yard is the best possible place for small pits

The coldframe (see Frame) used by market-garden-
ers for wintering cabbage and lettuce"for spring plant-
ing, or by the florists for pansies, primroses, forget-me-
nots, etc., is really a simple pit. Such shallow pits,
with proper protection, are useful for many other small
plants which would be injured by severe weather. A
deep pit, like a coldframe, is shown in Fig. 2736. A pit
built on the plan of the old-fashioned "outside cellar"
(Fig. 2737) is very useful for storing tubers and roots.
See that it is well ventilated. A section of another pit
is shown in Fig. 2738. More elaborate pits, for accom-
modating large plants, are illustrated in Figs. 2739-42

Forms of Pits.- Consult
Fig. 2741, in which the
entries are numbered for
convenience Nos. 1, 2, 3
and 4. Nos. 1, 2 and 3 show
inexpensive and conven-
ient pits for small and
medium - sized plants.
They may be built 4 ft. or
less below the level of
the ground, the height and
width as shown in the dia-
grams; the length should
be some multiple of 3, any
thing between 9 and 30
ft., so that the glass roof
may be made of hotbed
sash and also protected by
the straw mats and wooden shutters
See Hotbeds.

These pits are useful for storage in winter and also
for carrying some of the hardier greenhouse plants in
autumn until the houses are relieved of the chrysanthe-
mum crop. Nos. 1 and 2 make light hotbeds in spring,
if tilled with the leaves which formed their winter pro-
tection, and are also available for growing such plants
as euphorbia during the summer. They are generally
too deep for dung hotbeds. Nos. 1 and 2 are planned
to run east and west. If No. 3 is thus placed, the roof
on the north side may be made of plank instead of
glass, but if it runs north and south it should have a
glass roof on both sides. Easy access to all is obtained
through the roof by removing a sash. Sometimes a
door can be built at one end of No. 3. No. 2 does not
cost much more than No. 1 and furnishes more room.
By putting a few doors in the board roof, excellent ven-
tilation is provided. No. 3 gives the best head-room,
but is rather dark for evergreens with soft foliage, e.g.,

2735.

Plants protected in a barrel

covered with burlaps.

common use.

WINTER PROTECTION

WINTER PROTECTION

1983

Cytisus CanariensiSt unless the whole roof is glass. A
pit like this has always been used in the Arnold Arbo-
retum for wintering seedlings, rooted cuttings and
grafts, — young stock grown in flats but too delicate for
the open ground. The arrangement of shelves shown
in the diagram gives storage to large numbers of these
small plants.

In No. 4 is shown a small plant cellar, more expensive
but with better capacity for large plants. It should run
north and south, and, excepting the glass roof, is wholly
below ground, and consequently extremely well protected
against frost. The door is at either end or side. By
taking advantage of sloping ground it is possible to
enter on the ground-floor level, which is important when
large plants in tubs must be handled. In such cases a
concrete floor may be built. The monitor roof provides
plenty of light and ventilation; wooden shutters cover
the glass in cold weather. This form of pit is not only
well adapted to plants, but also is excellent for storing
vegetables and fruits. The forms of buildings larger
than those above described vary much with different
circumstances. Sometimes the cellar of a stable, tool-
house or other outbuilding can be utilized. The chief
consideration is pro-
tection against frost,
but provision must be
made for thorough ven-
tilation, and against a
too high temperature
in the autumn and
early spring. It is be-
cause it is hardly pos-
sible to provide for
these matters that
dwelling-house cellars
do not make good pits;
they cannot be suffi-
ciently ventilated to
keep the temperature
low enough except in
the middle of winter.
Growth is incited and
cannot be maintained
owing to lack of light.

Construction of the
Pits* — Owing to their
position, pits cannot
well be made of wood,
plank and cedar posts
lasting from 4-6 years
only. For large pits, stone and brick
nomical for walls and ceiliugs; for small

pits have stood 10 or 12 years without showing any
sign of deterioration. It is not necessary to use high-
priced Portland cements, because the structures are se-

ellar, in which to store roots ;
pots of resting stuff.

most eco-
es concrete
probably makes the cheapest and best wall. At the
Bussey Institution the concrete walls of several small

2738. Nurseryman's cold pit.

A cheap device for wintering plants that require comparatively

little light.

cured against frost by the winter protection required for
their contents. An excavation of the required dimen-
sions is made, with due allowance for the walls. Inside
the excavation a plank
molding frame is built
at the proper distance;
viz., the thickness of
the walls, from the
walls of earth which
should have been cut
as true as possible.
This frame, which
should also be true and
plumb, is carried to the
required height for the
inside face of wall and
another frame is made
at the proper distance
on the surface of the
ground, the inner face
of which will be the
outside face of the
completed wall. These
frames must be well
braced; they carry a
heavy load until the ce-
ment hardens. It is
not necessary to make
a complete frame for
the whole pit at once;
one end and a half of both sides can be built first, and the
same frame reversed will serve for the remainder. The
concrete is made by mixing dry one part of cement (a
good brand can be obtained at about $1.20 per barrel) to
two parts of clean sharp sand. After a
thorough mixture, add enough water to
make a thick paste. Add to this paste
three parts (sometimes four are used) of
clean gravel. Broken stone is better but
more expensive. No stones larger than a
goose egg should be used. The whole
sh »uld be completely and quite carefully
blended with hoe or shovel until each
stone is coated. Throw this mass into
the space between the molding frame and
earth wall and settle compactly with a
rammer. It is not advisable to mix more
than a barrel at once, nor so much as this
unless at least six men are employed.
Continuous batches are made until the
work is finished. When the top layers are
going in, insert %-in. iron bolts 6-8 in.
long at intervals of six ft. These secure
the wooden sills. In warm dry weather
the frames can be removed within twenty-
four hours or less, but first examine care-
fully the condition of the cement. After
removal, smooth off any roughness and
grout in with a whitewash brush a coat of
Portland cement mixed with water, but
without sand, thus obtaining a good color
and a more homogeneous surface. For
several days the work should be shaded

1984

WINTER PROTECTION

WINTER PROTECTION

2739. A durable storing pit or cellar for very large plants

and occasionally sprinkled with the hose. Do not attach
the woodwork until the concrete is fully hardened. One
and one-half barrels of cement make about one cubic
yard of concrete, that costs, in place, between five and
six dollars, somewhat less if the cost of labor, sand and
gravel is moderate.
Build in June or July,
so that the concrete will
be thoroughly dry before
frost.

The construction of a
brick roof is shown in
Fig. 2741, No. 4. Con-
crete could also be used.
A good grade hotbed
sash makes the best
glass roof. All sills,
cross-bars, etc., should
be made of cypress and
painted. The woodwork
must be made strong to
endure the continual ex-
posures. It is false econ-
omy to stint in quan-
tity or quality. In cel-
lars for nursery stock,
Pigs. 2737—41, a compara-
tively small amount of
light is required, and the
low roof is boarded in
and shingled, building paper being used. Planks may
be substituted for boards, or the roof may be double.

Sand or gravel, one foot deep, makes the best floor,
or half sand and half loam where plants are to be
heeled-in. A concrete floor should be used only where
the drainage is absolutely perfect.

The sides and ends should be banked with leaves or
other material. See Fig. 2738. In the vicinity of Bos-
ton this should be done about November 15. The same
covering can also be given to low roofs. The glass is
protected by mats and shutters. See Hotbeds. It is a
good plan to have on hand an extra supply of dry
meadow hay to give additional shelter in zero weather.

Care and Management. — Pits, e.g. Nos. 1, 2 and 3,
in Fig. 2741, like greenhouses, should carry more than
one"crop." In earlyautumn they hold chrysanthemums,
carnations, stevias, etc.; next the Azalea Indica.Cytisus
Canariensis, heaths,
etc., some of which re-
main for the winter,
while others are replaced
by hardy shrubs, bulbs
and other plants for
forcing. For spring and
summer use, see above.
In eastern Massachusetts
gardeners begin to use
them in September, but
the final storage some-
times is not finished un-
til Christmas. The
longer the plants can be
kept in the open air the
better fitted they are for
their winter quarters.

In the care of pits,
watering and ventilation
are of prime importance.
When first housed the
plants should be well
watered, and, if this is
carefully done, it will
often be found that no
further water is required
for plants in tubs aud
large pots (10 in. or
more). This also is true

of heeled-in stock. Everything, however, should be so
arranged that inspection is easy, and water should be
given when necessary. Plants on the shelves, particu-
larly in small pots (4-inch), will go dry oftener than
those placed on the gravel floor. It is best to water on
bright days, when the sashes can be removed. The

great difficulty in keeping plants in good condition ia
owing to the condensation of moisture within the pits
at times when it is impossible to open them on account
of severe weather; therefore no more water should be
given than is absolutely needed. As long as the weather
permits, keep the sashes
off or the windows open
night and day, and after-
wards open up whenever
possible. On sunny days
ventilate whenever the
thermometer registers
over 20° F., but do not
begin until the sun
strikes the frames, and
shut off early in the
afternoon. On mild
days, with the mercury
above freezing, remove
the sashes entirely. This
is the best way to get
rid of the moisture-laden
air, and is essential for
keeping evergreen plants
with soft foliage in good
condition. To change
the air in large cellars is
more troublesome; here
it is advisable to build
an open fireplace, in
which a brisk fire may be kindled on mild days when all
windows can be unclosed, thus obtaining a better circula-
tion than is otherwise possible. Sometimes these large
cellars have a line of hot-water pipes or other means of
heating, by which not only is better ventilation secured
but also additional protection in severe weather. Occa-
sionally in heavy snows the pits must remain closed for
a week or more. This is undesirable but unavoidable.
At such times there is special danger from field mice
and other vermin. Concrete walls give them a poor
harbor, but they must also be trapped or poisoned. If
the plants are clean when housed, there is nothing to be
feared from ordinary greenhouse pests, either insect or
fungous, except the moulds. For related discussions,
see Nursery and Storage.

Following is a list of plants that may be wintered ia
pits and frames with satisfactory results. The list is
made for the neighbor-
hood of Boston.

A. Hardy plants.

1. Nursery stock of
every description that
maybe required for ship-
ment in winter and early
spring.

2. Stocks, cions and
cuttings for working
during the winter.

3. Young nursery
stock, — seedlings, cut-
tings or grafts too deli-
cate for planting in au-
tumn.

4. Hardy plants of all
kinds for forcing or win-
ter decoration.

The temperature of pit
or cellar for the above
plants should be 35° F.
or even lower occasion-
ally. The larger plants
should be heeled-in on
the floor in sandy loam
or in bunk-like shelves
along the sides. Instead of loam, sphagnum can be
used and is particularly good for cuttings and grafting
stock. The very young stock is stored in flats or pans
in which it has been grown. Particular care must be
given to ventilation when evergreen plants are handled.
For forcing stock, see Forcing, pages G00-f>02.

A doorway in Fie. 2739.

WINTER PROTECTION

aa. Tender and ha If -hard y -plants.
Those marked with a star (*) are
tender and should not be exposed to
frost. They should also be kept in
the driest part of the pit.

1. Alstrcemeria, canna, dahlia,
gladiolus, Milla biflora, montbre-
tia, oxalis for summer bedding,
tuberose, tigridia, Zephyr ant hes
AtamascOy Z. Candida. Keep the
above in dry house-cellars, where
no frost penetrates, temperature
35-40° F. Dahlias and cannas can
be covered with dry sand if prone
to wilt. Tigridias should be hung
up in bags to avoid mice.

2. Agave, aloe, Lippia
citriodora, Datura
suaveolens, some of the
hardier cacti, e.g., Cereus
grandiflorus and Opuntia
Ficus -Indica, Cordyfine
indivisa, fuchsia, Yucca
gloriosa and probably
other genera and species
of succulent plants. Keep
at temperature 35-40° F. in
a very dry house -cellar,
with as much light as pos-
sible; too much moisture
is destructive.

3. Abelia rupestris,
*abutilon, *acacia, Acan-
thus mollis, *Atjupa ufhus
umbellatus, Araucaria
imbricata and A. excelsa,
Aucuba Japonica, * Aza-
lea Indica, bamboos,
Buxus sempervirens ,
*Callistemon lanceolatu s ,
Ca liana v u Igaris , *Ca-
mellia (different species,
including the tea plant),
( V,< uoflt us azurens, Ce-
drus Libanif O. Deodara,
Oephalotaxus drupacea,
*Chimonouthu$ frag runs,
•citrus in variety, cistus
(different species), coton-
easter (tender sorts),
Cryptomeria Japonica,
cupressus (tender sorts),
*Cytisus Canariensis and
*C. racemosus, *Daphne
odora, diospyros in vari-
ety, *erica (hardier sorts),
Erythrina Crista -galli,
*Fugenia Jambos, Eu-
onymus Japonica (tender
varieti es ) , Farfugiu m
( Senecio) grande, Ficus
Carica* Gardenia florida ,
Gelsemium sempervirens,
Gordon ia pubescens,
grapes (tender kinds),
Hedera Helix, ^Hibiscus
Rosa-Sinens is, Hydrangea
hortensis, Ilex Aqui folium,
kniphofia, laurestinus,
Laurus nobilis, lager-
strcemia, Magnolia gran-
di flora , Myrtus com man is ,
*Nerium Oleander, Olea
Europaa , *Osmanthns
fragrans, O. A qui folium,
Pas si flora cosrulea, per-
nettya (different species),
Phormium ten ax, Pho-
Hnia Japonica, * Pit to-
sporum Tobira and others,
PI n m bag o Capensis,
Podocarpus Chinensis,

WISCONSIN

1985

No. 1.— One of the simplest and least
expensive forms of cold pit for small and
medium-sized plants.

—A well-ventilated eold pit, roomier than the preced
ing one and not much more expensive.

No. 3.— A shelved cold pit for wintering young stock grown
in flats, seedlings, rooted cuttings and grafts.

No. 4. — A small plant cellar for wintering large plant
It is also excellent for storing vegetables and fruits,
combines perfert ventilation with extremely good protec
tiou against frost.

2741. Various forms of storage pits.

Promts Laurocerasus and others,
* /'s id i urn G u a ja va , *Panica
Granatum , retinospora in variety,
rhododendron (tender hybrids,),
Bomneya Coulteri, roses (Bourbon,
Noisette, China, Bengal and other
tender varieties ) , Rosmarinus offi-
cinalis, Sequoia gigantea, Taxns,
Trachelo&permum jasminoides,
Ulex Fur op (bus.

The above plants are commonly
handled in pits for various rea-
sons. In eastern Massachusetts,
with the possible exception of
those marked thus (*), they will
bear a few degrees of frost, if not
too long continued, without harm.
The average temperature
of the pit should be just
above freezing, say 35° F.
The value of these plants
depends upon not only
carrying them through the
winter in good condition,
but also in giving them a
good start in the spring.
For this purpose a cool
greenhouse must be pro-
vided; a cold grapery or
a house constructed from
the sashes used on the pits
is equally good, in which
the plants can be properly
grown until it is warm
enough to put them out-of-
doors.

4. Anemone Japonica
and A. coronaria, Bel lis
perennis,Dianthus Caryo-
vhyllus (clove pinks and
European carnations from
seeds), Galax aphylla,
myosotis sorts, primula in
variety, including auric-
ula, Persian ranunculus,
Viola odor at a (tender
sorts), pansies, wall-flow-
ers, lettuce, cabbage, cauli-
flower and parsley. These
plants are advantageously
wintered in coldframes,
which should vary in
depth with the size of the
plant; sometimes the
plants are grown and flow-
ered in the frame, at
others they are bedded
out when the season per-
mits.

5. Arisa?ma, arum, calo-
chortus(different species),
freesia in variety, iris
( tender species), ixia,
sparaxis. The above plants
can be potted, November
to December, and carried
in a pit until wanted in

il^O;--, the greenhouse.

B. M. Watson.

WISCONSIN, HORTI-
CULTURE IN. Fig. 2743.
The surface of Wisconsin
mostly varies between
gently rolling plains and
hills of moderate height.
Small lakes are numerous,
particularly in the north.
The soil presents all va-
riations, and with the ex-
ception of some rather"
large sandy and marshy
tracts, is mostly very fer-

1985

WISCONSIN

WISCONSIN

tile. Owing to the proximity of Lakes Superior and
Michigan, the climatic extremes are less severe than
might be expected in a region so remote from the
ocean. The skies, while clearer than in the eastern
states, are somewhat more cloudy than in Iowa and Min-
nesota.

Damaging frosts are not common in Wisconsin ex-
cept in certain districts of comparatively small extent.
As in all of the northwestern states, summer droughts
are rather frequent, but are rarely so severe as to seri-
ously injure crops that are properly cared for. The
numerous lakes and streams offer excellent opportuni-
ties for irrigation, which has, however, received little

2742. The roof of No. 4, Fig. 2741.
(See Winter Protection, pages 1981-5.)

attention as yet. The prevailing winds are westerly,
hence the influence of the Great Lakes in tempering
the climate is less marked than in the southern penin-
sula of Michigan, but the climate of the eastern coun-
ties, and especially that of Door county, which lies be-
tween Green Bay and Lake Michigan, is comparatively
mild.

The winters of Wisconsin are such as to preclude the
extensive cultivation of the tree fruits, except of the
hardier species and varieties, save in the eastern coun-
ties. But the summers are very favorable to annual
crops, and to fruits that are readily protected in winter.
The change from winter to summer is often rather
abrupt. This brings on an exuberant growth early in
the season, which while satisfactory for most crops, pro-
motes blight in the pome fruits. An equally precipitous
advent of winter sometimes causes damage to nursery
stock. These sudden changes, with the rather frequent
droughts in summer, combine to render the Wisconsin
climate severe for most perennial plants. When an ex-
ceptionally dry summer is followed by a winter of un-
usual severity, a disastrous thinning out of fruit trees
is likely to occur. The pioneer fruit planters, coming
mainly from New York and New England, with par-
donable ignorance of the severity of the Wisconsin
climate, planted freely of eastern varieties, most of
which proved too tender for the new conditions. As the
natural result, the first orchards were mainly short-
lived, and the idea gained wide credence that Wisconsin
would never produce the tree fruits successfully. But
the experience of a few persistent planters has dis-
proved, in a measure, this hasty conclusion.

Wisconsin is one of the newer states in horticultural
development. A large part of its northern half is still
forest-clad. The cities are mostly small, hence the
local demands for horticultural products are not large.
But Minneapolis and St. Paul to the west, and the cities
bordering Lake Superior, make an export demand for
lruits and vegetables, for which the markets are gen-
erally good.

The hardiest varieties of the apple succeed in south-
ern and eastern Wisconsin, when planted on sites some-

what higher than the surrounding country, especially
those inclining to the north or northeast. The principal
orchards are located in Fond du Lac, Green Lake, Rich-
laud, Sauk, Door and Waupaca counties. The first
named county has one orchard of about 6,000 trees,
mostly Oldenburgh, located near Ripon, and a second
of about 4,000 trees of various sorts at Eureka. These
orchards are supposed to be the largest in the state.

The older orchards of Wisconsiu are the outcome of
a long process of climatic selection. But the farmers
who were most anxious to grow apples continued to
plant trees in the hope of finding some that would
prove satisfactory, and these hopes have been in
part realized. Occasional seedling trees that grew
up in fence corners and elsewhere, from chance seeds,
or from seeds planted by pioneer farmers who felt
unable to purchase trees, were found to endure the
severer winters, while whole orchards of old varieties
were destroyed. Several of these have been adopted
into cultivation, and a few, as the Pewaukee, Wolf
River, McMahou, Northwestern Greening and Newell,
have become standard varieties of the northwest. The
Wealthy apple, from Minnesota, is also a standard win-
ter sort in Wisconsin, The orchards now being planted
are largely of these sorts, and the Oldenburgh. The
Russian apples imported by the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture and the Iowa Agricultural College
have been quite largely planted experimentally in Wis-
consin, but thqs far very few if any of them have
proved superior in any respect to our best natives.
Crab apples are considerably grown for market in
Waupaca and Eau Claire counties. The chief hin-
drances to apple culture in Wisconsin, aside from win-
ter-killing, are the fire-blight, which destroys the tips
of the growing shoots in early summer, and sunscald,
which causes damage to the trunk in early spring or
during hot weather in summer. The latter is readily
prevented by shading the trunk. The codlin-moth is
destructive unless prevented by spraying or otherwise.
The apple scab is often serious in ton closely-planted
orchards. It is controlled to a degree by spraying. The
apples of Wisconsin are, as a rule, highly colored and
of large size, and the trees are very productive.

The pear is not grown to any great extent, in Wiscon-
sin, owing to the liability of the trees to fire-blight and
winter- killing. The varieties imported from Russia
have not proved more resistant to these affections than
the hardier sorts of American origin, or from western
Europe. Pears are frequently grown for home use in
the eastern counties, and the trees are sometimes quite
productive and long-lived. The Flemish Beauty has
perhaps been more successful than any other sort.

The quince is less hardy in Wisconsin than the pear.
Trees are occasionally found in gardens in the eastern
counties that sometimes bear fruit after exceptionally
mild winters.

The Americanas are the only plums that can be de-
pended upon to bear fruit regularly in all parts of Wis-
consin. The hardier sorts of the European plum, Prunus
domestica, and of the Japanese plum, Prunus triflora,
are fairly fruitful in the eastern part, notably in Door and
Kewaunee counties. The trees of the last two species,
as of those of Prunus hortulana and Prunus angusti-
folia, endure the winters without harm throughout the
state, but the flower-buds are destroyed whenever the
thermometer registers much lower than 20° below zero.
Few plum orchards have been planted in Wisconsin,
and these are mainly of the European class. A plum
orchard of 14 acres at Sturgeon Bay is supposed to be
the largest in the state.

The early Richmond and Morello cherries are fairly suc-
cessful in Wisconsin, in localities suitable to the apple.
The flower-buds of these cherries appear to be some-
what more hardy than those of the European and Japa-
nese plums. The trees are, however, subjectto sunscald,
and unless protected are usually short-lived. Several
varieties of Prunus Cerasus, introduced from Russia,
have been tested at various points in the state. While
the flower-buds of these do not appear to be hardier
than those of the above-named sorts, their fruit matures
over a longer period, which will give them value. Sweet
cherries [Prunus Avium) are not successful in Wiscon-
sin.

WISCONeIN

WISTARIA

1987

The peach and apricot are not fruitful in any part of
Wisconsin except after unusually mild winters. The
trees are frequently grown in gardens, and sometimes
attain considerable size, but they freeze back more or
less in the average winter. Trees of the apricot imported
from Russia have been frequently planted in Wisconsin,
by way of experiment, but are nowhere fruitful. Even
if the flower-buds escape destruc-
tion, the fruit almost invariably
falls soon after setting.

The grape, with winter protec-
tion, is successfully grown through-
out southern and eastern Wiscon-
sin when planted on light soil, with
southern exposure. The later va-
rieties are, however, liable to be
caught by frost, unless the site is
chosen with special care.

The small fruits are grown with
marked success, on favorable soils,
throughout Wisconsin. Winter pro-
tection is generally given to all but
the currant and gooseberry, but in
the southern and eastern counties
this precaution is not absolutely
necessary. The strawberry and
raspberry are grown in excess of
home demands, and many thousand
cases of these fruits are annually
shipped to other states. Black-
berries were largely destroyed by
the severe freeze of 1899. Huckle-
berries and blueberries are exten-
sively gathered from wild plants
in certain parts of west -central
Wisconsin, and are shipped in
large quantities to cities of the
northwest. Wisconsin is one of
the chief cranberry producing
states. In parts of Wood, Adams
and Juneau counties, and in less
degree in Waupaca and Green
counties, the cranberry plant was
native over very large areas, and
before the settlement of the coun-
try, the Indians gathered the fruit
extensively in bearing years. Lat-
terly, the wild marshes have been
largely improved by clearing ami
providing flooding facilities. In
some seasons the total output of
cranberries from Wisconsin has
aggregated nearly 100,000 barrels.
The varieties grown are mostly na
tive, and the quality and keeping
of the fruit are excellent. During
the years 1894 and 1895 the cran-
berry industry of Wisconsin suf-
fered a serious check by the de-
struction of many marshes by fire
during an exceptionally dry period.
But the business is rallying, and
may, in a few years, recover its
former magnitude.

Market - gardening is carried on
in the neighborhood of cities and

towns to a sufficient extent to supply local demands,
except in the extreme northern part of the state.
The ordinary garden crops of the temperate zone are
all successful. Melons are grown rather extensively
for shipment in a few localities. lYus are extensively

Horticulture is taught at the agricultural college con-
nected with the University of Wisconsin, at Madison.

Openings are good for commercial culture of apples,
cherries, native plums and cranberries in the parts of
Wisconsin best suited to these crops, and in the neigh-
borhood of northern cities the growing of vegetables for
market is at present remunerative. g S Goff

The shaded i

grown for seed, fo
and Door counti<
weevil. Lentils
and Manitowoc c

et and for canning in Kewaunee
mi being free from the pea
rably grown in Kewaunee
eral vegetable canning fac-
tories are in operation in Wisconsin, peas, sweet corn
and tomatoes being chiefly consumed. Kitchen-garden-
ing is less practiced in Wisconsin than it should be.
The farmers generally employ little band labor, and the
hot summers render city gardening more or less unsatis-
factory. For the same reason the private growing of
flowers receives less attention than in the eastern
states.

2743. Map of Wi

[dude most of the region adapted to apple culture. Cherries do
fairly well in the apple districts.

WISTARIA {Caspar Wistar, 1761-1818, professor of
anatomy in Univ. of Pa.). Lefiitmindscp. As a genus
Wistaria is a small and imperfectly understood group.
A complete study of the pods and seeds of this and allied
genera will eventually result in a great shaking up of
names. The present treatment is as conservative as
possible, out of deference to trade interests. The oldest
generic name is Kraunhia. For a more radical point
of view see B.M. 7522 and B.B. 2:294. Beside those
mentioned below, there are three species, but they are
all of doubtful botanical status. Lvs. odd-pinnate; lfts.
entire: racemes terminal : calyx with the 2 Upper teeth
short and subconnate: standard large; wings oblong-
falcate, free from the keel, often coherent at the apex;
keel incurved, obtuse.

Wistaria < 'kinensis is on.- of the best and commonest
nf hardy climbers. It has pale green, pinnate foliage and

1988

WISTARIA

WISTARIA

bears profusely dense, drooping clusters of purplish
pea-shaped flowers. The clusters are about a foot long.
This is the commonest and best form. The others fur-
nish the connoisseur with variety in habit, color and
season of bloom, but they are not as prolific, and doub-
ling adds nothing to the beauty of the flowers. More-
over, the double flowers decay quickly in wet weather.
The Chinese Wistaria was introduced into England about
1816. Twenty-five years later there was a specimen in
England with branches attaining 100 ft. on each side of
the main stem, and another specimen that covered 905
square feet of wall space.

The Chinese Wistaria blooms in May and usually gives
a smaller crop of flowers in August or September. The
spring crop is borne on spurs, while the autumn crop
is borne on terminal shoots of the season. There are
several ideas about training a Wistaria. A good way

Chinensis, May 10-30; W. multijuga, May 15-31; W.
speciosa, June 1-8.

Wistarias will live in rather dry and sandy soil, but
they prefer a deep and rich earth. Cuttings root with
difficulty and the common nursery practice is to graft a
small shoot on a piece of root. The roots are long and
few and go down deep, making few fibers. They resem-
ble licorice root. Wistarias are hard to transplant, un-
less they have been pot-grown for the purpose or fre-
quently transplanted in the nursery row. Unless ma-
nured heavily when transplanted, they are very slow in
starting into vigorous growth. The most satisfactory
method of propagation for the amateur is layering.
Those who wish to give a young Wistaria an extra
good start may sink a bottomless tub in the ground and
fill it with good soil. If a Wistaria is to be trained to
a tree, select an old tree, if possible, which is past
the height of its vigor.

alba, 1. 2, 3, 4.
albinora, 1.
brachybotrys, 4.
Chinensis, 1.
consequana, 1.

INDEX,
fiore-pleno, 1.
fruteseens, 3.
macrobotrys,
magnifies, 3.
multijuga, 2.

rubra, 4.
Sinensis, 1.
speciosa. 3.
variegata, 1.

Wmmmmm

, yfr^

v*'*1';. v.

2744. Wistaria Chi

is to let it alone. This produces rugged, twisted and
picturesque branches and gives a certain oriental ef-
fect, but it is not the best method for covering a
wall space solidly or for making the best display of
bloom. To cover a wall completely it is necessary to
keep the leaders taut and to train outside branches
wherever they are needed. If quantity of bloom is the
first consideration the vines should be pruned back every
year to spurs, a common method in Japan. The Japa-
nese chiefly use another species, TV. multijuga, which
often passes in our nurseries under the name of W.
Sinensis, the clusters of the Japanese favorite some-
times attaining 3 or 4 feet. The low, one-storied Japa-
nese building will have a Wistaria so trained that the
vine follows the eaves all round the house. The foli-
age is all above, and the yard-long clusters of purple
blossoms depend therefrom in solid, unbroken, linear
masses, 2 or 3 ranks deep. W. multijuga is said to be
less vigorous and productive in America and Europe
than Japan When trained as a standard the Wis-
taria requires much care. Probably the finest stand-
ard Wistaria is that figured in G.F. 6:256 and Gng.
1:321, wnere full directions for cultivation may be
found. The following dates of bloom will be useful to
those who reckon from the latitude of New York : V.'.

A. Clusters moderately
long and dense, 7-12
in. long. "25-50-fld.:

fls. odorless 1. Chinensis

aa. Clusters 2S ft. long and

looser: fls. odorless . .2. multijuga
AAA. Clusters short, 2S in.,
12-25-fld.: fls. fra-
grant.
B. Lfls. glabrous abore.3. speciosa
bb. Lfts. silky 4. brachybotrys

1. Chinensis, DC. ( TV. Sinensis, Sweet.
K f lir. consequana. Loud. W. polystachya, C.
,J;. Koch.). Chinese Wistaria. Figs. 2744, 2745.
« 1 Hardy, fast and tall growing climber with pale
green compound foliage and foot-long clus-
ters of purplish pea-shaped fls. borne pro-
fusely in May. Lfts. about 11, ovate-lanceo-
late, 2-3 in. long, silky : racemes 7-12 in.

long, about 25-50-fld.: fls. odorless, % in.

_-: long, 1% in. across: fr. borne very sparingly,

C'-'.'- especially on the var. albi flora. May and
\t ' Aug. China. Clusters in B.M. 2083 (adapted

;.'",. in Fig. 2745), L.B.C. 8:773, P.M. 7:127 and

''. ;* : B.R. 8:650 (as Glycine Sinensis), and Gn.

39, p. 409. Habit in Gn. 4, p. 173 ; 11, p.
380; 12, p 469: 34, p. 376; 44, p. 7; 48, p.
157; 49, p. 43; 50, p. 183; 5], p. 396; 52,
p. 310; 53, p. 471; G.C. III. 21:7 and Gn. 51,
p. 286, the last showing the spur system of
pruning. V. 14:162 (pot- plant). G.F.
6:256 and Gng. 1:321 show "standards."
The typical form has single purple fls. and is some-
times called var. purpurea, Hort. Var. albiilora,
Lemaire (var. alba, Hort.), has single white flowers.
I.H. 5:166. Gn. 53, pp. 325, 470. Var. alba plena, Hort.,
has double white flowers. Var. Ilore-pleno, Hort., has
double purple flowers. F. 1882:33. Gn. 17, p. 105; 34,
p. 373. Var. macrobdtrys, Beau. (II'. macrobdtrys,
Hort.), has fls. of a paler shade of blue-purple, the clus-
ters longer and looser, not adv. in America. Var. va-
riegata, Hort., has variegated foliage and is inferior to
the common form in habit and productiveness. Un-
desirable except for foliage effects.

2. multijuga, Van Houtte ( W. Chinfnsis, var. multi-
'iiga, Hook.). Loose-clustered Wistaria. Fig. 2746.
Distinguished from IT. Chinensis by the longer and
looser raceme and smaller fls. which appear a week
later. Lfts. 17-21, silky when young, nearly glabrous
when old, pale green, larger than W. Chinensis: ra-
cemes 2-3 ft. long, twice as long as in TT. Chinensis,
looser and sometimes 100-fld. : fls. about half as large
as in W. Chinensis: pods oblanceolate, flattened, with
rigid, flat, thinly woody valves: seeds orbicular. Long
supposed to be native to Japan, but probablv native to
north China. F.S. 19:2002. R.H. 1891, pp. 176, 177.
B.M. 7522. Gng. 2:161. G.C. III. 13:233 and S.H.

WISTARIA

2:463 (both erroneously as W. Chinensis). M.D.G.
1898:477. Botanically this is a variety of W. Chinensis,
but for horticultural purposes its distinctness needs
emphasis. It is often cult, under the name of jr.
Chinensis. Var. alba, Hort.. is also cult.

WONGA WONGA

1989

2745.

Wistaria Chinensis,

(X about K.)

3. specidaa, Nutt. ( W. frute'scens, Poir. ). American
Wistaria. Kidney Bean Tree. Not as vigorous as
the Chinese Wistaria but climbing over trees and
bushes to a length of 30—10 ft., with dark green foliage
and short racemes of lilac - purple fls. borne about 3
weeks after W. Chinensis. Lfts. 9-15, glabrous and
dark green above, pale and sometimes slightly pubes-
cent beneath: racemes 2-7 in. long, about 14-fld.: fls.
^-% in. long: pods long, torulose, hardly coriaceous,
with convex valves: seeds reniform, freely produced.
June. Low grounds, Va. to Kans., south Fla. to La.
B.M. 2103 (as Glycine frutescens). B.B. 2:294.-Var.
aiba, Hort., has white flowers. Var. magnifica, Hort.
( W. magnifica, Hort.), has racemes 6-8 in. long and
50-60-fld., with fls. 1 in. across. The fls. are lilac with a
yellow spot, and borne earlier than the type. The
clusters are larger and denser. A great improvement.
F.S. 11:1151.

4. brachybdtrys, Sieb. & Zucc. Short - clustered
Wistaria. Japanese species, distinguished from all
others by its low growth. It is said to attain only 3-5
ft. and should therefore be particularly desirable for
standards and bushy specimens. Lfts. 9-13, silky: ra-
cemes about 6 in. long, about 25-fld. : fls. purple, 1 in.

across: pods tomentose. Late bloomer. Japan. S.Z.

1:45. F.S. 9:880. — Vars. alba and rubra, are offered.

trade catalogues for W, speciosa,
iel>. & Zucc. See Millettla.— W.
doubtless a white-rid. variety of

W. alba has been used
ar. alba. W. Japonicc
ivea, Hort. .John Saul,

WITCH ELM. Ulmus scabra.
WITCH HAZEL. Hamamelis.
WITHANIA. Consult Salpichroa.

W. M.

5746. Wistaria multijuea. often called Japanese Wistaria.
(•*%■)

WITLOOF. A form of Chicory (which see).

WOAD. See Isatris.

WOLFBEEBY. Symphoricarpos occidentalis,

WOLFSBANE. See Aconitum.

WONGA WONGA VINE. Tecoma australis.

1990

WOOD BETONY

WOOD BETONY. Staehys Beto.

WOODBINE. In England. Lonicera Perickymenun
in America, Ampelopsis quinque folia.

WOODRUFF. See Asperula,

WOOD LILY. Trillium.

WOODSIA(Jost-t.h Woods,
an English botanist}. Poly-
pod iticece. A genus of mainly
rock-loving ferns character-
ized by their inferior indu- w~
sium, which is attached be- ^ : ,^£flj:
neath the sorus, inclosing it~~ =
at first but soon splitting
into star -like lobes, and
later hidden beneath the
sorus. Some fifteen spe-
cies are known, of which
seven grow wild in this
country. The following na-
tive species are sometimes
cultivated in borders. Treat-
ment given other hardy ferns will suit them well.
Both grow best amongst rocks.

Ilvensis, R.Br. Fig. 2747. Lvs. growing in rosettes

WORMWOOD

pinnae; sporophylls with narrowly linear pinnsB 3-4 in.
long. Mich, to Fla., mostly near the coast.

aa. Lvs. uniform.
b. Veins forming one or more series of areolae.

radicans, Sm. Lvs. rising from a caudex 3-5 ft. long,
gracefully curved; pinnae 8-15 in. long, 2-4 in. wide,
pinnatifid nearly to the midrib. The true W. radicans
from Europe bears scaly buds toward the apex of the
leaf and roots to form new plants. The Californian and
Mexican species, which has often been referred to this
species, is really distinct and never roots.

orientalis, Swz. Lvs. 4-8 ft. long, 12-18 in. wide, with
lanceolate pinnae and sinuate pinnules; veins uniting
freely. Japan and Formosa.

bb. Veins free between the sori and the margin.

Virginica, Smith. Fig. 2748. Lvs. 12-18 in. long,

6-9 in. wide on stout stipes; pinnae linear-lanceolate,

4-6 in. long, cut nearly to the rachis into oblong lobes.

Can. to Mich., Ark. and Fla. l, m. Underwood.

WOOLLY BUTT. Eucalyptus longifolia.

WORMS. Fig. 2749. Under the name of "Worms,"
"Snails" and "Caterpillars," various odd fruits of legu-
minous plants are grown as curiosities. The pods are
often put in soups as a practical joke, not for their
edible qualities. The plants chiefly grown for this pur-
pose are Scorpiurus vermiculata, Linn., S. subvillosa,
Linn., S. muricata, Linn., S. sulcata, Linn., Medicago
scutellata, Mill., and Astragalus hamosus, Linn. The
last is the one usually known as "Worms." The pic-
ture, Fig. 2749, shows spe-
cies of Scorpiurus, chiefly
&'. vermicu lata (beneath)and
S, subvillosa (above). All
these various plants are an-
nuals of the easiest culture.
!fv^O^*^^;-:A -' * They are practically un-

lv?>?>?A'jfi.»foii '-. i- known in this &

country, al- *$*
though offered iy

by seedsmen. £j*y

See Caterpil- *f£r

lars. L> H. B. Hj

WORMSEED.

0 h t

2749. Pods known as '

times grown

and " Catcrpilii
for curiosity.

WORMWOOD

Fig. 2750. An

or tuft

2748. Fruitint
Woodwardia
einica (X VA)

g, 1 in. or more wide, bipinnatifid;
segments crowded, obscurely cre-
nate: sori confluent when old.
Eu. and N. Araer. north of Va.

obtusa, Torre y. Lvs. clustered,
6-15 in. long, 2-4 in. wide, minute-
ly glandular - hairy, bipinnate ;
pinnae rather remote, triangular-
ovate. New England to Arizona.
L. M. Underwood.
WOOD SORREL. Oxalis Ace-
tosella.

WOODWARDIA (Thomas J.
Woodward i an English botanist).
Polypodiacea*. A genus of rather
coarse-foliaged ferns of diverse
habit and structure, but all bear-
, . t ing the sori in rows arranged

lobe Of „„=„„, ... .. _;,i..;i. m,n u„u„

parallel to the midrib like links
of sausages. Commonly known
as the Chain Fern. See Fern.
A. Lvs. of two sorts, the veins everywhere forming

areola'.

areolata, Moore (IF. angustifdlia, Sm.). Sterile lvs.

deltoid-ovate, with numerous oblong-lanceolate sinuate

(Artemisia Absinthi

erect, hardy herbaceous perennial, native
of middle and western Europe and the
countries that bound the Mediterranean,
and sometimes found in waste places as an
escape from American gardens, having an-
gular, rather shrubby stems 2-4 ft. tall,
which bear abundant, much divided, hoary
leaves of in-
tensely and per-
sistently bitter » «yj
flavor, and pani- ^.y:. /A^
cles of greenish * ] / J .'. ',-. ''J&>
or yellowish fl.- _''
heads. The seed,
grayish and very
small, retains its
vitality for about
four years, but is
usually sown soon
after harvesting.
The tops and
leaves, gathered
and dried in July
and August when
the plant is in
flower, are offi-
cially credited in
America with aro- fl
matic, tonic, and, Jj

^,

2750. Wormwood (X 14) .

WORMWOOD

as its name implies, anthelmintic properties, although
now, for no apparent reason other than caprice of prac-
tice, they are less popular with the profession than for-
merly. In domestic medicine they are employed as men-
tioned and as a diuretic; locally as a fomentation or as a
decoction with vinegar to ulcers, sprains and bruises.
In the dry state they are occasionally placed among
clothing as a moth repellant. Formerly Wormwood w;is
used by brewers to embitter and preserve liquors, but
at the present time it finds its most extensive use as
the principal ingredient in absinthe, in the manufacture
of which peppermint, angelica, anise, cloves and cinna-
mon are also ingredients. According to Blythe, the
green color of this liquor is due not to Wormwood but
to the chlorophyll of spinach, parsley or nettles. The
plant may be grown without trouble in light, dry, rather

WYOMING

1991

titude. This includes the high mountain ranges, which
as a rule are covered with forests that catch and hold
the winter snow, the melting of which supplies the nu-
merous perennial streams flowing in every direction
from the mountain summits. In the north are culti-
vated areas at less than 3,500 feet altitude, and farming
is practiced on high plateaus or in mountain valleys up
to 8,000 feet. Wyoming embraces an area 355 miles
from east to west and 270 miles from north to south, in
the very heart of the Rocky Mountain region. As would
be expected, there is great diversity of soil, climate and
exposure. There are wind-swept plains, rolling up-
lands, protected mountain valleys and bottom-lands
along streams, with corresponding lengths of the grow-
ing season, free from frost, of from eighty davs or less
to more than one hundred and fifty days. The mean

2751. Map of Wyoming, showing horticultural possibilities.
The areas marked by semi-circles are deserts. The areas sliaded by diagonal lines have an altitude

)f less than 6.000 feet.

poor garden soil from seed which, owing to its small
size, should be started where it may not be washed out
or packed down by rain. When large enough to set out
the few specimens necessary to furnish a family supply
should be placed not closer than 15 in. each way the
first year. If alternate plants be removed with a good
ball of earth early in the following spring and planted
30 in. apart, they will be sufficiently close together and
the transplanted ones should suffer from no check.
Ripened cuttings taken in March or October may be
used for propagation. Clean cultivation and slight an-
nual dressings of manure are the only other requisites.
In the middle western states there are several localities
where Wormwood is grown for export, jj q Kains.

WREATH, PURPLE. See Petrea volubilis. St.
Peter's W. See Spircea.

WYCH ELM. Ulmus scabra.

WYOMING, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 2751. The
agricultural land in Wyoming is at a higher average
altitude than that in any other state, being about 0, nun
feet above the -"'a. As shown in the accompanying map
more than one-half the total area is above 0,000 feet al-

annual temperature varies from less than 40° F. to-
about 50° F.

The rainfall is as little as 4 or fl inches per annum in
the Red Desert and reaches a maximum of 30 inches or
more on the high mountains. The average for the agri-
cultural regions is about. 12 inches. With the exception
of a very small area in the northeastern part of the
state, and small valleys at high altitudes in the moun-
tains, where some quickly growing plants will mature
without being artificially watered, no crops can be
raised without irrigation. It has been estimated that
there is sufficient water supply to reclaim about 12,000,-
000 acres of agricultural land, and about 2,000,000 acres
are already covered by irrigation canals.

The natural conditions make live-stock husbandry of
paramount importance. The soil is cultivated princi-
pally to increase the amount of stock food and little
intensive farming has been Inaugurated. Some ranches
extend 10-15 miles along the streams, and some of them
have not yet known the use of a plow except in the
construction of the ditches to irrigate the native
meadows. The state is yet in the transition period be-
tween the time of the nomadic stockman, or the large
stock ranch and range business, and the time of perma-
nent home building and a stable agriculture. In the

1992

WYOMING

last decade the sentiment of the people in regard to
cultivating the soil has changed in a marked degree.
They are turning their attention to a better agriculture
and the production of horticultural crops, both for
profit and for greater home comfort.

The state will not reach great commercial importance
through her horticultural products, but the people are
beginning to appreciate the value of the home-garden
and some are raising hardy apples, cherries, grapes,
small fruits and vegetables to supply local markets.
At the present rate of increase the production of fruits
for home consumption will soon be of great importance.

The agricultural land lies along the watercourses,
and naturally the first areas to be brought under culti-
vation were the bottom-lands along the smaller streams
where the canals necessary to bring water to the soil
could be easily and cheaply constructed. The bench
areas, or uplands, have better drainage both for water
and air, and are more likely to be free from injurious
late and early frosts, than the lowlands near the
streams. With the extension of agriculture to the
higher bench lands horticultural plants can be raised
with more success. The modifying influence of wind-
breaks makes it possible to grow fruits in a way that
was not dreamed of when the country was first settled.
Many early plantings of fruit trees failed because of
drying winds or late frosts, and in some instances be-
cause the plants were drowned by over-irrigating the
lowlands where first attempts were made.

Because of the varying conditions, the kinds and
varieties of fruits which can be successfully pro-
duced vary in different parts of the state. The high
plateaus are characterized by frost every month in
the year except July, and only such crops can be
grown as will stand a degree of frost in the spring
months. In the warmer valleys, even up to 5,000 feet
altitude, such tender vegetables as tomatoes, melons,
sweet potatoes and peanuts have been successfully
raised. Where the season is short because of the alti-
tude, plants grow very rapidly, reach maturity in a
short time and do not seem to be so seriously affected

WYOMING

by light frost as they do where the season of growth is
long.

In those portions of the state which are below 6,000
feet in altitude (see map) many varieties of apples,
Morello and Rocky Mountain dwarf cherries and plums
(varieties from Primus Americana) are fruiting, and
hardier kinds are successful at much higher altitudes
in protected locations. The Wealthy apple has been
successfully fruited on the Laramie Plains at an alti-
tude of 7,400 feet. Tree fruits have been most success-
fully raised in Fremont, Sheridan, Natrona and Lara-
mie counties, which also produce all the varieties of
small fruits usually grown in this altitude.

Above 7,000 feet the only small fruits that succeed
well are currants, strawberries, dewberries and goose-
berries, named in the order of their apparent hardiness.
Because there is not sufficient snowfall to cover the
ground and keep it covered during the winter, it is
necessary to give winter protection to raspberries,
blackberries and grapes by laying down and covering
with earth to prevent their parts above ground drying
out and dying in the dormant season. Under unfavor-
able conditions such treatment becomes necessary with
strawberries ami gooseberries.

Under irrigation the kinds of fruit suitable to the
climate produce large crops. Years of failure are rare,
and when they do come are traceable to sudden unsea-
sonable changes of temperature, such as late spring
frosts or early fall storms before the plants are mature
and ready for winter. The first trees were set out in
Wyoming between 1882 and 1885. Planting began in
earnest in 1892, and every year there is good increase
in the area devoted to fruits.

Following is a list of apples which have fruited in the
state, arranged as nearly as possible in the order of
their apparent hardiness and present abundance :
Standard— Wealthy, Oldenburg, Antonovka, Gideon,
Fameuse, Wolf, Tetofsky, Ben Davis, Transparent,
Pewaukee, Pippin. Crafts — Siberian, Montreal, Whit-
ney, Martha, Van Wyck, Soulard, Transcendent.

B. C. Buffum.

X

XANTHlSMA (Greek, dyed yellow, referring to the
color of the Us. ). CotnpdsitcR. A genus of only one spe-
cies, a summer-blooming, yellow-flowered composite with
heads 1-1M in. across, composed of a small disk and
about 20 rather slender rays. This plant is known to
flower-seed catalogues as Centauridium Drummondii.
In cultivation the plant is treated like a hardy annual,
the seed being sown in the open border early in spring.

Generic characters : fls. all fertile: akenes top-shaped,
4-5-ribbed or angled; pappus persistent, composed of
10 or 12 rigid bristles which are minutely scabrous
above, gradually chaffy-dilated towards the base, and
longer than the disk-corolla, as many more one-half
shorter, and usually 5 still smaller and shorter external
ones.

Texanum, PC (Centauridium Drummondii, Torr. &
Gray). Fig. 2752. Nearly glabrous biennial or annual,
1-4 ft. high: lvs. narrowly oblong to lanceolate; stein -
lvs. entire or with a few teeth toward the apex: fls. at-
taining a diam. of 2 in. even in the wild. ^y jj_

XANTHOCfiRAS (Greek, xantlios, yellow, and keras,
horn, alluding to the yellow horn-like processes of the
disc). Sapindacece. Ornamental deciduous shrub or
small tree with alternate, odd-pinnate lvs., showy white
fls. in terminal and axillary racemes, appearing with the
leaves in spring on last year's branches. The large
greenish fruits are similar to those of the buckeye. J£.
sorbifolia, the only species, is hardy as far north as
Mass., and is a very handsome shrub well suited for
solitary planting on the lawn. The dark green, glossy
foliage is not attacked by insects and retains its bright
color until frost sets in. The flowers are very showy
and appear even on small plants. Xanthoceras is also
sometimes used for forcing. It is not very particular as
to soil. A porous, loamy soil and a sunny position seem
to suit it best. Prop, by seeds, stratified and sown in
spring, and by root-cuttings, which succeed best with
moderate bottom-heat. A monotypic genus from N.
China, allied to Ungnadia and Kcelreuteria: fls. polyga-
mous, the upper ones of the terminal raceme pistillate,
the lower ones staminate, those of the lateral racemes
staminate, with rarely a few pistillate ones at the apex;
sepals and petals 5; disc with 4 suberect cylindric horns
about half as long as stamens; stamens 8: ovary su-
perior, 3-loculed, with a rather short, thick style: fr. a
capsule, with thick walls dehiscent into 3 valves, each
locule with several globose, dark brown seeds.

sorbifolia, Bunge. Figs. 2753, 2754. Shrub or small
tree, attaining 15 ft., with rather stout upright branches,
glabrous: lvs. 6-12 in. long; lfts. 9-17, usually oppo-
site, sessile, narrow-elliptic to lanceolate, sharply ser-
rate, dark green above, paler beneath, 1-2 in. long: ra-
cemes 6-10 in. long: fls. on slender pedicels, white,
about % in. across, each petal with a blotch at the base
changing from vellow to red: fr. green, 1K-2K ">• l°ng;
seeds % in. across. Mav. N. China. B.M. 6923. F.S.
18:1899. R.H. 1872:290; 1898, p. 356. Gn. 8, p. 524 (col.
pi. not numbered); 34, p. 372; 50, p. 227. G.C. II.
26:205; 111.2:274,275; 11:533; 17:197. G.F. 6:285. A.F.
3:109; 12:36. A.G. 18:357. Gng. 2:292-293; 3:289.
Mn. 1, p. 27. M.D.G. 1900:592, 593. I.H. 24:295.

Alfred Rehder.

XANTHORRHtEA (Greek, yellow flow, referring to
the resin which exudes from the trunks). Junc&cece. The
"Grass Trees," "Grass Gums" or "Black Boys," which
form a conspicuous feature of the Australian landscape,
are among those strange members of the rush family
that have a decided trunk or caudex. The Grass Trees
often have a trunk 2 or 3 feet high, surmounted by a
dense, symmetrical crown of foliage, composed of a
multitude of brittle, linear leaves 2-4 ft. long which
spread or curve gracefully in all directions. From the
center of this tuft of leaves arises a solitary, sceptre-
like flower-stalk, terminating in a dense cylindrical spike

of numerous, closely packed greenish flowers. These
picturesque desert plants are well worth trial in the
warmer and more arid regions of the U. S. The trunk
varies from almost nothing in some species to 15 ft. in
the case of aged specimens of X. Preissii. The tall and
palm-like trunks are thickly covered with the bases of
the old dead leaves, which are cemented together by the

2752. Xanthisma Texanum (X K)

black or yellow resinous gum that flows freely from the
stems. In Australia the trunks are often charred and
discolored by bush fires. The following species have
been offered in southern Fla. and southern Calif., but
are practically unknown to cultivation in this country.
All the species are long-lived perennials native to dry
and rocky places. They are said to thrive in a com-
post of peat and loam and to be propagated by
offsets. AT. Preissii seems to be the most desirable
species.
Xanthorrhoea is a genus of 11 species of Australian

(1993)

1994

XANTHORRHCEA

XANTHORRHIZA

plants of the general appearance described above: peri-
anth persistent, of 6 distinct segments, the 3 outer
glume-like, erect, concave or almost hooded, 3- or 5-
nerved, the 3 inner much thinner, usually 5-nerved.
erect, but more or less protruded beyond the outer seg-
ments into a short, hyaline or white, petal-like, spread-
ing lamina. Flora Australiensis 7:112.

Xantho^i

). (See p. 1993.)

a. Trunk very short.

B. Spike S-S in. long.
minor, R.Br. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, 1-2 lines ■

ide:

scape
longer than the lvs.: spike less than 34 in. wide. B.M.
6297. — Belongs to the group in which the inner perianth-
segments have a white blade conspicuously spreading
above the outer ones, while in the next two species the
inner segments have a short whitish tip, little longer
than the outer and scarcely spreading.

BB. Spike 1%-S ft. long.
hastilis, R.Br. Lvs. 3-t ft. long, 2-3 lines broad:
scape often 6 8 ft. long, not counting the spike. Readily
distinguished by the dense, rusty tomentum covering
the ends of the bracts and outer perianth-segments.
B.M. 4722. G.C. III. 17:196. F.S. 9:868.

AA. Trunk becoming 5 or 6, of even 15 ft. long.
Preissii, Endl. Lvs. 2— 1 ft. long, 1-2 lines broad,,
rigid, very brittle when young: scapes 2-6 ft. long, in-
cluding the spike, which occupies one-half to nearly all
its length. B.M. 6933. rt. M

XANTHORRHIZA (G reek, yellow root). Often
spelled Zanthorrhiea. Manuneulaeece. A genus of only
one species, native in the eastern United States from
New York to Florida. Plant shrubby: lvs. pinnate or
bipinnate: tls. in drooping racemes or panicles; sepals
5, petal-like, deciduous ; petals 5, smaller than the
sepals, and 2-lobed; stamens 5-10; carpels 5-10, ses-
sile, forming only one-seeded follicles, one ovule of each
usually not maturing.

The plants are cult, mostly fortbeir handsome foliage,
which is much like that of Actaea, and which changes.
to a beautiful golden color in the autumn. The plants
will grow readily in any good soil but usually prefer
damp and shady places, although it often thrives in
loose, sandy soil. Propagated both by seed and root
division in fall or early spring. Often not hardy in
Massachusetts.

apiifdlia, L'Herit. Shrub Yellow Root. Fig. 2755.
Stems of bright yellow wood, 1-20 ft. high: roots yel-

2754. Fruit of Xanthoceras sorbifolia (X K).

low, sending up suckers in spring: lvs. in clusters from
terminal buds; lfts. about 5, cut-toothed or lobed, with
wedge-shaped bases and entire sinuses: fls. small, dark
or purple. April. Damp and shadv places, southwestern
New York southward. A.G. 1891 :289. B.B. 2:55.-Var.
ternata, Huth. Lvs. only ternate; lfts. often more
deeply lobed. the sinuses entire. Same distribution.
K. C. Davis.

XANTHOSOMA

XANTHOSOMA (Greek, yellow body, referring to
the stigma). Ardcece. This genus is interesting to the
horticulturist as containing the handsome variegated
stove foliage plant known to the trade as Phyllotmnium
Lindeni, and part of the vegetables
known as "Malanga," a crop to which two
per cent of the arable land in Porto Rico
is devoted. Many species of the arum
family are noted for their huge tubers,
some of which are edible "after the acrid
and more or less poisonous properties are
dispersed by the expression of the juice,
or by its dissipation through heat"(B.
M. 4989). Of this class the" best known
is the Elephant's Ear, or Colocasia rs-
culenta. The Malanga is said to be "lit-
tle, if at all, inferior to Caladium escu-
Ifitttttn; in wholesomeness and delicacy
far sxiperior to spinach; and in this re-
spect it may vie with any European vege-
table whatever."— Bot. Mag. The"Yantia
Malanga" of Porto Rico is, according to
Cook, Colocasia antiquorum, var. es-
culenta. Other Yantias are species of
Xanthosoma. The botany of them is con-
fused.

Xanthosoma is a genus of 25 species,
according to Engler, who has given an
account of them in Latin in DC. on
Phaner. vol.2 (1879). They are milky
herbs of South and Central America with
a tuberous or tall and thick rhizome: Its,
arrow-shaped, 3-cut or pedately cut : rls.
unisexual, naked : males with 4-0 sta- <';'

mens connate in an inversely pyramidal /^s£&

symmdrium with 5 or 6 faces: ovary 2-4-
loculed; ovules anatropous. ^

A. Caudex a short, (hick, erect rhizome.
sagittifolium, Schott {Arum sagittifd-
Hum, Linn. ). Malanga. A tropical vegetable, "Young
plants of this are stemless, but in age, from the decay of
the old lvs.. an annulated caudex is formed some inches
in height, each throwing out stout fibers from the base,
and fn»m time to time producing offsets, by which the
plant is easily propagated, or if suffered to remain the

XANTHOXYLUM

1995

sagittate -ovate, suddenly and shortly acute at apex,
basal lobes obtuse: spathe large, with a creamy white
limb. Tropical Amer. B.M. 4989. -In northern hot-
houses said to bloom in winter.

756. Xanthosoma Lind

Caudex tuberous

2755. Xamhorrhiza apiifolia (X %).

plant becomes tufted, and numerous lvs. are produced
from the summit of the short, yet stem-like trunks"
(B.M. 4989). Lvs. 1-2 or almost 3 ft. long, broadly

Lindeni, Engl. {Phyllotmnium Lind< »i. Andr6). Fig.
2756. Tender variegated foliage plant with large, ar-
row-shaped lvs. marked with white along the midrib
and parallel veins which run therefrom to the margin.
I.H. 19:88. A.G. l!»::>7:i < 1898). -Tuberous plant from
Colombia. G. W. Oliver, in his "Plant Culture," remarks
that this stove ornamental plant should be more used
for decorative purposes than it is at present, for it will
stand more rough usage than one would suppose. After
a goodly number of leaves have been developed in a
warm, moist atmosphere, the plants will maintain a
good appearance in a greenhouse temperature and may
even be used as house plants. The lvs. are firmer in
texture than caladium s. Prop, by division. Before re-
potting, put the pieces in a warm sand-bed to encour-
age fresh roots. Lvs. oblong-hastate, with acute basal
lobes.

X. belophylhtm, Kunth, has a short, thick, erect rhizome
and a cordate-hastate leaf. Venezuela. Var. Caracasanum, C.
Kocn(X. Caracasamun, Schott. Colocasia Caracasana, Eng.),
has lvs. pale green beneath, the posterior lobes more produced
at the apex and the midrib and nerves often rosy. Caracas. —
X, Mafdffa, Schott (Colocasia Mafaflfa, Hort.). closely allied to
the preceding, lias a similar caudex and a cordate-ovate leaf
but the posterior costre are separated by a right or acute an-
gle, the angle in the preceding species being obtuse. vyp ]yj4

XANTHOXYLUM (Greek, zanthos, yellow, and xy-
lon, wood). Sometimes spelled Zanthoxylum. In-
cluding Fagara. Rut&cece. Prickly Ash. Tooth-
ache Tree. Ornamental deciduous or evergreen
trees and shrubs, mostly prickly, with alternate odd-
pinnate or sometimes simple leaves and small greenish
or whitish flowers in axillary clusters or terminal pani-
cles followed by small capsular, often ornamental
fruits. X. Americanum is the only species which is
hardy north, but some of the species from E. Asia will
probably prove fairly hardy in the middle Atlantic
states. As ornamental shrubs they are valued chiefly
for their fruits, but some have handsome foliage also,
and A', ailnnthoides- is called by Sargent one of the
most beautiful trees of Japan. They seem to be not

1996

XANTHOXYLUM

XEKANTHEMUM

2757. Leaf of Prickly Ash
Xanthoxylum America-
num(X^).

Showing paired prickles re
sembling stipular spines.

very particular as to soil and position. Prop, by seeds
and by suckers or root-cuttings.

The genus contains about 140 species in the tropical
and subtropical regions of both hemispheres, and a few
in temperate regions. Trees
and shrubs, with mostly
prickly branches: most parts,
particularly the fruits, emit
a strong aromatic odor when
bruised: lvs. odd-pinnate, 3-
foliolate or rarely simple: fls.
dioecious or polygamous,
small, in cymes or panicles;
sepals, petals and stamens 3-
8, sepals often wanting; pis-
tils 3-5: fr. composed of 1-5
separate small dehiscent cap-
sules each with 1-2 shining
black seeds. Several species
are used medicinally. The
wood of some W. Indian spe-
cies and that of the Austra-
lian X. braehyacanthum is
considered valuable. The
fruits of X. piperitum are
used like pepper in Japan.

Americanum, Mill. (X. frax-
ineum, Willd. X. ramiflorum,
Michx.). Prickly Ash. Fig.
2757. Shrub or small tree, at-
taining 25 ft., with prickly
branches: lfts. 5-11, opposite,
almost sessile, ovate, entire
or crenulate, dark green
above, lighter and pubescent
beneath, l%-2 in. long: fls.
small, greenish, in axillary
sessile cymes, appearing shortly before the lvs. : seeds
black Quebec to Neb. and Va. B.B. 2:353.

piperitum, DC. Chinese or Japanese Pepper.
Bushy shrub, rarely small tree: branches with slender
prickles: lfts. 11-13, narrow-elliptic to elliptic-lanceo-
late, serrulate, glabrous, dark green and lustrous above,
paler beneath, 54-1M in. long: fls. in terminal, rather
dense, umbel-like corymbs. July, Aug. Japan, Corea.

X. ailantholdes, Sieb. & Zucc. Tree, attaining 60 ft.:
branches with numerous short prickles: lvs. 1-4 ft. long; lfts.
oblong-ovate, glabrous, glaucous beneath, 3-6 in. long: fls. and
fr. in terminal corymbs. Japan. Handsome tree. — X. Bunged-
num, Maxim. Shrub, with stout, compressed prickles: lvs.
prickly; lfts. 7-11. ovate to ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, %-l%
in. long: fls. and f r. in terminal corymbs. N. China. — X. Clava-
Herculis, Linn. (X. Carolinianum, Lam.). Toothache-tree.
Pepper-wood. Small tree, attaining 30 or occasionally 50 ft.:
lfts. 7-17, ovate-lanceolate, pubescent beneath when young,
1-2% in. long: fls. and fr. in terminal panicles. April, May.
S. Va. to Fla. and Tex. S.S. 1-.29.—X. i>lanisjjlnum, Sieb. &
Zucc. Shrub, with stout, compressed spines: lfts. 3-5. elliptic
to elliptic-lanceolate, serrulate, glabrous, 1-2 in. long: fls. and
fr. in small panicles on sliort lateral branchlets. Japan. — X.
schinifdlium, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub, with sparingly prickly
branches: lfts. 13-19. elliptic-lanceolate, crenate, emarginate
at the apex, %-lK in. long: fls. and fr. in large, terminal co-
rymbs. Japan. Alfred Rehder.

XENIA. The immediate influence of pollen — the
influence on the fruit that results directly from a
given pollination.

XERANTHEMUM (Greek, dry flower: it is one of the
"everlastings"). Oompdsitce. There are four or five
species of Xeranthemum, of which X. annunm is one
of the oldest and best known of the "everlastings" or
immortelles. They are inhabitants of the Mediterranean
region. They are annual erect herbs, densely pubescent
or tomentose. The heads are rayless, but the large in-
volucre scales are petal-like and persistent, giving the
plant its value as a subject for dry bouquets. Outer flow-
ers few and sterile, inner ones fertile; receptacle chaffy;
involucral scales in many series, of various lengths, gla-
brous; heads solitary on long naked peducles.

The culture of Xeranthemum is very simple. Seeds
are usually sown in the open, where the plants are to
stand ; but they may be started indoors and the seed-
lings transplanted. Hardy or half-hardy annuals.

annuum, Linn. Fig. 2758. Annual, 2-3 ft. tall, erect,
white - tomentose : lvs. alternate, oblong- lanceolate,
acute, entire: heads purple, 1-1 H in. across, the longer
scales wide-spreading and ray-like. S. Europe. — Runs
into many varieties. Var. liguldsum, Voss (X. plenls-
simum and X. imperiale, Hort. ). A double or half-

Sea

2758. Xeranth

double form. Var. perliguldsum, Voss (A", superbissi-
mum, Hort.), has very full double heads. In these and
the single types there are white-fld. (var. album), rose-
fld. (var. rose uvi ) and purple-fld. (var. purpureum) va-
rieties. There are also violet-fld. forms. Var. multifld-
rum, Hort. (var. compactum) has a more compact and

XERANTHEMUM

bushy habit, with somewhat smaller heads. X. varius,
Hort., is a trade name for mixed varieties.

X. inapterum. Mill. (X. erectum. Presl.) has white heruls of
which the scales are little or not at all open or spreading. S.
Eu. to S. W. Asia. L. H. B.

XEROPHYLLT/M (Greek, dry leaf). Liliacem. Tur-
key's Beard. The Turkey's Beard of our eastern states
is a strong perennial herb,
3 or 4 ft. high, resembling
the asphodel. It has a
dense tuft of numerous
long, wiry leaves from the
center of which springs a
stately shaft sometimes 5
ft. high, with an oval or
oblong raceme C in. long,
crowded with yellowish
white b' -parted fls., each
"% in. across. It blooms
from May to July, fls. with
delicate fragrance lasting a
long time. It is a hand-
somer plant than the as-
phodel, but, like many
other native plants, its
beauty was first appreci-
ated in England and it has
only lately found favor in
American gardens. A*\
setifolium, or asphodeloides
as it is known to the trade,
is considered one of the
choicest plants for English
bog gardens. The posses-
sion of several large clumps
is especially to be desired,
as each plant flowers so
freely that it requires a
year or two to recover.
Unfortunately the plant
does not seed freely and
propagation by division is
a slow process which must
be performed with great
care in the spring. It
needs a moist and some-
what shaded situation and
a peaty soil. The probabil-
ity is that the Turkey's
Beard can be grown in any
sandy soil that has been
liberally enriched with
well-rotted leaf - mold in a
spot that is reasonably dry
in winter. The species is
a native of the dry pine
barrens from southern N.
J. to eastern Tenn. and Ga.
The chief species of the
Pacific coast, X. tenax, has
white and violet flowers,
the latter color supplied by
the stamens. Each region
should cultivate its own
species. The forms are
too much alike for the
same garden. A third spe-
cies, S. Douglasii, is a rare
plant ranging from Mon-
tana to Oregon. It is dis-
tinguished by its 6-valved
capsule and is said to
be inferior as a garden plant to the other species.

Xerophyllums are tall perennial herbs with short
thick, woody rootstocks, unbranched leafy stems and
Unear, rough-edged leaves, the upper ones shorter
*han the lower: fls. small, white, in a large, dense ra-
ceme, the lower fls. opening first; perianth-segments
oblong or ovate, 5-7-nerved, devoid of glands; stamens
6: ovary 3-grooved; styles 3, reflexed or recurved:
capsule loculicidally and sometimes also septicidally
dehiscent. Watson in Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. Sci. 14:284.

XEROPIIYLLUM

1997

A. Raceme S-6 in. long or more: perianth-segments ex-
ceeding the stamens: Irs. one line or less wide.

setildlium, Michx. (A", asphodeloides, Nutt.). Fig.
2759. A tall hardy perennial herb described above.
Varies in height from 1-4 ft. Found in the pine bar-
rens, eastern U. S. B.M. 748 and L.B.C. 4:394 (both
as Helonius asphodeloides). Gng. 1:173. A.F. 7:171.

2759. Xerophyll

Browing near the margin of a pond.

and p. 527; 27, p. 224; 58, p. 15. G.C. II

Gn. 39:,

13:433.

AA. JRaceme 1-2 ft. long; perianth -segments scarcely

equaling the stamens: Irs. about 2 lines widt.

pedicels longer, mostly 1-2 in. long.
tenax, Nutt. Distinguished from eastern' species by
characters indicated above. Ranges from Calif, to Brit.
Col. and varies in height from 2-5 ft. June, July. B.R.
19:1613 (erroneously as A", seti folium). ^ jj

1998 XIMENIA

XIMENIA (Francis Xiraeues, Spanish monk, wrote
on plants of Mexico in 1615). Olaalvece. Here belongs
the Hog Plum, a tropical fruit of minor importance
which grows wild throughout the tropics, and in the
U. S. is native to Florida south of Tampa Bay. The
fruit is about an inch long, shaped like a plum, and the
pulp is sweet and aromatic. The "stone " which incloses
the seed is proportionately very large. The fruit is
borne on a small tree, each branch of which ends in a
thorn about Vi in. long. The fruits are generally eaten,
but although it is fairly common in Fla. it is not culti-
vated. The species has been suggested by the Ameri-
can Pomological Society as worthy of cultivation with a
view to improvement.

Ximenia is a genus of 8 species of tropical shrubs or
trees, often thorny: Ivs. alternate, entire, often clus-
tered: fls. whitish, in short axillary cymes or rarely soli-
tary; calyx small, 4-toothed; petals 4, united at the

XTLOSMA

base, villous within; stamens 8: ovary 4-loculed; lo-
cules 3-4-ovuled: drupe baccate, not inclosed in the
calyx.

Americana, Linn. Hog Plum. Also called Mountain
or Seaside Plum and False Sandalwood; "Wild Olive'
in Jamaica. Tropical fruit-bearing tree described above
Lvs. L'-3 together, oblong, obtuse, short-petioled: pe
duncles 2-4-fld., shorter than the lvs.: fls. small, yel
low; petals thick, lanceolate, rusty-hairy within : fr
yellow; nut white, globose. Tropics. — The "Hog Plum
of Jamaica is Spondias lutea. ^ jj_

XYLOSMA longifolium has been offered in south-
ern Florida, but no plants have been sold and the stock
has Lately been destroyed, as there seems to be no rea-
son for cultivating the plant. It is a bush from the
Himalayas and belongs to the family Bixacese. See
Flora of British India.

2760. Yucca arborescens, the tree Yucca, or "Yucca palm," of the Moiave reeion.

YAH. See Dioscorea and Sweet Potato. Circular 21,
Div. of Bot., U. S. Dept. Agric, has valuable cultural
notes on the introduction of West Indian Yams (Dios-
coreas) to subtropical agriculture in the U. S.

YARBOW. Consult Achillea.

YATE. See Eucalyptus occidentalis.

YELLOW ROOT SHRUB. Xanthorrhiza.

YELLOW-WOOD. Cladrastis tinctoria.

YERBA BUENA. Micromeria Douglasii.

YEW. See Taxus.

YOUTH-AND-OLD-AGE. Zinnia.

its forms, and glauca are hardy in the northern states,
and Y. Treculeana shows considerable resistance to
frost. The tender species are kept in the cactus house.
Well-drained sandy loam suits them best, but with good
drainage they are tolerant of a large range of soil and
exposure. Prop, by seeds, offsets, stem -cuttings, and
the rhizomes that several species produce, which may
be cut into short lengths and rooted in the cutting bench.
Y. Treculeana blooms usually in March in plant houses,
as when wild, and the Mexican species when brought to
flower are usually spring bloomers, but they often refuse
to flower for long periods and then suddenly and unex-
pectedly produce an abundance of simultaneous bloom,
even on the smaller plants. Of the hardy species,
Y. glanca flowers in June and it is quickly followed
by Y. filamentosa and Y. flaccida, while the forms of
Y. gloriosa, which usually flower only at intervals of
several years, bloom from late August to so late in the
autumn as to be cut down by frost.

t

\\m\\T'i/W/

2761. Yucca Whipple

rtfCCA (Indian 'name for the Manihot, erroneously
applied by Gerarde). Lili&cece. About a dozen species,
chiefly of the arid North American table-land and con-
fined to the United States, Mexico and adjacent islands.
Evergreens with long, narrow, usually spiny-pointed
leaves and panicles of large white nocturnal flowers
frequently shaded with green or purple.

Y. filamentosa, flaccida, baccata, gloriosa in some of

Most species may be fertilized if fresh pollen is trans-
ferred directly from the anther to the stigmatic cavity of
a newly opened flower, preferably one seated directly on
the main shaft, where nutrition is more certain. Y.aloi-
folia commonly fruits freely, but the others rarely fruit
spontaneously in cultivation except Y. filamentosa and
}~. flaccida, which are pollinated by a small white moth
{Pranuba yuccasella) that accompanies them when cul-

126

(1999)

2000 YUCCA

tivated in the western states, but emerges from the pupa
too late to pollinate Y. glauca and disappears too early
for Y. gloriosa. See Rept. Mo. Bot. Gard. 3:99; 4:181.
The great Yuccas, or "Yucca Palms," of southern
California (Fig. 2700) are chiefly T. arborescens. They

2763. Flower of Yucca

Whipplei.

Three petals removed

to show structure of

blossom.

grow in the higher lands bordering the Mojave and ad-
jacent deserts, reaching a height of 15-20 ft. The old
plants are exceedingly weird and picturesque. Occa-
sionally this species is transferred to gardens, but it is
apparently not in the trade.

aloifolia, 6.
Andreana, 5.

angusti folia, 4.
argospatha, 8.
aspera, 8.
baccata, 9.
Califomica, 1.
canal iculata, 8.
Carrierei, 5.
coneava, 2.
Conspicua, 6.
Deleuili, 5.
draea'noides, 5.
Draeonis, 6.
elegans, 5.
Ellacombei, 5.

INDEX.

ensifera, 5.
exigua, 3.
filamentosa, 2.

flaccida, 3.
flexilis, 5.
glauca, 4.
gloriosa, 5.
gram mi folia, 1.
Guatemalensis, 7.
Hanburyi, 4.
integra, 3.
juncea, 5.
lii'iiijata, 5.
longifolia, 8.
margin ata, 5, 6.
Alasxiliensis, 5.

metlio-striata, 5.
nobilis, 5.
orchioides, 3.
Ortgiesiana, 1.
pendula, 5.
plicata, 5.
pubenda, 3.
quadricolor, 6.
reenrvifolia, 5.
striatula, 5.
stricta, 4.
sulcata, 5.
Treeuleana, 8.
Vandervinn iana,
v.-iricgata, 2, 5.
Whipplei, 1.

L. Fr. erect, capsular: seeds thin
and flat

b. Stigma capitate, on a slender

style 1. Whipplei

BB. Stigma 8- or 6-lobed, termi-
nating a stout style 2 filamentosa

3. flaccida

4. glauca
k. Fr. pendent, not dehiscent.

B, Seeds thin: fr. wall thin and
soon dry: Ivs. usually en-
tire 5. gloriosa

BB. Seeds thick: fr. pulpy, sweet
and edible.
C. The fr. without a core, pur-
ple - fleshed : Ivs. rough-

CC. The fr. with papery core
and yellowish flesh.

d. Lvs. rough-margined 7.

dd. Lvs. with detaching mar-
ginal fibers when adult. 8.

Guatemalensis

Treculeana
baccata

1. Whipplei, Torrey (Y. graminifdlia, Wood. Y.Cali-
tdrnica and Y. Ortgiesiana, Hort. ). Figs. 2761, 2763.
Acaulescent: lvs. 3l) in- wide, stiff, flat, striate, glau-
cous, needle-pointed, rough-margined : panicle very
tall, narrow, long -stalked. Coast Range, California.
G.C. II. 6:196. Gn. 35, p. 561. R.H. 1886, p. 61. B.M.
7662. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 3, pi. 11,12,54. R.H. 1884:324
(as var. violacea). G.F. 8:415. — Grows everywhere in
southern Calif, and is a glorious sight when in bloom. It
Is an easy plant to handle and has been known to flower
In three years from seed. Because of its peculiar stigma,
this is sometimes placed in a distinct genus, Hespero-
Jucca.

YUCCA

2. filamentdsa, Linn. Figs. 2762, 2764-5; 1052. Some-
times called Adam's Needle, Bear Grass, Silk Grass,
or Thready Yucca. Acaulescent: lvs. 1 in. wide, rather
weak, somewhat concave, glaucous when young, short
and stout, pointed from the acute apex, with curly mar-
ginal fibers: panicle loose, long-stalked: fls. creamy
white; style white. Southeastern U. S. B.M. 900. A
yellow- or white-margined form is var. variegata, Carr.
B.B. 1:427. Var. coneava, Engelm. (Y. coneava, Haw.)
Lvs. broadly spatulate, plicate, concave. N. C.

3. flaccida, Haw. (Y. pubSrula, Haw. Y. orchioides
Carr.). Lvs. more flexible, recurving, not pungent
gradually tapering, with thinner and less curly fih
Eastern U. S. B.R. 22:1895. B.M. 6316.-Usually culti
vated for the preceding, and comprising several forms
Vars. exigua and Integra have the leaf-margin brown
without detaching fibers.

4. glauca, Nutt. (Y. angustifdlia, Pursh. Y. Hdn
buryi. Baker). Fig. 2766. Lvs. less than XA in. wide
thin but stiff, flat, acutely and pungently pointed, with
white margin from which slender fibers detach them
selves, whitish green: panicle with 1 or 2 short branches
within the cluster of leaves, or usually reduced to a ra-
ceme: fls. greenish; style green. Rocky mountain region
and plains. B.M 2236.' G.F. 2:247. Rept. Mo. Bot. Gard
6, p. 7. B.B. 1:427. -Var. stricta,Trel.( Y. stricta, Sims)
Inflorescence freely branched at top of the leaf-cluster,
Southern plains. B.M. 2222.

5. gloriosa, Linn. Nearly stemless or with slender
trunk, 10-15 ft. high: lvs. 1-2 in- wide, thin but not re-

2764. Adam's Needle— Yucca filamentosa.
From a plant 4 feet high.

curved, somewhat concave, glaucous when young, pun-
gently pointed, brown-margined : panicle with ascend-
ing branches, short-peduncled: fls. often with a reddish
or brownish shading. Carolina coast region. — A form

YUCCA

with median whitish stripe on the lvs. is var. medio-
striata, Planch. Among the numerous varieties and
forms into which this, the first-cultivated Yucca, has
sported, the following are most worthy: Var. plicata,
Carr. Lvs. very glaucous, strongly plicate. G.C. III.
T5:304. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 3, pi. 6. Var. recurvifolia,
Engelni. ( Y. recurvi-
fdlia, Salisb. 1". re-
cnrva, Haw. V. pfn-
dula, Hort. Has the
lvs. less plicate, soon
green, gracefully re-
curved, occasionally
with a few detaching
marginal threads. Car-
olina coast region. Gn.
47, p. 337. R.H. 1858,
p. 433; 1859, p. 488.
Variegated forms of
this are the following:
Var. marginata, Carr.
Lvs. yellow-margined;
var. variegata, Carr.
Lvs. with yellow me-
dian band; and var.
elegans, Hort. Lvs.
with reddish median
band. Var. nobilis, Carr.
(Y.JSllacdmbei, Bak.).
Lvs. glaucous, not pli-
cate, less recurved.
Var. flexilis, Trel. ( Y.
fUxilis, Carr.). Lvs.
long, narrow, less than
an inch wide, scarcely
plicate, glossy green,
gracefully recurved,
occasionally a little
rough on the margin.—
Hybrids of Y.gloriosa
with both capsular and
fleshy - fruited species
have been artificially
produced in Europe,
and are in some European gardens under the names Y.
Deleuili, Y. sulcata, Y. Carrierei, Y. Andreana, Y.
draectnoides, Y. striatula, Y. Massiliensis, Y. ensi-
fera, Y. Imviqata and Y. juncea. R.H. 1886, p. G3;
1895, p. 81. For descriptions see R.H. 1893, p. 109.
Other hybrids not yet in the trade have more lately
been produced by Sprenger, of Naples.

C. aloifdlia, Linn. Slender simple trunk 10-15 ft.
high: lvs. dagger-shaped, 1-2 in. wide, flat, very stiff
and pungent, not plicate: panicle compact, close to the
lvs.: fls. white, often tinged with green or purple;
ovary distinctly stalked. Southeastern U. S. and West
Indies. B.M. 1700. — Variegated forms are: Var. margi-
nata, Bommer. Lvs. with yellow margin, and often

YUCCA

2001

2765.

Flowers of Yucca lila
tosa {/.%).

when young also tinged with rose. Var. quadricolor,
Hort. Lvs. with median yellow band, and also when
young with rosy coloration. Var. Dracdnis, Engelm
( Y. Dracdnis, Linn.). Branching above. Lvs. broad
and arching, less pungent. B.R. 22:1894. Var. conspicua
Engelm, ( Y. conspicua, Haw.). Tall, the stems elus
tend at base: lvs. broad, recurved, softly green-pointed

7. Guatemalensis, Baker. Tall, swollen at base
branching above in age: lvs. about 3 in. wide, flat
glossy green, sometimes plicate, rather thin but
scarcely recurved : panicle compact, close to the lvs
Guatemala, (i.e. 111. 18, 519, 523, 525. Rep. Mo. Bot
Gard. 4, pi. 1, 2, 19.

8. Treculeana, Carr. ( Y. canaliculate, Hook. Y
dsvera, Regel. Y. longifdlia, Buckley. Y. Vandcrvin
nidna, Koch. Y. argosputha, Verlot). Fig. 2767. Usu
ally loosely branched in cultivation: lvs. thick and very
rigid, deeply concave, rough, blue-green, at length with
a few fine fibers detaching from the brown margin:
panicle short - stalked, compact. S. W. Tex. to N. E.
Mexico. B.M. 5201.

2767. Yucca Treculeana— A much suckered specimen.

9. baccata, Torrey. Spanish Bayonet. Ijow, from a
stout running caudex: lvs. of a yellower green, with
very thick marginal threads : panicle rather loose
within the leaf -cluster : fls. and fruit very large. S.
Colo, to Ariz. B.B. 1:426. WM. Trelease.

jiiPiif

ZALUZIANSKYA (after a Pole, who wrote Methodus
Herbaria?, Prague, 1592). Including Nycterinia, Scroph-
ulari&cece. About 16 species of S. African herbs and
subshrubs, including three plants known as Night Bal-
sams or Star Balsams, from their night-blooming habit.
The name Night-blooming Phlox would be better, as the
flowers are salver-shaped and 5-lobed, each lobe being
deeply cut. These plants are generally treated as balf-
hardy annuals, the seed being sown indoors in early
spring. The plants bloom in about ten weeks after being
set out and continue in flower through July and August.
Some cultivators declare that this method is very un-
satisfactory and urge that the seed be sown in the au-
tumn and the young plants wintered in a coldframe.
They will then begin to flower by June. The blossoms
are closed by day and are fragrant by night.

Zaluzianskyas are more or less viscous plants: lowest
lvs. opposite, upper ones alternate, usually few-toothed:
fls. sessile but long-tubed, disposed in leafy spikes
which are cylindrical or flatfish; calyx 5-toothed, 2-
lipped or 2-parted; corolla persistent, the 5 lobes entire
or 2-fid, equal or the 2 posterior ones a little wider;
stamens usually 4; style club-shaped: capsule oblong,
leathery or membranous. The Zaluzianskyas are little
known in American gardens. The botanical status of
the group is in need of revision.

A promise was made to give some account under
Zaluzianskya of the puzzling trade names Erinus duplex,
gracilis, Paxtoniana and speeiosa. It is probable that
these are all varieties of Erinus alpinus. In the
American trade they are considered as trailing plants
suitable for hanging-baskets, vases and window boxes,
uses to which Erimts alpinus is eminently adapted.
E. speeiosa is said to have ultramarine blue fls.; E.
gracilis, light blue fls. and a spreading habit: E. Pax-
toniana, pure white fls., blue-edged; E. duplex, double
blue fls. Erinus gracilis of the botanists is a true
Zaluzianskya, being a synonym of Z. lychnidea, a plant
of erect habit with white fls. that are violet outside
Although Erinus and Zaluzianskya are placed in dif-
ferent tribes of the figwort family, it is difficult to sepa-
rate them by any one important botanical character un-
less it be the shape of the stamens, which is oblong in
Zaluzianskya, reniform in Erinus. The horticulturist,
however, may readily distinguish them by the lowest
leaves, those of the former being opposite, those of the
latter tufted. To the account of Erinus in Vol. II, p.
543, should be added the fact that the genus has only
one species. The other names which appear to be good
species of Erinus in Index Kewensis are presumably to
be referred to other genera, as they are mostly South
African plants, — Europe and the Cape having few
genera in common.

All the species mentioned below have their corolla-
lobes bifid.

A. Corolla-tube slightly pubescent.
B. Duration perennial ': bracts broadly lanceolate:
lvs. oblong-linear.
lychnidea, Walp. (Nycterinia lychnidea, D. Don.
Erinus gracilis, Lehrn., not Hort.). Subshrub, 2 ft.
high, with-fls. IX in. long, ?4 in. across, white, violet
outside. B.M. 2504. B.E. 9:748 (both as Erinus lych-
nidea ) .
bb. Duration annual: bracts oblong-lanceolate: lvs.
linear or the lower ones lanceolate.
Capensis, Walp. (Nycterinia Capfnsis, Benth.). Dif-
fers from the above, according to Bentham, in stature,
duration, strict stems and smaller lvs., but unfortu-
nately Bentham does not give the height of the plant or
color of the fls. According to R.H. 1851:221, the plant
has white or lilac flower-clusters on the same plant,
each flower having an orange eye. The spikes, accord-
ing to Bentham, are commonly short and 4-8-fld., some-
times long and 15-20-fld. There is some evidence that

this species and the next are confused in the trade. In
R.H. 1851:221 the fls. are %-l in. long and less than
K in. across.

aa. Corolla-tube glabrous.
selaginoides, Walp. (Nycterinia selaginoides, Benth.).
Dwarf annual, branched at the base, 3-5 in. high, rarely
6 in., with spatulate lvs. and fls. %-l in. long, color of
fls. not stated by Bentham. but in R.H. 1896, p. 308
(same picture as Gn. 24, p. 89) the fls. are said to range
from white to lilac and darker depending upon their stage
of development, with an orange-colored eye which be-
comes crimson later. This suggests the preceding spe-
cies, and it is evident that the two must be distinguished
by technical characters until the colors can be verified.
The plant advertised in America as Nycterinia selagi-
noides is said to be a pink-fld., half-hardy perennial,
growing 9 in. high, which does not agree with authentic
descriptions. A species passing under this name is
hardy at San Francisco. yf_ jj

ZAMIA (name used by Pliny, meaning loss or dam-
age, and first applied to barren pine cones, and trans-
ferred to these plants apparently because of the cone-
like fructification). Cycadaceoe. One of the nine genera
of the Cycas family, as constituted by Alphonse De
Candolle (Prodr. 16, pt. 2, pp. 522-547). Other genera
of horticultural interest and discussed in this Cyclope-
dia are Ceratozamia, Cycas, Dioon, Encephalartos and
Macrozamia. The Zamias are stocky short- and usu-
ally simple-stemmed cycas-like plants, the trunk some-
times subterranean, with long-pinnate evergreen leaves
or fronds, the leaflets being thickened and usually
broadened at the base, and jointed. There are about 30
species in the American tropics, and two are native to
Florida. The flowers of cyeads are dioecious, without en-
velopes; the pistillate flowers are mere naked ovules in-
serted under scales in cones, and the staminate flowers

2768. Zamia Florid

are simple anthers under similar scales. The plants
are therefore gymnosperms ( seeds naked or not inclosed
in a pericarp or ripened ovary) and are allied to the
conifers. The fruit is a berry-like drupe. In Zamia the
floral scales are peltate (and not horned) and form a
cylindrical cone; the anthers are numerous, and the
ovules pendulous in pairs. Leaves nearly straight in
venation. The fecundation of Zamia has been studied
by H. J. Webber (Bull. 2, Bureau of Plant Ind. U. S.
Dept. Agr. ). His conclusions respecting the Floridian
species are accepted below.

Zamias are warmhouse plants, to be treated like spe-
cies of Cycas or Encephalartos, which see. The plants
are propagated by means of seeds and offsets; also by
division when there is more than one crown.

(2002)

ZAUSCHNERIA

2003

A, Petiole prickly.

furfuracea, Ait. Trunk cylindrical, 1-2 ft. tall: peti-
oles dilated and concave at the base, with several small
prickles: lfts. about 10-12 pairs, opposite or alternate,
oblanceolate, entire on the lower half but serrate or
jagged towards the top, acute or obtuse,
scurfy beueath (as also the rachis):
cone oval-conical, downy, pedunculate,
pale yellowish brown, the pistillate ones
4 in. or less long. Mexico. B.M. 1969.

Lindeni, Regel.
Trunk cylindrical, 2-
-1 ft. or more tall
when well grown :
petioles long, cylin-
drical, sparsely pro-
vided with tawny
wool, the prickles
short conical and
spreading: lfts. 20 or
more pairs, glabrous
or somewhat puber-
ulous, nearly or quite
opposite, sessile,
long- lanceolate and
acuminate, dentate-
serrate towards the
top. Ecuador. I.H.
22:195.

2769. Staminate
cone of Zamia
Floridana.

2770.

Zamia

Floridana.

aa. Petiole not prickly.
B. Species growing begone} the limits of the U. S

integrifolia, Ait. Trunk 12-18 in. tall, erect, globular
or oblong: lvs. glabrous: lfts. alternate, 7-16 pairs,
oblong to linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, mostly ob-
tuse, entire or somewhat dentate towards the apex:
cones oblong and obtuse, short - peduucled. West
Indies. B.M. 1851. -The Florida plants, usually re-
ferred here, are apparently all Z. Floridana and Z.
pumila.

Mexicana, Miq. Distinguished by DeCandoIle as fol-
lows: scales of the leaf-buds tomentose and also the
petioles at the ha»e, the petioles 3-cornered, unarmed,
glabrous, somewhat warty : lfts. of 9 or more pairs,
sub-opposite, narrow - lanceolate, straight or slightly
curved, acute or aeutish, rigidly coriaceous, dark green,
many-nerved, spinulose - serrulate from the middle to
the apex. Mex.— By Index Kewensis referred to Z.
Loildigesii, a species with prickly petioles.

Pseudo-parasitica, Yates (Z. Rcezlii, Regel). Distin-

f;uished as follows by DeCandoIle: trunk- cylindrical:
fts. lanceolate, sinuose - falcate, entire, glabrous, acute
at the base, cuspidate at the apex, with 18 strong nerves
which :ire twice bifurcate. Panama. — Grows on tree
trunks.

angustifdlia, .laeq. Foliage glabrous when mature:
lfts. 5 in. long. 4-20 pairs, usually alternate, elongated
and narrowly linear, the apex obtuse and very obscurely
serrulate or entire, the base not narrowed, 6-8-nerved:
pistillate cone obtuse but cuspidate. Bahamas. Cuba.

bb. Species native to Florida.

Floridana, DC. Coontie. Comptie. Figs. 2768-71.
Lvs. ovate or ovate-lanceolate; petiole triangular in out-
line, sericeo-tomentose at base, with scattered hairs
above; lfts. mostly opposite, 14-20 pairs, glabrous above
anil with scattered hairs beneath, linear, falcate and
somewhat twisted, narrowed at the base and obtuse at
the apex, the margin revolute and with a few obscure
teeth: mature pistillate cones oblong, 5-6 in. (12-16%
cm.) long, markedly umbonate (projection on the
scales), densely tomentose. — Very abundant in southern
Florida on the east coast below lat. 26° 30', in open
comparatively dry pine woods.

pumila, Linn. Differs, according to Webber, in hav-
ing shorter and broader leaflets which are less twisted
and not so erect and rigid, and in its shorter and non-
umbonate cones with seed-bearing scales thinner and
more flattened at outer end. — Abundant in central

Florida, ranging from 28° 30' north for one degree of
latitude, in dense moist woods.

Z. cordtlipcs, Versch., is Macrozamia spiralis.— 7.. Denni-
soni, F. Miiell.. is Macrozamia Peroffskyana.— Z. glaUca, Hort.
=Cycas Rumphii ? — Z. piingens, Ait.=Encephalartos pungens,
—Z. spindsa, Lodd.=Encephalartos Altensteinii. jJ< j£_ g_

ZANNICHELLIA palilstris, Linn. (Jfaiadacew), or
Horned Pondweed, is offered by collectors of native
plants, but has little horticultural value. It is a hardy
aquatic plant (probably annual) widely distributed in
the New and Old Worlds. It has thread-like submerged
lvs. 1-3 in. long and flowers and fruits under water. It
is found in fresh or brackish water. B.B. 1:80.

ZANTE CURRANT. See Raisin, page 1496.

ZANTHORRHIZA. See Xantlwrrldza .

ZANTH6XYLUM, See Xanthoxylam.

ZAUSCHNERIA (named for a professor of natural
history at Prague). Onagracea. The California
Fuchsia, or Hummingbird's Trumpet, is a half-hardy
perennial plant %-2 ft. high, with drooping, trumpet-
shaped vermilion fls. l'A in. across and under 1 in. wide
at tin- mouth. It is the calyx which forms the showy
trumpet, and its 4 acute lobes are rather larger than
the 4 petals, which are obcordate and inserted at the
throat of the calyx-tube. The length of the calyx dis-
tinguishes this genus from Epilobium, to which Zausch-
neria is closely allied by reason of its 4 petals, 8 sta-
mens, 4-Ioculed ovary and comose seeds. The genus has
only one species, but this varies greatly in the width of
lvs. and hairiness. Varieties have been made based
upon linear, lanceolate or ovate lvs., but they run into
one another. The plants also vary from glabrous and
pubescent to tomentose. As a bedding plant it has been
occasionally used for novelty effects by European gar-
deners. To overcome its thin and leggy habit, it is well
to set the plants rather closely and pinch out the young
shoots until compact bushes are secured. The plant is
sometimes grown in pots for greenhouse decoration in
late autumn. There are said to be forms that vary con-
siderably in hardiness. The plant is hardy in most parts
of England with slight winter covering. In favored spots
it is considered to be a choice plant of pendent habit
for the steep sides of rockeries and for naturalizing on
old walls. In light and dry soils it spreads underground
like the epilobiums. It is prop, by division, by cut-
tings made in autumn and wintered in a coldframe, or

2771. Aegreeate fruit of Z

by seed* sown in early spring in mild heat. In Califor-
nia the plant is considered objectionable on account of
the unkempt appearance produced by the woolly seeds.
It is remarkably resistant to drought.

Calif6rnica, Presl. California Fuchsia. Humming-
bird's Trumpet. Half-hardy perennial with the flower
of a Fuchsia and the fruit of an Epilobium: height

2004

ZAUSCHNERIA

ZEA

%-2 ft.: Its. linear to ovate, K-1M in. long, glabrous,
pubescent or tomentose: fls. scarlet or vermilion, the
trumpet-shaped calyx 04 in. long: calyx-lobes ovate;
petals obeordate, spreading: fr. 4-valved, imperfectly

4-loculed. B. M.

4493. F. S. 4:404.

P. M. 15: 195. F.

1847-48:241. Gn.

31, p. 29; 31:578.

B.H. 1849:141.

W. M,

Z £ A (an old
Greek name for
some common cere-
al, probably spelt).
Graminece. As now
limited the genus
is founded upon the
single polymor-
phous cultivated
species Zea Mays,
Maize or Indian
Corn (Figs. 2772,
2773), whose origin
is unknown but is
suspected by some
to be Teosinte (Eu-
chlcena Mexicana),
Most of the evi-
dence points to
Mexico as the re-
gion in which it
originated and from
which it spread.
Under the head of
Corn are given the
botanical charac-
ters of the genus,
a classification of
subspecies of Zea
Mays, and a dis-
cussion of Sweet
Corn and Pop Corn.
A picture of a stam-
inate flower is given
in connection with
the article Grass
(Fig. 984, p. 683).
Hackel ("The True
(Trasses") explains
the fructification of
Maize as follows:
"The pistillate
spikes (originally
^^.toii a l^ ,™ by monstrous or

WSjf/'^ t'> J fj'li Kill f /'"/itl teratological devel-
i|^ M"Wwl w''l k* Bit/ l °Pnlent")are grown

isV XlilWi "'I '^/f-~'~ WF together into a

I x''v'-' ■ -rV ! I 'llwtmmS^ Ht sPon">'. continu-

V V ■ -""" |,." J ij'l .",' %P[jr\\ hi mis, club - shaped

Vjk, * 11 ' *l£ffl.- m,~~^U' body (the cob) upon

which the 4-11 dou-
ble rows (each ses-
sile upon a low
longitudinal eleva-
tion that is limited
by a long, shallow furrow on each side) correspond to
a single spike of Euchla?na. Grain developed at the
expeuse of the other parts, projecting beyond the thin
bracts, which rarely become coriaceous and inclose it."
Fig. 2773. The staminate flowers are in the "tassel."

Dent or Field Corn {Z. iinlentata, of Sturtevant). The
bulk of the Corn raised for home use and for export be-
longs to this subspecies. It is characterized by the
presence of horny or corneous endosperm along the
sides of the grain, while the starchy endosperm extends
to the summit. In drying, the tlourv portion shrinks
more than the horny, and this gives rise to the dent at the
summit. Both the horny and the floury portion of
the endosperm consist of starch, but the former is more
compact. The varieties vary greatly in size of plants
and appearance of the ear, but in general the plant and

2772. Indian Corn — Zea Mays.

the ear are both larger than the Sweet or Flint Corns.
The color of the kernels varies, the chief color varieties
being white, yellow, and calico, the latter mottled with
red; red varieties are less common, but red ears occa-
sionally occur in all varieties.

Flint Corn (Z. indurata, Sturt.). Kernel with horny
endosperm enveloping a starchy or floury portion, this
being hard and flinty and with no dent at apex. Ears
in most varieties smaller and rows fewer (often 8) than
hi the Dent Corn. Color of kernel white, yellow, red,
blue, and variegated. Commonly cultivated through the
northern portions of our country and in Canada, where
the seasons are too short for Dent Corn. Has been
grown as far north as 50°.

Soft Corn (Z. amylaeea, Sturt.). Kernels without
horny or corneous endosperm, hence shrinking uni-
formly. Seems to have been commonly grown by the
Indians in many localities of both North and South
America. At present it is cultivated to only a limited
extent in the United States. Brazilian Flour Corn sold
by seedsmen is a type of the Soft Corn.

Pod Corn [Z. tvnicata, Sturt.) is sometimes grown as
a curiosity. Each kernel is inclosed in a small husk and
the whole ear ag:ain inclosed in the usual husk.

A form of Flint Corn with variegated leaves goes
under the name of Zea Japoniea, or Japanese striped
Corn. Z. quadricola and Z. gracillima are seedsmen's
names for other similar forms, the former being varie-
gated and the latter dwarf.

For cultural account, see Corn. & $ Hitchcock.

The origin of Maize is still a mystery. All evidence
points to an American nativity, but the original form of
the species is not identified. Many persons believe that
the wild original will yet be found somewhere from
Mexico south. Others suppose that Maize originated

ZEA

from the Teosinte (Euchhvna Mexicana), a fodder
grass that is much grown in Mexico. See Teosinte.
This latter view has arisen from experiments in cross-
ing Teosinte and Maize, whe.reby a maize-like plant has
been produced, thus showing the very close affinity of
the two species. Plants of this hybrid were thought by
the late Sereno Watson and others to constitute a new
species of Zea, and Watson named it Z. canina. This
plant quickly reverts to ordinary Corn when grown in
the North (see Harshherger, G. P. 9:522; Contr. Bot.
Lab. Univ. Penn. 2:231. Also Bailey, Bull. 49, Cornell
Exp. Sta.). Figs. 2774, 2775. Zea Mays, therefore, may
be (1) a true species, of which the wild prototype is
unknown; (2) a direct offshoot by domestication of
Euchhtna Mexicana; (3) a product of crossing between
Euchlcena Mexicana and some unknown related species;
(4) a product of crossing between Suehlana Mexicana
and a domesticated race of the same species. Our
knowledge is yet insufficient to enable us to offer much
more than conjecture on these categories.

Maize is remarkably variable, although most of the
variations intergrade in different regions and under
different conditions. The most extended American study
of variation and varieties in Maize has been made by
the late Dr. E. Lewis Sturtevant. The summary of his
study of varieties is published as Bull. 57, Office of
Experiment Stations, U. S. Dept. of Agric. ("Varieties
of Corn," 1899). Sturtevant throws the varieties of
Maize into seven "species groups" or "agricultural
species." The distinguishing characters of these
groups are founded on the kernels. Aside from these
there is at least one well-marked race
of ornamental maize, Zea Japonica,
which for horticultural purposes may
well be separated from the others. In
the following classification, the char-
acters of the races, except of the orna- (f ilSJS|I
mental sorts, are copied from Sturte- i\%' V..,i
vant. It is probable that a strict in- 'f fi-'l ' ^4

ZEA

2005

2775. Ear of Zea
canina, second
year from the
wild. Cob flat-
tish(X%).

quiry into the no-
menclature of Zea
Mays would find
other names to re-
place some of those
given by Sturte-
vant; but his
names have the
great merits of defi-
niteness and of ap-
plicability to Amer-
ican forms of
Maize.

Zea Mays, Linn. Maize. Indian Corn. A com-
posite species, of which no single form can be taken as
the type. Linnaeus meant the name to cover the whole
range of forms then grown in European gardens.
Tender annual. If an original specific form of Maize
were to be discovered, this form would no doubt be

2774. Zea canina, showine the lone
branches, with ears at the joints.

taken as the type, and all other forms ranged as varie-
ties of it.

A. Maize grown for ornament.

Var. Jap6nica, Koern. (Z. Jap6nica, Van Houtte.
Z. vitt&ta, Hort.). Foliage variously striped with
white: plant small. Said to have come from Japan.
F.S. 16:1673-4. Ears small; kernels yellowish, flint.

Var. gracillima, Koern. (Z. gracillima and Z. minima,
Hort. }. Very dwarf, slender form with green lvs., some-
times cult, in Eu. A
variety variegata is also
mentioned.

Var. Curagua, Alef.
(Z. Curdguay Molina),
is described as a very
robust green - leaved
form. Sturtevant places
it in the Pop Corn tribe.
Gn. 42, p. 207.

2776. Zea canina, third
year from the wild.
Kernels less pointed.
Cob nearly cylindrical

2777. Pod or Husk Corn. -Zea
Mays, var. tunicata (X %).

Each kernel inclosed in a husk.

AA. Maize grown primarily

for the grain or fruit.

Var. tunicata (Z, tnnicatat

Sturt.). Pod Corn. Figs. 2777,

2778. Plate VII. In this group
each kernel is inclosed in a
pod or husk, and the ear thus
formed is inclosed in husks.

Var. everta (Z. evtvta,
Sturt.). Pop Corn. Fig. 551,
Vol. I. Plate VII. This group is characterized by the
excessive proportion of the corneous endosperm and the
small size of the kernels and ear. The best varieties
have a corneous endosperm throughout. This gives the
property of popping, which is the complete eversion or
turning inside out of the kernel through the explosion
of the contained moisture on application of heat. A
small deposit of starchy endosperm does not greatly in-
terfere with this property of popping, but when the
starchy endosperm is in excess, as in a flint Corn, the
kernel does not evert, but the corneous portion only ex-
plodes or splits, leaving the starchy portion unchanged.
The true Pop Corn is hence
tender in its eating; the
false Pop Corn has a ten-
der portion of limited ex-
tent only. This class of
Corns is even more readily
recognized by inspection
than by description.

Var. indurata (Z. in-
durata, Sturt.). Flint
Corn. Plate VII. Fig.
?779. A group readily re-
cognized by the occurrence
of a starchy endosperm,
inclosed in a corneous en-
dosperm, as shown in a
split seed. This corneous
endosperm varies in thickness with varieties. When
very thin at the summit of the kernel the shrinkage of
the starchy endosperm may cause a depression, thus
simulating externally a dent from which its structure
at once differentiates it.

2778. Cross-section of ear i
Husk Corn (X %).

2006 zea

Var. indentata (Z. indentd-ta, Sturt. ). Dent Cokn.
Fig. 2780. Plate VII. A group recognized by tbe pres-
ence of corneous endosperm at the sides of the kernel,
the starchy endosperm extending to the summit. By the
drying and shrinkage of
the starchy matter the
summit of the kernel is
drawn in or together, and
indented in various forms.
In different varieties the
corneous endosperm varies
in height and thickness,
thus determining the char-
acter of the indented sur-
face.

-ZELKOVA

striped: fls. about 2, rose-red, contained in two boat-
shaped bracts, one of which is much smaller than the
other. Mexico. —A very common greenhouse plant,
much used for baskets and for covering the ground un-
derneath benches. Commonly confused with Trades-
cant ia flumi:

Pig. 2785, and some-
times with Comme-
Una nudiflora. See
Tradescantia. The
lvs. of Z. pendula
seem never to be
green. They vary
somewhat in color.
All forms are easily
grown, and they
propagate readily
from pieces of
stem. Var. quadri-
color, Voss ( Tra-
descantia quadri-
color and T. multi-
color,Sort.). Lvs.
with metallic green underton e
and striped with green, red and
white. Handsome. l H. B.

27M

Flo
of Zebrina
pendula.
Slightly en-
larged.

2784. Zebrina pendula.

2780. Dent Corn — Zea
Mays, var. indentata
(XVa).

Var. amylacea (Z. amyla-
cea, Sturt.). Soft Corns.
This group is at once recog-
nized by the absence of cor-
neous endosperm. Through
the uniformity of the shrink-
age in ripening there is usu-
ally no indentation, yet in
some varieties an indentation
may more or less frequently
appear, but splitting the ker-
nel infallibly determines the
class.

Var. saccharata (Z. saccha-
rata, Sturt.). Sweet Corn.
Pigs. 2781, 2782, 551. Plate
VII. A well-defined group
characterized by the translu-
cent, horny appearance of the
kernels and their more or less crinkled,
wrinkled, or shriveled condition.

Var. amy lea- saccharata {Z. amylea-saccha-
r&ta, Sturt. ). Starchy-sweet Corn. This
group is founded upon three varieties found
in the San Pedro Indian collection of Dr.
Palmer and sent in 1886. The external ap-
pearance of the kernel is that of a sweet, but
examination shows that the lower half of the
kernel is starchy, the upper half horny and
translucent. These varieties all had a white
cob, the kernels deeper than broad.

L. H. B.

ZEBEiNA (name refers to the striped
leaves). Commelindcece. Differs from Tra-
descantia chiefly in the fact that the corolla
is tubular (petals not free); stamens 6,
equal; fls. few, sessile, in 2 conduplicate bracts. Two
species.

pendula, Schnizl (Tradescantia zebrina, Hort. T
tricolor, Hort., in part. Cyanbtis vittata, Lindl. Com
mellna zebrina, Hort.). Wandering Jew, in part
Pigs. 2783-84. Trailing, half-succulent perennial herb
rooting at tbe joints: lvs. lance-ovate, sessile, the leaf
sheath about % in. long and hairy at top and bottom
and sometimes throughout its length; under surface of
leaf red-purple; upper surface silvery white, suffused
with purplish, the central part and the margins purple-

ZELKOVA (after the verna-
cular name Zelkoua in Crete, or

Selkwa in the Caucasus). Syn., Abelicea. Urticdcem.
Ornamental deciduous trees, with alternate, short-peti-
oled, toothed leaves and insignificant flowers in axillary
clusters or solitary, followed by small drupe-like fruits.
Z. acuminata is hardy north and Z. crenata hardy as
far north as Mass., at least in sheltered positions. The
Zelkovas, particularly Z. acuminata, are handsome
trees of graceful habit, much resembling
a small-leaved elm tree. They seem not
to be very particular as to soil and posi-
tion. Prop, by seeds sown soon after
ripening; also by layers and bygraftingon
Ulmus. Four species are known, natives
of Crete, the Caucasus and E. Asia.
They are allied to Celtis and Aphananthe
and are chiefly distinguished by the con-
nate sepals. From the elms, which they
much resemble in foliage, they are easily
distinguished by the drupe - like fruits.

Trees, sometimes
shrubby, with pen-
ninerved, stipulate
lvs.: fls. polygam-
ous, the perfect oni s
solitary in the axils
of the upper lvs., the
staniinate ones clus-
tered in the axils of 2782. Sweet Corn when mature and
lower lvs. or bracts; dry, showing the shrinkine of

calyx 4-5-lobed; sta- the kernels (X %).

ZELKOVA

ZEPHYRANTHES

2007

mens 4-5; styles 2: fr. a 1-seeded drupe, usually broader
than high, oblique, with the style eccentric. Z. acumi-
nata is an important timber tree; the wood is very dur-
able, and considered the best building material in japan.
The young wood is yel-
lowish white in color;
the old wood is dark
brown and has a beauti-
ful grain.

acuminata, Planch. (Z.
Ke&ki, Maxim. Z. cus-
pidata, Hurt. Pldnera
acuminata, Lindl. Pld-
nera Jap&nXca, Miq.).
Fig. 2786. Tree, attaining
100 ft., with broad,
round - topped head ;
branches slender : lvs.
short - stalked, ovate to
oblong-ovate, acuminate,
rounded or slightly cor-
date at the base, sharply
and coarsely serrate, with
acuminate teeth, pairs of
veins about 10, somewhat
rough above, almost glabrous, 1-2VS in. long, on fertile
branches, 2-5 on sterile branches. April, May. Japan.
G.F. 6:325. Gt. 37, pp. 22, 23.

crenata, Spach (Z. carpinifdlia, C. Koch. Pldnera
Rlchardi, Michx. Aoelicea ulmoides, Kuntze). Tree,
attaining 80 ft., with slender branches forming an oval
or oblong head: lvs. oval or ovate to oblong, slightly
cordate or rounded at the base, coarsely toothed with
obtusish teeth, with 0-8 pairs of veins, usually almost

cies, supposed to be Japanese; it is distinguished from Z. cre-
nata chiefly by the lvs. being somewhat smaller, more pubes
cent and rough above. Var. Verschaffelti, l>ipp CUlnraa
Verschaffeltii, Hort.), has the lvs. deeply incisely dentate and
broadly euneate at base. ALFRED Rehder.

2785. Tradescantia fluminensis.
often confounded with Ze
brina tX W See Figs.
2539-11.

2786. Zelkova acuminata (X %).

glabrous above at length, pubescent on the veins be-
neath, %-3 in. long. April, May. Caucasus. Gn. 24,
p. 371.

Z. Japonica, L>ipp., not Miq., is an imperfectly known ppe-

3L

2787. Forced plant of Zenobia spec

ZEN0BIA (after Zenobia, queen of Palmyra, who
lived in the third century; a fanciful allusion to her
having been chained as was Andromeda, whose name
is commemorated by a closely allied genus). Erieacece.
Ornamental low deciduous or half -evergreen shrub, with
alternate, short-petioled, simple and white, campanu-
late, nodding flowers arranged in clusters along the last
year's branches. Hardy as far north as Mass., and a
very handsome shrub for borders of shrubberies, par-
ticularly when in bloom; the glaucous form is one of
the most conspicuous shrubs with light-colored foliage.
Zenobia is also recommended for forcing. It thrives
best in a sandy or peaty soil. Prop, by seeds sown in
spring and by layers; also by greenwood cuttings from
forced plants. See, also, Andromeda and Pieris for
culture. Monotypic genus native of N. America, closely
allied to Andromeda and Pieris but chiefly distinguished
by the open -campanulate fls. and 4-awned anthers;
calyx 5-lobed, with short valvate lobes; corolla cam-
panulate, as broad as high, obtusely 5-lobed; stamens
10; anthers witb 4 slender awns: capsule depressed
globose, obscurely 5-lobed, somewhat carinate at the
dorsal sutures, dehiscent into 5 valves: seeds numer-
ous, small, oval, angled.

specidsa, Don (Andrdwrdn spfciosu, Michx. A. ens-
sinefblia, Vent.). Figs. 2787, 2788. Shrub. 2-4 ft. high,
with upright or arching branches: quite glabrous : lvs.
oval to oblong, obtuse or aeutish, crenulate or finely
serrulate, often covered more or less with glaucous
bloom, 1-2 in. long: fls. on slender nodding pedicels,
clustered and forming racemes 2-5 in. long ; corolla
white, Yn in. across. Mav, June. N. C. to Fla. B.M.
970. L. B.C. 6:551. (in. 22, p. 271 ; 57, p. 185. G.C. III.
23, suppl. 28 May. — Var. pulverulenta, Michx.
edit pulveruldnta, Bartr. A. glttitca, Hort. A
Hort.). Foliage covered with chalky-white o:
bloom. Gn. 24:420. B.M. 667. A. dealbata, Lindl., is
a form with similar foliage and the corolla 5-parted al-
most to the base. B.R. 12:1010. Var. nitida, Michx.
(Var. nitda. Vent, Var. rh-idis, Hort.), has green foli-
age without bloom. Alfred Rehder.

ZEPHYRANTHES (Oreek, flower of the west wind).
AmaryllidAcece. Zephyr Flower. Fairy Lilt. About
three dozen species of bulbous plants native to the
warmer parts of America. Unfortunately they are not
quite hardy, but some of them are very satisfactory
plants for window-gardens, resting somewhat in winter
and blooming in summer under such treatment. They
all have linear lvs. contemporaneous with the fls., and
slender scapes about 6-9 in. high, crowned by solitary
6-lobed fls. of white, rose or yellow. The fls. are 1-3 in.
across. Other generic characters: perianth regular,
erect or suberect : corona none; anthers dorsifixed,
versatile: ovules many, superposed: seeds black, flat.

[Andrdm-
cdndida,

■ glaucous

2008

ZEPHYRANTHES

The latest revision of Zephyranthes is found in Baker's
Handbook of the Amaryllideee, 1888, where the follow-
ing subgenera are made:

Subgenus Zephyranthes Proper. Flower erect;
tube short; stamens inserted near its throat. (Eighteen
species, including all described below except No. 11.)

3788. Zenobia speciosa (X Vi). (See page 2007.)

Subgenus Zephyrites. Flower slightly inclined;
tube short; stamens inserted near its throat; style
more declinate than in the other two subgenera.
(Eleven species, including No. 11 below.)

Subgenus Pyrolirion. Flowers erect; tube longer,
dilated in the upper half; stamens inserted at the mid-
dle of the perianth-tube. (Five species, none in cult.)

For the further separation of the species Baker uses
the characters which appear in the key below, except
the foliage characters and the color of the flowers.
However, the genus may be readily separated into three
sections based upon the color of the fls., and this ar-
rangement is here used as being more convenient to the
horticulturist, The seasons of bloom indicated below
are those for localities where the plants will thrive out-
doors the year round.

The Zephyr Lilies must be wintered in a place free
from frost, and as the best kinds are natives of swampy
places it is fair to presume that they will need more
moisture during the resting period than the generality
of bulbous plants. The four best species are: Z. Can-
dida, white, autumn; Z. Atamaseo, white, spring; Z.
earinata, rosy, summer; Z. rosea , autumn. All of these
will probably survive the winter out of doors in our
middle states if given a fair degree of protection.

Z. Candida deserves special notice. William Watson,
of Kew, England, writes in Gn. 37, p. 174: "The most
satisfactory of all is Z. Candida. This species differs
from all others known to us in several particulars, the
chief being its hardiness and ease of management under
ordinary cultivation in a sunny border out of doors. We
have tried almost all the other species of Zephyranthes
with this treatment, but they every one failed, whilst
Z. Candida flourished and multiplied rapidly, until we
now have a border filled with it. This border is against
the south wall of a greenhouse and it is always moist.
The soil is ordinary loam, in which the bulbs were
planted about 4 inches apart. They have each since
become crowded tufts, their eaves completely hiding
the soil. This border was as gay with the flowers of
Zephyranthes last autumn as any border of croctises in
spring. On very sunny days the flowers opened quite
flat, and glistened like snow in the sunshine. Another
character which distinguishes this species from the

ZEPHYRANTHES

others is its evergreen foliage." It is said that the river
La Plata was so called (the name meaning "silver")
because of the profusion of these white flowers on its
shore.

INDEX.

Andersoni, 11. ' erubeseens, 3. rosea. S.

Atamaseo, 1. grandiflora, 6. Texana. 10.

Candida, 5. Lindleyana, 7. Treatiw. 2.

earinata, 6. longifolia, 9. verecunda 4.

A. Fls. white, often tinged rose 5ut-
side.
B. Stigma S-lobed.
c. Ovary stalked.

D. Perianth 3 in. long.

E. Lvs. channeled, bright
green, shining, with

acute margins 1. Atamaseo

EE. Zivs. thick, semi -terete,
deep green, not shining,
with rounded margins... 2. Treatiffl

dd. Perianth 2 in. long 3. erubeseens

cc. Ovary sessile 4. verecunda

bb. Stigma capitate, obscurely 3-

lobed 5. Candida

AA. Fls. bright rose-colored.

b. Perianth 2Vi.S in. long 6. earinata

bb. Perianth l%-"2 in. long 7. Lindleyana

BBB. Perianth about 1 in. long 8. rosea

AAA. Fls. yellow, often reddish outside.
B. Style slightly declinate.
C. Pedi'cel much shorter than

spathe 9. longifolia

cc. Pedicel much longer than

spathe 10. Texana

bb. Style strongly declinate 11. Andersoni

1. Atamaseo, Herb. (Amaryllis Atamdsco, Linn.).
Atamasco Lily. Fig. 2789, 2790. Most popular and larg-
est of the spring-blooming white-fld. species; the com-
monest Zephyr Lily native to the U. S. Bulb short-
necked, less than 1 in. thick: lvs. 4-6, linear: scape 6-12

2789. Atamasco Lily — Zephyranthes Atamaseo (X K).

in. high : fls. pure white, about 3 in. long. March-June.
Va. to Fla. and Ala. B.B. 1:444. B.M. 239. L.B.C.
19:1899. Gn. 24, p. 199; 37, p. 155.

2. Treatise, Wats. Closely allied to Z. Atamasco
and best distinguished by the lvs. as indicated in the

ZEPHYRANTHES

ZINGIBER

2009

key. The perianth-segments are sometimes keeled with
rose, but in both species the fls. turn pinkish with age.
It is a Florida species, found in damper localities and
blooming several weeks later than Z. Atamusco. V.
6:299. Gn. 33, p. 11.

3. erubescens, Wats. (Amaryllis embe"scens, Hors-
ford). Rare white-tid., August-blooming species sup-
posed to be native to sandy plains of Texas, but per-
haps from northern Mexico. Distinguished from the
two preceding species by the larger,
longer-necked bulb, shorter perianth
and Hs. strongly tinged with rose
outside. Bulb over 1 in. thick; neck
as long: spathe bifid above; tube
equaling and closely embracing the
pedicel (about 1 in. long). — Int. by
Horsford 1889 and probably lost to
cultivation.

4. vereciinda, Herb. Rare spring-
and summer-blooming species, dis-
tinguished from other white-fid. spe-
cies in cult, by the sessile ovary and
long-necked bulb. Bulb 1 in. or less
thick; neck 1-2 in. long: fls. l%-2
in. long, greenish white, more or
less tinged outside or keeled with
rose. Highlands of central Mex. B.
M. 2583. - Offered by Dutch dealers.

5. Candida, Herb. Fig. 2790. Most
popular of white-fid. Zephyr Lilies,
being distinguished from the others
by its autumn-blooming habit and
capitate stigma. Lvs. appearing in
autumn with the fls. and lasting
through the winter in favored locali-
ties, over 1 ft. long: fls. pure white
or slightly tinged rose outside, VA-
2 in. long. Marshes of La Plata.
Gn. 37:740. B. M. 2607. L. B. C.
15:1419.

6. carinata, Herb. (Z. grandifldra,
Lindl. ). Largest and choicest of
the rosy-Hd. species and said by
Baker (1888) to be the commonest
Zephyrauthes in cultivation ; how-
ever, the name Z. rosea is far com-
moner in American catalogues. It is
a summer-blooming species with fls.
IVi— 1% in. across, and about 3 in.
long. Bulb 1 in. thick, short-necked:
ovary stalked : stigma trifid. Ja-
maica, Cuba, Mexico, Guatemala.
B.R. 11:902. Gn. 33:030 (erroneously
as Z. Atamasco). I. H. 35:49. J.H.
III. 29:339.

7. Lindleyana, Herb. Rare sum-
mer-blooming rose-colored species
from the mountains of Mexico, in-
ferior to Z. carinata for general cul-
ture. Bulb globose, % in. thick ;
neck short: fls. 1M-2 in. long: ovary stalked; stigma 3-
fld; spathe 3 rid only at tip. — Once offered by Lovett,
of Little Silver, N. J.

8. rdsea, Lindl. Autumn-blooming rosy-fld. species,
with much smaller fls. than Z. carinata but, accord-
ing to American catalogues, the most popular rosy-fld.
species. The fls. are only about an inch long and 1%
in. broad: bulb globose, % ! in. thick; neck scarcely any:
spathe 2-fld at tip only: ovarv stalked: stigma 3-fld.
Oct. Cuba. B.M. 2537.' B.R. 10:821. Gn. 12, p. 84 (col.
plate). — Trade plants of Z. rosea should be compared
with Z. carinata.

9. longifolia, Hemsley. Summer-blooming, yellow-fid.
species. Distinguished from the next by characters of
pedicel and spathe. Bulb ovoid; neck 1K-2 in. long;
spathe tubular in the lower half: pedicel much shorter
than spathe: fls. yellow, coppery outside, %-\ in. long.
New Mex. Int. by Horsford, 1889, and probably lost to
cult.

in. Texana, Herb. Yellow-fld. Texan species. Bulb
globose; neck 1-1J4 in. long: spathe bifid only at the

tip: pedicel much longer than the spathe: fls. yellow,
coppery outside, 1 in. long, IK in. across. B.M. 3596
(Habranthus Andersoni, var. Texanus).

11. Andersoni, Baker. Yellow-fld. S. American spe-
cies of uncertain blooming time. The fls. are usually
flushed and veined with red outside and there is a var.
with copper-colored fls., inside and out. Bulb ovoid,
short-necked: fls. 1-1K in. long, 2 in. across. Monte-
video, Buenos Ayres. L.B.C. 17:1677 and B.R. 16:1345

below (X %).

(both as Habranthus Andersoni).— Apparently the only
representative in cultivation of its subgenus, which is
characterized by strongly declinate stamens.

Z. alba, floribunda and sulpkitrea of the American trade
seem to be unknown to botanists. They cau probably be re-
ferred to some of the above species. "vy# ]yj

ZEPHYR FLOWER. Zephyranthes.

ZINGIBER (name ultimately derived from a Sanskrit
word meaning horn-shaped; probably referring to the
Ginger root). Scitaminaeeos. Ginger. The Ginger
plant is a small reed-like plant about 2 ft. high, as
cultivated in greenhouses, with tuberous rhizomes,
aromatic leaves and dense cone-like clusters of bracts.
The flowers, however, are very rarely produced in cul-
tivation, and Roxburgh wrote that he never saw the
seeds. The plant is supposed to be native to India
and China, but, like many other tropical plants of
the highest economic importance, its nativity is un-
certain. Some idea of the importance of Ginger to the
world may be gained by the fact that in 1884 Great

2010

ZINGIBER

ZINNIA

Britain imported 5,000,000 pounds of Ginger valued at
$620,000. Medicinal Ginger is prepared from the dried
"root;" condimental Ginger from the green. Candied
Ginger is made from carefully selected, succulent young
rhizomes which are washed and peeled and then pre-
served in jars of syrup. Housewives often preserve
their own Ginger; it is important to have the hands pro-
tected while scraping the roots or they will "burn" for
days. Ginger probably could be cultivated commer-
cially in southern Florida and California. In Florida it
thrives in rich soil and partial shade, and the roots can
be dug and used at any time. The plant is cultivated

2791. Zingiber officinale

commercially even in localities where it is necessary to
lift the roots and store them over the cool season, as in
the lower Himalayas. In the West Indies Ginger may
be cultivated up to an altitude of 3,500 feet.

Zingibers are occasionally cultivated as stove decora-
tive plants. The shoots having a reed-like appearance,
they may often be used to good advantage in arranging
plants for artistic effects. They are of the easiest cul-
ture. Propagation is effected by division of the rhizomes
in spring. These should be potted in fibrous loam to
which a third of well-decomposed cow or sheep i

2792. Flower of th&
Gineer plant (X K).

has been added. Water should be given sparingly until
the shoots have well developed, when they should have
an abundance. They are also benefited by an occasional
watering with weak liquid manure water. Towards the
end of summer the shoots will begin to mature, when
the water supply should be di-
minished, and as soon as the
plants are ripened off the pots
may be stored either under the
greenhouse stages or in some
other convenient place, where
they should be kept almost dry
for the winter.

Zingiber may be taken as
the typical genus of the sin-
gular family Scitaminacese, with
its 36 genera and 450 species.
Bentham and Hooker state that
it is an extremely natural group,
well marked in leaf as well as
flower, and not connected with
any other family by a single
intermediate genus. The dis-
tinguishing feature of the fam-
ily largely resides in the sta-
mens. Sometimes there are 5 stamens and a sixth im-
perfect one; sometimes there is only one perfect stamen
and all the staminodes are petal-like. The anthers are
sometimes 2-celled, sometimes composed of one cell
borne on the margin of the connective. In Zingiber and
others the connective is produced into a long spur. Ge-
neric characters: rhizome horizontal, tuberous: Ivs. ob-
long-lanceolate, clasping the stem by their long sheaths:
spikes usually radical, rarely lateral or terminal on the
leafy stem: calyx cylindric, shortly 3-lobed; corolla-
segments lanceolate, upper concave; lateral staminodes
none or adnate to the lip; anther-cells contiguous; crest
narrow, as long as the cells. Thirty species, native to
Old World tropics. Compare Canna and Musa

officinale, Rose. Ginger. Figs. 2791-93. Rootstock'
biennial, bearing many sessile tubers: stem 3-4 ft. high,
in tropics: lvs. 6-13, in. long, lanceolate, glabrous be-
neath: spike 2-3x 1 in., oblong, produced from the root-
stock on peduncles %-\ ft. long, with sheathing, scari-
ous bracts about 1 in. long: corolla-segments under 1 in.
long; stamen dark purple.
Gn. 26, p. 284.

Z. coraUtnum, Hance, is a

Chinese species offered by Rea-
soner Bros, in 1889 but probably
not in cultivation now. It is
not described in anv work to
which the undersigned have ac-
cess.— Z. Zerumbet, Roseoe, is
cult, and escaped in Porto Rico.
It has broadly lanceolate lvs.
and large pale yel low Ms. ; about
4 feet. B.M. 2000.
E. J. Canning and W. M.

ZlNNIA (Johanu Gott-
fried Zinn, 1727-1759, pro-
fessor of botany at Gottin-
gen). Compdsitce. Youth -
and - Old - Age. Plate L.
The familiar Zinnias, Figs.
2704-06, are hardy annual
plants, growing a foot or
more high and covered from
July until the first hard
frost with double flowers 2
in. or more across. At least
fifteen well-marked colors
are commonly seen in Zin-
nias,—white, sulfur, yellow,
golden yellow, orange, scar-
let-orange, scarlet, flesh-
color, lilac, rose, magenta,
crimson, violet, purple and
dark purple. There are also
variegated forms, but the
solid colors are most popular. The Zinnia is rich in
shades of purple and orange, but lacks the charming
blue and pink of the China aster and is poor in reds.

2793

Commercial roots of
Gineer. as seen in the
stores (X %).

ZINNIA

compared with the dahlia. Among garden composites
its only rivals in point of color range are the chrysan-
themum, dahlia, China aster and cineraria. Among gar-
den annuals in general the Zinnia ranks with the most
useful kinds, and many persons would place it among
the twelve most popular of annual flowers. Zinnias
are formal flowers, rather stiff in habit, with excep-
tional depth of flower, and in technical perfection a lit-
tle short of the dahlia: the rays are rather rigid and
overlap one another with somewhat monotonous pre-
cision, and the colors are metallic as compared with the
soft hues of the China aster.

Historical Sketch. — The Zinnia (Z. elegans), with its
great range of color and perfection of form, is now so
much a matter of course that the present generation is
surprised to learn that it is one of the most recent of
"florists' flowers." A double Zinnia probably was not
seen in America before the Civil War. In the early six-
ties, the Zinnia was a sensation of the floral world;
in the seventies it ceased to be fashionable and as
early as 1882 it was spoken of as an "old-fashioned"
flower. Its course was run in twenty years.

The single form of the Zinnia is now cultivated only
for its scientific or amateur interest. Single Zinnias
are not offered by tradesmen and occur only as degen-
erates from the double form. The first double forms
appeared in 1858 at the nursery of M. Grazau, at
Bagneres, France, amongst a number of plants raised
from seed received from the West Indies. The double
forms were introduced to the public by Vilmorin in 1800.
Probably the earliest colored plate of double Zinnias is
that in Flore des Serres published toward the end of
1800. This shows that the first double forms were much
flatter and rougher (i.e., less regular) than to-day and
often exhibited some remnant of the disk. The fixation
of bright, distinct colors proceeded rapidly, but the
purification of the white seems to have been a slow
process. The depth of the flower has increased from
an inch or so in the earliest double forms to an aver-
age of 2 inches for first-class specimens, with a maxi-
mum of 4 inches in the robust type. The rays are
now arranged in 15 or more series, as against 5 or 6 in
the first double forms. The first double forms are shown
as 2!^-3 in. across, which is a good average for to-day.

The accepted type of Zinnia flower is essentially that
of Fig. 2795, but the florist's ideal represents a much
deeper flower of absolute fulness and regularity. Of
recent years several minor variations have appeared.
Tubular forms are known to the trade as "Z.tagetiflora
flore pleno." The curled and crested forms, intro-
duced in the nineties, represent the reaction against
formal flowers in general. Much care has been bestowed
in perfecting the habit of Zinnias, and there are five
well-marked degrees of height, which for purposes of
explanation and general convenience may be considered
as three, — tall, medium and dwarf.

I. Tall Zinnias are ordinarily 20 to 30 inches high.
This size and the next smaller size are the favorites for
general purposes. The tall kinds are available in 12-16
colors. A robust race, which attains 28 to 40 inches
under perfect conditions, is known to the trade as Z.
elegans robusta grandiflora plenissima. It is also known
as the Giant or Mammoth Strain. This strain was de-
veloped after many years by Herr C. Lorenz and was
introduced in 1886. A maximum diameter of 6 inches is
recorded for flowers of this strain. In (x.C. II. 26:461
is shown a flower measuring 4x4 in., with about 18 se-
ries of rays, the latter being so numerous and crowded
that the flower is less regular than the common type.
A specimen Zinnia plant 3 ft. high is attained in the
North only by starting the seed early and giving per-
fect culture.

II. Medium-sized Zinnias range from 12-20 inches in
height. They are available in about 8 colors. Here be-
long most of the forms known to trade catalogues as
pumila. nana and compacta.

III. Dwarf Zinnias range from 3-12 inches in height
and are of two sub-types, the pompons and the Tom
Thumbs. The pompons, or "Liliputians," are taller
growing and smaller flowered, generally about 9 inches
high, with a profusion of flowers about 2 inches across.
The Tom Thumb type represents the largest possible
flower on the smallest possible plant. Both types are

ZINNIA 2011

available in several colors, not all of which are yet fixed
in the seed.

Zinnia Haageana is second in importance to Z. ele-
gans. The single form was introduced to cultivation
about 1861 and the double about 1871. It is dwarf er
than most Zinnias, and has smaller flowers, with a color
range restricted to shades of orange. It is distinct and
pretty but less showy than the common Zinnias. The
first race of hybrids between Haageana and elegans ap-
peared in 1876 under the name of Z. Darwini. This

2794. Single Zinnia (X XA).

group is said to resemble Z. elegans in size and color of
fls., and to recede from Z. elegans in habit, being more
branched and forming a broader and thicker bush.
However, this race has never been adequately described
and it is little known in America to-day. Several va-
rieties of the Darwin class are figured in The Florist
and Pomologist 1876, pp. 28, 29. Some recent hybrids
of Haageana and elegans not yet introduced are said to
be full of promise.

Culture of Zinnias.— Zinnias are of the easiest cul-
ture, thriving in any deep, rich soil, whether loamy or
sandy. The seeds may be sown about May 1, or when-
ever the soil is in fit condition for hardy annuals.
Such treatment will give flowers from the first of July
until frost. The young plants should be thinned so as
to stand a foot or two apart, depending on whether they
are of medium or tall-growing habit. By midsummer
the foliage should obscure the ground. For the very
best results the seed may be started indoors about
April 1, and the seedlings transplanted once or twice
before being placed outdoors in permanent quarters.
Such pains are, however, not vorth while for most peo-
ple. In 1801 it was considered the regular thing to start
the single Zinnias indoors, but this bother is no longer

2012

ZINNIA

ZINNIA

necessary. Dwarf varieties should be set 14—16 in.
apart: taller kinds 2 ft. each way.

Zinnias have two kinds of seeds, triangular and heart-
shaped. The triangular seeds are long, narrow, thick

2795. Double Zinnias (X 14).

and ridged. The heart-shaped seeds are short, broad
and flat. Some growers believe that the heart-shaped
seeds tend to produce single flowers ; others hold the
opposite opinion.

Generic Description.— Zinnia is a genus of 16
species of annual, perennial and subshrubby
plants, mostly Mexican but ranging from Texas
and even Colorado to Chile. They have oppo-
site, mostly entire lvs. and terminal heads of fls.
which are peduncled or sessile. Rays pistillate,
fertile : disk yellow or purple, its fls. herma-
phrodite, fertile: involucre ovate-cylindric or
campanulate, the scales in 3 to many series,
broad, obtuse or rounded, more or less colored:
akenes laterally compressed. 2-toothed at the

summit and frequently 1-awned from the inner angle,
rarely 2-awned. Latest botanical revision by Robinson
and Greenman in Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 32:14
(1897). There is a good summary of cultivated Zinnias
by Voss in Vilmorin's Blumengartneri. Illustrated his-
torical sketch in Gn. 48, pp. 464, 465.

A. Plant an nun I.

B. Akenes of the disk fls. short and
broad, obovate, ~-~H lines long.
c. Colors various: lvs. clasping, cor-
date-ovate or elliptic elegans

cc. Color orange: Irs. sessile, nar-
rower, lanceolate Haageana

bb. Akenes longer, narrower, oblong,
S-4 lines Imni.
0. Color of rays yellow: disk yellow, pauciflora
cc. Color of rays red or />iii-/>1>'.

D. Says suberect or scarcely spread-
ing: disk yellow multiilora

dd. Mays revolute; disk dark-colored, tenuiflora
aa. Plant perennial grandiJlora.

Slegans, Jacq. Youth-and Old-Age. The common
species from which most of the garden Zinnias are de-
rived. Figs. 2794-96. Erect annual, a foot or more
high, but varying from 3 in. to 3 ft.: lvs. ovate or ellip-
tic, clasping, about 1 in. wide: rays reflexed, originally
purple or lilac, but now of nearly every color except
blue and green: disk originally yellow or orange, but
nearly or quite absent in the common double forms:
fls. 2-5 in. across. July to Oct. Mexico. — Single forms
ill. in B.M. 527, P.M. 1:223 and B.R. 15:1294 (the last
two as Z. violacea). Double forms, P.S. 13:1394, R.H.
1861:251; 1864:331. Pompons in Gn. 48, p. 464 (Liliput) ;
30:562 (deceptive as to size). R.B. 20, p. 152.

Haageana, Regel {Z. Mexicana, Hort.). Fig. 2797.
Distinguished from Z. elegans by the orange-colored
fls., which are generally smaller; also the plant is.
dwarfer, as a rule, and the leaves are merely sessile,
not clasping. Tropical America. Single forms, Gn. 30,
p. 270; 48, p. 464. Double, Gn. 30, p. 271; 48, p. 301.
F. 1871, p. 229. A.G. 1892:218. -This is considered by
Robinson and Greenman as a horticultural species not

certainly distinguishable from Z.

a loiostifolia in spite of its broader

leaves.
paucifldra, Linn. An erect annual,

with yellow heads about 1 in across,

with rather broad, spreading rays.

Plant hirsute, with spreading ha

2796. Youth-and-old-aee. Common garden Zinnias, single and semi-double.

ZINNIA

somewhat corymbosely branched above: peduncles at
maturity enlarged upwards and hollow. Mexico, Peru-
vian Andes.

multifldra, Linn'. This and the next are included by
most writers in Z.pauciflora, but Z. multiflora may be
distinguished from
Z. pauciflora by the
pubescence of the
stem being much
finer, appressed or
rarely spreading, and
the rays red or pur-
ple, mostly narrow
and s ub erect or
scarcely spreading.
B. M. 149.

tenuifldra, J acq.
Fig. 2798. Very dis-
tinct by reason of its
revolute, linear rays
which are cardinal-
red in color. It has
a dainty flower about
1 in. across hardly
comparable with the
showy Z. elegans.
This species has
been cult, in America
but seems to be no
longer advertised
here. It is referred
to Z. pauciflora by
most writers, and to
Z. multiflora b y
Robinson and Green-
man. B.M. 555. A.
G. 1890:243.

grrandifldra, Nutt.
Hardy, low-growing,
Colorado perennial,
with woody root,
shrubby base, linear
lvs. and sulfur-yel-
low rays which are
very broad, almost
round in outline.
Lvs. less than 1 in.
long and 3 -nerved.
Colo., New Mex.,
Ariz.,Mex. Int. 1900
by D. M. Andrews.
W. M.

ZIZYPHUS

2013

2798. Zinnia tenuiflora.

The rays are typically more
olute than they are shown it
figure.

ZIT-KWA. Benincasa i

■iferti .

ZIZANIA (an old Greek name). Gramineo?. A single
species of annual swamp grass found in northern N. A.
and northern Asia. Spikelets 1-fld., monoecious, in
large, terminal panicles, the pistillate upper portion
narrow and appressed, the staminate lower portion
spreading: pistillate spikelets long awned. The plant
is a stately and graceful grass, deserving to be better
known.

aquatica, Linn. Indian Rice. Water Oats. Wild
Rice. Culms tall, as much as 9 ft. : lvs. broad and flat.
Recommended for borders of lakes and ponds. The grain
is excellent for fish and water fowl. Wild Rice lakes
and ponds are favorite resorts of sportsmen in the fall.
Before sowing, put the seeds in coarse cotton bags and
sink them in water for twenty-four hours. Sow in water
from 6 in. to 5 ft. deep, with soft mud bottom, or on low
marshy places which are covered with water the year
round. In running water, sow as much out of the cur-
rent as possible. Sportsmen are not generally aware
that seed can be obtained in large quantities and at a
reasonable price from seedsmen. Wild Rice is very de-
sirable for aquatic gardens, being one of the handsom-
est of tall hardy grasses for the margins of ponds.

A. S. Hitchcock.

ZlZIA (I. B. Ziz. Rhenish botanist). CmbelUfera. A
genus of three species of hardy perennial North Ameri-
can herbs 1-2% ft. high, with ternate or ternately com-

pound leaves and compound umbels of yellow flowers.
The genus has no horticultural status, the two follow-
ing species being advertised only by collectors of native
plants. For full account, see Britton and Brown's Illus-
trated Flora, Coulter and Rose's Monograph of the
North American Umbelliferffi, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb.
7:90 (1900), and Manuals. Zizias are mostly referred
to Thaspium by previous botanists, but the authors
cited above retain it as a separate genus mainly on ac-
count of the wingless fruit.

A. Bays of umbels 9-25, stout, ascending.

aurea, Koch. Early or Golden Meadow Parsnip.
Height 1-2 J-2 ft.: basal and lower lvs. 2-3-ternately com-
pound: upper lvs. ternate: fr. oblong, 2 x \% lines.
April-June. Fields, meadows and swamps, New Bruns.
and S. Dak. to Fla. and Tex. B.B. 2:534.

AA. Bays of umbels 2-12, slender, diverging.

Bebbii, Britton. Distinguished from Z. aurea by the
rays and by the fr., which is oval or broader, 1-1K lines.
May. Mountain woods, Va. and W. Va. to N. C. and Ga.
B.B. 2:534. W. M.

ZlZYPHUS (from Zizouf , the Arabian name of Z. Lo-
tus). Bhamnaeea>. Jujube. Deciduous or evergreen
shrubs, or sometimes trees usually with prickly

2797. Zinnia Haaeeana (X %)

branches, alternate, short-petioled, 3-5-nerved, entire or
serrate lvs. and small greenish or whitish flowers in
axillary cymes followed by drupe-like sometimes edible
fruits. They are not much cultivated in this country

2014

ZIZYPHUS

and none of the species is hardy north; the hardiest
seems to be Z. vulgaris, but it is tender north of Wash-
ington, D. C. Most kinds have handsome foliage and
are well adapted for planting in shrubberies in the
southern states and California. They seem to thrive in
any well-drained soil. Prop, by seeds, by greenwood
cuttings under glass and by root-cuttings. A genus of
about 40 species distributed through the tropical and
subtropical regions of both hemispheres, allied to Pa-
liurits, but chiefly distinguished by the drupe-like fruit.
Shrubs with slender often procumbent branches, or
trees; stipules mostly transformed into spines, often
only one stipule spiny or one a straight and the other
a hooked spine: ns. 5-merous: ovary 2-4, usually 2-
loculed; style usually 2 parted: fr. a subglobose to ob-
long drupe. The fruit of Z. Jujuba, vulgaris and Z.
Lotus are edible and the first named is much cult, in
China.

Jujuba, Lam. Tree, 30-50 ft. high: branches usually
prickly; young branchlets, petioles and inflorescence
densely rusty tomentose: lvs. broadly oval or ovate to
oblong, obtuse, sometimes emarginate serrate or entire,
dark green and glabrous above, tawny or nearly white
tomentose beneath, 1-3 in. long: lis. in short-stalked
many-fid. axillary cymes: fr. subglobose to oblong,
orange-red, K-Ji in. long, on a stalk about half its
length. March-June. S. Asia, Africa, Australia. Gn.
13, p. 194.

sativa, Gartn. {Z. vulgaris, Lam.). Common Jujube.
Shrub or small tree, attaining 30 ft.: prickly or un-
armed: glabrous branchlets often fascicled, slender and
having frequently the appearance of pinnate lvs. : lvs.
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute or obtuse, oblique at
the base, sometimes emarginate, serrulate, glabrous, %-
2 in. long: ns. fascicled, in axillary cymes: fr. ovoid to
oblong, dark red or almost black, %-% in. long, short-
stalked. March-June. S. Eu., S. and E. Asia; natur-
alized in Ala. A. (J. 1891:79 (as var. inermis). The Ju-
jube is somewhat planted in Florida and California, al-
though it yet has no commercial rating as a fruit plant.
According to Wickson, it was introduced into California
in 1876 by G. P. Rixford, and is "fruiting regularly and
freely in several parts of the state." The fruits or ber-
ries are ripe in November and December, and the plant
begins to bear at three years from planting. The Jujube
fruit is used in confectionery.

Z. Tibtus, Lam. Prickly shrub, 8-4 ft. high: lvs. ovate-ob-
long, crenulate, glabrous: lis. in few-tid. axillary cymes: fr.
subglobose. yellow. S. Eu., N. Afr.— Z. Paliurus, Willd.=Pa-
liurus Spina-Christi. — Z. Splna-Ohrtsti, Willd. Small prickly
tree: lvs. oval to oblong, crenulate, glabrous or pubescent on
the veins beneath: Hs. in axillary '•lusters: pedicels tomentose:
fr. ovoid-globose, red. N. Afr. W. Asia. This species is sup-
posed by some to have furnished Christ's crown of thorns: see
also Paliurus Spina-Christi.

Z. Pdrryi, Torr. Belongs to the genus Condalia, which is
easily distinguished by not having spiny stipules hut the
branchlets transformed into slender thorns and by its entire,
usually penninerved lvs. — Z. Parriii, Weberb., is a much
branched, glabrous thorny shrub, 4-jfi ft. high: lvs. elliptic to
obovate, obtuse, cuneate at the base, )4r% in. lone: fls. slender
pediceled, in sessile clusters: fr. ovoid. % in- long S. Calif.
This plant was once offered by a collector of native plants, but
it is probably not in the trade now. Alfred Rehder.

ZYGADENUS (Greek, yoke and gland, some of the
species having two glands in the base of the perianth).
Liliacea*. As outlined by Bentham & Hooker, the genus
has 12 species, one of which is Siberian and the re-
mainder North Americau and Mexican. This disposi-
tion includes Amianthium in Zygadenus, but most au-
thors do not unite the two. They are smooth, rhizorn-
atous or bulbous plants, with simple erect stems bear-
ing a raceme or panicle of white, yellowish or greenish
flowers; lvs. mostly crowded at the base of the flower-
stem, long-linear. The ns. are perfect or polygamous,
the segments many-nerved and often adnate to the base
of the ovary, the parts withering and persistent; sta-
mens 0; capsule 3-loculed, the locules in fruit separate
at the top or for their entire length.

The species of Zygadenus are little known in cultiva-
tion. They are sometimes recommended for the wild
garden, where they thrive in wet or boggy places. In-
<?r<*ased bv division: also rarely by seeds. Some of the
species have poisonous bulbs, rhizomes and foliage.

ZYGOPETALUM

Monographed bv Watson, Proc. Anier. Acad. Arts &
Sci. 14:278 (1879).

A. Locules of the capsule dehiscing to the base: stamens

free from perianth-segments: glands usually 1 or
IS in the base of the perianth. Zygadenus proper.

B. Glands large, covering nearly the ivhole base of the

perianth segments: bulb tunicated.
0. Fls. usually perfect, rather large.

elegans, Pursh (Z. glaucus, Nutt. HeUnias glabtr-
rima, Ker.). Three ft. or less tall, the lvs. %in. or less
broad and very glaucous : bracts purplish : fls. greenish,
in simple or sparingly branched racemes, the segments
broad and less than }oin. long, coherent to the ovary,
the fl. opening about %in. across. Across the continent
from New Brunswick and south to New Mexico. B.M.
1680. B.R. 24:67.

Fremontii, Torr. Lvs. an inch or less broad, less
glaucous than the above: bracts green: fls. usually
larger, rotate, the segments free from the ovary. Cali-
fornia, from San Diego north, in the Coast Range.—
One of the "Soap plants." Said to be the best of the
genus for cultivation.

Nuttallii, Gray. Lvs. from yt-% in. wide, scarcely-
glaucous, light green: bracts scarious: fls. % in. across,
in a simple or branched raceme, the segments free from
the ovary. Kans. to Colo, and Texas.

cc. Fls. polygamous, small.

venendsus, Wats. Slender, 2 ft. or less tall: lvs. very
narrow ( % in. or less), scabrous, not glaucous, the stem-
lvs. not sheathing: bracts narrow, scarious: fls. in a
short simple raceme, the perianth free from the ovary,
the segments M in. or less long, triangular-ovate to
elliptic, short-clawed. S. Dakota to California. — Bulb
poisonous.

paniculatus, Wats. Usually stouter, the lvs. broader
and sheathing: raceme compound: perianth-segments
deltoid, acute, short-clawed. Saskatchewan to Calif.—
Bulb poisonous.

bb. Qlands very obscure: bulb somewhat fibrous,
narrow.

leimanthoides, Gray. Stem slender and leafy, 4 ft. or
less tall: lvs. XA in. or less wide, green on both sides:
racemes panic-led: Ms. about % in. across, the segments
oblong, not clawed. N. J. to Ga.

AA. Locules dehiscing only above the middle: stamens
inserted on the perianth-segments: glands none:
bulbous.
muscitoxicum, Regel (IJelbnias lata, Ker. Amian-
thium mitseirti'i.ricu»i, Gmy. Ghrospirma musccetdxicum,
Kuntze). Fly-poison. Slender, 4 ft. or less tall: lvs.
rather short, the basal ones varying from Ya in. to over
1 in. broad, not glaucous : racemes simple : fls. about
% in. across, the segments ovate-oblong and obtuse.
New York to Fla. and Ark. B.M. 803, 1540. L.B.C.
10:998. Gn. 57, p. 160. — Bulb and herbage poisonous.
A fly poison has been made from the bulb. L.H.B.

ZYGIA. See Albizzia.

ZYGOPETALUM (name referring to the united flower
parts). Orchidaeea>. Plants with numerous distichous
lvs. sheathing a short stem which usually becomes
thickened into a pseudobulb: lvs. membranaceous, ve-
nose or plicate: fls. solitary or in racemes, showy:
sepals and petals nearly alike in form and color, often
united to each otherat the base, the lateral sepals form-
ing a mentum with the foot of the column; labellum
with the lateral lobes scarcely prominent, middle lobe
broad and plane, spreading, or recurved at the apex,
with a prominent fleshy crest on the disc: column in-
curved, wingless or with small wings; pollinia 4, not
appendiculate. Includes Bollea, Huntley a, Warczewic-
sella and Batemannia, which are often separated as
distinct genera. Helvrich Hasselbrino.

Zygopetalum is a genus of mostly epiphytal orchids,
of easy culture. The Z. Mackaii group grow well un-
der pot culture. One or two species with creeping rhi-

ZYGOPETALUM

zomes, like Z. maxillare, thrive best on sections of tree
tern, osmunda rhizome or in baskets. A good compost
consists of equal parts of chopped sod, peat fiber and
sphagnum moss, well mixed and interspersed with
pieces of rough charcoal, about one -half of the pot
space being devoted to clean drainage material. After
distributing the routs, the compost should be worked in
carefully but not too firmly about them, leaving The
base of the plant even with, or just above, the rim of
the pot. Repotting should be done when the plants
show new root action. The temperature should range
about 60° F. by night and 05° to 70° by day in winter,
and in summer as low as possible, with free ventilation
during inclement weather. A cool, light location in the
cattleya department is favorable. The compost should
be kept in a moist condition at all times. The plants
are propagated by cutting through the rhizome between
the old pseudobnlbs at a good eye, potting up the parts
and removing them to a rather higher temperature un-
til they start into new growth.

The Batemanuia, Pescatoria and Warczewiczella
groups are very similar in habit of growth, and all
thrive well in orchid baskets suspended from the roof
of the odontoglossum or coolhouse, in a compost con-
sisting almost entirely of chopped live sphagnum,
freely interspersed with rough pieces of charcoal. Au-
tumn is the best time to rebasket the plants, as they
suffer during the warm weather if disturbed at the
roots during spring. They need a shaded location, a
moist atmosphere and a liberal supply of water at the
roots at all seasons. Never allow them to remain dry,
as they have no resting season.

The Bollea group is closely allied and requires the
same general culture but needs 5° F. higher tempera-
ture during the winter season.

The Promem-ea group comprises a few small-growing
species, all good subjects for the cool department.
They grow best suspended from the roof in small bas-
kets or perforated pans in a mixture of peat fiber and
chopped sphagnum with a liberal supply of water and
>-' 1 drainage. r jl. Grey.

ZVGOPETALUM

2015

INDEX.

Burtii, 12.
cteleste. 9.

crinitum, 5.
discolor, 13.

Gautieri, 3.
intermedium, 6.
Lalindei, 11.
Maekaii, 2.
maxillare, 4.

Patini. 10,
rostratnm, 1.
St-deni, 7.

Wendlandi, 14

a. Scape tall, several-fid.

B. Anther long -rostrate 1. rostratum

BB. Anther not rostrate

c. Petals spotted or blotched.
v. Labellnm glabrous 2. Mackaii

3. Gautieri

4. maxillare
dd. Labellnm pubescent 5. crinitum

6. intermedium

cc. Petals uniformly colored 7. Sedeni

AA. Scape shorter than the Irs., 1-fld.
B. Column hood-like, arching over
the crest.

c. Fls. deep violet 8. violaceum

cc. Fls. violet-purple 9. cceleste

ccc. Fls. rose-colored 10. Fatini

11. Lalindei
bb. Column not hood-like.

c. Fls. brown, spotted 12. Burtii

cc. Fls. white of greenish white. ..13. discolor

14. Wendlandi

1. rostratum, Hook. Pseudobnlbs oblong, compressed:
Ivs. lanceolate, 5 in. long: scapes 4 in. long, bearing
1-3 fls.: sepals and petals linear-lanceolate, greenish
brown, wavy, 2-3 in. long; labellum about as long as
the petals, subrotund, with reflexed margins, pure white
with few radiating lines near the base: column wings
rounded, sharply serrate on the upper margin: anther
with a long beak surmounting the column. Mav, June,
Oct. Guiana. B.M. 2819. J.H. III. 28:7. A.F. 0:633.

2. Mackaii, Hook. Fig. 2799. Paeudobulbs large,
ovate: Ivs. many, linear-lanceolate, 1 ft. long: scape
18 in. long, bearing 5 or 6 large Ms.: sepals and petals

127

dingy yellowish green, with blotches of purple on the
inside, lanceolate, acute, erect, spreading, all united
toward the base; labellum large, rounded, emarginate,
white with radiating vein like deep blue lines, glabrous
Brazil. B.M. 2748. B.R. 17:143:: las Eulophia Mack
aiana). P.M. 3:97. L B.C. 17:1004. J.H. III. 33:295
— This is distinguished from Z. intermedium and Z
crinitum by its smooth labellum and narrower 1
Vars. superbum, grandifldrum, majus are also adver
tised.

3. Gautieri, Lem. Pseudobnlbs oblong sulcate, 4 in.
high: scape 2-3-fld. : fls. 3 in. across; sepals and petals
green blotched with brown; labellum broadly reniform,
deep purple at the base, white in front, sometimes
nearly all deep purple with a darker crest. Autumn.
Brazil. l.H. 14:535. Gn. 49:1053. -The Ivs. are fascicu-
late, narrowly oblong, keeled, 12-10 in. long: inflores-
cence shorter than the Ivs.

4. maxillare, Lodd. Pseudobulbs 2 in. long: Ivs.
lanceolate, 1 ft. long: scape 9 in. long, 0-8 fid.: tls. i%
in across; st-pals and p,-t:i|s ovatf-ol.long, acute, green,
with transverse brown blotches; labellum horizontal,
purple, with a very large, glossy-purple, notched horse-
shoe-shaped crest, middle
lobe roundish, waved, and
obscurely lobed. Winter.
Brazil. B.M. 3086. L.B.C.
18:1770. J.H. III. 33:295.
P.M. 4:271.- Distinguished
by its small fls. and very
large crest

2739. Zygopetalum

Mackaii (X}£).

5. crinitum, Lodd. Habit of Z. intermedium; Ivs.
broadly linear-lanceolate: fls. on long, stout scapes;
sepals and petals 2 in. long, oblong-lanceolate, green
with rather few brown blotches; labellum 2 in. across,
spreading, wavy, scarcely emarginate, white with purple
veins radiating from the thick crest, disc hairy. Fls.
at various times. Brazil. L.B.C. 17:1637. B.M. 3402
(as Z. Mackaii, var. crinitum I. — This has fewer brown
blotches on the sepals and petals than Z. intermedium.
There are varieties with pink, blue, or almost colorless
veins on the labellum. Var. caeruleum, Hon., has the
vines deep vivid blue.

2016

ZYGOPETALUM

ZlTGOPETALUM

6. intermedium, Lodd. Lvs. ensiform, 1% ft. long,
11.2 in. wide: scape longer than the lvs., hearing 5-6
lis. each nearly 3 in. across: sepals and petals oblong,
acute, green with large, confluent blotches of brown ;
labellura rotund, narrowed at the base, deeply 2-lobed
in front, pubescent, bluish white with radiating broken
lines of purplish blue; column green and white. Fls.
in winter, remaining in perfection about two months.
Brazil. R.H. 1873:190 (as Z. Bivieri).— Plants of Z.
Mackaii are often cultivated under this name.

7. Sedeni, Reichb. f. Plants strong, with the scape
about as long as the lvs. and bearing several fls. : sepals
and petals deep purple-brown, bordered with green;
labellum pale purple in front, becoming deep purple
toward the base. F.M. 1880:417. — A garden hybrid
raised by Veitch.

8. violaceum, Reichb. f. (Huntleya violdcea, Lindl.).
Fig. 2800. Lvs. as in Z. Lalindei: fls. on nodding
scapes 4-6 in. long, deep violet; sepals and petals ovate
revolute, tipped with yellowish green; labellum ovate,
cordate, crest of thick ridges covered by the arching
column. Guiana. F.S. 7:678. P.M. 8:1.

0. cceleste, Reichb. f. (Bbllea cceUstis, Reichb. f.).
Lvs. 6-10 on a shoot, oblong-lanceolate, 6 in. long, 2 in.
broad, with 6 paler sheaths 3— i in. long: fls. solitary, on
stout peduncles 6 in. in length; sepals broad, violet-
purple, darker toward the top and margined with yellow
at the tip, the lateral pair larger; petals like the dorsal
sepal but paler; labellum short-clawed, ovate, deeply
cordate, margins recurved and tip revolute, deep violet
with yellowish margins and a thick yellow crest. Fls.
freely in summer. Columbia. B.M. 6458. Gn. 31, p.
121; 49:1072.

10. Patini, Reichb. f. (Bbllea Pdtini, Reichb. f.).
Lvs. linear-oblong: fls. large, rose-colored, paler than
those of Z. Lalindei; sepals oblong attenuate, wavy,
the lower half of the lateral pair darker; petals trian-

gular-oblong, undulate; labellum triangular hastate at
the base, yellow, tip revolute; column pink, covering
the thick yellow crest. Colombia. F.M. 1875:147. G.C.
II. 3:9.

11. Lalindei, Reichb. f. (Bbllea Lalindei, Reichb. f.).
Lvs. elliptic-lanceolate, about 1 ft. long: peduncles 3
in. long, with solitary fls. 2K-3 in. broad: sepals ovate-
oblong, recurved at the tips, rose-colored, with straw-
colored tips; petals undulate-oblong, colored like the
sepals or with white margins; labellum ovate-hastate,
margins and tip recurved, golden yellow, disc with a
semi-circular crest of thick, radiating lamella?: column
broader than the disc, arched over it. Aug. Colombia.
B.M. 6331. — Color of the flower varies to bright violet.

12. Burtii, Benth. & Hook. (Batemdnnia Burtii,
Endr. & Reichb. f.). Lvs. elliptic -oblong, 10-14 in.
long: lis. solitary, 3 in. across; sepals and petals
broadly elliptic ovate, acute, reddish brown, spotted
with yellow; labellum trowel-shaped, cordate, white at
the base, apex brownish purple; crest pectinate. Costa
Rica. B.M. 6003. F.M. 1874:101. Gn. 57, p. 309.

13. discolor, Reichb. f. ( Wdrrea discolor, Lindl.
Warczewicsdlla discolor, Reichb. f.). Lvs. narrowly
lanceolate, jointed, 9 in. long: scapes 1 -fid., shorter
than the lvs.: sepals spreading, lanceolate, white:
petals shorter, ovate, white with a tinge of purple, half-
spreading; labellum large, broadly obovate, somewhat
convolute, white, changing to deep purple toward the
disk, and having a whitish or yellowish crest. Central
America. B.M. 4830.

14. Wendlandi, Reichb. f. ( Warczewicee'lla Wind-
lan&i, Hort. ) . Lvs. tufted, lanceolate: fls. 4-5 in. across,
solitary, on a scape 3-4 in. long; sepals and petals
lanceolate, somewhat twisted, greenish white; labellum
ovate, cordate, undulate, white, streaked and spotted
with violet-purple: apex revolute, crest semi-circular,
violet-purple. Heinkich Hasselbring.

i$$Mfe|